SESSIONAL PAPERS VOLUME 17. SEVENTH SESSION OF THE TWELFTH PARLIAMENT OF THE DOMINION OF CANADA SESSION 1917 it ^^4^ ? X'"??^^:!'!? 'i^^'SM^ VOLUME LIT. 7-8 Georffe V Aljihabctical Index to Sessioilal Papers A. 1017 ALPHABETICAL INDEX SESSIONAL PAPERS OF THE PARLIAMENT OF CANADA SEVENTH SESSION, TWELFTH PARLIAMENT, 1917. A Acadia Coal Co., documents re Concilli- ation Board to employees of 1516.. .. 102 Adertising of Canadian Products by sample goods in France 205o " Agricultural Instruction Act " — Report on 15c Agriculture, Report of Minister of year 191'6 15 Agriculture, Dept. of, numbers of em- ployees in from 1911 to 1917, etc.. .. 138£f Agriculture, total expenditure in, by Gov- ernment in each of years from 1904-5, 1916-17, etc 222 Aliens, number of interned, nationality of each on Public Works since 1914.. .. 141 Americans, number in Canadian Regi- ments since 1914 143a Ammunition, Order in Council re rules re- specting employees near wharves. . . . 436 Arbitration Boards, applications made to Labour Dept. for, by workmen of N.S. 14S Armstrong, S. A., aplpointment of, as Director of Military Hospitals Com- mission 115 Auditor Generals Report, Vols. I, II, III and IV, 1916. 1 B Battalion, 210th. respecting the locating of, at Regina and Moosejaw 270 Baugh, Edward Levi, re release of, from Penitentiary 219 Beam Trawlers of U. S., re privileges granted to respecting' ports in U. S. . . 266 27360—1 B Beaver Harbour Wharf, Halifax Co., re repairs, etc., to in last four years.. .. 119 Boards of Concilliation, Industrial Dis- putes Act, etc., 1916 36a Bonds and Securities, detailed statement of, 1916. . 63 Breakwater, re repairs on at Souris, P.E.L, years 1915 and 1916 127 Breakwater at Breen's Point, Co. of Anti- gonish, X.S., since 1911 12S Breakwater at .Souris, P.B.I., correspond- ence re 1915-1'6 200 British Isles, natives of, number of en- rolled in Canadian Regiments since 1914 143a British Columbia, correspondence with Government of, with Dept. of Marine and Fisheries in B.C ,. .. 209 British Columbia, between Imperial Gov- ernment and re validation of certain Acts of 214 British Columbia, H}dromotrl© burvey 1915 25e British Columbia, correspondence with Imperial Government, re validation Acts of Legislature of 214 Buildings and office.-:, number of rented by Government, in Ottawa years, 1914- 15-16-17, etc. ... . . . . . . . : . . . . 265 Bulls, thoroughbred sent to Co. of Dor- chester, etc., Quebec 255 By-elections, year, 1916 18 7-8 George V Alpluilx'tit'al Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 Canadian Army Medical Service, report on. Gen. Baptle 90f Canndlan Army Medical Service, report on. Col. Bruce 90 Canadian Railways, correspondence re Commission respecting condition of. names of Commissioners 7S Canadian War Records Office, London, England, report of. to 1917 fil Canadian Manufacturers Association, cor- respondence with, re supplies for the front 1.t9 Canadian Northern Railway, Order in Council, re 4-5 George V, chap. 20, 8-15 185 Canadian War Records Office, report re from date of foundation to January 1917 61 Canadian ships, re requisitioning of, by Government 225 Canadian Northern Railway System, copy financial statements re 237 Canadian Northern Railway System, copy statements re advances made to by Government, etc Canadian Northern Railway System, copy of Mortgage Deed of Trust to Domin- ion Government Canadian Expeditionary Force, number of officers and men classed as unfit for service, etc Canadian Biology 1915-1916 Canadian Government Railways : — Return re lands sold by, from October 1915, to September 30. 1916 Canals Statistics, 1916 Census Statistics of male population, ages of 20 and 45., Census Statistics re strength of Canadian Units in England, also in France. St. Lucia, etc Censors, Decoders, etc., names, addresses, etc., of Censors, Decoders, etc., names, addresses, at Hazel Hill and Canso, N.S., 1916, amount expended, 1916 Civil Service: — Number of permanent employees in Department of Finance, 1911 •Number of permanent emiployees in Department of Finance, up to 1917.. Number of permanent and temiK)rary employees in Department of Indian Affairs 13^ List of Canada, year 1916 30 Number of permanent employees in. in 1911 — No. of added since 138f Number of permanent employees in Departnient of Marine and Fisheries, No. added since 237b 237a 261 3Sa 68 20a 194 143c 93 136 138c 13Sf Number of permanent employees in Department of Naval Affairs, No. added since 138o Civil Service Insurance Act, 1916, state- ment respecting 57 'ivil Service, statement re superannu- ation and retiring allowances. 1916.. 56 Civil Service, number of employees per- manently in the Department of Militia and Defence in 1911 and 1917, etc.. 138 Civil Service, re pay to members of, in military service of Canada 188 ;ivil Service Commission, report of 1916. 31 Civil Service, number of, etc., Depai'tment of Justice 138d 'oal cargoes, report of Commission to inquire into conditions re delivery of. . 142 Coal operations, Order in Council appoint- ing Director of, for B.C 212 Coal re District No. 18 of Alberta, docu- ments, etc., B.C. coal operators associ- ation 212o I Cold Storage Companies in Canada, re price and amount of commodities sold by 210 Commission of Conservation, report of . . 73 Commissions concerning soldiers re pen- sions, hospitals, etc., created since war. 236 Commissioner of Live Stock, province of Saskatchewan, names of persons em- ployed with 252 Commissions, date and object of all ap- liointed since 1911, to date 161 Conductors, brakemen, drivers and fire- men, number of. on Canadian Govern- ment Railways, between Moncton and rampbellton 156 Conservation, Commission of. Report of, for year 1917 264 Cost of living. Report of W. F. O'Connor. Commissioner relating to 210a Customs duties, refund of. etc., statement re 75 (^i.-^toiiis. report of department of year 1916 11 Document..iir.v and cold storage commissioner, re- port of. year 1916 Davidson, Sir Charles — Reportof, as Commissioner, evidence taken before, re w,ar expenditures ; also report of. re small arms ammu- nition ; purchase of submarines and 15a 7-8 Georffe V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Paper; A. 1917 military cloth (Auburn Woolen Mills Co.) 60 Davies, William Company, Ltd., and Mat- thews-Blackwell, Ltd., Order in Council, re investig-ation 2106 Defence of Canada, order 1917 197 " Destructive Insect and Pest Act," regu- ations under 58 Dismissals : — Mr. H. D. McKenzie of Stellarton, X.S. . 79 Frank Dunlop, of Sydney Mines 95 Mr. Spenny, trackmaster on short line, Canadian Government Railway, etc. 153 L6on Roy, as Interpreter to Department of Interior 154 D. McDermid, superintendent of Fish Hatchery, N.S 165 Moses H. Nickerson, Inspector of Life Saving stations, N.S 167 Augustin D. Lauteig-ne, postmaster of Island River, Gloucester Co., N.B.. 178 John R. Mcintosh, postmaster, Cum- ming's Mountain, etc., N.S 180 John McDonald, janitor of Public build- ing, Inverness, N.S 198 Hector Urquhart, Cape Breton Co., N.S., appointment of successor 201 Divorces, number of, granted in Canada by Parliament since 1867 9S Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re management of, in 4 0 mile railway belt, B.C 67 Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re "Railway Water Belt Act," 1916.. .. 66 Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re " Forest Reser\-es and Park Act," 1916. 65 Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re "Dominion Lands Act," 1916 69 Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re "Dominion Lands Survey Act," 1916.. 64 Dominion Police Force, account of, etc., 1916 59 Doukhobours, re exemption from Military service of 224 Dredging : — Relating to work done at Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Pointe Fortune, Ottawa river, etc 123 ■ Dredging at wharf at Isle Perrot, north and south, Dorion Bay channel, Vau- dreuil, etc 123a Dredging at Margaree Harbour. N.S,. during 1913, 1914, 1915 and 1916.. .. 134 Dredging at Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Pointe Fortune, Ottawa Rivers, etc 241 Duchemin, H. P., Commissioner, re amount paid to 181 Duties, re payment of, on account of claims against certain provinces, by Minister of Justice 229 27360— li ; Employees, number of, in Departments of Labour, Interior, Public Works, etc. .. Employees, names, salaries, etc., of, volun- teering from Department of Interior and Indian Affairs Enlistment of men for overseas service, number of, etc Estimates, year ending March 31, 1918.. Estimates, supplementary, year ending March 31, 1917 Estimates, supplementary, year ending March 31, 1918 Exchequer Court, Copy of New Rule re practice and procedure in Exchequer Court, Proceedings of re Indians on Sydney, N.S. Reserve. . . . Exchequer Court, Proceedings J-e Quebec and Saguenay Railway, Quebec and Montmorency Railway, and Lotbini#re Megantic EJxchequer Court, Copy of Rule 200 of, re procedure Exhibition Train, correspondence re or- ganization of, in France.. ..' Experimental Farms, Report of Director and Officers of, 1916 Exports in different commodities, amount of, for first nine months, of present fiscal year Express Statistics of Canada, year 1916 Extension of Parliamentary term, etc., correspondence re Extension of Parliamentar>- :crm, etc., further correspondence, re External Affairs, Report of Secretary of State for 1917 First Contingent, No. of Battalions of leaving Canada, etc Fishing in the tidal waters of province of Quebec, relating to Fish, dried, wine, etc.. trade in between Portugal and Canada Fish, scrap, names and P. O. addresses of purchasers of, from works at Canso, 1916 Fisher, Ward, Inspector of Fisheries, Western N.S., re disbursements o^ 1912-1913 Food Controller for Canada, Order In Council, J-e appointment of Fuel Controller for Canada, Order in Council, relating to Furloughs granted to men after enlist- ment for harvesting purposes Geographic Board, Report of, for year 1916 217 220 143a 3 4 5 100 157 48a 100a c 205 16 186 209 74 74a 33 213 251 97 116 208 1920 192 107 25d r-S George V Alphabetical Itidex to Sessional Papers A. 1917 6 ''•nnan nationality, number of persons of, employed in Departments of Service, etc 176 Oiard, ex-M.P.P. for Compton, re employ- ment of, by Government 223 Governor General's Warrants, on account of years 1916-1917 49 Governor General's Warrants, issued since adjournment of Parliament, February 1917 4 9a Grain Commission, re report from, to Department of Trade and Commerce. 1S4 Grain Supervisors, Board of. Order in Council, respecting 193 Grand Trunk Pacific Plailway, quantity of freight carried over, between Levis and Moncton 80 Gravel, Mr. Alfred, re appoin^tment of, etc., as Harbour Commissioner of Que- bec 71 Grazing Leases, documents relating to. . 112 "Grilse," H.M.C.S. re in re rank of Chief Skipper in Regulations re perspns on stores, wharves, etc., on which an^munition is handled, Order in Council re- specting Regulations re pay and allowances to men after discharge. Order in Council respecting Report of Department of, for year end- ing 1916 Report of Fisheries Branch of Naval Service, 1915-1916 Report of Department of year 1916.. Travelling allowances, Offlcers and men of, also allowances re lodging, etc Defence of Canada, order, Order in Council re News print paper. Order in Council, re exportation, price, sale, transport, and control of Newspapers, " Le Canada," " La Presse," "La Patrie," " Le Pays," "La Vigie," and " La Soleil," amounts O'Connor, Commissioner, re cost of living, Reports of, re sugar O'Connor, Commissioner, re cost of living. Reports of, re Anthracite coal O'Connor, Commissioner, re cost of living, • cold storage conditions in Canada.. Okanagan Telephone Coy Oliver equipment Overseas Forces, re number of appli- cants rejected on account of physical unfitness, etc Overseas Forces, number of men enlisted for, number since discharged, and where. Orders in Council, Copies of : — Re appointment of Parliamentary Under Secretary of State for Exter- nal Affairs Re appointment of Parliamentary Secre- tary, Department Militia and De- fence Re appointment Minister of Overseas Military Forces from Canada in United Kingdom Respecting, wheat flour, and Semolina imported into Canada free of duty.. Ottawa Improvement Commission, Re- ceipts and Expenditures, 1916 P Parliament Buildings, re claims of losses by fire at, 1916 Parliamentary National Service Commis- sion, correspondence re Parliamentary term, War extension of.. 43c 436 43 j 43/ 457i 114 216 189 190 210a 249 lOS 143 143(1 41 41 41 lOG .53 Patriotic Fund, amounts subscribed and voted, amounts by provinces, counties, etc 110a Patriotic Fund, amounts paid into, pro- mised, etc 110 Patenaude, Hon. E. L., Letter of, to Prime Minister re resignation 206 Pearson's post office, Nipissing, change of location of 179 Penitentiaries, Report of Minister of Jus- tice, year 1916 34 Pension RegulationSi- copies of Order in Council respecting 168 Pensions of officers or dependents, re ex- change of, between Imperial and Can- adian Governments 168a Pensions and separation allowances, offi- cers, warrant officers, etc 238 Pier at Margaree Harbour, N.S 246 Postmaster General, Report of year ended March 31, 1916 24 Post Office, Canard and Splitlog, petitions, etc., re 89 Post Office, Pearson's re removal of, etc. 179 Post Office, Department, number in paid from outside service, names, salary, etc 227 Printing of Parliament, Reports of re economy in printing public documents.' 183 Proprietary or Patent Medicine Act, re petitions for repeal of, from Physicians, etc 259 Public Accounts of Canada, year ended March 31, 1916 2 Public Works, Report of Minisrter of year ended March 31, 1916 19 Public Works, expenditures made by, since 1916 in different provinces of Canada, etc 130 Public Printing and Stationery, 1916.. 3i> Q Quebec and Saguenay Ry^. Co., Quebec Railway, Light and Power Co., Lot- biniere and Megantic Railway Co., and Quebec Railway, Light, Heat and Power Co., copy of agreement between Gov- ernment and 48 Quebec and Saguenay Railway Co., etc.. Exchequer Court proceedings, re . . . . 48a Quebec and Saguenay Railway Co., Judg- ment by court fixing price paid for, etc. 486 Quebec City Board of Trade, correspon- dence between, and Premier re Report of Commission on Railways 239 R Radiotelegraph Regulations, Amend- ments to, since 1914 50 Ixidiolelegraph Regulations, Amendments to re ship stations within Canadian har- bours 50a 6 7-8 Gcorj^e V Alphabetical Index to Sessionnl Payers A. 1917 R Railway Commissioners, Report of Board of year 1916 Railway Transport Commission, Report of 1917 Railway Subsidies, amounts expended in Canada years, 1912, 1913, 1914, and 1915 Railway Employees' Magazine, re estab- lishment of, etc Railways and Canals, Report of Depart- ment of year 1916 Railway Statistics 1916 Rails taken up on G.T.P. Railway.. .. Rails, sent to France for use of, in war. Recruiting Officers, chief, or special, names and rank of, since beginning of war. . Recruiting in P. E. Island, names, ad- dresses, etc., of parties engaged therein. Recruiting Officers, names and number of appointed in Province of Quebec, etc. Recruiting of soldiers for overseas ser- vice, statistics re Refund of Customs duties, etc., state- ment re Refund of Tolls or duties from Depart- ment of Marine and Fisheries 1916.. Registrars for purposes of Military Ser- vice Act, Order in Council, appointing to Provinces of Canada Returned Soldiers, correspondence re be- tween Federal and Provincial Govern- ments Returned Soldiers, Order in Council re preference in appointments to Civil Service Returned soldiers, number of, receiving employment from the Government.. .. Rogers, Hon. Robert, McLeod-Tellier, Re- port, re Rogers evidence, exhibits, connected with McLeod-Tellier. Report concerning. . . . Rogers, Hon. Robt., correspondence be- tween, and the Premier of Canada, re resignation Roseberg, P. O. correspondence, re change of location of Ross Rifle, Papers re withdrawal of, from service Ross Rifle, Order in Council, re taking over of, by Government of Canada.. Ross. Sir Charles, Copy of contracts, etc. Ross Rifle, date, and number of last ordered, recommendation for, etc.. .. Roy, L6on, appointment of. as interpreter Department of Interior, and also dis- missal Royal Canadian Navy, re allowance to accountant officers in receiving ships. . 2 Op 155 20 201 1460 146 233 226o 226 1431 75 277 S6 218 230 260 HI 137 R Royal North West Mounted Police, cancel- lation of agreements between Govern- ments of Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta, ?-e services in those provinces. Royal North West Mounted Police, re ter- minations of agreements between Gov- ernment of Canada and Provincial Governments Royal North West Mounted Police, Report of year 1916 Royal Society of Canada, statements of receipts and expenditures, 1916.. .. S Salmon Nets, correspondence re removal of, from parts of coast of Inverness Co , . Salt, correspondence re supply of, for fisheries of Maritime Provinces Sealers of B.C., documents re claims of, under last treaty with United States.. Secretary of State, Report of year 1916. Seed Commissioner, Order in Council, appointing, and authorizing purchase of seed wheat, etc Seizure of certain fishing boats, tackle, etc., Straits of Northumberland, 1916 Sevigny, Hon. Albert, correspondence between, and Sergeant-at-Arms. . .. Seventy-eighth Highlanders of N.S.. name and rank of officers in 1914.. Shields, J. C, Inland Express Co., con- tract for carrying mails from Ashcroft to Fort George, B.C ihip Harbour Lake, N.S., re sale of tim- ber from, to Mr. Andrew Webber.. ■Cockeye Salmon, papers re prohibition of export of, from B.C ioldiers, alleged maltreating of, in Quebec, evidence collected re Southern Slav Committee, memo, pre- sented by, re aspirations, claims, etc., of Slavs ■>tate and Mines, Departments, number of employees in from 1911 to 1917, inclu- sive Statute passed by Manitoba, intituled : " An Act to amend the Jury Act," Papers, re Stenographic reporting for different com- missions, amount paid for Stenographic reporting for different com- missions, amount paid for Stoning of Troop trains. Report of Com- mission of inquiry Storm Signals, re appointment of a man in charge of. at Grand E^ang and Mar- garee Harbour Sydney Daily Post, newspaper, re amounts 77 I paia to by Government since 1911.. 7 70 70a 28 54 169 211 268 29 144 253 187 262 139 84 72 173 228 138A 140 203 203a 172 271 256 7-8 f I Gorge V Aliiliabctieal Index to Scssioajtl Papers A. 1917 T TaU, Sir Thomas, correspon<3ence re ajjijointment, etc., to National Service Board 87 Tait, Sir Thomas, correspondence addi- tional re appointment, etc., to National Service Board STo Target practice rod, correspondence re between Department Militia, War Pur- chasing Commission, and British War Office 254 Telograph Statistics of Canada, I'jlC. .. 20/ Telephone Statistics of Canada, year 1916. 20d Temporary Loans, Statement of, from 1916 to 1917 52 Territorial defence of Province of Que- bec, correspondence with Armand La- vergne re 191 Thetford Mines, P.Q., correspondence re labour trouble at 103 Tidal waters of Province Quebec, rights of fi.shing in 251 Topographical Sur\'eys Branch, Report of 1915-191C 251 Trade and Commerce: — Report of Department of, Part I, 1916. 10 Report of Department of, Part II, 1916 10( Report of Department of. Part III, 1916 10? Report of Department of, Part IV, 1916 Hi< Report of Department of, Part V, 1916 lOr Report of Department of. Part I, 1916 10- Report of Department of, Part VII, 1916 10, Trade Unions, Annual Return, re 62 Trade Commission to Great Britain, France and Italy, 1916, Report of. . 221 Transcontinental Railway, Report of ■Commission of, 1916 3 7 Tran.scontinental Railway, List of points where rails removed 14Ci Transcontinental Railway, List of points where rails removed 146( Tribunals, Local, Copy of Gazette con- taining list of 276 U Unclaimed Balances in chartered banks of Canada, December 31, 1915.. .. 7 V Vale Railway, Copy of agreement con- cerning lease of 47 VaTicouver, Documents re purchase of land in, for purpose of an Armoury since 1913 232 Veterinary Director General, Report of year 1916. ......... 15i Victoria Bridge, Montreal, Copy of Order in Council, increasing toll rates on.. 117 W War Purchasing Commission, Report of 1915 to 1916, inclusive 45 War Conference, Papers relating to, in 1917 42 War Measures Act, fc British ships in Canada, etc., recfuisition of, for war purposes 135 Wai- Badges, Rules and Regulations re for members of Canadian Expeditionary Force 274 Ward Fisher, Inspector of Kishertes, Western Nova .Scotia, di.sbursements of 1912-1913 208 Wet Canteen system overseas, corres- pondence re abolishment of 204 Wharves : — " at Upper Prospect, N.S., 1915.. .. 124 " at Shad Bay, repairs to, in 1915. . 125 " at Mushaboom Harbour, N..S., in 1913 129 " at Port Dufferin West, Halifax Co., N.S., in 1913-14 131 " at Port Dufferin East, Halifax Co., X.S., in 1916 132 " at Ecum Secum West, Halifax Co., N.S., construction of, at 133 •' at McKay's Point, extension of and repairs to 199 " at Craignish, N.S 202 •' at Harrigan Cove, Halifax Co., N.S., repairs to, in 1914-1915.. .... .. 120 " at Isle Perrot, Vaudreuil, Pointe Cavagnal, Hudson, etc 122& " at Finlay Point, N.S 242 " Breakwaters, etc., Co. of Anti- gonish, N.S 243 " of the Government at Crose Point, New Carlisle, etc., Quebec 244 " at Marble Mountain, N.S 245 " at Port Hood, N.S 247 Correspondence re wharves at Isle Perrot Sud, Vaudreuil, Pointe Cavagnal, etc 122 " Correspondence re wharves at Isle Perrot North, South, Vaudreuil, Pointe Cavagnal, Hudson, etc.. . . 122a Whiirves, Breakwaters and other public works, Co. of Guysboro, N.S 250 Wheat, wheat flour, semolijva, Orier in Council re „ 106 ■Whitehead, N.S., life saving station at. Order in Council referring to 27S Willis Keizer, application of re Fishing weir at Square Cove, N.S 16C Wooden Auxiliary Sailing Ships, Con- tracts for, — Y Yukon Territory, Ordinances of 76 t'ukon Territory, Orders in Council, ,.re Government of ^ 7Ca Yukon Territory, Orders in Council re Government of 1917 76ft 7-8 George V Alpliabetical Index to Sesfcioual Papers A. 1917 LIST OF SESSIONAL PAPERS Arranged in Numerical Order, with their titles at full length; the dates when Ordered and when Presented to the Houses of Parliamient; the Names of the Senator or Member who moved for each Sessional Paper, and whether it is ordered to le Printed or not Printed. CONTE]!fTS OF VOLUME 1. (This volume is bound in three parts.) 1. Report of the Auditor General for the year ended SJst March, 1916, Volume 1, Parts a b and A to K; Volume II, Parts L to U ; Volume III, Parts V to Z ; Volume IV, Part ZZ'. Presented by Sir George Fos'ter April 19, 1917. Printed for distiibution and sessiOHttl papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2. 2. The Public Accounts of Canada, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916. Pre.sented by Sir Thomas White, February 1, 1^11. . .Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 3. Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on the 31st March, 1918, and in accordance with the provisions of "The British North America Act, 1867," the Governor General recommends these Estimates to the House of Commons. Presented by Sir Thomas White, January 31, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 4. Supplementary Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on the 31st March, 1917, and, in accordance with the provisions of " The British North America Act, 1867," the Governor General recommends these Estimates to the House of Commons. Presented by Sir Thomas White, February 5, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessio7iaI papers. 5. Supplementary Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on the 31st March, 1918. Presented by Sir Thomas White, August 17, 1917. Printed^ for distribution and sessional papers. 6. List of Shareholders in the Chartered Banks of the Dominion of Canada as on December 31, 1915. Presented by Sir Thomas White, January 25, 1917 Xot printed. 7. Report on certified cheques, drafts or bills of exchange, dividends remaining unpaid and unclaimed balances in Chartered Banks of the Dominion of Canada, for five years and upwards prior to December 31, 1915. Presented by Sir Thomas Whits, January 25, 1917. ,, ..\ot prinird. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 3. (This volume is bound in two parts.) 8. Report of the Superintendent of Insurance for the year 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, July 27, 1917 Printed far distribution and sessional papers. 9. Abs'tract of Statements of Insurance Companies in Canada for the year ended December 31, 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, May 2, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional pampers. 9 T-S George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 4. 10. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended 31st March, 191B: Part I. — Canadian Tra4e (Imports in and Exports from Canada). Presented by Sir George Foster, April 19, 1917.. ..Printed for disti-ibution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 5. lOa. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916: — Part II. — Canadian Trade with France, Germany, the United Kingdom and the United States. Presented by Sir George Foster, January 25, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 106. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916. — Part III. — Canadian Trade with British and Foreign Countries (except France, Germany. United Kingdom and United States). Presented by Sir George Foster, April 19, 1917 Printed for dtstributioti and sessional papers. 10c. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916 (Part IV, Miscellaneous Information). Presented by Sir George Foster, June 4, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 6. lOd. Report of the Department of Trade md Comnierce. Part V — Grain Statistics, compiled by the Inspection Branch of the Department. Ottawa, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916, the crop year ended August .31. 1916, and the season of navigation ended December 14. 1916; and Report of the Board of Grain Commissioners. Presented by Sir 'ieorge Foster, June 8. 1917.. .. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. lOe. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce, for the fi.scal year ending March 31, I9lfi (Part. V'l. — Subsidized Steamship Services, with Statistics .showing Steamship Traffic to December 31. 1916, and Estimates for fiscal year 1917-1918). Presented by Sir George Foster, May 3. 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. \0f. Report of the Department of Trade and Cominerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916 : Part V'll — Trade of Foreign Countries, Treaties and Conventions. Presented by Sir George Foster. 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 7, 11. Report of the Department of Customs for the year ended March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid. January 29. 1917.. ..Printed for 'lisiribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 8. 12. 13, 14. Reports, Roturns and Statistics of the Inland Revenues of the Dominion of Canada, for the fiscal year ended March 31. 1916. Part I. — Kxcise. Part II. — Weights and Measures. Gas and Electricity. Part III. — Adulteration of Food. Presented by Sir Tames Lougheed. January 26. 19\7.. .Printed for distrihutinn and sessional ttnvprs. 15. Report of the Minister of Agriculture for the Dominion of Canada, for the v^ar ended March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, January 26, 1917. Printed for distrihutinn and sessional pavers. 15a, Report of the Dairy and Cold Storage Commissioner for the fiscal year ending March 31. 1916. (Dairying. Fruit, Extension of Markets and Cold Storage.) Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, 1917 N^ot printed. 10 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1017 CONTENTS OF VOLUME S— Concluded. 15&. Report of the Veterinary Director General for the year ending March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, 1917 Printed for (Ustribution and sessional papers. 15c. Report on "The Agricultural Instruction Act," 1915-16, pursuant to Section 8, Chapter 5 of 3-4 Georg-e "V. Presented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, January 31, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 9. (This volume is bound in two parts.) 18. Report of the Director and Officers of the Experimental Farms for the year ending 31st March, 1916. — ^Volumes I, II and III. Presented by Sir George Foster, August 13, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 17. Criminal Statistics for the year ended September, 1915. (Appendiix to the Report of the Minister of Trade and Commerce for the year 1915.) Presented by Sir George Foster, 1917 Printed for distributio7i and sessional papers 18. Return of By-elections for the House oi Commons of Canada held during the year 19ifr. Presented by Hon. Mr. 'Speaker, 1917 Not printed. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 10. 19. Report of the Minister of Public Works on the works under his control for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roger.g, January 26, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 11. 20. Annual Report of the Department of Railways and Canals, for the fiscal year from April 1, 1915, to March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and ses.iional papers. 20rt. Canal Statistics for the season of Navigation, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rcid, May 7, 1917 Priyited for distribution and sessional papers. 20b. Railway Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 30th June, 1916. Pre- sented iby Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 24, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 12. 20c. Eleventh Report of the Board of Railway Commissioners for Canada, for the year ending 31st March, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, January 23, 1917. Printed for distribution a7id sessional papers. 20d. Telephone Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30, 1916. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20e. Express Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30, 1916. Pre- sented by Hon Mr. Cochrane, April 25, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20/. Telegraph Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30, 1916. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 209. Report of the Royal Commission appointed to consider the general problem of transporta- ticn in Canada, comprising : — Report of Sir H. F. Drayton and Mr. W. M. Acworth ; Report of Mr. A. H. Smith ; and. Appendices A and B, being Report of Appraisal of Canadian Northern Railway System and Grand Trunk Pacific Railway, by Mr. Geo, F. Swain, C.E. Presented by Sir Thomas White. May 2, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 11 7-8 George V Alpliabctical liidcx to Sctsiouiil Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 13. 21. Forty-ninth Annual Report of the Departmen't of Marine and iPiBheries, for the year 1915-16 — Marine. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, Janoiary 23, 1917. Printed jor ilustribution and sessional papers. 22. List of Shipping issued by the Department of Marine and Fisheries, being a list of vessels on the Registry Books of the Dominion of Canada, on the 31st day of December, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, September 4, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 23. Supplement to the Forty-ninth Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries for the fiscal year 1915-16. (Marine) — Steamboat Inspection Report. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, April 19, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers- CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14. 24. Report of the Postmaster General for the year ended 31st March, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Blondin, February 1, 1917.. .P;i>if> d for distribution and sessional papers. 25. Annual Report of the Department of the Interior, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1S16. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, Jaiiuarj' 22, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessibna,l papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 15. 25b. Annual Report of the Topographical Surveys Branch of the Department of Interior, 1915-1'6. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, June 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 25c. Report of Hydrometric Surveys (Stream Measurements), for the calendar year 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, April 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 16. 25d. Fifteenth Report of the Geographic Board of Canada for year ended March 31, 1916. Presented, 1917 ^ot printed. 25e. Report of the British Columbia Hydrometric Survey for the calendar year 1915 (Water Re.sources Paper No. 18 of the Dominion Water Power Branch, Department of the Interior). Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, July 5, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 25/. Progress Report 6t the Manitoba Hydrometric Survey for the calendar year 1915 (Water Resources Paper No. 19 of the DonTinion Water Power Branch, Department of the Interior). Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, July 7, 1917. Printed for distribution and setsional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 17. 26. Summary Report of the operations of the Geological Survey, Department of Mines, for the calendar year, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, August 28, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 26a. Summary Report of the Mines Brancli of the Department of Mines, for the calendar year ending 31st December, 1915. Prejsemted by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, April 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 12 7-8 George V Alpliabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 18. 27. Report of the Department of Indian Affairs for the year, ended March 31, 1916. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Roche, January 22, 1917, Printed for distribution and sessional papers. *28. Report of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police, 1916. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, April 19, 1917 Printed for di^striiution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 19. 29. Report of the Secretary of State of Canada for the year ended March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, August IS, 1917 Pritited for distrihution and sessional papers. 30. The Civil Service List of Canada for the year 1816. Presented 191.7. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 31. EJiglith Annual Report of the Civil Service Commission of Canada for the year ended August 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, April 19, 1917. Prijited for distribution and sessional papers. 32. Annual Report of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, July 31, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessi07ial papers. 33. Report of the Secretary of State for External Affairs for the year ended March 31, 1917. Presented 1917 Printed for distribution and scssioneil papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 20. 34. Report of the Minister of Justice as to the Penitentiaries of CanaxBa for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916. Presented 1917. . .Pri?! fed for distribution and sessioneil papers. 35. Report of the Militia Council for the Dominion of Canada, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916. Presented by Sir A. E. Kemp, February 3, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 36. Report of the Department of Labour for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, January 22, 1917. Printed for dist7-ibution and sessional papers. 36a. Ninth Report of the Registrar of Boards of Conciliation and Investigation of the pro- ceedings under "The Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907," for the fiscal j-ear ending March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, January 22, 1917. Printed for distribution anel sessional papers. 37. Twelfth Ann-ual Report of the Commissioners of the Transicontinental Railway, for the year ended March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21. 38. Report of the Department of the Naval Service, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, January 22, 1917. Printeel for distribution and sessional papas. 38«. Supplement to the Sixth Annual Report of the Department of Naval Service, Fisheries Branch, — Contributions to Canadian Biology, being studies from the biological stations of Canada, 1915-1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, June 4, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 38c. Lobster Conservation in Canada, by A. P. Knight, M.A. Printed for distribution and sessional impers. 39. Forty-ninth Annual Report of the Fisheries Branch of the Department of the Naval Service, 1915-16. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, January 22, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 13 V-8 George V xVlijluibctic-al Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 40. The Report of the Joint Librarians of Parliament. Presented by Hon. Mr. Speaker, January 19, 1917 Not printed. 41. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows: — P.C. 1917, dated the 15th day of July, 1916, respecting the appointment of a Parliamentary Under Secretary of State for External Affairs during the continuance of the war. P.C. 2576, dated the 21st day of October, 1916, respecting the appointment of Hugh Clark, Member of the House of Commons for the EHectoral District of North Bruce, to the position of Parliamentary Under Secretary for Exernal Affairs, during the con- tinuance of the present war. P.C. 1720, dated the 15th day of July, 1916, res^Jecting the appointment of a Par- liamentary Secretary of the Department of Militia and Defence, during the continu- ance of the present war. P.C. 1730, dated the 19th day of July, 1916, respecting the appointment of Fleming Blanchard McCurdy, Member of the House of Commons for the Sectoral District of Shelburne and Queens, to the position of Parliamentary Secretary of the Department of Militia and Defence, during the continuance of the present war. P.C. 2651, dated the 28th day of October, 1916, respecting the establishment of a ministry in London charged with the administration of the overseas forces of Canada, and the direction and control of the expenditures abroad in connection therewith. P.C. 2656, dated the 31st day of October, 1916, respecting the appointment of Honourable Sir George Halsey Perley, to the position of Minister of Overseas Military Forces from Canada in the United Kingdom. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, January ■[^g 1917 Printed for sessional papers only. 42. Papers relating to the Imperial War Conference, 1917. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, January 22 1917 Printed for sessional papers only. 42a, Copy of a Parliamentary Paper (Cd. 85 66), containing extracts from the Minutes of the Proceedings of the Imperial War Conference, 1917, and Papers laid before the Con- ference. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, June 15, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 43. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows : — P.C. 64-15-25, dated the 29th June, 1916, authorizing the superannuation of Mr. Silas Blair Kent, a clerk in Sub-division " B " of the First Division, employed as chief fishing bounty officer of the Naval Service Department. P.C. 3192, dated 30th December, 1916, Regulations governing the payment of Separation Allowance in the Royal Canadian Xavy and Royal Naval Canadian Volun- teer Reserve. P.C. 3108, dated 19th September, 1916, Regulations governing payment of "Com- mand Money " to officers on " Special Service," etc., in the Royal Canadian Navy. P.C. 2942, dated 29th .November, 1916, Regulations governing payment of "Hard- lying Money" in the Royal Canadian Navy. P.C. 2442, dated 11th October, 1916, Amendment to Order In Council P.C. 1334, dated 3rd June, 1916, establishing Rates of Pensions for the Military and Naval Forces of Canada. P.C. 2130, dated 9th September, 1913, Regulations for enrolment of men in the Royal Canadian Volunteer Reserve for service in the Royal Navy. P.C. 1939, dated 18th August, 1916, Order made under War Measures Act, 1914, to reduce risk of persons of enemy nationality landing in Canada under guise of neutrals. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, January 22, 1917 Not printed. 43a. Copy of extract from Order in Council No. P.C. 942, dated 5th April, 1917, with reference to Regulations governing the Payment of Separation Allowance in the Royal Canadian Navy. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, June 11, 1917 Not printed. 43l>. Copy of extract from Order in Council No. P.C. 1397, dated 21st May. 1917: Rules and Regulations to apply to persons who are employed in or who are in or in the vicinity of any store, wharf, etc., in or upon which any ammunition, etc., is handled. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, June 14. 1917 Not printed. 14 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21—Contitmed. 43c. Copy of Extract from Order in Council No. P.C. 157G, dated 11th June, 1917: Regulationa instituting the ranl< of Chief Skipper and Skipper in the Royal Canadian Navy. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Hazen. June 20, 1917 Not printed. 43rf. Copy of Order in Council, PC. 69/1774, dated 28th June. 1917, containing Regulations for the Payment of Specialist Allowance to R.N.C.V.R, and R.N.C.V.R. Overseas Division. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen. July 9. 1917 Not printed 43?. Copy Extract from Order in Council, P.C. No 1783. dated 29th June, 1917: — Rules and Regulations governing the issue of Pay, Allowances and Pensions, Department of the Naval Service — Copy Extract from Order in Council, P.C No. 1871. dated 6tb July, 1917 ; — Amendment to the Regulations for the payment of Separation AUow.ince to the dependents of those on Active Service under the Naval Service Department. Presented by Sir James Lougheed, July 12, 1917. (Senate) Not printed. 43/. Extract from Order in Council. PC. 1993 of the 17th July, 1917: Scale of Subsistence Allowances to Officers and men of the Naval Service when travelling on duty. — And also, — Extract from Order in Council, P.C 1994 of th« 17th .Tuly, 1917: Scale of Allowances in lieu of lodging, provisions, fuel and light, for Officers and men of the Naval Service, Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, August 6. 1917 Not printed. 43p. Extract from Order in Council. P.C. 2105. dated 9th August. 1917: Amendmsnts to regu- lations for the issue of pay, allowances and pensions to officers, warrant officers and men invalided, etc., from the Naval Service Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, August 27, 1917 Not printed. 43^t. Extract from Order in Council ("Defence of Can.ada Order"), P.C. No, 2277, dated the 17th August. 1917: — Amendments respecting iNaval Service The Senate. .A'ot printed. 43i Extract from Order in Council, No. P.C 2433, dated Isl September, 1917 : — Regulations re Pay and Allowances to Officers and Men after discharge from the Canadian Naval Service. The Senate Not printed. 44. Correspondence relating to the withdrawal of the Ross Rifle from the Canadian Army Corps. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, January 22, 1917, Printed for sessional papers only. 45. Report of the War Purchasing Commission, covering period from its appointment on May 8. 1913, to December 31. 1916 Presented by Hon. Mr. Kemp. January 23, 1917. Not printed. 46. Copies of Orders in Council respecting the establishment of a National Service Board of Canada, and appointments thereto, under the provisions of the War Measures Act, 1914. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, January 23, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 47. Copy of Agreement between His Majesty the King and The Acadia Coal Company, Ltd., concerning the lease of the Vale Railway. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, January 23.1917 Not printed. 48. Copy of Agreement between His Majesty the King and The Quebec and Saguenay Rail- way Co., The Quebec Railway Light, and Power Co, The LotbiniSre and Megantic Railway Co., and The Quebec Railway Light Heat and Power Co., respecting the acquisition by the Government of the said railways Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, January 23. 1917 Not printed. 48a. Return to an Order of the House, of the 23rd April, 1917, for a copy of all proceedings in the Exchequer Court of Canada, and judgment of Mr. Justice Cassels concerning the reference of the Quebec and Saguenay Railway, the Quebec and Montmorency Railway and the Lotbiniere and Megantic Railway. Presented June 21, 1917. Mr. Leraieux. Not printed. 15 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers ^. lOlT CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 48b. Return to an Order of the House, of the 14th May, 1917, for a copy of the jud.gp ■'♦ delivered by Mr. Justice Cassels on the 24th day of January, 1917, in the matter of fixing the price to be paid by the Oovernment for the Quebec, Montmorency and Charlevoix Railway, tlie Quebec and Saguenay Railway, and the Lotbini&re and Megantic Railway, under the statute of last session. Chapter 22, 6-7 George V. Pre- sented June 27, 191T. Mr. Graham Act p 49. Statement of Governor General's Warrants issued since the last Session of P-"-liame on account of 1916-17. Presented by Sir Thomas White, January 25, ^ 49a. Statement of Governor General's Warrants issued since the adjournment of x d on February 7. 1917. Presented by Sir Thomas White, April 24, 1S17 . .Not Print 50. Copy of Amendments to the Radiotelegraph Regulations since the ]st August Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, January 25, 1917 K 50a. Copy of Amendment to subsection (d) of section 104 of the Radiotelegraph P Operation of ship stations M'ithin a Canadian harbour. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, January 29, 1917 Xot printed. 50b. Copy of Amendment to Radiotelegraph Regulations issued by the Minister of the Naval Service, under Section 11, Chapter 43, of the Radiotelegraph Act, 3-4 George V. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, April 19, 1917 Not printed. 51. Statement of Expenditure on account of "Miscellaneous Unforeseen Expenses," from the 1st April, 1916, to the 18th Januar>% 1917, in accordance with the Appropriation Act of 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, January 25, 1917 Not printed. 52. Statement of Temporary Loans issued since April 1, 1916, to 18th January, 1917. Pre- sented by Sir Thomas White, January 25, 1917 Not printed. 53. Report and Statement of Receipts and Expenditures of the Ottawa Improvement Com- mission to March 31, 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, January 25, 1917. Not p7inted. 54. Statement of the Receipts and Expenditures of the Royal Society of Canada, for the year ended April 30, 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, January 25, l^ll... Not printed. 55. Statement of Receipts and Expenditures of the National Battlefields Commission to 31st March, 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, January 25, 1917.. 56. Statement of Superannuation and Retiring Allowances in the Civil Service uu*i..b "-he year ending 31st December, 1916, showing name, rank, salary, service allowance and cause of retirement of each person superannuated or retired, also whether vacancy has been filled by promotion, or by appointment, and the salary of any new appointee. Presented by Sir Thomas "UTiite, January 25, 1917 Not printed. 57. Statement in pursuance of Section 17 of the Civil Service Insurance Act, for the year ending March 31, 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, January 25, 1917. Not printed. 58. Regulations under " The Destructive Insect and Pest Act," pursuant to Section 9, Chapter 31 of 9-10 Edward VII. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, January 26. 1917. Not printed. 59. Account of the average n\imber of men employed on the Dominion Police Force duiing each month of the year 1916, and of their pay and travelling expenses, pursuant to Chapter 92, Section 6, Subsection 2, of the Revised Statutes of Canada. Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty, January 26, 1917 Not printed. 60. Copy of the evidence taken before the Hon. Sir Charles Davidson, Kt., Commission appointed to inquire into the purchase by and on behalf of the Government of the Dominion of Canada, of Arms, Munitions, Implements, Materials, Horses, Supplies, and other things for the purpose of the present war, and as to the expenditures and pa^• ments made or agreed to be made therefor ; together with the Report of the said missioner concet-ning the sale of Small Arms Ammunition ; purchase of Submarines, and Military Cloth (Auburn Woollen Mills Co.). Presented by Hon. Mr. Mei.shen, Janu- arj- 30, 1917 Not printed. 10 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 'Ci. ' Report submitted by the officer in charge of the Canadian Records Office, London, Eng., to The Right Honourable Sir Robert Borden, G.C.M.G., M.P., Prime Minister of Canada, on the worlv of the Canadian War Records Office since the date of its foundation to the 11th January, 1917. Presented by Sir Ro'bert Borden, January 31, 1917. Not printed. .. Annual Return respecting Trade Unions under Chapter 125, R.S.C., 190'6. Presented by " '~-^" Mr. Patenaude, January 31, 1917 Not printed. .ed statement of all bonds or securities registered in the Department of the ;cretary of State of Canada, since last return (22nd January, 1916) submitted to the Parliament of Canada under Section 32., of Chapter 19, of the Revised Statutes of Canada, 1906. Presented by Hon. Mr. Blondin, January 31, 1917 Not printed. yUrn of Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette, between :ne 1st January, 1916, and the 31st December, 1916, in accordance with the provisions '.,JL Section 5 of " The Dominion Lands Survey Act," Chapter 21, 7-8 Edward VII. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Roche, February 1, 1917 Not printed. 65. Return of Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette, between 1st January, 1916, and the 31st December, 1916, in accordance with the provisions of "The Forest Reserves and Park Act," Section 19, of Chapter 10, 1-2 George V. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Roche, February 1, 1917 Not printed. 66. Return of Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette, between the 1st January, 1916, and the 31st December, 1916, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 47, 2 George V, entitled "The Railway Belt Water Act." Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, February 1, 1917 Not printed- 67. Return of Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette and in the British Columbia Gazette, between 1st January, 1916', and the 31st December, 1916, in accordance v/ith provisions of Subsection (d) of Section 38 of the regulations for the sui'vey, administration, disposal and management of Doniinion Lands within the 40-mile Railway Belt in the Province of British Columbia. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, February 1, 1917 Not printed. ■.r" showing all lands sold by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company during the year, ,. the Ist October, 1915, to 30'th September, 1916, together with the names of the purchasers, in accordance with the Statutes of Canada, 1886, Chapter 9, Section 8. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, February 1, 1917 Not printed. 69. Return of Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette, between 1st January, 1916, and the 31st December, 1916, in accordance with the provisions of Section 77 of "The Dominion Lands Act," Chapter 2'0, 7-8 Edward VII. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, February 1, 1917 Not printed. 70. Certified copies of Reports of the Committee of the Privy Council, approved by His Excellency the Governor General on the 29th November, 1916, giving authority for the cancellation on and from the 1st January, 1917, of the agreements between the Govern- ment of Canada and the Governments of Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta, respec- tively, respecting the services of the Royal North West Mounted Police in those provinces. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, February 1, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only 70a. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 31st January. 1917, for a copy of all documents, letters, messages, correspondence, etc., respecting the termination of the agreements between the Government of Canada and the Govern- ments of the Provinces of Saskatchewan and Alberta in reference to the Royal North West Mounted Police. Presented June 1, 1917. Mr. McCraney Not printed. '^l. Return to an Order of the House, of the 20th March, 1916, for a copy of all telegrams, letters and correspondence concerialng the appointment of Mr. Alfred Gravel, Harbour Commissioner of Quebec, and concerning all other candidates for the position of Commissioner on the Harbour Board of Quebec, to represent the South Shore. Pre- sented February 2, 1917. Mr. Bourassa Not printed. -27r ' -2 17 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 72. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General, of the 2nd February, 1914, for a copy of all Orders in Council, correspon(Jence, petitions, telegrams and other papers or documents bearing' date between the years 1885 and 1914 in any way relating to the prohibition of the export of Sockeye Salmon from the Province of British Columbia. Presented February 2, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 73. Seventh Annual Report of the Commission of Conservation for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, February 5, 1917 Not printed. 74. Copy of correspondence between Sir Robert Borden and Sir Wilfrid Laurier respecting proposals for the extension of the term of Parliament, November 3, 191.5, to January 3, 1917. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, May 23, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 75. Detailed Statement of Customs Duties and the Refund thereof, under Section 92, Consoli- dated Revenue Act, for the year ended March 31, 191fi. (Senate) Not printed. 75a. Detailed Statement of all Remissions and Refunds of the Tolls or duties for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916. — Also, — Supplementary statement of the Remissions and Refunds of Tolls and Duties from the Department of Marine and Fisheries. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, April 19, 1917 Not printed. 76. Ordinances of the Yukon Territory, passed by the Yukon Council in 1916. (Senate). Not printed. 76«. Return of Orders in Council passed under the provisions of Section 18, of Chapter 63, Revised Statutes of Canada, " An Act to provide for the Government of the Yukon Territory." Presented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, April 19, 1917 Not printed. 76i' Return of Orders in Council passed in the year 1917, under the provisions of Section 18, of Chapter 63, Revised Statutes of Canada, " An Act to provide for the Govern- ment of the Yukon Territorj-." Presented by Hon. Mr. Sevigny, July 5, 1917. Not printed- 77. Copy of extract from Order in Council Xo. P.C. 43/263, dated 27th January, 1917, authorizing Regulations governing the payment of Allowance for the Accountant Officers in the Royal Canadian Navy of Receiving Ships and Depot Ships, in accordance with the provisions of Secton 47, Chapter 43, 9-10 Edward VII. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, February 6, 1917 Not printed. 78. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all corre- spondence respecting the appointment of a Commission to investigate the financial and economic condition of Canadian railways, showing the names of the Commissioners, the rate of their remuneration, along with the names of the secretaries and engineers appointed by them, or by the Commission, and the rate of their remuneration.. Pre- sented February 6, 1917. — Sir Wilfrid Laurier Not printed. 79. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all pampers, letters, telegrams and other documents relative to the removal of Mr. H. D. McKenzie as mechanical foreman at Stellarton on the Canadian Government Railways, and the appointment of his successor. Presented February 6, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald. Not printed. 80. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a return showing the quantity of freight carried over the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway between L^vis and Moncton since that portion of said railway has been operated by the Canadian Govern- ment Railways System. Presented February 6, 1917. — Mr. Copp Not printed. 81. Return to an Order of the House of the 12th April, 1916, for a Return showing: — 1. How many clerks there are in the Interior Department who belong to and are paid from the outside service vote and who work in the inside service? 2. The names of said clerks? 3. Salary paid to each? 4. How long each has been in the service of the Department? 5. If all or any of these clerks have passed any examination. If so, what eximination and on what date or dates? Presented February 6, 1917. — Mr. Turriff.. ..Xit printed- 18 7-8 George V Alpliabctical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 82. Return to an Order of the House of the 13th March, 1916, for a copy of all correspondence •between the Government and the Provinces, regarding increased co-operation in the promotion of immigration and land settlement, commencing with a letter of the Minister of the Interior to the Provincial Prime Ministers, in November, 1911. Pre- sented February &, 1917. — Sir Wilfrid LauHer Not printed. 83. Return to an Order of the House of the 27th March, 1916, for a Return showing: — 1. The names and salaries of the persons employed in the Immigration Service in the City of Montreal ; their respective salaries when appointed and w-hat they receive at the present time? 2. Which of such employees are given travelling or other expenses, and how much has been been paid to each on that account since their respective appoint- ments. Presented February 6, 1917. — Mr. Lachance Not printed. 84. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a return showing the quantities of timber cut, and the sum paid therefor, to date, under the lease or sale of timber made by the Indian Department to Mr. Arthur Webber from lands situated near Ship Harbour Lake, Halifax County, together with the name or names of all surveyors of the timber cut from the said Indian lands under the above-mentioned sale or lease, and copies of all reports made in connection therewith by said surveyors. Presented February 6, 1917. — Mr. McLean (Halifax) Not printed. 85. A copy of the Special Report made by the Royal Commission on Indian Affairs on the Kitsilano Indian Reserve, together with the Order in Council passed on the 28th March, 1916, and all other papers and correspondence relating to the Report. (Senate). Not printed. 86. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all correspondence exchanged between the Dominion Government and the Provincial Governments inviting them to a conference on the subject of making provisions for returned soldiers, including a copy of the proceedings of the conference which took place on the IQth of January at Ottawa on the same subject. Presented February 7, 1917. — Sir Wilfrid Laurier Printed for sessional papers only. 87. Return to an Order of the House, of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all correspon- dence between any Member of the Government and Sir Thomas Tait referring to his appointment to, and resignation from, the National Service Board. Presented February 7, 1917. — Mr. Graham Printed for sessional papers only. 87a. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all corre- spondence between Mr. Murray, Secretary of the Manufacturers' Association, and any Member of the Government, or Sir Thomas Tait, as head of the National Service Board, concerning his suggested appointment as Secretary of the National Service Board. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Graham Not printed. 88. Correspondence between the Prime Minister and the Leader of the Opposition concerning the formation of a Parliamentary National Service Commission. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, February 7, 1917 Printed for sessional papers only. 89. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3th February, 1917, for a copy of all petitions, letters, telegrams, reports and other documents relative to the closing of the Canard and Splitlog Post Office and the opening of Loiselleville Post Office, in the County of Essex, together with a copy of all petitions and documents relative to the establish- ment of rural mail routes from the Loiselleville Post Office. Presented February 7, 1917.— ilfr. Wilcox Not printed. 90. Report on the Canadian Army Medical Service, by Colonel Herbert A. Bruce, Special Inspector General, Medical Services, Canadian Expeditionary Force, dated at London, England, 20th September, 1916. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, February 7, 19J7. Not printed. 90«. Report on the Canadian Army Medical Service, by a Board of Officers, presided over by Surgeon-General Sir William Babtie, K.C.M.G., CB., V.C., dated at London, England, December 22, 1916. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, February 7, 1917.. 2Vo( printed 27360— 2 J 19 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 90b. Copy of Interim Report of the Surgeon-<5eneral G. C. Jones, IMrector Medical Servicea. Canadians, in reply to the Report on the Canadian Army Medical Service by Colonel Herbert A. Bruce, Special Inspector-General, Medical Services, Canadian Expedition- ary Force, dated London, September 28, 1916. Presented by Sir Bd-w-ard Kemp, May 31, 1917 ; Not printed. 91. Return to an Order of the House, of the 7th February, 1917, for a copy of all letters, telegrams, papers and other documents relative to the closing of the Marine Agency at Piotou last autumn, and as to th€ re-opening of said agency. Presented April 19, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald Not ■printed- 92. Return to an Order of the House of the ."ith February, 1917, for a Return showing: — 1. The number of horses that have been bought in Canada for war purposes in each of the years 1914, 1915 and 1916, resepctively, (a) for the Canadian Army; (6) for Britain; and (c) for France and our oth^r Allies. 2. The amount paid for the horses in each of the years for the different countries mentioned. Presented April 19, 1917. — Mr. Edwards Not pri7tted. 93. Return to an Order of the House of the 31srt. January, 1917, for a Return showing: — 1. The names, home addresses and former occupations of all censors, decoders or other employees of the Government in the different cable stations in Nova Scotia during the calendar year 1916. 2. The name of the person who recommended each of the said censors, decoders or employees. 3. What salary iwas paid to each of said persons for the calendar year 1916. Presented April 19, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair. . . .Not printed- 94. Copies of General Orders promulgated to the Militia for the period between December 30, 1915, and February 8, 1917. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, April 19, 1917. Not printed. 95. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th March, 1915, for a copy of all charges, correspondence, letters, telegrams and other documents relative to the dismissal of Frank Dunlop, of Graves Point, at Sydney Mines, in the riding of Xorth Cape Breton and Victoria, N.S., and the expenses of such investigation in detail. Presented April 19, 1917. — Mr. McKenzie Not printed. 96. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 191©, for a Return showing: — 1. The names of the staff in the office of the High Commissioner for Canada in London? 2. Whether any of these officials are natives of Canada. If so which ones? 3. Wheither it is true, as alleged, that Canada is the only British Dominion which employs none of its natives in its High Commissioner's Office. Presented April 19, 1917. — Mr. Proulx. Not printed. 97. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General, of the 22nd February, 1915, for a copy of all Orders in Council, memoranda, correspondence or other docu- ments in the possession of the Government, or any Department thereof, relating to the trade in dried fish and wines between Portugal and Canada. Presented April 19, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 98. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a tabulated statement showing the number of divorces granted by the Parliament of Canada since 1867. Pre- sented April 19, 1917. — Mr. Lcmieu:^. Not printed. 99. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd February, 1916', for a copy of all letters, telegrams and other documents, including tenders, relating to the mail contract from Tatamagouche to New Annan and Tatamagouche Mountain, in the County of Colchester. Presented April 19, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald Not printed. 100. Copy of new Rule in substitution of Rule 23'6 of the General Rules and Orders now in force refsrulating the practice and proced-ure in the Exchequer Court of Canada, made on the 16th day of February, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr, Patenaude, April 19, 1917. Not printed. 20 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Coyitinued. lOOa. Copy of Rule 20'0 of the General Rules and Ordiers now in force regulating the practice and procedure in the Exchequer Court of Canada ; also, Copy of General Order respecting fees and costs in th« Excheorary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented May 16, 191". — Mr. Chishohn Not printed. 138&. Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd May, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil servants or officials were in the employ of the Department of Marine and Fisheries on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st day of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the gros:5 amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all 26 ■8 George V Alpha'oetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented May n, Idll'.— Mr. Sinclmr Not printed. 138c. Return to an Order of the House of the 9th May, 1917, for a return showing:— 1. How many permanent civil servants or officials were in the employ of the Department of Ex- ternal Affairs on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1'917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented June l/l-)!-:.— Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 138d. Return to an Order of the House of the 9th May. 1917, for a return showing:— 1. How many permanent civil servants or officials were in the employ of the Department of Justice on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 191T. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August. 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31. 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions- of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented June 21. 1917.— Ji''-- Sinclair Not imnted. 138e- Return to an Order of the House of the 14th May. 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civii servants or officials were .in the employ of the Department of Finance on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaiies and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented June 29, 1912. — M. Maclean (Halifax) Not printed. 138/. Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd May 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil servants and officials were in the employ of the Department of Indian Affairs on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 2. How inany temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the Slat of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed 27 7-8 George V Aliiliabttical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. by said Department since 1st of August, lia4. 4. How many temporary civil servants an, August 20, 1917 Kot printed. 169. Return to an Order of the House, of the 14th May, 1917, for a copy of all letters, corres- pondence, petitions, telegrams and reports between the Minister of Marine and Fisheries and any person or persons in any w-ay referring to the removal of the salmon nets on that portion of the coast of Inverness extending east and west from the mouth of the Margaree River. Presented May 31, 1917. — Mr. Chishohn Xot printnl. 170. Return to an Order of the House, of the 2nd May, 1917, for a copy of the report of tiv.- Commission appointed to investigate the condition of the Military Hospital at Halfax, with a copy of the evidence taken by said Commission at Halifax and all other docu- ments in the possession of the Department of Militia and Defence in connection with such investigation. Presented May 31, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair Xot printed. 171. Return to an Order of the House, of the 7th Maj-, 1917, for a return showing the amount paid or spent by the Department of Militia in advertising for recruits in Canada, showing the persons, firms and corporations to whom the payments were made, up to April 1, 1917. Presented May 31, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald Kot printed. 172. Finding of the Court of Inquiry appointed by the Adjutant-General by Orders dated the 1st May, 1917, for the purpose of collecting and recording evidence in connection with the allegations contained in several newspapers that Troop Trains had been stoned passing through Rivi6re-du-L/0up, Quebec, and other places, and for the purpose of collecting and recording any other evidence which, in the opinion of the Members of the Court, in any way relates to or has a bearing on this matter. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, May 31, 1917 Xot printed. 173. Finding of the Court of Inquiry appointed by the Adjustant-General by Orders dated the 1st May, 1917, for the purpose of collecting and recording evidence in connection with the allegations contained in several newspapers accusing the citizens of Quebec of maltreating or allowing to be maltreated, soldiers returning from the War and passing through or sojourning in Quebec, and for the purpose of collecting and recording any other evidence which, in the opinion of the Members of the Court, in any way relates to or has a bearing on the matter. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, May ^1, 1917 Xot printrd. 174. Return to an Order of the House, of the 7th May, 1917, for a copy of all accounts, letters, claims, c-orrespondepce and other documents relating to the following amounts mentioned in the P..eport of the Auditor General 1916. Vol. 11, page L — 11 : — Mr. Justice L. P. Pelletier, travelling exf)enses, $877 ; Mr. Justice I. N. Belleau, travelling expenses, $1,984.44; Mr. Justice T. H. Chauvin, travelling expenses, $1,421.25; Mr. Justice B. LeTellier, travelling expenses, ?1,923.80. Presented May 31, 1917. — Mr. Lanctot Xot prinlyl. 175. Return to an Order of the House, of the 30:h May, 1917, for a Return showing: — 1. Tlie number of persons appointed to permanent position on the Canadian Government Rail- ways from January 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917, who were not previously employed on the said Railways. 2. Their names, salaries and the positions to which they were appointed. Presented May 31, 1917. — Mr. Copp Xot printed. 32 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. Ii)l7 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 176. Return to an Order of the House, of the 12th February, 1915, for a Return showing how- many persons of German nationality are eniployed in the several Departments of the Federal Government, in what capacity and the salaries received respectively. Pre- sented Jun€ 1, 1917. — Mr. Delisle Not printed. 177. Return to an Order of the House, of the 1st May, 1916, for a copy of all correspondence and papers relating to the change in the location of the post office at Rosetoerg, Alberta. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Buchanan Not printed. 178. Return to an Order of the House, of the Sth May, 1916, for a copy of all correspondence, letters and telegrams relating to the dismissal of Augustin D. Lauteigne as Postmaster oi Island River, Gloucester ^County, N.B. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Turgeon. Not printed. 179. Return to an Order of the House, of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all letters and telegrams in the Post Office Department in reference to the removal of Pearson's Post Office, Township of Casey, in the Constituency of Nipissing, from wtefe it was located to its pfesent location. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Turriff.. ..Not printed. 180. R&turn to an Order of the House, of the 5th February, 1917, for a copy of all letters, reports, papers and other documents relative to the dismiss'al of John R. Mcintosh as Postmaster of Cummings Mountain, Pictou County, and the appointment of James Cummings as his successor. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald. . ..Not printed. 181. Return to an Order of the House, of the 2nd May, 1917, for a Return showing: — The gross amount paid by the Government since October, 1911, to H. P. Duchemin, of Sydney, N.B., for services and disbursements under the Public Inquiries Act, or other- wise. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Sinciair Not printed. 182. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd February, 1917, for a copy of all corres- pondence, letters, telegrams and other documents concerning the cancelling by the Post Office Department of the rural mail contract granted to Hyppolite Lambert of .St. Antoine, in tdie County of Lotbiniere, Que. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Fortier. Not p7-inted. 183. Reports, pursuant to a Resolution of the House adopted on the ISth May, 1916, based on a recommendation of the Joint Committee of both Houses on Printing of Parliament, requesting information from the several Departments of Government with the view to effecting all possible economy in the matter of public printing and the distribution of public documents, and the extent, if any, to which such recommenda'tions have been carried into effect. Presented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, June 1, 1917.. ..Not printed. 184. Return to an Order of the House, of 21st May, 1917, for a copy of all correspondence, reports and recommendations, if any, from the Grain Commission to the Department of Trade and Commerce or any other Department of the Government at Ottawa, follow- ing a Tneeting of the Grain Commissioners held in Lethbridge this year. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Buchanan Not printed. 185. Order in Council passed in conformity with provisions of 4-5 George V., Chapter 20, S-15 (C. N. Railway.) — (The Senate) Not printed. 186. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd February, 1917, for a re'turn showing the quantity and value of exports in following commodities for the first nine months of present fiscal year :— Horses ; brass and manufacturers of same; wheat, breadstuffs ; oats and grain other than wheat ; automobiles, bicycles, motorcycles and parts of same, including engines and tires ; railway cars and parts ; chemicals ; copper and manufac- tures of same ; cotton manufactures ; explosives ; iron and steel and manufactures of same ; firearms and munitions ; leather and manufactures of same ; meat and dairy products ; alcohol ; vegetables, dried and canned ; lead ; wearing apparel of all kinds ; zinc and manufactures of same ; paper and manufactures of same. Presented June 4, 1917. — Mr. Maclean (Halifax) Printed for sessional papers only. 27360—3 33 7-3 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 191 T CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Coyxfinued. 187. Return to an Order of the House, of the 30th April, 1917, for a copy of all documents, correspondence, letters, telegrams, memoranda and reports exchanged between the "Ser- geant-at-Arms of the House of Commons and the Honoura^Dle Albert S^vigny ; the Sergeant-at-Arms and the Justice Department, and between the Department of Justice and the Honourable Albert Sevigny, concerning certain effects, furniture and orna- ments connected with the Speaker's Apartments. Also, copy of all accounts, receipts, bills of lading and transportation accounts concerning the said effects, furniture and ornaments. Presented June 5, 1917. — Mr. Lanctot Kot printed. 188. Copy of Order in Council P.C. 1457, dated the 29th May, 1917, respecting pay to mem- bers of the Civil Service who join the Military forces of Canada either by voluntary enlistment or otherwise from and after the date hereof. Presented by Sir Thomas White, June 6, 1917 Not printed. 189. Copy of General -Reports of W. F. O'Connor, K.C., Acting Commissioner re Cost of Living, concerning the production, cost, selling prices, and distribution sj-stem of refined sugar. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers. June 6. 1917 Printed tor distribution and sessional papers. 190. Copy of Reports of W. F. O'Connor, on the subject of the Anthracite Goal business in Canada. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, June 6, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 191. Return to an humble Address of the Senate to His E?xcellency the Governor General, dated the 22nd of May last, showing a copy of : — All correspondence exchanged between the Government or its Ministers, the Minister of Militia, the Militia Council, Major- General F. L. Lessard, C.B., Inspector-General, or any other person, and Lieutenant- Colonel Armand Lavergne, O.C, the 61st Regiment or any other person, on the subject of the territorial defence of the Province of Quebec, as well as copy of all Orders in Council or documents relating to this subject. — {Senate) Not printed. 192. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 1579, dated 8th June, 1917, appointing a Fuel Controller for Canada. Presented by Sir George Foster, May 12, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 192«. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 1460, dated 16th June, 1917. re the appointment of an Officer to be known as Food Controller for Canada, and specifying his powers and duties. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, June 19, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 193. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 1604, dated 11th June, re the- establishment of "The Board of Grain Supervisors of Canada." And also. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. IG-Oo, dated 11th June, 1917, appointing certain persons as members of "The Board of Grain Supervisors of Canada." Presented by Sir George Foster, May 12, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 194. Copies of Census Statistics of male population of Canada, Census of 1911, between the ages of 20 and 45, both years inclusive, according to conjugal condition and nativity. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, June 13, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 195. Copies of The King's Regulations and Orders for the Army, 1912, re-printed with amendments published in Army Orders up to 1st August, 1914. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, June 13, 1917 Not printed. 196. Copies of Manual of Military Law, War Office, 1914. Presented Sir Edward Kemp, June 13, 1917 Not printed. 197. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 987, dated 10th April, 1917. as amended by Order in Council No. 1451, dated 25th May, 1917: Regulations, being as Consolidation of and additions to varioxis Orders in Council made in consequence of the War, the whole to be known as the "Defence of Canada Order, 1917." Presented .by Hon. Mr. Hazen, June 13, 1917 Not printed. 34 7-8 George V Alpliabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1^1 " - CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 198. Return to an Order of the House, of the 14th May, 1917, for a copy of all letters, petitions, correspondence, telegrama and reports in any way referring to disimissal, retirement or resignation of John McDonald, as Janitor of public building at Inver- ness, and the appointment of his successor. Presented June 15, 1917. — Mr. Chishohn. Not printed. 199. Return to an Order of the House, of the 14th May, 1917, for a copy of all letters, petitions, correspondence, telegrams and reports received by the Government since September, 1911, to the present day, in any way referring to the extension and repairs to McKay's Point Wharf, Inverness County. Presented June 15, 1917. — Mr. Chishohn Not printed. 200. Return to an Order of the House, of the 7th May, 1917, for a copy of the replies which the Government or the Department of Public Works sent to the Resident Engineer or other parties in answer to letters, telegrams, or reports in connection with the breakwater at Souris, P.E.I., during tlie years 1915 and 1916. Presented June 15, 1917. — Mr. Hughes (King's, P.E.I.) Not printed. 201. Return to an Order of the House, of the 23rd May, 1917, for a copy of all corres- pondence, telegrams, recommendations and other communications relating to the dismissal of Hector Urquhart, as lineman on the Dominion Government telegraph line between Grand River and Enon, Cape Breton County, Nova Scotia, and relating to the appointment of Dan. A. McLennan to said position. Presented June 15, 1917. — Mr. Kyte Not printed. 202. Return to an Order of the House, of the 14th May, 1917, for a copy of all letters, petitions, correspondence, telegrams and reports received by the Government since September, 1911, to the present day, in any way referring to the extension and repairs to Craignish Wharf. Presented June 15, 1917. — Mr. Chishohn. .Not printed. 203. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd May, 1917, for a Return showing: — 1. The amount which has been paid for stenographic reporting for the different Commissions or inquiries which have been held by the Government since November, 1911, to the present time. 2. The names of the persons to whom these a^mounts have been paid for stenography and the respective amounts paid to each of them. Presented June 15, 1917. — Mr. Verville Not printed. 203a. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd May, 1917, for a Return showing: — 1. Tlie amount which has been paid for stenographic reporting for the different Commissions or inquiries which have been held by the Government since November, 1911, to the present time. 2. The names of the persons to whom these amounts have been paid for stenography and the respective amounts paid to each of them. Presented June 28. 1911.— Mr. Verville Not printed. 204. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 9th May, 1917, for a copy of all papers, petitions, telegrams and all other documents sent to the Government urging upon them the necessity of abolishing the wet canteen system in the camps overseas. Presented June 15, 1917.- — Mr. Lemieux Not printed. 205. Copies of all correspondence, memoranda or other documents received by or sent by the Right Honourable the Prime Minister and the Honourable the Minister of Trade and Commerce, concerning a project to advertise Canadian products by the organiza- tion of an exhibition train of sample goods in France. {Senate) Not printed. 205«. Supplementary Return to an Order of the Senate, dated the 7th June last, for a Return showing : — Copies of all correspondence, memoranda or other documents received by or sent by the Right Honourable the Prime Minister and the Honourable the Minister of Trade and Commerce, concerning a project to advertise Canadian products by the organization of an exhibition train of sample goods in France. The Senate Not printed. 27360— 3i .^5 7-8 George V AlpLabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 191' CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 206. Letter of the Honourable E. L. Patenaude, M.P., to the Right Honourable the Prime Minister, resigning his position aa Secretarj- of State for Canada, and the letter of the Prime Minister In aclinowledgroent thereof. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, June 18, 1917 • ^<" printed. 207. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd May, 1917. for a Return showing: — 1. How much merchandise has been exported from Canada into Foreign Countries since Ihe flret of August, 1914, to the present time? 2. How much of these goods have gone through the Port of Hamburg? 2. What countries have imported this merchandise from Canada, and the resipective amounts for each of them? Presented June 18, 1917. — Mr. Verville Not printed. 208. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd February, 1S16, for a return showing the iteamized disbursements of Ward Fisher, Inspector of Fisheries for Western Nova Scotia, for the year 1912, amounting to $388. 40v and the year 1913, amounting to $1,009.84. Presented June IS, 1917. — Mr. Law Not printed. 209. Return to an Order of the Hoxi&e, of the 23rd April, 1917, for a copy of all papers, documents, petitions, memoranda, correspondence, etc., with the Government of British Columbia or any member thereof with the Fishery Officers of the Marine and Fisheries Department resident in said Province, and with any Company, person or persons relating to prohibition of the export of British Columbia saLmon since January 20, 1913. Presented June 18, 1917. — Mr. McKenHe Not printed. 210. Statement of Amount and Price of Commodities purchased and sold (including export and home consumption) by Cold Storage Companies in Canada from January 1 to December 1, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, June 18, 1917 Not printed. 210a. Report of W. F. O'Connor, K.C., Acting Commissioner re Cost of Living, concerning Cold Storage Conditions in Canada. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, July 13, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 210b. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 2021, dated 23rd July, 1917, recommending the further investigation into the premises, books, papers and records of the William Davies Company, Limited, and Matthews-Blackwell, Ltd., as disclosed by the report of W. F. O'Connor, Acting Commissioner on the Cost of Living, on the subject of cold storage conditions in Canada, and appointing G. F. Henderson, A. B. Brodie and Geoffrey Clarkson with all the powers of Examiners under Part I of the Inquiries Act to inquire into the books, papers, etc., of the said companies; also to recommend in writing to the Minister of Labour a standardized system of costs accounting appli- cable to the cold storage business by which the net profits of cold storage companies in Canada may from time to time be readily ascertained. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, July 25, 1917 Not printed 211. Return to an Order of the House, of the 11th June, 1917, for a copy of all correspon- dence, telegrams, requests, petitions and other papers in the pos.se«sion of the Department of Trade and Commerce relating to providing a supply of salt for the fisheries of the Maritime Provinces. Presented by Sir George Foster, June 22, 1917. Not printed. 212. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. No. 1725, dated the 25th June, 1917, creating the position of Director of Coal Operations for the southeastern coal fields of the Province of British Columbia and the suthwestern coal fields of the Province of Alberta, known as District 1>8. And also. — Copy of Order in Council. P.C. No. 1726, dated the 25th June, 1917, appointing W. H. Armstrong, of tbe City of Vancouver, Director of Coal Operations under the provisions of the above Order in Council, P.C. 'No. 1?25, da^ed 25th June, 1917. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, June 25, 1917 Not printed. 212". Return to an Order of the House, of the 14th May, 1917, for a copy of all letters, reports, communications and documents passing between the Minister of Labour and the Department of Labour and the officials of District No. IS, United Mine Workers 36 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1017 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. of Alterta, and the officials of the Alberta and Eastern British Ck>lumbia Coal Oper- ators' Association, concerning the requests made by the Miners for an increase in wages due to the increase in the cost of living, between September 1, 191'6, and the present time. Presented July 12, 1917. — Mr. Buchanan Not printed. 213. Return to an Order of the House, of the 131h June, 1917, for a Return showing:— 1. How many battalions of infantry left Canada with the First Contingent? 2. The number, and the designations of the different units of artillery which left with the First Contingent? 3. The number and the designation of the different medical corps which left Canada with the First Contingent? 4. The number and the designation of all the other units which left with the First Contingent? 5. The names, rank and duties of the supernumerary officers who left with the First Contingent. Presented June 26, 1917. — Mr. Lachance Not printed. 214. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 30th May, 1917, for a copy of all correspondence, letters, cables and other documents exchanged between the Imperial Government or any of its members or officials with the Canadian Government or any of its members or officials, relative to the question of the proposed legislation by the Imperial Parliament to validate certain Acts and proceedings of the Legislatui'e of British Columbia. Presented June 27, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald Not printed. 215. Return to an Order of the House, of the 4th June, 1917, for a copy of all correspondence between the Chief of the Hansard Translation Staff of the House, the Clerk of the House and the Speaker, since April 19, 1917, to date. Presented June 28, 1917. — Mr. Lemieux Not printed. 216. Return to an Order of the House, of the 27th March, 1916, for a return showing the amounts paid by the Federal Government from the 1st July, 1S9'6, to the 1st October, 1911, to the following newspapers: Le Canada, La Presse, La Patrie, Le Pays, of Montreal, La Vigie and Le Soleil, of Quebec. Presented June 28, 1917. — Mr. Boiday Not printed. 217. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd May. 1917. for a Return showing the number of employees of the following Departments after 1896, and after 1911, respectively, viz. : — Inland Revenue, Interior, Public Works, Marine and Fisheries, Militia ajid Defence, Labour and Department of Trade and Commerce. Presented June 28. 1917. — Mr. Boulay Not printed. 218. Return to an Order of the House, of the 7th May. 1917, for a Return showing the number of returned soldiers who have been given employment in the various depart- ments of the Government. Presented June 28, 1917. — Mr. Lemieux.. .'.Not printed. 219. Return to an Order of the House, of the 25th June, 1917, for a copy of the reports made by the Penitentiary Surgeons in connection with the release from Penitentiary of Edward Levi Baugh. Presented July 4, 1917. — Mr. Murphy Not printed. "^20. Return to an Order of the House, of the 21st May, 1917, for a return giving the names and salaries of employees of the Interior and Indian Departments, (o) Inside Service and (b) Outside Service, who volunteered for overseas service, and who were paid their full civil salary in addition to their military pay and allowances. Those who volunteered for overseas service and who were paid a sufficient portion of their civil salary in addition to their military paj- and allowances to bring their pay up to the amount of their civil salary. Those who volunteered for overseas service and who received consideration (stating col^sideration) on account of their civiJ employment in addition to their military pay and allowances. Those who volunteered for overseas service and who do not receive any con- sideration on account of their civil employment in addition to their n>ilitary pay and allowances. Presented July 5, 1917. — Mr. Oliver .. ..Not printed. 37 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2\~Continued. 221. ReiKJrt of Special Trade Commission to Great Britain, Franoe and Italy, May- September, 1916. Presented by Sir Georgre Foster, July 5, 1917 Not printed. 222. Return to an Order of the House, of the 13th June, 1917, for a Return showing: — 1. The total expenditure connected with Agriculture by the Federal Government in each of the fiscal years from 1904-05 to 1916-17, inclusive. 2. How much money was set apart by the Agricultural Aid Act of 1912 to assist the Provincial Departments of Agriculture to improve and extend their work? 3. How much of above amount was given to each Province, and what was accomplished in each Province as a result of such assistance? 4. How much money was set apart by the Federal Government under the Agricultural Instructions Act of 1913, and under the provisions of the said Act what amounts were respectively allotted each year to the several Provinces? 5. What the general purpose of said Act is, and to what extent that purpose has been made effective in each Province. Presented July 5, 1917. — Mr. Edwards. Printed for sessional papers only. 223. Return to an Order of the House, of the 11th June, 1917, for a Return showing: — 1. Whether Mr. Giard, ex-M.P.P. for Compton, is an employee of the Government? 2. If so, since when? 3. The number of employees under his orders and their respective names? 4. What salary does said Giard receive? 5. The salary of each employee under his charge? 6. Whether he has bought, for the Government, any animals for breeding purposes? 7. If so, how many, and the price paid for each? 8. Where these animals were bought? 9. How many of them have been rejected or returned to the Government or to Mr. Giard? 10. If any have been refused or returned, why? 11. Where the said breeding animals are at present? 12. What the Government or the Department of Agriculture intends to do with the animals so refused and returned to Mr. Giard? Presented July 5, 1917. — Mr. Gauvreau Not printed. 224. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all documents, letters, messages, correspondence, reports and partic'Slarly an Order in Council dated 6th December, 1898, respecting the exemption from military service of the Doukhobors. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, July 9, 1917. — Mr. McCraney Not printed. 225. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all Orders in Council and other documents on file in the Dep.irt- ment of Marine and Fisheries relating to the requisitioning of Canadian sbips by the Canadian Government. Presented July 11, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 226. Return to an Order of the House of the 7th June, 1917, for a return showing the number of recruiting officers which have been appointed in the province of Quebec, with the names, addresses, nature of functions and salaries of the same. Presented July 11, 1917. — Mr. Car veil Not printed. 226o. Return to an Order of the House of the 18th June, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. The names and addresses of the parties on Prince Edward Island who have been engaged or who are now engaged in recruiting for the army and navy or doing other work of a like military character, since August, 1914. 2. The remuneration or pay each of the said parties receives and the allowance given for travelling or other expenses. 3. The total amount each person has received up to the 1st of June, 1917. Presented July ;!1, 1917.— Mr. Hughes (P.E.I.) Not printed. 227. Return to an Order of the House of the 12th April, 1916, for a return showing: — 1. llovv many clerks there are in the Post Office Department who belong to and are paid from the outside service vote, and who work in the inside service. 2. The names of said clerks. 3. Salary paid to each. 4. How long each has been in the service of the Department. 5. If all or any of the clerks have passed any examination. If so, what examination, and on what date or dates. Presented July 14. — Mr. Turriff . .Not printed. 228. Copy of a memorandum presented by the Southern Slav Committee to the representatives of the British Dominions, setting forth the aims and aspirations of the Jugo-slavs (Serbs, Croats and Slovens) subject to Austro-Hungarian rule. Presented by Sir Robert Borden. July 20, 1917 Not printed 38 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2l~Continued. 2Z9- Claims made by Minister of Justice relating to payment of duties by certain provinces. (Senate.) " Not printed. 230« Copy of Report of Honourable Sir Ezekiel McLeod, Cliief Justice of the Province of New Brunswick, and the Honourable Louis Tellier, retired Judge of the Superior Court of the Province of Quebec, Commissioners appointed under the Inquiries Act of Canada, being Revised Statutes of Canada, 1906, Chapter 104 and Amending Acts, by virtue of an Order in Council passed on the 6th June, 1917, whereby the said Commissioners were empowered and directed to conduct an inquiry and investigation for the purpose of reviewing and considering the evidence taken by Mr. Justice Gait, a Commissioner appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor of Manitoba on the 15th day of July, 1916, to investigate and report upon certain matters of concern to the Local Government of the said province, in the execution of such Commission, and to review and consider his reports and findings on such evidence ; and to report whether such evidence sustains or supports the findings of the said Commissioner, as set forth in such reports, in so far as they reflect upon or prejudioially affect the honour or integrity of the Hon. Robert Rogers or the hones:ty of his dealings or transactions. Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty, July 27, 1917.. ..Printed for distribution — Members and Senators only. 230a. Copy of evidence, exhibits, etc., in respect to the Report of Honourable Sir Ezekiel Mc- Leod, Chief Justice of the Province of New Brunswick, and the Honourable Louis Tellier, retired Judge of the Superior Court of the Province of Quebec, Commissioners appointed under the Inquiries Act of Canada, toeing Revised Statutes of Canada, 1906, Chapter 104 and Amending Acts, by virtue of an Order in Council passed on the 6th June, 1917, whereby the said Commissioners were empowered and directed to conduct an inquiry and investigation for the purpose of reviewing ajid considering the evidence taken by Mr. Justice Gait, a Commissioner appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor of ■Manitoba on the 15th day of July, 1916, to investigate and report upon certain matters of concern to the Local Government. of the said province, in the execution of such Com- mission, and to review and consider his reports and findings on such evidence ; and to report whether such evidence sustains or supports the findings of the said Commissioner as set forth in such reports, in so far as they reflect upon or prejudicially affect the honour or integrity of the Hon. Robert Rogers, or the honesty of his dealings or transactions. Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty, August 9, 1917 Not printed. 231. Return to an Order of the House of the 13th June, 1917, for a copy of all correspond- ence, letters, telegrams and other papers relating to a contract for carrying mails between Grand River and Fourchu, in the County of Richmond, Nova Scotia, in the years 1916 and 1917. Presernted July 28, 1917. — Mr. Kyte Not printed. 232. Return to an Order of the House of the 30th April, 1917, for a copy of all papers, lettens, telegrams and documents relative to the purchase of land in Vancouver, B.C., for the purpose of an armoury, since January 1, 1913. Presented July 30, 1917. — Mr. Mac- donald Not printed. 233. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st February, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. The names and present rank of all appointees as Chief Recruiting Officers or as District or Special Recruiting Offlcers, not local or regimental, made since the beginning of the war. 2. The dates of their respective appointments. v3. The ages and vocations of respective appointees. 4. The name of military organization, if any, in which appointees had previously served. 5. The rank of appointees while serving in any military orga- nization. 6. Whether the services of any of these appointees have been dispensed with. 7. If so, their names, and dates on which they were retired. Presented July 31, 1917. — Mr. Turriff Not printed. 234- Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. The date of the last order given by the Government to the Ross Rifle Company. 2. The number of rifles ordered. 3. Whether a recommendation of the British Army Council for the utilization of existing Canadian facilities in manufacturing the new and im- proved Lee-Enfleld was received by the Government. 4. The date of the recommenda- tion, and when it was received. 5. Whether the recommendation has been acted upon. Presented July 31, 1917. — Mr. Turriff Not printed. 39 7-8 George V Alpliabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 235. Return to an Order of the (House of the 20th June, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. The names of the members of the military staff at North "Vancouver. 2. Their resiiective duties or occupations. 3. The rank and rate of pay of each. 4. The amount that has been paid to each. 5. Upon what date or dates the members of the said staff enlisted, and how long they have been attached to the staff. Presented July 31, 1917. — .1/'"- Murphy Not printed. 2350- Return to an Order of the House of the 21st June, 1917, for a return showing the names, rank, paj', and nature and place of employment of all olTicers attached to headquarters at Halifax and the various departments of the military service or connected in any way with Military Division No. 6. Presented August 2, 1917. — Mr. Tobin. . ..Not printeiL 236. Return to an Order of the House of the 18th July, 1917, for a return giving a list of the different Commissions created since the beginning of the war, concerning the soldiers, their pensions, hospitals, etc., showing the names of the various Commissioners who have comprised said Commissions. Presented July 31, 1917. — Mr. Boulay Not printed. 237- Copy of Financial Statements in respect to the Canadian Northern Railway System : 1. Balance Sheet, 30th June, 1916. 2. Statement of Securities Issued and Fixed Charges. 30th June, 1917. 3. Statement of Liabilities, loth June, 1917. 3a. Statement of Equip- ment Account. 4. List of Securities for Loans. 5. Gross and Net Efarnings, 30th June, 1917. 6. Comparison of Earnings, 1915, 1916 and 1917. 7. Statement re Capital Ex- penditure and Betterments, year ending 30th June, 1917. 8. Mileage. And also, — Statements showing bonds, etc., authorized, issued and outstanding, and net proceeds therefrom ; interest payable during the period July 1, 1917, to June 30, 1918 ; and estimated cash requirements for period July 1, 1917, to June 30, 191S, in respect to the Grand Trunk Railway and Grand Trunk Pacific Branch Lines. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, July 20, 1917 Not printed. 237«- Copy of Mortgage Deed of Trust securing an issue of $45,000,000 of Canadian Northern Railway securities, guaranteed by the Dominion Government, issued under the legisla- tion of 1914. Also, — Copy of Mortgage Deed dated 26th June, 1916 — The Canadian Northern Ontario Railway Company to His ^lajesty the King — securing certain advances from a loan of $15,000,000 made by His Majesty to the Canadian Northern Railway Company. And also, — Copy of Audit of Revenue and Ebcpenditure Accounts of the Canadian Northern Railway System for the months of May, June, July, August, September, October, November and December, 1916, and for January and Februai-\-, 1917. Presented by Sir Thomas White, August 8, 1917 Not printed. 237?'- Statement of amounts advanced by the Government of Canada to the Canadian Northern Railway Company on interest account to date. And also, — Financial Statements of the Canadian Northern Railway, as follows: — 1. Interim Condensed Balance Sheet as at April 30, 1917. 2. Statement of estimate of cost to complete lines and terminals under construction and financial provision for same. 3. Statement of Contractors' and other_ Construction accounts outstanding, 30th June, 1917. 4. Memorandum re unsold lands. 5. Estimate of amount required for betterments and rolling stock for three years. Pre- sented by Sir Thomas White, August 13, 1917 Not printed. 238. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 1881, dated 19th August, 1916, recommending that in the case of officers, warrant oflicers and non-commissioned officers reverting to lower rank in order to proceed to the front, no reduction in separation allowance or pension shall be made. And also, — Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 2008, dated 20th July, 1917, can- celling Order in Council, P.C. 1615, dated 13th June, 1917, and amending Order in Council, P.C. 1881, dated 19th August, 1916, in respect to separation allowances and pensions to those reverting to lower rank, in order to proceed to the front. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, August 2, 1917 Not printed. 239. Return to an Order of the House of the 30th July, 1917, for a copy of all correspondence exchanged between the Board of Trade of the City of Quebec and the Prime Minister on the subject of the Report of the Special Commission on Railways. Presented August 2, 1917. — Sir Wilfrid Laiirier ..Not printed. 40 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessioiial Papers A. I Cairnes, D. D., "Mayo Area", Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, p. 10. SUMMARY REPORT 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 creek, joining it from the northeast about 14 miles from its mouth. Haggart creek is one of the principal tributaries of McQuesten river, and has a length of over 20 miles (Figure 1). Figure 1. Mayo area, Yukon Territory. Location of scheelite-bearing area on Dublin gulch shown by shading. TRANSPORTATION AND ACCESSIBILITY. Mayo area, in which Dublin gulch is situated, is fairly readily accessible. Stewart river generally opens between May 10 and 15, and remains clear of ice until some time in October. During the season of open navigation, a steamer with good passenger and freight accommodation makes weekly trips from Dawson 14 - GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 to Mayo, a distance of 238 miles. During the winter months, there is a monthly — and for part of the time, a bi-monthly — overland stage service between Dawson and Minto Bridge, a small village 10 miles north of Mayo, at the junction of Minto creek and Mayo river. The distance from Dawson to Minto Bridge over the stage road is 174 miles. Mayo and Minto Bridge thus are the distri- buting points for Mayo area. From Mayo, a good wagon road has been con- structed by the Yukon Government, to Minto Bridge, with a branch extending to the mouth of Dublin gulch, a distance of 35 miles, or 45 miles from Mayo; but for only about 6 miles of the 35, is the road good enough for summer freighting. For the remainder of the distance the road is so rough and soft it is almost impos- sible to drive over it in summer, even with a light buckboard. Thus all freighting over this road must necessarily be done in winter when it would probably cost about S35 or S40 per ton to take concentrates or ore from Dublin gulch to Mayo. From Mayo, ore has recently been shipped to San Francisco by the all- water route via St. Michael for about $22 per ton, so the rate to Vancouver would be between $15 and $20 per ton. The regular rate charged by the Side Streams Navigation Company on in-going freight from Dawson to Mayo is 2 cents per pound. HISTORY. Dublin gulch with the immediately surrounding portion of Yukon Territory has been reported upon at different times. In 1904, Joseph Keele, of the Geolo- gical Survey, made a reconnaissance survey and geological examination of a portion of Duncan Creek mining district including Dublin gulch. ^ In 1912, Mr. T. A. McLean, on behalf of the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, examined the lode deposits on Dublin gulch.^ In 1915, the writer made a pre- liminary examination of Mayo area, including Dublin gulch, with the expectation of completing the investigation the following summer.' Keele mentions the presence of scheelite on Dublin gulch. He states, "The gold on Dublin gulch is accompanied by a quantity of heavy white sand, consisting of rounded grains of scheelite (tungstate of lime), from which it is difficult to separate the gold."* Hoffmann^ examined and described the material collected by Keele. The placer miners of that vicinity, although they knew that what they termed "grey sand" occurred on Dublin gulch in considerable quantities, did not know its value, and recognized it only when it was obtained in the sluice boxes, in a finely comminuted condition. For this reason, many tons of rich tungsten ore concentrates have no doubt been lost in the placer mining operations along this creek. In 1898, John Suttles commenced placer mining on Dublin gulch, and he continued to work more or less each summer until the autumn of 1915, during which time, it is estimated by the old-timers in that locality, that he must have recovered in all between $45,000 and $50,000 in gold. On August 30, 1905, a concession for placer mining on Dublin gulch, generally known as the W. E. Thompson concession, was granted and recorded as hydraulic mining lease No. 47. This is described as follows : "All and singular that certain parcel or tract of land situate, lying and being in the Yukon Territory on Dublin creek, described as follows: Commencing at a point on said creek 1,360 feet more or less, up stream from its junction with Haggart creek, a tributary of the McQuesten river, thence up said Dublin creek 3-21 miles, more or less, with a width of one-half mile on each side, excluding thereout and therefrom any placer mining claims for which entries may > Keele, Joseph, "The Duncan Creek mining district", Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1904, pp. 18A-42A. » McLean. T. A., "Lode mining in Yulcon", Mines Branch. Dept. of Mines. Can., 1914, pp. 127-159. •Cairnes, D. D., "Mayo area", Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, pp. 10-34. ♦ Keele, Joseph, op. cit., p. 33A. • Hoffmann. G. C, Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. XVI. 1904, p. 340A. SUMMARY REPORT 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 have been granted, and which may be in force on the day of these presents, as shown on plans of survey thereof dated the 30th of November and the 7th of December, 1903, signed by George White-Fraser, D.L.S., and of record in the Timber and Mines Branch of the Depart- ment of the Interior." Previous to the granting of this concession, John Suttles had located about 2,500 feet of Dublin gulch, near the lower end of what afterwards became the concession, and this ground was not, therefore, included in the grant. Practically all the placer mining that has been done on Dublin gulch has been on the Suttles claims. Accordingly, as the owner of the concession did not work his ground as required by the terms of the lease the concession was cancelled and steps have been taken to throw the ground open to the public. Since it has become known that scheelite occurs in important amounts on Dublin gulch, a number of placer claims have been staked on its tributaries outside the boundaries of the concession. Also some lode claims supposed to cover deposits of scheelite have been recently located. Between the close of the summer season of 1915, and the opening of the past season (1916), the holdings of John Suttles on Dublin gulch were acquired by Can tin Bros., who mined the ground during the past summer. They worked by ground sluicing, and with three men working, cleaned up altogether about $6,000 in gold. They commenced to systematically save the scheelite concent- rate after the writer's visit, and report that since that time, they have been able to recover about 400 pounds a week, with very slight additional time or labour. GENERAL GEOLOGY AND TOPOGRAPHY. Mayo area lies entirely within the Yukon plateau physiographic province, and is mainly characterized by being subdivided by well developed, flat-bottomed, interlocking valleys, into numerous small, isolated mountain groups and areas of well dissected upland. The higher summits rise to elevations of from 5,000 to over 6,500 feet above sea-level — Mayo village being considered to be 1,625, and Mayo lake 2,000 feet above the sea. The former plateau surface has been largely destroyed in this district, and the shapes of the land forms, except where modified by glaciation, are for the most part dependent on the geological for- mations. The district has been, on the whole, intensely glaciated, the glacial ice, at one time, extending over practically the entire area, and enveloping all except possibly the highest summits. As a result, the valley walls have become smoothed, planated, and steepened, giving to the valleys, typical U-shaped cross-sections. In addition, the floors of the master valleys have become deeply covered with glacial detritus, which in post-Glacial time has been trenched and in part removed by the streams of the district. In the vicinity of Dublin gulch quite extensive stretches of gently rolling upland are preserved which have a general elevation of about 1,900 feet above the mouth of Dublin gulch. Potato hills at the head of Dublin gulch are some- what higher, and are estimated to rise to 5,400 feet above sea-level. The valley of Dublin gulch has been considerably modified by glacial action, thus the creek gravels in the valley bottoms contain more'tjr less foreign material. The upland in this viciijity, and even the upper portions of the valley walls, on the other hand, have been only slightly affected, and foreign pebbles or boulders are there somewhat exceptional. The geological formations exposed throughout the greater part of Mayo area are dominantly old, metamorphosed sediments, including mainly mica schists, quartz schists, and schistose quartzites, with also some beds of crystalline limestone. These correspond to certain of the old, schistose rocks of the Klon- GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV, A. 1917 dike,^ and other portions of Yukon and Alaska, and belong to the Yukon group' which is thought to be of Pre-Cambrian age. In the vicinity of Dublin gulch, a small granitic batholith some 3 or 4 miles in length cuts these older rocks, and includes all the upper portion of the creek and its upper tributaries. This granitic intrusion is composed mainly of grey biotite granites, thought to be of Mesozoic age. TUNGSTEN. In the vicinity of Dublin gulch, the principal tungsten-containing mineral that has so far been found is scheelite. Occasional particles of wolframite were also noted in the concentrates obtained in the placer mining operations there, but this mineral does not occur in amounts of much economic importance. Scheelite (CaWOO is calcium tungstate, and contains 80-6 per cent of tung sten trioxide (WO3), and 19-4 per cent of lime. It has a hardness of 4' 5 to 5, i.e., it is about intermediate in hardness between calcite and an average feldspar. Its lustre is vitreous inclining to adamantine, and its colour is generally white, yellowish white, or pale yellow. Brownish, greenish, and reddish varieties occur, but are rare. The scheelite of Dublin gulch is white to pale yellow in colour. Possibly the most diagnostic physical property of scheelite is its specific gravity which is 5 • 9 to 6 • 1, or considerably higher than that of magnetic iron ore. Wolframite is the tungstate of iron and manganese. Its hardness is 5 to 5-5, its specific gravity is 7-2 to 7-5, and its colour is dark greyish or brownish black. The streak is nearly black. Wolframite is generally readily recognizable by the brillant sub-metallic lustre, on its characteristically perfect cleavage faces. It much resembles specular hematite, but is much heavier. In describing tungsten and its uses, Dr. Walker in his report published in 1909, states: "Tungsten is one of those rare metals which have become generally useful during the last few years. Formerly it was of interest chiefly because it was one of the rare chemical elements. Of late it has become an article of com- merce and industry, and has attracted much attention on the part of iron masters, dyers, silk workers, electricians, and especially of those connected with the mining industry. Being one of the most infusible metals known it has been recently employed in the manufacture of incandescent electric lamps. The tungsten filament has the advantage over the ordinary carbon filament of yielding a much whiter light. When carbon filaments are heated to a brillant white, a black smoky deposit of volatilized carbon forms upon the interior of the bulb so that much of the light efficiency is lost; while the tungsten lamp will stand this white incandescent condition without any appreciable deterioration. Apart from this advantage, the manufacturers of the tungsten bulbs claim for their product a greater light efficiency for the electric energy consumed, even when compared with new, undimmed carbon bulbs. Considerable quantities of tungsten are consumed in the manufacture of tungstates, which are used as a mordant in dyeing, in giving weight to silk goods, and in rendering cotton fabrics fireproof. The chief demand for tungsten, however, is for the production of tungsten steel, which is also called wolfram steel. The addition of a small percentage of this metal increases the elastic limit and tensile strength. Tungsten steel is self- hardening, so that no special skill is required on the part of the blacksmith in the sharpening of tools made from it. Tools which have been heated are found to be well tempered as soon as they cool. These properties make this alloy very desir- « McConnell, R. G., "Report on the Klondike Gold Fields", Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. XIV, pt. B, 1905, pp. 12B-15B. ' Caimes, D. D., "The Yukon-Alaska International Boundary between Porcupine and Yukon rivers", Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 67, pp. 38-44, 1914. SUMMARY REPORT 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 able for high speed tool steel. "^ Since the war there has been a great demand for tungsten for use in the manufacture of high speed cutting tools employed in the manufacture of munitions. At the beginning of the war, the Imperial Government placed a price on all tungsten ores within the British Empire, and prohibited their export. The price paid per gross ton (2,240 lbs.) of 65 cent per WO3 ore is at the rate of 55 shillings per unit (1 percent of 2,240 lbs.) per gross ton f.o.b. Liverpool, less charges as per H. A. Watson's pro forma contract. The price thus fixed amounts to about $853 per ton without considering insurance or freight. A penalty of 6 cents per unit down to 60 per cent WO3 is imposed. ECONOMIC INVESTIGATION. Investigating the occurrence of scheelite on Dublin gulch, and prospecting for its source, were at first found difficult, owing to the fact that scheelite is not a readily recognizable mineral, especially when finely subdivided. In places it is even difficult to distinguish from quartz, feldspar, or other white or nearly white minerals. Therefore, in addition to the ordinary physical, chemical, and specific gravity tests, panning was found to be a very efficient and rapid auxiliary method for detecting this mineral either in gravel, or pulverized rock or ore material. Owing to its high specific gravity, very minute particles of scheelite can be saved by panning almost as readily as gold, and can then be easily identified. It was found that the stream gravels along Dublin gulch contain important amounts of scheelite. Scheelite also occurs below the mouth of Dublin gulch in the gravels of Haggart creek, for some distance, but not to nearly the same extent as along Dublin gulch, from where it is clear, practically all of the mineral is derived. Previous to the writer's visit, the mineral scheelite, as such, was quite unknown to the miners of Dublin gulch and vicinity, but the so-called "grey sand" which collected in the sluice boxes, and was difficult to dispose of, had recently been discovered to be of value and some had been saved. Also, places were found where this "grey sand" had been dumped from the sluice boxes in past years. Altogether, about a ton was found to be available. Two samples (A and B) of these concentrates were taken. No. A is a sample from a pile containing about 300 pounds, which was dumped where it lay, several years ago. This sample was assayed at the ore testing plant of the Department of Mines, Ottawa,^ and was found to contain 68 per cent WO3 (tungsten trioxide). No. B is a sample from a lot of about 800 pounds of concentrates that had been recently collected. This was assayed and found to contain 66-30 per cent WO3. Associated with the placer gold and scheelite, there occurs a certain amount of heavy, dark concentrate including wolframite, cassiterite (tin stone), hematite, and garnet. These minerals when plentiful are somewhat difficult to separate from the scheelite in the sluice boxes. When visited in September Cantin brothers had saved about 200 pounds of this dark concentrate, and a sample from this was assayed and found to contain 61-20 per cent WO3. About 2 miles of Dublin gulch that is adapted to placer mining is still virgin ground, and should yield gold and scheelite in somewhat similar amounts to the 2,000 feet or so that have been worked. Along the part of the creek that has been mined, the gravels and overburden are, together, in most places, from 6 to 20 feet in thickness. The upper portion of Dublin gulch, commencing about 'Walker, T. L., "Report on the tungsten ores of Canada", Mines Branch, Dept. of Mines, Can., 1909, pp. 3, 4. ' All assays, the results of which are given in this report, were made at the ore testing plant of the Department of Mines, Ottawa. 18 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 2^ miles from its mouth, could not be worked by ordinary placer methods owing to the fact that the valley bottom is strewn with vast quantitites of a coarse granite talus, many of the individual blocks being as much as 6 to 20 feet in diameter. In addition to the main creek, it will probably be found that some of its tributaries will pay to mine, now that scheelite is known to occur in this vicinity in addition to the gold. An attempt was made to determine the bedrock source of the scheelite. It was found that all gravels derived from the granitic rocks in the vicinity contain important amounts of this mineral, although no scheelite could be detected in the ordinary unaltered granite. Well up on the hillsides, and even on the upland, where the ordinary more or less decomposed granitic overburden is practically in place and unconcentrated it contains scheelite in appreciable amounts. The schistose rocks, on the other hand, yield little if any of this mineral. Places were found near the heads of some of the smaller tributaries of Dublin gulch, where the gravels of granitic origin yielded as much as 1 per cent scheelite or over one pound of scheelite concentrate from 100 pounds of gravel. A sample of about one pound of scheelite concentrate, obtained in panning four pans of gravel near the head of Bum Boy gulch, was assayed and found to contain 63-80 per cent WO3. The total amount of scheelite in the vicinity must, therefore, be very great. In places even near the extreme heads of some of the smaller tributary streams where water is rather scarce, it is estimated that men working with rockers or cradles could make more than wages from the scheelite alone. There are a number of important gold-bearing quartz veins in this vicinity*, some of which have been quite extensively developed. It was at first thought that the scheelite might be associated with these veins, but little or none was found in them. Scheelite was eventually found at one point with its original associations, and there the bedrock was covered by several feet of overburden, making prospecting slow and difficult. At that point the scheelite is associated with small, barren, ramifying quartz veinlets which occur very plentifully inter- secting pegmatitic zones within the granite. The scheelite, where found, occurs in the form of crystals along the edges of and between the veinlets, the individual crystals being as much as 0 • 3 to 0 • 5 inches in length. In all probability this is the manner in which most of the scheelite of the district occurs. It is quite possible, with further prospecting and investigation, that zones will be found in this vicinity which will pay to work as lode deposits. A sample of vein material from this locality recently forwarded to the writer by Robert Fisher was assayed at the ore testing plant in Ottawa and found to contain 5 • 70 per cent WO3, which is indeed very promising. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. Two main factors will somewhat retard the rapid development of mining on Dublin gulch and in that vicinity; these are the limited water supply for placer mining, and the remoteness of the district. The extent of the placer mining operations will be always limited by the available supply of water. However, by conserving and making the most economical use of all the water in Dublin gulch and its tributaries, very much more work can be done than has been done in the past. Owing to the remoteness of the district, also, it is difficult and expensive to freight in supplies and equipment, and the output of scheelite or other ores can at present be freighted out only during the winter when the sleigh- ing is good. The cost of building a suitable summer road is at present, at least, > McLean, T, A., "Lode mining in Yukon", Mines Branch, Dept. of Mines, Can., 1914, pp. 127-159. Cairaes, D. D., "Mayo area, Yukon Territory", Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, pp. 29-33. SUMMARY REPORT 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 almost prohibitive. This means that the scheelite Concentrates which were mined during the summer of 1916 will be freighted to Mayo during the following winter and will not be available until after navigation opens in the early summer of 1917; and that concentrates recovered during the summer of 1917 will not be available until the summer of 1918, During the writer's visit to Mayo area, every effort was made to instruct the miners and prospectors of the district in the physical characters of the tung- sten minerals and the simple tests for determining them; also specimens of scheelite and wolframite were distributed to those most interested. Between 1| and 2 tons of scheelite concentrates, similar to those sampled, should be freighted to Mayo this winter, and be available early next summer. Next season, also, when the concession on Dublin gulch has been thrown open for staking, if the locators work diligently throughout the season, it is reasonable to expect that at least between 10 and 20 tons of tungsten concentrates in addition to the gold will be recovered. In fact, it would now appear as if Dublin gulch is destined to become an important Canadian source of tungsten ore. Marl Deposit Near Mayo. While waiting at Mayo for a steamer in September, 1916, the writer ex- amined a greyish deposit of shell marl exposed around a lake in the vicinity. The lake lies along the wagon-road running from Mayo to Minto Bridge, and is about 2 miles from Mayo. The level of the water is being gradually lowered as the drainage of the district becomes integrated, and the lake is gradually filling with marl which has resulted from the accumulation, and more or less complete disintegration of many generations of freshwater shells, the marl being exposed all around the lake, and on the islands within it. The area covered by the water and the marl rim is apparently between 1 and 2 square miles. The marl deposit is very soft, and is apparently thick as it is possible at the water's edge to easily push a stick down into it to a depth of 10 feet. Evidently, the entire lake is underlain by the marl which may also extend farther back from the water's edge than appears. Around the lake, a reddish, clayey soil, several feet in thickness, extends back for about a mile beyond the marl rim. Four samples of the marl and soil were taken. These were air-dried and analysed, with the following results: Analyses of Marl and Soil from Mayo. I II III IV Moisture 16-00 23-51 6-55 49-90 4-04 9-04 24-03 6-75 54-39 5-79 5-66 1-66 24-91 53-19 14-63 4-75 Organic and volatile matter 1-34 Mineral matter insoluble in acid 36-60 Carbonate of lime 45-91 Undetermined 11-40 100-00 100-00 100-00 100-00 Nitrogen, in organic matter 0-84 0-75 0-16 0-20 I. Surface sample of marl, taken near the water's edge, and containing many small shells. Sample of the upper 3 feet of the marl. Sample of the reddish, clayey soil, a few feet back from the water's edge and the grey marl rim, and containing apparently no shells. Sample of the lighter, reddish soil, higher up and less closely associated with the marl. Analyst, Dr. Frank T. Shutt, Dominion Experimental Farm, Ottawa. II. III. IV. 20 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Dr. Shutt states: "Traces only, of phosphoric acid were detected in all the samples. AH four samples are marl of fair quality, the carbonate of lime con- tent approximating 50 per cent. Their agricultural value would, therefore, be in furnishing lime for soils deficient in this element and in correcting soil acidity. Samples I and II also contain notable amounts of vegetable matter and nitrogen and their application would, therefore, prove useful for all types of soil more or less poor in these important soil constituents." This marl is too impure to be of value for the manufacture of cement, but is of considerable importance for agricultural purposes, and in Mayo area and adjoining portions of Yukon, agriculture, it is hoped, will in the near future be followed much more extensively than at present, as wide tracts of valley lands are well adapted to agricultural pursuits. The part played by lime and its compounds in maintaining and increasing soi' fertility is an exceedingly important one; and, chiefly because they may be readily and uniformly distributed over the land, the marls constitute a very useful form of carbonate of lime for agricultural purposes, and one the value of which Canadian farmers have not yet sufficiently recognized. The functions and use of marl in agriculture, and also some methods of testing for acidity in soils are described in a bulletin,^ v/hich may be obtained from the Director, Experi- mental Farms, Ottawa. According to Dr. Shutt there are two principal reasons for applying lime to soils, viz., to correct or neutralize their acidity or sourness, and to improve their mechanical condition. The influence of lime and its com- pounds upon the texture of the soils is most beneficial in the case of clays, render- ing them less sticky and cohesive, when wet, and more friable and mellow when dry. The excessive use of quick-lime or slaked lime leads inevitably to exhaus- tion of fertility, and, therefore, they must be careTully applied. Excess of marl, however, can do little or no harm. The application of marl offers no special difficulty; a spreader may be used or the material may be distributed by shovels from a wagon. It may be applied at any season of the year, and it is specially suited to light loams and soils that are poor in organic matter. Like lime, it should be harrowed in, not ploughed under, and in the case of meadows or pas- tures, merely spread over the surface. Klotassin Area, Yukon. INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT. The greater part of the summer (1916) was spent in Klotassin area, southern Yukon. The area was considered to be favourably situated for the occurrence of various kinds of mineral deposits, and as it was almost entirely unknown geologically, topographically, or even geographically it seemed desirable that it be explored. Further, during the previous summer, placer gold had been found on Rude creek, which drains into Dip creek, a tributary of Klotassin river, with the result that a stampede followed, and not only Rude creek, but a number of other creeks in the neighbourhood were staked, and some prospecting and mining resulted. There followed numerous rumours of important discoveries, but it was not known how authentic these reports were. Possibly the most urgent reason for an investigation of this section of Yukon, however, was the finding of tungsten concentrates on Canadian creek. At the close of the field season of 1915, the writer recognized the presence of wolframite (tungstate of iron and manganese (Fe, Mn) WO4) in samples of concentrates from placer mining oper- ations on Canadian creek, shown him by a prospector. These samples were 1 Shutt, Frank T., "Lime in agriculture", Dept. of Agriculture, Dom. Exp. Farms, Ottawa, Bull. No. 80. 1914. SUMMARY REPORT 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 examined in the mineralogical laboratory of the Geological Survey, and found to be very high grade tungsten concentrates. As there has been since the beginning of the war an urgent need for tungsten for use in the manufacture of munitions, this occurrence demanded investigation. Canadian and Rude creeks, also, are not far apart, the mouth of Rude creek being within about 6 miles, measured in an air line, of the point near the head of Canadian creek at which the wolframite has been found to occur most plentifully. It was, therefore, decided to explore and map the area containing Rude and Canadian creeks, and to extend the work in whatever direction seemed most advisable from a mining and geological standpoint. The particular area mapped during the summer, since it is to a great extent drained by Klotassin river, is in this report called Klotassin area. The drainage and geological features were mapped by running numerous traverses. No attempt was made to make a contoured topographical map. The left bank of Yukon river was traversed from Selkirk down to the now un- occupied telegraph station near Coffee creek. Another main traverse was run from the mouth of Isaac creek on this river traverse, to a point near the mouth of Klotassin river, the geographical position of this point having been previously fairly closely determined. Another traverse was carried from this point to connect with the Coffee Creek telegraph station again. The valley of the Klotassin was traversed from the mouth of the river to near its head; in addition, all the main stream valleys in the area were traversed and numerous cross traverses were run to connect the main lines. These traverses were made in three ways. The main traverses, where possible, were run with plane-table, rod, and stadia; at times, instead, a measuring wheel was used in conjunction with a small plane-table or a Batson sketch board mounted on a tripod; and for the less important, shorter, connecting traverses, pacing was employed in conjunction with a small plane- table or Batson sketch board. In the performance of this work, the writer, as well as all the members of his party, were assisted in many ways by the different men met within the district, and were assured by all of their entire and hearty co-operation wherever possible. Particular thanks are due G. C. McDonald and E. H. Shafer who during different parts of the summer held the position of government telegraph operator at Isaac creek. They stored the supplies and surplus outfits belonging to the party, looked after the mail, and in many ways rendered valuable and always voluntary assistance. For all courtesies and favours received, the writer wishes to express his sincere thanks. Throughout the work, the writer was very ably assisted by William E. Cockfield, Clive E. Cairnes, and J. A. McLennan. Mr. Cockfield devoted his time almost exclusively to geological work, and Mr. Cairnes and Mr. McLennan, although assisting with the geology at times, were mostly employed with the topographical work. LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY. Klotassin area is bounded on the north by Yukon river, and extends algng the river from a short distance above the mouth of the Selwyn, to a mile or so below the mouth of Coffee creek, a distance measured along the river of about 35 miles. From Yukon river below CofTee creek, the western boundary extends in a southwesterly direction to Donjek river, a distance of about 30 miles; thence the southern boundary trends in a direction somewhat south of east for between 35 and' 40 miles to a point on Klotassin river near its head; and thence the eastern boundary reaches northward to Yukon river again, a distance of between 35 and 40 miles. The area includes over 1,200 square miles. No. 26—3 22 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 During the season of open navigation the northern edge of the district is easily accessible from Yukon river, several commodious freight and passenger steamers passing up and down the Yukon between Whitehorse and Dawson each week. Gasoline launches, of a t>'pe specially designed and built in Yukon for side- streams work, also can readily run from Yukon river up the White and Donjek to the mouth of the Klotassin. From three points on Yukon river, trails have been built southward into the interior of the area. From near the mouth of Coffee creek, a trail extends up this stream, and thence to Klotassin river, a distance of about 30 miles. This trail, which is known as the Coffee Creek trail, continues thence to Upper White River district.^ Another trail extends from Yukon river up Britannia creek to the mouth of Canadian creek, and thence continues up Canadian creek for about 5 miles. Above this point on Canadian creek there is a trail for a few miles, but it is very difficult to travel with pack horses. Also several trails have been made from the mouth of Isaac creek over the divide to Rude creek; these follow two main routes, one of which leads to the mouth of Rude creek, and the other to a point near its head, distances from the mouth of Isaac creek of about 16 and 14 miles respectively. A trail extends down Rude creek for about 5 miles to connect the Isaac Creek trails, and continues thence down Dip creek for about 6 miles. These include practically the only trails in Klotassin area, and they are, for the greater part, very difficult to travel, being rough and very soft, since the valleys through which they pass are dominantly wet and floored with muskeg and niggerheads. During the winter, the area is readily accessible with sleighs from Yukon valley. TOPOGRAPHY. Klotassin area lies well within that physiographic province known as the Yukon plateau, which extends from about latitude 59 degrees north, in northern British Columbia, through central Yukon and Alaska to Bering sea. This plateau terrane has been described by a number of geologists among whom there appears to be a consensus of opinion that it represents a region which during a long period of crustal stability was extensively planated and reduced to a con- dition of relatively slight relief. The period of planation was followed by a widespead uplift when the nearly flat or gently undulating lowland became an upland tract. This uplift rejuvenated the streams, giving them renewed head, and increased erosive power, with the result that they commenced immediately to rapidly incise and deepen their channels in the new upland, and to destroy its surface. In Klotassin area extensive tracts of nearly flat or gently undulating plateau occur separated by intersecting stream valleys; and to an observer stationed on the upland, it is evident that these plateau areas were once all connected to form a single, continuous surface of only slight relief. So situated, and well back from the edges of the valley walls, it is easy for one to imagine the intersecting valleys again refilled, or to forget that they have ever been incised to interrupt the continuity of this plateau surface. The main upland has now a general average elevation of betM^een 4,500 and 4,800 feet above the sea, the mouth of Klotassin river being about 1,900 feet above sea-level. Occasional residual summits rise above the general plateau surface, the highest of which are about 6,300 feet above sea-level. The northern portion of Klotassin area is drained by northward flowing streams including Coffee creek. Excelsior creek, Britannia creek, Isaac creek. Mascot creek, and Selwyn river, which empty directly into » Cairnes, D. D., "Upper White River district. Yukon". Geol. Surv.. Can.. Mem. 50, 1915. pp. 11, 12. Cairnes, D. D.. "Canadian routes to White River district, Yukon, and to Chisana district, Alaska", Geol. Surv., Can., Map. 113A, 1914. SUMMARY REPORT 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 the Yukon. The remainder of the area is drained by Klotassin river and its tributaries which have a general westerly trend, and empty into Donjek river, a tributary of White river. Between the Klotassin and its tributaries, and those streams emptying directly into the Yukon, there is a long, high, persistent, flat- topped divide which swings in semi-circular form around the headwaters of the Klotassin. One notably long and flat-topped arm of this range lies between Colorado creek and Klotassin river on the south, and Victor and Dip creeks on the north, and extends westerly to near the point where Dip creek joins the Klo- tassin. Numerous ridges lying between the different streams emptying into the Yukon reach toward this river from the main plateau divide. These smaller ridges are irregular in form, and gradually become low^r in elevation as the Yukon is approached, the original upland being there in most places entirely destroyed. To the south of the main divide, the plateau surface is better preserved, but is largely destroyed in the vicinity of th3 master depiessions. The district shows no evidence of glaciation. The valleys contain inter- locking spurs, and the valley walls exhibit none of the rounding, smoothing, and scouring, diagnostic of glaciated areas. The smaller depressions are also decidedly V-shaped, although the master depressions have in places wide floors. The valley walls are prevailingly steeply inclined, being often quite precipitous, indicating a somewhat youthful stage in the physiographic history of the district. Even the valley of Yukon river in this locality is of comparatively recent origin. In the valley bottoms of the area superficial deposits tend to accumulate somewhat rapidly, due to the fact that the material contributed by the tiibu- taries is largely frozen before it can be carried away by the streams in the valleys, and after becoming frozen its removal is very slow and difficult. On this account, mainly, the valleys of Klotassin river and its main tributaries are gradually being refilled. Overlying the other superficial deposits in the valley bottoms, is nearly everywhere, a layer of soil or muck which is covered with moss, grass, or shrubbery, and is transformed into muskeg and niggerheads, making travelling very laborious. The main stream in Klotassin area, except the Yukon, is Klotassin river. This stream was not followed quite to its head, but from what is known concern- ing it, the main valley is thought to be about 60 miles long. Throughout the upper portion of its course, as far as it was explored, the river flows in a general northerly direction, but about 25 miles from its mouth, it makes a sudden turn and below this bend flows in direction almost due west. Several large tributaries join this stream, the most important coming from the right (looking downstream). Three of the largest of these are Dip, Colorado, and Somme creeks. These all hold a general westerly course. Dip creek being about 30 miles long; Colorado and Somme creeks were only explored to points about 12 and 8 miles respectively from the Klotassin, but at these points they were still important streams. VEGETATION. The forest growth of Klotassin area is nowhere heavy; trees, however, grow on nearly all the valley floors, as well as in the draws and on the hillsides, up to an average elevation of between 3,500 and 4,000 feet above sea-level. In general, about one-third to one-half of the district is forested, the northern and eastern slopes being better timbered than the southern and western. Only in the valley bottoms, however, and in occasional draws, do trees occur sufficiently large to be used in the construction of buildings or in connexion with mining operations, except as fuel. The largest and best timber in the district occurs or did occur in the valley flats along Yukon river, but much of this has now been cut and used as fuel on the river steamers. In the valley bottoms of Klotassin river, Dip No. 26— 3J 24 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 creek, and Colorado creek there are also many groves in which the trees are tall and stand fairly close together. Altogether, although timber is nowhere very plentiful, there is sufficient that is reasonably accessible to most points to fulfil the ordinary requirements of the miner for a number of years to come. During the past summer, however, much good timber was destroyed by forest fires, which were the result of carelessness and neglect. The principal forest trees are: white spruce, black spruce, balsam poplar, aspen poplar, and northern canoe birch. There are also a number of shrubs some of which in places attain the dimensions of trees; these embrace several species of willow, one or more of alder, and dwarf birch. The white spruce is the largest, and much the most useful and important tree, and as well, is the most plentifully distributed of the larger forest members. It grows at all elevations up to timber-line, but favours dry slopes and well- drained portions of the valley bottoms. The best groves generally occur in the valley flats and in depressions along the lower slopes of the ridges and in such locations the trees are straight and well grown. The trunks are generally not more than 12 to 18 inches in diameter 3 feet from the ground, but groves occur in which specimens with 24-inch stumps are fairly plentiful. This tree furnishes strong easily worked timber, and is well suited to the usual needs of the miner, and for purposes of construction generally. Black spruce occurs associated with the white spruce mainly in peat bogs or other poorly drained portions of the valley bottoms, and on the lower hillsides, particularly those facing the north, but it is not as large or well grown as the white spruce. Aspen poplar and balsam poplar constitute a large portion of the forest growth both in the valleys and on the hillsides. Balsam poplar grows best along the alluvial flats of the main valleys, while aspen extends higher up on the drier hillsides. Specimens were seen in all stages of growth from small shrubs to trees 10 to 14 inches in diameter or even larger. The poplars make good fuel if the wood is properly cured, but they are too soft and generally too irregular in form to be of any use for constructional purposes. The northern canoe birch, which is nowhere very plentiful, is seldom more than 8 to 10-inches at the stump, and is of value mainly as fuel. Willows, alders, and dwarf birch constitute the greater part of the shrub growth of the district. The willows are plentiful in the valleys, but do not in most places extend far above the level of the larger streams. The dwarf birch occurs chiefly in the higher valleys, and along the upper slopes near timber-line, and in places extends well over the upland. The alder occurs associated with the willows and birch, extending well above the tree-line to practically the shrub limit, and in places along the mountain slopes it is found practically unassociated with other varieties of shrubbery. The valley bottoms of Klotassin river. Dip creek, and Colorado creek, as well as of some of their larger tributaries, are in places quite open and are covered with luxuriant growths of grasses which would constitute good fodder for horses or cattle. Some of the best meadow lands occur in Klotassin valley for 10 miles above the mouth of Dip creek; also in the valley of Dip creek between the mouths of Rude and Victor creeks; and in Klotassin valley below the mouth of Dip creek. The flats of these valleys range in width from | to 3 or 4 miles, and con- stitute important extents of meadow or pasture lands. A small collection was made of the flowering plants of the district. This was given to James Macoun, botanist of the Geological Survey, for examin- ation. He states: "The specimens are of the best and altogether the collection is very interesting. The Cardamine may be an undescribed species. We have had nothing like it before and I can find no description that covers it in Flora Rossica, .which includes all the Siberian plants. The Arabis is also an addition I think. The Phacelia is the same as one collected near Dawson some years SUMMARY REPORT 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 ago by a man named Williams and published simply as Phacelia n. sp." The following is the list as furnished by Mr. Macoun : . Salix rostrata Richards. Polygonum plumosum Small. Silene acaulis L. Lychnis'} Specimen too young. Cerastium nutans Raf. Stellaria longipes Goldie. Papaver radicatum Rottb. Aconitiim delpkinifolium DC. Corydalis sempervirens (L.) Pers. " pauciflora Pers. A rabis. Cardamine. Parrya macrocarpa R. Br. Dryas octopetala L. Parnassia Kotzebuei Cham, and Schlecht. Ckrysosplenium telandrum Fries. Dodecatheon frigidum -C. and S. Polemonium pulchellum Bunge. " caeruleum L. Phacelia. ' Myosotis sylvatica Hoffm. Pedicularis capitata Adams. " scopulorum Gray. Lagotus glauca Gartn. Arnica alpina Olin. " latifolia Bong. Senecio frigidus Less. Mr. Macoun later writes: "I had a letter from Dr. Rydberg of New York to whom I sent the three species I had taken to be new to Canada. He has the following to say about them: '90,004. Cannot determine from the specimen. It probably is not an Arabis, at least we have no specimens like it. It seems more closely related to Pilosella {Stenophragma, Arahidopsia) Richardsoniana Rydb., which was included by Dr. Robinson in Braya humilis, but that species is a perennial and your plant looks like an annual. The pubescence is of that genus and so is the stigma. The two-lobed stigma would exclude it from Arabis, as far as I know. 90,003 Cardamine Blaisdellii Eastw. 90,006 Phacelia sp. This is closely related to P. sericea, but the pubescence is different and the corolla is larger and white instead of bluish purple. We have nothing like it in our collections.' "They are as I thought all additions to our known flora, and two of them seem to be undescribed species. In looking up the literature I find that the Cardamine was described by Miss Eastwood from a small collection made near Nome. The Phacelia I will describe myself, but the Crucifer, No. 90,004, is so immature that Rydberg, as well as myself, is doubtful about the genus." GAME. Big game abounds in Klotassin area, moose and bear being particularly numerous and sheep and caribou also inhabit parts of the district. The moose are the large giant moose; these magnificent animals are to be seen almost any- where throughout the area, but range mainly in the lowlands, and are parti- cularly plentiful in the valley flats of Klotassin river, Dip creek, Victor creek, and Colorado creek. The bear are mainly a very large brown variety, and are exceedingly numerous, particularly within the portion of the area drained by Klotassin river. The caribou are mainly, at least, the large woodland variety, 26 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 and are fairly plentiful on the low open hills in parts of the district. The sheep are the white Alaskan variety; they feed during the winter months in the main valleys, but with the approach of summer, work farther and farther back into the higher mountains and choose especially the lofty, rugged, craggy summits. Rabbits which were very plentiful in southern Yukon until a year or so ago, are now very scarce, and in Klotassin area very few were seen last summer. The chief fur-bearing animals in the district are lynx, mink, marten, wolverine, and red fox which are fairly numerous in places; cross, silver, and black foxes also are occasionally found. The chief game birds are rock ptarmigan, willow ptarmigan, Alaska spruce partridge, fool hens or Franklin grouse, sharptailed grouse, geese, and various varieties of ducks. The ptarmigan are reported to have been very plentiful until the past two summers, but now they as well as the grouse are very scarce. Ducks are fairly plentiful on some of the lakes in the valley flats. The streams and small lakes are generally well stocked with fish, chiefly grayling. In Yukon river other varieties of fish also occur, including mainly salmon and pike. GENERAL GEOLOGY, General Statement. The geological formations exposed within Klotassin area range in age from probably Pre-Cambrian, to Recent, and include both sedimentary and igneous members. Some metamorphic rocks of somewhat obscure origin also are present. The most extensively developed terrane of consolidated rocks is a granitic- batholith, probably of Cretaceous or Jurassic age, which reaches completely across the area, and extends an unknown distance beyond in both directions. The next most important geological formation is composed entirely of meta- morphic rocks, probably all of Pre-Cambrian age. These rocks embrace members of both sedimentary and igneous origin. They are characteristically schistose and gneissoid in character, but include some beds of massive crystalline lime- stone. The other consolidated geological formations of Klotassin area, are dominantly volcanic rocks ranging in age from early Mesozoic to, probably, fairly late Tertiary; they are for the greater part, semi-basic to basic in char- acter, and include chiefly andesitic and basaltic members. SUMMARY REPORT 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Table oj Formations. Era Period Formation LiTHOLOGICAL CHARACTER Quaternary Recent and Pleistocene Superficial deposits Gravel, sand, clay, silt, soil, muck, ground-ice. - Rhyolite, granite porphyry, and related volcanics. Tertiary Correspond for the great- er part at least, to the Newer Volcanics of Upper White River district. Mainly andesite, basalt, and re- lated volcanics; in places domi- nantly tuffaceous, the tuflfs pas- sing gradually into pure sand- stones and conglomerates. Mesozoic (may include some late Palaeozoic members) Probably Cretaceous or Jurassic. Probably correspond to Coast Range intru- sives Granitic rocks ranging in com- position from granite to diorite, with associated porphyritic pha- ses. Probably mainly about Jurassic, but may include older members Older Volcanics of Upper White district. Andesite, diabase, basalt, and re- lated volcanics, with associated tuffs and breccias. a 3 2 o d o 3 Pelly gneisses Granite gneiss. - Dominantly hornblende schist and gneiss, include also some seri- citic gneiss and schist. Igneous origin. Pre- Cambrian(?) Appears to corres- pond to Nasina series. Mica schist, mica gneiss, quartz- mica schist, quartz-mica gneiss, schistose and gneissofd quart- zite, sheared conglomerate, phyllite, and limestone. Sedi- mentary origin. Summary Descriptions of Formations. The oldest rocks exposed in Klotassin area are dominantly schistose or gneissoid in character and belong to the Yukon group which is thought to be entirely of Pre-Cambrian age.^ These rocks are extensively developed in Klotas- sin area, and it was possible in the field to classify them into three main divisions. The most recent of these divisions is composed entirely of rocks that will here be termed granite gneisses, as they are evidently altered granitic rocks. The other mernbers fall into two groups, one of igneous and the other of sedimentary origin. The members of the sedimentary division are the oldest rocks in the district, and appear to correspond to McConnell's Nasina series.^ They consist dominantly of mica schists and gneisses, quartz-mica schists and gneisses, schis- tose and gneissoid quartzites, phyllites, and bands of crystalline limestone. There is every transition from a rock composed almost entirely of quartz, to a definite mica schist. In places the mica or quartz-mica schists and gneisses are highly gametiferous, the garnets being as much as one-quarter inch in diameter; » Cairnes, D. D. "The Yukon-Alaska International Boundary." Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 67. 1914, pp. 38-44. « McConnell, R. G., "Report on the Klondike gold fields", Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. XIV, 1901, pp. 12B— 15B. 28 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 in other places they exhibit considerable tourmaline which occurs in crystals as much as 1^ inches in length. The older igneous division of the Yukon group is, dominantly at least, more recent than the sedimentary rocks, and includes mainly hornblende schists and gneisses, but some light grey to nearly white sericitic schists and gneisses also occur. All these sedimentary and igneous rocks, in addition to being intensely metamorphosed, are greatly distorted, folded, broken, and often even crumpled. The granite gneisses have the general appear- ance of dominantly coarsely textured, laminated granites, and distinctly cut the other members of the Yukon group. They evidently correspond to the Pelly gneisses which have been described by a number of writers.^ More recent than the members of the Yukon group is a group of rocks corresponding to the Older Volcanics^ of Upper White River district. These have only a relatively small development in Klotassin area, and are exposed mainly along the lower portion of the valley of Klotassin river. They are prevailingly dark coloured, greyish to greenish rocks, and include mainly andesites, basalts, and related types with their tuffaceous phases. These rocks are for the greater part quite massive, but in places they have a decidedly laminated struc- ture. They are also in places much altered to epidote, and in places, for several hundred feet, are almost entirely changed to serpentine. Also they locally con- tain notable amounts of dolomite; and especially along Yukon river for a few miles below Selkirk, veins and irregular masses of this mineral nearly everywhere characterize these rocks. They are probably of early Mesozoic age, but may include older members. The most extensively developed geological terrane in Klotassin area consists of granitic rocks ranging in composition from granite to diorite, with associated porphyritic phases. These rocks comprise a batholith which was explored for a length of about 50 miles, but neither end was reached. The widt-h where mapped is in most places from 15 to 20 miles. This batholith much resembles the northern portion of the main Coast Range batholith, and may really be an outlying, subjacent portion of it. These granitic rocks cut the Older Volcanics and are probably of Jurassic or Cretaceous age. Cutting the granitic intrusives there is developed a group of rocks corres- ponding apparently to the Newer Volcanics^ of Upper White River district. These rocks include mainly andesitic and basaltic volcanics, and are everywhere massive and fresh appearing, and are prevailingly very susceptible to weathering agencies. In places they are so generally decomposed that it is very difficult to obtain a firm, solid, hand specimen. This group of rocks also includes a considerable proportion of pyroclastics, and the tuffs in places grade into true sediments. At one point beds of ordinary appearing shales, sandstones, and conglomerates are included with the tuffaceous members, and are intimately associated with them. These rocks are believed to be of Tertiary, probably early Tertiary, age. More recent than all these older rocks, there occur, in places, dykes of rhyolite, granite porphyry, and related volcanics. These have no particular areal importance and appear to be genetically related to the granitic intrusives. Possibly they are a later phase of the same magma. Overlying all the consolidated rock formations of the district, are the Pleis- tocene and Recent accumulations which include mainly gravel, sand, clay, silt, soil, muck, and ground-ice. These not only cover deeply all the main valley bottoms, but in addition, extend over considerable portions of the valley walls and upland. 1 McConnell, R. G., "Note on the so-called basal granite of Yukon valley", Am. Geologist, vol. XXX, July, 1902 pp. 55—62. » Cairnes, D. D., "Upper White River district, Yukon", Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 50, 1915, pp. 87-93. » Cairnes, D. D., "Upper White River district, Yukon", Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 50, 1915, pp. 97-101. SUMMARY REPORT 29 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 MINERAL RESOURCES. General Statement. The only minerals that are known to have been so far discovered in Klotassin area, in deposits of economic importance, are gold and wolframite (tungstate of iron and manganese (Fe, Mn)W04), both of which have been found only in placer form. For a number of years there has been a small gold production from Canadian creek, and last season a few hundred pounds of wolframite was also recovered there. Between 1911 and 1914, some prospecting and a small amount of mining were done on Britannia creek. Coffee creek has also been prospected to some extent. In addition, some of the tributaries of Selwyn river have been prospected, and for several years there has been a small annual output of gold from points on one of the tributaries of this stream a short distance east of the area mapped last summer. This includes practically all that was done in the way of mining or even of prospecting in Klotassin area and its immediate vicinity, until the spring of 1915 when gold was discovered on Rude creek. This dis- covery caused a stampede which resulted in the staking of all of Rude creek, as well as part of its parent stream. Dip creek, and several of their tributaries and sub-tributaries, including Trombley, Ray, Jens, Odin, Northey, Brown, Casino, Victor, Woodburn, and Bird creeks. Isaac creek and several of its tributaries, including Sunshine, Moonshine, Teddy, Idaho, and Alder creeks were also staked. A certain amount of prospecting has been done mainly on Rude creek and its tributaries, as well as along the upper portion of Dip creek, and on Isaac and Sunshine creeks. Actual mining has been done, however, only on Rude creek, and the production has been very small. It is expected that considerable prospecting will be performed this winter on the lower portion of Rude, and on Dip and Isaac creeks, as well as possibly in other places where the ground is sufficiently deep to be adapted to drifting. Canadian Creek. Canadian creek is a tributary of Britannia creek, and joins it from the south- west about 5 miles above its mouth; Britannia creek joins the Yukon from the south about 50 miles below Selkirk. Discovery on Canadian creek is about 2 miles above its mouth, and was staked on April 21, 1911, by Jos. Britton and Chas. J. Brown. During the past summer only three claims, having a total length of about 1,500 feet, were being held on Canadian creek; these are located near the upper end of the creek, and are recorded as Nos. 71, 72, and 73 above Discovery. This ground was owned, when visited, by Daniel Mann, Nicola Hansen, and P. S. Larsen. Since then, it is understood, Larsen has sold his interest. Between the spring of 1911, and 1913, some prospecting was done at several points along the lower portion of Canadian creek, and from what can be learned as a result of this, it would appear that much of the ground might be mined at a profit, if the work were done to advantage. The indications are that this portion of the creek below the canyon is quite adapted to dredging. In the spring of 1913, Messrs. Mann, Hansen, and Larsen, moved to the upper portion of the creek, and have since then, each summer, mined the ground they now hold. From 1913 until the present, very little other work has been done on Canadian creek. A small tributary stream about one-quarter mile long, joins Canadian creek, on its right limit near its head, and about 8 miles above Britannia creek or 13 miles from the Yukon, measured along the valley bottom ; and it is near the mouth of this small tributary, and well above timber-line, about 2,700 feet in elevation 30 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 above the mouth of Britannia creek, that Mann and partners have performed ' most of their work. The depth to the bedrock channel along this upper part of Canadian creek is not known. Several shafts have been sunk, the deepest of which is 42 feet, but in only one of these was bedrock encountered, and there it was a sloping rim. The uppermost deposit at the workings of Mann and part- ners is a layer of muck about 3 feet thick, and directly underneath this are the pay gravels which have a thickness of 3 to 5 feet. Below these gravels, the various deposits down to bedrock, so far as they have been explored, do not pay to mine. These deposits in places are cemented by a reddish, iron-stained matrix, to form a "hard-pan" or really quite a firm conglomeratic rock. The open-cut com- prising the workings of Mann and partners is 75 feet wide, and is all in paying ground; thus the width of the pay gravels here is known to exceed 75 feet. In all, these partners have taken out between $6,000 and $7,000 in gold since the spring of 1913, of which between $1,500 and $2,000 was obtained during the past summer. They, however, did not commence to save the wolframite until last season, when only two of them were engaged in actual mining operations much of the time, the third being in ill health. Nevertheless, in a very short season, they recovered, in addition to the gold, between 500 and 600 pounds of high grade wolframite concentrate. Part of this has been shipped to the Cana- dian Munition Resources Commission, Ottawa, and was tested in the Ore Testing plant of the Department of Mines, and found to contain 64-42 per cent WO3 > The mountains surrounding the head of Canadian creek are dominantly composed of Mesozoic granitic rocks. The small tributary stream near the mouth of which Messrs. Mann and partners are working, however, heads in a round hill about a mile in diameter, which is composed largely of pegmatitic and por- phyritic rocks. The pegmatitic rocks are an extreme phase of the granitic ter- rane, while the porrphyry, although possibly genetically related to the granitic intrusives is more recent, and has extensively invaded them. The whole peg- matite-porphyry hill is highly mineralized, chiefly with a yellowish iron ochre which is largely the decomposition product of iron-containing minerals, including pyrite, magnetite, and hematite. Some pyrite, magnetite, and hematite are still in evidence, but near the surface, they are for the greater part leached out leaving the iron ochre filling the various cavities which they formerly occupied. The central portion of this hill for a width of perhaps 1,500 feet is composed of a particularly quartzose pegmatitic rock, the quartz being associated mainly with hornblende, feldspars, and related minerals. This pegmatite is intersected in all directions by ramifying veins and stringers of quartz, so that the entire central mass of the hill is largely composed of quartz. It is evidently from this hill that the gold and wolframite now found in the gravels a few hundred feet below has been derived, although no single specimen could be found on the surface in which wolframite could be detected. Furthermore, three chipped samples A, B, and C were taken across about 900 feet of the central, best mineralized portion of this hill, each sample covering about one-third of the distance. These were assayed by the Mines Branch, Department of Mines, Ottawa,^ and were found to contain only slight amounts of gold and WO3 (tungsten trioxide) as follows: Sample WO3 Gold per ton. A Trace 40 cents B 0-10 per cent Trace C 0-10 per cent Trace However, there is no evidence of glaciation in this vicinity, and, therefore, the gravels are all of local origin. Furthermore, the gold and wolframite occur dominantly at least in gravels near the surface, and the gold is notably very rough, the larger pieces including considerable quartz, and resembling fragments of SUMMARY REPORT 31 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 rich gold-quartz veins rather than ordinary nuggets indicating that the gold has been only slightly transported. It thus seems quite evident that the gold and wolframite were derived from this pegmatite-porphyry hill in which heads the small stream whose gravels are being mined only a few hundred feet below. Apparently a portion of this hill richer, in wolframite at least, than that part now exposed, has been broken down by stream and weathering processes to form the present placer deposits. As a result of the prospecting to date the wolframite appears to be practically limited in its occurrence to a portion of the basin at the head of Canadian creek, and is most plentiful in the vicinity of the present operations. Only a relatively small amount of this mineral has been carried any considerable distance downstream by Canadian creek. Gold prospects are believed, however, to have been found at a number of points along this upper portion of Canadian creek. Next summer (1917), if the present plans of the owners are carried out, a production of 600 to 1,000 pounds of wolframite concentrates similar to that recovered during the past summer is to be expected, and also an amount of gold comparable to that obtained in the past season. If more men are employed and more equipment is installed, a greater production could be obtained, but owing to scarcity of water, the wolframite production at least probably could not be profitably increased to any very great extent. Thus in the ordinary course of events a production approximating only to that of last summer is to be expected for a number of years to come. A fairly good trail continues up Britannia and Canadian creeks for 10 or 11 miles from Yukon river. Above this to the workings of Mann and partners, the trail is very difhcult in summer, being practically impossible for pack horses, particularly for a distance of about 2 miles through a constricted portion of the valley, locally known as the canyon, and for some distance above it, due to the occurrence of large granitic talus blocks which are strewn completely across the valley. In winter there would be no difficulty in sledding concentrates down Canadian and Britannia creeks to the Yukon, and in the spring these can be ship- ped on the river steamers which ply regularly up and down the Yukon all summer, and connect with outside points. Rude Creek. Rude creek is a small stream whose main valley is about 6 miles long; it empties into Dip creek from the left (looking downstream), near its head, Dip creek above the confluence of these streams being comparable in size to Rude creek. The easiest way to reach Rude creek is by trail from the mouth of Isaac creek. Isaac creek joins Yukon river from the south about 43 miles below Sel- kirk. Two main trails have been constructed to Rude creek, and reach it near the head and near the mouth respectively, and at distances from the mouth of Isaac cjeek, of respectively about 14 and 16 miles. The valley of Rude creek is decidedly V-shaped in cross-section, with walls rising rather abruptly to a height varying from a few hundred to over 1,000 feet, to meet the general upland. The hillsides constituting these valley walls, except near the extreme head of the creek, are nearly everywhere forested, mainly with small spruce; some poplars and shrubbery, however, also occur. Even the valley flat, which is in most places from 500 to 700 feet in width, is covered with a sparse growth of trees and shrubbery. The stream has no open flood-plain, but instead follows a narrow channel incised through the moss, muck, and underlying gravels. The hills at the head of Rude creek, and down both sides of it, are composed entirely of granitic and porphyritic rocks. The granitic rocks are the Mesozoic 32 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 intrusives which in places are porphyritic; these are cut by numerous dykes mainly of granite porphyry and rhyolite. Thus, since this vicinity has not been glaciated, the stream gravels are all of local origin, and consist almost entirely of these granitic and porphyritic rocks. Discovery claim which is about 3 miles from the mouth of the creek, was staked on March 12, 1915, by Jens Rude and George Jensen, who worked on Rude creek a great part of the summers of 1915 and 1916. Bedrock along the upper part of the creek to below Discovery and in the central part of the valley^ is from 2 to 10 feet deep, in most places from 6 to 10 feet. At about No. 2 below Discovery, bedrock commences to get much deeper, but just how deep it is along the lower part of the creek has not been determined. Small deposits of terrace gravels occur in places along the valley walls, a few feet above the pres- ent valley bottom, and indicate positions Rude creek formerly held during the process of sinking its channel to its present level. When visited in June, about twenty-five men were engaged in prospecting and mining along Rude creek, but later in the season many of them left. It is expected, however, that a number of those owning claims with deep bedrock, will prospect their ground, by drifting, this winter. It is estimated that about $800 in gold was obtained from Discovery claim during the autumn of 1915, and during 1916, the owners claimed, while mining, to be recovering gold amounting to about wages, or a little better. In all probability less than $2,000 in gold has been obtained from Rude creek, nearly all of which came from Discovery. As a result of the work so far performed on this creek, the distribution of the gold both in the creek and terrace gravels, appears to be not only sparse, but very erratic. Other Creeks. Some prospecting has been done on Isaac creek, and some of its tributaries, with, it is claimed, promising results. Also some work has been done on Dip and Victor creeks, and some of their tributaries, as well as on the tributaries of Rude creek, but the results are indefinite. Britannia creek on which Discovery- was staked on April 18, 1911, by E. L. C. de la Pole and C. M. Printz, was pros- pected to quite an extent during 1911 and 1912, but no work has been done there since 1914. It is claimed that the results of the work there performed, indicate that the portion of the creek below the mouth of Canadian creek, about 5 miles in length, would pay well for dredging. The physical conditions, amount of water, etc., are, at least, adapted to dredging, and the bedrock in most places along the central part of the valley is only from 18 to 20 feet deep. It is thus hoped that this lower part of Britannia creek may be profitably dredged in the near future. Casino creek has been very slightly prospected, but one branch of this stream heads in the same pegmatite-porphyry hill as the small tributary of Canadian creek on which Mann and partners are working, and there also the same reddish gravels were noted. It is quite possible, therefore, that gold and wolframite may occur there the same as on Canadian creek, or even in greater amounts. Timbe/ for fuel and constructional purposes is much more accessible than at the head of Canadian creek, so the working costs would be no more, and might prove somewhat less. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. Klotassin area, as a whole, has been only slightly investigated and explored, and practically the only prospecting that has been done, has been for placer gold. Even in the case of placer gold, with the exception of Britannia and Canadian creeks, the prospecting has been largely confined to Rude creek and S UMMA RY REPORT 33 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 its close proximity. All around Rude creek, the geological formations are of Mesozoic or more recent age, and consist dominantly of granitic rocks which are extensively invaded by granite porphyry, rhyolites, and associated rocks. Such comparatively recent rocks, dominantly granitic, have not in Yukon^ or Alaska been so far found to give rise to placer deposits of any considerable im- portance. In the more southerly and southeasterly portions of Klotassin area, the geological formations consist largely of old, probably Pre-Cambrian meta- morphic rocks which are to a great extent of sedimentary origin. _ These are extensively invaded by granitic, andesitic, basaltic, and other intrusives. Such a combination of geological formations is very favourable for the production of placer gold deposits, especially since there, as elsewhere in Klotassin area, no glaciation has taken place, and wherever valuable placer deposits have accu- mulated, there they probably still remain. It is particularly advisable, therefore, that the creeks of that portion of the area be carefully prospected, the smaller creeks being first tested, where the physical conditions are favourable, and where quick results can be obtained. Scheelite and wolframite are reported to have been found in several portions of Klotassin area, but, so far, Canadian creek is the only locality where any tungsten mineral is actually known to have been discovered. The geological conditions are favourable for the occurrence of tungsten minerals throughout the granitic area, and especially around its periphery. Saline Incrustations between Takhini and Canyon, Y.T. Saline incrustations occur at a number of points throughout the wide valley occupied by Dezadeash river, and are particularly conspicuous along the White- horse-Kluane wagon-road from mile-post 30 to mile-post 85 between Takhini and Canyon roadhouses. This saline material is white or nearly white in colour, and occurs mainly around the edges of many of the small lakes, ponds, or sloughs in the valley bottom, being left as a residue after the evaporation of the water. Along^the wagon road, this material is most plentiful near 32 mile-post, near 40 mile-post, near Champagne Landing, and in the vicinity of Big Bend. Near 32 mile-post or in the vicinity of the point where the Whitehorse-Kluane road branches off the main Whitehorse-Dawson road, the saline material occurs around a number of ponds or sloughs, but is only a surface blossom with practically no thickness. The deposits near 40 mile-post, and in the vicinity of Champagne Landing, are of the same character, as are also others at various points between Champagne Landing and Big Bend, and for about 2 miles past Big Bend. The purest and most extensive deposits that were seen, occur just east of Big Bend which is about 13 miles west of Champagne Landing. There, for a distance of about one mile, a wide, nearly dry slough occurred, when visited, and the surface of the ground was covered with this whitish material, and, in places, quite pure white to colourless crystalline salts occurred in a layer | to i inch thick. A typical sample of this saline incrustation was collected by the writer from a point near Champagne Landing in 1914. This was examined in the laboratory of the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, Ottawa, and re- ported upon as follows: "It proved on examination to be composed for the most part of a mixture of hydrated sulphates of sodium and calcium, and a small quantity of magnesium sulphate, with some insoluble argillaceous and organic matters. It is slightly ferruginous, and contains also a very small quantity of phosphates and chlorides." It was thought this saline material might possibly contain important quant- ities of potash which is now greatly in demand; accordingly the writer was in- 34 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 structed to sample the various incrustations during the past summer. This was done early in August and twenty-three samples were taken. Six of these were tested for potash in the chemical laboratory of the Mines Branch of the Depart- ment of Mines, Ottawa, and found to contain potash as follows: Sample No. No. 1 0- 2 per cent KjO No. 5 0-3 " No. 10 0-2 " No. 14 0-2 " No. 18 0-2 " No. 23 0-2 " It was thus decided that it would not be advisable to go to the expense of testing the remaining samples since those examined were found to contain potash in such slight amounts. This saline material would thus appear to be of no present economic value. Lode Mining in the Windy Ann Portion, Conrad Mining District, Southern Yukon. INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT. During 1904 and 1905, a considerable number of mining claims were located in what is generally known as Windy Arm district, southern Yukon, most of which were acquired by Col. J. H. Conrad and the organizations which he con- trolled. In the spring of 1905 Col. Conrad commenced to develop these claims on quite an extensive scale, and continued operations until the summer of 1912 when he was obliged to close down, and the properties were taken over for money previously advanced, by the Mackenzie and Mann interests. From that time until the past summer (1916), no work was done on these properties. A number of additional claims constituting what has been generally known as the Dail and Fleming group, as well as the Ruby Silver, and possibly a few others, which were located about 1904 or 1905, are also still held, and on them a certain amount of development has also been done which, especially of late years, has been mainly in the form of the yearly representation work required by the government on all mining properties that are not crown granted. Last spring (1916) the Lakinaw and Tagish Mines of Seattle, also known as the Harper syndicate, obtained a lease and bond on a number of the Conrad properties including the Montana, Mountain Hero, Vault, Venus No. 1, Venus No. 2, M and M, Joe Petty, Uranus No. 1, Uranus No. 2, Little Johnnie, Capella, and Black Jack. Mr. J. L. Harper of Seattle is general manager of this syndicate, and Mr. J. E. McFarland is superintendent of operations in southern Yukon. This syndicate commenced operations early in June, continued all summer, and proposed mining throughout the winter. The bulk of the work was done on the Venus No. 2 from which some small shipments of ore were made. Work was also commenced on the M and M and on the Montana. Col. W. L. Stevenson, on behalf of the Alaska Corporation of Skagway, Alaska, or some of its subsidiary organizations, obtained from Mackenzie and Mann a working lease on the Big Thing and also commenced work last June (1916). Operations were continued all summer and it is expected that mining will be carried on throughout the winter. Thus, as there has been practically no mining done in Windy Arm district since 1912, except a limited amount of yearly representation work on a few ^ SUMMARY REPORT 35 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 claims adjoining or near the Conrad properties, the commencement of opera- tions again during the past summer has done much to encourage the lode mining industry of southern Yukon, and is regarded as a favourable omen for the near future. Accordingly, after completing work on Dublin gulch, and in Klotassin area, the writer spent a few days during the early part of October in Windy Arm district, and visited the properties there being developed. Both R. G. McConnell and the writer had examined the various Windy Arm mining proper- ties during the early stage of their development, and have published brief reports^ concerning them. Thus in this report which is to be regarded as merely of a preliminary nature, only those properties will be described on which work has recently been done. These include the Big Thing, Venus, M and M, and Mon- tana, as well as certain claims of the Dail and Fleming group. Very little work has been done on any of the other properties of the district since the writer's early reports were published. The ore deposits on all these properties are fissure veins which, with the exception of the Big Thing, intersect andesitic rocks; the Big Thing vein occurs in granitic rocks. The information in this report concerning the values contained in the different veins has been derived from a number of sources. Since 1905, when mining operations were commenced in Windy Arm district, the writer has kept closely in touch with the development of the various porperties, and has had access, through the courtesy of the owners, to all assay returns of samples taken from the different properties. Also these properties have been practically all carefully sampled at times for prospective purchasers, and in some cases the results of the assays of these samples have become known to the writer; and occasionally when reports were made by well known, and competent engineers, these reports have been afterwards loaned to the writer. In addition, much valuable information has been obtained from the government assay office in Whitehorse, where hundreds of samples of Windy Arm oreS have been tested. Furthermore, in 1912, Mr. T. A. MacLean sampled a number of the Windy Arm properties for the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, Ottawa, and the results of his work have been published.^ LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY, The area that is in a general way known as Windy Arm district lies for the greater part at least in the southern portion of Conrad mining district of southern Yukon; but, as the upper end of Windy Arm reaches south of the 60th parallel, the Yukon-British Columbia boundary. Windy Arm district, might be considered to extend into northern British Columbia. The properties described in this report, however, are all in Yukon, and all lie within an area bounded on the south by the 60th parallel, on the west by lake Bennett, on the north by Nares lake and Tagish lake, and on the east by Windy arm, and are thus included between longi- tudes 134° 40' and 134° 50' and between latitudes 60° OO; and 60° 10'. Caribou^, a point on the White Pass and Yukon railway, serves as a distri- buting centre for Windy Arm district. This point is 68 miles by rail from Skagway which is itself situated at the head of Lynn canal. From Skagway, coast steamers make regular and frequent trips to Vancouver and Seattle, dis- tances respectively of 867 and 1,000 miles. From Caribou a wagon road has been built to the Big Thing, a distance of about 6 miles. Another wagon road has been built from Caribou to Conrad, a deserted village on the west shore of 1 McConnell, R. G., "Windy Arm district", Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1905, pp. 26-32. Cairnes, D. D., "A portion of Conrad and Whitehorse mining districts, Yukon", Geol. Surv., Can., 1908. "Windy arm", Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1907, pp. 13, 14. "Windy arm", Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1908, p. 31. ' MacLean, T. A., "Lode mining in Yukon", Dept. of Mines, Mines Branch, 1914, pp. 188-201. • The name of the post-office at Caribou station is Carcross. 36 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Windy Arm. The distances from Caribou to Conrad and the Venus mine, by- water, are 11| and 15^ miles, respectively ; and practically all freight to and from points along Windy Arm at present, goes by water. There is a good grade for a railway from Caribou along the shores of Nares lake, Tagish lake, and Windy Arm, whenever it is found advisable to build such a road. Thus the Windy Arm properties are all quite readily accessible, and practically all except the Big Thing, are situated at distances of from ^ to 4 miles from Windy Arm, and at elevations of from 1,200 to 3,600 feet above it. Thus all ore to be conveyed to the water's edge for shipment or treatment, has a downhill haul, for which aerial tramways have been or can readily be constructed. BIG THING. General Statement. The Big Thing is located about 5| miles' almost due south from Caribou whence a good wagon road has been built to the property. It is also situated above timber-line, and near the summit of a gently contoured hill known as Sugar Loaf hill. The upper workings on the property have an elevation of about 3,500 feet above lake Bennett which is about 2,160 feet above sea-level. The Big Thing was owned for a number of years by one of the Col. Conrad organizations which did the initial development on the property in 1905. In 1912 the Big Thing was taken over for money advanced, by representatives of Mackenzie and Mann who still own the property. Last June Col. W. L. Steven- son, managing director of the Alaska Corporation of Skagway, Alaska, commenced to re-open the property on behalf of the Alaska Corporation or one of its subsidiary organizations, he, it is understood, having obtained a working lease from Macken- zie and Mann. Development. Development work on the Big Thing began in 1905, and con- tinued for the greater part of the time from then until June, 1912. During July and August, 1912, some contract work was also performed. From that time, however, the property was not again worked until June, 1916. During the years 1905 to 1912 a considerable amount of work was done on this property, much of which, however, is now of little or no value. An incline shaft was sunk 450 feet, which follows the vein down from the surface for about 400 feet; in this distance one or t\vo faults of slight displacement were encountered. At a depth of 400 feet, measured down the incline shaft, another fault was struck, but the shaft was nevertheless continued for 50 feet or more at practically the same inclination, although the vein did not again appear. Four levels were driven from the shaft, but the vein has been most developed on the third and fourth. The first level comprises about 120 feet of drifting, the second, about 50 feet, the third or 300-foot level, about 185 feet, and the fourth or 400-foot level, over 700 feet of drifting. Some stoping was also done, tw^o winzes having an aggregate depth of 40 feet were sunk, and various irregular workings were excavated. An adit or so-called tunnel, intended to crosscut the vein at depth, was driven 2,320 feet, and from this adit, several irregular prospecting crosscuts as well as two long, irregular upraises were driven. One of the upraises was con- siderably misdirected, and did not encounter the vein at all. The other, driven from near the end of the adit, finally tapped the vein at the 400-foot level in the upper workings, and near the point where the shaft crosses this level. In the adit, a vein about 18 or 20 inches in thickness is crosscut, which has a strike and dip similar to the main vein above, but it is not at all certain they are the same vein. SUMMARY REPORT 37 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 During the past summer most of the old workings were again opened up, and the vein was further developed on and immediately below the 400-foot level. A branch upraise was also driven off one of the upraises from the adit; this branch upraise was started from near the top of the old upraise to the 400-foot level, and in it the vein was again encountered, this time a few feet below this level. Vein. The ore deposit on the Big Thing is a fissure vein which intersects granitic rocks of Jurassic or Cretaceous age. It strikes approximately north 55 degrees east (astronomic),^ and dips to the northwest at angles generally between 25 degrees and 35 degrees. It is usually from 2 to 8 feet in thickness, although in places it is as much as 12 feet thick; and it is composed dominantly of quartz which is fairly well mineralized chiefly with pyrite, but also contains some dis- seminated arsenopyrite, as well as occasional particles of chalcopyrite, galena, and stibnite. The vein is chiefly of value for its gold content, but also contains some silver. To the east of the shaft, the formation is in places much disturbed and broken; and great difficulty has been experienced in following the vein there, due to its being repeatedly faulted in various directions. To the west of the shaft, however, the vein where exposed in the different levels is relatively quite regular, and although two main faults are in evidence in the 400-foot level, they do not materially interfere with mining operations. The displacement of the main fault first encountered at the 400-foot level decreases toward the west, and practically disappears a short distance from the shaft. Thus in this direct- ion it has been possible to extend the development work on the vein below the 400-foot level. On the 400-foot level to the west of the shaft, the vein is from 2| to 8 feet in thickness, and is quite regular and well mineralized. In fact it is there very promising in appearance, quite as much so as in the upper levels. The shaft and levels, up to the time when visited early in October, had practically blocked out about 75,000 tons of ore, excluding the much faulted portions of the vein to the east of the shaft, and allowing for small stopes from which the ore had been mined and shipped. This 75,000 tons is what might be considered as ore in sight, that could be mined without difficulty. The total "probable ore" on the property would be several times this amount, as, particularly to the west of the shaft, the vein has every appearance of persisting to important distances both vertically and horizontally. It is not known exactly what amounts of gold and silver this 75,000 tons will carry, but nevertheless considerable information concerning these values is available. This includes the results of the assays of a great number of samples taken both by the owners and prospective purchasers, these results having be- come known to the writer; also much valuable information concerning the values in this vein has been obtained at the government assay office in Whitehorse, where many samples from this deposit have been tested. Assays of $30 to $40 per ton in gold and silver are known to have been obtained, and much higher results have been reported. The writer has estimated as a result of all the infor- mation available, checked by personal observation during a number of visits, that the 75,000 tons of ore that is blocked out, will average in the neighbourhood of $15 per ton in gold and silver, or possibly slightly more. One estimate by the former management placed the average value of the entire vein so far explored, as low as $12 per ton in gold and silver. By a study of the mineralization of the vein, and with careful selective mining, no doubt important shipments can be obtained that will average over $20 and possibly between $25 and $30 per ton. 1 The magnetic declination In Windy Arm district is generally about 32° 30' east. No. 26 — 4 38 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 The vein affords, however, an ideal concentrating ore, and for the economical and profitable working of this deposit, it will be necessary to concentrate before shipping. Equipment. A power plant has been installed at the mouth of McDonald creek, on the shore of lake Bennett, and within a few feet of the White Pass and Yukon Railway line. The plant includes a 100-horsepower boiler, and an electric generator which supplies power to the mine over a transmission line 4J miles long. At the mine considerable equipment has been installed, including a hoisting engine, a 40-horsepower motor, a 100-horsepower motor, 3-drill com- pressor, an 8-drill compressor, and a blacksmith and repair shop. Comfortable buildings have been erected, and a telephone line connects the mine with Caribou, and also with the power plant. Summary and Conclusions. In the past the Big Thing vein has been mined, in most cases, none too economically, and the ore has then been hauled in wagons to Caribou, and shipped from there by rail and boat to coast points for treatment. The cost of operating in this way prohibits the development of the ore-body, at least on an extensive scale, as only a limited amount of the ore is rich enough to cover these expenses. To develop the property at all extensively, a concentrator will have to be built at some point near the mine workings^ either actually at the mine, or on lake Bennett along the railway. MONTANA. General Statement. The Montana is one of the most important of the original Conrad properties, and is one of those at present under bond to the Harper Syndicate of Seattle. It is located on a bleak mountain side, high above timber- line, and about 3 miles from the Big Thing in a direction somewhat east of south ; it is also about 2| miles from the shore of Windy Arm at the nearest point, and about 3,700 feet above it. Development. A drift has been driven along the vein for a distance of about 700 feet. An incline shaft has also been sunk which follows the vein for a part of its depth, but departs from it as the vein changes its dip. A short crosscut has been run from the bottom of the shaft to intersect the vein at that depth. Also on the adjoining Mountain Hero claim, a crosscut adit was run about 300 feet, and a 65-foot upraise was driven from the end of the adit, in the hope of cross- cutting the Montana vein at depth, but no important vein was encountered in the adit or upraise. This work was all done during the period of Col. Conrad's control. The work of the Harper syndicate up to the time of the writer's visit in October had been confined largely to digging the ice from the shaft and other workings, and the ice had not yet been completely removed. When this was accomplished, it was proposed to commence development work. Vein. The Montana vein strikes north 43 degrees west (magnetic) and dips to the southwest at angles ranging from 10 degrees to 30 degrees. It occurs in a fissure intersecting greyish green to dark greenish, volcanic rocks which are dominantly andesites, basalts, and related types, and are thought to be of Cret- aceous or Jurassic age. The vein ranges in thickness in most places from 2 to 5 feet, and is composed mainly of quartz with which is associated galena, pyrite, arsenopyrite, pyrargyrite, argentite, tetrahedrite, native silver, and lead car- bonate. The principal values are in silver, but the pyritic portions also contain some gold. In places, the vein matter, especially adjoining the walls for thick- nesses of 8 to 18 inches, is very highly impregnated with silver minerals, and assays S80 to $90 per ton ; this ore could be shipped without sorting. The rest of the vein is of much lower grade, and requires concentration. On the whole, this is considered to be one of the most important veins in the Windy Arm district. SUMMARY REPORT 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Equipment. A Riblet double-cable aerial tramway extends from Conrad on Windy arm, to the mouth of the crosscut on the Mountain Hero claim which adjoins the Montana. The tramway is 18,697 feet long, and has its upper terminal 3,464 feet above the lower. This tramway is of little service in its present position, but could be shifted so as to be of benefit to the Montana, or other claims in the vicinity. A 50-horsepower compressor plant with gasoline engine has been installed near the mouth of the Mountain Hero adit. The equipment also includes machine drills, a blacksmith shop, etc.; in addition comfortable stone buildings for offices, as well as mess and bunk houses, have been erected on the property. , M AND M. The M and M is also one of the original Conrad claims which is at present under option to the Harper syndicate. The vein outcrops on the left bank of Pooly canyon near the top of the hill, and has been traced about 400 feet or possibly farther. It strikes nearly due north and south, and dips to the west at an angle of about 15 degrees. The vein also occurs in a fissure in andesitic rock, and is in most places from 6 to 12 inches in thickness. It is composed mainly of quartz with which occurs pyrargyrite (ruby silver), stephanite (brittle silver), freibergite, tetrahedrite (grey copper), and blue and green copper carbonates. This deposit is especially rich in the high grade silver minerals. A shipment of 5 or 6 tons of ore from the M and M, made by Conrad, is reported to have given returns of $165 per ton in gold and silver, the values being mainly in silver. Ore from this deposit can be handsorted to carry $100 to $200 per ton, but parts of the vein do not run over $20 or perhaps less. A comparatively slight amount of work has been done on this property, including one main drift 90 feet long, and some shorter ones 12 to 15 feet driven on the vein, and also some surface cuts and trenches. VENUS. General Statement. On the Venus No. 1, only a small amount of work has been performed, but on the Venus No. 2, considerable exploratory work as well as an important amount of actual mining have been done. Thus locally the name Venus is generally used in referring to the Venus No. 2, and, unless other- wise mentioned, it will be here used with that meaning. The Venus No. 2 and Venus No. 1 adjoin, and. the vein developed on each property is usually considered to be the same deposit. The Venus is one of the most extensively developed of the original Conrad properties, but has, like the others, been closed for some years. It is also one of the properties at present under bond to the Harper syndicate, and is the one which they mainly worked during the past summer. Actual mining operations commenced on June 8, 1916, and some small shipments of ore were made. ■ Development. On the Venus No. 1, a shaft 52 feet deep has been sunk on the vein, and from the bottom of the shaft, drifts have been run about 50 feet in each direction. This comprises practically all the development work on the property. On the Venus No. 2, two adits or so-called crosscut tunnels have been driven, which tap the vein at different depths. The upper adit is about 80 feet long, and encounters the vein at a depth of 75 feet below the surface. The lower adit is about 600 feet long, and cuts the vein at a depth of 263 feet below the level of the upper adit, measured along the slope of the vein. From the upper adit, drifts have been run distances of 108 and 88 feet to the south and north respect- No. 26—44 40 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 ively, which comprise the upper level of the mine workings. Some stopes also have been excavated from this level. From the lower adit, drifts have also been driven 583 and 622 feet to the south and north respectively. Several raises have been driven from this lower level, and stopes have been excavated, one of the raises running to the surface a distance of 213 feet measured along the vein. Two winzes have been sunk from the north and south drifts of the lower level which are said to be 235 and 400 feet deep respectively. Some drifting has also been done from these winzes which, however, were full of water when visited. This work, as just outlined, was mostly done for Col. Conrad, but it includes also that performed by the Harper syndicate up to the time of the writer's visit early in October last (1916). Vein. The Venus vein occurs in a fissure, in places of a compound nature, which traverses andesitic rocks believed to be of Cretaceous or Jurassic age. These rocks are in places decidedly tuffaceous in character, and, especially in the vicinity of the Venus, are quite reddish in colour, due to the presence of iron oxide. The vein strikes about north 10 degrees east (astronomic), has a dip to the west, into the hill, ranging from nearly flat to approaching 60 degrees. The dip in the workings on the Venus property, however, is in most places between 25 and 30 degrees. The vein itself has been produced mainly by direct deposition in open crevices, as is indicated by the pronounced banding and comb structures, but it is also partly the result of replacement of the wall rock. The fissure containing the vein is in most places of a compound nature, i.e. it is really several close parallel fissures, between which is more or less crushed and broken rock. The vein as a whole is thus usually well defined by two main fault planes from a few inches to 8 or 9 feet apart. Between these is the vein material, and more or less replaced wall rock, occurring in bands parallel to the walls, or in irregular fragments or blocks. The actual ore material ranges from an inch to 7 feet in thickness, but is, in most places where exposed in the underground work- ings, from 2^ to 3 feet thick. At the ends of both of the lower drifts it is ex- ceptionally thin, however. At the end of the south drift it pinches to less than an inch, and in the north drift for some distance before the end is reached it is only from 2 to 6 inches thick. These pinches do not probably indicate the ap- proaching ends of the vein, for the reason that on the surface the vein is strong and well mineralized for a considerable distance past the ends of the drifts. The vein minerals include mainly quartz, galena, pyrite, and arsenopyrite > but some jamesonite, yukonite,^ chalcopyrite, and copper glance also occur, as well as the oxidation products, lead carbonate, and green and blue copper staiijs. The values in the veins are mainly in silver which occurs dominantly associated with the galena. The galena is generally finely textured and markedly cubical but in places it is fibrous, and has been mistaken for stibnite. Important amounts of gold also occur, which appears to be for the greater part associated with the arsenopyrite. The gold and silver contents vary greatly. A few samples have been obtained which ran $200 or over per ton in gold and silver, but the information available, including the assay returns of a great many samples, taken both by the operators and by prospective purchasel-s, the results of which have become known to the writer, show the vein in most places to carry from less than one ounce to over 100 ounces in silver per ton, and from a trace to about $100 in gold; the gold, however, seldom exceeds $50, and is generally under $25. Where the ore is unaltered, it contains up to 15 per cent lead, and from a trace to nearly 1 per cent copper. The ore in the higher grade shoots averages from $30 to $50 per ton in all values. Much of the vein, however, is very low grade, running from almost nothing to about $20 per ton. During the past summer, I A hydrated arsenate of calcium and iron. See Johnston, Robert, A. A., "A list of Canadian mineral occurrences." Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 74, 1915. p. 240. SUMMARY REPORT 41 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 up to the time when visited early in October, 1916, about 300 tons of sorted ore had been shipped to Anyox, B.C. ; this averaged about $70 per ton. It is claimed that Conrad mined about 6,000 tons of ore from the Venus, part of which was shipped to the smelters at Ladysmith and Tacoma, the remainder being treated in the Venus mill. Equipment. A concentrating mill has been built on the shore of Windy arm immediately below the mouth of the lower adit, and was completed during the summer of 1908. It was said to have a capacity of 100 tons a day. The equip- ment includes a 100-horsepower boiler and a 75-horsepower engine, for generating the motive power, also a partly installed hydraulic plant to obtain power from Pooly canyon. The concentrating equipment embraces a grizzly, Blake crusher, trommels, high-speed rolls, a Huntington mill, jigs, four Callow screens, six Callow settling tanks, three Wilfley tables, and two Frue vanners. The mill was run only a short time when losses in the slimes were found to be very high ; as a result, it was closed, and has not since been in operation. An aerial two-bucket tramway 1,525 feet long, connects theJower adit with the mill — the upper terminal being 958 feet above the lower. The equipment also includes an engine and compressor for operating machine drills, a hoist, machine drills, ore cars, blacksmith shop, etc. Comfortable bunk and cook houses have also been erected on the beach near the workings. _ Freight Charges. All ore at present shipped from the Venus to outside points has to be sacked owing to water transportation facilities between the mine and the railway at Caribou, and also because of the limited reloading equipment at Caribou. The summer freight rate on this sacked ore from the Venus to the smelter at Anyox, B.C., during the past summer (1916) was $5.50 per ton. Summary and Conclusions. The Venus is being operated at present under a number of disadvantages. The ore has to be sorted on the property and shipped to coast smelters for treatment. If the ore could be successfully concentrated before shipping, a great economy would be effected, and more of the vein could be profitably mined. The ore, however, contains brittle and even oxidized minerals, to such an extent that any attempt at water concentration will result in heavy losses in slimes, unless a cyanidation plant be installed for treating the tailings, and this would be feasible only with a large tonnage blocked out. Furthermore, at present, all ore being shipped has to be sacked. If arrangements could be made for shipping the ore without sacking it, a considerable saving would result, but this extra cost seems difficult to avoid. It is difficult to estimate at all closely the ore blocked out that can be profit- ably mined under existing conditions. There is, however, considerable infor- mation available on this point including the returns for various ore shipments, and the assays of a great number of samples taken both by the operators and prospective purchasers, the results of which have become known to^ the writer. This has all been checked and supplemented by personal observations by the writer. From all the information available, there would seem to_ be about 20,000 tons practically in sight. If the ore could be concentrated with a satis- factory saving, and at a reasonable cost, this ore estimate would be increased three or four times. Also, as the vein has the appearance on the surface of being persistent, the amount of "probable ore" on the Venus No. 1 and Venus No. 2, is several times the "ore in sight." BAIL AND FLEMING GROUP. General Statement. A number of claims, that since 1905 have been generally known as the Dail and Fleming group, are located along the west side of Windy arm, immediately to the south of the Venus. These claims include the Venus 42 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Extension, Red Deer, Humper No. 1, Humper No. 2, Nipper No. 2, and the Beach, all of which with the exception of the Nipper No. 2, were staked in 1904 by George Dail and I. E. Fleming. Later Dail and Fleming found that there was vacant ground between the Venus Extension and the Beach and in 1905 they staked the Nipper No. 2 to cover it. An interest in the group was later acquired by John Miller. In 1906 these claims were bonded to the Anglo-American Con- solidated Company of Seattle for two years. That company sunk the Venus Extension shaft, and drove drifts from it, and also did the work on the Nipper No. 2. At the expiration of the bond, terms could not again be agreed upon, and the property reverted to the owners. They immediately gave a three years' option to Col. Conrad who did some work and placed considerable, machin- ery on the ground for driving a 500-foot crosscut adit. He, however, failed to do the work as agreed, and in 1910 forfeited his option and machinery. Since that time practically the only development performed is the annual assessment work required by the government, which has been done by the owners. Recently the ownership has changed. The claims have been divided into two groups, the Venus Extension group, and the Humper group. The Venus Extension group includes the Venus Extension, Red Deer, and Humper No. 1, and is owned by I. E. Fleming and John Miller. The Humper group, embracing the Humper No. 2, Nipper No. 2, and the Beach, is reported to be owned by John Miller and Mrs. M. Watson. Development. The bulk of the development work on these claims has been performed on the Venus Extension claim which adjoins the Venus No. 2; but the following comprises practically all the work that has been done on the entire group. On the Venus Extension and near the northern end of the claim, an incline shaft has been sunk on the vein for 120 feet, and at a depth of about 40 feet, drifts having an aggregate length of about 45 feet have been run in each direction. About 200 feet from the south end of the claim an open-cut has been run in about 30 feet, and has exposed the vein below the loose overburden. Near the south end of the claim, a crosscut adit, or so-called tunnel, was driven diagonally 55 feet to the vein, and thence continued as a drift along the vein 150 feet farther, making a total length of 205 feet. Some short cross drifts have also been driven from the main drift and a few small surface cuts have been dug. On the Beach and Red Deer claims, a small amount of surface work only has been done. On the Nipper No. 2 a number of pits and cuts have been excavated in the hope of finding the extension of the Venus vein. About 85 feet from the south side of the claim, a crosscut was driven 45 feet and a winze was sunk 30 feet, from the bottom of which a short drift was run on a narrow, apparently low grade vein 6 to 8 inches in thickness. On the Humper No. 1, and near the south end of the claim a pit was sunk 16 feet on the Humper vein. About 300 feet southwest of this pit, and near the northern end of the Humper No. 2, an open-cut has been run 20 feet into the same vein and from the bottom of the open-cut, a winze has been sunk about 16 feet. From the open-cut, about 40 feet of drifting has been done and from the drifts stopes have been raised to the surface. Veins. Three principal veins have been found to occur on these claims. These are known as the Venus, Humper, and Red Deer veins respectively. The Venus vein is the same as the one developed on the Venus property, and has been traced from the Venus No. 2 almost entirely across the Venus Extension, but so far as is known has not been found as yet on the adjoining property to the south, the Nipper No. 2. What is known concerning this vein on the Venus Extension, has been mainly derived from the shaft and main adit SUMMARY REPORT A3 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 or drift. The vein possesses the same main characteristics as that on the Venus No. 2, and ranges in thickness from a few inches to 4 feet, being generally from 18 to 30 inches. On the Venus Extension, however, the vein is intensely leached and oxidized. In the drift or adit, practically no sulphides occur for the first 130 feet, after which some pyrite, arsenopyrite, and galena appear. The con- siderable degree of oxidation is here partly accounted for by the fact that the drift has a diagonal course into the hill and thus gains depth very slowly. The attitude of the vein as exposed in the drift is undulating, but in a general way is nearly fiat. The vein in the drift also ranges in thickness from 6 inches or less, to about 30 inches, being in most places under 20 inches. The gold content is in most places from $5 to $25, but occasional assays have been obtained run- ning to about $100. The average silver content is believed to be generally under 10 ounces per ton. In the shaft the vein is also greatly oxidized, but pyrite, arsenopyrite, and galena occur; alsb yukonite, lead carbonate, and some bright red and yellow minerals which have proved to be realgar (arsenic mono- sulphide, AsS) and orpiment (arsenic trisulphide AsaSs) respectively. The vein in the shaft ranges in dip from 15 to 35 degrees, and has a thickness in most places of 10 to 36 inches. The gold and silver content is about the same as in the drift, being slightly higher if anything. The gold ranges from about $2 to $50, but is generally under $25, and is believed to average more nearly $15 per ton. The silver runs from less than an ounce to over 100 ounces, but, except for occasional rich spots, probably does not average over 5 to 10 ounces per ton. The lead value ranges from about $1 to $30, averaging in unleached por- tions of the ore, between $4 and $5 per ton. The total values in gold, silver, and lead run from about $5 to over $100, but the average for this vein on the Venus Extension is rather low. Important amounts of ore occur, however, that could be mined, hand sorted, and treated at a profit. An attempt should be made to open up this vein at a depth below the oxidized and leached zone, the best method for doing so, being probably by a crosscut adit and drifts. The Humper vein also occurs in a fissure traversing andesitic rocks of prob- ably Mesozoic age, and has been traced for about 600 feet. The strike varies from east and west to about north 60 degrees east (astronomic), and the dip ranges from 35 degrees to 65 degrees to the north and northeast. The thickness of the vein is from 10 to 24 inches in most places where explored. The gangue of the vein is chiefly quartz with which is associated argentite, pyrargyrite (ruby silver), stephanite (brittle silver), galena, pyrite, and some native silver. Parts of the vein, at least, are very rich in silver, but the average gold and silver con- tent is not known at all closely. The Red Deer vein is also in a fissure in the Mesozoic andesitic rocks; it strikes about north 30 degrees east (astronomic), and dips to the northwest at an angle of about 50 degrees. It is, where exposed, also from a few inches up to about 3 feet in thickness, and is composed mainly of quartz which carries pyrite, galena, and various high grade silver minerals. This vein on the Red Deer claim is supposed to be the extension of the high grade vein on the Ruby Silver, a claim held by private parties, which has not been worked for a number of years. Very little is known concerning the Red Deer vein, as it has been so slightly developed. Equipment. The machinery placed on the property by Col. Conrad during the term of his option is still there. This includes a boiler, compressor, two small air receivers, piping, rails, mine cars, blacksmith tools, etc. Several log cabins have been built on these claims, most of which are on the shore of Windy Arm. -Summary and Conclusions. The veins on these claims with the exception of the Venus vein, have been very slightly explored, and mainly only the upper oxidized and leached portion of the Venus vein has been developed. Further, 44 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V. A. 1917 when attempts were made a few years ago to develop the ore deposits on these claims, the freight rates charged by the White Pass and Yukon railway and boat lines were much higher than at present. There is good reason to believe that under existing conditions, portions of the Venus and Humper veins, and possibly the Red Deer vein, under good management, and with hand sorting, would pay to mine and treat. If a concentrator were built on Windy arm, or the one already there were remodelled to successfully treat these ores, it is believed that an important tonnage and revenue would result. INVESTIGATIONS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. (Chas. W. Drysdale.) INTRODUCTION. The geological field work of 1916 was devoted mainly to economic investi- gations in the Coast and Selkirk ranges of the British Columbia Cordillera. One week (June 10 to 16) was spent making a hasty reconnaissance in the vicinity of Anyox and Portland canal in order to plan for future work there. The writer wishes to thank the officials of the Granby Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company, the chief operators in the region, for many courtesies ex- tended during his visit and for their kind co-operation in the field work. One month (June 20 to July 20) was spent in Lillooet district revising and investiga- ting more closely the structure of the northern portion of Bridge River map-area, examining recent mine development, and hunting for new fossil and mineral localities. The data collected during the field seasons of 1915 and 1916, along with the final geological map, will be included in a memoir now in preparation on the geology and mineral deposits of Bridge River map-area. The Index molybdenite mine on the divide between the heads of Phair (Cottonwood) and Texas creeks was visited on July 18 and 19. Four hours were spent in the examination of the geological occurrence of the ore on the property itself. The remainder of the field season (July 22 to October 10) was devoted to reconnaissance and detailed mine work in Kootenay district. A traverse was made across the Purcell range from Marysville to Creston via White Grouse mountain and Goat river, thence to Salmo, Ymir, and Nelson by way of the Dewdney trail up Summit creek and down Lost creek to Salmon river. The time from August 14 to October 6 was spent in completing the geology of Slocan mining area. The memoir on the district now being prepared for publication is mainly the work of O. E. LeRoy, now a captain in the Canadian expeditionary force in France. It will include, besides an account of the geology and ore de- posits of the region illustrated by maps and drawings, a description of the mines and prospects within the area mapped as well as a few of the more important outlying properties. Sincere gratitude is expressed to the mine operators and prospectors in Slocan district for their interest and help in carrying on the field work. The return trip from Kaslo over the Purcell range was made from Crawford Bay over Rose pass and down the West Fork of the St. Mary river to Marysville. In the field work the writer had the able assistance of M. F. Bancroft whose familiarity with many phases of the Kootenay work aided materially in its prosecution. Anyox Map-area, Skeena Mining Division. Anyox map-area covers about 20 square miles of mineralized Coast Range country on Observatory inlet parallel to Portland canal. The area includes both the Hidden Creek and Bonanza mines of the Granby Consolidated Mining SUMMARY REPORT 45 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26~ and Smelting Company. F. S. Falconer of the Geological Survey completed the topographic map of this area during the field season of 1916, his detailed map being plotted on the scale of 1,000 feet to 1 inch with topography shown by con- tours at 50-foot intervals. The Hidden Creek mine, which is now one of the largest copper mines in the British Empire'^ was first examined in 1911 and again in 1913 by R. G. McConnell, Deputy Minister of Mines. McConnell's reports on the geology of the region were published in the Summary Reports of the Geological Survey for the years 1911 and 1913. In June, 1916, the Granby Company mined and smelted about 2,500 tons of ore per day and employed over 1,600 men at the mine and smelter. The smelter is about 2 miles distant from the mine, at the seaport of Anyox, on Granby (formerly Goose) bay. The ore is a massive sulphide composed of pyrite, pyrrhotite, and chal- copyrite in a gangue of country rock, and averages about 2-37 per cent copper and 34 cents per ton in gold and silver. The ore occurs in irregular replacement shoots, elliptical in section, and varying in width from 50 to 240 feet and in length from 880 to 1,600 feet. No. 1 ore-body , strikes in a northeasterly direction and dips to the northwest at an angle of 65 degrees; No. 2 ore-body strikes northwest, dips 45 degrees to the northeast and the ore is of a siliceous composi- tion. The ore has been tested by diamond drilling to a depth of 300 feet below sea-level or to a vertical distance of 1,250 feet below the outcrop. The ores from the various shoots vary considerably in silica, iron, and alumina contents, de- pending largely upon the original composition of the replaced country rock. The wall rocks are crushed and altered argillaceous and greenstone schists in- truded by dykes of different types most of which were derived from the under- lying Coast Range batholith. Bridge River Map-area^ Lillooet Mining Division. GENERAL GEOLOGY. During the past field season fossils were found for the first time within the limits of -the map-area; one fossil locality is on Shulops mountain and another is on the ridge to the northwest of, and overlooking Tyaughton lake. The positions of the fossil horizons are indicated on the accompanying structure section which follows a line drawn from the west boundary of the map sheet 2 miles north of Gun creek to a point on the north boundary 7 miles west of the northeast corner of the sheet (Figure 2). The section is extended along the same line to a point 10 miles beyond Yalakom river. E. M. Kindle of the Geolog- ical Survey, who examined the fossils, submits the following preliminary report: "The lot represented by numbers B32, 33, and 34 (Shulops Mountain locality) contains nothing which would warrant any statement regarding the horizon I The estimated ore reserves remaining, after deducting the 1.270,484 tons shipped up to June 30, 1916, are given in the annual report of the Granby Consolidated Mining, Smelting, and Power Company as follows: Ore body High grade Low grade Total Tons Tons Tons No. 1 4,064,110 2,846,400 6,910,510 No.2 3,949,000 4,334,735 8,283,735 No. 3.^ 1,329,020 1,320,000 2,649,020 No. 4 74,255 100,500 174,755 Total 9,416,385 8,601,635 18,018,020 Underground development amounts to 5 ■ 2 miles of drifting and raising, whereas the total diamond drilhng up to June 30, 1916, is 9-4 miles. "The cost per ton of ore mined, crushed and delivered on the railway cars, amounted to 99-6 cents. This cost includes all underground development, diamond drilling, handling of waste and overburden, management and all other operating charges." The ore reserves at the Bonanza mine are estimated to be 900,000 tons of similar grade ore. 2 See Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, for description and geological diagram,''pp. 75-85. 46 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 //v:?| y^3jj) UOSJVdJ } t> O O C) (ij CS Q) O C) i O C3 O O (U 5^ SUMMARY REPORT 47 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 represented. The youngest fauna in the collection is that represented by num- bers B37, 38, 40, 41, 47, 58, 70, and 74 (Tyaughton Lake locality) (Figure 2). This is a pelecypod fauna of Mesozoic age associated with fragmentary plant remains embedded in an arkose sandstone. The fauna is either of Lower Cre- taceous or upper Jurassic age. The forms present do not represent character- istic or index species of either of these horizons and it is not at present advisable to offer a more precise opinion." The fossil plants (B 35-78) found along with the pelecypod fauna at the Tyaughton Lake locality were submitted to W. J. Wilson of the Geological Survey, who reports on the small collection as follows: "These plant remains are in a somewhat coarse arkose sandstone and are consequently poorly preserved. They consist mostly of fragments of stems and cycadaceous leaves and two small specimens, B-62 and B-55, that may be the impressions of fruit. There is one fragment of a leaf, B-36, about 8 cm. long and 2 cm. broad, which has most of the characteristics of Zamites megaphyllus (Phillips) as described by Seward and Knowlton. Unfortunately it is incomplete at the base so that its attachment to the rachis is not shown. Knowlton mentions that this species occurs with others in the Cape Lisburne area, Alaska, and points out that the age of the rocks is undoubtedly Jurassic belonging either to the upper part of the middle Jurassic or the extreme lower portion of the upper Jurassic. As far as the Bridge River Area specimens indicate anything they point to a Jurassic age for that area, but they are altogether too fragmentary and poorly preserved to base definite conclusions on." A traverse was made of the ridge extending from the headwaters of Eldorado creek to Tyaughton creek and the same series of formations was found there that compose the Cadwallader series farther south and west; the only difference is in the degree of metamorphism which is not quite so intense in the Eldorado section owing to the absence of large granitic masses. Furthermore, there is evidence in the presence of drag and other structures of an extensive fault along the line of Gun and Tyaughton lakes. This has overthrust the fault block northwest of the fault plane, eastward, and heaved it to the northeast thus exposing a slightly higher and younger Mesozoic series than the Cadwallader series south of the fault plane. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. Gold Quartz} The Pioneer, Coronation, and Lome gold mines were being worked and the production of lode gold increased from 31 ounces in 1915 to 2,625 ounces in 1916.2 The mining and milling plant at the Pioneer was completed and in operation. Much of the machinery had been hauled in over the snow during the previous winter from the Pacific Great Eastern railway at Bridge River crossing. Power for the plant is furnished by a 195 -horsepower Canadian turbine water wheel driven by water brought from Cadwallader creek through a 4-foot by 5-foot flume 1,700 feet long. The turbine is installed about 20 feet below the found- ation of the mill. Air for rock drills, hoist, and blacksmith shop is supplied by a 12-inch bv 12-inch Rand compressor capable of operating five drills. The ore from the mine is hoisted to the surface in one-half ton capacity skips which empty into an ore bunker at the top of an incline gravity chute. The chute conveys the ore to the level of the charging floor of the mill where it is trammed to the grizzly bar and put through a Dodge crusher and Bryan rolling-mill, the mill ' For preliminary description of properties, see Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Repts., for 1911. 1912, and 1915. 2 Figures from B.C. Bureau of Mines. 48 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 having a capacity of 20 tons every 24 hours. The Bryan mill has a 40-mesh screen and plane amalgamation is used, the plate being three-fourths of an inch thick. A sawmill and electric light plant have been built. The owners intend making additions to the mill in order to increase its daily capacity to 40 tons. This will include the installation of a concentrating table to save the concentrates. ^ A two compartment vertical shaft has been sunk 100 feet on the main vein and drifts were being commenced. At 40 feet in depth, a slip was encountered and the shaft entered the hanging-wall of the vein. The bottom of the shaft was in Cadwallader greenstone (diabase) and paying quantities of gold are reported from the vein at this level. In many places the greenstone appears to grade into the Cadwallader augite-diorite or gabbro and it probably represents a fine- grained, chilled variety of the diorite which so far has proved to be the gold formation of the camp. Since the time of visit a drift 150 feet long was made west of the shaft and one 25 feet long east of the shaft. The vein at this level (about 100 feet below the collar of the shaft) averages 3 feet in width and contains the characteristic ribboned quartz of the camp. Up to December 1916 the total assay office returns on the gold recovered by amalgamation from the Pioneer mine are given as $20,500. The owners report a mining cost of $2 per ton and a milling cost of $1 per ton. The cost of getting food and supplies from railway to mine, a distance of 54 miles, is 3 cents per pound. Development work was being continued at the Coronation mine, under the superintendency of Mr. Wm. Haylmore, and a small lot (about 140 tons) of ore had been put through the 10-stamp mill. The Lome mine and mill were being operated during the summer by Mr. Arthur F. Noel and a small staff of men who were reported in November to have brought out gold bullion valued at $5,800. The Golden Dream Mining Company was carrying on placer mining operations near the mouth of Hurley river. In addition, annual assessment work on quartz claims and placer mining by individual miners was in progress, mainly in the Cadwallader camp and on Hurley river and Tyaughton creek. Magnesite. In the course of geological field work in 1915 magnesite was found at several localities in Bridge River district, everywhere in association with serpentinized peridotite of Mesozoic age.^ During the past field season the writer found an outcrop of magnesite measuring 52 feet wide by 48 feet long near the southwest end of Liza lake. The material included both massive and crystalline varieties, in places cut by numerous veinlets of clear chalcedonic quartz. Other smaller exposures of magnesite of similar quality were noted on the same hillside. They are separated by areas of wash probably underlain by decomposed serpentine. There is considerable float of this valuable non-metallic product in this portion of the valley and no doubt future prospecting in the serpentine belt will disclose other occurrences. Cinnabar, chromite,^ platinum, and gold should also be searched for by prospectors in this belt which appears to be the extension in British Columbia of the California magnesite belt. The elevation of the main outcrop measured is about 4,300 feet above sea- level. The locality^ is over 30 miles from the Pacific Great Eastern railway at Bridge River crossing on Seton lake and the deposits probably could not be worked at a profit under present conditions. In the future, with better transportation « Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, pp. 81, 83-84; with outline map. •Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept.. 1915, p. 83. , ., . • See map accompanying Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, for position of deposit with respect to trails and wagon road. SUMMARY REPORT 49 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 facilities and a greater demand by western manufacturers for this material, the deposits might be profitably mined. The following analyses of magnesite made by the Mines Branch are rep- resentative of the Bridge River material : Analyses of Magnesite from Bridge River. 1 2 3 MgO ... 43-42 0-46 0-56 0-25 0-23 47-28 7-46 0-58 0-10 42-20 3-25 "6-95 0-59 48-55 4-08 28-14 CaO 18-48 FeO Fe203 1-64 AI2O3 0-92 CO2 45-18 Si02 4-08 H2O (above 105°C) H2O (below 105°C) Total 100-34 99-62 98-44 1. From northeast side of valley near Liza lake. Collected in 1915. Analyst, N. L. Turner. 2. Massive variety from northwest end of Liza lake. Collected in 1916. " D. M. Stewart. 3. Crystalline dolomitic variety from same locality. Collected in 1916, *' D.M.Stewart. Irregularity and uncertainty of extent is a characteristic common to nearly all the known magnesite deposits of the world and the Bridge River deposits are no exception to the rule. They resemble closely the California deposits and may be safely correlated with them both in age and origin. The field relations, how- ever, suggest that the Bridge River deposits were formed through deep-seated, hydrothermal alteration of the peridotite^ and serpentine by juvenile carbonate waters rather than through surface alteration by atmospheric waters containing carbon dioxide. The magnesite weathers less readily than the much altered serpentine in which it occurs and on that account stands out in bold relief. Both veins and irregular masses of various sizes and degrees of purity are found. The pure white variety weathers buff in colour owing tQ slight staining by iron oxide. The impure varieties weather in brilliant shades of red and contain iron oxides, silica, mariposite (?), and serpentine in varying amounts and proportions. In many places the magnesite is cut by veinlets of clear chalcedony which, however, could be readily separated from the pure carbonate in mining. Uses a7id Market Conditions for Magnesite."^ Magnesite is used in three forms: crude or unburned; burned to the caustic state (i.e. not thoroughly calcined); and dead -burned. 1 A chemical analysis of a similar peridotite from Yale district, B.C., made by W. F. Hillebrand, is as follows and shows the high content of magnesia: MgO 45-23; CaOO-35; FeO 6-69; Fe203 3-42; AI2O3 0-29; CO2 1- 10; SiOj 38-40; Na20 0-08; P2O6 trace; HjO —0-24; H2O+ 4-11; S 0-06; Cr2O3 0-07; NiOO-10; MnO 0-24; Total 100-38. The sample was about two-thirds olivine and one-third serpentine, with some magnetite, calcite, and magnesite as accessories. U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 591, p. 210. » Hess, F. L., "The magnesite deposits of California, 1908", U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 355. Gale, H. S., "Late developments of magnesite deposits in California and Nevada, 1912", U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 540 (S). Yale, C. G. and Gale, H. S., "Mineral resources of United States, America, in 1914. Magnesite", U.S. Geol. Surv. Morganroth, L. C, "Occurrence, preparation, and use of magnesite". Am. Inst. Min. Eng., 1914, Bull. No. 93, pp. 2345-2352. Gowling, W., "The metallurgy of the non-ferrous minerals", 1914, p. 10. Dolbear, S. H., "Magnesite deposits and possibilities in California," Mining Press, Jan. 16, 1915. "Magnesite production and markets", Min. and Sc. Press, Aug. 12, 1916, pp. 234-235. Grosvenor, Dr. Wm. M., "Metallic magnesium industry", Eng. and Min. Jour., April 8, 1916, vol. 101, No. 15, pp. 652-653. Wilson, M. E., "The magnesite deposits of Grenville district, Argenteuil county, Quebec", Geol. Surv., Can., Memoir 98 (in press). 50 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The raw or crude magnesite contains 52-4 per cent CO2, in contrast with the 44 per cent content of limestone and is, therefore, preferable to calcium carbonate for the manufacture of carbon dioxide gas. The amount of heat required to drive ofT the carbon dioxide is much less than that needed for lime- stone. Furthermore, the residual magnesia left after calcination is more valu- able than lime and, if pure enough, can be calcined "caustic" and made into magnesium salts and compounds. This use of magnesite, however, is decreasing owing to the difficulty, in many cases, of disposing of the residue which contains too high a percentage of carbon dioxide for use even as caustic magnesia and, therefore, requires reburning at a higher temperature. The calcined residue from many magnesites is too impure to be used in the manufacture of the various compounds of magnesia used for medicinal and other purposes, but this would probably not be the case with the Bridge River magnesite. Caustic magnesia produced by calcining magnesite in kilns at a temperature of about 1,100 degrees Centigrade, may contain 3 or 4 per cent of carbon dioxide. It readily combines with a few reagents, such as magnesium chloride. When mixed with magnesium chloride it forms a strong cement, known as "Sorel cement," "oxychloride cement", etc., which is used in the making of dust-proof floors, stairs, sinks, artificial marble, plaster for fireproof partitions, wains- coting, tiles, millstones, and polishing wheels. Sawdust, ^and, talc, cork dust, ground quartz, colouring matter, and other substances are used as fillers and pigments in the cement mixtures. Floors made of magnesite cement are smooth, even, and may be laid in thin sheets over large surfaces without cracking. The cement takes colour readily and is as susceptible to a good polish with oil or wax as a wooden floor. It may be laid in a plastic state on wood or concrete. Caustic magnesia made from the massive magnesite of Bridge River, being practically free from lime, would be highly suitable for the purposes mentioned. Magnesite burned to a temperature of 1,700 degrees Centigrade is dead- burned and contains less than one per cent of carbon dioxide. It has been cal- cined so thoroughly that there is no deterioration or reversion through the absorption of carbon dioxide on exposure to the air. This form of magnesite is used as a refractory material for a number of purposes such as lining furnaces, for basic metallurgical processes, for crucibles, cupels, and refractory bricks as employed in constructing the bottoms of open-hearth steel furnaces, copper converters, reverberatories, settlers, electric and other melting, heating, and welding furnaces. The imported crystalline variety of magnesite, which is used almost exclusively in metallurg>% generally contains 3 to 4 per cent of silica, 6 to 8 per cent iron oxide, and 4 per cent lime. Even the impure grades of Bridge River magnesite might make brick which would compare favourably with the imported Austrian product. Alagnesite, raw or calcined, is used in the manufacture of magnesium com- pounds, such as epsom-salt (magnesium sulphate) and magnesium chloride. The manufacture of the so-called "cold water" and "fire-retarding" paints and concrete waterproofing involves the use of magnesia with magnesium chloride. Magnesia mixed with such substances as asbestos and infusorial earth^ also enters into a preparation for insulati/ig boilers and steam pipes. To prevent scale in boilers in which sulphurous water is used powdered magnesite is occasion- ally employed as it combines with the sulphur in the water to form magnesium sulphate (epsom-salt) which is highly soluble. Calcined magnesite is converted into magnesium bisulphite for use in digesting and whitening wood pulp in paper mills. The magnesite of Bridge River district would be well adapted for this purpose. In the sulphite process of paper-making the wood (mostly of coni- ' See p. 53. SUMMARY REPORT 51 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 ferous trees) is boiled with a disintegrating agent so that it breaks down into a mass of pulp which is afterward rolled into paper. The disintegrating agent is sulphurous acid or bisulphite of calcium or magnesium. Magnesium bisul- phite is more soluble than calcium bisulphite; it dissolves the non-cellulose matter more completely, and it has an additional advantage in that the residues left in the stock when it is used are not afterward injurious to sizing agents. Ground crude magnesite is also used to a limited extent in the rubber industry. A basic carbonate, a chemical product of magnesite, known as light magnesia or magnesia alba, is said to make an excellent absorbent for nitroglycerine in the manufacture of dynamite, as it does not readily allow the nitroglycerine to "sweat" out. Metallic magnesium is usually recovered by the reduction of the chloride but it can also be obtained by the reduction of the oxide or carbonate. The chief uses of magnesium are: (1) scavenging alloys — making denser, cleaner, stronger and more homogeneous alloys; it is valuable in aluminum, nickel, copper, brass, bronze, and special steels, because of its intense avidity for both oxygen and nitrogen; (2) illumination — as in military operations for shrapnel trailers, star bombs, flare lights, etc., and in photography for flash lights. In aluminum castings 2 per cent of magnesium cleans the aluminum, almost doubling its tensile strength, quadrupling its resistance to shock or jar, and reducing the cost of machining by more than 50 per gent. This is of great import- ance in connexion with the construction of aeroplanes and dirigible motors, high speed engines of every type, and in all machinery or structures where strength, with a minimum of weight, is required. The price of magnesium before the war was steady at about $1.45 per pound, but rose from $2.50 shortly after the beginning of the war to as high as $7.50 per pound. The price in December 1916 was $3.50 per pound for guaranteed 99 per cent magnesium. The price of crude magnesite ranged from $5.50 to $12 per ton during 1915 and 1916. Calcined magnesite sold at a wide margin from $20 to $60 per ton. California calcined magnesite in bulk sold for $25 to $30 per ton f.o.b. San Francisco or other California points. When ground and packed in barrels, the price of calcined magnesite ranged from $40 to $60 per ton. About' 2| tons of crude, produce 1 ton of calcined magnesite so that the calcining is commonly done at the mine in order to lessen shipping cost. In California, facilities for saving the carbon dioxide gas are seldom provided. In Greece, howevej-, the gas is saved by calcining in retorts and is used in the manufacture of effervescent beverages. There is no duty in Canada and in the United States on raw or calcined magnesite nor on the salts of magnesium. Under normal market conditions the sales of the material would be confined to the Pacific Coast and western provinces as the high freight rates to the eastern provinces would preclude its shipment in competition with the Grenville, Quebec, magnesite, or imported products. Yukon Magnesite. Beds of magnesite weathering red and rarely exceeding 10 feet in thickness, are reported by D. D. Cairnes from Stony fork of Black ri^ver. The beds are in places interbanded with slates and dolomites in layers less than 2 feet in thickness^; R. G. McConnell found magnesite on the east side of Yukon river, about 1^ miles above Indian river, also on the east side of Big Salmon river a tributary of the Lewes, just below Island lake, "where it occurs in the form of heavy bands — which are, in some instances, in parts, 50 feet or more in thickness — associated with dark and light coloured, partly altered, slates, greenish schists, and serpentine. "^ 1 Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1911, p. 32. 2 Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. XI, pp. 15, 16R. 52 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 British Columbia Magnesite. Impure, brown weathering outcrops of magne- site were reported by J. C. Gwillim "along the shore of Atlin lake near the mouth of Pine creek, also on Taku inlet west of Taku mountains. It is met with in smaller areas about the head of McKee creek also on the mountains between Ruby, Boulder, and Birch creeks."^ A white, earthy hydromagnesite containing 19 per cent combined water occurs near the town of Atlin, as superficial beds rarely more than 5 feet or less than 1 foot in thickness and varying in areal extent from an acre to 18 acres (in one case). The aggregate tonnage of the known areas has been estimated by G. A. Young at 180,000.^ Magnesite is reported by R. G. McConnell from near Germansen creek, Omineca river, where it occurs with dolomite and serpentine interbedded with green schistose ash rock.' Magnesite is reported as occurring near Illecillewaet.* A deposit of hydromagnesite similar to that at Atlin, is reported from 108-mile house on the Cariboo road 93 miles north of Ashcroft "where it forms three or four deposits of from 50 to 100 feet across, standing a foot or more above the level of the surrounding surface. It is also traceable from the one to the other of these deposits over an area of probably 50 or more acres of ground.^ Ontario Magnesite. A blue ferruginous magnesite associated with pyrite has been reported from Lac des Milles lacs, Thunder Bay district.' Quebec Magnesite. Extensive deposits of magnesite occur at Grenville* Argenteuil county. It is the crystalline variety and high in lime content.'^ Magnesite to a stated width of 20 yards was reported in 1847 to occur in Brome county at Bolton in lots 17 and 24, range IX; and at Sutton on lot 12, range VII, in a bed one foot thick in grey mica schist; and on lot 24, range IX, Bolton, in argillites in a bed of unknown thickness.^ New Brunswick Magnesite. Magnesite is reported to occur in St. John county, near West Branch, in a vein several feet wide in grey chloritic schist.® Nova Scotia Magnesite. Magnesite has recently been found in Inverness county near Orangedale. It is a brown crystalline variety. The Nova Scotia Steel and Coal Company own the property and have mined 30 tons from the deposit. ^° Volcanic Ash (Siliceous Earth). The volcanic ash or andesitic pumice" which occurs in great quantity as the most recent formation in the Bridge River district may in the future be utilized by manufacturers in Canada. For that reason a chemical analysis of the ash is here appended. For purpose of comparison three other analyses are given. 1 Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. XII, p. 21B. «Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept.. 1915, pp. 50-61. » Geol. Surv., Can. Ann. Rept., vol. VII, 1894, p. 25C. < Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. IX, p. 96S. » Geol. Surv., Can.. Ann. Rept., vol. XI, p. lOR. •Geol. Surv., Can.. Ann. Rept., vol. I, p. 22 M. ' Wilson, M. E., Geol. Surv., Can., Memoir 98. (In press.) • Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept.. vol. IV, p. UIK. •Geol. Surv.. Can., Ann. Rept., 1870-71, p. 237. "> Geol. Surv., Can. Sum. Rept,, 1916. See report by A. O. Hayes. " Pumice is used as a polishing material, in the manufacture of scouring soap, metal polisher, etc. SUMMARY REPORT S3 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Analyses of Siliceous Earth. 1 2 3 4 Si02 63-94 16-34 3-57 1-38 3-18 f 8-39 by [ diff. 2-75 0-45 80-40 6-30 1-42 0-46 0-32 not det. 0-45 10-00 0-30 80-80 5-96 1-42 0-54 0-36 [not det. 11-00 0-30 76-58 AI2O3 f Fe203 16-13 MgO 0-18 CaO 0-60 Na20 0-34 K2O 0-16 H2O 5-80 Ti02 0-25 100-00 99-65 100-38 100-04 1. White andesitic pumice, Bridge River map-area, Lillooet, B.C. 2. Impure diatomaceous earth (locally known as kaolin), 18 miles from Ashcroft, B.C. 3. Volcanic ash and diatomaceous earth from Deadman river, north of Savona, B.C. 4. Siliceous earth, from Neuberg, Germany, after some preparatory drying and crushing. Analyst, M. F. Connor, Mines Branch. Diatomaceous or infusorial earth (kieselguhr) is a siliceous deposit formed in lakes and swamps, as well as in the sea, and when pure is composed chiefly of the frustules and fragmentary debris of diatoms. Bedded deposits of this nature accumulate abundantly where siliceous volcanic tuiTs are being deposited. Such conditions prevailed during Tertiary time at many localities in the Cordilleran region. The diatomaceous earth from the Kamloops district is admixed with rhyo- litic dust and other detritus, chiefly clay, which lowers its silica content to 80 per cent. The purer varieties of the earth contain from 90 to 97 per cent silica. The British Columbia earth is a soft, white, chalk-like substance of fine texture which frequently has been mistaken in the field for kaolin. The material is utilized in the manufacture of high explosives in addition to its extensive use as a polishing powder, a steam pipe packing, and as an absorbent for various liquids. Limestone. A representative sample of limestone from the Bridge River series of Car- boniferous age was taken from Marshall ridge close to the wagon road. The material was analysed in the Mines Branch laboratory with the following result: Si02 0-46 FezOs 0-17 AI2O3 0-23 CaCOa 96-73 MgCOs 1-83 The main belts of limestone outcropping in the map-area are indicated on the outline map accompanying the Summary Report of 1915. Much of this material is suitable for burning and the production of lime. The lime production for British Columbia during 1914 amounted to 151,689 bushels valued at $56,767, the average price per bushel being 37-4 cents. ^ 1 McLeish, John, "Mineral production of Canada 1914," Mines Branch, No. 384, p. 343. No. 26—5 54 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Index Molybdenite Mine, Lillooet Mining Division. The Index molybdenite group of six claims, including the Index, Last Chance, Globe, Iron Crown, C. P. Fraction, and Legal Tender, was located in July, 1915, by J. B. Perkins. During September Perkins sold his interest to A. F. Hautier and the pif)perty was acquired the same month by Newton W. Emmens, of Van- couver. Mr. Emmens made an initial shipment of 8 tons 300 pounds in Novem- ber, 1916, to the International Molybdenum Company, Renfrew, Ontario. The company reports this ore to assay 15-01 per cent molybdenite (M0S2) and to be quite amenable to treatment. A wagon road, which will follow the valley of Phair creek and reduce the actual haulage of ore to a distance of about 11 miles, is now projected from the mine to the railway at Seton lake. At present the property is reached by wagon road from Lillooet down the west side of the Eraser valley for a distance of 14 miles, thence by pack trail for 13 miles through the canyon of Texas creek and up the north fork of the creek to the high divide between the source of the north fork of Texas creek and that of Phair creek, a tributary of Cayoosh creek. At the time of visit the lower portion of this trail was almost impassable owing to the damage done by the spring freshets in 1916. The owners of the property, however, had built a trail over Antoine mountain which joined the main trail above the canyon. This lengthened the trip by about 3 miles and necessitated a climb over a summit 4,000 feet above the Eraser river. General Geology. As characteristic of molybdenite- ores the world over, the ore in this district is difficult to follow and of an erratic nature. It appears to be confined to certain ill-defined zones near the upper border of a cupola stock of very quartzose granite.^ This granite mass is roughly oval-shaped in plan and elongated for about one mile in a northeast and southwest direction. The stock, which is intrusive into schists and limestone probably belonging to the Whitecap schist series,^ appears to be dipping steeply to the west and pitching to the south. Time and inclement weather did not permit of much study of the regional structure. A prominent limestone member forms bold outcrops en- circling the ore-bearing stock and the schists are cut by numerous porphyry dykes. Another parallel granite stock occurs a short distance to the east and outcrops along the Texas Creek trail. This stock, however, has been laid bare by erosion to a greater depth than the Index stock, and a coarser grained biotite granite, with streaks of diorite in it, is thus exposed. Character of Ore. The molybdenite ore is very clean and free from copper, tungsten, tin, iDismuth, arsenic, and other deleterious elements. The highest grade ore is 76 per cent molybdenite and occurs sparingly in bunches up to one foot in width, along certain closely spaced joint planes in the fine-grained quartz- ose members of the granite stock, as well as impregnations in the intervening granite. The low grade ore could be readily concentrated, as the molybdenite occurs in rosettes and flakes that are uniformly distributed throughout the dis- integrating granitic gangue. The latter consists of quartz, feldspar, and in places sericite flakes. Biotite mica occurs as an essential constituent in the blocky granite away from the ore zones. Molybdenite occurs less sparingly in rusty, vitreous, quartz veinlets cutting the granite. In the vicinity of the ore, the granite is much stained by the straw-yellow trioxide of molybdenum, molybdite; and this, along with a certain amount of kaolinization of the orthoclase feldspar, serves as a good indicator of the ore zone. Ore Occurrence and Development. Very little development work had been done on the property up to July 1916, and at that time the best showing was on ' Microscopic examinations of the rocks and ores have not yet been made and only field terms are used. 'Cupola stock' is a term introduced by Professor R. A. Daly to indicate a connexion in depth of minor granitic masses with a main underlying batholithic mass. 2Geol. Surv.. Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, p. 79. SUMMARY REPORT 55 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 the Cottonwood side of the divide a couple of hundred feet below the summit. The ore there follows ~a system of closely spaced joints making an angle of 45 degrees with the dominant northeast direction which is parallel to the greatest diameter of the stock. The ore-bearing joint planes at this point strike north 60 degrees east (magnetic) and dip steeply to the southeast to vertical. The foot-wall is rusty, oxidized granite with included kernels of fresh, unoxidized rock and contains occasional flakes of biotite mica. The mica becomes more abundant away from the ore zone, where the normal granite is traversed by master joint planes striking north 15 degrees east (magnetic) and dipping steeply to the east or vertical. The hanging-wall is composed of very quartzose granite. The strike of the master joint planes varies a great deal from place to place and it might be advisable to make a detailed study of the various systems and their relations to the borders of the mass. In the short time available in the field, several different systems were recorded and plotted. In the southerly ore zone, with one exception, the longitudinal sets appear to terminate the more favourable transverse sets. The transverse sets in places are so closely spaced and altered as to approach shear zones in character although they did not appear to be persistent enough to classify them as such. On the summit above the main showing, another outcrop of ore follows an east and west (magnetic) set of joint planes, dipping steeply (70 degrees) to the north and in close proximity to vein- lets of vitreous quartz. Farther to the north, the molybdenite appears to be confined to rusty vitreous quartz veinlets which may represent the feeders to the main deposit. The granite contains brown rusty spots near the ore. At this northern locality, both walls are composed of the same fine-grained granite, containing the kaolinized orthoclase feldspar and a little biotite. Much broken- up granite and float of molybdenite and molybdite lie on the surface between the showings, as at this altitude (about 8,000 feet) mechanical disintegration of the rocks proceeds very rapidly and no doubt rich ore zones have already been eroded away. There is at present considerable ore in the scattered, loose, surface blocks of granite. Farther to the south, toward the border of the mass and at the same elevation as the main showing, some 5 to 8 per cent ore was found following a series of platy joint planes which strike north 50 degrees west and dip to the southwest at an angle of 41 degrees. Near the contacts the master joint planes dip at lower angles and are at right angles to the other sets of joint planes. The most northerly occurrence of molybdenite visited was several thousand feet along the summit from the main deposit and 3 feet from a vesicular and amyg- daloidal, lamprophyre dyke. The amygdules are of chalcedonic quartz and cal- cite. This dyke is crooked but has a general north and south trend and an easterly dip of about 50 degrees. The master joint planes on the west side of the dyke are unmineralized and strike north 30 degrees west and dip from 86 degrees south to vertical. On the east side of the dyke, the master joint planes strike parallel to the dyke which at this point, near the molybdenite cropping and gouge material, strikes north 45 degrees east and dips southeasterly into the hill at an angle of 52 degrees. Future Work. In laying out development work, close attention should be paid to the various systems of jointing in the granite stock near the ore zones. The belts of blocky biotite granite, traversed by regular jointing parallel to the contact, should be avoided, whereas the closely spaced sets of joint planes trans- verse to the contacts and those zones of fine-grained, quartzose granite penetrated by vitreous quartz veinlets and in places silicified and kaolinized, should be carefully prospected for ore. At the present stage of development the open-cut and quarry method of mining would appear to be the safest and best system. The various occurrences should be thoroughly tested for permanence and con- No. 26— 5 i 56 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 nected up before tackling underground development. Much broken-up granite and float lie on the surface and make it difficult to trace the ore between outcrops. Should the short season, when this high rocky summit is free from snow and ice, prevent this surface work, it might be advisable to tunnel in on the main showing a couple of hundred feet below the summit, keeping with the ore, and to drive in toward the neighbouring occurrences. Both walls should always be tested for parallel ore bunches along joint planes, and for intervening milling ore. It is to be expected that in this pneumatolytic type of deposit* (stock work) much blocky unproductive granite will be encountered between the various ore zones. For this reason it would be well to obtain all the surface data possible regarding position of ore zones, joint systems, variations in composition of granite, etc., and have all the information assembled and plotted on one plan before under- taking extensive underground development. Slocan Area, Ainsworth and Slocan Mining Divisions.^ Econ'omic Geology. Owing to the present high pride of metals, mining and prospecting in the Slocan silver-lead-zinc district is being energetically carried on. Since discovery in 1891, the district has produced metals to the value of approximately $40,000,000. During the course of the field work, over twenty working mines and as many prospects were visited. The main vein fissures, which generally correspond in strike and dip with the master joint planes, are shown on the accompanying outline map as well as a few of the more important replacement veins. The replacement veins in contrast to the fissure veins, carry low values in silver and lead and high values in zinc. They also strike and dip with the replaced formation which is invariably limestone. The map and structure sections further indicate the location of the most productive metalliferous belts within the closely folded roof rocks of the batholith^ as well as their position with respect to the granitic intrusions and main contacts. Considerable faulting along certain axes of folding and offsetting of vein fissures and master joint planes along bedding planes have taken place both before and after mineralization. The faulting and fracturing are systematic and indicative of the nature of the torsional and com- pressional crustal stresses set up during late Jurassic time along this northern margin of the Nelson batholith. What appears to be a down-faulted block or graben of Slocan series between the Kootenay Lake and Slocan Lake horsts* of the Ainsworth (Shuswap) series, has been upbowed in the middle by the Nelson batholith forming thus a local anticlinorium^ (see structure section A-B). As a result of differential movements both horizontally and vertically consequent upon batholithic invasion and crustal readjustment in this broad belt of much folded and crushed Slocan series, a great variety of vein deposits have been formed. All transitions from true fissure veins with well-defined walls, to fissure zones made up of a series of interrupted torsional or crevasse-like fissures in line or en ichelon, exist. The fissure veins and zones may pass into stock works or a series of connected veins between the hanging and foot-wall fissures. The ore shoots and pockets occur frequently where a formational slip or fault intersects the vein fissure or mineralized master joint plane. Where the country rock is massive • "Notes on the geology of the Molly molybdenite mine. Lost creek. Nelson mining division, B.C.", Trans. Can. Min. Inst., 1915. pp. 247-255. , _ » For preliminary reports by O. E. LeRoy on geology and ore deposits of the Slocan district, see Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept. 1908, pp. 67-68; 1909, pp. 131-133; 1910, pp. 123-128; 1915, p. 93. , , . . ' Batholith means the largest kind of intrusion of molten rock, generally granitic and characteristically found in great mountain ranges. • The direct opposite of graben or trough, a horst is an upfaulted block bounded by diverging downward fault planes. • Anticlinorium means a broad anticlinal belt or composite anticline compounded of minorf olds whose axes in this case converge downwards, or in other words a bowed-up mass of folds. SUMMARY REPORT 57 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 and tight, the angle between the vein fissure or master joint plane and the bedding plane, along which the shifting movement took place, is apt to be nearly a right angle and an ore pocket, if present at such intersection, is small, though rich. On the contrary, if the country rock is crushed and loose the vein fissure is, as a rule, undulating and makes acute angled intersections with the formational slips or cross fissures. The intersections are in this case more favourable for the localization of workable ore shoots. General Geology, The main problem in the field work of 1916 was to deter- mine the structural relations of the Selkirk, Niskonlith, Shuswap, and Slocan series and correlate them with similar formations in East Kootenay. The key to the regional structure was found to the north of the Slocan map-area at the heads of Davis and Cooper creeks in the southern Lardeau mountains. Fossils were found near the base of the Niskonlith series as mapped on the West Kootenay sheets on both limbs of a compressed syncline known as the Milford syncline (Fi and F2 on section A-B). This syncline is bounded on the west by an anticlinal belt of Selkirk series (now named the Kaslo volcanic group) and on the east by a reverse fault which upthrusts as a horst the Shuswap or Ainsworth series into juxtaposition with the eastern limb of the Milford syncline and locally with the underlying Kaslo schists (see section A-B). A plane-table traverse plotted on the scale of 400 feet to 1 inch was run across the syncline from the Kaslo schists eastward to the Ainsworth series. This detailed survey of the lithological members, their sequence, and dips undoubtedly proves the synclinally folded nature of the sedimentary series at this locality. Traced southward the Milford syncline becomes more compressed and overthrust to the east and on that account the structure might be determined erroneously as mono- clinal.^ Northward in the Lardeau mountains this synclinal belt widens and appears to be intruded by granitic masses. Eight new fossil localities were discovered during the past season in the main belt of Slocan series southwest of the Kaslo schist anticline. The fossils and the lithology of the series on both sides of the anticline are similar. The fossil localities are indicated on the accompanying outline map. E. M. Kindle sub- mits the following preliminary report on the collection: "Lots S. F. 57 to S. F. 90 (Fa-Fe)^ from the district east of Slocan lake show numerous fragmentary speci- mens of fossils in dark schistose, limy material. Sections of crinoid stems are present in great numbers. A few detached crinoid plates and imperfect sections of gasteropods comprise the only other fossil remains that can with any degree of certainty be referred to any order or group of fossils. It is accordingly impossible to use this material for correlation except in the broadest way. The material, however, plainly indicates a post-Cambrian age for the beds represented. The beds are probably of middle or upper Palaeozoic age. The fossils alone do not warrant a more definite correlation for the fauna." "Lots S. F. 1 to S. F. 56 (Fi-F2)2 are in fragmentary character very similar to those just mentioned. In addition to numerous crinoid stems they show two gasteropods and a small coarsely ribbed fossil fragment of undetermined affinities. One of the gasteropods though preserved only in section is sufficiently preserved, to leave little doubt that it represents a species of Raphistoma. On the evidence of this specimen, the horizon is provisionally determined as Ordovician. It may be noted that the numerous sections of crinoid or cystid columns, which at first glance incline one to surmise a Carboniferous horizon for the fauna, are much smaller than those most commonly met with in the Carboniferous. A diameter of 1 or 2 mm. represents the average size of these columns." > Geol. Surv., Can' is 30 degrees; the bedding planes strike north and south and dip at an angle of 40 degrees to the west, whereas the planes of schistosity strike at a small angle west of north and dip 70 degrees westward. It is inferred, therefore, that the centre of the dome is to the southeast. At an elevation 200 feet higher, massive grey quartzites become more prominent in the rusty weathering series and the distant summit of the ridge appears to be composed of the overlying Creston member of the Purcell series. Farther south, along the lower stretches of Goat River valley, extensive sills of hornblende gabbro form prominent clifif exposures similar to those of the St. Mary dome. They represent the intrusive equivalents of the Purcell lavas outpoured in Siyeh or probably early Cambrian time. PRIEST RIVER TERRANE AND SUMMIT SERIES. On the West Kootenay map sheet^ the Purcell series and Priest River terrane of Daly are indicated by McConnell and Brock as one and the same series, namely the Selkirk (Upper ?) ; and Daly's Summit series is coloured as Lower Selkirk, the whole Selkirk series being provisionally referred to the Cambrian or Cambro-Silurian. On the same map the Pend-d'Oreille group of Daly is coloured Niskonlith and referred to the Lower Cambrian. In the explanatory notes to the map Brock states: "This subdivision into Selkirk and Niskonlith series has been made on purely lithological grounds and upon resemblances to rocks along the main line of the Canadian Pacific railway as worked out by Dawson and McConnell. It is possible that the section in the map-sheet has been reversed and that the chronological sequence of the rocks here called Upper and Lower Selkirk and Niskonlith, is the opposite of that given. The fact that old-look- ing eruptions were found in the Upper Selkirk series that were not observed in the other two series lends colour to such a view. But in the absence of more detailed work to determine this point the above nomenclature and correlation is provisionally adopted." ^ ^ • The regional work of the past field season in the Kootenays, in which fossils were found for the first time in both the Purcell and Niskonlith series, has con- clusively proved that the chronological sequence as shown on the map w reversed. The same may hold true for Dawson's similar section farther north in the Shuswap > Geol. Surv.. Can., 1904, map No. 792. 60 rou are glO) are the of { pen bro me up nea wes and Th« far ang dor bet deg deg wes cen gre dis me sill; St. out ter: nai Sel or col not ser roc anc an( Sel ing th€ del is ] we clu Th z.„„. !«.<;« *""," ""."S" 1 "".~™"" 1 ""%"~!,'.i 1 1 Hr ■ ctri. '^■KXiXs"' "-iSS"" - .sro:x^ GD ^ .'.::::. \r.t.'-. ' 1 ^ ...... liH :: = ^ - ■ 60 roL are glo are the of. per brc me up nea wes anc Th. far ang dor bet deg deg wej cen gre disi mei silh St. out terr nan Sell or cole not seri rod and and Sell ing the defc is p wer clus Th( SUMMARY REPORT 61 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Lakes region where Daly^ has recently thrown the Niskonlith and Adams Lake series into the Archaean Shuswap terrane, correlating both with his Priest River terrane at the International Boundary, At Albert canyon, however, Daly has thrown the Niskonlith of Dawson's Selkirk section into the Beltian. Future investigation may prove that both the Adams Lake and Niskonlith series of the Shuswap and Albert Canyon regions are a closely folded and faulted series of Cambrian and post-Cambrian age similar in lithology and chronological sequence to the southern Kootenay sections which have been mapped in more detail. Recent field work in the Kootenays has forced the writer to differ from Daly in several important conclusions: (1) The Priest River terrane, instead of being Archaean, is considered to be Beltian and simply the hydrothermally metamorphosed extension of the Purcell series across the Purcell trench as originally shown on the West Kootenay map. The metamorphism is due to batholithic invasion which in this locality appears to conform closely to the regional structure, the formations swinging to parallel the granite contacts. The terrane includes the folded and domed Kitchener, Creston, and Aldridge members of the Purcell series cut, here and there, by granite and complementary dykes from the large adjacent masses of granite. (2) In the Purcell trench no evidence was found of a pronounced regional break or meridianal fault with a downthrow which "may measure 20,000 to 30,000 feet."^ Daly assumes and indicates on the map such a fault which separates his Priest River terrane from his Kitchener (Aldridge of Schofield) east of the hypo- thetical fault. (3) The Irene conglomerate is not considered to be the base of the Belt terrane in Canada but simply the base of a younger series than the Purcell of probably Lower Cambrian age. It may prove to be the western equivalent of the Bow River and Siyeh ( ?) conglomerates east of the axis of uplift. (4) The Irene volcanic formation is provisionally correlated with the Purcell lava in the Siyeh and may be used roughly as a horizon marker. The members of the Purcell series below the Siyeh represent the true Pre-Cambrian sediments of the Belt terrane in Canada; the members above the Siyeh and below the Burton the eastern equivalents of the Summit series. (5) The structure of the Summit series, instead of being monoclinal, is considered to be rather a series of folds with a tendency to overturn and in places to form overthrust faults to the east. The major syncline on the transverse ridge north of Lost creek is of similar magnitude to Daly's Selkirk Summit syncline on the main line of the Canadian Pacific railway near Glacier. This syncline brings about a repetition of beds and no evidence was found of a thrust fault and rotation of beds as inferred by Daly.' The writer's interpre- tation of the structure in the field is shown in the accompanying structure section (Map 1666). (6) The members of the Summit series as well as the Kitchener, Creston, and Aldridge members of the Purcell series derived their sediments in large part from the same source, namely, the Shuswap terrane. They, therefore, possess many lithological resemblances in common, a fact which would readily lead to wrong correlations particularly where fossil evidence is lacking. The basal conglomerate and grits of the Summit series, however, contain pebbles of the underlying Kitchener, Creston, and Aldridge members of the Purcell series. (7) A hiatus is represented in the contact between the Summit or Selkirk series (Lower Cambrian ( ?)) and the Niskonlith and Slocan series (post- Cambrian) in the Rocky Mountain geosynclinal. In fact all four terranes « Geol. Surv.. Can., Mem. 68. 1915, pp. 10-55. »Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 38. 1912, p. 277. ' Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 38, 1912, pp. 278-279. Fig. 18, map 80A. 62 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 represented in the Kootenays, namely the Shuswap, Belt, Cambrian, and post- Cambrian respectively, are distinct sedimentary units separated by well-defined breaks and unconformities. ECONOMIC BEARING OF REGIONAL GEOLOGY. To those interested in the development of the mineral resources of the Kootenays, the district may be divided naturally into definite metallographic belts named according to the chief metal found within them. Prospectors and miners have already to a certain extent so divided the region, the best known divisions being the gold, silver-lead-zinc, and copper belts repectively. Such metalliferous belts may be traced with few breaks from the southern to the northern boundaries of the Kootenay district and offer a fertile field for pros- pectors. It so happens that the trend and areal extent of the different belts correspond exactly with those of the several rock terranes under discussion. The economic bearing of the regional geology, therefore, is apparent and a general knowledge of it is invaluable to the prospector in his search for ore. The main metallographic belts so far developed in the Kooetnays may be tabulated as follows: Kootenay Metallographic Belts. Metallographic belt. Main type of deposit.^ 1 Rock terrane and formation. Silver-lead-zinc Fissure veins Post-Cambrian terrane (Slocan, Nis- konlith, and Pend-d 'Oreille series). Replacement (blanket ) veins Pre-Cambrian terranes (Purcell and Ainsworth series). Gold quartz and antimony (Kaslo schist) Fissure veins Lower Cambrian terrane (Summit, Lower Selkirk, and Kaslo schist series) Copper-gold Differentiates and veins Purcell sills of hornblende gabbro (Lower Cambrian ?) Replacement lodes Rossland volcanic group (Triassic ( ?) terrane). Molybdenite and tungsten Stockworks and pegmatite veins Post-lower Jurassic terrane (Nelson granite stocks). It must be borne in mind that the ore deposits in the various metallographic belts are confined to certain ore zones which, with the possible exception of replacement deposits, strike in an easterly or northeasterly direction transverse to the general northerly trend of the formations. The exact positions of the ore zones in the belts depend upon many different geological factors chief of which is the nature of the crustal stresses set up in the broad zones marginal to the granite batholiths at the time of consolidation, as well as the physical and chemical character of the roof rocks penetrated. The most favourable areas to prospect are those portions of the roof intruded by cupola stocks and porphyry dykes. Such satellitic intrusions from the batholith probably paved the way for the ascent of later hot mineral solutions and vapours which came from the same 1 For a classification of British Columbia ore shoots and criteria for their recognition see Geol. Surv. Can., Mem. 94, 1917. p. 62. .oc:.^ Akootenay 'Eiv """kSteTy"' -=iF" ROCKY MOUNTAIN RANGE, AND alberta' o^^.\-ic;',=. MONTANA* i££k Slocan, Pend- d'Oreille, and Niskonlith series, chiefly argillaceous and calcareous Laurie argillite and limestone of Daly's Albert Canyon division {"Nis konlith series' of Dawson) limestone (Devonian) Halysites beds (Silurian) yuadrant quartzite Madison limestone Jefferson limestone Maywood limestone and shale c^JZl. S Ottertail limestone Chancellor argillite Sherbrooke limestone Paget Bosworth " c"^^.. Elko limestone Burton shale and sandstone Eldon limestone Stephen " Cathedral " Mount Whyte metargillite 1 J i ■1 a Ripple and Beehive quartzites gillites Sir Donald quartzites am grit 1 Roosville quartzite 1 St. Piran quartzite Kintla metargillite Sheppard quartzite and Striped Peak shales and sandstones Red Lion limestone Hasmark dolomite Silver Hill calcareous shales Flathead quartzite and conglomerate "--» Dewdney, Monk, and Wolf quartz grits and quartzites Ross quartzite, grits and me- targillites Phillips metargillite Gateway sandstone Lake Louise metargillite Irene vol- stone, and conglome- Basaltic lava, Nakimu lime- stone, and Cougar con- glomerate Pufcell lava Siyeh lime- stone and conglome- Fairview conglomerate and coarse sandstone Siyeh limestone and PurccU lava \ Kitchener Cougar quartzite s Kitchener Hector metargillite Corral quartzite and sandstone Grinnell and Wigwam Wallace jfcyson shale Mewland calcareous argillite Creston grey quart zitc Creston grey quartzite Aldridge rusty _ weathering quartzites Appekunny and McDonald and Hefty St. Regis, Revett, and Burke quartzites Ravalli quartzite Illecillewaet Moose Basal quartzite IP Upper Altyn siliceous dolomite Waterton dolomite 'richard metargillite ^'richard metargillite Neihart quartzite I'RE-BELTIAN Shuswap quartz-mica schist series Shuswap ortho- gneisses chiefly 'Allan, J. A., Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 55. 1914, p. 60. SUMMARY REPORT 63 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 deep-seated source and which in turn circulated through faults and fissures formed as a result of crustal readjustments following batholithic intrusion. The ore shoots were deposited at certain geologically favourable localities in the vein fissures. Replacement (blanket) veins occur in isolated cases well up in the sedi- mentary roof where there is no direct evidence of the proximity . of granitic intrusions; and a few rich fissure veins have been mined well within extensive granite masses, as a rule, in close association with lamprophyre dykes. The deeply eroded portions of batholiths, however, and the rock formations very far remote from granitic intrusions are seldom productive. A certain amount of overlapping of metallographic belts is bound to take place toward the borders of the belts, as for example in the Ymir mining camp where the silver-lead (Pend-d'Oreille series) and gold quartz (Summit series) Delts are in contact and the galena ore carries high values in gold. RECONNAISSANCE OF UPPER ELK VALLEY COAL BASIN, BRITISH COLUMBIA. {Bruce Rose.) Three weeks in September were spent in a preliminary examination of the coal areas of Upper Elk valley, British Columbia. Elk river lies just west of the continental divide in the Rocky mountains. Its source is in the Elk lakes 3| miles north of 50 degrees 30 minutes north latitude. From there it flows south a distance of 84 miles, then turns rather abruptly to the west, cuts across the western Rocky mountains, and joins Kootenay river. The mountains are disposed in ridges corresponding to the axes of parallel fault blocks with a general north-south alignment. Elk river through the greater part of its course runs in a trough of Cretaceous rocks between high ranges of Palaeozoic limestones. On the west, the limestones have been faulted upwards and eastward over the area now occupied by the valley. On the east the Cretaceous rocks of the valley overlie conformably the westward dipping rocks of another large fault block which forms the continental divide. The thrust of the western fault block has tilted the rocks adjacent to it on the east upward until they dip to the east or in places are overturned and in the syncline of Cretaceous rocks thus formed, the river has eroded its valley. In places minor faults and folds break the regular arrangement of the rocks but they are not of a magnitude to detract from the main synclinal structure. The limestone moun- tains on either side rise to elevations from 4,000 to 5,000 feet above the level of the valley bottom. This part of Elk valley is one of the best examples of a longitudinal valley in the Rocky mountains. It has developed subsequent to the formation of the mountains. Its course parallels the north-south alignment of the main structural features and has been controlled by them. In contrast to this longitudinal type, many of the valleys of the Rocky mountains cut through the mountain ridges. These transverse valleys antedate the formation of the mountains and have been able to maintain their courses by excavating their valleys as fast as the mountain barriers rose. Upper Elk valley extends roughly from the junction of Elk and Fording rivers, 8 miles south of 50 degrees north latitude, to its head. Fording river, a tributary of the Elk from the east, runs southward in the same Cretaceous trough as the Elk. It parallels the Elk at a distance of from 3 to 5 miles for 30 miles and is separated from it by a ridge of mountains, the Green Hills, which rise in places 3,000 feet above Elk valley. 64 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 At the junction of Fording and Elk rivers the coal-bearing rocks have been completely removed by erosion and the valley bottom for several miles is occupied by the shales and sandstones which at other places separate the coal-bearing series from the Palaeozoic limestones. To the south is the Crowsnest coal-field which forms part of the same syncline as Upper Elk Valley basin. The Crows- nest coal-field has been described by McEvoy^ and by Leach .^ The coal of Upper Elk valley is similar to that of the Crowsnest coal-field, mined at Michel and Fernie. It is bituminous and is in general a good steam and coking coal. It occurs interbedded with sandstone and shales and the series as a whole is referred to the Kootenay formation. The thickness of the formation in the Green Hills is approximately 3,500 feet. This is much greater than that reported for the same formation in other areas, but coal seams occur at intervals throughout the series and the conglomerate which separates the formation from the overlying formation in other areas was not seen here. Between the rocks of the Kootenay formation and the Palaeozoic limestones there is a series of shales, sandstones, and calcareous beds which are referred to the Fernie formation (Jurassic), on account of their similar stratigraphic position and lithologic characteristics to the rocks of the Fernie formation in the Crowsnest district. The following descriptions briefly set forth the information obtained con- cerning the coal. On ascending Elk valley the first coal seen is in the Green Hills about 8 miles north of 50 degrees north latitude. The Green Hills ridge here rises 3,000 feet above the valley of the Elk. The first 1,500 feet is tree and soil covered, but above this shales, sandstones, and coal outcrop to the top of the ridge. The strata dip 35 degrees east, being on the west arm of the main syncline. Several coal seams of workable thickness outcrop. A section measured here by Leach shows 89 • 5 feet of coal in twelve seams.^ The rocks strike with the trend of the ridge and can be seen outcropping for several miles to the north. Lying between Green Hills ridge and Fording river are some lower hills of Palaeozoic limestone at the north end of the Wisukitshak range, a spur from the main range of the Rocky mountains. The structural relations of this limestone with the Kootenay rocks is not definitely known but it appears that the main syncline of Elk valley is broken by a hinge fault which dies out to the north and the limestone has been forced up east of the Green Hills ridge. East of the limestone the Kootenay rocks appear again in a minor syncline which unites with the main syncline to the north. The next coal outcrops seen are about 7 miles tarther north at what is locally known as Canadian Pacific Railway headquarters camp. Two coal seams, 10 and 15 feet in thickness, separated by 125 feet of sandstones and shales, outcrop on the west slope of the Green Hills just east of the wagon road, and prospect tunnels have been driven on them. The rocks dip 20 degrees northeast and are like those farther south on the west arm of the main syncline. For the next few miles to the north no coal outcrops were seen. The valley gradually cuts across the trough of the main syncline at the north end of Green Hills ridge and at Aldridge creek, a tributary from the east, another^ ridge of hills formed of the rocks of the east arm of the syncline is met. This ridge connects with the hills on the east side of the Fording farther south and to the north dies out in about 6 miles. Where Aldridge creek cuts across the strata a number of coal seams are exposed and prospect tunnels have been driven on six seams. Owing to the caved condition of the workings exact widths of seams were not obtained, but the com- bined thickness of the six seams is not less than 50 feet. One seam is at least 1 McEvoy. Jas., G€ol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1900, pp. 85-95. » Leach, W. W., Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept.. 1901, pp. 69-81. •Leach. W. W., Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1901. p. 71. SUMMARY REPORT 65 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 15 feet thick. The strata dip 35 to 50 degrees west and can be seen outcropping on the ridges north and south of Aldridge creek to heights of at least 2,000 feet. Two and one-half miles north of Aldridge creek at what is known as Weary Creek camp a tunnel has been driven across the same measures and is reported to cross seven workable coal seams with an average width of 9 feet. One seam at the surface shows 15 feet of coal. The strata here dip 45 degrees west. Opposite Weary Creek camp on the west side of the Elk river the coal meas- sures are well exposed on Bleasdell creek. The rocks, here on the west arm of the main syncline, have been overturned and dip 55 to 70 degrees west. About twenty seams of coal, varying in width from a few inches to 30 feet, are exposed. Several of these are of workable thickness. They can Ipe seen only in the gorge of Bleasdell creek and cannot be traced on the wooded ridges to the north or south. North of Weary creek the valley narrows and for the last 12 miles before the summit is reached the limestone mountains rise steeply on both sides. The valley bottom is occupied by forest and swamps and very few outcrops of the Cretaceous rocks occur. A very thick coal seam was reported to occur along the river 5| miles north of Weary creek, but was not seen. At the summit the valley has lost its synclinal structure. The Cretaceous rocks have not been upturned where the Palaeozoic rocks have been faulted over them to the west. The structural valley, however, continues northward and is occupied beyond the summit by the head- waters of Kananaskis river, a northward flowing stream. Just north of the divide an 11-foot seam of coal is reported by Dowling.* On ascending Fording river the first coal seen is at Ewin creek, a tributary from the east 12| miles north of the junction of Fording and Elk rivers. Here on the south side of Ewin creek the Imperial Coal and Coke Company has driven tunnels on six coal seams, three of which are more than 10 feet thick. Prospect pits on the hills about indicate several more seams. These seams lie on the east arm of the syncline between the north end of the Wisukitshak range and the main range of the Rocky mountains. They were not followed southward, but to the north they follow the ridge east of the Fording for 13 miles, then cross the Fording about one mile north of Henretta creek and connect with the coal on Aldridge creek, previously described. Prospect tunnels have been driven on three seams where they cross Fording river, but were so badly caved that thicknesses could not be measured. These observations were made during a hurried trip through the valley. There were no prospectors in the field from whom guiding information could have been obtained and most of the time was spent along the main trails and about the easily reached prospects. It is felt that for this reason the information fails to give a true estimate of the importance of the coal field or the probable amount of coal reserve. It has been shown, however, that practically the whole of Upper Elk valley is occupied by a coal basin and that the thickness of work- able coal is large. An estimate made from statements of the thickness of seams supplied by private companies places the probable coal reserve at 12,941,000,000 metric tons.^ This estimate is based on the reserve in 134 square miles and on aggregate thicknesses of coal seams ranging from 6 to 182 feet. The mining of this coal will be accompanied by no serious difficulties. The methods employed on the pitching seams of the Crowsnest district can be applied here. The valleys of Elk and Fording rivers offer easy routes for railways and connexions can be made with the Canadian Pacific and Great Northern railways at Michel or with the main line of the Canadian Pacific railway to the north. 1 Dowling, D. B., Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1905, p. 61. * The Coal resources of the world, vol. 2, p. 500. Morang and Company Limited, Toronto, 1913. Dowling, D. B., Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 59, p. 121. 66 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 At present a good wagon road leads from Michel up Elk river to Weary Creek camp, a distance of approximately 45 miles, and the other parts of the district can be reached by pack trail. RECONNAISSANCE ON GREAT SLAVE LAKE, NORTH WEST TERRITORIES. {A. E. Cameron.) The field season of 1916 was spent in making a general reconnaissance survey of the west arm of Great Slave lake. The party left Peace River crossing on June 3 in two canoes and travelling by Peace and Slave rivers reached Resolution on Great Slave lake on June 25. -A month was spent, from June 25 to July 25, on a geological reconnaissance of the south shore as far west as Hay river. Dur- ing this time two side trips were made, one to a lead-zinc deposit situated 10 miles inland south of Pine point, and the other a trip of 45 miles up Hay river to Alex- andra falls. The remainder of July was spent in a traverse of the lower end of the lake from Hay river to the head of Mackenzie river and back along the north shore to Windy point. A micrometer survey of the north shore eastward from Windy point was commenced on August 1, and the traverse was closed at Hardisty island on August 25, approximately 100 rrriles of shore-line having been mapped. The north arm of the lake was crossed on August 26 and the journey back to Resolution continued under the shelter of the numerous islands of the northeast shore. Resolution was reached on September 6 and on the 10th the journey up river was commenced, Edmonton being reached just one month later. As a basis for the work on the south shore W. Ogilvie's map of that shore was used. As stated above the party made its own survey of the north shore, and for the return journey to Resolution a copy of J. M. Bell's map of the north arm was obtained from Charles Camsell when he visited the party in August. G. L. Kidd acted as assistant and rendered most efficient service. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The writer wishes here to acknowledge his appreciation of the many kind- nesses which he received at the hands of all with whom he came in contact during the work; to Mr. A. J. Vale and his assistants in the Anglican mission school at Hay river; to the Hudson's Bay Company's agents at the various posts visited; and particularly to the Forestry Branch of the Department of the Interior who allowed the party the use of their fire patrol steamers on the Slave and Atha- baska rivers, thus eliminating the arduous trip of some 600 miles up those rivers to McMurray. PREVIOUS WORK. In 1886 R. G. McConnell made a traverse of the south shore of the lake from Resolution to Mackenzie river and the north shore as far east as the tar springs on Windy point. He also made a trip up Hay river to Alexandra falls. In 1899 J. M. Bell surveyed the northeastern shore of north arm and the islands Lying between it and the south shore. Charles Camsell made a trip to the lead- zinc deposit situated south of Pine point in the course of his trip from lake Atha- baska to Great Slave lake by Talston river in 1914. With the exception of the reports of these men no extensive geological in- formation on this district has been available, though practically all of the earlier SUMMARY REPORT , 67 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 explorers of the north country, Hearne, MacKenzie, Franklin, Richardson, Back, and others traversed portions of the lake in their journeyings. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. The west arm of Great Slave lake is underlain by fiat-lying Palaeozoic sedi- ments, probably largely middle Devonian in age, though possibly both lower and upper Devonian may be represented. Fossils are numerous and a considerable collection was obtained, but until these are determined no definite stratigraphic correlation can be made. Fossils collected in 1914 by Camsell at Resolution and Pine point were middle Devonian fauna equivalent to the Hamilton forma- tion of Ontario and the Elk Point formation of Manitoba. The Pine Point col- lection represented a somewhat younger stratum than that at Resolution. , A collection of fossils made by R. G. McConnell from the shales on Hay river and determined by J. F. Whiteaves was said to be very suggestive of the Cuboides zone of European writers and the TuUy limestones of New York. This would place the Hay River section as at the base of the upper Devonian. West of Resolution no igneous intrusions were encountered nor was there observable, except in the vicinity of Pine point, any definite structure. The shore of the lake is quite low lying and rock outcrops, which are not numerous, are confined almost entirely to the more pronounced points which jut out into the lake, and to the larger islands. On the south shore rock outcrops usually occur as low shelves running up from the lake, showing few, if any, cut cliffs but frequently exhibiting a warping of the strata into small domes 100 to 200 feet in diameter and with dips seldom exceeding 5 degrees. Along the north shore bold, wave-cut cliffs 10 to 30 feet high are common. These occur at altitudes varying from 10 to 100 feet above the present lake-level and frequently at dis- tances up to a mile and more inland. Numerous old lake beach ridges consisting of angular and subangular fragments of limestone also occur. At some points as many as forty of these old beaches were counted, the highest one being found at an elevation of 120 feet (aneroid) above the present lake-level. Remnants of similar lake terraces were found on the south shore at elevations of 250 feet (aneroid) and some 6 miles inland. These clearly indicate that in post-Glacial times the lake covered a much wider stretch of country than at present. On the north shore, where the limestones do outcrop at water-level, they form shelves similar to those found on the south, shore and almost invariably show the small domes observed on the south shore. In the vicinity of Pine point a low anticline with gently dipping limbs is clearly evident. It has a general strike of north 58 degrees west (astronomical) the apex being about one-quarter of a mile east of the point itself. On the west- ern limb of the anticline are developed a number of the small domes already referred to as characteristic of rock outcrops on the lake shore. Economic Geology. A small deposit of lead and zinc occurs in a coarsely crystalline cavernous dolomite some 10 miles south of Pine point. A number of claims have been staked in the vicinity and a certain amount of prospecting work done, some of it in 1914. Since the galena is non-argentiferous the deposit does not seem to be of great value. Copper staining is abundant in the Pre-Cambrian rocks on the northeast shore, but no workable deposits of this mineral were noted. Practically all the rocks outcropping along the shore of the lake are more or less bituminous. On the islands east of Pine point coarse-textured, caver- 68 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 nous, and coraliferous limestones hold in the cavities appreciable quantities of pure bitumen. At Presqu'lle point the limestones on fracture show a porous texture and the pores are frequently full of heavy petroleum. At Windy point on the north shore a massive-bedded dolomite carries considerable quantities of heavy petroleum. This seeps to the surface through fissures and along the bedding planes and losing its volatile matter forms tar pools. Numerous cold water sulphur springs accompany the oil seepage. There is no evidence of gas. The whole of Windy point has been staked in recent years for petroleum and natural gas. To the north of Sulphur bay similar dolomites with petroleum seepages and sulphur springs occur. The bluish green shales on Hay river jveather readily to a very plastic bluish clay which is used by the natives at Hay River post as a wall wash for their houses. It appears to contain considerable quantities of lime but may be of value for the manufacture of common brick. At Gypsum point at the entrance to the north arm the red arenaceous lime- stones carry beds of a flesh-coloured gypsum some 2 to 5 inches thick. PHYSIOGRAPHY. South Shore. The south shore from Stony island as far west as Little Buffalo river is formed of delta deposits from Slave river. These deposits extend as far south as Fort Smith are typical cross-bedded sands and silts of fluvial origin. An abundant growth of excellent spruce covers portions of these deposits. At Resolution a low range of hills rises above the silts and is continued west into the lake as Mission and Moose islands, and still farther west as the Burnt islands. These were apparently islands in the older and much larger Great Slave lake, and have slowly been enclosed by the delta deposits of the river. They are typical roches moutonnees. Little Buffalo river marks the western limit of the delta deposits and from there the shore-line is characterized by a series of wide shallow bays, the points between which are usually formed of thin-bedded bituminous limestones and calcareous shales. Inland the ground rises gently until at a distance of some 10 miles south it reaches an elevation of 300 feet above the present lake-level. This slope is well wooded with spruce, jack-pine, poplar, and willow and carries numer- ous, well developed, old lake beaches which, extending in long gentle curves, tend to follow the outline of the present lake shore. These beaches are formed of angular and sub-angular fragments of limestone indicating that the under- lying sediments are not far from the surface, though no exposure was found. A limestone shingle beach is developed in all cases where on the lake shore the rocks outcrop close to water-level. The shore at the heads of the bays is usually low and sandy and invariably carries numerous Pre-Cambrian erratics of various sizes. West of a line drawn Trom Hay river on the south to Slave point on the north, the shores of the lake are formed presumably of soft shales, and the adjacent land is low lying and swampy. Long stretches of spruce and tamarac muskegs reach inland from the lake. These are bounded on the south by the Eagle mountains but the northern limit is not visible from the lake. Along the entire shore-line of this region Pre-Cambrian erratics are especially abundant and frequently are a source of danger to navigation as in places they occur some distance out from the shore. SUMMARY REPORT 69 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 The country lying to the south of the lake is well drained by a number of streams, the more important of which are Buffalo and Hay rivers. These streams together with Beaver river, which enters the Mackenzie a short distance below Great Slave lake, drain the country lying between Slave river on the east, Liard river on the west, and Peace river on the south. Where they cut across the lime- stones the rivers are broken by falls or series of rapids. Alexandra falls on Hay river are of particular beauty. The only geological section of importance ob- served during the season's work was measured at the falls and in the gorge below. North Shore. From Slave point the shore of the lake extends north for a distance of about 40 miles, thence east for 25 miles, and thence swings in a wide circle to the north arm. The entire shore-line shows clearly the effects of excessive glacial action. Many deep narrow bays stretch inland approximately parallel to one another in a direction about south 60 degrees west (magnetic) or north 80 degrees west (astronomical). That this direction is parallel to the glacial movement is shown by well marked striae on Windy point. The heads of the bays are usually low and swampy, as they are on the south shore and hold many Pre-Cambrian erratics. Wide marshy regions, in many cases containing large open sloughs, stretch inland from the bays. On the broader points, rock outcrops occur as bold wave-cut cliffs 25 feet high, having a general direction north-south (astronomical) or approximately at right angles to the direction of glacial movement. On the narrow points few rock outcrops occur but the abundance of limestone shingle shows that bedrock is not far from the surface. Large Pre-Cambrian erratics occur on all the points. Some of the erratics are undoubtedly of glacial origin, but many are probably ice rafted. Distinct barrier beaches of limestone shingle are developed wherever the bedrock outcrops at water-level. Many of these, extending in long gentle curves, enclose shallow, partially filled lagoons. The inland country is of low relief but is characterized by numerous long narrow hills rising some 100 to 150 feet above the lake level. These are typical roches moutonnees and show steep, wave-cut cliffs on the eastern ends. The low ground among the hills is a spruce and tamarack muskeg with an elevation only slightly above that of the lake. One of the pronounced features of this region is the absence of drainage towards the lake. Throughout the entire 100 miles of shore-line examined no stream of any importance was found entering the lake. Northeastern Shore. The north arm marks the contact of the Pre-Cambrian rocks on the east and the Palaeozoic sediments on the west. Consequently, the northeast shore, which is formed of the Pre-Cambrian rocks, has a character entirely different from the others. There the shore is rocky throughout and for a great part barren of vegetation except in the hollows. Boldly carved and rounded hills of igneous and metamorphic rocks break off abruptly at the lake, and off shore are numer- ous irregularly shaped rocky islands. The shore is deeply indented with many narrow bays and inlets which are usually deep and afford excellent harbourage for small crafts. The eastern arm of the lake, stretching some 200 miles from the mouth of Slave river, is surrounded by Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Laurentian shield. It is reported to be full of islands and to show no large expanse of water comparable No. 26—6 70 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V. A. 1917 to the west arm. The water is said to be very deep and clear and abounds in fish. Lake trout {Salvelinus namaycush), many of them attaining weights of over fifty pounds, are especially abundant. The western arm is slowly being filled up by the material brought down by Slave river. Though this arm is a very larg6 expanse of open water and free from islands beyond 10 miles from shore, it is everywhere shallow and sand or gravel bars are reported to occur many miles out. The water is never entirely clear of suspended matter and sand and gravel. bars covered with water barely 5 feet deep occur at distances of 2 miles or more from shore. The prevailing winds being from the north, immense quantities of driftwood have collected all along the south shore. Piles of this material 50 and more feet wide and several feet high extend for many miles along the beaches. This arm of the lake also is well supplied with fish, the most abundant of which is white fish (Coregonus clupeiformis) . There are also lake trout {Salve- linus namaycush), inconnu {Stenodus mackenzii), pike {Esox lucius), sucker {Catostomus longirostris) , and others of less importance. s GENERAL GEOLOGY. No definite correlation can be made betw^een the rocks of the south and north shores until the fossils collected have been determined, but from litho- logical evidence it would seem as though the limestones and dolomites occurring at Windy point lie intermediate between the soft shales of the Hay River section and the limestones found at Sulphur point. At the lead-zinc deposit situated south of Pine point the country rock is a fissured, porous, and cavernous dolo- mite which conforms lithologically with the tar-bearing dolomites of Windy point. This is the only case where even a tentative correlation can be suggested. For the most part the sediments found on the south shore, the Hay River section, and on the north shore all have points of marked similarity and of marked differ- ence. They are all thin-bedded shaly limestones of similar texture and litho- logical character, and are usually more or less bituminous. The more bitu- minous beds are invariably those which contain more abundant fossils. This fact holds particularly in those cases where the typical fossils are corals or bry- ozoa. Throughout the entire field area, except In the vicinity of Pine point, no definite structure section was obtainable. A general dip to the west at an angle of about 3 degrees appears to hold over all the area. Wherever outcrops occur at water-level or near it a warping of the strata into small local domes is evident. These have diameters of from 100 to 200 feet and have dips seldom exceeding 5 degrees. In a few cases where these shelving outcrops occur soundings were taken at some distance from the shore, and it was found that the shelves break ofT into deeper water forming submerged clifTs similar to those found above water- level on the north shore. Moreover, it was found that in all cases where the thin-bedded limestones outcrop at water-level the dip of the strata is apparently towards the lake. The domes may have been formed by the transformation of anhydrite beds at depth into gypsum with the consequent increase in volume. This theory is supported in several cases, particularly those at Sulphur point on the south shore and on Windy point on the north shore, by the presence of large sulphur springs in the vicinity, though in no case was a spring actually found on one of the domes. Description of Outcrops. Resolution. On Mission and Moose islands and in the vicinity of Resolution the shore is characterized by much limestone shingle and in numerous places the SUMMARY REPORT 71 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 limestone itself is uncovered. Where exposed it consists of white to grey weath- ering, fine-grained, dark grey, thin-bedded limestones. Fossils are not numerous but the rocks weather with a very irregularly pitted surface as though fossils had weathered out. Some of the beds, which are from 2 to 3 inches thick, are even- textured but usually they are mottled in appearance and made up of light grey, fine-grained portions and dark grey coarser-grained portions. Very little bitu- men appears to be present. The beds lie practically horizontal and the thickness of strata exposed is not great. In nearly all cases the outcrops show decided evidence of local doming. The crests of the domes are badly fractured and fis- sured and the fissures are filled with a clear white calcite. Vicinity of Little Buffalo River. A continuous sand beach without outcrops of the solid rocks extends from Resolution to the mouth of Little Buffalo river and the inland country is undoubtedly formed of the delta deposits of Slave river. The shore west from Little Buffalo river is a continuous limestone shingle beach for a distance of 4 to 6 miles. In a number of places the lake ice has shoved back the overlying shingle and exposed the bedrock beneath. The limestones here are white weathering, fine textured, and thin-bedded; the beds are from 4 to 5 inches thick and are usual ly reddish brown in colour. They con- tain more fossils and appear to be more bituminous than those about Resolution. The surface beds are much fractured by frost and wave action and in some cases are fissured with veinlets of calcite. Local doming is frequent but a general dip of 1 or 2 degrees to the west is noticeable. Numerous alkaline and iron bearing springs, which stain the shingle a dark red colour along this section, appear to have their origin from the same stratum. The water of the springs tastes strongly of iron and alkali salts but contains no appreciable amount of sulphur. A flat-topped hill about 200 feet high, situated inland 1| miles, and about 7 miles southeast of Pine point, is capped by a heavy-bedded, soft, yellow, calcareous sandstone. The weathered surface has a white to grey colour and is greatly pitted. No determinable fossils were collected, though in one or two cases the outline of a tightly coiled gasteropod was noted. A maximum dip of 3 degrees to the west was measured. At no other point in the district examined during the summer was there noted a rock similar to this. Pine Point. In the vicinity of Pine point there is definite anticlinal structure and it was -found possible to compile a geological section of the rocks exposed. Blue-grey weathering, hard, calcareous shales and thin-bedded limestones pre- dominate. All are highly bituminous and fossiliferous. On the islands to the east of the point similar sediments outcrop at various places. These islands seem to have been formed by the doming up of the under- lying rocks and the beds exposed are apparently lower than those found on Pine point, though probably of the same series. A tentative correlation was made between the lowest beds exposed in the anticline and the uppermost beds exposed on the islands. The rocks are thin-bedded bituminous limestones, highly fossil- iferous, and in some cases in the more massive beds a porous cavernous structure was found, the cavities being filled with bitumen. The following sections ex- posed on Pine point and the islands to the east were measured : Section at Pine Point. Thickness Feet Inches Thin-bedded limestone 8 Fossiliferous and bituminous shale 8 Dark brown, oily shale 1 Thin-bedded limestone 4 Concretionary bituminous, calcareous shale 6 White weathering limestone, nodules in dark shales, all bituminous 2 No. 26— 6J 72 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Section on the Islands East oj Pine Point. 7GE0RGEV, A. 1917 Thickness Feet Inches White weathering limestone, nodules in dark shale, all bituminous 4 Dark hard shales, limestone bands 1 2 Limestone breccia in shale 4 Thin-bedded bituminous limestone 1 6 Dark bituminous shale 10 Argillaceous limestone, bituminous 1 2 Interbedded bituminous shales and limestones 1 6 Massive limestone, hard, bituminous 1 8 Dark bituminous shale 4 Massive limestone, fine textured, hard, cavities with bitumen 6 6 ^^ Dark bituminous hard shales 1 Presqulle Point. On Presqu'Ue point limestones that are in a general way similar to those found about Pine point are exposed wherever the action of lake ice and waves has removed the overlying shingle. The limestones are in heavier beds than those of Pine point and are all highly fossiliferous, the fossils weather- ing out readily and being in a good state of preservation. Some of the beds on fracture show a porous structure and give a seepage of heavy petroleum. Sulphur Point. At Sulphur point a wave-cut cliff about 10 feet high is made up of thin-bedded limestones and calcareous shales generally similar to those found in the vicinity of Resolution and Little Buffalo river and like them, carrying few fossils and only slightly bituminous. No definite dip to the strata was obtained but many local domes are present. On the west side of the point there is a very large sulphur spring. From Sulphur point west no outcrops were noted on the south shore, though most of the points show limestone shingle beaches. Hay River Section. The deep valley of Hay river between Alexandra falls and the lake, gave the only geological section of any great thickness encountered during the work. This section was studied in some detail. The geological section which follows has been compiled from sections taken at various places on the river. Hay River Section. Thickness Feet Massive arenaceous limestone 30 Thick and thin-bedded limestones, shaly bands with fossils, very fine-grained, grey 62 • Coraliferous limestone, bituminous 16 Red-brown, medium-grained limestone 12 Blue-grey shale 5 Reddish sandstone, ripple marked 7 Blue-grey, soft shales 47 Massive, red-brown limestone 8 Shaly limestone, many fossils 12 Thin-bedded brown limestone 21 Blue-green, clay shales, limestone layers with many fossils 42 Highly fossiliferous limestone 20 Blue-green, clay shale 15 Flaggy sandstone, shaly layers with ripple-marks and worms 14 Fossiliferous limestone 8 Blue grey clay shale 28 Thin-bedded, fossiliferous limestone 8 Blue-green clay shales, limestone bands with fossils. . . . 105 Thin-bedded limestone, fossils 8 Blue-green clay shales 10 Sandstone, ripple-marks and worms 12 Blue-green, clay shales, limestone bands with fossils 90 (aneroid) Thin-bedded limestone, shaly, argillaceous 25 Blue-green clay shales, bottom not exposed 605 SUMMARY REPORT 73 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 The top of the section as exposed at the Alexandra falls shows 120 feet of thick and thin-bedded cream weathering limestones. Fresh fracture shows a light brown to grey colour and a fine texture. Between the more massive beds occur thin calcareous shale bands usually more fossiliferous than the limestone. Twelve feet from the bottom of these limestones occurs a series of massive bedded highly coraliferous and bituminous white weathering limestone 16 feet thick. This is the only series of beds which shows any bitumen in the Hay River section. Below the limestones are 5 feet of a blue grey shale, then 7 feet of a reddish, ripple-marked and wormy sandstone, and then 47 feet of a blue grey shale as above. This superposition of hard limestone on soft shale has produced Alex- andra falls and a similar succession of sediments is the cause of the lower falls. A limestone series 41 feet thick occurs below the blue-grey shales and this is underlain by about 400 feet of a very soft bluish-green coloured shale containing thin layers of highly fossiliferous limestones and cross-bedded and ripple-marked sandstones. The layers vary in thickness from a few inches to 20 or more feet and are more numerous towards the top of the shales. No fossils were found in the shales themselves but those in the limestone bands weather out readily and become intimately mixed with the shales in the talus slopes. The bottom of the section is not exposed and it would appear as though that portion of the lake basin lying to the west of Hay river has been carved out of these soft shales. Slave Point. On the east shore of Slave point flat-lying, thin-bedded lime- stones outcrop, apparently dipping slightly toward the lake. The beds are from 2 to 5 inches thick and a maximum section of less than 2 feet is exposed. They consist of a white weathering, fine textured, grey, shaly limestone. Fossils are fairly abundant and the limestome is quite bituminous. At one place a small sulphur spring was noted and the interior of the point contains a large, open, gravel and clay area, apparently the basin of a large alkaline sulphur spring now dried up. Large quantities of decayed and salt encrusted timber are scattered about this area, many pieces having the yellowish tinge of sulphur. A peculiar feature of this region is the apparently rapid disintegration of the Pre-Cambrian erratics which are abundant in the old spring bed. Decayed and rotten granite boulders are very numerous. Windy Point. The southeastern shore of Windy point is characterized by wide limestone shingle barrier beaches. At the southeastern extremity of the point a wave-cut cliff 15 feet high begins and extends north in a straight line for some 3 miles. Just opposite the easternmost portion of the point the cliff is about one-half a mile inland and between it and the lake shore are the remnants of numerous old lake beaches of limestone shingle. Above the cliff the ground rises in a uniform slope to a height of about 100 feet and extends as a flat tableland into the interior. This slope also shows many old lake beaches; from the top of the hill to the shore forty-one were counted. The sediments exposed in the clifif are medium to thin-bedded, cream weather- ing limestones and calcareous shales. Fresh fracture shows red to brown colours and a medium grain. Practically all the beds are highly fossiliferous and bitu- minous. A vein of calcite averaging 2 inches in width contained appreciable quantities of coarsely crystallized galena. The northeast portion of the point is composed of a porous and cavernous dolomite or magnesian limestone. The dolomites are badly fractured and fissured and along the fissures and "between the bedding planes numerous seepages of petroleum occur, accompanied by large sulphur springs. Fresh fracture shows a dark brown, crystalline, bituminous, magnesian limestone changing to a white coarsely crystallized dolomite. Cavities are common and are invariably lined with curved rhombohedral crystals of dolomite. The cavities are usually 74 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 filled with heavy petroleum. Fossils are rare but the lower beds contain a few tightly coiled gastropods. The petroleum seepages occur most abundantly in the vicinity of this fossil horizon. Sulphur Bay. Sulphur bay, a deep, narrow mouthed bay lying to the north of Windy point, has at various places on its shore outcrops of petroleum-bearing dolomites identical with those of Windy point. Strong flowing sulphur springs are quite abundant. A range of hills some 250 feet high, rising from the shore at the north side of the bay, is formed of the dolomites. Some of the beds contain bryozoa and brachiopods similar to those found in the thin-bedded limestone on the south end of Windy point. Tar springs comparable in size to those of Windy point were found at an elevation of 200 feet above the lake and inland about a mile. A well-cut sleigh trail runs over this range of hills to a small lake about 5 or 6 miles inland. Sulphur Bay to Gypsum Point. East from Sulphur bay thin-bedded lime- stones outcrop practically wherever a point extends eastward into the lake. The beds which are covered with limestone shingle, are flat-lying and usually characterized by small local domes similar to those found on the south shore. Wave-cut cliffs are frequent though usually at varying elevations above the pres- ent lake-level. Where exposed the sediments are thin-bedded, shaly limestones, highly fossiliferous and generally more or less bituminous. Corals, bryozoa, and brachicpods are the principal fossils and the limestones are usually more bitu- minous where corals predominate. Gypsum Point. At Gypsum point and along the southwest shore of the north arm, red coloured thin-bedded calcareous sandstones and arenaceous limestones, ripple-marked and cross bedded, outcrop in various places and hold, between the bedding planes, thin seams of flesh-coloured gypsum. Some of the gypsum is well crystallized into long satinspar crystals and shows distinct evi- dence of deposition from solution. No fossils were obtained from these beds. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. Petroleum. Almost all the limestones outcropping on the lake shore are more or less bituminous and some on fracture give a distinct seepage of heavy petroleum. At Windy point a massive-bedded dolomite is exposed which is highly im- pregnated with oil. Several tar pools are formed where this oil, on reaching the surface, has lost its more volatile constituents, partly by evaporation and partly by absorption by the mosses and soil. Wherever seepages occur on bare rock, oil pools collect in the hollows and crevices. The dolomite is white or grey weathering and coarsely crystalline. Fresh fracture shows a cavernous and porous structure, the cavities usually holding considerable quantities of oil. In places it has the appearance of a mixture of a dark brown, bituminous crystalline, magnesian limestone, and a more coarsely crystallized white dolomite. The rocks are badly fractured and fissured and show distinct evidence of local doming, similar to that so frequently found oh the south shore. The tar and oil pools occur along these fissures and along the bedding planes. Cold water sulphur springs are numerous, being especially abundant just at water-level. With regard to rock structure little can be said. As already noted there is evidence of a considerable number of small domes but, other than these, no definite structure was noted. The sediments outcropping in the clifif at the southern extremity of the point, show, at the base, a flat-lying, thin-bedded, fine-textured grey limestone and similar beds appear to be directly below the dolomites. SUMMARY REPORT 75 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 There is nothing to show that a decided break occurs in the strata between the limestones in the cliff and the dolomites. With regard to the possibilities of the existence of an oil field of ^ considerable extent here the following notes are of interest. "There are four necessary geological features that an oil field must have before it can become productive: (1). A supply of liquid oil of sufficiently low viscosity to flow through the pores and cracks of the oil sand at the temperatures obtaining where the oil is found. (2). A container, porous in itself, as in the case of a sandstone, or made so by fracturing or other changes as in a shale, limestone, chert, or dolomite. (3). An impervious capping over the container, imprisoning the oil until it is released by the drill. The capping is usually a shale. (4). A rock structure favourable for the accumulation of the oil in reservoirs from which it may be obtained when tapped by a drill." So far as could be found, at no place on the lake, with the possible exception of Pine point, were all these conditions fulfilled. At Windy point there is ap- parently oil and the dolomites would act as a container. On the other hand no impervious capping overlies the dolomites, and the structure as exposed on the surface does not seem favourable. It is, however, possible that a suitable cap- ping may occur at depth and the small domes noted may be only the very tops of more pronounced domes lower down. A possible explanation of the oil seepages on Windy point is as follows: The sulphur-bearing waters rising from below carry considerable quantities of calcium and magnesium salts and percolating through the overlying thin- bedded limestones change them to crystalline magnesian limestones and dolomites. In the process the bitumen is set free and forced either into the cavities formed in the dolomites or through the fissures, developed during dolomitization, to the surface to form the tar and oil pools. The field facts upholding this explanation are: Certain portions of the beds are not yet completely changed to dolomite but are made up of a coarsely crystalline, white dolomite mixed with a more finely crystallized, dark brown bituminous, magnesian limestone. No distinct line of separation exists between the two phases but there is a gradation of one into the other. In places the outlines of fossil remnants are distinctly visible. In the neigh- bourhood of Sulphur bay to the north of Windy point similar dolomites occur and there distinct fossils are numerous, though they show a partial recrystalli- zation into curved rhombohedral crystals of dolomite. A partial qualitative analysis of salt encrustations from the vicinity of one of the large sulphur springs in Sulphur bay gave abundant sulphate and carbonate salts, principally of calcium but with an appreciable amount of magnesium. No natural gas accompanies the oil, A sample of the oil from Windy point, collected by Mr. Camsell, on analysis by E, Stansfield of the Mines Branch, gave the following results: Specific gravity crude oil at 15 -SX. 0-957. Preliminary distillation of 203-7 grams crude gave 122-2 grams oil distillate of 0-888 sp. gravity. This is 60 per cent by weight or 64-5 per cent by volume of the crude oil. Fractional distillation, Engler apparatus of 100 c.c. oil distillate taken gave 1st drop at 178" C,, at 178° to 300°C, gave illuminating oil, etc. 23 per cent by vol., 0-855 sp. gr., equiva- lent to 14-9 per cent by vol. crude oil. Residue, lubricating oils, etc., 77-0 per cent by vol., equivalent to 49'6 per cent by vol. of crude oil. Calorific value of crude oil, 10,040 gram calories. 18,070 B. T. U. per pound. Sulphur in crude oil, 1-0 per cent. 76 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Lead-Zinc Deposits. About 10 miles south of Pine point and at an elevation of about 250 feet above the lake, a flat-lying crystalline dolomite outcrops in places over an area of several square miles. The dolomite is grey weathering, white, and quite coarse- ly crystalline. Fresh fracture shows a porous structure and many cavities in which typical curved rhombohedral crystals of dolomite occur. Large sink holes 10 tf) 20 feet deep and as much as 200 feet in length are numerous. At one place a slight folding of the strata into a broad anticline is developed. The western limb only is exposed and has a dip of 5 degrees to the west and a strike of north 20 degrees east (magnetic). The crest of the fold is badly frac- tured and fissured and there the dolomites are impregnated with considerable quantities of galena and some sphalerite. Exceptionally large sink holes occur just to the east of the crest and expose shallow sections of the dolomites. The general structure shows a massive bedded dolomite. Along the bedding planes of this dolomite the mineralizing solutions have percolated and impreg- nated the overlying beds. In some cases the galena is evenly dissiminated throughout the bed but usually is most abundant in the lower 18 or 20 inches. Some of the beds are more highly impregnated than others. Associated minerals are a very light coloured sphalerite and some small amounts of pyrite. Spha- lerite seems to increase at depth. A considerable number of claims have been staked in the vicinity and some prospecting work done, though very little in recent years. The prospect pits are all now badly caved so that no data were obtainable from them. The mineralized area appears to be small and confined to the anticline where fissuring has allowed the mineralizing solutions access to the dolomites. Since the galena is non-argentiferous the value of the deposit does not seem very great. INVESTIGATIONS FOR COAL, OIL, GAS, AND ARTESIAN WATER IN WESTERN CANADA. {D. B. Dowling.) COAL. Alberta. The locations of new areas in which coal mines have been opened in Alberta during the past year seem to have been determined by the advance of railway construction. The settlement of the Grande-Prairie district has been followed by the opening of seven small mines, evidently to supply coal for local consumption. The total output of the mines in the province has been greatly increased and the larger mines in the mountain and foothill areas have resumed work on as large a scale as labour conditions permit. In the general work of exploration or tracing out new areas, our efforts have been resumed in the foot- hills north of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway. It may be said that more or less definite information is already at hand or published concerning the location of ihe principal coal fields from the International Boundary to Athabaska river. From there north to Sheep creek, a branch of Smoky river, John MacVicar has traced portions of three folds or basins of the coal-bearing series and has deter- mined the thickness and character of many of the coal seams found. His report on page 85, shows the great value of this new area, not only in the possible amount of coal available, butalso in the high character of the coal sampled. Several mines recently established in the edge of the mountains and connected to the markets by railways, were visited by J. S. Stewart who contributes des- SUMMARY REPORT 77 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 criptions of the measures at Nordegg, Lovett, Coalspur, and Entwistle. The last mentioned is on the main line of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway, Lovett and Coalspur are on branch lines, and Nordegg is the terminus of a branch of the Canadian Northern railway in the valley of the North Saskatchewan river. A general study of all the coal areas between Pincher Creek and Fernie is being made by Bruce Rose. This investigation is dependent on the progress made in mapping the area and will extend northward to latitude 50 degrees. A report embracing the results of a previous season's study of the geological formations of the plains of southern Alberta has been written and includes notes on the distribution of the coal areas. This report, with map illustrations, is in press and will shortly appear as Memoir No. 93. A personal visit was made to the mines opened in the valley of Red Deer river at Drumheller. Two seams of coal are being mined and, as this locality is becoming of importance, a short description of the measures is appended. The production of small coal at all the mines is probably greater than that of the mines of the coast areas. Where the coal is of a coking quality this is easily disposed of in making coke or used in run of mine coal. Where the coal is non- coking, the problem has been difficult. The anthracitic small coal at Bankhead has been successfully briquetted; but the small coal from the sub-bituminous mines of the prairie has been generally wasted. Experiments at the power stations of Edmonton, Prince Albert, and Saskatoon have demonstrated the feasibility of burning this fine coal and thereby cheapening the cost of power. It is hoped that by this means the waste will be greatly lessened. Saskatchewan. The main productive coal areas of Saskatchewan seem to be those in the southern portion of the province, although isolated seams have been found in the western part. An examination of the Wood Mountain-Willowbunch area was conducted by Bruce Rose during the seasons of 1913-1914, and a sum- mary report was published. His final report and map, giving greater detail, is now available as Memoir No. 89. The large area lying east of this, on which the only available information is contained in "Report on the Souris coal field, "^ is being investigated by A. MacLean, who spent the past season in this field and contributes a short summary report. The coal of Saskatchewan is of lower quality than that of Alberta and may be called a black lignite. It is available for immediate use in ordinary stoves but disintegrates rapidly on exposure owing to its high moisture content. To provide a stable fuel of greater value, the provincial government has carried out a series of experiments on the possibilities of drying and briquetting and of charring and briquetting. The latter process seems to be commercially success- ful, the resulting fuel being of about the grade of the coal mined at Lethbridge, Alberta. The problems to be solved are the finding of a suitable binder for the briquettes and the utilization of the surplus gases given off in the charring of the lignite. This process allows of the collection of many of the by-products of distillation and seems to open up a fruitful field of study in the way of developing industries for treating these by-products. OIL. Alberta. Boring during the past season has been confined to three widely separated areas: Sheep River area southwest of Calgary; Viking area east of Edmonton; and the area at Peace River Landing. In the Sheep River area the boring has been for the purpose of extending the area known to produce oil; thus, in the vicinity of the Dingman well from which a small amount of oil has been obtained, it, is proposed to drill another well near the northern edge of the property and near the producing well of the Southern Alberta Company. The 'Publication No. 786. 78 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 latter company have also drilled a second well. Small flows of oil have been found in the wells to the south and west of the Dingman. A more definite statement is contributed by S. E. Slipper on pages 114-117. In the Viking area, a small showing of a dark, thick, asphaltic oil was obtained in the second well put down in that district. These wells were bored primarily for natural gas ; and the oil indications though small, are interesting, but ^o not affect the general policy of boring. In the Peace River area, a well has been drilled near the banks of the river below Peace River Landing. According to newspaper report, some oil was obtained at comparatively shallow depths in the Peace River sandstones. Appar- ently the tar sands exposed on Athabaska river were not reached. NATURAL GAS. Alberta. The gas fields of the southern portion of the province form the subject of a very interesting compilation by Mr. Slipper (see pages 124-134). From a study of the general structure of the area and of the borings south of Foremost he finds that the area has much greater possibilities than formerly supposed; it may even be surmised that in the anticline which extends to the International Boundary, gas fields, possibly of greater producing value than those now proved, will be found. Of the two sandstone formations underlying the anticline the upper is exposed in Milk River valley and has become saturated for a long distance with fresh water from the river, thereby retaining the gas. The Medicine Hat natural gas is derived from this sandstone. The lower sand- stone outcrops on the sides of the Sweet Grass hills; but by intersecting dykes of igneous material the outlet which would have been formed at the outcrop has been practically closed. The gas has accumulated in the part of the section which is about 300 feet above sea-level. Below that level, salt water is present. Several tests of the gas have been made for the presence of gasoline and small amounts are reported to have been obtained by absorption in heavier oils. The value of the gas as fuel is satisfactory. Tests for the production of carbon black were made at the request of Arthur D. Little, Limited, Montreal, and the results will. probably be published by them. The presence of gas at Foremost should stimulate the manufacture there of clay products, especially as the completion of the Weyburn branch of the Canad- ian Pacific railway will give access to the fireclay deposits of the Cypress hills, which are probably capable of furnishing material for many grades of earthen- ware. Gas is still being obtained from the Dingman well on Sheep river and is used for power purposes at the wells being drilled in the vicinity. A small flow of gas has been obtained in various wells east of the Calgarv- Edmonton railway. The latest reported find is at Ponoka, in a well drilled by tne local government for the provincial asylum. Extensive preparations are being made to bore for gas on the anticline east of Edmonton. Five wells have been bored at Viking on the line of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway and fairly satis- factory results obtained, but the flow of gas is not. sufficient for a large city. The results at Viking have stimulated exploration in other parts of the district and several borings are to be started in the area to the southeast with a view to securing a supply of natural gas for the cities in Saskatchewan. A personal visit was paid to the area south of Sounding lake, where, it was reported, the underlying rocks lay in inclined positions indicating possible lines of fracture. Several of the exposures seen show that the area will require very close study to determine the structure and its possible bearing on oil and gas possibilities. The northern edge of the anticline was visited by J. S. Stewart toward the close of the field season ; but as the visit was intended to be preliminary to a general survey of the field later, no detailed report has been prepared. SUMMARY REPORT 79 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Saskatchewan. It is reported that a syndicate is now boring for gas on sec. 22, tp. 34, range 28, W. 3rd mer., and in other localities for the supplying of gas to the city of Saskatoon. Small flows of gas have been obtained in shallow wells in the Estevan district in measures known to contain coal. Owing to the some- what porous nature of the covering beds it is not expected that very large volumes of natural gas will be obtained there. A trial well has been under way at Hanley south of Saskatoon, but the results have not been reported. ARTESIAN WATER. In southern Alberta an area, in which artesian water could be obtained at reasonable depths, was outlined on a small map published in the Summary Report for 1915.^ This supply was to be found in sandstones at depths of between 700 and 800 feet and should flow at the surface. It was urged upon the depart- ment that this theoretical statement should be proved by boring in the areas within the extreme limits given. As there were in the eastern and western parts wells to sustain the theory, two wells in the central part were determined upon and contracts were given for the drilling. The locations of the wells under contract are: On road allowance between sees. 11 and 12, tp. 8, range 13, W. 4th mer. On road allowance north of sec. 19, tp. 9, range 10, W. 4th mer. , As it was late in the season when drilling started and as labour was scarce the progress of this work has been slow and the wells are not yet completed. Should they reach the artesian water-bearing sands the whole area will have been fairly satisfactorily proved. Other wells reaching the water-bearing sands of the area are the following: (1) Well drilled for the town of Taber, Alberta. Depth to water bearing strata 670 feet. Flow of water several thousand gallons per day. Slight trace of soda-bicarbonate. (2) Well on sec. 8, tp. 10, range 15, W. 4th mer. Flowing well, no record. (3) Well east of Purple Springs, sec. 16, tp. 10, range 14, W. 4th mer. Depth to water-bearing strata 655 feet. Water and gas flowing at surface in 1915. Partly clogged up in 1916, no casing at bottom. (4) Well on farm of Dase Brothers, on sec. 36, tp. 8, range 15, W. 4th mer. Reported 895 feet deep. Intermittent flow gas and water. (5) Well No. 18, Canadian Western Natural Gas, Light, Heat, and Power Company. Sec. 2, tp. 11, range 12, W. 4th mer. Water-bearing sand 730-739 feet below surface. (6) Well No. 19, Canadian Western Natural Gas, Light, Heat, and Power Company. Sec. 25, tp. 10, range 12, W. 4th mer. Water-bearing strata 680-715 feet below surface. Flow of water strong, filled cellar of derrick twice daily and overflowed pipe when pulled up in derrick 30 feet. The casing was then driven down to shut off this water. Practically the same conditions prevailed in all the other group of gas wells of this area (Bow Island gas field). (7) Well at Foremost, sec. 20, tp. 6, range -ll, W. 4th mer. Depth 725 feet. Head of flow above surface 30 feet, j Measured flow 7,000 gallons per day. (8) Well No. 3, United Oils Company, Etzikom coulee. Sec. 31, tp. 5, range 10, W. 4th mer. Water-bearing sands at 500-600 feet. Flow of water 16,000 gallons per day. This was cased off and the well deepened. (9) Wells of Beaver Oils Company, Milk river. Sec. 24, tp. 2, range 11, W. 4th mer. Flow of water from sands at 165 feet very large, from two wells about 200,000 gallons per day. »G€ol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, pp. 102-110. 80 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Many shallower wells have been bored in this district and a supply of water has been obtained from the strata containing coal seams at depths of 300 to 400 feet. This water does not rise in the Avells and is pumped. Drumheller Coal Area. The deeply eroded valley of Red Deer river exposes, east of the foothill area, the slightly uptilted rocks of several formations; in section these strata pass successively from the sandstones of the Paskapoo formation, through the thinner bedded and generally softer deposits of the Edmonton, the shales of the upper marine portion of the Pierre, and the brackish water beds of the Belly River series. The coal horizon belonging to the top of the Edmonton formation is exposed near the Grand Trunk Pacific railway at Bullockville. Near the mouth of Threehill creek, the banded shales and- sands of the lower part of the Edmonton formation are exposed in the valley and several coal seams have been found in them. This series, owing to a low northwesterly dip forms the banks of the valley for some miles below the mouth of Rosebud river. Beneath this series there is a series of dark marine shales which gradually rise in the banks and reach prairie level above the mouth of Bullpound creek. The cutting of Red Deer valley across the coal zone in the lower Edmonton rocks affords many points from which the several coal seams may be attacked. The thickest and probably the most continuous seam is the one found at water level in Red Deer river near the mouth of Rosebud river. Upstream in each of these valleys the seam descends beneath the river grade owing to a low dip in the seam and to the grade of the streams. The seam is being mined in many places along the Red Deer and Rosebud valleys and is commonly referred to as the Drumheller seam. Above and separated from it by about 70 feet of beds, lies the Newcastle seam which is mined just west of the town of Drumheller. The seam is exposed or comes to the surface at the level of the railway at the station and is seen in the cut banks opposite the town. Eighty-two feet above this seam, there are traces in the cut banks of a third seam, called here the Vulcan seam, which is mined on Michichi creek. In places all these seams are mineable and the building of the Calgary-Saskatoon branch of the Canadian Northern railway made the markets available so that closely following the completion of the railway several mines were opened. Geological Section. The rocks exposed in the vicinity of Drumheller comprise the lower part only of the total section in this vicinit>% The incision of the valley must represent a trenching of at least 400 feet. The elevations given by the railway surveys, show a rise of 400 feet in the grade between Drumheller and Munson, about 6 miles north. In the upper part of the banks of the stream the slopes are generally grass-covered, but there are traces of river deposits, consisting of washed sands, on some of the shoulders, and yellow clays in the higher levels. In the immediate vicinity of the river the strata containing the coal seams are well exposed and although they do not resemble the measures at Edmonton they seem to occupy a similar position in the Edmonton series. The main difference is mostly in the banded appearance of the exposures and their generaHy pale colour. The coal seams, although possibly not continuations of thoseat Edmonton, may be correlated with them as occupying somewhat similar positions in the geological section. The heaviest seam and the one most generally worked is the lowest of a series of three or four. The Drumheller section as exposed near the town, is contributed by Mr. Jas. Hargraves: SUMMARY REPORT 81 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Section at Drumheller below Vulcan Seam, North Bank oj Red Deer River. Feet Inches Vulcan seam (Maple Leaf mine) (coal 1 ft. 6 in.) (bone... Oft. Sin.) 4 2 (coal.... 2 ft. Oin.) Light coloured, banded clays with streaks of lignite. Thin beds of sandstones lightly and irregularly cemented occur in the central and lower parts 82 4 Newcastle seam. Irregular in thickness, generally thins to east 4 0 Measures in bore-hole Shale 26 ft. 0 in. Coal 2 ft. 0 in. Shale 16 ft. Oin. Sandstone 11 ft. 6 in. Shale 5 ft. Oin. Sandstone 7 ft. 0 in. Shale 5 ft. Oin 72 6 Drumheller seam 8 0 Shale floor. The section near the mouth of Rosebud river was not measured by the writer, but a section, measured by Mr. B. W. Dunn and published in the pros- pectus of the Rosedale Coal and Clay Products Company, Limited, seems to be quite representative of this district and is here repeated for comparison with that at Drumheller. The lower seam mined here is thought by many to be the same as the Drumheller seam and is at the base of the section herewith given. Section at Rosedale, Feet Inches Stratified clay at top of bank, thickness up to 150 0 Earhty clay (gypsum crystals) 8 0 Sandstone, unconsolidated 3 0 Ironstone 0 2 Sandy clay shale 10 0 Soft sandstone, with streaks of clay 3 10 Soft sandstone irregularly hardened 2 0 Band of "tie stone" (probably harder sandstone) 0 4 Clay shale ., 11 0 Ironstone 1 0 Clay shale 5 5 Lignite 0 9 Loose clay shale 3 8 Lignite 0 6 Shaly sandstone 5 3 Ironstone 1' to 6' Coal 7 3 Clay shale 10 9' Ironstone 1 0 Lignite 2 0 Clay shale 2 4 Sandstone with clay streaks 5 7 Ironstone 0 2 Sandstone, iron stained 3 5 .c Lignite 1 2 ro Sandstone, clay streaks 4 Q ^l Ironstone 0 3 ^ Sandstone, clay streaks 2 10 <» Ironstone 0 6 Lignite 3 3 Sandstone, clay streaks 5 3 Sandy clay shale 4 9 Soft sandstone 38 0 Coal 9 0 82 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The relative positions of the two strong seams in the section seem to indicate that, as the lower one resembles the Drumheller seam, the upper may represent the Newcastle seam although they have not been traced continuously from either section to show the correlation. The distance between the two localities is approximately only A\ miles so that these correlations may ultimately be tested by tracing. The upper seam is here given as being 85 feet 3 inches above the lower, as against 72 feet 6 inches at Drumheller. Character of the Seams. Vulcan Seam. This seam as exposed along the north bank appears to split and thin out toward the west. It is probably represented in the sections on Red Deer river above or north of the town and is mined on legal subdivision 4, sec. 23, tp. 29, range 20, at the Maple Leaf mine. As the mine is situated in the valley of Michichi creek far from the railway the coal is mined for local con- sumption only. The seam consists of two benches of coal separated by a parting running from 8 to 12 inches. The top bench is 18 inches thick and the bottom 2 feet, giving for the seam 3 feet 6 inches of coal. No trace of this seam is found in the Rosedale section, the top part of which is stratified clay, though the clay may be of Pleistocene age and the seam may underlie the prairie behind. Newcastle Seam. This seam is exposed in the banks below the town and it is possible that it may be traced to the Rosedale mine. Opposite the town of Drumheller it has been opened in several places. An old entry is still to be seen on the north bank in section 10, from which, probably, the first coal was mined in the district. The seam is eroded from the fiats on which the town is built. It is exposed in a small mound at the station and presumably underlies the remnants of the river plateau to the south and west of the town. It disappears beneath the river fiat in the next section west and is now mined at the Newcastle mine on section 9 and in the associated mine to the south called the Alberta block. The Premier, a small mine east of the above two properties, is on this seam. The coal is fairly clean and there seem to be few rock partings, giving the seam about 4 feet 4 inches to 4 feet 8 inches of coal. It is one of the seams that vary in thickness in short distances, thus the thickness of the exposure at the Drumheller mine near the ofiice is given as 40 inches. It is probably found in » the shafts of the Stirling and Midland collieries, but as it is there about at river level it may be too wet to mine. The roof in the Newcastle mine is reported to be of a fairly hard sandstone easily supported. Drumheller Seam. This seam, 72 feet below the Newcastle, is the thickest in the district and is in consequence the one most generally mined. The following list includes the names of the mines opened on this seam : In the valley of the Rosebud river near Wayne station : Rosedeer and Western Commercial mines. In the valley of Red Deer river: Star, Rosedale, Drumheller, Stirling, Midland, and Red Deer Valley mines. As before noted the seam dips slightly northwest which is practically upstream. It is at water level about opposite the mouth of Rosebud river. At the Star mine, the farthest south, it is above the river. At Drumheller town it is well below the river, that is, it is 75 feet below the railway grade and at the mines west of the town the seam lies from 130 to 180 feet below the river bench on which the mining plants are built. The character of the coal seam in the diflferent mines, which were not all visited, is described by Mr. D. A. Macaulay in a paper read before the Canadian Mining Institute^ and the following information is mainly drawn from that paper. •Trans. Can. Min. Inst., vol. XVIII. 1915, pp. 322-334. SUMMARY REPORT 83 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 The proof of the continuity of the seam is believed to be quite apparent in the similarity of the sections found at different points, explained in the following paragraph from the paper just cited. "While in some cases these mines are separated by a number of miles, and considerable difference is shown in the sections of the seams, roof and floor, yet there is enough similarity to lead to the conclusion that all these mines are working on the same seam. A parting which is characteristic of the seam is found in all the mines mentioned. It averages about 15 inches thick and is composed of a band of grey clay from 3 to 6 inches thick, overlaying a very hard granular coal. Between this and the good coal of the bottom bench is a band of bone about 3 inches thick. The coal in the bottom bench varies in thickness at the different mines. In those where it is thin it would not pay to remove the parting in order to mine the bottom bench; consequently at several of the mines only the top bench is worked." Sections in the Various Mines. In reading the following descriptions of sections in the various mines reference should be made to Figure 3. Rose Deer Mine. The whole seam is here mined but is thinner than to the east and north. From roof to floor the distance is 6 feet 6 inches made up as follows : Feet Inches Top coal 3 0 Clay 1 to 4 Coal 6 « 8 Bone 1 " 5 Bottom coal 2 to 3 Star Mine. The seam here is probably about 9 feet thick, but the top bench is reported by Mr. Macaulay to be the only part worked. It is 5 feet 6 inches thick including about 3 inches of clay parting 15 inches above the floor or above the granulated coal mentioned in the quoted paragraph above. The mine was opened in June 1914, and, as the railway is on the opposite bank of Red Deer river, the coal cars are transferred by an aerial tramway to the railway. The equipment allows of a shipment of possibly 200 tons per day. Rosedale Mine. The seam is here below the river flat and is reached by a vertical shaft 40 feet deep. The distance from roof to floor is about 9 feet^ — the variations being mainly due to the varying thickness of the lower bench of coal. The upper bench is not quite as thick as in the Star mine. The top coal is given as 4 feet 4 inches with a small parting about 1 foot 5 inches from the bottom. The general parting in the middle of the seam which is found over the entire area is here about as follows : Inches Bone or very hard shale 1 Clay 6 Granulated coal 6 Lower bone 3 Th6 lower bench varies from 3 feet 6 inches to 4 feet. The roof seems very stable. Drumheller Mine. This mine is situated at the southern edge of the town of the same name. The seam, 70 feet below the surface, is reached by a slope of 20 degrees pitch. The upper bench is worked and runs to 5 feet in thickness. In this, there is sometimes a bone at the top which runs to 6 inches in thickness. The clay parting, which here is near the floor, is of a light grey colour; it is pro- bably similar to that in the other mines and contains a large quantity of colloidal 84 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 matter. Beneath the floor there is sometimes coal and, in many places, rock. The variations in the coal in this area are of importance as the introduction of bony rock is generally at the expense of the good coal. The same condition is M ■^ ,9 9 7'-l9f^'-/ d^'BJBA'e 'pauiLu ureas a/oi///^ >fo .9) V It CoaJ report Z'6" ^MHIHI^HHB ^^^^^H (r- ^^gg pauiuu t/Duag do± H lO vo ^J*© g>§^^ 6 .^ ^ M 1 found in the two mines to the west of the town where the bony matter does not always show until exposed in the mine cars. Legend I CosI 3Lre&S ■mpa^y Summa/y Report by J Mo-cVid 84 matt The bony foui alw; SUMMARY REPORT 85 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Stirling Mine. The seam is here at about 150 feet below the river flat, and is reached by a vertical shaft. No section of this seam was given by Mr. Macaulay. It is probable that only a part of the seam is worked owing to the presence of bony coal in the lower bench. Midland Mine. This mine is on the north bank of the river and the seam is reached by a slope of about 20 degrees. The coal is about 130 feet below the surface. The Newcastle seam was probably worked here at first and being near the river level would be wet. The present mine on the lower seam is not reported as being wet. The section of the seam as given b}' Mr. Macaulay is: top bench 6 feet 8 inches coal with a clod of 1 to 2 inches in the upper part, this is the part mined; beneath, forming the floor, is bone 2 inches, clay 4 inches, granular coal 8 to 1:2 inches; below, bone probably 3 inches, and the lower coal bench 1 foot 6 inches to 2 feet. Red Deer Valley Mine. This mine is west of the main line of the railway and is reached by a spur from it starting from near the Newcastle mine. It is on the south side of the river in section 7, tp. 29, range 20, and is nearly 2 miles west of the railway bridge. The seam is 180 feet below the surface and is reached by a vertical shaft. Details of the mine equipment are to be found in Mr. Macaulay's paper cited above. The whole seam is extracted and consists of a top bench 5 feet 11 inches thick, with a parting of 1 inch. The characteristic division between the top and bottom benches consists of bone 2 inches, clay 4 to 6 inches, granular coal 10 inches, and bone 3 inches. The lower coal is 2 feet 2 inches thick. This gives a coal content for the seam of 8 feet 11 inches, which is probably the maximum. Character of the Coal. The freshly mined coal is bright and clean and in this respect resembles the coal from the Lethbridge field. Exposure to dry air dulls it and produces many shrinkage cracks, although it stands ordinary storage and shipment very well. It is not a coking bituminous coal and should be classed above a lignite. The term used generally is sub-bituminous. The mine moisture in the coal is given as being between 11 and 13 per cent, a little higher than the Gait coal of Leth- bridge; but it is claimed to be lower in ash than the Gait coal. FOOTHILL COAL AREAS NORTH OF THE GRAND TRUNK PACIFIC RAILWAY, ALBERTA. {John MacVicar.) INTRODUCTION. During the months of June, July, August, and September, 1916, the writer carried on exploration work in the coal areas north of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway, leaving the railway at Brul6 lake. Alberta. The main object of the work was to determine the geographical position of certain coal' areas in the region. The surveys made by the party are incorporated on the accompanying map. They are transit, compass, reconnaissance surveys. The Canadian Northern railway, and various companies and individuals have furnished maps and other valuable information. For this assistance the writer gratefully acknowledges his indebtedness. No. 2fr— 7 86 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV, A. 1917 LOCATION. The area under discussion is located in the western part of the province of Alberta. From Brui6 lake, in tp. 49, range 27, W. 5th mer., the area extends in a northwesterly direction to tp. 59, ranges 7, 8, and 9, W. 6th mer. The coal measures are found not to terminate there but to extend farther in a north- westerly direction. Northwest from Brule lake as far as Hay river the coal measures are terminated on the west by the highly inclined lower and older rocks of Carboniferous age which form the outer range of the Rockies. On the east they pass under higher and newer Cretaceous strata. This outer area was not followed northward from Hay river. The area followed is that lying between the outer and the second limestone ranges which terminate the area on the west and east, the coal occupying the basin or trough-shaped area between. From Muskeg river northward the area is in front of the outer range of the Rockies, that is, the outer range is covered by the newer strata and the second range becomes the outer range. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. The strata throughout the district consist wholly of sedimentary rocks ranging in age from the Devono-Carboniferous to Upper Cretaceous and Quater- nary. Limestone forms the outer and second ranges of the Rockies but the rocks of the lower ridges and valleys are chiefly sandstones, shales, and conglomerates ijiterbanded with seams of coal. The rocks are very much folded and faulted by strike faults, thus giving rise to a number of parallel bands of the coal measures. The valleys of the larger streams are bordered by stream terraces of sand and gravel. The economic deposits are coal, gypsum, sand, and gravel. To these may be added clay, shale, a^id limestone. The coal is bituminous in character and suitable for steam, metallurgical and domestic use. At least one seam may be classed as anthracite, comparable with the best coal mined at Bankhead on the Canadian Pacific railway.- This seam is in the Smoky River area. The physical qualities of this is such as in mining will give a high percentage of lump. GENERAL CHARACTER OF THE DISTRICT. Topography. The district under discussion falls naturally into three topographical divisions. The southern extends from Brul6 lake northward to Hay river. This is situated immediately in front of the outer range of the Rockies whose crest line exhibits a rough saw-toothed arrangement of peaks. In front of this the foothills form a succession of ridges of even crest line and elevation. At intervals these are •dissected by the small transverse drainage streams that head in the outer range. Solomon creek drains the southern end of this district and flows into Athabaska river. Hay river receives a couple of small creeks from the northern end of the division. The middle division occupies a basin-like depression between the first two limestone ranges of the Rockies. The general elevation of the basin is between 1,000 and. 2,000 feet below the ranges and about 3,000 feet above the valley of Athabaska river and Brul^ lake. The distance between the two ranges is from SUMMARY REPORT 87 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 6 to 8 miles. Traversing the middle division are well-defined ridges running parallel with the bordering ranges and resembling the foothill ridges. Hay river crosses the south end and receives its north branch which with its tributaries drain the south half of the division. The northern portion is drained by Baptiste and Muskeg rivers and their tributaries. These occupy rather small valleys that end in the second range. The northern division exhibits a general foothill appearance. The outer range of limestone, which borders the middle division, disappears at the north branch of Baptiste river. The second range crosses Sulphur river just above the mouth of Walton creek and continues in a westerly direction up the east side of Smoky river but some miles from it. The direction of the hills is northwest. The general elevation is 1,000 to 2,000 feet lower than that farther south. Drain- ing the area are Smoky river and its tributaries, Muskeg and Sulphur rivers, and Sheep creek. Smoky river occupies a broad and deep U-shaped valley. Muskeg river near its headwaters occupies a typical V-shaped valley which soon becomes rather broad and shallow as it winds through the hills. For the last 10 or 12 miles of its course it is in a canyon 50 to 100 feet deep. Sulphur river is in a rather narrow U-shaped valley as far as the mouth of Walton creek where it enters a canyon over 100 feet deep. This continues to its mouth. For about 10 miles above its mouth Sheep creek is in a canyon and from there up, the valley is con- siderably wider. Sheep creek is a stream about 100 feet wide and 2 feet deep. Muskeg river is about the same size, and Sulphur river is a stream 150 feet wide and 2 feet deep at low water. Smoky river is a stream of considerable size and with a swift current. It averages about 200 feet in width and is too deep to ford except at a few points and then only during low water. CLIMATE AND VEGETATION. The summers are not marked by high temperatures. The winters are characterized by clear air and sunshine with the absence of high winds. The climate in the vicinity of Smoky river does not differ greatly from that at Brul4 lake on Athabaska river. Chinook winds prevent the accumulation of snow along these rivers so that stock can graze out the whole winter. The rainfall is ample and the growth of grass and peavine is luxuriant. For the most part the hills are heavily forested with a good stand of spruce and jack-pine. Large areas have been destroyed by fire but these are now covered with a growth of small trees. Along Hay river particularly, the hills with southern exposure are bare of forest and grassed to the top. The principal trees are varieties of spruce, balsam, pine, aspen, and cottonwood. FAUNA. Game is plentiful throughout the district. Moose, caribou, deer, mountain sheep, and goat are to be seen, also black and grizzly bear. Large catches of fur comprising fox, lynx, coyotes, rabbit, martin, weasel, fisher, and otter are yearly brought out by the trappers. Fish of the trout species are caught in most of the streams. They are very plentiful in lac A la Passe and Muskeg river. COMMUNICATION. The Forestry Department has completed splendid pack trails to Grande Cache. One runs up Hay river and down Sulphur river and another runs for about 30 miles along the front of the mountains as far as- Muskeg river and then No. 26—71 88 . GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 along it past the Grande Cache lakes to meet the trail down Sulphur river at Grande Cache. For winter freighting a sleigh trail runs up Solomon creek to Hay river and thence up it to near the summit. Another sleigh trail follows the outer pack trail above mentioned to Grande Cache. Less important trails intersect the district. The Canadian Northern railway has made surveys for a branch line up Solomon creek to Hay river and up Hay river to near its source. GENERAL GEOLOGY. The surface formations throughout the area to which this report relates consist of sedimentary rocks. The rocks represent Devono-Carboniferous, Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary systems. Throughout most of the field the rocks dip at a relatively high angle to the southwest. As a result of the steep dips the rocks are fairly well exposed and the major structures are somewhat pronounced. Table of Formations. Quaternary River and Glacial drift. Upper Cretaceous Belly River ( ?), Benton, Dakota. Lower Cretaceous Kootenay. Jura-Trias. Devono-Carboniferous. Description of Formations. Devono-Carboniferous. Limestones of this formation are exposed along the axis of the first and second ranges of the Rocky mountains. Just west of Brul6 lake, Bullrush mountain rises to a height of about 7,000 feet above sea and about 4,000 feet above Brul4 lake. It is a prominent landmark visible for long dist- ances. The strike of the rocks in the slightly overturned anticline is north 65 degrees west and the dip is to the southwest. Mr. McEvoy\ for these rocks, gives the following section. It was measured on Folding mountain just across the lake. Section on Folding Mountain. Feet Grey quartzites 200 Black carbonaceous shale 60 Dark flaggy limestone 100 Yellowish, fine-grained, siliceous shales with calcareous shales and some calcareous sandstone 500 Fine-grained, grey and yellowish limestone, highly siliceous with a few bands of dark quartzite 500 Covered 300 Fine-grained, blue limestone 500-H 2,160 The outer range as far as Hay river is made up of pure as well as cherty limestone. The latter contains a large amount of siliceous material. In weather- ing, the limestone, being soluble, is gradually carried away leaving the exposed surface rough with chert which in places is a characteristic feature of the rock. The colour ranges from dark grey to blue. The strata is in three folds and these folds form the crests of the three ridges composing the outer range. Jura-Trias. The strata between the Devono-Carboniferous limestones and the Kootenay coal measures comprise thin-bedded sandstones and dark shales, the latter often passing into hard slaty shales. Fossils are scarce and no attempt was made to separate them. » McEvoy, James. "Yellowhead Pass route". Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. XI, 1898, pt. II, p. 28. SUMMARY REPORT 89 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Kootenay. The coal measures consist of sandstone, shale, slate, and beds of coal from a few inches in thickness up to 100 feet or more. The prevailing colour of the sandstone and shale is grey. Beds of conglomerate occur within the coal measures, a notable one being at the base of the measures. Except for a portion at the top and bottom, the coal beds are pretty well distributed through the measures. The intervals separating the coal beds vary from a few feet to a few hundred. Probably the most striking and conspicuous feature of the Koot- enay is the conglomerates. Good exposures of these are to be found throughout the area and show them to be remarkably similar in appearance and composition. The conglomerate at the base of the measures is made up of pebbles, the largest about the size of a hen's egg. In most places smaller pebbles comprise most of the rock and range in size down to that of a pea. There is just enough finer sand material to cement the whole together. The prevailing colour is grey but other colours are scattered through, such as green, blue, and black. A hundred feet is a common thickness for the conglomerate, but in places it is much greater. Dakota. This formation lies conformably upon the Kootenay. It is essentially a sandstone formation and widely distributed in the area. On a fresh fracture the colour is usually grey to greenish, weathering to a reddish or brown. The grain varies from fine to coarse, passing in places into a conglomerate. It is of great thickness, probably not less than 3,000 feet, and comparatively hard. Benton. This formation rests upon the Dakota conformably. It consists of a great thickness of dark marine shales. It is possible that rocks of Niobrara age are also included. On account of its soft, yielding nature it is mostly found in the valleys and depressions. Fresh exposures may be seen where the corrasion of the streams is rapid enough to remove the weathered portion and bring the solid rock to the surface. Many such places are to be found on the principal streams draining the district. When exposed for a time to the weather these shales become fissile, crumble to small pieces, and ultimately become clay. Bands of nodular ironstone occur in places, at others bands of sandstone. Iron rust is abundant in some localities while in others a white encrustation forms on the rock. ^ STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY. Structurally the district is simple in theory though complicated enough in detail. Briefly it may be described as a series of anticlinal and synclinal folds running in a northwesterly direction across the area. The southern portion of the coal area is comprised in the principal anti- clinal fold forming the first ridge of hills in front of the outer limestone range. The axis of the fold follows the crest of these hills. A fault along the south fork of Solomon creek, with a downthrow of the strata to the north of that stream, conceals the coal measures as far as Hay river where they are exposed in the eroded valley. In the middle coal area the structure is quite simple, consisting of a succession of folds with dips ranging from 20 to 70 degrees. The folds are not all regular, however, as the larger ones are often corrugated by smaller and shorter flexures. Erosion has denuded the crests of some of the anticlines, somewhat obscuring the structure in places and the strike faults that traverse the district further obscure the structure. In the northern division, the great waves into which the originally horizontal measures of the region were thrown reach their maximum height along the southern edge of the field. Here the north dipping strata have been tilted up to a perpendicular and overturned position. To the north and east the plication of the measures lessens, the steeply dipping sides giving place to more gentle 90 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 dips of 20 to 30 degrees. Strike faults and the lesser flexures are to be found here also. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. The mineral resources of the area are somewhat varied, the principal one being coal. Gypsum deposits occur on Deer creek near the divide between Hay and Snake Indian (Stony) rivers. Sand and gravel can be obtained at varied intervals. Limestone is common and may be utilized in time for lime and cement. It is probable that some of the many shale beds will prove valuable in the clay and cement industries. Coal. Throughout the area coal occurs in the Kootenay series of the Lower Cre- taceous rocks. The economic coal seams are found in the middle of the series, the top and bottom being barren. At a number of widely separated places considerable prospecting has been done by claim owners to disclose the number and thickness of the coal seams. The following are the principal ones. Mines. The Brul6 Lake Coal Company have the only working mine in the district discussed in this report. Considerable development work has been done on their property. The following section was furnished by the company. It is measured in descending order. Section on the Property of the Bruli Lake Company. Feet Conglomerate Sandstones and shales about 700 Coal 7 Sandstones and shales 400 Coal 12 Sandstones and shales 120 Coal 7 Sandstones and shales 200 Coal 7 Sandstones and shales 300 Coal 7 Sandstones and shales 100 Coal 14 Sandstones and shales 600 Coal 7 Sandstones and shales about .' 1 , 200 3,681 Prospects. Along Solomon creek a number of prospects were visited. Con- siderable surface work has been done to determine the thickness and number of coal seams. In some cases short tunnels were run. These prove the measures to extend northward as far as the south branch of Solomon creek. On the north branch of Hay river a number of coal claims are staked upon which some surface work has been done to prove the thickness and number of the coal beds. A number of beds are exposed: one of great thickness contains a bed of good coal about 40 feet in thickness. On the south branch of Baptiste river, coal claims were visited showing good coal exposures. On the north branch of the Baptiste and on Muskeg river coal exposures were seen, the measures SUMMARY REPORT 91 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 being the northward extension of those on Hay river. On Sulphur river, on Smoky river, and on Sheep creek, claims were visited upon which some surface work was done and a number of good coal seams of workable width exposed. On the Isenberg claims on Smoky river considerable prospecting has been done. Tunnels have been driven on five of the seams, 100 feet or more into the hillside. In the table on page 92 is given the results of the anaylsis of the average sample taken. The following is a partial section of the measures on these claims Jn descending order: "■ Section on the Isenberg Claims. Feet Sandstone and shale 600 Coal 3-6 Sandstone and shale 175 Coal 3-6 Sandstone and shale 150 Coal 12 Sandstone and shale 20 Coal 4 Sandstone and shale 1 > 200 Coal 4 Sandstone and shale bottom of the measures concealed 2,172 92 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 (< ^ u Pi 3 i> "a. S o X) J c 111 !2 (U c 1 F ^ (U c rt bo JU c fM . :5 E rt "O X> o rt ' ' . o OO00t^00C^<^^O^0Cr0C^CS•-l l0CSlO^~O^OOCS^0^0O^•*tS00'O^^ -^ooO'*oc-it^'-ic^^io<~ooocs'oov 0\'-iOOOOO\CS(r)-5tiOOC\'*C^OOiOOOO 00'^00'^OCN'-i'^00000'<-i 000\t^(NOst~r^t^O«iO»OOt~0 o u -1=^ a r§ E X! 00 2 a; o C rrt u Vh ^ , c lO rt •— t d s C > o o rt 'm S O ac XI 0! >— > E u X O o o en u >> C "1 < in < OO NO sOroiOCOmCNfO Fixed car- bon 00 vo ov 00 »o cN r^ m T-i rO 00 nOOOOOOOOOnnO NO lo lo lo t— r~ t^ 1-^ j-^ Vola- tile mat- ter ro O NO CN O -^ O Ov lO ID -rjt ro NO ro t^ t-- NO On "-H CN CN ro PO rfi CN ■rH CN ,-( .!< vH ,!< rt r^ .5 ° p "55 < West of mer. lO NO nOnOnOOnOnOO oi 00 -^ •^JH lO r- On On On CO d O CN CN ro t-~ 00 00 NO 00 lO lO lO >0 lO lO to lO ID t^ ■* t^ CS Tfi On ■»*< -rt* lO ■rt cs CN rg ■^ Locality Bartholemew claim near Brule lake. Errington claim. Hay river. Errington claim, Hay river. _ MacConnachie claim. Hay river Abbott claim. Campbell claim. Sheep creek. Moberly claim. Sheep creek. A. Joachim claim. Smoky river. Isenberg claim. Smoky river. Thick- ness of seam Feet — 00 -O • • • -J^ rt -H -O ■ • ■ -TH S -^ ■ ■ • • 1 i On O >-iCSrO'^LONOt~» OO On On On On On On On On OO 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 ■-H y 94 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 COAL MINES OF WEST CENTRAL ALBERTA. (J. S. Stewart.) INTRODUCTORY. During the past summer the writer made a geological investigation of several coal mines in the foothills of west central Alberta, which have hitherto not been reported upon in detail by the Geological Survey. Samples of coal were taken at the various mines and these are now being analysed by the fuel-testing division of the Mines Branch and the results will be published later. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The officials at the several mines visited helped along the work by cheerfully furnishing all the information and maps available and in several cases even giving practical aid in the field. For this and many other favours received the writer is much indebted and wishes to express his thanks. BRAZEAU COLLIERIES. The Brazeau collieries are located at Nordegg, Alberta, on north Saskatche- wan river. The mines are made accessible by a branch line of the Canadian Northern railway which runs west from Settler to Nordegg, the distance by rail being about 178 miles. This coal basin lies just west of the Brazeau range, which here forms the front range of the Rocky mountains. The structure of this range is anticlinal. The west limb, upon which the Brazeau collieries are located, has a dip of about 12 degrees. The east limb on the other hand is characterized by steep dips and is overturned and broken by a fault of considerable displacement. Although some of the Kootenay coal measures occur on the faulted eastern limb of the anticline, the coal seams are likely to be too much crushed and broken to be workable. The rocks which compose the Brazeau range are mainly limestones. The cross section through the anticline along the railway reveals a thickness of about 1,750 feet of Palaeozoic limestones with less amounts of quartzite and calcareous shales. These beds include both Devonian and Carboniferous strata. Over- lying this, there are about 900 feet of shale with several limestone beds which, on the basis of a few belemnite fossils, are referred to the Fernie formation (upper Jurassic); some of the lower shale beds, however, may be Triassic, as shales of this age are believed to occur to the west and also south of this section. The Fernie formation is overlain by the Kootenay, which here consists of shales, sandstones, and coal beds with a few lenticular beds of limestone. The deposits are of continental origin, the fossils being mainly fern-like plants; but, a few horizons carry a freshwater molluscan fauna. Near the base of the for- mation there is a thick bed of conglomerate, the base of which is not exposed; the contact with the Fernie formation lies somewhere between the conglomerate and a belemnite-bearing limestone about 400 feet below the surface. The coal-bearing strata belong to the Kootenay formation, but the rocks of the Kootenay and formations immediately overlying are rarely exposed, being concealed by thick deposits of glacial drift. The following notes relating to the early development of the field are extracted from the Summary Report of 1913.^ » Dowling, D. B., Geol. Surv.. Can., Sum. Rept., 1913, pp. ISO, 151. SUMMARY REPORT 95 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 "The section secured by the excavations as given by the engineer's measure- ments, is as follows, in descending order: Section at Brazeau Collieries. Feet Barren measures 60 Coal seam No. 5 7 Barren measures 120 ' Coal seam No. 4 2 Barren seam 106 Coal seam No. 3 15 Barren measures 123 Coal seam No. 2 7 Barren measures 85 Coal seam No. 1 4 Black shales and sandstones, about 100 631 6 "Five seams with an aggregate thickness of 37 feet 6 inches of coal in 631 feet 6 inches of measures. "Seam No. 1 (4 feet 2 inches) was not considered of sufficiently high grade coal to warrant its present exploitation. "Seam No. 2 (7 feet 9 inches) has a roof of shale in thick benches and is of satisfactory strength. In the tunnel, the coal is found to be very friable and as the surface burden is light for a long distance, the surface water is draining through the seam and the coal is very much damaged thereby.' A higher grade coal may be obtained at a greater distance from the surface. At a distance of 135 feet from the mouth of the tunnel the coal was still friable and would produce a large percentage of small coal. An analysis by the Milton Hersey Company, of a sample taken across the full seam at 135 feet in the tunnel, gave: Analysis of Brazeau Coal. Moisture 0-44 per cent. Volatile combustible matter 17-01 Fixed carbon 69-12 Ash 13-43 100-00 Coke, dull but firm; heating value, 13,202 B.T.U.; sulphur, 0-49 per cent. "Seam No. 3 (15 feet 11 inches) is usually accompanied by a band of shale commonly found within a foot or so of the roof. It occasionally disappears and again is found with greater thickness. The lower part is the best coal, and may be separated from the upper shaly part. Analyses of samples across a thickness of 13 feet 6 inches from the floor are as follows: Analyses of Brazeau Coal. Upper 6 feet 6 inches Lower 7 feet 0 which is below shale inches to floor of band. seam. Moisture 0-63 0-45 Volatile combustible matter 17-97 17-63 Fixed carbon 66-00 69-92 Ash 15-40 12-00 100 00 100-00 Sulphur 0-55 0-49 Calorific value 12,834 B.T.U. 13,426 B.T.U. Coke Dull but firm. Dull but firm. 96 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 "Seam No. 4 (2 feet 6 inches). This seam is considered too thin to be worked at present. "Seam No. 5 (7 feet 2 inches ). The coal in this seam proved very high in ash, consequently very little excavation was made on it." The following additional analyses of Brazeau coal were received from R. S. Foote. The samples were taken from cross sections in the Nordegg mine, in September, 1914. Analyses oj Coal from Nordegg Mine, Brazeau Collieries. Location Mois- ture % Vol. mat. % Fixed car: % Ash % Face of main level No. 3 seam 0-63 0-80 0-61 0-68 0-58 0-72 0-56 0-62 15-02 1402 14-02 14-35 14-74 14-03 14-83 14-54 68-88 69-79 69-02 69-23 68-43 70-67 73-33 70-81 15-47 Face of dip level No. 3 seam 15-39 Face of counter level No. 3 seam 16-35 Average No. 3 seam 15-77 Face of main level No. 2 seam 16-25 Face of No. 1 counter level No. 2 seam 14-58 Face of No. 2 counter level No. 2 seam 11-28 Average No. 2 seam 14-03 Sample being equal mixture of six face samples. Sulphur , .0-56% .12,540 B.T.U • Chemical Analyses of Ash. SiOt AUOs FejOa CaO MgO 70-04% 27-22% Trace 3-30% Trace • The prospecting by trenches, pits, and tunnels has been supplemented by two diamond drill holes. The cores had been carefully boxed and labelled by the company so that the -writer was able to examine them and construct complete logs. The following is the log of the deeper hole and shows the character of the strata associated with the coal beds. Log of Drill-hole No. 2, Brazeau Collieries. Depth in feet. 0-6. Soil 6-12 12-21. 21-29. 29-36. 36-53. 53-64i Strata. The lower 2 feet is more solid and Shale. Shale, soft grey. Sandstone. Grey shales. Sandy shales, greenish grey, extremely friable. Mostly shale, friable, greenish grey in colour, better cemented. 645-83. Sandy shale, dark greenish grey. 83-92. Sandy shale, greenish grey, friable. 92-94. Sandy shale, greenish grey, friable. 94-108. Shaly sandstone, fine-grained, dark grey with a little carbonaceous material. 108-111. Carbonaceous shale followed by 3 inches of coal. 111-6-118-6. Carbonaceous shale followed by another 3 inches of coal. 118-6-123. Carbonaceous shale; from 114 to 118 feet these shales yielded several well preserved fossil plants. 123-132. Shaly sandstone, dark grey carbonaceous, with plant material. 132-135. Sandy shale, black carbonaceous. 135-140. Sandstone, grey, fine-grained, comparatively light in colour. 140-144. Sandy shale, firmly cemented, yields a solid core, dark grey in colour. 144-149. Sandstone, grey, with small amount of carbonaceous material. 149-153§. Sandsfone, grey, very fine-grained. SUMMARY REPORT 97 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Depth in feet. 153§-161i 161f-173i 173i-180i 180^194. 194-206. 206-213. 213-224. 224-232. 232-235. 235-238. 238-240. 240-242. 242-251. 251-256. 256-257^ 258-261. 261-263. 263-268. 268-283. 283-284. 284-285. 285-289-6 289^294^ 294^303. 303-318. 318-332. 332-335. 335-346. 346-363. 363-377. 377-383. 383-398. 398-402. 402-403. 403-404. 404-408. 408-415. 415-418. 418-431. 431-448. 448-451. 451-455. 455-462. 462-481. 481-491. 491-i99. 499-506. 506-515. 515-533. 536-548. 548-551. 551-555. 555-563. 563-568. Shale, dark grey, very friable, contains considerable carbonaceous material. Shale, black and carbonaceous, contains much black shiny vegetable remains. Shale becomes more massive, harder, and contains less carbonaceous material. Shaly sandstone, fine-grained, slightly carbonaceous. Shale, dark grey. Sandstone, grey, fine-grained. Sandstone, grey with numerous carbonized plant fragments. Sandstone, comparatively light grey, fine-grained, contains a small amount of carbonaceous matter. Shale, dark grey, friable, carbonaceous. Sandstone, grey, fine-grained, dark in colour with numerous small specks of coaly matter ; the rock is firm and hard, yielding a solid core. Sandy shale, carbonaceous. Sandstone, grey, medium-grained. , Sandstone, grey, fine-grained, somewhat shaly at about 246 feet. Grey shale. Sandstone, fine-grained, one-quarter inch coal. Shale, dark grey, .friable. Shale, dark grey, coaly and friable. Sandstone, black, fine-grained and shaly, and carbonaceous. Shale, carbonaceous, hard and massive in many places, with many small plant impressions throughout, becomes sandy at about 280 feet. Coaly shale. Coal. Black coaly shale, very friable. Coal. Shale, dark grey, friable, quite sandy, almost sandstone in places. Sandstone, shaly, dark grey, very fine-grained. Sandstone, dark grey, fine-grained, hard and massive, yielding a long solid core, shaly toward top and bottom. Sandstone, dark grey, fine-grained. Sandstone, grey, medium-grained. Sandstone, grey with numerous small specks of carbonaceous matter, medium to fine-grained, yields long solid cores. Sandstone, hard, grey with considerable carbonaceous matter and a few coaly streaks, fine-grained. Sandstone, fairly coarse, well cemented and hard. Carbonaceous with coaly matter, otherwise the sandstone is pretty clean. Coal. Shale, sandy, black, and carbonaceous. Shale, carbonaceous, containing plant remains. Shale, black, carbonaceous, and friable. Sandstone with plant remains, fine-grained, dark grey. Shale, sandy, black, carbonaceous, friable. Shale, black, carbonaceous with plant remains, somewhat fissile. Black shales, very friable, carbonaceous and coaly for about 2 feet (418 to 420). Shale, dark grey, extremely friable, with much carbonaceous, coaly matter at about 446 feet. Sandstone, fine-grained, dark grey, carbonaceous. Shale, sandy, highly carbonaceous and black, containing many plant fragments. Sandstone, fine-grained, carbonaceous, dark grey. Sandstone, grey, carbonaceous with numerous coaly plant impressions, fine- grained. Sandstone, fine-grained, carbonaceous, becomes shaly toward 490 feet passing into coaly shale and coal. Shale, black to dark grey. Coal. Sandy shale, dark grey with considerable carbonized plant remains. Shale, black and extremely friable, sandy, and carbonaceous. Shale, sandy, dark grey somewhat greenish in places, rather friable. Black shale, friable, carbonaceous. Sandy shale, hard, dark grey. Sandstone, fine-grained, with numerous small fragments of carbonized plant material. Shale, dark grey carbonaceous and firm, two small specimens of plants were collected. 98 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Depth in feet. 568-572. Sandy shale, grey, fine. 572-576. Shale, carbonaceous and extremely friable. 576-578. Shale, sandy, dark grey, fairly massive, and hard, also,somewhat carbonaceous. 578-581. Shale. 581-584. Black shale. 584-585. Coal. 585-589. Sandstone, dark grey, carbonaceous. 589-592. Carbonaceous shaly sandstone. 592-593. Coal 593-595. Carbonaceous shale. 595-596. Coal. 596-597, Shale, dark grey. 597-604. Sandstone, grey, medium to fine-grained. 604—608. Shale, dark grey, rather friable with a small amount of carbonaceous matter. 608-617. Grey sandstone. 617-6311. Mainly dark grey sandy shales, fairly fissile and becoming more sandy near 631 feet. 631|-643. Shale, firm, calcareous, yielding a solid hard core. 643-660. A rapid alternation of dark grey sandy shales and shaly sandstones, all fine-grained. 660-670. Sandstone, grey, hard, and yielded a long firm core. 670-681. Carbonaceous shales, sandy. 681-699. Sandy shale, black and grey, highly carbonaceous apparently due to plant material (no fossils noted). 699-717. Black carbonaceous shales, coaly about near 699 feet. 717-723. Black carbonaceous shales, very friable, become calcareous near 723 feet and con- tain a few molluscs. 723-729|. Carbonaceous shales with bands highly calcareous, in places almost limestone; the fracture along the bedding is commonly black and glistening. 7295-739. Shale, calcareous, carbonaceous, somewhat fissile; contains plant and molluscan fossils. 739-757. Shale, carbonaceous, fairly fissile, contains a considerable number of bivalves at about 746 to 750 feet. 757-777. Black shales, contain small bivalves about 760 to 763 feet. 777-782. Black sandy shale. 782-789. Shaly sandstone, fine-grained, black, and carbonaceous. 789-807. Mainly black friable shales with a little sandstone near the base. The shales contain numerous small fragments of shells and small pieces of pyrite. 807-811. Black siliceous shale, rich in fossil molluscs from 809 to 811 feet, bivalves gastropods. 811-813. Sandstone. 813-817. Shale, grey and carbonaceous. 817-820. Sandstone. 820-827. Shale, carbonaceous, containing numerous small bivalves. 827-833. Carbonaceous limestone, also containing numerous small bivalves. 833-843. Calcareous sandy shale, carbonaceous, yields a fairly solid core, many fragments of shells. 843-846. Sandstone, dark grey, carbonaceous, fine-grained. _ 846-849. Shale, calcareous, carbonaceous, hard, and massive; fossil plants and casts of molluscs. 849-851. Coaly shale. 851-856. Sandstone, fine, hard, becomes shaly and carbonaceous toward 856 feet. 856-860. Grey shale. 860-863. Sandstone. 863-874. Dark grey shale. 874-876. Carbonaceous shale, contains a few molluscs. 876-891. Mainly fine-grained sandstone, carbonaceous, with both plant and animal remains. 891-892^. Black shale with molluscan remains. 892^902|. Black shale, well cemented and fissile, almost the entire thickness of 10 feet is highly fosslliferous, containing numerous gastropods and small bivalves which show concentric strlse. 902^906. Black shale with a few bivalves. 906-925. Shale, calcareous, and limestone, mainly the latter, colour of rock mostly dark grey. 925-933. Shale, black, carbonaceous and somewhat fissile. 933-945. Sandstone, shaly, fine-grained, dark grey. _ s 945-946. Carbonaceous shale, sandy, black, plant remains. SUMMARY REPORT 99 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Depth in feet. 946-960. 960-970. 970-972. 972-974. 974-982. Mainly sandstone, dark grey, fine-grained, carbonaceous in the more shaly beds. Shale, extremely friable and crumbly, carbonaceous. Ashy grey, friable, clay shale. Black shale with coaly matter. Sandy shale, becoming practically a fine sandstone near 982 feet, dark grey in colour. 982-988. Sandy shale, carbonaceous. 988-990. Arenaceous limestone. 990-1,001. Arenaceous limestone. 1,001-1,010. Sandstone, grey, fine-grained, firmly cemented, dark in colour. 1,010-1,012. Shale, black and carbonaceous. 1,012-1,015. Sandstone, fine-grained, shaly, dark grey. 1,015-1,018. Sandstone, fine-grained, calcareous, and carbonaceous. 1,018-1,025. Sandstone, fine-grained, black and highly carbonaceous, hard and well cemented. 1,025-1,026. Sandstone, very fine, carbonaceous. 1,026-1,034. Sandstone, medium-grained, fairly light grey, very hard, and contains much pyrite. 1,034-1,040. Sandstone, hard, dark grey, contains much pyrite, also is inclined to be more friable, finer and shaly. 1,040-1,049. Limestone, firm, hard, shaly, beginning and ending with rather friable cal- careous shale. 1,049-1,054. Carbonaceous shale, black, contains numerous plant remains, small parallel veined leaves. 1,054-1,059. Dark grey shale. 1,059-1,060. Calcareous shale. 1,060-1,065. Carbonaceous shale, fairly massive, calcareous near top. 1,065-1,069. Shale, black, carbonaceous, becomes practically a limestone at about 1,067 to 1,068 feet. 1,069-1,077. Mainly a fine-grained sandstone, dark grey, contains numerous plant fragments, 1,077-1,090. Hard, fine-grained sandstone with a small amount of carbonaceous matter. 1,090-1,096. Sandy shale, dark grey, yields a solid core. 1,096-1,100. Shale, dark grey, extremely friable. 1,100-1,117. Mainly sandy shale, extremely friable, the core being in crumbs, small amount of carbonaceous material, colour, dark grey. 1,117-1,120. Shale, black, carbonaceous, very friable and crumbly. 1,120-1,131. Sandstone, dark grey, fine-grained, shaly but yields a fairly solid core. 1, 131-1, 141^. Sandstone, grey, very fine-grained, contains a few fragments of fern fronds at about 1,134. 1,141-1,158. Sandstone, dark grey, carbonaceous, fine-grained. 1,158-1,170. Sandy shale, dark greenish grey, extremely friable. 1,170-1,183. Shale, dark grey to black, slightly carbonaceous. 1,183-1,190. Sandstone, fine-grained, becoming medium to coarse-grained near 1,190 feet. 1,190-1,200. Shaly sandstone, hard, fine-giained, carbonaceous, but without preserved The general dip of the beds is about 12 degrees toward the southwest. The dip of the massive competent beds is quite regular. The shales show local varia- tions in places. The log, however, does not show the true thickness of the coal seam as the coal is extremely friable and does not yield a core. In the course of prospecting the company have found five coal seams, only two of these, however, are worked. These seams are known respectively as No. 2 and No. 3. No. 2 seam is the lower and is about 7 feet thick on the average. No. 3 seam is about 15 feet thick. Development work on No. 2 seam has penetrated over 4,000 feet from the tunnel mouth and on No. 3 seam it has reached 3,500 feet from the entry. At the time visited, this colliery was shipping 1,200 to 1,500 tons of coal a day. SAUNDERS CREEK COAL MINE. Saunders Creek coal mine is located on the Canadian Northern Railway coal branch, about 18 miles east of Nordegg. The railway here follows the valley of Saskatchewan river and in many places the cuts in the hillside reveal good 100 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 rock exposures. The country east of the front range is rolHng and covered with a growth of small timber; except along the rivers and creeks, outcrops of bed- rock are rare. In the vicinity of Saunders mine, the strata dip eastward at an angle of about 5 degrees and the general strike is about 45 degrees west of north. In the mine itself, small local undulations produce slight variations from the general dip. The dip flattens toward the west and steepens toward the east. The series of rocks exposed in the vicinity of the mine consist of sand- stones and sandy shales, carbonaceous shales, and coal beds. Most of the sand- stones are poorly cemented and break easily, and the shaly beds are ver^/ friable. The prevailing colour of the sandstones is light grey, and that of the shales light grey to dark brown. Plant remains in the form of stems and leaves, like those of modern deciduous trees, are very common and pieces of tree trunks up to one foot in diameter were also observed. The plants suggest an Upper Cretaceous and probable Edmonton age for the series, but no diagnostic fossils were obtained. The prospecting has revealed two coal seams, an upper one about 12 feet thick and a lower one 5 feet in thickness, the stratigraphic interval betvveen the two seams being 150 feet. The thick upper seam contains several thin shale partings which make the coal too dirty to be marketable. The lower 5-foot seam is, however, a clean, bright coal and has earned a good reputation as a domestic fuel. The workings on this seam extend about 720 feet from the entry. The output at the time visited in July was about 20 tons per day. I PACIFIC PASS COLLIERY. The Pacific Pass colliery is located at Lovett and is tapped by a branch of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway which leaves the main line near Edson and runs in a southwesterly direction. The region in the vicinity of the mine is character- ized by several low parallel ridges with intervening valleys in which flow small tributary streams. Ridges and valleys alike were at one time forested but fires of recent years have consumed the tree growth more or less completely over large areas. The strata in the vicinity of the mine have a dip of about 12 degrees toward the southwest; the general direction of strike being about 50 degrees westof north. The general structure is anticlinal with the crest about a mile northeast of Lovett, the mines being located on the western limb. Superposed upon this structure there are, however, some minor folds and small faults. It is seldom that these small faults can be detected on the surface but they commonly form serious obstacles in the mining operations. No good section of the strata is exposed around Lovett. Outcrops occur near the mine and along the railway between Lovett and Coalspur, and these show a series of sandstones, shales, and coal beds. Some of the coal beds are very thick and have numerous partings of friable, black shale which makes the coal too dirty to be marketable. The sandstones and shales contain plant remains in many places, which indicate an Upper Cre- taceous age, but the exact horizon has not been determined. The following columnar section was obtained from the log of two drill-holes bored by the com- pany, in the vicinity of the workings. SUMMARY REPORT 101 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Log of Drill-hole at Pacific Pass Colliery. Thickness Strata Feet Inches Sand and gravel 4 Grey shale •^ Grey sandstone 25 6 Grey shale 13 5 Dirty coal 1 Coaly shale ' 4 Coal "silkstone seam" 14 Clay shale • • • ■ • 19 Coal "■ 1 Carbonaceous shale 2 Coal 4 Clay shale 27 6 Sandstone 20 Dark shale 27 Grey sandstone 11 6 Clay shale 3 6 Coarse sandstone 4 Soft, grey sandstone 9 Coarse sandstone 11 6 Dai k shale 4 6 Grey shale 26 6 Coal 1 Fine, grey sandstone 11 Coarse sandstone 5 6 Sandstone 6 (Coal :... 6 6 Mynheer seam I Shale : 1 [Coal 6 6 Grey sandstone 9 6 Brown shale 9 Sandstone 1 8 Dark shale 5 Clay shale 6 6 Hard shale 5 6 Soft sandstone 16 6 Clay shale 1 ^ Sandstone 3 Shale 3 Soft sandstone 20 Hard sandstone 3 Clay shale 4 Shale 13 Black shale 0 6 Clay shale 12 6 Two coal seams are being worked on this property. These are shown in the section given above. The upper seam is locally known as the Silkstone or 12-foot seam, while the lower is known as the Mynheer or 14-foot seam. Both seams are worked by slopes driven down on the dip of the beds. The slope on the upper seam was driven over 1,200 feet from the outcrop when a disturbed and faulted zone was struck. At the time of the writer's visit to this mine, however, the work- ings in the lower part of this seam were on fire so that only about 600 feet down the slope could be examined. This seam averages about 12 feet in thickness, but the upper 4 feet has to be left for a roof; the entire thickness of 12 feet is, however, good coal and much of the coal that is left for a roof is recovered when the pillars are being drawn. The lower seam, has a total thickness of about 12 feet, but this contains several shale and clay bands so that only about 7| feet is being mined, 1| feet being left for a roof, while the lower part of the seam, also left, is com- monly very dirty. The slope on this seam has been driven about 950 feet. No. 26—8 102 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 When visited in July, development work only was being done and about 100 tons of coal per day were being taken out. YELLOWHEAD PASS COAL COMPANY. The property of this company is located at Coalspur, about 20 miles north- west of Lovett and on the branch railway which runs in from Edson. The rail- way between Coalspur and Lovett follows the same general direction as the strike of the rocks. The coal seams at Coalspur belong to the same series as those at Lovett. It is thought that the seams exploited by the Yellowhead Company are higher in the series than those worked by the Pacific Pass Company; but the thickness of the coal seams and the nature of the associated beds varies so much from place to place within comparatively short distances, that the relative position of the coal seams at the two mines could not be determined. The coal seams at the Yellowhead mine are on the west limb of an anticline and have a dip of 70 to 80 degrees southwest. The crest of the anticline is a little over a mile to the north- east of the mines. A section of the rocks in the vicinity of Coalspur shows a formation about 3,000 feet in thickness, composed of sandstones, shales, and coal beds, and with a conglomerate bed about 15 feet thick near the bottom of the section. The productive coal measures are in the upper part of this section and are associated with light grey sandstones and sandy shales. Although no good section of these coal measures was seen, there is a sufficient number of isolated exposures to show that this horizon contains a great deal of coal. The number of seams that are sufficiently free from rock to be workable, and also with good roof and floor conditions, are few. Two seams have been worked by the Yellow- head Pass Company. The upper seam is about 9 feet thick and the lower about 9 feet 6 inches. Slopes were sunk on both seams at an angle to the dip. The horizontal distance from the mouth of the slope to the face of the workings is about 2,200 feet. At a distance of about 1,700 feet from the mouth of the slope the tw^o seams coalesce. The information regarding the workings was obtained mainly from the mine plans as the wTiter was unable to verify it by a personal inspection. The mines are closed and some of the workings are on fire. MOUNTAIN PARK COLLIERIES. Mountain Park collieries lie just west of the front range of the Rocky moun- tains at the headwaters of Macleod river. They are about 30 miles southwest of Coalspur and are connected by railway with the latter place. This coal basin is marked by a considerable relief. The valley bottom in the vicinity of the mines is over 5,800 feet above sea-level and the higher ridges attain an altitude of 7,000 feet. This whole basin is then enclosed on the north, south, and west sides by mountain ridges which in places attain an altitude of 9,000 feet. The structure though simple in its large features is complicated in detail. The coal measures here form part of one of those large fault blocks so characteristic of the Rocky mountains. The only exception to the dominant southwestward dip are local folds in shales and drag folds on the northeast side of thrust faults. In this region, the northeastern faces of both the first and second mountain ranges are the loci of major thrust faults. The trend of the mountain ranges is very irregular and the strike of the coal measures between the mountain ranges also shows considerable irregularity. At the townsite, the strike is about 60 degrees west of north and the dip 30 degrees southwest. As we proceed northwest the whole basin is seen to pitch toward the southeast and a tight syncline causes the uppermost part of the coal measures to be repeated at the southwestern side of the basin. The western limb of this syncline is overturned and a coal SUMMARY REPORT 103 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 seam outcropping at the edge of the second range of mountains, and dipping southwest, has the appearance of being overlain by the thick Hmestone series which forms the mountains. East of the townsite, several small folds, which plunge steeply toward the east, cause the strike to change greatly within very short distances. This basin shows a continuous section from the Palaeozoic limestones and quartzites to the Upper Cretaceous. The Jurassic, represented by the Fernie formation, is composed of dark, brownish weathering shales, limestones, and ^black shales of marine origin. The shales of the Fernie formation holding marine Legend /^e_24 upper sha.le5 ,111'" Bighorn sandstone ///// Blajzkstone shaJe DaLkota^ series Kootenay formation Fernie formation ':\\\^'\w^ PaJeeozo/c Fault Rge 23 Ceolo^ica.1 5ur\/ey, Caj^axJa^ . ScaJe of Mites ^ L ^ Figure 4. Mountain Park coal area. .fossils, grade upward into similar black shales with arenaceous and calcareous bands. In these upper shales no marine fossils were found and, after a strati- graphic interval of about 200 feet has been passed, the shales show numerous and well preserved ripple-marks and plant remains make their first appearance. If the uppermost bed which contains marine fossils, is the top of the Fernie forma- tion, this formation has a thickness of about 1,000 feet, but some of the brown shales at the base may be Triassic. Overlying the Fernie is the Kootenay for- mation composed of shales, sandstones, conglomerates, and coal beds. The true thickness of the formation is hard to obtain on account of the disturbed condition of the rocks. Making allowance for duplication, however, the total thickness must be about 3,000 feet. The lower half consists mainly of shales; No. 26— 8i 104 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 the upper half consists of conglomerates, sandstones, shales, and coal seams. The productive coal measures are confined to the upper 1,000 feet of the forma- tion. The contained fossils are wholly of continental origin, consisting of plant remains and a few freshwater molluscs. Overlying the Kootenay formation is a series of grey sandstones, and thick- bedded sandy shales, with a conglomerate bed at the base. This series is about 400 feet in thickness and is generally assigned to the Dakota formation; fossils observed consisted of two or three tree trunks, 12 to 18 inches in diameter, and a few obscure impressions of leaves and rootlets. The Dakota series grades upwards into dark grey fissile shales very similar in appearance to the Benton shales of southwestern Alberta. These shales contain marine fossils, Inocerami and Prionocyclus types being the most common. This series is about 1,150 feet in thickness and is probably to be correlated with the Blackstone shales of the Bighorn coal basin. ^ These Blackstone shales are overlain by about 75 feet of sandstone and conglomerate in which no fossils were observed. The stratigraphic horizon and the lithologic character of these rocks suggest their provisional correlation with the Bighorn formation described by Malloch. Overlying this Bighorn series is another series of shales very similar to the shales beneath. A complete section of this upper shale formation is not present. They are poorly exposed, much disturbed, and faulted. A few marine fossils were collected from these beds but have not yet been determined. The Kootenay formation contains many coal seams in this basin. Two of these are worked by the Mountain Park Coal Company. No. 1 seam, the uppermost, is 7 feet thick; the other seam, known as No. 3, lies about 300 feet below No. 1 and is over 20 feet thick in places, but of this only about 12 feet is mined. These seams have been opened up by slopes and tunnels on both sides of the valley. The workings on the east side have already penetrated over 3,000 feet, and on the west about 2,000 feet. The average daily output in August this year, was about 400 tons. PEMBINA COLLIERY. The Pembina mine is located at Evansburg about 70 miles west of Edmonton and is tapped by the main lines of both the Canadian Northern and Grand Trunk Pacific railways. The country in the vicinity of the mine is flat and for the most part covered with timber. Pembina and Lobstick rivers, which form a junction near Evansburg, flow in deep valleys, the bottom of the Pembina being over 200 feet below the general level of the country. The altitude of the strata is practic- ally horizontal and, except for a few small local rolls, any inclination which the beds may have is to be measured in feet per mile. A correlation of the coal seams at several places indicates a gentle dip toward the west. A section of the strata in the Pembina mine shaft is about as follows: • Malloch, G. S., "Bighorn coal basin, Alberta", Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 9, pp. 35-36. SUMMARY REPORT 105 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Section at Pembina Colliery. Strata Surface loam Yellow clay Light grey sandstone . Blue and grey shale . . Coal Carbonaceous shale. . Coal Clay shale Coal Shale Bony coal No. 1 seam \ Coal No. 2 seam Bony coal . . . Coal Shale Coal Shale Coal Sandy shale . Sandstone. . . Clay shale . . I Coal Clay shale . . Coal Sandy shale. Thickness Feet In 1 18 6 29 6 198 5 3 3 2 1 2 0 2 0 8 0 2 2 6 0 10 0 6 6 0 0 2 3 10 0 1 2 4 3 2 26 0 3 0 1 6 0 1 5 11 0 10 The sandstones are well exposed along Lobstick and Pembina rivers. The fossils, which include unios, stems of plants, and tree trunks, indicate an Upper Cretaceous and probable Edmonton age for this formation. As shown by the section there are two coal seams, the thick upper one is, however, too dirty and is not worked. The present owners of the Pembina colliery have concentrated their work on the lower seam. This seam is tapped by a vertical shaft about 315 feet deep and from this the workings radiate. ISLAND LAKE COAL COMPANY. The property of this company is located near Wabamun, about 42 miles west of Edmonton on the Grand Trunk Pacific railway. The surrounding country is fairly flat and dotted with numerous small lakes and marshy tracts. The surface is well covered with glacial debris and bedrock is rarely exposed. The mine tunnel shows the strata to be practically horizontal in attitude. The coal seam lies near the surface and has a total thickness of about 26 feet; but the upper 14 feet contains many bands of shale and is too dirty for profitable mining. The lower 12 feet is fairly clean coal and about 8 feet of this is being mined. The mine is yet in the early development stages and the main tunnel has pen- etrated about 600 feet from the entry. 106 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 •5t U p o- Carboi hydio gen ratio, C. o 3 1^ \0 r^ -H O^ O^ O^ t^ O 1^ o\ \0 "^ ^O »A) > o c o Th lo -f cs fN rs (vi o o o •r-i O t^ <^^ ro tN o o o — lO On •—I O C\ O O C O O c a O — -H CO i^ fC •^ ^ <>j ■» o Qv ON ON •^ 0\ o o "-, o l^ z -,«-H -- -- oo o - 00-- '-' O ir> "* lO '^ -H (M tN tN -+ rf f. "Tf •* rs ^ :/) oo o O o o o o o oooo O o O — Ov CN lO to f~-) •* -^ ^ fvj ^ r/; •T) •* E rO T^i r^ ■Tf -+ '+-+ ^ to ■■*•* Tt ^ 'I* ■* u •^ -* o o r^ O O vO ■^ 00 ■a = :^-^e- ^\0 vO to Tj< -* CS — O "^ to O On •* — NO CNl NO 00 lO y-l t^ -H lO On t~ to i^ ro 6 Cii^i'^ ■2 o 00 o> o lO to vO 00 CC CC (NT) T*< NO NO 00 00 r^ 00 On O NO NO NO r-~ 00 00 00 00 .y-i CnJ >. : >N U X l- c c = o.- w S fe s =iE ^ 2 = ■*- o*- "^ e O ^ rt TO cfl r~ (U (U 4) ^ 10 -• _- o •3 c fc . o v. & O .g-r ^-- K O O' Izz s e" I e" C CC •" en Q re ro iO> ■^ 6 6 6 o * 2 (U 03 |S a E :§2 cS o 00 -.A cSE a ® ►-1 _ SUMMARY REPORT 107 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 CROWSNEST COAL FIELD, ALBERTA. (Bruce Rose.) PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF WORK. Three months of the 1916 field season were spent in mapping the coal-bearing rocks and associated formations on the eastern slope of the Rocky mountains in southern Alberta, with the object of making a general investigation of the coal resources and of the stratigraphy and structure of the various formations. This work is a continuation of that begun by the writer in 1915 in the Blairmore map- area. An effort was made to complete the mapping of all the coal-bearing areas east of the main range of the Rocky mountains and south of the 50th parallel of north latitude. The work was carried on in the mountains and the foothills about the heads of the numerous branches of Oldman river, chief of which are the Old- man (Northfork) the Crowsnest (Middlefork), and the Castle (Southfork). It was carried east as far as the coal areas of the Kootenay formation occur and was connected with the work done by J. S. Stewart in the foothills during 1914 and 1915.^ This along with Mr. Stewart's work completes the mapping of the Cretaceous coal areas on the east slope of the Rocky mountains south of the 50th parallel of north latitude and west of the 114th parallel of west longitude; and it is hoped to extend the investigation to include the coal areas on the west slope of the Rocky mountains in British Columbia and so complete the mapping of the rectangular area bounded by the 49th and 50th parallels of north latitude and the 114th and 115th parallels of west longitude. The term "Crowsnest Coal Field" as applied to Alberta has reference to the coal areas on the east slope of the Rocky mountains, which are tributary to the Crowsnest branch of the Canadian Pacific railway. In this report it refers to the area south of the 50th parallel of north latitude where coal of the Kootenay formation is found and does not include the areas in the foothills and on the Great Plains where coal of the Belly River formation is mined, although much of this area is also tributary to the Crowsnest branch of the Canadian Pacific railway. FIELD WORK AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The topographical map of the Crowsnest Forest Reserve, published by the Department of the Interior, includes the greater part of the area mapped and was used as a base for the geological mapping. This map on a scale of 2 miles to 1 inch and with a contour interval of 100 feet proved very suitable for field purposes. The system of surveying used was that of running traverses across the ridges and along stream courses. Locations of contacts, fault lines, etc., on the ridges were made by triangulation and aneroid barometer readings, and along streams by locations from prominent bends or permanently marked survey lines. Where necessary, traverses were run along formation contacts and fault lines. From the data thus obtained the geological map was compiled.. For the work in the foothills east of the area covered by the Crowsnest Forest Reserve map, the sectional sheets of the Dominion Land Surveys Branch, Department of the Interior, scale 3 miles to 1 inch, were used as a base for the mapping. The work at the first of the season was somewhat hampered by the death of the first assistant C. B. Hamil. Mr. Hamil had spent three seasons with the Geological, Survey, as field assistant, and was pursuing a graduate course at 1 Geol. Surv., Can.. Sum. Rept., 1914 and 1915. 108 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Princeton university. He was an enthusiastic student and his death has removed a most promising geologist. I wish to thank my assistants P. G. Dobson and A. Laferri^re for their careful work and cheerful co-operation throughout the season. Thanks are also due to residents of the district for courtesies which helped to advance the progress of the work. ' GENERAL GEOLOGY. Stratigraphy. An apparently conformable series of rocks from the Devono- Carboniferous to the Allison formation (Upper Cretaceous) occurs in this area. An older series of Cambrian and Pre-Cambrian age occurs at the heads of Castle and Carbon rivers (Southfork area) overthrust upon the Cretaceous rocks, but was not investigated. Superficial deposits of glacial and river drift fill the valley and mantle the lower slopes of the mountains and hills. Table of Formations. Pleistocene and Recent Superficial deposits Upper Cretaceous Allison formation Benton formation Crowsnest volcanics Blairmore formation Lower Cretaceous Kootenay formation Jurassic Fernie formation Devono-Carboniferous Pre-Cambrian and Cambrian I DESCRIPTION OF FORMATIONS. Pre-Cambrian and Cambrian. A great series of sedimentary rocks containing at least one prominent lava flow, comparable to the Purcell Pre-Cambrian sills, is overthrust upon the Cretaceous rocks in the Southfork area, at the heads of the numerous branches of Castle river. They form the high mountains at the north end of Clarke range which extends southward across the International Boundary into Montana. No detailed examination of the series was made but the rocks were observed at numerous localities while mapping the fault contact between them and the Cretaceous rocks. They consist of grey, heavy-bedded, somewhat siliceous limestone, dark argillltes and quartzites with some white quartzite, a dark lava flow, yellow to brown quartzite, and a red somewhat shaly argillite or flaggy quartzite. These can be correlated with the rocks at the International Boundary described by Willis as Algonkian,^ and by Daly as Beltian, Cambrian, and Middle Cambrian.^ Fossils collected from beds at the top of the series are of Middle Cambrian age.^ Devono-Carboniferous. The Palaeozoic rocks consist largely of evenly bedded, compact, grey limestone. The top beds, where observed, lie conformably under the Jurassic (Fernie formation), but the series as a whole is in most places in > Willis, B., "Stratigraphy and structure, Lewis and Livingstone ranges, Montana," B.G.S.A., vol. XII, 1902, pp. 316-324. •Daly, R. A.. Crcol. Surv., Can., Mem. 38, 1912, part I, pp. 47-95. » Adams, F. D., and Dick, W. J., "Discovery of phosphate in the Rocky mountains". Commission of Conservation, Canada, p. 13. SUMMARY REPORT 109 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 folded and faulted relations with the Jurassic and Cretaceous. The base of the series is in no place exposed. The upper portion consists of light-coloured quart- zites and siliceous limestones and may probably be correlated with the Rocky Mountain quartzite (Pennsylvanian) of the Bow River section to the north. Below the quartzitic phase there are massive, light grey, somewhat crystalline limestones, cherty limestones, a band of dark shales, and varieties of massive, concretionary, flaggy and shaly limestones, A few fossils collected from the lower beds are Devonian types and some from the upper limestones have been classed as Carboniferous, so the general name of Devono-Carboniferous is tem- porarily retained for the series until a subdivision is made. These rocks are found in the main range of the Rocky mountains, where they are overthrust upon the Cretaceous rocks; in Crowsnest mountain and Goulds Dome, as overthrust outliers on the Cretaceous rocks; and in the Living- stone range and the Turtle Mountain group where they are in folded and faulted relations with the Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks. Fernie Formation. The Fernie formation on the east slope of the Rocky mountains is principally a shale formation. It consists largely of black and grey- black, fissile, marine shales, grading to thinly bedded and shaly sandstones at the top. The weathered shales are in many places brown in colour, and clay ironstone nodules are common. A bed of green, arenaceous shale, occurring near Blairmore and on Castle river and described in an earlier report as a tuff,^ was found under microscopic examination to consist of grains of quartz and decom- posed ferromagnesian minerals and is not of volcanic origin. Limestone beds or lenses occur sparingly throughout the shales. Fossil pelecypods and belemnites indicate a Jurassic age for the formation. At the contact with the underlying Palaeozoic rocks there is a thin band of conglomerate from 1 foot to 3 feet in thickness, made up of fragments of red quartzite and bits of cherty and fossiliferous limestone set in a matrix of sand and lime. The fragments show very little weathering and are mostly somewhat angular. They probably represent surface debris which was only slightly reworked on the coming in of the Jurassic sea. The contact with the overlying Kootenay formation is not well marked. There is a gradual change from marine shales to subaerial sandstone and the line of demarcation used is the base of the first heavy bed" of sandstone. Kootenay coal occurs a short distance above this sandstone. The maximum thickness of the Fernie formation in this area is from 700 to 800 feet. On account of its soft and fissile character it weathers readily and so is found occupying valleys and depressions. Kootefiay Formation. The Kootenay formation is the one in which all the workable coal of the district is found. It consists of alternating sandstones and shales and coal seams associated with the shales. Massive, coarse-grained and cross-bedded sandstone layers of grey colour stand out prominently. Between these are black shales, carbonaceous shales, sandy shales, and the coal seams which, on account of their softer character, have weathered more than the sand- stones and are usually debris covered. The whole formation is of subaerial origin as is evinced by the character of the sediments — coarse sandstones showing cross-bedding, ripple-marks, fossil land plants, and shales associated with coal seams. The formation is of Lower Cretaceous age, as determined from the fossil plants. The coal seams are named locally. No. 1 seam, No. 2 seam, etc. Six seams are known of which Nos. 1, 2, and 4 are mined. There are also small seams of no commercial importance. Sections measured at different points do not give 1 Geol. Surv., Can.. Sum. Rept.. 1915, p. 111. no GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 the same succession of strata. No. 1 seam at the top of the section is missing at many points. This may be due to its removal by erosion before the rocks of the overlying Blairmore formation were deposited. No. 2 seam is very persistent. A complete section measured south of Crowsnest river, at Blairmore, illustrates the nature and succession of the rocks. Section of Kootenay Formation at Blairmore. Feet Conglomerate at the base of the Blairmore formation. No. 1 coal seam missing but present under the conglomerate I5 miles to the north where it has a thickness of 10 to 18 feet. Massive, coarse-grained, and cross-bedded, grey sandstone with prostrate fossil stems and bits of coal 39 Coal, No. 2 seam 15 Dark shale 55 Sandstone, dark grey, cross-bedded 14 Shale, black, fissile with a few sandy layers 25 Coal, No. 3 seam 2 Shale, black, sandy and carbonaceous layers with little layers of coal. . .81 Coal, No. 4 seam 4 Black shale 3 Coal 2 Black shale 3 Sandstone, coarse and cross-bedded 37 Shale and small coal seams 70 Massive, grey sandstone, approximately 100 Below is thin-bedded sandstone and shale assigned to the Fernie for- mation 450 Blairmore Formation. The Blairmore formation consists principally of red and green, sandy, and crumbly shales with interbedded, grey sandstones. At the base is a persistent and conspicuous conglomerate from 15 to 20 feet in thickness, made up of black, white, and red quartzite pebbles from ^ to 2 inches in diameter set in a firmly cemented, sandy matrix. The pebbles are evidently derived from the Cambrian and Pre-Cambrian quartzites found to the west. The proportion of pebbles to matrix decreases from west to east and some of the eastern exposures are merely coarse sandstone with an occasional pebble. The conglomerate has been described as marking the top of the Kootenay formation and is commonly spoken of as the Kootenay conglomerate; but it rightfully belongs to the base of the Blairmore formation. As noted above, the upper beds of the Kootenay formation, including coal seam No. 1, are missing in places, indicating an erosion interval, and the change from shale and coal to conglomerate deposition must have been connected with diastrophic changes and marks a more likely boundary for the beginning of a new formation. The conglomerate is of great importance from an economic standpoint. It is the horizon marker which is sought by all prospectors since the best prospecting ground for coal lies just below it. Conglomerate occurs at irregular intervals throughout the formation as lenses in the sandstones. There is one fairly persistent conglomerate band about 1,000 feet above the base of the formation, which looks much like the basal conglomerate but is distinguished by a large percentage of crystalline igneous pebbles. It is well exposed on York creek one-quarter of a mile west of the International Coal and Coke Company's fan house and again on the hills between Frank and Bellevue just north of the Frank rock slide. A limestone band associated with shale and limy sandstone was noted at several points. At Passburg it is not more than 50 feet from the basal conglome- SUMMARY REPORT HI SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 rate. At Frank, it is 175 feet from the base, at Blairmore, 500 feet, and north of Coleman, 550 feet. The thickness of the formation varies from 2,000 to 3,000 feet increasing towards the west. Measured sections show a repetition of shale and sandstone from 1 to 10 feet in thickness with occasional thicker bands up to 50 feet. Fossil plants indicate a Dakota age for the formation. McLearn collected fossils in this area in 1915 and in a preliminary statement reports that abundant angiosperms are confined to the upper 200 feet which may be of Dakota age, while the lower and greater part of the formation may be of uppermost Comanchean age.i Crowsnest Volcanics. Resting conformably on the Blairmore formation and probably grading into it are beds of volcanic tuffs and agglomerates. These beds are stratified and in places contain water-worn fragments. They vary in texture from ash-fine tuffs to coarse agglomerates with fragments up to 2 and 3 feet in diameter. The colours range from light grey to green, pink, and purple. It is needless to describe all the varieties; but, conspicuous among them are: a feldspar tuff in which crystals of pink feldspar up to 2 inches in length are embed- ded in a fine-grained, grey matrix so that the rock has the appearance of a por- phyry; an analcite porphyry occurring as fragments in the agglomerate; and varieties of tuff with many small crystals of melanite. Microscopic examination by Knight^ has shown that the following rock types occur in the district: augite trachyte, tinguaite, andesite and analcite trachyte; and by MacKenzie^ the following: aegirite-augite trachyte, melanite-bearing trachyte, latite, and analcite- bearing rocks for which the name blairmorite is adopted. The greatest thickness of volcanic rock obser\^ed is in a ridge west of the town of Coleman where a section of over 1,100 feet was measured. From there the rocks thin to the north, south, and east until the Benton rests directly on the Blairmore. To the west the volcanic rocks dip under the Benton formation and do not again appear, although a small block was observed along the fault plane where the Palaeozoic rocks of the main range of the Rocky mountains is thrust over the Cretaceous areas. This block is located 4 miles north of Crowsnest lake and 4 miles west of the main ridge at Coleman and has evidently been dragged in on the fault plane. No volcanic neck or vent has been found from which the volcanic rock could have been extruded, but the centre of eruption was somewhere north and west of Coleman in the vicinity of Crowsnest mountain, for it is here that the greatest thickness of deposits is found. The occurrence at Coleman, which MacKenzie^ states was reported to be probably a volcanic neck, was found on examination to be a piece of the volcanic rock dragged in on a fault plane; and similar occurrences were noted at intervals along this fault plane for a distance of 15 miles. Benton Formation. The Benton is, like the Fernie, principally a marine shale formation. It overlies the Crowsnest volcanics conformably and is in turn overlain conformably by the sandstones and shales of the Allison formation. The rocks consist of brown and black, friable, and fissile shales with ironstone concretions, and a few arenaceous beds. Near the base of the formation are two sandstone layers, the upper one of which has a siliceous cement and weathers to light-whitish tints. This bed is very resistant to weathering and commonly stands in ridges, the shales on either side of it having been denuded, so that it makes a good horizon marker. > McLeam, F. H., Geol. Surv., Can.. Sum. Rept., 1915, p. 112. 2 Knight. C. W., Can. Rec. Sc.. Montreal, vol. 9, 1905. pp. 265-278. » MacKenzie, J. D., Geol. Surv.. Can., Mus. Bull. No. 4, 1914. * MacKenzie, J. D., Idem., p. 13. 112 • GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV, A. 1917 On account of the soft nature of the shale the rocks weather readily and complete sections are not well exposed. The rocks also show considerable minor folding in places, so that it is difficult to estimate the true thickness of the for- mation. It is probable that the minimum thickness for the area may be placed at 3,000 feet. The following section was measured on York creek west of Blair- more. Section on York Creek. Feet Sandstone and shale of the Allison formation i Friable, brown-black shale with ironstone concretions and arenaceous bands 2 ,500 Hard, grey sandstone with siliceous cement, weathering white on the surface. ... 60 Brown-black shale with nodules and with thin arenaceous bands 295 Grey-black, platy sandstone 25 Friable and fissile, brown-black shale 365 Crowsnest volcanics 3,245 At one locality a 3-foot bed of light grey clay shale is interbedded with the brown -black shale, 125 feet from the base of the formation. This occurrence is on Jackson creek, a branch of the Castle river, in sec. 23, tp. 6, range 3, W. 5th mer. — the only locality where the clay bed was seen. It was thought that it might be a fireclay but tests show that it is suitable only for ordinary brick.^ A considerable fossil fauna has been collected from this formation^ and from the presence of Bacidites asper it is referred to the Benton, or Colorado shale. Allison Formation. The Allison formation is the youngest of the conformable series of sediments exposed in the area. It is largely a sandstone formation and was first described for this area as the Allison Creek sandstones.' It is the stratigraphic equivalent of the Belly River formation of the Great Plains to the east. A thickness of from 2,500 to 3,000 feet of sediments is exposed. The top beds are in all places in faulted relations with some of the older formations but are so like the top beds of the Belly River formation, seen to the east where they are overlain conformably by the Bearpaw shales, that the above figures are thought to represent the total thickness of the formation. A close search for Bearpaw shales along the fault planes failed to reveal any. At the base of the formation is 250 to 350 feet of massive, light grey, cross- bedded, coarse-grained sandstone which from its nature and its stratigraphic position is probably the equivalent of the Eagle formation. Above this is 50 feet of grey shale with interbedded coal seams of no economic importance. Then follows 2,000 to 2,500 feet of interbedded, grey sandstone and grey-green shale. Towards the top, the formation becomes very shaly and at several localities black shale and a small coal seam were observed just where the older formations are faulted over the Allison rocks. This coal is thought to be the equivalent of that mined at the top of the Belly River formation east of the mountains. At one locality a conglomerate layer was noted well up in the upper sandstone and shale division. McLearn reports two brackish -water and two freshwater faunules from this formation, all of which appear to be t\''pical of the Belly River.'* This, along with the presence of coal and the general arenaceous character of the formation proves it to be of continental origin. > Geo. Surv.. Can.. Mem. 47, pp. 25-28, and Mem. 65, pp. 54-59. " •McLeam, F. H.. Geol. Surv., Can.. Sum. Rept., 1914, p. 62. » Leach, W. W., Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1911. p. 196. * McLearn. F. H.. Geol. Surv.. Can., Sum. Rept.. 1914, p. 62. SUMMARY REPORT . 113 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Superficial Deposits. Glacial gravels mantle the lower slopes and fill the bottoms of the main valleys. They were deposited by Pleistocene valley glaciers and on the retreat of the ice the valleys were blocked. Recent stream action has removed and terraced the gravels and has in many places cut through them to bedrock. Lateral moraines are still apparent in the Crowsnest valley west of Coleman. Talus deposits along the steep slopes and a general veneer of rock debris and humus on the gentler slopes mark the effects of recent weathering. At several places rock slides of huge proportions have occurred. The largest and best known of these is the Frank rock slide of 1903. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY. The structure in the Crowsnest area of Alberta is that of the Rocky Mountain system in general — a roughly parallel succession of folds and thrust faults trending in a north-northwesterly direction. The thrust which caused the folding and faulting came from the west, for the rocks on the west sides of the fault planes have been shoved up and eastward over the rocks on the east sides and the dips on the western arms of the anticlinal folds are less steep than on the eastern arms. The structure is expressed topographically by a seiies of parallel ridges and mountain ranges with steep faces to the east and gentle slopes to the west. The crests of the ridges are formed of the more resistant rocks, limestones, sandstones, conglomerates, and volcanic agglomerate, while the valleys are occupied by the softer sandstones and shales. The dominant structural features of the area are the high limestone moun- ^tains of the main range of the Rocky mountains on the west, and the Livingstone range on the east. Between these ranges is a relatively lower area of Cretaceous rocks which Dawson named "The Crowsnest Cretaceous Trough."^ East of the Livingstone range the foothills are composed of faulted and folded Cretaceous rocks which repeat on a smaller scale the structural features of the Rocky moun- tains. The foothills area and the Crowsnest Cretaceous trough are very similar both structurally and topographically and are really continuous with one another. In passing south the Livingstone range gradually dies out and the Cretaceous rocks of the foothills connect with those of the Crowsnest Cretaceous trough by way of the Castle River valley. South of Castle river the north end of the Clarke range abuts on the area of the Crowsnest Cretaceous trough and the regular structure of the ridges changes to a northwest-southeast direction. It appears that the thrust here must have come from the southwest. But after rounding the north end of the Clarke range the regular north-northwesterly trend again becomes dominant in the foot- hills to the south and east. One exception to the general rule of thrust faulting from west to east occurs near the town of Hillcrest where the Hillcrest Collieries, Limited, are mining coal. A syncline of Kootenay and the overlying Blairmore rocks plunges to the south and to the north ends where the rocks come to the surface, and the outcrops of the coal measures can be traced in a semicircle connecting the east and west arms of the syncline. Here on both the east and west sides of the basin, rocks of the Blairmore formation are faulted in. It appears that the rocks were first folded and that the main thrust was exerted some distance below the present surface level so that when the break occurred the end of the synclinal basin was tilted upwards. The fault on the east side is then of the common thrust type but the one on the west side is the reverse of the common type, since there, the rocks on the east side have moved upward relatively to those on the west side. The two faults run together a short distance to the north and the rocks at the junction are very much broken up. J Dawson, G. M., Ann. Rept.. Geol. Surv., Can.. 1885, p. 67B. 114 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. Coal mining is the principal industry of the district. The workable coal occurs only in rocks of the Kootenay formation and up to date seams Nos. 1,2, and 4 are the only ones mined (see section of Kootenay formation page 110). The coal is bituminous and is in general a good steam and coking coal. An average analysis of the coal is, approximately, as follows: Water 1-00 per cent Fixed carbon 57-00 Volatile matter 26-00 Ash 16-00 There are at present six working collieries, all situated in the valley of Crowsnest river where they are served by the Crowsnest branch of the Canadian Pacific railway. There are also numerous prospects and a number of small mines which supply the local demand in outlying districts. Four collieries were closed in 1914 owing to the temporary depression following the outbreak of the European war. These are situated in the eastern part of the district where the coal is not so clean as that from farther west on the same seams and none of them had reached full development; for these reasons they have not been re-opened. In 1916 the working collieries were not able to supply the demand for coal. According to the published figures the yearly output for the Crowsnest district in Alberta reached its highest figure in 1913 when 1,849,435 tons were produced.^ As noted above all the working collieries are situated in the Crowsnest valley, Middlefork area. When the economic conditions warrant the opening of more mines the valleys of the Oldman and Castle rivers offer easy entrance to the Xorthfork and Southfork areas respectively. The structural conditions in the Northfork area are similar to those in the Middlefork area. A number of the seams are continuous from one to the other and the prospects show them to be approximately equal in thickness and quality. In the Southfork area the structure is complicated by the overthrust of the Clarke range. The coal out- crops are not so regular and in many of the prospects examined the coal is so broken that it cannot be worked in competition with the more regular seams of the Middlefork and Northfork areas. OIL AND GAS, ALBERTA. (5. E. Slipper.) OIL. In 1916 there were twenty standard drilling outfits working in the foothills in the search for oil. A brief summary of the work done in the different fields is here given to supplement previous reports by the writer. SHEEP RIVER AREA. In this field the drilling is passing from "wild cat" stage into that of legitimate prospecting or even actual development. Record Well. In sec. 4, tp. 19, range 2, W. 5th mer., the Record Oil Company continued work on the test-hole begun in 1914. The present depth is about 2,900 feet. Most of this year's (1916) work consisted in clearing out some 700 feet of cavings which had collected during the preceding winter when the well was shut down. 'Ann. Rept. Dept. Public Works, Alberta, 1913. p. 65. SUMMARY REPORT 115 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 This drill-hole penetrated the Dakota at 2,320 feet where it tapped a flow of about 50,000 cubic feet of gas per day. No petroleum has been found other than a small showing of oil at 700 feet in the Benton formation. However, the hole has not penetrated deep enough to tap the three lower horizons in which oil is known to occur at other points along the anticline. Alberta Pacific Oil Company, Acme Well. In December 1916, this well had reached a depth of 2,200 feet and at this horizon a fair showing of dark green oil occurred. At about 1,780 feet a previous showing was encountered and this is the depth at which the Dakota formation was penetrated. These are known as the No. 2 and No. 1 oil horizons respectively. Mount Stephen Oil Company, Well No. 2. This company began drilling on the NW. \ sec. 7, tp. 20, range 2, W. 5th mer., a few hundred feet southeast of the Southern Alberta Well No. 1. A depth of 1,600 feet has been attained. The drill is still working in Benton formation. Southern Alberta Oil Company, Well No. 1. This well, which is the most promising in Alberta at the present time, has given the field the status of a commercially productive area. (This well is located in sec. 18, tp. 20, range 2, W. 5th mer.?). Late in 1915 a small still and condenser system was erected on this location and since then gasoline, kerosene, and a light lubricating product have beeu produced to the limit of the plant's capacity. The company's storage capacity is not very large and hence the maximum production that might be obtained from well No. 1 has never been ascertained. The following facts regarding this well are given by E. G. Voss: Analysis of Oil from Well No. 1, Southern Alberta Oil Company. Temperature intervals, degrees Centigrade Vol. of distillates per cent Main products 38-75 75-100 100-125 125-150 5-8 16-0 200 16-2 Gasoline fraction 58% Gfavity 0-7280 = 62°Be. 150-175 175-200 200-225 225-250 250-275 275-300 9-2 5-8 4-8 4-0 2-5 2-1 Kerosene fraction 28-4% Gravity 0- 7968 = 45 •7°Be. 300-325 325-350 2-0 1-0 Light lubricating 3% Gravity 0-8390 = 37°Be. 350 and up 90 Paraffin residue 1-6 100-00 Loss "The oil is a thin mobile liquid with strong penetrating odour. Its colour is greenish brown by reflected light and bright brown by transmitted light. It is a paraffin base. Sp. gr. at 15-5° C. is 0-7605 or 54° Beaume. "Both gasoline and kerosene fractions distill over water-white. The lubricating fraction is a pale yellow and the paraffin residuum is a dark green vaseline-like solid." 116 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 The oil was encountered in the well at a depth of 3,500 feet and is from the 2,718-foot oil horizon of the Calgary Petroleum Products well No. 1, that is from oil sand No. 3. It filled the 3,500-foot hole to the top of the casing (6 inches diameter) in seventeen hours. The writer does not know of any tests as to the rate at which the oil can be lowered in the hole. There is no appreciable quantity of gas with the oil. The well is connected by a 2-inch pipe-line to a storage tank. When more crude oil is required a valve at the casing head is open and the oil flows under considerable pressure into the tank. The flow is not continuous, but data on the actual amount that can be obtained in this manner is not available; it pro- bably is between 35 and 50 barrels per day. The company is making preparations to install a complete refinery. Gasoline manufactured by the company is selling on the Alberta markets and maintains a selling price of 3 cents per gallon below the price of imported gasoline. The product has a very objectionable odour owing to the fact that it is really nothing but an unrefined distillate. When the agitators now being installed are completed this odour will be eliminated from the oil. Southern Alberta Oil Company, Well No. 2. This well, located about 800 feet north of well No. 1 and about 200 to 400 feet farther east from the apex, is about 3.150 feet deep. The indications are very promising. The president of the company stated that oil was found at 1,855 feet, 2,720 feet, 2,970 feet, and 3, 100 feet, and that a total production of 20 to 30 barrels a day from these sands was estimated. The hole has not penetrated to the main oil horizon which was found at 3,500 feet in No. 1. Alberta Southern Oil Company. This well is in the NE. \ sec. 13, tp. 20> range 3, W\ 5th mer. The hole has reached a depth of 2,800 feet. There was a small showing of oil at 1,800 to 1,900 feet and a small gas flow at 2,800 feet. Drilling has stopped temporarily. Illinois-Alberta Oil Company. This company has taken over the old North- west Pacific Company's well No. 2, which had been drilled some 300 feet. The new owners are making preparations to continue the drilling. Prudential Oil Company. A small quantity of oil was found at the 2,250-foot horizon in this well. A charge of nitroglycerine was exploded at the oil sand with the hope of increasing the flow, but there were no appreciable results. The present production is about five to six barrels per day. Calgary Petroleum Products Company, Well No. 1. Some extended tests have been carried out at this well to ascertain if the extraction of the liquid hydrocarbons from the gas is commercially practicable. The gas which escapes from the well contains the lighter petroleum fractions as a vapour, evident to the eye. Oil will also rapidly collect on the hand if held in the escaping gas. Attempts have been made to condense the gasoline content of the gas by an experimental compressor plant, but, for reasons not fully reported, evidently without success. Experiments involving the principle of absorption of the contained liquids by passing the gas through liquid absorbers (petroleum distillates of known gravity) are said to give more satisfactory results than the compressor plant tests. Mr. A. W. Dingman, the company's field superintendent, has arranged an ingenious system of expansion and contraction chambers and traps through which the gas is passed immediately after leaving the casing head. From this apparatus 20 to 30 gallons of 65 degree Baume gasoline of pure water-white colour are collected per day. Oil still flows from this well at indefinite intervals particularly after the gas has been under pressure for any length of time. On December 12, 1916, the SUMMARY REPORT 117 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 writer witnessed a 100 barrel flow of 45 to 50 degree Baume light green trans- parent oil. The Calgary Petroleum Products Company have erected a small two unit still and condensing plant near the wells. CARDSTON DISTRICT. J, S. Stewart who mapped the geology of this area describes the rocks at the surface as of Belly River formation. This series of beds continues down from the surface to 1,150 feet and is then succeeded by 785 feet of black shales, to 1,935 feet; these have all the appearances of typical Benton strata and are classified as such. The sandstone beds from 1,935 to 2,090 feet are of a different formation from the Benton. They were at first classified as Dakota but it has since been decided that they are Bell}'^ River beds brought to this lower position by an over- thrust. Such a correlation has been made on the strength of the following: Stewart estimated that the Benton formation is at least 1,100 feet thick, while the well record gives only 785 feet of Benton. The sandstone samples obtained from 1,935 to 2,090 feet are not at all similar to typical Dakota sandstones but are much like Belly River rocks. On the surface, a few hundred feet east of the well a very definite fault is visible with the fault plane inclined westward. Drilling was carried on in the Cardston district by a syndicate known as the L.H.D. Company and by the Macfarlane Oil Company of Oklahonia and Kansas. Macfarlane Oil Company. This company began drilling in February 1916 on the NE. \ sec. 14, tp. 2, range 26, W. 4th mer., some 6 miles southwest of the town of Cardston. The drill had reached a depth of 2,090 feet when the hole was abandoned. No gas, oil, or water-bearing beds were encountered, nor were there any favourable indications of oil. The following is a condensed log of the well : Log of the Macfarlane Oil Company's Well. Feet Light grey clays and silt sandstones 0- 100 Light grey sandstones with shale partings 100- 215 Blue shale 215- 420 Light grey sandstone 420- 775 Light grey sandstones, light green strata, bluish shale 775- 945 Fine light grey sandstone 945-1 , 150 Blue black shale 1 , 150-1 ,440 Light green shale and silt 1 ,440-1 ,510 Blue black shale 1 ,510-1 ,935 Grey sandstones and light green shales 1 ,935-2 ,090 L. H. D. Company. The company has three rigs in operation, located on a narrow anticlinal fold which is well exposed in section on St. Mary river near well No. 2 in sec. 9, tp. 1, range 25, W. 5th mer. The beds exposed on the crest are of the Belly River formation. The fold has a northwest trend and well No. 1 in sec. 36, tp. 1, range 26, W. 4th mer., is on the west limb. The equipment of well No. 1 was destroyed this past summer (1-916) by fire. No. 2 and No. 3 were abandoned soon after the Macfarlane company'' stopped work. No. 2 reached a depth of 1,600 feet and stopped in Benton strata: No. 3 was M^orking in Belly River beds at 8007eet when drilling was discontinued Livingstone Fork Syndicate, Well No. 3. This well, located on sec. 21, tp. 19, range 2, W. 5th mer., has reached a depth of 2,700 feet. Drill samples show Benton formation at this depth. Drilling is in progress. No. 26— 9 118 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV. A. 1917 Alberta Associated Oil Company, Well No. 2. This well, located on sec. 7, tp. 16, range 2, W. St\\ mer., was temporarily abandoned in 1915, but during the past season the hole was cleaned out and drilled deeper. A small seepage of dark green oil was found at 2,300 feet. Drilling was continued to a depth of 2,605 feet when work ceased for the winter. The hole was still in Benton formation at 2,605 feet. Viking Well. This well is one of seven owned by the Northern Gas and Development Company and situated 6 miles due north of the village of Viking. In well No. 2 a quantity of heavy black oil was obtained in or near the lower gas sand. An analysis of this oil furnished by the company follows: A nalysis of Oil from Viking Well. Temperature inter\-als, degrees Centigrade \'ol. per cent distillates Main products 50 -75 75 -100 100-125 125-150 none 3 1 1 Gasoline fraction 5% 150-175 175-200 200-225 225-250 250-275 275-300 2 2 3 4 5 6 Kerosene fraction 22% 300-325 325-350 4 11 Lubricating fraction 15% Above 350 58 Residue Sp. gr. at 60° F.— 0-935 = 19-7'' Be. Character of oil — thick, black, viscous liquid. Character of liquid — flows slightly at 70° F. Analyst — Milton Hersey Company, Limited. PEACE RIVER LANDING. Peace River Oil Company Limited. In the Peace River district the Peace River Oil Company, Limited, are drilling below Peace River Landing and reported finding oil at tw'o horizons. As they may not yet have reached the tar sands there seems to be some probability of success. The log of the well is submitted : Extracts from Log of Well near Peace River Landing. Feet River gravel and stones 32 River gravel and stones ■32- 64 - Fine sand 64- 91 Sand and blue clay at 93 91- 103 Blue clay and lime rock at 1 26 103- 136 Lime rock 136— 163 Blue sandy shale. 163- 179 Blue sandy shale with thin bands of sand rock about every 8 to 10 feet; at 220 feet struck small flow of gas and salt water 179- 277 Blue shale 277- 344 Grey sand rock 344- 367 Blue shale .• 367- 415 Grey shale rock; struck good flow of gas, making flame about 4 feet high; gas has distinct odour of petroleum 415- 431 SUMMARY REPORT 119 SESSIONAL, PAPER No. 26 Feet Blue shale 431- 495 Sand rock, another flow of gas with strong petroleum odour 495- 520 Blue shale 520- 545 Slate 545- 555 Blue shale 555- 607 Sand rock 607- 621 Brown shale 621- 647 Grey lime rock 647- 691 Blue shale. 691- 723 Band of grey lime rock 723- 734 Blue shale; at 850 feet very strong smell of heavy asphalt oil 734- 857 Grey lime rock; good showing of heavy asphalt oil 857- 870 Sand rock becoming very hard at 880 feet ; oil would probably give 5 barrels per day if pump put in 870- 883 Grey lime rock still very hard; oil showing not any stronger as oil sand has been passed through; small flow of gas at 910 to 915 feet 883- 927 Blue shale 927- 980 Sand rock with good showing of oil of better quality than last 980 Sand rock; more oil being encountered 980- 992 Sand rock 992-1 ,045 Blue shale 1 ,045-1 ,057 Sand rock cemented with lime, small amount of oil showing in this formation 1 ,057-1,083 Brown shale saturated with oil , 1 , 083-1 , 085 Grey lime rock 1,085-1,093 Grey lime rock and very light blue shale 1 ,093-1 , 100 Blue shale 1 , 100-1 , 107 GAS. Eight standard rigs were working during the summer in Alberta in the search for gas. The following notes record the operations at the several locations. Pwvincial Government Well at Ponoka. The Provincial Government recently drilled a gas well on the grounds of the asylum at Ponoka. The well is now 2,350 feet deep and has 8-inch casing down to 2,139 feet. Gas was encountered at the following depths, given in feet: 853, 912, 1,106, 1,396, 1,524, 1,872, 1,930, 2,257, and 2,300. Down to 1,935 feet the flows of gas are small and of no commercial import- ance. At 2,257 feet there was for a time an open flow of 100,000 cubic feet per day with rock pressure of 410 lbs., but this was reported as fast failing. According to the Geological Survey's small scale map of Alberta the rocks at the surface of Ponoka are of the Paskapoo formation. A log of the well compiled by the Department of Public Works at Edmonton follows: Log of Provincial Government Well at Ponoka. Feet Sand (water at 75 and 125 feet) 0- 137 Blue clay '. 137- 158 Shale 158- 178 Coal, 12 inches 178- 179 Shale 179- 195 Blue clay 195- 209 Shale : . . . 209- 300 Coal, 25 inches thick 30O- 302 Blue clay 302- 309 Brown shale 309- 340 Shale, lime 340- 349 Black shale 349- 390 White sand (gas at 409) 390- 421 Black shale (5 inches coal at 433) 421- 450 Brown shale 450- 460 No. 26— 9i 120 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Feet Coal, 8 feet thick 460- 468 Brown shale 468- 525 Lime (not hard) 525- 545 Hard sand (water at 548) 545- 560 Soft sand 560- 565 Blue clay 565- 600 Lime 60O- 617 Black shale 617- 642 Grey sand 642- 651 Black and brown shale 651- 715 Hard lime 715- 727 White sand 727- 750 Black and brown shales 750- 850 White sand (gas at 853) 850- 855 Brown shale 855- 867 Grey lime 867- 878 Pink rock 878- 900 Grey sand (gas at 912) 900- 915 Black shale 915-1 ,038 Blue mud 1 ,038-1 ,058 Brown shale with sandstone partings; gas at 1,106 1 ,058-1 , 138 Sand 1 , 138-1 , 148 Black and brown shales 1 , 148-1 , 260 Sand 1 , 260-1 , 270 Brown and black shale 1 , 270-1 , 380 Sand 1 ,380-1 ,400 Black and brown shale 1 ,400-1 ,462 White sand 1 ,462-1 ,471 Blue black and brown shale 1 ,471-1 ,654 White sand 1 , 654-1 , 800 Black shale 1 , 800-1 ,810 White sand 1 ,810-1 ,862 Brown shale 1 ,862-1 ,880 Black shale 1 , 880-1 ,930 Grey, brown, and black shale 1 ,930-2,070 White sand 2,070-2,086 Black shale 2,086-2,090 Alternating beds of black and brown shales and white sands 2 , 090-2 , 257 Main flow of gas at 2 , 257 The log is inserted here as an interesting record of the strata of the Upper Cretaceous of Alberta. Although the rock descriptions are rather vague so that it is not easy to divide the log into formations, it seems probable that the coal horizon at 460 feet is in the Edmonton. Viking Gas Field. The Northern Gas and Development Company of Edmonton are develop- ing a block of leases 6 miles due north of the village of Viking for the purpose of obtaining gas sufficient to supply the city of Edmonton with fuel and power. Up to the present four wells (Nos. 1,2,3, and 4) have been completed, while Nos, 5, 6, and 7 are being drilled. The development in this field has not proceeded far enough to allow of any detailed information being published. The capacity of the completed wells varies from 1,700,000 cubic feet to 5,000,000 cubic feet per day open flow. The rock pressure is about 700 pounds. There are two gas horizons; at 2,150+ and 2,350± feet. The upper sand gives off the larger volumes. Drilling begins in horizontal Belly River beds. An 8-foot coal seam is passed through at 700 ± feet and there is a strong flow of brackish water at 740 ± feet. A shale formation, evidently, is encountered at 800 to 850 feet and the gas sands are probably in the lower part of this formation. SUMMARY REPORT 121 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Drilling near Irma. In 1914 and 1915 the Gratton Creek Oil Company' drilled a hole on sec. 7, tp. 45, range 8, W. 4th. mer., to a depth of 1,620 feet. Owing to drilling troubles the hole was abandoned at this depth. The log of this well was supplied to the writer by Mr. Charles Taylor of Edmonton. Log oj Well near Irma. Feet Drift ;... 0- 25 Soft grey sandy clay > 25- 107 Blue sandstone and fossils ' 107- 109 Grey shale bands of blue sandstone — shells 109- 134 Dark shales; coal seams ^ . . . 134— 140 Bluish grey shales 140- 175 Dark shales, coal 175- 177 Blue sandstone shells 177- 192 • Brown clay 192- 200 Light grey sandstone, carbonaceous 200- 210 Light grey sandstone with clay 210- 215 Dark grey shale 215- 230 Grey shale 230- 300 Grey sand 300- 342 Grey shale a 2-foot hard shell 342- 377 Grey shale 377- 520 Hard shell 520- 522 Grey shale 522- 552 Hard shell 552- 554 Grey shale with hard shells at 645, 750, 850, 960; oil at 1,215 554-1 ,345 Lime shell 1 ,345-1 ,353 Grey shell 1 ,353-1 ,405 Hard shell 1,405-1,410 Grey shale, oil at 1,582 1,410-1 ,582 Grey shale 1 ,582-1 ,620 Bottom at ; 1 , 620 Gas at 192 feet. Water at 270 feet. Water and oil at 300 feet. Oil at 1,215 and 1,582 feet. Gas 500,000 cubic feet per day, 500 lbs. pressure at 1,620 feet. Belly River formation to 342 feet. Benton formation 342 feet to bottom. The Western Petroleum Company have begun drilling on sec. 4, tp. 45, range 8, W. 4th. mer. The Alberta Pacific Oil Company are rjgging up on sec. 6, tp. 45, range 8, W. 4th mer. The Alberta Associated Oil Company are hauling in equipment preparatory to drilling north of the village of Irma. Drilling at Vegreville. The first attempt at finding gas in the anticline crossing the Battle river was made at Vegreville station on the Canadian Northern railway in 1912 and 1913. A small showing of gas was obtained, but when the well reached a depth of 2,000 feet the attempt was abandoned and the casing pulled. The well was finished April 6, 1913. As the department was not supplied with samples from the well no advice as to the horizon reached could be given. J. S. Stewart of this department obtained permission to examine the samples that were preserved and the following log has been condensed from his notes. 122 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V,A. 1917 Log of Well at Vegreville. Depth in feet No record 0- 20 Clay shale — slate grey, very fine-grained, small quartz grains, few specks car- bonaceous matter 20- 25 Sand, fine-grained, light yellow, iron stained, quartz, carbonaceous matter 25- 30 Mad and sand, some coarse sand, brownish grey, calcareous 30- 35 Sand and mud, quartz grains as large as \ inch in diameter, dark grey 35- 50 Sand, light grey, contains small grains of resin \ inch in diameter, fine-grained 50- 55 Clay, grey, calcareous, small flakes of mica, carbonaceous matter 55- 80 Sand, light grey, very calcareous, contains pebbles as large as J inch 80- 130 Clay or shale, grey, slightly calcareous, fine-grained, contains small specks of resin 130- 155 Shale, grey, contains small grains of coal, a thin coal bed here, very calcareous, slightly sandy 155- 165 Sandstone, very calcareous, quite porous, coarse-grained 165- 175 Shale, grey, gives a slight action with acid, contains a little lime, darker at bot- tom and contains a thin bed of coal 175- 185 Sandstone, light grey, contains a little lime, slightly calcareous, medium-grained 185- 190 Shale, light chocolate brown and grey, slightly carbonaceous 190- 200 Coal, dirty, bed at least 6 feet 200- 205 Shale, brownish grey, concretionary, slightly calcareous 205- 240 Sandstone and shale, sandstone very light grey, slight action with acid, shale, dark grey 240- 255 Shale, dark grey, slightly sandy, contains specks of coal 255- 315 Shale, light grey, slight action with acid, contains some concretionary material and some carbonaceous shale 315- 325 Shale and sand, gas at 328 (2 to 5 feet sand), shale, light grey, contains some carbonaceous shale 325- 340 Shale, dark grey, carbonaceous, contains some specks of coal 340- 355 Shale, dark grey, strong action with acid, contains a little carbonaceous shale . . . 355- 365 Shale, light grey, slight action with acid, sandy, contains a thin sandstone, a little coal at 360 feet 365- 385 Sandstone, light grey, contains a little carbonaceous matter, strong acid reaction 385- 390 Shale, chocolate brown, contains a little sandstone and carbonaceous shale, slight action with acid 390- 510 Shale, giey, and sandstone, fair action with acid 510- 515 Shale, light brown, and sandstone comparatively coarse, strong action with acid, gas reported 515- 520 Shale, bluish grey, slight action with acid, contains a little carbonaceous shale. 520- 560 Shale, pronounced brown, strong action with acid 560- 565 Shale, blue grey, slight action with acid, very fine-grained 565- 570 Shale, brown, sandy, fail action with acid 570- 575 Shale, blue grey, strong action with acid 575- 585 Shale, brown, fair action with acid 585- 615 Shale, light blue grey, slight action with acid; traces of coal at 860, 885, 975, 1,020, and 1,030 feet 615-1,030 Shale, blue grey, slight action with acid, contains fragments of coal at 1,050, 1,085, 1,100, 1,120, 1,200, and 1,225 feet 1,030-1,225 Shale, dark blue, very carbonaceous, strong action with acid 1 ,225-1 ,250 Shale, light blue, slight or no action with acid 1,250-1,285 Shales, light blue, sandy, and some carbonaceous matter, contains shells and specks of coal at 1,315 feet 1 , 285-1 ,320 Shale, light blue, contains a little white sandy shale and carbonaceous shale. . . 1 ,320-1 ,355 Blue shale, slightly sandy, gas about 225,000 feet, reported at 1,360 feet 1,355-1,365 Blue shale, slightly sandy, a few fragments of coal at 1,375, 1,385, and 1,390 feet, shells and carbonaceous shale at 1,475 feet 1 ,365-1 ,475 Strata below this probably Benton in age. Shale, dark grey to black fissile 1 ,475-1 ,565 Shale, dark grey to black, a little gas reported here 1 ,565-1 ,570 Shale, calcareous, strong acid reaction, dark grey in colour to black 1 ,570-1 , 700 Shale, dark grey to black, fair action with acid, not as fissile as above 1 , 700-1 , 745 Shale, dark grey to black, no acid reaction 1 , 745-1 , 860 Shale, light brown, sandy, slight acid reaction 1 ,860-1 ,865 Sandstone, brown, very fine-grained, strong acid reaction, a small flow of gas from 2-foot bed of sand. Bottom of sand reported at 1,872 feet 1 ,865-1 ,875 Shale, dark grey to black, fissile, iron-stained, no action in acid 1 ,875-2 ,000 Altitude of surface 2,082 feet above sea-level. The major part of the gas came from 1,360-foot sand — very little gas from the 1,870-foot sand. Total flow reported to be about 225,000 feet. SUMMARY REPORT 123 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Figure 5. Gas fields of southern Alberta. Southern Alberta. The Canadian Western Natural Gas, Light, Heat, and Power Company are drilling two wells for gas, north of the village of Burdett. 124 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GEORGEV, A. 1917 The United Oil Company completed well No. 3 in sec. 31, tp. 5, range 10, W. 4th mer. A fuller report on the Southern Alberta gas fields, dealing parti- cularly with the Medecine Hat and Bow Island fields, follows. Medicine Hat and Bow Island Gas Fields. INTRODUCTION. Several gas-producing areas have been developed in Alberta, the most important fields being the Bow Island, Medicine Hat, and Viking. Other smaller, isolated producing areas are the Black Diamond Oil field ; the Foothills west of Olds (Monarch and Mount Stephens wells), Wetaskiwin, Tofield, etc.; Brooks; Bassano; Alderson (Carlstadt); Cassils; Langevin; Foremost (United No. 3 well) ; Milk River (Beaver well) ; and the northern Athabaska fields (Pelican, Victoria, and other wells). The Bow Island and Medicine Hat areas (Figure 5) have been developed until they have attained an advanced stage in commercial production. The cities of Calgary, Lethbridge, Macleod, Medicine Hat, and Redcliff, and some smaller towns as well as several large industrial plants, utilize the gas from these fields for light, heat, and power. For much of the information upon which this summary report is based, the writer is indebted to Mr. R. S. Winter, superintendent of the Medicine Hat Gas department; the superintendent and drillers of the Canadian Western Natural Gas, Light, Heat, and Power Campany; the officials of the Gas Company at Redcliff; Mr. W. Currie, driller; Mr. A. G. Devenish, president, United Oil Company; Mr. Wm. Jewell, geologist, and others. GEOLOGY. Only the economic aspects of the fields will be dealt with in this report. For information on the geology, the reader is referred to other reports^ of the Survey. Briefly, the strata are of Cretaceous age. The Medicine Hat gas occurs in the Milk River sandstones (Eagle formation), or equivalent horizon, and the Bow Island gas in a sandstone of the lower Benton formation. The structure is a broad, low anticline plunging slightly northward. The Bow Island area is near the top of this fold, while the Medicine Hat area is on the east limb; but locally the beds are practically horizontal. MEDICINE HAT GAS FIELD. Development of Shallow Gas. Small seepages of gas occur in the bed of the Saskatchewan river; they are made evident by a continuous stream of bubbles rising to the surface of the water. These seepages have been noticed at several places along the river near Medicine Hat and farther downstream, at the Rapid narrows. Many shallow water wells in the district give off small volumes of gas. The first wells were drilled in Medicine Hat by a development company in 1901. These wells penetrated only to the shallow gas horizon. The following is a list of the shallow wells i*^ Four city wells 700 feet deep. Central Canada Packing Company, 750 feet, 2-inch casing, wet well, not in use (1910). C. Colter, Second avenue, 700 feet, 3-inch casing, 270 pounds pressure when capped. \{. Yuill, South railway station, 850 feet, 4|-inch casing, 270 pounds pressure when capped. »Dowling D. B., "Water supply, southeastern Alberta", Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, p. 102. Dawson,' G. M., "Geology of the Bow and Belly River districts", Geol. Surv., Can., Rept. Prog. 1882-83-84. McConriell, R. G., "Geology of the Cypress^Hills and Wood Mountain areas," Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol! I, pt. C. Dowling D. B., "Southern plains of Alberta", Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 93 (in.press). «Rie9, H., Geol. Surv., Can.. Sum. Rept.. 1910, p. 179. United Oil Company's N°3 Bo*v Island field i|5;?^.S" West Jnffustrial (Mcdioino Hat) '£Bo»l^hndr.'ild.\ "1 SUMMARY REPORT 125 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Development of Deep Gas. In 1908 the Canadian Pacific railway drilled to 1,000 feet and reached the deep gas or the main Medicine Hat gas horizon. Since then all wells have been drilled to the deeper horizon and the shallow wells in use have been gradually abandoned. In 1910 there were six deep wells, five of which were owned by the city. At the present time there are thirty- tw^o wells deriving gas from the Med- Range 6 W. Range 5 iV.4-': 1. MaJn Street 2. Armory 3. Rosary ■f Balmoral 5. Electric Plant 6. Craft 7. South Industrial 8. West Industrial 9. Stella ■ 10. Hargra^e 11. Cousins d-Sissons 12 Central Park 13. Maple Street 14. Powell 15. Big Chief 16. Ogilyie GAS WELLS 17. Marlborough 18. CP.R.N°I 19. Purmal 20. Canada Cement N?l 21. .. ,.■ N?2 22. .. .. N°3 23. .. „ N°4 24. „ „ A"'5 25 South Side Redcliff 26 Re dcliff Brick & Coal Co. 27 West Side Redcliff 26 Broadway 29 Glass Company 30 East Side Redcliff 31 DunmoreJct.(Anstead) 32 Dunmore Townsite Well Figure 6. Locations of wells in Medicine Hat gas field, icine Hat horizon: fourteen of these are owned and used by the city of Medicine Hat; three are owned by the city but are used solely by private concerns; ten are owned by private corporations; four are owned by Redcliff, and one by the town of Dunmore (Figure 6). ; ^^^- -:^ -g The following is a tabulated list of data relating to the wells^f this field : 126 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV, A. 1917 m c 00 (U OVJ3 o ■!-> o -a c CO a 3 01 4-> 0) o o o v .c S Pi *^ Om o rt a rt „ °- « S S « 2 "" ^^ O C 3 4) ^ pt c - _^ ._— > o " _e ,^ « ^ rt rt u -> . a o tfl o S * O 00 00 VO 00 00 O \0 00 >0 O \0 \0 M3 \0 00 I 1 I 1 I I I 1 I 1 \o J^ CD U cs lO CN 00 r^ 00 ^ cs J^ >0 On fS ■^ 0> fO • '-H O -^ f*5 cs vO ^ ■* •^ ■* O O ^ ro ro <^ • lO CS»-li-l,-(,-(,-(rOrO'-l.-ICSCNT-l^-(.rH • y-< cscscscscsr^cscscscscscscscscs Q, ro po 'psum in the Peace River section is at least 217,000,000 tons. A considerable proportion of this is very favourably situated for mining on account both of its location and the thin overburden of drift. On Slave river, gypsum outcrops on the west side of the river a f^w miles below La Butte. The section shows about 10 feet of somewhat earthy, thin- bedded g>'psura of white, grey, or bluish colour. The beds are traversed by thin seams of selenite and satin spar. They are, however, overlaid by about 20 feet of brecciated limestone. This, together with the fact that the beds would be below the ri\-er-level at the high water stage, would make the economical working of them somewhat difficult. Gypsum outcrops again on Slave river immediately below point Ennuyeux, where a thickness of about 4 feet of thin-bedded, impure gypsum is exposed near the water-level at a medium stage of water. The same disadvantages as hold in the last-mentioned outcrop would prevent the easy mining of the beds at this locality. Gypsum is also said to occur at Bell rock 7 miles below Fort Smith beneath the brecciated limestone of which the rock is built. The escarpment west and south of the brine springs of Salt river shows sections of gypsum beds at several points. About 4 miles south of the brine springs at the forks of Salt river, cliffs of gypsum are exposed in the face of the escarpment. The escarpment here forms a deep bay and is 150 to 200 feet in height. It is heavily wooded and as a rule rises out of Salt plain with an easy slope to the upper plain. Several streams cut through the face of the escarpment and a number of springs rise from its base. These springs are not briny though they are milky white in colour from suspended calcium sulphate. This soon settles and the water becomes pale bluish in colour. At the- locality mentioned cliffs of g>^psum half a mile in length appear and are visible by their whiteness from some distance out in Salt plain. The cliffs are in a ruinous state and are deeply fissured and broken down, and the base strewn with freshly detached masses of g>'psum and a tangle of fallen trees. The top of the escarpment also shows many recent cracks and deep sink holes. The cliffs show 40 to 50 feet of thin-bedded gypsum with occasional narrow layers of -anhydrite or beds of dolomite. The.g>'psum is white or greyish andis disposed in horizontal beds. On the surface it crumbles to the powder gypsite and this is carried pway by" the streams and secondarily deposited farther down. North of this locality the gypsum appears to decrease in thickness and is there seen to be overlaid by beds of grey crystalline dolomite. Gypsum was again observed in the face of the same escarpment at a point about 8 miles southwest of Fitzgerald where Salt river flows along its base. The section here shmvs about 20 feet of thin-bedded white gypsum overlaid by about 10 feet of dolomitic limestone. The escarpment is known to extend more or less continuously from .he last- mentioned locality in a sinuous line northwestward for about 40 miles or beyond Little Buffalo river. Since the escarpment is probably caused by erosion where hard resistant beds overlie softer and more soluble strata, it is reasonable to suspect that, as the strata of the escarpment are horizontal, g>^psum will be found to occupy the base of the escarpment throughout the greater part of its length. This suspicion is borne out by the character of the surface on the top of the escarp- ment, which is broken and pitted with sink holes in a way characteristic of a gypsum region. SUMMARY REPORT ;41 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Salt. No evidence was obtained to indicate that beds of rock salt occur anywhere in this region, although it is possible that such beds may be present. The con- clusion was arrived at that the source of the salt in the brine was to be found not in solid salt beds but rather in crystals of this mineral disseminated through the gypsum. That the gypsum does sometimes contain some sodium chloride is shown by the efflorescences of this mineral that appear on some specimens of the gypsum on its exposure to the atmosphere. Such instances were found in the coloured gypsum at the Snake Mountain springs. A number of brine springs rise at the base of the escarpment which lies to the west and south of the forks of Salt river. These springs have been known for years and were described by Sir John Richardson, Captain Back, McConnell, and the writer. There are four important groups of springs, from each of which salt is deposited. Salt, however, is gathered only from two of these localities, by the Hudson's Bay Company and the Roman Catholic Mission. In each of the springs the water rises among an accumulation of boulders near the base of the escarpment and flows thence into shallow circular basins, after which the water trickles away through barren salt-encrusted clay flats to the river. On evaporation, salt is precipitated from the brine in the basins and is gathered at these points. The basins are usually about 15 or 30 feet in diameter and are in many cases surrounded by a natural dyke of clay or gravel 1 to 3 feet high. The bottoms of the basins are floored with a deposit of salt of varying thickness. In other cases hillocks of salt 12 or 15 feet in diameter and up to 2 feet in height are formed at the springs. At the time of our visit to these springs on August 26 and 27, the flow was very small, being rarely as much as 4 gallons per minute at any one spring. The flow, however, is said to be considerably greater in the springtime when the surface water is melting and running off from the region.^ The temperature of the brines on emission varied from 35 to 40 degrees Fahrenheit, with the atmos- phere at 60 to 70 degrees, and many of them were saturated solutions of sodium chloride. Altogether about 4 tons of salt are collected annually from these springs for the use of the trading posts and missions of the Mackenzie River district. Samples of brine were taken from three localities and analysed in the labora- tory of the Department of Mines. The data on the samples are as follows: No. 1 locality, Hudson's Bay springs at the forks of Salt river; taken August 21, 1916. Contains in 1,000 parts by weight: Analysis of Water from Hudson's Bay Springs. Ions Hypothetical combination Potassium Sodium Calcium '^6i). '.'.'. '.'.'.'.'. 0-5 101-5 1-2 0-2 157-7 3-1 Potassium chloride Sodium chloride Calcium sulphate. ... 0-9 258-0 4-1 Magnesium • Chlorine Sulphuric acid Sodium sulphate Magnesium chloride 0-4 0-8 264-2 264-2 Temperature of air on collection 62°F. Temperature of brine 40°F. Specific gravity at 65°F 1-204 Flow about 1^ gallons per minute from each of eight springs. 142 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 No. 2 locality, Mission springs, about 6 miles south of the forks of Salt river; taken August 26, 1916. Contains in 1,000 parts by weight: Analysis of Waterfront Mission Springs. Ions Hypothetical combination Potassium Sodium Calcium Magnesium 0-4 100-8 1-2 0-2 Potassium chloride Sodium chloride Calcium sulphate Sodium sulphate Magnesium chloride 0-8 256-3 4-2 0-2 Chlorine Sulphuric acid (SO4) 156-6 3-1 0-8 262-3 262-3 Temperature of air on collection 70°F. Temperature of brine 35°F. Specific gravity at 65°F 1 - 204 Flow about 3 gallons per minute. No. 3 locality. Snake 'Mountain springs, about 2 miles east of Mission spring; taken August 29, 1916, Contains in 1,000 parts by weight: Analysis of Waterfront Snake Mountain Springs. Ions Hypothetical combination Potassium Sodium Calcium Magnesium 0-4 100-7 1-2 0-2 Potassium chloride Sodium chloride Calcium sulphate Sodium sulphate Magnesium chloride 0-8 256-0 4-2 0-2 Chlorine Sulphuric acid (SO4) 156-4 3-1 0-8 262-0 262-0 Temperature of air on collection 58°F. Temperature of brine 40°F. Specific gravity at 65°F 1-202 Flow about. 4 to 5 gallons per minute. In recalculating these analyses we find that sodium chloride constitutes in each sample over 97 • 6 per cent of the total solids. The percentage of dissolved matter in the brine, namely over 26 per cent, indicates practically a saturated solution of salt at that temperature. Potash. The possibility of finding salts of potassium associated with the gypsum beds of this region was a point that was always kept in view in the course of the season's work, and was in fact one of the primary objects of the investigation. Rumours had been circulated last spring that specimens of a mineral containing a high percentage of potash had been found somewhere in this region; and, since the only extensive deposits of potash in Europe are associated with beds of gypsum, anhydrite, and rock salt, it seemed not improbable that similar potassium salts might be found to be associated with the rocks of that character in this region. Potassium salts are very soluble indeed and it was recognized that natural out- crops of either potassium chlorides or sulphates would not be likely to occur in a SUMMARY REPORT 143 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 region of such humidity as that of northern Alberta ; and since it was not advisable for the Geological Survey to conduct any deep drilling operations on the gypsum beds, the investigation of possible sources of potash was necessarily confined to the collection and analyses of the underground waters which reach the surface at a number of points throughout the region. The locality in which potassium salts were most likely to be found was at the brine springs of Salt river. Three samples were collected from this locality, the analyses of which are given on a previous page. Recalculating the hypo- thetical combinations out to percentages of total solids we find that No. 1 con- tains 0-34 per cent of potassium chloride; No. 2, 0*31 per cent; and No. 3, 0-30 per cent of the same mineral. Two other samples of water were taken, the analyses of which were made in the laboratory of the Department of Mines and are given below. No. 4 is from a depth of 268 feet in the bore-hole put down at Vermilion chutes on Peace river, and No. 5 is water from a natural spring at Sulphur point on the south shore of Great Slave lake. The analyses are as follows: Analyses of Waters from Vermilion Chutes and Sulphur Point. Ions Parts per million. No. 4 No. 5 Chlorine 8,340 100 "'289 189 4,760 12 213 Sulphuric acid (SO4) 1,500 Bicarbonic acid HCO3 370 Calcium 1 480 Magnesium 130 Sodium . 200 Potassium trace Total 13,690 2,892 Hydrogen sulphide 400 42 Specific gravity at 18° C. No. 4, 1-011; No. 5, 1-002. Flow of No. 4 on July 13, 1916, 42 gallons per minute; temperature 42°F. Flow of No. 5, on Aug. 4, 1916, about 2 gallons per minute. Hypothetical combination Parts per million Percentage No. 4 No. 5 No. 4 No. 5 Potassium chloride 22 12,100 739 688 " " 143 "35! 191 "644 1,220 486 0-16 88-37 5-39 5-04 "i-oi Sodium chloride 12-14 Magnesium chloride 6-60 Calcium chloride Magnesium sulphate 22-27 Calcium sulphate 42-18 Calcium bicarbonate 16-80 13,692 2,892 100-00 100-00 144 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 In all these analyses the proportion of potassium is low, and certainly not high enough to make it possible to extract the potassium in a commercial way even if the volume of water from each of these localities were very much greater; nor is there anything to indicate that the waters of these springs flow through rocks containing an unusual proportion of potash. There is no evidence, therefore, of the presence of potash in commercial quantities in the vicinity of the points where these samples were collected. Oil and Gas. During the summer of 1916 boring operations were conducted at two different points on Peace river, namely, at a point about 17 miles below Peace River Cross- ing and at the upper end of Vermilion chutes. At the former locality the drill was sunk to a depth of over 1,100 feet from the surface, presumably entirely in Cretaceous strata consisting of sandstones and shales. At 857 feet a flow of heavy black oil was struck, yielding about a barrel daily. This was cased off and the hole continued to a depth of over 1,100 feet when an exceptionally strong flow of gas was struck which wrecked the derrick and forced the drillers to suspend operations at least temporarily. A sample of this oil was analysed in the laboratory of the Department of Mines by E. Stansfield; his report follows : Sample No. 823. Crude petroleum. Collected by Charles Camsell of the Geological Survey on September 18, 1916, from McArthur well, Peace river, 17 miles below Peace River Crossing. The sample was a dark viscous oil, with an odour resembling kerosene, from which a con- siderable amount of water had separated out at the bottom of the bottle. This water was neg- lected. It was found to be impossible to make a satisfactory fractional distillation of the crude oil, on account of trouble with bumping and frothing. A preliminary distillation was, therefore, made; this distillation was ultimately carried out under reduced pressure as far as was possible in a glass flask, a sticky black pitch remaining in the flask. The oil obtained by this preliminary distillation was fractionated in an Engler apparatus. The results obtained follow; Solubility of crude oil in benzene, practically completely dissolved. " « « « jj^ gasolene, 5 per cent by weight insoluble (soft asphalt, dirt and tarry matter). " « « « jj^ alcohol-ether, considerable insoluble matter. Specific gravity of crude oil, 0-984 at 15'5°C. Flash point, Pensky-Martens close test 59"'C. Fire point, about 127°C. Preliminary distillation of 201 giams of crude oil gave: 136 grams of oil distillate of 0-902 sp. gr. or 67-7 per cent by weight and 73-9 per cent by volume. 46 - 3 grams of pitch residue or 23 • 0 per cent by weight. 18-7 grams of water and loss or 9-3 per cent by weight. Fractional distillation in an Engler apparatus of 100 c.c. of oil distillate gave at: 140°C. first drop. 140° to 150°C. gasolene and kerosene fraction, 2 per cent by volume, 0-642 sp. gr. or 1-5 per cent crude oil. 150° to 300°C. illuminating oils, etc. 32-5 per cent by volume, 0-834 sp. gr. or 24-0 per cent crude oil. Residue, lubricating oils, etc. 64-5 per cent, or 48-4 per cent crude oil. On a large scale the preliminary distillation could be carried further than in the small scale laboratory experiments, and larger yields obtained. Calorific value of crude'oil, 9 - 730 calories per gram, or 17,520B. T. U. per lb. Sulphur in crude oil =4-9 per cent. At Vermilion chutes, a drill hole was driven to a depth of 860 feet, but at that depth an accident happened to the stem of the dfill which prevented the hole being driven any farther and drilling ceased without having struck oil. SUMMARY REPORT 145 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 The rocks cut in this drill hole "are Devonian limestones and shales which have a slight dip to the westward. The upper beds are porous and impregnated with bitumen, and at two or three points in the neighbourhood heavy black oil comes to the surface in springs. A strong flow of water yielding 42 gallons per minute and charged with hydrogen sulphide was struck at a depth of 268 feet below the surface. The water on analysis yielded the following results: Analysis of Water from Vermilion Chutes: Ions Parts per million Chlorine Sulphuric acid (SO*) . . . Bicarbonic acid (HCO3) Calcium Magnesium Sodium Potassium Hydrogen sulphide Specific gravity at 18°C 8,340 100 289 189 4,760 12 13,690 400 1-011 A spring of natural gas is situated at Tar island on Peace river about 25 miles below Peace River crossing. The gas rises with salt water and some tar from among the gravel and boulders at the upper end of the island. The flow of gas was roughly calculated to be about 3 or 4 cubic feet per minute. Samples of this were taken and submitted to the Department of Mines and to Arthur D. Little, Limited, of Montreal, for analysis. Th^ first sample became contami- nated with air before analysis, but the one submitted to Arthur D. Little, Limited, showed the following composition : A nalysis of Gas from Tar Island. Carbon dioxide .* 0-8 per cent. Oxygen 0-3 " " Methane 98-0 " " ^ Nitrogen 0-9 " " 100-00 Specific gravity compared with air, 0-55. ATHABASKA RIVER SECTION, ALBERTA. {F. H. McLearn.) The occurrence of tar sand and gas and the possibilities of the presence of oil, have, for a long time, attracted attention to this region. A few writers have described it, but the report of R. G. McConnell* is the most comprehensive. During the field season of 1916 a re-study of the section was made from Athabaska to a point about 8 miles below Calumet river, a distance of 286 miles, measured along the course of the river. 1 McConnell, R. G., "Report on a portion of the district of Athabaska", Geol. Surv., Can., 1893. 146 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 CHARACTER OF THE DISTRICT. The region as a whole consists of a number of plateau-like surfaces which, along the river, become lower in altitudes northward. They are underlain by gravel, sand, and clay, and are poorly drained, with large areas of swamp and muskeg. The country is wooded with spruce, jack-pine, poplar, and a little birch. Below McMurray, the river presents more mature features than above, occupying a broad valley with gentle side slopes and with a low grade. Above McMurray, the valley is narrower, and has a steeper grade. From Grand rapids downstream numerous rapids are formed by unreduced concretions from the Grand Rapids formation and below Crooked rapid numerous ledges of limestone form rapids and cascades. Much-of the land is undeveloped, owing, in part, to the prevalence of swamp and muskeg and also to its isolation. What little settlement there is is diie to the fur trade and the use of the Athabaska for many years as a trade route to the north. Athabaska is the nearest point on the river to Edmonton, being situ- ated at the apex of a great bend to the south. Pelican, once the site of a Hud- son's Bay Company post, is located where the portage to the Pelican and Wabis- kaw cano2 route begins. House River, consisting of a small store and a few cabins, is situated at the southwest terminus of the pack trail to McMurray and this point is also the lower limit of navigation on the upper part of the river. McIVIurray ia a large settlement and townsite at the confluence of the Clear- water with the Athabaska and lies at the head of steamboat navigation on the lower part of the river. With the completion of the railway from Edmonton and the use of the river again as a trade route, it should increase in importance. McKay, a small settlement 33 miles below McMurray and an old Hudson's Bay Company post, is still of some importance as a trading centre. It is situated near the mouth of McKay river, which, together with the Moose Lake trail, affords a means of communication with the interior trapping country. GENERAL GEOLOGY. Table of Formations. Era Period Thickness Formation * Quaternary Gravel, sand, and clay. Unconformity Mesozoic Cretaceous 110 to 180 + 1100 + La Biche formation. 35 Pelican sandstone. 90 Pelican shale. 280 Grand Rapids formation. 275 Clearwater formation. McMurrav formation. Unconformity Palaeozoic Devonian 220 + I Limestone series. SUMMARY REPORT 147 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Limestone Series. The Limestone series first appears at Crooked rapids and outcrops down river, rising in places in low cliffs supporting the overlying tar sands and in places sinking below the river. It is difficult to construct a stratigraphical column of the strata so occurring, since the outcrops are not continuous, the strata occur in low folds rarely showing more than 20 feet of beds at one place, definite horizon markers with which to correlate the individual outcrops are few, and there is no type section in which all the strata are exposed . It has been possible, however, to construct such a column for the strata between Moberly rapids and McKay, a distance of 34 miles: Devofiian Section between Moberly Rapids and McKay. Feet Inches Light green and yellow, somewhat shaly and friable limestone with a few hard layers 48 0 Massive shell limestone with Stromatopora 4 0 Yellowish, shaly limestone 2 4 Massive shell limestone with Stromatopora. 2 0 Light greenish and yellowish, shaly, friable limestone 40 0 Massive, shell limestone with Stromatopora. . ._ 6 0 Hard, bryozoa limestone with horizontal partings 12 0 Shah^ light greenish limestone with small chonetes, etc 7 6 Massive shell limestone 3 0 The 40 feet of massive and layered, fossiliferous limestone, which undeilies the tar sands below McKay, does not correspond to the above section and must be added to the general column. Likewise, the 15 feet of calcareous shale over- lying 40 feet of fossiliferous limestone below Calumet river on the west bank adds to the total section exposed. McMurray Formation. The tar sands of this formation outcrop in numerous steep cliffs from Boiler rapids, all the way down the river to the end of the section. For various reasons the term "tar sands" is not applicable as a formation name. It is, first of all, a lithological term and, moreover, the actual limits of tar impreg- nation are uncertain. Dakota is also unsatisfactory, since the exact age of the sands is not established. It is better, therefore, to give the formation a new name and to define its upper limit, not on the fortuitous limits of asphaltic content, but on the change from freshwater to marine conditions. The top is placed at the base of a bed of green sandstone, in places somewhat argillaceous, immediately above which the marine fauna of the Clearwater appears and below which the sands of the McMurray appear carrying a small invertebrate fauna of freshwater origin. The formation is prevailingly arenaceous and of rather coarse grain, the uppermost part lies horizontal, and varies from massive to thick-bedded, but is never thin-bedded. The remainder and greater part of the formation is, in many places, cross-bedded on a very large scale with the beds dipping from 5 to 40 degrees. This part may be bedded above by intercalation of argillaceous sandstone or finer sandstone beds with the coarser sandstones, but it is always massive below. Sometimes conglomerate, and more rarely clay or shale, are found at the very base. Clearwater Formation. The Clearwater shales and sandstones first appear about 5 miles below Grand island and gradually rise downstream, forming 45 to 60 degree slopes below the cliffs of the Grand Rapids sandstone. The forma- tion is made up of soft, grey shales, black shales, grey and green sandstones, together with some hard concretionary layers. Some beds] are highly fossili- ferous and a marine fauna ranges throughout the formation. Grand Rapids Formation. Th,e sandstone of this formation begins to out- crop about 3 miles above the Joli Fou rapid and is exposed at all the bends as far as Grand rapids. Below Grand rapids it forms almost continuous cliffs for miles. 148 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GEORGE V, A. 1917 The lower concretionary part is exposed at the fall in Grand rapids and from there downstream forms a cliff at the edge of the river. Above it, separated by two benches, rise the two remaining cliffs of the formation. The conditions of deposi- tion varied considerably, and the incorporation of these beds into a single formation unit, is based on their prevailing arenaceous character. The lower concretionary member is marine, the large concretions below Grand rapids carrying marine pelecypods. The upper part is of subaerial origin, as demon- strated by the presence of small coal beds and vertical rootlets below the coal. Pelican Shale. The Grand Rapids sandstone is overlain by black shale, carrying poorly preserved Inoceramus. The Pelican shale first appears near Stony rapids and downstream forms a low slope or bench between the Grand Rapids cliff below and that of the Pelican sandstone above. By the intercalation of thin sandstone and shale beds, the series grades upward into the Pelican sand- stone. Pelican Sandstone. The Pelican sandstone forms a low cliff in all the ex- posures from Stony rapids to Grand rapids. It is made up of cross-bedded sandstone, conglomeratic at the top. The presence of mud cracks points to sub- aerial conditions during a part of its deposition, but the thin bedding at the base and the presence of Inoceramus, although poorly preserved, at the top, show that marine conditions prevailed at both the beginning and the end of the time re- corded by the sediments. La Biche Formation. This thick formation is made up almost entirely of grey and black shale with layers of concretions at various horizons, the latter sometimes carrying fossils. It is the only formation outcropping between Atha- baska and Pelican rapids. It forms low valley slopes and only outcrops at the bends or in scarps made by landslides. STRUCTURE. In reality, the Athabaska river exposes three sections: from Athabaska to point Br(il6 it cuts a north-south section; from point Brflle to McMurray a nearly east-west section; and below McMurray a north-south section. The structure from Athabaska to point Brflle is simple, consisting of a half- fold or homocline with a low south dip. From Grand rapids to Pelican rapids the rate of dip is about 5^ feet per mile, and north of Grand rapids the dip flattens considerably. But south of Pelican rapids to carry the strata to their position in the Athabaska bore-hole requires a dip of about 10 feet per mile. This greater dip below may be due, in part, to the southwest course of the river near Athabaska. Indeed the true dip is probably west of south, rather than directly south, and hence steeper on sections in the former than in the latter direction. The section exposed between point Brille and McMurray is almost at right angles to the above and shows a low anticlinal structure (Athabaska anticline). The axis lies near Crooked rapids and the dips on either side are exceedingly low, only about 3 or 4 feet per mile. Below McMurray the land on either side of the valley is low, so that the top of the McMurray formation soon ceases to be exposed in the cliffs. Since the bedding of this formation is not reliable for structural purposes, the dip cannot be accurately determined there. It probably does not depart very far from the horizontal, but may have a slight north or northeast dip. This section is best adapted for demonstrating the structure of the limestone and the nature of the unconformity. In addition to sharing with the Cretaceous sediments o( the above described Athabaska anticline and the long half-fold to the southwest, as a major structure, the limestone is warped into low domes of much smaller magnitude. SUMMARY REPORT • 149 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 THE UNCONFORMITY BETWEEN THE DEVONIAN AND CRETACEOUS. To some extent at least the limestone surface follows the folds of the lime- stone series. Where the actual contact is exposed between Moberly rapids and McKay it is always somewhere in the upper part of the 48 feet of shaly, light green and yellow limestone at the top of the section given on page 147. In the exposures just below McKay the limestone underlying the Cretaceous is different from that in the outcrops upstream. Below Calumet river, on the west bank, cream coloured, calcareous shale outcrops nearest to the tar sands and cannot be far from the contact. This probably corresponds to the shale which, in the bore-holes of the Athabaska Oils, Limited, 8 miles upstream, is reported to underlie the tar sands. It can thus be seen that when followed far enough the contact overlaps on other horizons. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. Oil Search for oil in the Athabaska region involves two distinct problems — the possibility of its occurrence in the sands at the base of the Cretaceous (tar sands) and in the underlying limestone series. In regard to the source of the bituminous products in the sands, two theories may be considered. The first of these, proposed by numerous writers, seeks an origin in the underlying Limestone series. Along with this, however, should be considered a second and nearer source, one which may be found in the over- lying black shales of the Clearwater formation. This theory dispenses with a requirement of the first, i.e., the necessity of fissures, through the limestone, connecting the bituminous shales of the older Limestone series with the Mc- Murray beds above. Such fissures are rarely, if ever, observed in the outcrops. Ells notes the general absence of faulting and interprets an upwelling through a "main inlet or inlets" rather than at many points. Derivation from the over- lying shales, i.e., the second theory, must meet with the quantitative require- ment that the black shales of the Clearwater be thick enough to furnish the amount of bituminous products in the tar sands. An important economic problem is the segregation and concentration of the bituminous products, whatever their source, into oil pools and gas sands. It is a common experience in oil and gas deposits of the world to find that a circula- tion has been set up, whereby the various products become arranged vertically in order of specific gravity, with water below, then oil, and then gas above. Thus water would be found in the hollows or basins, gas on the very crest of the arches or vaults of the containing reservoir, and oil in an intermediate position, but usually high in the domes or other vaulted structure. Where the reservoir is "dry," however, the oil tends to collect in the basins. Too much stress cannot be laid on the fact that the presence of gas in a reservoir is not necessarily indi- cative of the presence of oil. Indeed, any one, or any two, as well as all three of the substances, oil, gas, and water, may exist in a reservoir. Considering first the central and southwestern part of the district, from Athabaska to McMurray, it must be stated, at the outset, that no liquid oil has so far been found, nothing more than the asphaltum or at best semi-liquid maltha content of the tar sands. The discussion below, therefore, relates to the prob- able conditions under which liquid oil would collect, if present. The most pro- nounced structure in the section is the low broad Athabaska anticline and the long half-fold to the southwest. Below Boiler rapids the McMurray sands outcrop and are impregnated with asphaltum and the gas spring at point BrQle is probably No. 26—11 150 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 due to the escape of gas from this horizon which is here under thin cover. The gas escaping at point La Biche comes from either the Clearwater or the Mc- Murray formations. The only knowledge we have of the latter formation, under deep cover, is that obtained from the logs of the wells at Pelican and Upper Pelican. The McMurray at Pelican is overlain by about 750 feet of later sedi- ments and is 59 miles from the outcrop. The material at this depth, therefore, cannot be said to have undergone any surface alteration. The wells show much gas and also asphaltum or "asphaltic-like maltha" little different from the asphal- tum of the surface outcrops. No liquid oil is present and the rock is "dry". This shows, first of all, that there is little or no segregation of asphaltum or gas and this lack of segregation may be due to the high viscosity of the former. It also shows that there is good reason to believe that the anticline and half-fold as far down the dip as Pelican is gas-bearing rather than oil-bearing. If there has been segregation of liquid oil from the gas and the disseminated heavier resi- dues, it must be below the gas. As far as the homoclinal structure is effective, therefore, the possibilities for the occurrence of oil southwest of Pelican (i.e., down the dip) are better than for its occurrence north or northeast of Pelican (i.e., up the dip). However, owing to the low dip, small oil pools might form anyAvhere along the Cretaceous-Devonian unconformity where irregularities in the contact would form basin-like depressions. But these could not be located under cover, and, at best, would be uncertain in location and size. The most favourable conditions would exist where both structure controls, that of homo- cline and irregular contact, acted together. Turning to the northeastern part of the district, the wells of the Athabaska Oils, Limited, opposite the mouth of Dover river, are interesting since they record the presence of oil, although of low gravity (Beaume). The wells are all shallow and the tar sands themselves outcrop, so that the conditions of cover do not exist. It cannot be denied, therefore, that this oil may have lost some of its more volatile constituents. The structural relation is important, since the oil has here collected in a hollow of the Cretaceous- Devonian unconformity. This depression is 12 miles long in the direction of the river and opposite the mouth of Dover river, at the wells of the Athabaska Oils, Limited, has a depth of about 85 feet below the river and about 140 feet below the limestone rim. Exploration may well be extended over the whole of this basin and also over the smaller one succeeding it downstream. Oil in sufificient quantity and of sufficient liquidity to pump must be found to make this a commercial proposition. This locality shows the tendency of the oil, when present, to collect in basins and this is just what would be expected in "dry" strata. It is unfortunate that the Cretaceous in this district is not folded into a pronounced synclinal structure that would form a basin for the reception of oil. Investigations in the region away from the immediate vicinity of Athabaska river should not neglect synclines, where present, unless they are found to be water-bearing at the horizon of the McMurray sands. In the exploration of this district the kind of oil likely to be found should be taken into consideration. The theory has long been held that the tar sands represent a reservoir in which a large quantity of light petroleum was confined and that the asphaltum is a residue resulting from the distillation of this once fluid oil under exposure at the surface. It was thought that by getting away from surface leakage, the lighter material would be found unaltered. The government well at Pelican was put down to test this theory. But as already noted no liquid oil was found — only a viscous asphaltum or "asphaltic-like maltha" which clogged the drill and finally stopped operations. As there is sufficient cover here to imprison large quantities of gas, the asphaltum cannot be explained SUMMARY REPORT 151 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 by leakage. It follows that the asphaltic or at best semi-liquid maltha content is of wide extent, and that heavy bituminous material is characteristic of the horizon as a whole and is probably original. Heavy oil, therefore, rather than light oil is to be expected. Expectations of discovering oil in the district should not be biased by the old theory. From McMurray downstream a number of wells have been put down into the Devonian limestone and some are situated on the small domes. Neither oil noi gas in appreciable quantity has, as yet, been reported from any of them. Gas. As already noted, the McMurray sandstone, under cover, carries gas in large quantity. Except, therefore, where the formation outcrops or is under light cover, the conditions are favourable for exploration. There is some reason to believe that the gas is not uniformly distributed through the sands and, there- fore, large quantities must not be expected from every well put down. The government well at Pelican and the No. 3 well at Upper Pelican both have a large flow. A sample taken by the writer from the former was analysed by Mr. E. Stansfield with results as follows: CO2 1-0 per cent, O 2-9 Methane 83-5 N 12-6 Assuming "oxygen present is due to contamination with air" the composi- tion would be : CO2 1-2 per cent. Methane 97-0 N 1-8 The gas is "dry," consisting principally of methane. The government well at Athabaska encountered gas in the La Biche shale and still gives a small flow. Other shallow wells in the same formation also give a small quantity of gas. Some wells show unimportant amounts in the Clear- water formation. A little gas has also been reported from the Devonian limestone series. Exploration, to date, indicated that the McMurray sandstone ("tar sands") is the only source of gas that promises to be of commercial importance. Coal. At Grand rapids lignitic coal is found at the top of the Grand Rapids for- mation; A thickness of 4 feet was measured on the west bank. It thins about a mile below Grand rapids, but is still present nearly 2 miles to the southwest, on Loon river, where 3 feet of somewhat shaly lignite outcrops on the southeast bank of the stream. Coal reappears at the same horizon, at point La Biche, where the following section is exposed at the top of the formation : Feet Inches Pelican shale Coaly shale 0 10 Lignitic coal 0 7 Sandstone A second seam occurs at the same locality 95 feet below the top of the for- mation. It is 2 feet 8 inches thick. A few lenses of lignite have been found in the McMurray formation, but the prevailing cross-bedded structure of the latter records conditions unfavourable for the development of coal beds of any size or extent. No. 26-1 li 152 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 BLACK BAY AND BEAVERLODGE LAKE AREAS, SASKATCHEWAN. (F. /. Alcock.) The field season of 1916 was spent by the writer in continuing the exploratory and geological work begun in the summer of 1914, in the region north of lake Athabaska. Most of the season was spent in the region of Beaverlodge lakes, this being the district in which the iron deposits of the region are located, and the one which was considered most likely to lead to fruitful results in solving the geolo- gical problems concerning the succession and structure of the rocks of the region. Additional work was also carried out in the Black Bay area. The route used in reaching the field was by way of Peace River crossing, to which point trains run twice a week from Edmonton. The party was outfitted at Peace River crossing and on June 6 started down the river in canoes. In five days Fort Vermilion was reached, a distance of 300 miles below Peace River crossing. Fifty miles below Fort Vermilion are the Vermilion rapids and chutes which form the only obstruction to navigation on the river by shallow- draft steamers for a distance of over 700 miles. A portage 4:\ miles in length was made here, over a wagon road on the southeast side of the river. Below the chutes the river flows smoothly to where it joins Slave river, the only exception being a short stretch of swift water at Little rapids which is easily run by canoes and steamers at highwater but which, late in the season, is too shallow to be navigated by the latter. The trip from Fort Vermilion to the head of Quatre Fourches channel, where Peace river is left in order to proceed to lake Athabaska, occupied six days. The Quatre Fourches is a narrow meandering channel about 40 miles in length with a slight current dependent upon the height of the water at the west- ern end of lake Athabaska. When traversed in June its direction was towards the lake. Arrived at the mouth of the channel, a heavy wind and sea prevented crossing to Chipewyan, but in the evening the Dominion fire-patrol steamer Rey brought the party and outfit to Chipewyan, June 21. The field work of the season consisted in studying the Pre-Cambrian succes- sion in two areas north of lake Athabaska, in mapping the lakes north of Beaver- lodge bay and the portage route leading from there to Black bay, and in making a more or less detailed geological map of this area. In returning from the field, a gasoline launch was secured from Mr. Colin Eraser at Chipewyan, which brought the party to McMurray on Athabaska river. A railway is under construction from Edmonton to McMurray, but 90 miles of steel still remain to be laid. The regular mail route by river to Athabaska was accordingly followed. This con- sists of a portage 80 miles in length from McMurray to House River to avoid the numerous rapids on Athabaska river, and by launch from there to Athabaska. Pack-horses were secured at McMurray which brought the outfit in four days to House River where a launch was already waiting and three more days completed the journey to the railway, the whole distance from Chipewyan to Athabaska having occupied twelve days. * Topography. The topography of the region north of lake Athabaska is typical of the Lauren- tian plateau in general, though with slightly more relief than is displayed in most of that region. Lake Athabaska has an elevation of 690 feet; north of Black bay, the higher elevations reach a height of 1,500 feet above sea-level. In the Beaver- lodge area, the highest elevation of the Beaver hills is 1,290 feet. Everywhere throughout the region the surface is rolling and hummocky with irregular ridges SUMMARY REPORT 153 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 having precipitous sides and separated by valleys usually occupied by lakes or muskeg. Geological Succession. The geological succession of the rocks of the region may be tabulated as' follows : Post-Cambrian Recent Beaches, bars, spits, dunes. Pleistocene Till, moraine, sand-plains. Unconformity Pre-Cambrian Athabaska series Sandstone, arkose conglomerate, trap flows, sills, and dykes. Unconformity Granites and gneisses Intrusive contact Tazin series Quartzite, slate, dolomite, breccia, sericite, and chlorite schists. Unconformity Gneissic complex Intrusive rocks. Granites, gabbro, amphibolite, norite, diabase. Granites and Gneisses. In mapping, it was not found possible to differen- tiate the granites and gneisses of the region, although they clearly belong to at least two different periods of intrusion. The greater part of them are younger than the rocks of the Tazin series, as is shown by their intrusive contact with the latter at most places. The existence of an older complex is shown, however, by several lines of evidence; granites are found at various places cutting foliated gneisses; at two different localities Tazin quartzite was found dipping off from a surface of gneiss ; a few pebbles of gneiss were, in one locality, found in Tazin sediments; the fact that the dominant sediment of the Tazin series is quart- zite implies the existence of an older acidic terrane. Though most of the gneisses are clearly igneous, the fact that some of them are graphitic and others garneti- ferous, is suggestive of a sedimentary origin for at least part of the older complex. Tazin Series. The name Tazin series was introduced by Charles Camsell for a group of rocks seen by him in his exploration journey in 1914 from lake Athabaska to Great Slave lake over the Tazin and Taltson rivers. The two areas north of lake Athabaska in which these rocks are most widely exposed, are the Beaverlodge Lakes and Black Bay districts. The succession in the former area may be summarized as follows: Iron formation 925 feet Dolomite and quartzite... 5,900 " Quartzite and schist 8 , 500 * Quartzite. The dominant rock of the series in this area is a white quartzite, in places feldspathic, especially towards the base of the formation. It, locally, shows a red and white colour banding and contains small quantities of hematite. 154 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 There is no basal conglomerate. Shearing has changed considerable quantities of the rock into sericite schist. Dolomite. Lying stratigraphically above the main quartzite area is a group of rocks consisting of dolomite, quartzite, and schist whose thickness could only be approximately determined. The dominate rock is dolomite which at one place forms a ridge including some of the most prominent hills of the area. The dolomite is interbanded with quartzite, but owing to deformation, the common structure seen is dolomite containing irregular masses of quartzite and areas of quartzite containing patches of dolomite. Metamorphism of the dolomite along the contact of the granite intrusive has resulted in the production of a light green amphibolite. Iron Formation. The upper member of the group consists of an iron-bearing series, made up of white quartzite, banded, cherty, ferruginous quartzite and cher- ty quartzite, interbanded with hard, blue hematite. The quartzite is dense and hard and has been much fractured; concentration of the iron has been limited to small, local, well-leached patches. In the region of Black bay, the Tazin rocks consist of a thick series of quart- zites and chlorite and sericite schists overlain by quartzite and slate. The series is closely folded ; the slates exhibit many drag folds but only an imperfect slaty cleavage. In the quartzites, ripple-marks are well preserved and mud- cracks locally. Friction breccias on a large scale are found at several points. The folding and faulting which the rocks have undergone render it difficult to determine the thickness of the series in this area, but it is to be measured in thousands of feet. A band of sediments in the region between Sand and Big points presents features corresponding to the Tazin rocks of the other areas. The succession is as follows: Feet Arkose, red and grey 400 Conglomeratic quartzite 20 Quartzite and slate 600 Grey feldspathic quartzite , 400 Schist and slate with some quartzite 1 ,000 Schist and quartzite in alternate bands 1 ,800 Total 4,220 Athabaska Series. Unconformably overlying the granites and the Tazin rocks is a thick, clastic formation known as the Athabaska series. At most places it lies horizontally or with but low dip ; in the Beaverlodge area, however, the series forms an open syncline with maximum dips of 40 degrees and pitching to the north; its thickness here is approximately 8,800 feet. It consists of thick- bedded sandstones, arkoses, and conglomerates, the latter in greatest abundance towards the base of the series. The boulders are all well rounded but there has been very little sorting. That the coarse material has not been carried far is shown by the fact that, where the formation rests on quartzite, the boulders consist of that rock, and, where it overlies granite, the most numerous variety of boulder is granite. The sandstones and arkoses are commonly red, but yellowish and grey varieties occur locally. North of the Beaverlodge lakes the series is more massive and better cemented than in the other areas where it is exposed. Cross-bedding is everywhere present, and in several localities ripple- marks, sun-cracks, and clay balls were found throughout it. Interbedded with the series are a number of flows of vesicular and amygdaloidal basalt, and sills and dykes of diabase are also found. Faulting in the series is shown by the pre- sence of well slickensided surfacTes. No fossils were found anywhere in the series. SUMMARY REPORT 155 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Its age is regarded as late Pre-Cambrian and its origin continental, representing a series of basin deposits. Intnisive Rocks. The intrusive rocks of the region consist of granite, gabbro, amphibolite, norite, quartz-norite, minette, and diabase. As already stated, the granite covers wide areas and intrudes the Tazin series in every area where the latter outcrops. The gabbro is intrusive as dykes and sills in the Tazin quartzites and as dykes traversing the granite gneiss. The amphibolite intrusions also probably represent altered gabbros. The norite intrusions are post-Atha- baskan as are also the dykes and sills of diabase. Structure. The gneisses of the region are highly foliated, presenting a well banded structure with a general northeast trend. The rocks of the Tazin series are highly folded and metamorphosed, consisting of quartzites, slates, and schists. They everywhere have a high dip, averaging 45 degrees, and at many places stand vertically. The areas where these rocks are exposed to-day are mere synclinal remnants of a once widespread series. Subsequent to their folding and intrusion by granite batholiths, there followed a long period of erosion. The great un- conformity at the base of the Athabaska series shows to what extent this erosion had progressed. Post-Athabaskan deformation is marked by low, open folding and by local evidences of faulting. Several great faults in the Tazin series may be traced by the presence of friction breccias. The faulting took place after the complete metamorphism of the series, for the angular fragments consist of Tazin rocks and are identical in character with those on either side of the autoclastic zones. The fault zones can also be traced into the granites. It is quite possible, therefore, that these zones are to be related to the post-Athabaskan faulting. Economic Geology. Iron. At several places the Tazin series contains considerable quantities of hematite and a number of claims have been staked on these deposits. Two types are represented: (1) shear-zones in hematite-bearing quartzite; (2) concen- trations by the leaching of silica from the iron formation. An example of the former type is found northeast of Black bay. In a highly sheared zone the regional quartzite has gone over into a sericite schist. The zone contains considerable quantities of red hematite but the concentration has been insufficient to produce any valuable ore and the deposit itself is very limited. The second type of deposit is seen in the Beaverlodge syncline. The upper portion of the series, as already described, consists of interbedded hematite and quartzite. The structure consists of a syncline with dips on the limbs up to 70 degrees, and pitching to the southwest at an angle of 30 degrees, disappearing under the lake. The total area of the iron-bearing portion exposed covers only 250 acres. The hematite varies from a hard blue variety to a soft red variety and is highly siliceous, except in local well-leached patches. Evidence of the leaching of silica is seen in the transition of quartzite into hematite with porous rock adjacent to the latter and in the fact that the hematite is found in cavities and along fracture planes where circulation would favour leaching. The high grade variety is in too small quantities to be of economic importance in that region. An analysis of a specimen of hematite from this locality gave the following percentages : iron 66-70; silicon 2-12; phosphorus 0-014; sulphur 0-013. Other Minerals. A specimen collected from a small quartz vein traversing granite gneiss near Fond du Lac, was found to consist of a mass of subfibrous 156 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 materials of which jamesonite is the principal mineral; stibnite and sphalerite were also found to be present with chalcopyrite and arsenopyrite in minor amounts. SOUTHEASTERN SASKATCHEWAN {A. MacLean.) The season of 1916 was spent in examining the area extending from the southwestern corner of Manitoba to the Estevan district of Saskatchewan and in investigating the lignite deposits and mines about the latter place. Before beginning the field work proper a week was spent in driving from Treherne, Manitoba, where the outfit was stored from the previous season, to Lyleton, Manitoba, where this season's work was begun. This trip afforded the means for a hasty survey of the geology of the country between the Pembina Mountain sheet, completed last year, and the Estevan sheet, on which work was started this year. During the summer a few days' were taken, at the invitation of Mr. N. B. Davis of the Mines Branch, to examine exposures to the west and north of Estevan. For assistance and information accorded by Mr. Davis the writer expresses gratitude. W. R. Quinn of Toronto university gave satisfactory services as assistant from July 15 to September 18. TOPOGRAPHY. The obvious topographical features of that part of Saskatchewan to the east of Estevan are due to glacial deposits and post-Glacial erosion. The results of the latter are most prominently expressed in the channels of the Souris and its tributary streams. The Souris is characterized in most of this part of its course by a double valley, and in cases even a third valley has been initiated. These valleys have been cut to a depth of 100 to 120 feet below the prairie level and when the ridge separating the two valleys is removed or reduced to a series of buttes the total width is often upwards of a mile. Near Estevan the tributary streams have cut deep valleys but in the eastern part of the area the smaller creeks have for their channels merely shallow trenches in the boulder clay. Less prominent as a physiographic feature is the broad and gentle slope extending from the region of Oxbow eastward to the Manitoba boundary and to the valley of the Souris river beyond it. This depression is underlain by glacial debris of varying depth, and is probably the present expression of a pre- Glacial drainage valley, the channel of which was somewhere between the inter- provincial boundary and the valley of the Souris to the east of it. GENERAL GEOLOGY. In the stratigraphic series the lowest member recorded anywhere in the field is the upper part of the Odanah shale of the Pierre. This is exposed in the bed of the Souris between Dalny and Coulter, Manitoba, and on the east side of the valley of Blind river near Melita, Manitoba. West of this and nearer the Saskatchewan boundary it is encountered only in drilling operations and is only 100 feet thick. It seems to have the same characteristics as distinguish it in the Pembina Mountain area, but as noted above it is much thinner. Above the Odanah shale a bed is reported by the drillers to occur which is known to them as "soapstone." From the description this is probably a colloidal clay shale. At Sourisford, Manitoba, the bed is said to carry a coal seam a few inches thick. SUMMARY REPORT 157 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 In the only area where the Odanah and colloidal clay shale are known the latter is succeeded upward by boulder clay so that its immediate chronological successor is unknown. The next known beds of pre-Glacial formation are those of the Estevan region, exposed along the banks of the Souris and its tributaries in that district. These beds are placed in the Fort Union formation\ and are characterized by clays, sandy clays, sandstones, and silts with lignite beds in the sandy clays. In the lowest natural exposures along Souris river near EJstevan the clays are quite colloidal and are devoid of sandy particles. The depth or thickness of these beds is unknown. Above this there are 50 to 60 feet of more sandy clays in which the colloidal tendency is still quite marked. It is in these beds that the lignite seams occur, the uppermost of which is between 1 foot and 3 feet below the top. The sandy colloidal beds are succeeded upward by a yellow, non-colloidal, calcareous clay which might perhaps be better termed a silt. In this some of the bands are consolidated or cemented to form a sand- stone of irregularly continuous beds from 3 to 18 inches thick. The surfaces of these sandstone bands are often ripple-marked. In the Estevan district this forms the top of the section, but toward Roche Perc4e these beds are merged into, or succeeded upward by, a more massive sandstone more nearly consoli- dated. Along Short creek near the latter place this sandstone contains some remnants of fairly well preserved leaves. Owing to the pronounced lateral varia- tion exhibited in the field it is impossible to give a detailed section which will correctly represent every part of the whole area. In a general way, however, the following divisions may be recognized: StratigrapMcal Section. Thickness feet. Glacial and post-Glacial deposits. . .* .- — Silt, or yellow calcareous sandy clays without marked colloidal properties, general- ly well laminated, sometimes massive. Often contains sandstone bands and calcareous concretions IS-f- Light or dark yellowish green, more or less colloidal sandy clays. Some of the bands may be almost devoid of sand and quite colloidal. Carbonaceous material present in gradations from the ordinary darkened clay in which it ' is disseminated to the peaty layers and lignite seams, from \ inch to 12 feet thick. The larger lignite seams are grouped in two sets, one near the top and the other near the bottom of this part of the section. On exposures facing in a southerly direction the surface becomes hard and of a dull grey colour 50 to 60 Dark yellowish green or brownish green, colloidal clays with little or no sandy particles — Below this (which forms the base of the natural exposures) the only records ob- tainable are derived from drillers' logs which do not differentiate the character of the clays, but which at 400 feet located seam of lignite of thickness 4 And at 600 feet another seam of lignite of thickness 5 For information concerning these lower seams I am indebted to Mr. Sy- monds, Mr. Peterson, and Mr. Darling. Near Estevan two seams of lignite are worked, one belonging to the upper group and one belonging to the lower group. The upper as worked is generally 7 feet thick and the lower 3| feet thick. The section adjacent to the upper at the Estevan Brick and Coal Company's plant is as follows: « Dowling. D. B., Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 53, p. 59. 158 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GEORGE V, A. 1917 Section at the Estevan Brick and Coal Company's Plant. Thickness feet. Yellow clay or silt 15 Sandy colloidal clay 3 Mixture of clay and lignite 0-3 Main lignite seam 7.4 Clay 0-6 Lignite 0-2 Black clay and sand 0-5 Lignite 1-4 Clay 1.5 Lignite 2-7 Sandy colloidal clays, about 35 Lower group of lignites and clays from 8 to 10. The thicknesses of the lignite seams and the clay partings vary considerably in different parts of the field and even in different parts of the same quarry or mine. In the above case for instance the measurements given would not be correct for a point 200 feet distant from where these were taken. ^ In the SW. j of sec. 16, tp. 2, range 8, the section including the lower group of lignite seams is: Thickness •inches. Sandy colloidal clays Lignite 24 Clay 18 Lignite 8 Clay 16 Lignite 15 Clay 27 Lignite 42 Clay, more colloidal and less sandy than the upper lies below this last lignite. In this group the 42-inch seam is the only one worked and as in the case of the upper group the thicknesses of the seams and partings vary in different parts of the field. Five miles to the southwest of Estevan, on the farm of Niels Andersen, sec. 28, tp. 1, range 8, the lower group is represented by a seam of lignite 12 to 15 feet thick, with a thin clay parting near the bottom. The upper seam at this place varies less in thickness and arrangement from the type section in the Estevan Brick and Coal Company's yard, described above. Owing to disturbances resulting from subsidence and other movements near the river valley it is rather difficult to determine with accuracy the attitude of the beds, but all the evidence seems to point to a dip toward the northeast at a rate of about 5 feet per mile. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. The economic geology of the field is concerned with the lignite, the manu- facture of brick and tile from the shale and clay, and the possible occurrence of gas. Lignite. The lignite mined at Estevan and in the immediate district is in the upper group, the 7-foot seam, for the most part, although a few mines are operating on the 3 or 4-foot seam of the lower group. This latter is a somewhat better fuel probably but is more difficult to mine. The lignite mined at Shand and in the Bienfait district is apparently on a seam not continuous with either of these groups. / SUMMARY REPORT 159 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 In the mining of the lignite there is too often but little attention paid to the conservation and efficient recovery of the fuel. In some cases considerable lignite is left in the floor and roof of the mine and in others the upper seam is destroyed through the lower one being mined first without any concern for the subsequent dislocation of the underlying beds. The amount of lignite destroyed through faulty practice varies from one-third of a ton to 2 tons for every ton recovered. As the amount of fuel is by no means inexhaustible these methods seem altogether too wasteful. Clay. From the upper yellow clay there is made a very satisfactory soft-mud brick and hollow tile. The lower clay between the two groups of coal seams is too colloidal to be used in this manner but it is used to produce a dry-press brick of good quality. Mr. N. B. Davis of the Mines Branch has called to my attention a fireclay white in colour, which is sometimes found above the lignite seam at the top of the colloidal clay group, or perhaps replacing some of the lower layers of the yellow calcareous clays. It has not been found in the immediate vicinity of Estevan, but has been located by Mr. Davis in the neighbourhood of Halbriteand in the' Big Muddy district. Gas. Gas has been struck in one or two of the deep wells in the neighbourhood of Estevan but the information concerning them is meagre. From such information as is available it appears that there is little change in the character of the clay shale for a depth of 600 feet. If this inference, drawn from the records examined, is correct, then there is small hope of any large amount of gas being found within these limits. To the east of the Saskatchewan field, in the region along Souris river be- tween Sourisford and Melita, gas has been found only in small quantities. ^ It probably originates in beds below the Millwood of the Pierre through which it escapes to the Odanah shale above. This forms a very satisfactory reservoir, especially as it is capped by the colloidal clay shale previously mentioned and by boulder clay. Unfortunately the channel for its entrance into the Odanah is probably small and the limits of the lower beds from which gas can be drained are narrow. There is, therefore, little hope for the development of an extensive gas field in the region. SCHIST LAKE AND WEKUSKO LAKE AREAS, NORTHERN MANITOBA. (£. L. Bruce.) The season of 1916 was spent in continuing the mapping of the Amisk- Athapapuskow Lake area. The western part of the district will be dealt with in a fuller report later and details will be omitted here. At the end of the season, a brief visit was made to the Wekusko (Herb lake) section where there is consider- able activity at present, but the freeze-up being somewhat earlier than usual, the time available for work there was much shorter than planned. To expedite the mapping of the great number of lakes and waterways, the party was divided and work was carried on independently but with frequent conferences to compare results. The geological work of one party was in charge 160 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 of Angus McLeod, assisted by F. M. Wolverton. The micrometer surveys to fix the geographic base for this party were made by W. J. Embury. On the other party the writer was assisted in the geological work by L. G. Thompson and in the micrometer work by G. O. Vogan. The work of all these men was entirely satisfactory. Flinflon lake is mapped from a stadia traverse by Mr. F. H. Kitto, D.L.S., and the river below it from a stadia traverse by Mr. C. M. Teasdale, D.L.S. Every facility and assistance possible was given the party by those working in the area and special thanks are due Mr. H. C. Carlisle, engineer in charge of the Tonopah properties, for his kindness. Schist Lake Section. The finding of large bodies of sulphides, reported in the autumn of 1915,^ stimulated the search for deposits of a similar nature. As a result, soon after the freeze-up a second body was discovered on Schist lake about 3 miles southeast of the original discovery on Flinflon lake. Up to the time of writing these two are the only sulphide bodies that appear to warrant investigation. On both properties diamond drilling was done in the summer of 1916 and on the Schist Lake claims is still in progress. At Flinflon, an immense body of sulphides has been proved but the values are as yet known only to the owners and to the com- pany to which the claims were optioned. The Schist Lake claims are under option to the Tonopah Mining Company and following extensive drilling the possibility of transporting ore by boat and tramway to the Pas is being considered. As this section seems likely, for the present at least, to be the focus of activity, a summary of the geology will be given. A more detailed discussion will be re- served for the report to follow. MEANS OF ACCESS. The Schist Lake district is reached most easily from the town of Pas where the Hudson Bay railway crosses Saskatchewan river. From that point, during the summer months, regular steamers ascend the Saskatchewan to Cumberland House and then turn northward across Cumberland lake and Namew (Sturgeon) lake to the mouth of Sturgeon river. Thence the route lies by canoe up Sturgeon river and Goose creek to Goose lake to Athapapuskow and thence to Schist lake. The Manitoba government has cleared a road from Sturgeon lake to Athapa- puskow lake, so that the rapids of Sturgeon river and its tributary Goose river are avoided. However, until development warrants the expenditure of consider- able money on this road it will be difficult to do much freighting oyer it in the summer months owing to the big muskeg area between Goose and Athapapuskow lakes. It is unfortunate that the Hudson Bay railway is so far from the promising area as to make the cost of railway connexions almost prohibitive. As a result it seems likely that it may be found possible to ship only high grade ore, discarding a much larger tonnage that with good shipping facilities might be profitably treated. TOPOGRAPHY. In this part of its course Saskatchewan river flows through flat, marshy country in a network of charfging channels. Flanking the river are many broad, shallow lakes in some places separated from the river channel only by a narrow willow-covered levee. These lakes form equalizing reservoirs into which water >Geol. Surv.. Can.. Sum. Rept. 1915, pp. 126-130. SUMMARY REPORT 161 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 flows in flood time to be later fed out again as the water-level of the river falls. Sturgeon lake may be considered as such a reservoir. Normally, the muddy Saskatchewan waters are not found north of Cumberland lake but in high water the Sturgeon Lake water-level rises as much as 5 or 6 feet. Northward from Cumberland lake the country is flat and marshy with few outcrops away from the lake shore. The Silurian-Ordovician boundary line, is crossed somewhere between Cumberland lake and Sturgeon lake but is not here marked by any escarpment as it is at other places^ The ascent is more rapid northward from Sturgeon lake, the increase in elevation being marked by rapids on the river. Inland, however, it is still imperceptible. The edge of the Ordovician is com- monly marked by an escarpment which forms the most noticeable physiographic feature in the district, standing 70 to 80 feet above the hummocky Pre-Cambrian floor. Lake Athapapuskow lies along this escarpment, which bends southward to the north end of Goose lake. In this embayment in the escarpment, which may represent a pre-glacial river channel, is the present outlet of lake Athapapuskow to Goose lake. Although along the boundary of the two formations the Pre-Cambrian in places lies as much as 80 feet below the surface of the Ordovician, the older forma- tion is much more rugged. The local relief, however, is seldom more than 50 feet. The general trend of the ridges is northwesterly, the larger lakes lying in basins eroded in the softer schistose and slaty rocks between fingers of granite. Usually the granite forms a higher upland between the lakes, but in the vicinity of Schist lake the upland consists of more basic formations. Ross lake, between the north end of the northwest arm of Schist lake and Flinflon lake, lies in a striking basin eroded in a trough of sedimentary rocks pitching northwesterly and probably bounded on the east by a fault zone. GENERAL GEOLOGY, The geological relations found in the district are expressed by the following table : Table of Formations. Recent Peat, river silts. Glacial Sand, till. Palaeozoic Ordovician Dolomite. Unconformity Pre-Cambrian Granite. Granite gneiss. Intrusive contact Conglomerate and arkose. Unconformity (?) Slate Unconformity Altered volcanics (greenstone, greenstone schists, etc.), diorites. Structurally, the country consists of closely compressed folds with their axes striking northwest-southeast and pitching northwesterly. Along the axes of these folds, granite intrusions have found their way. There has also been 1 Kindle, E. M., "Notes on the geology and palaeontology of the Lower Saskatchewan River valley", Geol. Surv., Can., Mus. Bull. No. 21, p. 2. 162 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 much faulting, paralleling in a general way the trend of the axes of the folds, and along these fault zones granite tongues have been intruded. Deep erosion has now exposed these granite intrusions, leaving them as the divides between the waterways which have to a considerable extent adjusted themselves to the zones of softer rocks. Extreme deformation and alteration of the oldest rock group make the interpretation of its structure very difficult. In places the interbanding of schistose and massive rocks is so definite that it seems to be due to original differences in composition rather than the result of purely dynamic conditions, and detailed work on these areas might result in unravel- ling the structure of even this contorted basal complex. Lithologically, the basal complex consists of various types but as these are, as is usually the case in volcanic rocks, very inconstant in character it has not been attempted to differentiate them in mapping. The most widely developed variety is a surface flow of medium character now altered to a massive, dark green chlorite rock. This commonly retains the' typical pillow structure of basic surface rocks and also, not rarely, amygdules filled with calcite and other second- ary minerals. Pyroclastic rocks are found as -a less usual type where the bombs of lava were thrown from the craters of the old volcanoes and were included in the still molten lava flows or in the ash beds. Autoclastics were formed by the rolling and brecciation of the flow and recementation of the broken and cracked material. Both these types may now appear very much like real conglomerates. Many areas of much altered, basic rocks, which are probably intrusive, are in- cluded with these surface types. They were probably originally dioritic or gab- broic in nature. The slate listed as unconformably above the volcanic series has not been proved to be so. This relation is inferred, since in the Amisk Lake section slate of similar character is separated from the greenstone series by a thin con- glomerate layer carrying greenstone fragments. The slate is a soft, black, fissile rock that in places is silicified and harder, and in such places is very similar to parts of the greenstone. It weathers to a rough surface showing |-inch bands greyish and brownish grey in colour. The series next above the slate is undoubtedly unconformable on the green- stone group, but, as the conglomerate and arkose are not in contact with the slate, the relation to it is assumed from the similarity of these rocks to rocks in the district to the west. The supposedly younger series consists of a thick con- glomerate carrying many pebbles of greenstone, jasper, quartz, and porphyry, which are often squeezed, broken, elongated, and twisted. The matrix, originally a coarse sandy material, is now altered to a felt of white mica, quartz, and feldspar. Where pebbles are lacking this passes into arkose which in the field is hard to distinguish from a mashed granite. The coarse conglomeratic and finer arkosic layers pass into one another along the strike. This irregularity of character is such as would be expected if the original sediments were deposited in rapid streams. The character of the material seems to show that there must have been a great granitic area somewhere in the neighbourhood in this early time as the great mass of quartz, feldspar, and minerals from the alteration of feldspar could not have been derived from the debris of the greenstone group alone. At Amisk lake there are many dykes of quartz porphyry older than the group of sediments. It is possible that these may have been feeders to a great flow of quartz porphyry lavas earlier than the conglomerate and from which it derived much of its material. As previously mentioned, this group of rocks usually weathers into basins. One of these is strikingly developed at the north end of the northwest arm of Schist lake. In it lies Cliff lake, Ross lake, and the streams draining thern to Schist lake. From the high greenstone ridges north of the Tonopah claims, the southern part of this basin or trough can be well seen where the forest SUMMARY REPORT 163 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 fires have left the rocks bare. The greenstone forms the rim of the trough be- neath which the sedimentary rocks form a well-marked terrace. On the western and southern sides the beds dip steeply away from the enclosing greenstone. On the eastern side the two rocks are separated by a marked drift-filled valley which probably represents a fault zone. The folding which has produced this pitching syncline has been so intense that along the base of the younger rocks there has been considerable anovement parallel to the bedding, which has granu- lated the basal beds. Intruding this series are granites which, although varying somewhat in appearance, probably represent merely variations in the same great intrusion. The introduction of this molten material and its solidification no doubt occupied a great length of time; the earlier injected part of it may be represented by the faintly gneissoid granite outcropping to the west of Flinflon lake and the massive, pink granite of Phantom lake may be the representative of the later stages. Excepting this faint gneissic banding the two are quite similar in char- acter. There is also a greenish granite that is very commonly found intruded along shear zones. In nearly every such instance there are sulphide lenses along these contacts. Some of these dyke-like masses of granite are shown on the map, but there are a great many smaller ones in the district between Flinflon and Big Island lakes which have not been outlined. The Ordovician is represented by nearly flat-lying dolomite separated by a great unconformity from the preceding formation; but as this has no connexion with the ore deposits a description of it will be omitted here. The glacial and recent deposits in this particular section are not at all important and a large part of the promising rock formations is well exposed. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. The type of deposit that has created interest in this section consists of lenses of almost solid mixed sulphides. The two discoveries made late in the autumn of 1915 still are the only ones that seem to merit development. Flinflon Lake. At the Flinflon Lake deposit there has been no surface work since the trench- ing done immediately after its location. From March to July, 1916, two diamond drills were working steadily on this property and it is understood that they proved the existence of a great body of sulphides. The values have, of course, not been made public. A series of trenches across the strike of the ore zone on the north side of the broad point upon which the ore outcrops shows 55 feet of sulphides, 40 feet of barren rock, and then 30 feet more of sulphides. The sulphide band is unbroken 400 feet south of these trenches and is 75 feet in surface width. Some disseminated ore is found on the borders of the main mass of ore. Ore has again been found 800 feet to the north of the main trenches, but at that place the lens is much narrower. Assuming that the ore found in the northerly trench belongs to the same lens as that in the south exposure, the deposit is more than 1,200 feet in length. No doubt the deposit will be found to consist of not one simple lens but several lenses. The dip of the zone is 60 degrees to 70 degrees to the northeast. The country rock is an altered lava which shows pillow structures in many places. A short distance west of the ore zone and parallel to it, there is a lamprophyre dyke and a small dyke of dioritic or gabbroic character is found a short distance east of the ore zone. North of the main work- ings a small dyke of granite porphyry forms the hanging-wall for a short distance. With these exceptions the wall rock is a fairly uniform greenstone. The sulphides 164 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 are deposited in a great shear zone following the general direction of the fracturing northwest-southeast. Along the fault zone mixed sulphides have been deposited, but with a predominance of certain minerals along certain zones giving the ore a banded character. This has the appearance of being an original structure and is not due to any secondary fracturing of original sulphides with a later infiltration of sulphides of different character. The banding of the ore may be due to a sort of selective precipitation due to original differences in the replaced material, or to a difference in the size of grain in the ground-up rock of the fault zone. The sulphides are massive with some mineralized or slightly mineralized country rock. The m»ost abundant mineral is pyrite which is almost unmixed along the foot- wall side. Towards the centre of the zone, some sphalerite (zinc sulphide) occurs and still farther towards the hanging-wall chalcopyrite is found. Galena is present sparingly. In all of these there are some values in gold and a little silver. Schist Lake. The deposit on Schist lake being worked by the Tonapah Mining Company, is on a hook-shaped point on the northwest arm of the lake. It lies about 3 miles southeast of the Flinflon claims, but in such heterogeneous rocks as these it is very unlikely that one is the continuation along the strike of the other. It is smaller than the Flinflon deposit and lying somewhat higher above lake-level it has been possible to outline it more thoroughly by trenching. Diamond drilling has also been resorted to and the company now has fairly complete in- formation as to the size and value of this lens. A detailed discussion of the struc- ture of this body will not be undertaken here. It will be sufficient to say that from present developments it differs from the Flinflon body in apparently being explainable as a drag fold due to the same folding that produced the northwest pitching syncline of sediments just north of it. The drag folding (no doubt aided by considerable shearing) opened up the passages for the ore solutions given off by the neighbouring granite intrusrons. The rock in which the lens lies is interbanded, massive greenstone and soft, green, fissile, chlorite schist in zones of about 50 feet in width. The dip is steep to the eastw'ard, the strike parallel to the lake shore. The contact betvveen the schist and the massive rock is sharp and well defined. The ore lens lies in a schistose zone and drilling has shown that mineralization is almost entirely lacking in the massive rock. The body of sulphides is elliptical in plan with tvvo tongues of sulphides 1| to 2 feet wide running off from the northwest and southeast sides parallel to the strike of the enclosing schists. At the north end the ore pitches beneath barren rock and a vertical shear zone, with a strike parallel to the axes of the ore-body, continues northward from this point. The drills have shown that the lens does not continue far northward beyond the place where it pitches beneath the surface. The length of the lens on the ground is 225 feet, the width at the middle 40 feet. The mineralization is similar in character to that at Flin- flon but the relative proportions are different, the various sulphides being less intimately mixed and the lens as a whole carrying a higher percentage of chal- copyrite. The foot-wall of the zone, which dips to the eastAvard at an angle of 75 degrees, consists of 10 to 12 feet of almost unifiixed pyrite. Lying east of this is a 12-foot lens of high grade chalcopyrite, which does not run from end to end but tapers out before reaching either the north or south extremity. At the south end the pyrite wraps around it and at the north end sphalerite has a similar relation. The sphalerite fills the whole north end of the lens and with some ad- mixture of chalcopyrite forms to the east of the chalcopyrite zone a band 10 to 15 feet in width. The hanging-wall side is pyrite. The northwest stringer is mostly pyrite, while the southeast one consists mostly of chalcop\Tite. The sulphides Le^H//t/ I Dolomite Unconformity l^^l Cran/te Gneiss igneous contact □ Congfomerate And /Jrkoi^ Unconformity 1^1 SI Ate Unconformity □ /^/teret/ Va/can,cs ( Greenstone etc) I 1 Geo/o^icA/ boundaj-ies I I Capproxtmitte) □ Geologic^/ bou/x/ATfes (Assumett) ^^ I CiaciaJ since I >^ ) Dip And strike GeoiogicaJ Survey Ca.oa.da Sch/sf. Laiit' district. Manitoba Sca/e of Miles To Accompany Summary Report by L L Bruce. 1316 164 are deposited in a j northwest-sou thea but with a predon a banded characte is not due to any s( of sulphides of diff of selective precip or to a difference i sulphides are mass The most abunda wall side. Towai occurs and still fai is present sparing] silver. The deposit o is on a hook-shap miles southeast of it is very unlikely is smaller than thi it has been possi drilling has also b formation as to th* ture of this body from present deve explainable as a d pitching syncline aided by consider given off by the r The rock in v green, fissile, chloi to the eastward, t schist and the mc schistose zone an lacking in the mas tongues of sulphid' sides parallel to t pitches beneath hi axes of the ore-boc that the lens does beneath the surfac at the middle 40 f flon but the relat intimately mixed copyrite. The foi 75 degrees, consisi is a 12-foot lens of tapers out before end the pjo-ite wi relation. The spl mixture of chalcof feet in width. T\ pyrite, while the Buckmgha. Legend ^o<^" [I i ^^rme day And sand ClaxriaJ f| | Bouldery drift ^^^H Biotite ^r&rnte gneiss ^^^B Oiopstde ^^^1 ( M^tAmorphtc f3/rox*nit«) ^^^H Pegmatite 1 1 I Pyroxene syenite I 1 ^^'^*'^'^*^-"'^"^s'te do/ai I J i/nft out asceriame&iv bo ^^^H Cornet gnitiss (^V^ O/p aj7d strike I ,^ I Strike I x J f^spactpits I •»# I Diamond drill hoiei J i[ Tra/awaya I 5ur-»-e»- (ra/%9.:te DiA^r&nt shtmrin^ ma^esite d*iposJts. Lot i5 r-imj^X/. Gnenvt/M tammhip . 4r^«nt^utf ctMtnty. Qu^Aec ScaA* of /^€€ 164 are ( nort but a ba is n( of SI of s or t sulf The wal occi is p silv IS c mil it i: is s it : dri for tur fro exi pit aid gi\ to scl scl lac to; sic pi ax th be at flc in cc 7t is ta ei re m fe P L>^nd ■ Dolomite Uncanformity I Cramte and Dionte Intrusive contact -5 i I CongIomera.te g I 1 and QuarUfte ^ Unconformity ? '^ P I Quaru^ Porphyr Genlag'ca./ Survey (I3.nti.da. Ca-ta/ogue Nn /G7 Wekusko la.ke , Manitoba. To Accompany Summary Report by C L Bruize . 164 are( nort but a be is n( of s of s or t sulf The wal occi is F silv IS c mil iti; is s it dri for tur fro exi pit aid gr( to scl scl la( to: sic pi ax th be at flc in cc 71 is ta ei re IT fe P SUMMARY REPORT 165 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 carry low values in gold and silver. Assays of samples from the chalcopyrite bands and sphalerite bands taken from the middle of the ore zone, give the fol- lowing results; A ssays of Ore from Tonopah Property. Gold, oz. per ton. Silver, oz. per ton. Copper % Zinc % Chalcopyrite 0-04 Trace 0-12 1-52 28-96 Zinc blende 46-60 Assayer, H. A. Leverin. Thus the chalcopyrite sample is nearly 85 per cent chalcopyrite, the blende sample 75 per cent sphalerite. These are picked samples but are sufficiently representative to show that the chalcopyrite lens in the middle of the ore zone will produce high grade copper ore and that the zinc is in important amount. From these assays the silver is seen to be, as is ordinarily the case, higher in the zinc blende than in the other sulphides. Secondary copper minerals are found in small quantities, the presence of the ore being first detected by a slight stain of copper carbonates along the lake shore. In some of the open fissures in the ore crusts of chalcanthite (copper sulphate) have been found. Underneath the clay pockets of a light porous white mineral are found. This is the variety of opal, called ffoatstone. In massive greenstone close to the.,eastern margin of the trough of con- glomerate in which Ross lake lies, some bodies of pyrrhotite have been found. These carry only small quantities of nickel, too small to be valuable. Outside of this section, chiefly in the country north of Elbow lake, other pyrrhotite bodies have been found, but these also carry too little nickel to be economic possibilities. Future of the Sulphide Deposits. From the descriptions just given it is seen that there are here sulphide ores which give promise of becoming producing properties. It is at least certain that some parts of the lenses already located are sufficiently high grade to be mined and shipped even under present conditions. Unfortunately, the amount of this rich ore at present proved is not very large. The distance from railway con- nexions makes the handling of low grade ore an impossibility and unless the lower grade sulphides are found to be sufficiently rich to bear the added expense of at least 75 miles of railway construction only the exceptionally rich chalcopyrite and possibly the zinciferous ore will be mined. The gold and silver values in the ore are not sufficiently high to make the sulphide bodies valuable as sources of the precious metals alone. To make such bodies workable, the presence of enough chalcopyrite or zinc blende to form a copper or zinc ore is necessary. The gold and silver in such deposits will usually be merely a by-product. Hence in pros- pecting, it should be borne in mind that the discovery of any variety of sulphides is not sufficient to constitute a commercially valuable property. To be of value, a sulphide deposit must carry a workable amount of chalcopyrite or zinc blende, or some other base metal, and with present means of transportation the percentage of these must be exceptionally large. Although the sulphides are directly connected with the granitic intrusions, the place most promising for prospecting for sulphides ores is not along the main No. 26—12 166 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 contacts between the large masses of granite and the older rocks. At these con- tacts the temperature at the time of intrusion was probably higher than that at which masses of sulphide usually form. In the old lavas along the offshoots from the main granite mass, near the smaller granitic masses, or at some little distance from the main granite masses, lower temperature and probably some differentiation of the intrusive rock provide the conditions necessary for the separation of the sulphides; and these contacts are the ones that offer the greatest promise of sulphide ores of commercial grade. Wekusko (Herb Lake) Section. The gold-bearing veins on the east shore of Wekusko lake were described in the Summary Report, 1915, Some new discoveries in that section and the actual development being undertaken on some of the properties make a further description of this type of deposit desirable. Prospecting here has been for gold- quartz veins, since sulphides are only sparingly present and the mineralization is similar to that in the veins at Amisk lake on the western border of the area.^ Wekusko lake is reached by way of the Hudson Bay railway from the Pas. From mileage 86, a trail leads northwesterly to the south end of the lake. This trail is about 14 miles in length and in winter is fairly good. In summer, how- ever, a big muskeg lying bet\veen the railway and the lake makes it very wet, excepting in the very dry season. It will require considerable money and labour to make this a passable summer trail. The lake may also be reached by canoe, leaving the railway at Kiski lake and paddling up to Setting lake, or by leaving the railway at mileage 137 and portaging to Setting lake. From Setting lake the Grass river forms an easy canoe route to Wekusko lake, but this route requires two and one-half or three days. TOPOGRAPHY. The topography of the vicinity of Wekusko lake is somewhat similar to that of the Schist Lake area, but here the irregular character of the Pre-Cambrian basement is masked and softened by a thick covering of fine greyish clays of glacial origin. As a result, rock outcrops are not common and the country in many places is covered by swamp and muskeg. GENERAL GEOLOGY. The geological work in the district has been of the most hurried nature and the present classification must be considered as only preliminary. The following table expresses the relations as at present determined: Table of Formations. Recent Peat. Glacial Grey clays. Till. Palaeozoic Ordovician Dolomite. Great unconformity Pre-Cambrian .Granite and more basic intrusives. Intrusive contact Conglomerate and sheared quartzites. Unconformity ■ Quartz porphyry. Intrusiie contact Quartz-mica-garnet gneisses (sedimentary) and staurolite schist. Altered basic lavas (greenstone and schist). » Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1914, p. 68. SUMMARY REPORT 167 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26' The altered lavas are entirely similar to those from other parts of this area, as described above, and in fact to those of many other Pre-Cambrian areas. They are soft, massive, dark green rocks commonly showing ellipsoidal or amyg- daloidal structure. Microscopically, they are found to consist of secondary minerals, mostly chlorite, sericite, uralite, and carbonates. In places, these massive forms are altered to schistose rocks which may represent only local alteration by dynamic processes, or possibly some variation in original com- position in the lava itself or the interbanding of clayey material. The relation of the altered lavas to the heterogeneous sedimentary series made up of quartz-biotite, garnet gneisses, and staurolitic schists, has not yet been determined. No conglomerate that could be certainly interpreted as^ the basal member of this series has been found. Wherever the lavas and gneisses are close together, one seems to pass into the other. The lack of bedding in the volcanic rock and its obliteration in the sediments makes the interpretation of the succession very difficult. The gneiss is a rusty-weathering, granular rock consisting chiefly of quartz and biotite but with garnets developed plentifully in some localities. The following analysis of this gneiss, together with the pecu- liar mineral composition and the appearance of the rock, as a whole, imply a sedimentary character: Analysis of Gneiss. Si02 AI2O3 FejO, FeO 'MgO CaO 63-84 20-34 3-34 3-98 2-20 0-64 NasO K2O H2O + Ti02 Total 0-95 2-42 1-05 0-80 99-56 Analyst, M. F. Connor. East of the area under consideration, this gneiss gives place to a conspic- uously banded black and white gneiss that weathers black and red. The white layers have a pegmatitic character and it is believed that this rock is a hybrid formed by the injection of granite or granitic vapours along the foliation of the quartz-mica gneiss or of the staurolitic schist. This is rendered the more prob- able since there are many small areas of granitic rocks in this gneissic area. The staurolite schist is found only in narrow bands. A prominent outcrop occurs on an island in Crow Duck bay, another is found on the northwest shore of the lake, and a third crosses Grass river below lake Wekusko. The staurolites form a conspicuous and in some places an abundant constituent of this rock, which was probably originally a clayey sediment. Quartz porphyry forms the surface rock of an area lying southwest of lake Wekusko. It is a dark, coarsely porphyritic rock intrusive into the greenstone but, so far, not recognized in contact with the sedimentary gneiss and staurolite schist. On the east side of the lake, there are conglomerates which contain pebbles of greenstone, quartz, and jasper. Along with them are very badly sheared acidic rocks, that in the hand specimen have the appearance of porphyries, but, from microscopic evidence, they might be sheared quartzites. Their field relations are somewhat contradictory. McLeod found an exposure where rock of this class had the appearance of intruding the old lavas, while on the Elizabeth claims there seems to be an interbanding with typical conglomerate. It is possible that we have here both a quartzite and a quartz porphyry from which the intense shearing has produced very similar schistose rocks. For the purpose of this report the conglomerate and the sheared acidic rock will be mapped together as conglomerate and quartzite. Intrusive into all these types are varieties of granitic and dioritic rocks that probably represent merely various contact and differentiation facies of the one No. 26-12J 168 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 mass. Northwest of Wekusko lake, the intrusive is a very fresh, bright red granite; southwest of the lake, it is very dark coloured but may possibly be similar to the other mass at a greater distance from the contact with the green- stone than it has yet been seen ; east of the lake are other masses of dark-coloured, dioritic intrusives to which the same statement applies; and on the big point at the north end of the lake is a mass of very coarse-grained diorite porphyry, many specimens having phenocrysts of feldspar an inch in length. This lake forms one of the long string of lakes lying along the escarpment of the basal Palaeozoic rocks. Here, the fiat-lying Ordovician dolomites form cliffs 60 to 70 feet above the south end of the lake. They are very similar to the dolomites already described. They rest with a great uncpnformity upon the Pre-Cambrian rocks but without any basal conglomerate. The two have not been found actually together but the dolomite only a few feet above the base is fairly pure and carries chert concretions. There have been found no fragments of any conglomerate which could be interpreted as the normal basal member of this series. This rock, separated by an enormous length of time from the rocks upon which it rests, has no association with the ores of the district. Covering the solid formations is a thick mantle of greyish to brownish clay without pebbles, which makes thorough prospecting a very laborious undertaking. There is but little true boulder clay. In the valleys and the broad muskegs away from the well-drained areas along the waterways, there is a considerable thickness of peat above the clay. , ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. During the summer of 1916 there has been considerable prospecting and devel- opment of the claims grouped along the eastern side of Wekusko lake. This has resulted in the discovery of some new veins; one group of claims is now under option and it seems likely that this section will now be thoroughly tested. A shaft is being sunk on a vein on the Moosehorn claim. This vein is small, varying from 8 inches to 1| feet in width, but the gold values are exceptionally high. In a sample given to the writer by Mr. Robert Kerr, some of the particles of gold were surrounded by a soft steel grey, metallic mineral which, on examination by R. A. A. Johnston and E. Poitevin, proved to be a telluride of gold, probably petzite. Platinum has also been reported from this vein but tests failed to show it, and the presence of platinum in such association would be a most unusual occurrence. The veins occur in the altered basic lavas, in the sheared quartzite and con- glomerate, and in the sedimentary gneisses. Some have, in places, as great a width as 8 to 10 feet; but as in most veins of Pre-Cambrian age, they are lenticular. In general in the larger veins, though gold is visible in many places, the values are very inconstant and only a mill run will give a fair idea of the average gold content. In the smaller veins, such as that on the Moosehorn, the values are more evenly distributed and much higher. Besides gold, the mineralization consists of small amounts of arsenopyrite, usually along the walls, and a very little chalcopyrite and pyrite scattered through the quartz. The non-metallic minerals are tour- maline in needles and in masses, and quartz. As shown by the presence of tourmaline and tellurides, the veins are very evidently high temperature deposits. They have been formed at great depths and the part now at the surface has been exposed by the removal of great thick- nesses of rock since the time of the introduction of the vein material. They are no doubt connected with the intrusion of the granitic masses from which they have also derived their content of gold. But as they were formed at great depth and, therefore, under high temperature conditions, it does not necessarily follow SUMMARY REPORT 169 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 that only the area close to the granite will be found to have gold-bearing veins. Also the depth of the granite beneath any part of the older series is not known and is probably not very great, and so it may be expected that veins are possible in any of the formations preceding the granitic intrusion. They will, however, be influenced by the character of the rock ; fairly massive and brittle rocks are more likely to bear well-defined veins than softer schistose and yielding rocks, such as the staurolite schist. If veins were found in the latter type, they would very like- ly be of irregular, lenticular, and discontinuous character. Also the character of the rock may be expected to have had some influence on the amount of gold precipitated in the vein. The termination of the extension of time for performance of assessment work will no doubt force the prospecting of many claims that have up to now had no work done on them and there seems to be promise of the discovery of more veins similar to those already uncovered. This section should be a rather attractive area for prospecting during the next season. GOLD-BEARING DISTRICT OF SOUTHEASTERN MANITOBA. (J. A. Dresser.) That part of the province of Manitoba which lies between the southern part of lake Winnipeg and the eastern boundary of the province is scarcely 50 miles in width. It lies between 51 and 52 degrees north latitude, and between 90 and 91 degrees west longitude. In sharp contrast with the deep soil and more recent geological formations of the prairie portion of the province, this district bears very little soil and over large areas rocks of early Pre-Cambrian age are widely exposed. The discovery of gold in these rocks has attracted considerable attention to the district in recent years and it is confidently hoped that important economic development will ensue. The following report gives the results of a reconnaissance- of a few weeks in the district during the summer of 1916. The object of the reconnaissance was to get a general view of the economic possibilities of the district. PREVIOUS WORK. In 1891 a reconnaissance covering the east shore of lake Winnipeg and valleys of the principal tributaries was made by J. B. Tyrrell assisted, in the northern part of the region, by D. B. Dowling. Mr. Tyrrell published a summary of the general geology of the southern area in the annual Summary Report of the Geolo- gical Survey for that year, and a report on the entire district was afterwards published by Mr. Dowling in the Annual Report of the Geological Survey, vol. XI, 1898. In 1912 a prehminary examination of the part of the district then known to be gold-bearing was made by E. S. Moore assisted by R. C. Wallace. The results of this examination were published in the Summary Report of the Geological Survey for 1912. Besides the above, articles descriptive of the district have been published by R. C. Wallace and J. S. Delury in the Canadian Mining Journal, Toronto, the Mining Magazine, London, and in other journals. LOCATION AND ACCESS. The district within which gold has thus far been discovered is some 10 by 50 miles in extent and is situated in the narrow part of the province of Manitoba 170 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 lying between the southern part of lake Winnipeg and the province of Ontario. Several small rivers cross the region in a northwesterly direction, having their sources near the Ontario boundary and emptying into lake Winnipeg. The gold-bearing areas, as far as known, occur within the watersheds of two of these, the Manigotagan (Bad Throat) and the Wanipigow (Hole). These rivers are about 6 miles apart, and run approximately parallel. They enter lake Winnipeg about 70 and 75 miles north of the southern end, or head of the lake. In summer the mouths of the rivers may be reached by steamer from Selkirk, on the Red river, 21 miles south of its entrance to lake Winnipeg. Selkirk is connected with Winnipeg, 22 miles distant, by the Winnipeg and Lake Winnipeg electric railway and by the Canadian Pacific railway. Two transportation com- panies operate boats on lake Winnipeg during the season of navigation, the North- western Navigation Company and the Northern Fish Company, both having offices in Selkirk. From the mouths of Manigotagan or Wanipigow rivers the district is reached by a canoe trip of 35 to 50 miles according to the part of the district it is desired to reach. When a choice is possible, the Manigotagan is the preferable route. Small canoes should be used, unless for freighting on the Manigotagan, as many of the waterways are small and are obstructed by brushes and fallen trees. In winter the usual route is by the Canadian Pacific railway toRiverton, on the west side of lake Winnipeg, thence across the lake to Manigotagan settlement at the mouth of the river of the same name and inland by a winter trail. The construction of a summer wagon road to reach the district from the settlements near the south end of lake Winnipeg is under consideration, but as yet none exists. Numerous creeks enter the Manigotagan from both the north and the south, £md might be made into useful canoe routes for use in prospecting and carrying supplies. At present they are obstructed by brushes and fallen trees but they could be cleared out at small cost, by concerted effort of adjacent claim holders. SURFACE FEATURES. The district is one of low relief. A hill rising 100 feet above the surrounding country would be a prominent landmark, but such are rarely to be found. In the lower 50 miles of the Manigotagan river there are thirty rapids which can be passed only by portaging. Eight of these falls or chutes have each a vertical fall of 12 to 30 feet; one, which I did not see, is said to be higher, and the remainder are of less importance. There are, therefore, no water-powers of more than very local use in the district. The total fall between lake Manigotagan and lake Winnipeg, about 45 miles, may be roughly estimated at 250 feet. The surface of the region has been heavily glaciated, the direction of ice- movement being very uniformly south 50 degrees west (magnetic). Compara- tively little transported soil or glacial debris has been deposited; forest fires have removed the greater part of the original forest and the growth of young timber is very scanty. Yet, in swamps and in places along the shores of the rivers and lakes there is sufficient timber for mining purposes and wood for fuel can be readily obtained. Large areas, however, are practically free from soil, or timber, and are well exposfed for prospecting. GEOLOGY. General. The region on the east of lake Winnipeg is occupied by rocks of Pre-Cam- brian age which extend northeasterly to the James Bay depression. On the west of the lake, the country is underlain by Palaeozoic strata which form an ascending S UMMA R Y REPORT 1 7 1 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 series to the westward. The district is thus a part of the extreme southwestern border of the great Pre-Cambrian "shield"— the area that has already produced the major part of the mineral wealth of eastern Canada. Local. In the district examined there are three geological formations besides the surface deposits. These are a series of porphyries, andesites, and greenstones, probably extrusive in origin; a group of quartz biotite and other schists and gneisses, largely, if not wholly sedimentary; and numerous bodies of granite, pegmatite, and gneiss intrusive into both of the preceding formations. It is not yet clear which of the first two formations is the older. They were not seen in actual contact and both are older than the granite. Their different origin, however, suggests that there is probably a difference in age. Tyrrell^ treated them together as forming an older series distinct from the later granite gneiss. Moore^ on the other hand considered the sediments which he named Wanipigow to be younger than the porphyries and andesites (Rice Lake series) mainly from evidence obtained in adjacent parts of the region, where a con- glomerate was found which was not seen during last summer's exploration in the Clearwater-Long Lake district lying northeast of Manigotagan lake. As it was not a matter of immediate economic importance the age relations of these two formations were not further studied. In tabular form the formations may be provisionally arranged as follows: Table of Formations. Quaternary Pleistocene Lake deposits. Glacial drift. Unconformity Pre-Cambrian Manigotagan granite, pegmatite, and gneiss. Intrusive contact Wanipigow series: mica schists and gneisses. Rice Lake series: porphyry, andesite, and greenstone. Description of Formations. Rice Lake Series. This series is well exposed between Clearwater and Rice lakes, and was seen at many points eastward as far as the east end of Long lake. There is considerable variation in the character of the rocks in different places. For example, on the trail from Clearwater lake to the Moose mine granite por- phyry outcrops near the east end of the lake and granite (Manigotagan) at chainage 30, the intervening stretch being drift covered; continuing, porphyry is exposed as far as chainage 65 where the rock becomes fine in texture and passes gradually into a fine andesite which continues to the Moose mine, a total distance of 2f miles from the lake shore. In a small boss at chainage 86, and in less amount elsewhere the rock is a quite massive greenstone whose original composition must have been extremely basic. It is now a mass of chlorite and epidote con- taining scattered crystals of plagioclase feldspar. These greenstone masses appear to be only basic parts of the main mass, though there has been so much metamorphism of all the rocks that they may (though not likely) be deformed intrusions. >Op. dt. * Op. cit. 172 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GEORGE V, A. 1917 Lithologically the rocks of this series are chiefly feldspar porphyry, quartz porphyry, andesite, and greenstone. All are finely foliated, and over large areas have a singularly uniform dip of 70 degrees towards the south-southwest. Wanipigow Series. The rocks of this series are exposed on Manigotagan river near Manigotagan post-ofifice and at Woods falls. Rocks intruded by granite at Poplar rapids may also be altered phases of these rocks; if so, the series has a breadth of nearly 3 miles in this vicinity. Upstream nearly to Perry Davis rapids a granite batholith, about 15 miles in breadth, is exposed. Wanipigow schists again appear near Perry Davis rapids and are the principal rock exposed along the Manigotagan for 4 miles. After an interval of 6 or 7 miles underlain by granite and occasional patches of schists, the latter again becomes the principal rock from the outlet of Turtle lake to the west end of Clearwater lake. East of Clearwater, Caribou lake and Manigotagan river appear to mark the general line of a sinuous contact between the Wanipigow series and the Manigotagan granite. Lithologically the Wanipigow in the area described consists chiefly of a quartz-feldspar schist or gneiss containing much biotite and a little sericite. Light-coloured garnets are found in it, and near intrusions of pegmatite tourmaline is common. It ranges in colour from light to dark grey, but no phases that could be called conglomerate were found. It is a foliated arkose or grey^vacke. Manigotagan Granite. This formation occurs in large masses as well as in innumerable dykes and small bosses which penetrate the older rocks. It evi- dently forms the principal rock south of Manigotagan river for a great part of its length. On the north, too, it forms a large batholith on the lower part of the river and also large masses, that are probably separate from one another, north of Gold lake and of Long lake. The granite is generally of medium texture, grey or flesh coloured, and is in places gneissic. In places pegmatite veins and masses are large and numerous. Besides orthoclase and quartz there is a considerable proportion of plagioclase feldspar, with lesser amounts of hornblende and biotite. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. Gold. Mode of Occurrence. The gold thus far found is principally in quartz veins and stringers in shear zones. The country rock of the vein is chiefly andesite or porphyry. In one locality gold occurs in a stringer of quartz in granite at a distance of at least a quarter of a mile from the contact of the granite mass with the older rocks. In another instance sericite schists were found to be min- eralized by gold and a little pyrite near a contact with granite. The greater number of the veins seen, however, are in a phase of the porphyry and near the contact with granite. The gold-bearing veins generally appear to be portions of shear zones, usually under 10 feet in width, which are partially replaced by quartz. Parts of the quartz have a bluish colour, but the larger bodies are milky white._ While veins are numerous in the district they average probably less than 2 feet in width of actual vein material. They are variable in individual width according to the proportion of the shear zone that is replaced. A small amount of pyrite and a very little chalcopyrite are commonly present, but the total amount of mineral- ization is small. A noticeable amount of gossan was observed on only one of the larger veins. An assay of a carefully selected sample of this vein gave only a trace of gold. Prospectors in the district hold the general view that gold is present in proportion to the amount of chalcopyrite, not of pyrite, that occurs in the vein. There is no evidence to the contrary on this point. ^^ Granite I ] Schist a/Id gnetss \ (i '''V' D'p a.nd strike r_e-' 1 GlajziaJ striae D/a^ra/n showing go/d-bearin^ deposits in the vicinity of Bi^ CleaLrwaler la.he. /Manitoba. . -compajiy Summary Report by J.A Di esser. 1916 172 por] hav nve grai has rapi schi alor. byg rocl Cle< of a qua Ligl is cc be c mm denl itsL rivei ofG plac Besi felds and or p at a with eraU num cent usua of th vein; of ac prop very izati' large trace pres< the A SUMMARY REPORT 173 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 2^ The quartz of certain veins shows distinct evidence of both fracturing and shearing since deposition. The direction of movement in the cases observed was found to be nearly or quite parallel to the walls of the vein. All veins in which this later fracturing was found are gold-bearing. One vein in which no trace of later fracturing was found is as far as known barren. This suggests that gold was deposited only after the vein matter had been fractured and conse- quently that gold is to be found only in such of the veins as have been so frac- tured. But further evidence is, of course, necessary to prove that this is always true. In one place the schistose porphyry was found to be gold-bearing. This is near a contact with granite, where the porphyry instead of finding relief from pressure along a narrow, but well-defined shear zone, as is found in many places in the district near intrusions of granite, has become more or less schistose over a greater width. There are, too, many small stringers of quartz in the schist, at this place, 'but they are not in sufficient quantity to approach the character of a vein. It was not definitely ascertained whether or not gold actually occurs in the porphyry or is confined to the small quartz stringers. But the total value carried by the sample was greater than would be expected from the relatively small amount of quartz in the sample. Distribution of Values. Thus far prospecting has centred about four localities, viz.. Rice lake. Gold lake, and Long lake, all lying between Wanipigow and Manigotagan rivers, and near Hay lake a short distance north of Wanipigow river. Of one hundred and twenty-four samples taken from all parts of the dis- trict, though by far the greater number were from the Gold Lake and Long Lake localities, there were less than 10 per cent that did not carry values above a trace. Therefore, gold seems to be widely distributed in the district; and this is more noteworthy as the total amount of actual prospecting and development of pros- pects is as yet altogether insufficient to show the value of the camp at all con- clusively. Little information is available as to the length of ore chutes. Shear zones, and in places veins, persist for favourable lengths, but little seems to be known of the extent of the mineralization and consequently the possible supply of ore. The shearing of the veins augurs well for their continuance in depth but the values have not yet been proven far below the water level. Samples were taken from veins varying from 5 inches to 10 feet wide. In these the values seem to be higher in the smaller veins. Thus the average value obtained from ninety-seven channel samples was $7 per ton, distributed as follows : From veins 5 inches to 12 inches, average value of 33 samples $10.55. « « 13 « « 36 « " « " 45 " 5.97 « « 37 « « J20 « « " " 19 " 4.10 These figures, however, must be regarded as suggestive of this tendency, rather than as representative of all the actual occurrences that have yet been found. On the other hand the widespread occurrence of gold in the district warrants intensive search for higher values in larger quantities. Development and Prospecting. Underground development was actually in progress at only one property during the months of July and August. This, the Moose mine, in the Gold Lake area, was consequently the only one that could be examined. The property was under the direction of Mr. John Redington, the well known mining engineer of Cobalt and Sudbury. On August 2 the shaft on this property was 100 feet deep, and the drift along the vein extended 71 feet to the southeast and 108 feet to the northwest. The shaft follows the vein which dips 70 degrees towards the southwest. There was also a short crosscut on the southeast drift leading into the foot-wall. 174 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The vein, which was exposed on the surface for 130 feet northwest of the shaft, was covered by the dump and a swamp to the southeast of the shaft. It is in a shear zone in andesite porphyry, about 100 feet from the contact of this rock wnth an intrusion of granite. The vein varies in width according to the amount of replacement of the shear zone. The hanging-wall seems everywhere well defined against a slickensided wall of porphyry. But the foot-wall is irreg- ular giving a width of solid quartz varying from 1^ to 6 feet. A second vein trending in a more westerly direction occurs 100 yards or so to the northwest. Its surface exposure showed a length of at least 125 feet and an irregular breadth averaging perhaps 3^ feet. Nothing was ascertained as to the values in this second vein. In the vein in which the shaft was placed gold was not visible and the conditions were not suitable for sampling. It was reported that on the surface southeast of the shaft, values had been obtained up to $20 per ton. These, however, did not continue in the southeast drift at a depth of 100 feet. Values of $4 per ton in the shaft were reported as common for some distance from the surface. The equipment, besides suitable camp buildings, consisted of two 40-horse- power boilers, one 3-drill Rand air compressor, and one Jenckes hoist. There ,was very little water in the workings. Wood was used for fuel and had to be drawn 6 miles. Freight from the railway at Riverton in winter or from Mani- gotagan wharf is not less than $35 per ton. At a distance of a little more than a mile from the Moose mine are the Gold Pan and Gold Seal properties. Both were closed and only a few men were at the camp. Access could not be had to the shafts. The geological and surface conditions are similar to those at the Moose. High grade ore was reported to have been reached in these shafts prior to their closing in May. Mr. Marshall reports that they were being reopened late in September. The development work on these properties is evidently of substantial character, and, doubtless like that at the Moose, well directed. A limited amount of surface work had also been done on perhaps half a dozen other claims in the Gold Lake camp. In the Long Lake camp similar surface work was found to have been done in four or five places, though at the time of my visit only one man was found in the district. The discoveries here are more recent and transportation is some- what more difficult. The district, however, appears to be one of promise. In the Rice Lake district no regular work was in progress but work is re- ported to have been previously done that is equal to that at Gold lake. One party was reported to be prospecting in the Hay Lake district. In all there were perhaps t\venty-five or thirty men then in the entire district. In the autumn this number was somewhat increased. While substantial work has been done on a number of claims the total amount is as yet very small relatively to the area under license. The great majority of the claims were found to be only staked, and even the staking was done in an indifferent manner. The scarcity of labour owing to war conditions has doubtless been in part a cause of the lack of sufficient work being done. Difficulty of transportation has also contributed to the same result. Yet the total distance over which a trunk road is required is little if any more than 60 miles. The country is one of low relief and conditions for building a good wagon road suitable even for motor trucks seem favourable. While the lands belong to the Dominion Gov- ernment, the development of the district would also benefit the province as well as the owners of mining claims. It would seem reasonable to expect that the combined interest from these three sources will soon find a way of building a road and of equitably distributing the cost. It is probable, however, that the chief cause SUMMARY REPORT 175 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 of the lack of work hitherto has been the inexperience of the many claim holders, who fail to appreciate the need of thoroughly prospecting and developing their claims themselves in order to prove their value, and hold them at absurd prices which discourage or prevent the entrance of development companies having capital and experience to prove the value of the district. Other Possible Areas. While the extent of the different formations has not yet been mapped in detail there are considerable areas of the older series intruded by granite, that do not appear to have received any attention from prospectors. On Manigotagan river such an area occurs in the vicinity of Perry Davis rapids, about 19 miles from the mouth of the river. It extends for 2 miles up the river and similar rocks appear at intervals for nearly the same distance below this rapid. Also the section between Manigotagan post-office and Poplar rapids, a distance of about 2 miles in a direct line, appears to be largely underlain by rocks of a series older than the granite. This is on the west side of a large granite batholith on the east side of which are the rocks of Perry Davis rapids. It is not improbable that the deposits on Gold lake are near the east side of the same batholith, as the intervening area has not been worked out. While no discoveries of gold have yet been made in these areas, which are more accessible than those which have received more attention, they would seem to be good prospecting ground. AREA BETWEEN RED RIVER AND EASTERN BOUNDARY OF MANITOBA, AND BETWEEN WINNIPEG RIVER AND NATIONAL TRANSCONTINENTAL RAILWAY, MANITOBA. (R. C. Wallace.) In this area no geological investigation had previously been made, except along the Winnipeg and Red rivers and in adjacent territory.^ During August and September a reconnaissance survey of this territory was carried out, approx- imately six weeks being spent in the field. The writer was ably assisted by J. S. DeLury who, accompanied by M. W. Cooke, took charge of the territory east of Whitemouth river, and by A. A. McCoubrey in the western section. The district falls naturally into two geological divisions: the granite area to the east and the limestone area to the west. It was one of the main objects of the investigation to define accurately the boundary between these two diyisions. The western edge of the granite had heretofore been only provisionally mapped. With regard to its surficial geology, which is of considerable interest, the district must, however, be considered as a unit. Pre- Cambrian Geology. The granite of the eastern section is remarkably uniform in appearance. It is a medium-grained, reddish, biotite granite with a relatively small amount of ferromagnesian constituents; in places, with lessening ferromagnesian minerals it passes into a typical alaskite. Pegmatitic veins and irregular masses represent the final phase in the consolidation of this immense batholith. The gradation from the pegmatitic masses to the normal granite is in many places imperceptible. - In only two localities are more basic phases prominent — in the southeast corner of the area, and in the northeast section along Winnipeg river from the Ontario > Dowling (and Tyrrell). G«ol. Surv., Can.. Ann. Rept., vol. XI. pt. F, 1900. 176 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 boundary to point du Bois. Both areas illustrate the order of succession of igneous activity: (1) the effusion of basic lavas; (2) the intrusion of grey horn- blende-biotite granite, now more or less schistose and in places gneissose; (3) the invasion of red granite above described; (4) the final consolidation of the magma in pegmatitic veins and masses. A very coarse-grained modification of the red granite extends along the valley of Whiteshell river from the Cross Lake route to Winnipeg river. This may represent a deeper horizon in a batholith of large dimensions. Closely associated with the basic lavas mentioned above is a fine-grained dark quartzite distinguishable in the field from certain phases of the lavas only with difficulty. While the sediments are undoubtedly later than the eruptives, they are placed, on stratigraphical grounds, in the same geological period. The eruptives are usually fine-grained, but occasionally a coarse-grained variety shows typical diabase structure. In the area under investigation sufficient evidence is not available to deter- mine the age of the red granite for correlation purposes. It is later than some fine-grained sediments, and, in the Star Lake district, southeast of the field inves- tigated, it is later than a band of highly mineralized conglomerates and quart- zites. Its remarkable freshness, as observed both in the field and under the microscope, and its comparative absence from strain would indicate that the rock belongs to a fairly late stage in the succession of Pre-Cambrian intrusions. The rock must be studied outside the limits of this field before it can be definitely correlated. As a surface formation the granite extends farther west than it has hitherto been mapped. The whole basin of Whitemouth river lies in the granite, and fairly extensive patches of granite are found immediately east of Brokenhead river in the following localities: SW. \ sec. 31, tp. 15, range 9, E. 1st SE. \ « 13, « 15, " 8, E. « NW. \ " 30, " 14, " 9, E. " NE. i " 26, " 14, " 8, E. « S. i " 26, « 14, « 8, E. « « NE. i " 3, " 14, « 8, E. « « SE. i « 9, " 14, « 9, E. « « In these localities the boundary can be traced fairly accurately, as limestone is exposed on Brokenhead river as far east as the eastern limit of the Indian reserve. Northwards from Brokenhead river exposures are not found, except on Winnipeg river where the most westerly granite outcrop appears at the sawmill at the mouth of the river. The western margin of the granite there may be approximately mapped as lying along the course of Jackfish creek which flows through a low muskeg. In the southern part of the field the mapping can only be provisional. There, no granite is exposed west of Whitemouth river, and no limestone is exposed east of sec. 35, tp. 12, range 6, E. 1st mer. The rock surface is covered with clay and sand to such a depth that the deepest wells in the district — those at Molson and Vivian, both over 200 feet deep — do not reach solid rock. Data for accurate mapping are consequently lacking. The line is run provisionally in a direction slightly east of south along the valley of Brokenhead river to a point midway between Vivian and Hazel. PalcBozoic Formations. East of Red river the Ordovician is the only Palaeozoic formation repre- sented. The Ordovician formation was subdivided by Dowling as follows: mer. SUMMARY REPORT 177 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Stony Mountain series. Upper Mottled limestone. Cat Head limestone. Lower Mottled limestone. Winnipeg sandstone. The Stony Mountain series does not occur in this district, and the Cat Head limestone and Winnipeg sandstone have not been found exposed. The most important 'exposures not noted by DowHng are those of the Garson and Tyndall district where several extensive quarries have been opened in the Upper Mottled limestone to supply the demand for building stone in Winnipeg. Twenty years ago quarries were operated on a small scale at East Selkirk in the same formation. The exposures on Red river at Lockport and Lower Fort Garry are in slightly higher beds of the same division, while those on Brokenhead river on the Indian reserve, in the north harbour at Grand Marais and on the west side of Traverse bay (sec. 36, tp. 19, range 7, E. 1st mer.) must be referred to the Lower Mottled limestone. The sand beds on Traverse bay (sees. 30 and 31, tp. 19, range 8, E. 1st mer.) were considered by Tyrrell to belong probably to the Winnipeg sandstone, but are now found to be surficial deposits. The Winnipeg sandstone is an easily eroded formation. The tract of low-lying country in the valley of Jackfish creek probably represents the degraded surface of this formation. The surface of the limestone is very uneven. Drilling records show that the level changes rapidly within short distances. A well-defined plateau extends eastw^ards from Red river through East Selkirk to the Garson quarries and to the northern part of tp. 12, range 6, E. 1st mer. Practically all the exposures occur on this plateau. From the evidence obtained from drilling on the plateau it would also appear that the Pre-Cambrian surface under the Palaeozoic sedi- ments was uneven, and that the early Palaeozoic sea rested in a well-defined oceanic basin. At the quarries, the depth of the practically flat-bedded sedi- ments is at least 100 feet whereas 15 miles northeast of that locality the granite rises 40 feet above the general level of the land surface. Surficial Deposits. Glacial and fluvioglacial agencies have been potent factors in moulding the topography of this area which, before Glacial times, had been fairly completely peneplaned. Evidence of fluvioglacial action is remarkably extensive. Eskers are found in many places throughout the area and extend in south-north, south- west-northeast, or southeast-northwest directions. The Birds Hill esker was studied by Upham in the course of his investigations of lake Agassiz in 1887 and again in 1909, and may be taken as typical of the ridges of the district. Many of the eskers reach greater dimensions than at Birds hill, but they all have the same general features. The ridges are high relative to their width, are irregular in height, and occasionally discontinuous. In section, the ridges have the characteristic features of river deposits, viz., diagonal bedding, abrupt transi- tion from coarse-grained to fine-grained sediment, and sudden changes in the levels of the beds. It is clear that fluvioglacial activity was abnormally great in this area, and that true morainic deposition was somewhat limited. Many of the ridges in the western section of the field have now been mapped. The best examples of drumlins are those found resting on the higher cliffs that abut into lake Winnipeg on the south, as at Grand Marais point, where numerous boulders of unusually large size are strewn over the whole point. Similar JDOulder ridges occur between Graiid Marais point and Victoria beach. " - -''1^ v^ The slope of the land surface is towards the north. The northerly trend of the streams that drain the area has been only slightly modified, if at all, by the 178 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 ridges. Brokenhead river, for example, crosses quite a pronounced ridge in two places. Owing to the irregular disposition of the ridges, however, the drainage is somewhat retarded, and there still remain large undrained areas of swamp land, in which deposits of peat are now in process of formation. Economic Geology. In the Archaean area in the eastern part of the field no metallic deposits of economic importance have been found. There has been some prospecting of quartz veins north of Rennie, and on Winnipeg river east of point du Bois, but without success. In the red granite certain areas are highly feldspathic, as, for example, patches of considerable size on Whitefish lake. When the extraction of potash from feldspars becomes an industrial process, these areas of orthoclase may prove of considerable value. In the Palaeozoic area the building stone of the Tyndall district is an impor- tant asset. It occurs in the Upper Mottled limestone and is quarried at Garson. The rock is a, grey mottled limestone, the darker areas having been dolomitized, while the lighter — a fine-grained limestone — have not been metamorphosed. The colour contrast is sharp, the darker areas tracing a dendritic 'pattern, the general effect of which considerably enhances the value of the rock as a building stone. The rock is now somewhat extensively used for building purposes, all the larger government buildings and many of the more important city buildings in Winnipeg being constructed entirely of this stone. The Wallace Sandstone Quarries, Limited, of Garson, has a very extensive saw and planer equipment, and employed, during the summer of 1915, a staff of 180 to 200 men. The granites of the eastern area have not beten utilized for building purposes. The medium-grained pink varieties have a pleasing appearance, and under the microscope show no evidence of weathering or of foliation. These will probably yet be utilized as building and ornamental stone, in place of eastern granites- which are fairly extensively used in the middle west. Sand and gravel from the ridges at Birds Hill, Moose Nose, Oak Hummock, Beausejour, Vivian, Lewis, Molson, Milner, Sinnot, and east of Grand Beach have been used for constructional work on railways and highways. The ridges are so widely distributed over the area that the material is commercially avail- able at almost any point in the district. At Beausejour the esker is composed entirely of sand with well-marked cross-bedding. A bottle-glass factory was established there in 1907, was incorporated as the Manitoba Glass Company in 1909, and was sold to the Dominion Glass Company in 1913. The factory is not now in operation. Sand from the same deposit is used in a sand-lime brick factory that has been in operation since 1906 and has a capacity of 20,000 bricks per day of ten, hours. The limestone is obtained from Tyndall. The stratified clays are used for purposes of brick-making at lac du Bonnet. The plant is well equipped for both the soft-mud and pressed brick processes. Beds of sand are interstratified with the clay, but not in sufficient quantity to supply the necessary sand admixture and sand has been taken in from outside points. Brick plants have also been operated at Whitemouth and East Selkirk. At East Selkirk coarse pottery was manufactured over twenty years ago. fc jg:v Beside the railway track 4 miles southwest from lac du Bonnet a peat briquett- ing plant was erected in 1907 by the Interwest Peat Fuel Company of Winnipeg. The railway traverses the middle of the small bog from which the peat was to be manufactured. The factory ceased to operate in 1908 and the machinery has been dismantled. SUMMARY REPORT 179 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 SUPERFICIAL DEPOSITS AND SOILS OF WHITEMOUTH RIVER AREA, SOUTHEASTERN MANITOBA. (W. A. Johnston.) The Whitemouth River map-area includes townships 1 to 10, ranges 8 to 17, east of the principal meridian, in southeastern Manitoba, and embraces a land area of nearly 3,500 square miles. The area is bounded on the south by the International Boundary and on the east by the interprovincial boundary between Manitoba and Ontario. This district, although the greater part of it is distant less than 100 miles from the city of Winnipeg and is well supplied with railways, has remained largely unsettled because of the wooded and swampy character of much of the area. At the beginning of the present year there were 6,690 quarter sections in the dis- trict available for homestead entry, nearly all of which are distant from a rail- way less than 20 miles. In addition, large areas of unimproved land are held for sale. During the past five years greater attention has been directed towards this district with a view to settlement because of the growing scarcity of prairie land available for homestead entry. The object of the past season's field work was, chiefly, to investigate the agricultural possibilities of the region with a view to promoting and directing colonization. Special attention was paid to the possibilities of drainage and utilization of the swamp lands which form a large part of the area. Mapping of the different soils of the region was completed over an area of about 2,650 square miles and considerable information regarding the character of the soils of the remaining portion of the area was obtained. A map on the scale of 2 miles to the inch, which will show the character and distribution of the different soils and of the forest growth, and a report embody- ing the results of the investigation are being prepared. During the field season Frank L. Murphy, D.K.C. Strathearn, C. J. Baker, and C. R. Harris acted as assistants, to whose hearty co-operation the writer is much indebted. Acknowledgments are also due to the officials and employes of the railway department of the Greater Winnipeg Water District for informa- tion and assistance, and to many settlers in the district. RECONNAISSANCE ALONG CANADIAN NORTHERN RAILWAY BETWEEN GOGAMA AND OBA, SUDBURY AND ALGOMA DISTRICTS, ONTARIO. (T. L. Tanton.) A reconnaissance was made, during the field season of 1916, of an area 177 rniles long and 20 miles wide in the districts of Sudbury and Algoma, along the line of the Canadian Northern railway from Gogama to Oba station. The writer deterrnined in a general way the boundaries of the major geological divisions, giving particular attention to those areas in which mineral deposits might be expected. Track surveys and micrometer surveys were made of many canoe routes which are either not shown or incorrectly shown on existing maps. A division of the party under Mr. I. E. Stewart studied the Pleistocene geology of the district. Mr. C. H. Freeman of the topographical division, made careful micrometer and plane-table surveys of some of the larger waterways. Previous 180 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 geological investigations have been made in the area covered by this season's work by Dr. R. Bell, Mr. J. A. Dresser, and Dr. W. A. Parks. The writer was ably assisted in the field by G. Hanson, T. L. Gledhill, and W. S. Mills. The Eastern Lands department of the Canadian Northern rail- way extended the courtesy of free transportation over the railway. REGIONAL GEOLOGY. The solid rocks of the region may be classed under three headings: (1) an old volcanic complex, with minor amounts of highly altered sediments; hitherto referred to as the Keewatin; (2) batholithic intrusions of granite and gneiss; and (3) later dyke rocks. Volcanic Complex Areas. On account of the important mineral discoveries which have been made in areas of the volcanic complex elsewhere in Northern Ontario, the following note may be of value to prospectors working in the district. The rocks of the district which are included under this designation com- prise a complex of lava flows, chiefly of the andesitic type, and hornblende, bio- tite, and sericite schists; basalt, peridotite, and quartz porphyry dykes; banded pyroclastics ; and banded iron formation. The age relations of these various rocks have not been determined, but all are older than the great granitic batho- liths. The distribution of the volcanic complex within the district is as follows: A band, averaging three-fourths of a mile in width, extends from the southern end of lake Mattagami to Schist lake, crossing the Canadian Northern railway at mileage 81 north from Capreol. A large irregular area is crossed by the Canadian Northern railway between mileages 128 and 144 from Capreol. This decreases in width as it is traced northeast and east, having a width of 2| miles in eastern Kenogaming township. The width increases as it is traced to the southwest from the railway; at a dis- tance of 20 miles away it extends from Whigham to McOwen townships, a width of approximately 22 miles. A large area of these rocks is crossed by the Groundhog and Pishkanogami rivers for the last 20 miles of their courses before their junction. This is a south- ward extension from a huge volcanic complex area lying to the north. An area having a wudth of at least 3 miles was observed at the southwestern end of Missinaibi lake. The trend of the rocks is north 20 degrees west. A band of schists nearly half a mile in width crosses the small lake east of Mang lake, trending north 20 degrees east. A band of volcanic complex 1^ miles in width crosses Missinaibi river 10 miles north of the Canadian Northern railway. It extends northwest and west to Kabinakagami lake, crossing the railway at Neswabin. Two other bands were found to the south of this in the Kabinakagami Lake district, the trend being parallel. A small area of banded mica schists occurs at the outlet of Kabinakagami lake; and a belt of similar rocks, 4 miles in width, occurs 15 miles north in Talbott township. and along the valley of Mattawitchewan river in Scholfield township, the trend being east and west. MINERAL OCCURRENCES. Very little prospecting has been done in the district and no workable mineral deposits have been reported as yet. The following note describes the mineral occurrences discovered by the party this season, and also the previously discov- ered ones which were examined. ' SUMMARY REPORT 181 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Gold. Gold occurs in quartz veins cutting a ferruginous dolomite and chlorite schist, on a claim staked by D. Arkell, 1| miles north from the northeast corner of Penhorwood township. No free gold is visible, but a sample taken across a vein by the writer yielded upon assay 0.02 ounce to the ton. Several large quartz veins have been staked in the east-central part of Kenogaming township, on the shores of Aquesqua and Kenogaming lakes, but no gold is known to occur in any of these. Several samples collected by the party showed no gold content upon assay. Copper. Chalcopyrite occurs abundantly in a zone 5 inches wrde, in a quartz vein cutting chlorite and sericite schist, at a point 30 chains north on a trail from Port- age bay near the north end of the northeast arm of Mattagaming lake. Two showings of chalcopyrite were found in quartz veins cutting altered andesite, on the east and west shores, respectively, of the northwest arm of Mattagaming lake, approximately half-way between the north end of the arm and its junction with the northeast arm. A quartz vein, cutting a dyke of Nipissing diabase, was abundantly mineralized with chalcopyrite for a width of 8 inches on the south- east shore of Missinaibi lake, 3 miles southwest from Fairy point. Other smaller deposits of chalcopyrite were seen; on the east shore of Mesomekenda lake 4 miles north of its south end; in a railway cutting near mileage 126, half a mile from Tionaga; also in railway cuttings a few chains west from the bridges over White Duck and Slate Rock lakes, respectively; on the east shore of Slate Rock lake, southwest from the railway crossing; in a railway cutting 39-6 miles west of Foleyet; also at milepost 93 west from Foleyet; on a hill about 20 chains south- east from the railway bridge over Pishogen river; and in rock cuttings on the Algoma Central railway at mileages 235, 235^ in the township of Hawkins and at 248| in the township of Franz. In the majority of cases, the chalcopyrite was found in quartz pegmatite veins near the borders of the volcanic complex areas; and in a few cases, it is associated with diabase dykes. A deposit of chalcopyrite has been reported in Connaught township, about one mile southwest from the west end of Okawakenda lake, on property held by John Mataris. The ore occurs between slate and greenstone in a schisted shear zone impregnated with quartz veins. The vein material possesses a maximum width of 100 feet and has been traced for several hundred feet. Nickel. The iron formation on the Benbow-Wallingford property in the north- western part of Kenogaming township, carries abundant pyrrhotite. Assays of this material show the presence of nickel in very small quantities. Lead. A lead deposit of economic interest has been reported as cutting the iron formation on a claim north of Sagitosh lake. The vein averages 9 inches in -width and consists entirely of finely crystalline galena, sphalerite, and chalcopy- rite. An assay of this material gave the following results: Silver 1.32 ounces per ton Lead 69 . 28 per cent Copper 1.25 " " Zinc 1.03 " " * ^ No. 2fr— 13 182 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Other occurrences of galena were found in the course of the exploration in an aplite dyke cutting the diabase in the rock cut 93 miles west of Foleyet, and at the contact of a diabase dyke with the volcanic complex near the east end of Schist lake. Zinc, Zinc blende in very small amount was discovered in association with the galena at mileage 93 west from Foleyet on the Canadian Northern railway and also in a quartz vein cutting a member of the volcanic complex on the right bank of Fire river in Hajrward township, between the 6-foot and 20-foot falls. Iron. Two large bodies of banded iron ore have attracted the attention of mining men in this district. One of these crosses the Groundhog river, striking east and west, half a mile north of the Canadian Northern Railway bridge; the other occurs to the north of Sagitosh lake. The iron ore at the first locality is chiefly magnetite whereas, at the second, it consists chiefly of closely intermingled magnetite and pyrrhotite with, locally, considerable amounts of pyrite; and several million tons have been blocked out by diamond drilling in both localities. In the first mentioned deposit the iron content runs between 34 and 42 per cent; it is low in phosphorus and sulphur, and contains no titanium. The second deposit runs between 40 and 50 per cent in iron ; it is low in phosphorus and free of titanium, but contains as much as 15 per cent sulphur. Banded iron formation was observed as follows: at several points in Keno- gaming and Penhorwood townships; on the boundary between them, 15 chains south of the 7| mile-post; in a rock cut on the railway 65 chains west of mileage 128 north of Capreol; half a mile north of Slate Rock lake; on the Muskego river near the southern boundary of Ivanhoe township; and on the west shore of Groundhog lake near its south end. All of these outcrops were too lean to be of commercial value. Molybdenite. Molybdenite was found in small quantities in pegmatitic quartz veins, cutting the volcanic complex, in three localities near Oba; on the most easterly point of the main northern peninsula in Kabinakagami lake; on the west bank of Oba river opposite mileage 236| on the Algoma Central railway; and on a hill west of Pishogen river, 1 mile north from Canadian Northern railway, mileage 96| west from Foleyet. Asbestos. Picrolite, or stiff-fibred asbestos, occurs in an altered peridotite dyke, on the north side of the railway 10 chains east from the bridge over Groundhog river. No asbestos of commercial value was found. Mica. Muscovite occurs abundantly in the pegmatite dykes along the banks of Mattawitchewan river, in the southern part of Scholfield township. The plates range up to 4 inches in diameter. SUMMARY REPORT 183 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 NORTH SHOlRE OF LAKE HURON, ONTARIO. {W. H. Collins] In 1914 the writer began a study of the Pre-Cambrian terrane along the north shore of lake Huron, mainly with the intention of revising the stratigraphy of the Huronian formations, which are unusually well developed there, and correlat- ing them with like formations which occur in Cobalt, Sudbury, and other areas "in northeastern Ontario. Last summer (1916) this investigation was carried far enough to admit of discontinuing field work and reporting finally upon the results obtained. The final report is now being prepared, as are also three geologically- coloured maps for which the necessary data have been obtained. One of these maps will represent an area of 625 square miles extending from Ekoba on the Canadian Pacific railway to Thessalon; another an area of 1,000 square miles from Dean Lake to Cutler, and the third an area of 375 square miles from Espanola to the vicinity of Naughton. Only part of each area, however, has been geologi- cally mapped. Valuable assistance was given throughout the season by Dr. T. T. Quirke of the University of Minnesota and Mr. O. D. Boggs, Kingston, and for part of the time by Mr. W. F, Chisholm of St. Francis Xavier's college, Antigonish, Nova Scotia. This opportunity is also taken to acknowledge kindnesses from Mr. J. H. MacDonald, of the MacDonald and Moore Lumber Company, Blind River, and Mr. T. J. Robinson, of the Victoria Harbor Lumber Company. GENERAL GEOLOGY. The results obtained from studying the stratigraphy of the district have been partly stated in Museum Bulletins 8 and 22, and the final report embodying all is already under way. Consequently, it is unnecessary to do more here than an- nounce the main conclusions. The formational sequence was found to differ in few respects from that elaborated sixty years ago by Alexander Murray of the Geological Survey; but within this sequence an erosional unconformity of con- siderable importance was found, which divides the Huronian into a lower (Bruce) series and an upper (Cobalt) series. It was also found that the Huronian, in northeastern Ontario, hitherto regarded as a comparatively undisturbed series of formations, was, in the neighbourhood of lake Huron, mountain-built and in- truded by granite-gneiss batholiths during late Pre-Cambrian (apparently Keweenawan) time, and eroded to an old-age topography before the Ordovician. This mountain-building disturbance appears to have extended eastward and southward in the direction of eastern and central Ontario, where, hitherto, its existence does not seem to have been suspected, and where, it is consequently conceivable, some modifications in the present geological conceptions may be rendered necessary by its discovery. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. In the course of this year's field work a number of ore deposits of possible commercial value were examined. A somewhat fuller account of these is given below. Gold. Howry Creek Gold Claims. Gold-bearing quartz veins were discovered on Howry creek about five years ago. Since then the discoverers, F. Steep, Chas. Bousquet, S. Bousquet, and others have prospected the neighbourhood for more No. 26-13J 184 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 veins and have done considerable surface development upon the more promising ones. This year some of the claims are being worked, under option of purchase, by J. Wilson of Massey and A. L. Kemp of Gore Bay, Ontario. These claims are located on the north side of Howry creek, a tributary of Whitefish river. They lie close to the western boundary of timber berth No. 90, and about 35 miles southwest of Sudbury. They are most easily reached from mileage 64 on the Algoma Eastern railway, the canoe trip across Charlton lake and up Howry creek requiring only two and a half hours. Of the various properties only one, owned by Mr. C. Bousquet, was examined by the writer; but this one was said to be fairly representative of the camp as a whole. The country rock is mainly Huronian quartzite. Streaks of grey- wacke occur in places, and intrusive diabase is common in the vicinity, though not on the property examined. The veins strike east and west and dip vertically or steeply. On Mr. Bousquet's claim one vein had been stripped for 300 feet without finding its termination either way. It was reported to be traceable at intervals across several claims. Its course is rather irregular and its width varies from a few inches to 4 feet. The gangue is schistified country rock in places but for the most part it is a mixture of white quartz and a bluish-grey carbonate which weathers to limonite. Arsenopyrite, pyrite, and occasional particles of free gold are present, the sulphides being either disseminated through the gangue or aggregated locally along the vein in bodies up to a foot in thickness. Test pits 15 feet deep showed the same kind of ore at that depth. No assay samples were taken, but the assay sheets showing the result of sampling upon a neighbouring claim, which were shown me by Mr. Kemp, indicate a gold content ranging from $1.50 per ton up to very high values. On one of the claims owned by Mr. Steep, not visited, there is reported to be a series of ten parallel veins 10 to 30 feet apart and mineralized in much the same manner as above described. Iron. Iron Ore in the Bruce Limestone. While tracing the various Huronian forma- tions across timber berths 149 and 155, about 15 miles north of Spragge station on the Canadian Pacific railway, the base of the Bruce limestone was found to contain a lean iron formation. The Bruce limestone has been examined at many places in the North Shore district, but nowhere except in the locality mentioned was it found to contain more than 1 or 2 per cent of disseminated iron — just enough to give weathered surfaces a reddish colour. The presence of iron ore in this locality must be regarded, therefore, as a special feature of the Bruce lime- stone. In timber berths 149 and 155 the Huronian rocks dip about 20 degrees north, forming the southern side of a shallow syncline. The Bruce limestone constitutes the eroded top member of the Bruce, or lower Huronian series, and is unconformably overlain by the thick basal conglomerate of the Cobalt, or upper Huronian, series. Originally about 150 feet thick, it has been eroded to half or less that amount, only the basal and middle parts remaining. The base, which rests upon the Bruce conglomerate, is mainly siliceous, gradually passing upward into the more calcareous middle part by the alternation of the siliceous layers with calcareous ones of increasing thickness, until a limestone carrying about 60 per cent carbonate is reached. The formation is exposed for a width varying from 20 or 30 feet to several hundred feet and extends east and west across the middle of the two timber berths. The iron formation occurs in the base of the Bruce limestone. Owing to the lack of continuous exposures its thickness could not be ascertained accurately, SUMMARY REPORT 185 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 but it is apparently about 15 feet. In that thickness the siliceous material which normally forms the base of the Bruce limestone carries iron ore either disseminated through it in small grains, or in fairly pure layers ranging from paper-thinness to 2 or 3 inches thick. The ore is black, finely crystalline, and faintly magnetic, evidently consisting mainly of hematite. A sample taken from a band 2 inches wide, assayed by the Mines Branch, yielded the following results: Fe TiOz P S SiOa 40-26 0-34 0-037 0-040 31. 08 per cent. The proportion of ore to siliceous rock is probably not more than 1 to 4 at any "point observed, consequently the iron formation is much too lean to be merchantable. There is a possibility that concentration may have occurred somewhere in a range as extensive as this. Iron formation was observed at inter- vals along the strike of the Bruce limestone for over 2 miles, beginning about a mile within timber berth 155 and extending eastward into timber berth 149. The stratified character of the formation should render its exploration along the narrow belt of outcrop comparatively simple. LONDON AREA, ONTARIO. (/. Stansfield.) A period of six weeks was spent by the writer during the summer season of 1916 in completing the mapping of the London district. The area mapped includes approximately 806 square miles and is bounded by the meridians of 81° and 81° 30' west, by lake Erie, and by an east and west line 1| miles north of the line 41° 05' north latitude. The mapping was done on the scale of 1 mile to 1 inch, using the topographical map of the Militia Department as a base (Port Stanley, St. Thomas, and part of Lucan sheets). The writer wishes to express his thanks to the engineer in charge of the water- works of London, for his kindness in supplying information with regard to the progress of the works under his charge, and also to Mr. J. Harvey of Canboro, Messrs. C. and J. Wright of Petrolia, and Mr. G. N. Smith of Dorchester, for details with regard to borings for water undertaken by them. For details with regard to boring operations for gas or oil the writer is indebted to Mr. J. J. Irvin of Dunville, Mr. J. H. Patterson of Dunville, Mr, Leo. Wilson of Delaware, Mr. M. E. Rose, and Mr. D. C. Baxter. A series of eleven determinations of beach elevations have been made, which show that several distinct pro-glacial lakes existed in this district. Of these lake Whittlesey has undoubtedly left the strongest shore deposits. The water situation in London was the cause of some anxiety in the first two weeks of July. As a result of a threatened shortage conservative methods for use of the available water were adopted, so that the difficulty was removed. At the same time the water commissioners have instituted a policy of preparatory prospecting for further supplies of artesian water from the intra- and sub-glacial gravels, which will doubtless meet with success. This seems to be the most promising source of additional supply, when the outlay involved is considered. Considerable prospecting for oil and gas has been done in the district during the past year. Dry holes have been drilled at a point about 2 miles east of Port Talbot on lot 12, concession XIII, Yarmouth township, and several dry holes have been drilled in the valley of the Thames near Delaware. One hole 186 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 in the village of Delaware had a showing of gas but no details as to the yield are to hand. Another well situated about a mile north of the centre of Delaware village has a very large flow of sulphur water and a small yield of a dark brown oil. No details as to the gravity or other qualities of this oil are to hand but the yield of the well is not important. Drilling on lot 4, concession I, North Dor- chester township, met with a slight showing of gas in what appears to be the Salina formation. Drilling was to be continued but the results of this work are not to hand. The brick and tile industry was quiet during the past season, but most of the plants were in operation. A number of soil samples were collected to illustrate the main types of soil to be found in the district. The past season was not very successful with regard to field crops. The months of May and June were marked by heavy and con- tinuous rains which rendered the ground so wet that seeding could not be attempt- ed with profit. 'This wet weather was followed by very hot dry weather in the month of July, which baked the soil so hard that seeding could not be undertaken in some cases. Most of the crops were considerably below the average, parti- cularly the potato, oat, and corn crops. INVESTIGATIONS IN ONTARIO. {M. Y. Williams.) General Statement. When the final report on the Silurian of southwestern Ontario was begun by the writer, problems were found which necessitated additional investigation in the field. The required work took approximately seven weeks, or from June 28 to July 6 and from August 22 to October 1. Considerable interest having been aroused concerning the limestones at the north end of lake Timiskaming, as a result of the work done by the writer in 1914 (see Geol. Surv., Can., Mus. Bull. No. 17), it was decided to send a party into the region to study it in detail. George S. Hume, who has assisted the writer during the past two summers in mapping the Silurian of southwestern Ontario, was chosen to do the work under the writer's supervision; Mr. Hume and the writer started a reconnaissance of the region on June 9 and continued work together until June 28, after which Mr. Hume continued the work alone until October 6. Mr. Hume's report on this work is submitted below. The writer is indebted to Mr. Wm. Kemp of Silver Water, for transportation to and from Green island, and for hospitality at the lumber camp on the island, which is under his charge. Silurian of Southwestern Ontario. During the period June 28 to July 6 the writer visited localities near Gore Bay and Kagawong, Manitoulin island, and explored Green island in lake Huron, near the western end of Manitoulin island. That strata of Guelph age might outcrop on Green island seemed probable, as the rock at Quarry point, about one mile to the northeast, is upper Lockport. The age of the strata in question, however, is Lockport, as shown by the absence of Guelph fossils and the presence of the following, which are common in the Lockport: Diphyphyllum multicaule (Hall) ? Syringopora sp., Favosites gothlandicus (Fought), Holy sites catenularia (Linnaeus), Pentamerus ohlongus Sowerby, and Orthoceras sp. SUMMARY REPORT 187 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 During the period August 22 to October 1, the divisions of the Cayugan group occurring in Ontario were studied and mapped. These divisions comprise the formations lying between the Guelph formation and the base of the Devonian system. In addition the mapping of the Silurian formations near Hope Bay and Cape Croker, on the Bruce peninsula, was revised. The work on the Cayugan group was begun by a study of sections between Mertensia and Buffalo, N.Y., and afterwards the divisions were traced into Ontario. Thanks are due Professor Chadwick for his courteous assistance during the first ten days of the work. Without his guidance, little could have been accomplished in the time allotted to the study of the New York sections. The Cayugan group of the Buffalo region includes, according to the writer, the Akron^ dolomite and the Salina formation, the divisions of the latter being the Bertie waterlime and the Camillus shale. The thicknesses of the divisions, as taken from the core^ of a well drilled in north Buffalo, are as follows: Akron dolomite 7 feet. Bertie waterlime 43 " Camillus shale containing gypsum 387 " These divisions are clearly defined as far west as Ridgeway, beyond which the Akron and Bertie have not been separated. Between Springvale and Innerkip, a distance of more than 30 miles, only one outcrop is known to the writer. This is about 12 miles northwest of Hagersville and is either Akron or Bertie. At Innerkip, buff dolomite is exposed in a quarry south of the station. A thin bed of sandstone one inch or less in thickness, separates the beds into an upper and a lower division. In the upper division a Whitfieldella was found, which is probably the same as that compared by Grabau with W. ? nudeolata (Hall), from the Akron. Between Innerkip and Walkerton, a distance of 68 miles, no outcrops of upper Cayugan rocks are known. The Detroit River series, referred to the Devonian system, outcrops at Woodstock, Beachville, St. Marys, Gorrie, and 4 miles west of Walkerton. As the lower Detroit River and the upper Cayugan rocks are very similar, their separation is difficult. Betw^een Walkerton and Paisley, the Akron-Bertie dolomite, or its northern equivalent, and the Camillus shale are present. Between Paisley and Southampton no outcrops are known. Continuous sections are absent in this northern region and no complete measurements could be made of the divisions which are based entirely on superposition and lithologic characters. It appears clear, however, that the Akron-Bertie underlies the Detroit River series and so occupies the same position as the lower Monroe of the Detroit River region. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. The Cayugan formations furnish salt and gypsum, and dolomite for road- metal and lime manufacture. Salt. The salt occurs in beds near the middle of the Camillus shale, and is obtained as brine from wells in the regions along lake Huron, river St. Clair, lake St. Clair, and Detroit river. The salt industry was not investigated by the writer this season. Gypsum. Gypsum occurs as lenses in the upper part of the Camillus shale of Niagara peninsula and is mined at Caledonia by the Alabastine Company, * Akron is used Instead of Cobleskill for the upper division which has not been satisfactorily'correlated with the Cobleskill of eastern New York. The upper dolomite at Buffalo and Akron are clearly equivalent. » Bull. N. Y. State Mus.. No. 45. p. 115. 188 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Limited, of Paris, Ontario, and at Mt. Healy by the Crown Gypsum Company which has its mill at Lythmore, Ontario. The old workings, 4 miles southeast of Cayuga and at Paris, have been abandoned. The gypsum beds are generally from a few^ inches to 3 feet in thickness, two or more beds occurring at some localities, with several feet of shale or argillaceous limestone between them. At some horizons, there are enough nodules of gypsum present in the beds of shale, to make them valuable as a source for land plaster. No alabaster suitable for work in the arts has been found. Road Metal. A good quality of road metal is obtained from the Akron- Bertie dolomite at Ridgeway, Dunnville, and Cayuga. At Byng, south of Dunnville, a municipal quarry has been in operation for some time and the stone is said to have given good satisfaction. Lime. The Akron-Bertie dolomite has been burnt for lime at Springvale, Innerkip, and on Saugeen river 2 miles south of Pinkerton. The quality of the lime is reported to have been good, but lack of wood for fuel and competition with larger companies have resulted in the closing down of the kilns. CO-OPERATION WITH THE BORINGS BRANCH. In September, according to instructions, superintendents of gas companies at Dunnville, Simcoe, Brantford, Woodstock, and St, Thomas were interviewed with the object of getting their co-operation with the Boring Record branch, under the charge of E. D. Ingall, in gathering information from the wells that are bored under their supervision. Courtesy and appreciation of the purpose of the work were show^n at each office visited, and assistance was promised by those in charge of boring operations. The writer is indebted to the Boring Record branch for much valuable information, obtained both from the files and the series of samples taken from w^ells. A great quantity of additional information may be obtained from the gas companies and, in view of the value of the oil and gas industry, it is most important that our information should be made as complete as possible. Palseozoic Rocks of Lake Timiskaming Area. {G. S. Hume.) Early Palseozoic rocks have long been known in the lake Timiskaming area, but during a brief reconnaissance study made by M. Y. Williams in the autumn of 1915 additional formations were discovered. A report of this appears in Museum Bulletin No. 17, Geological Survey, Canada. Later it was proposed that the writer should undertake a more detailed study of this area and, con- sequently, the summer of 1916 was spent mapping the geological formations and collecting palaeontological material. My thanks are due to M. Y. Williams, under whose direction the work was undertaken, and who spent three weeks at the beginning of the summer making a reconnaissance of the whole area. To Mr. A. A. Cole, mining engineer of the Timiskaming and Northern Ontario railway, I am indebted for suggestions regard- ing possible structures. Mr. George King, well driller, of New Liskeard, gave much information regarding extensive well drilling that he has done in this area. I also wish to thank Mr. E. M. Loring of Haileybury, through whose generosity I obtained the records of several diamond drill holes in an area where the out- crops of Palaeozoic rocks are very limited. Legend Lockport a.nd Ca.ta,r&ci formations, I 1 including some bi.sa.1 conglomerate I I d,nd sa,ndslone or Ordovicia.n a.ge ^^■j Black River -Trenton I I Pre-Ca.mbria.n The Pa.la!oioic rocks of la.ke Timlska-minji . Sca-leafM'!"^ ^ w/7) Summ&ry Repon. by 6 S flume. 1916 188 Limite which 1 Cayug; from a localiti some h to mal for woi Re Bertie Dunnv is said Li Innerki lime is with la; In at Dun with tl under 1 are bor the woi in char! Th infomic wells, gas con importc Ea area, b autumr in Musi that th sequent collecti] M: underta a recon Timisk.' ing pos much ii I also V I obtaii crops ol SUMMARY REPORT 189 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Change in Map. The chief change in the geological map of the area was made in the region extending northwest from New Liskeard and drained in its more southern part by Wabi creek. This part has previously been mapped as underlain by grey- wacke and conglomerate, but from drill records now available, it was found that the rock is Palaeozoic limestone Lockport, in age, and covered by a thick mantle of banded Pleistocene clay. GENERAL GEOLOGY. Faulting. A very flat area, only a few miles in width, extends northwest from New Liskeard, rising gradually until it reaches a point 2 miles north of Earlton station, where an outcrop of Lockport dolomite occurs. This area is cut by the valley of Wabi creek and the smaller valleys of several of its tributaries. It is bounded on the west by a very pronounced and continuous ridge which is mostly clay on its margin but has scattered outcrops of Lockport dolomite. The ridge is in line with the straight western side of lake Timiskaming, and is undoubtedly the continuation of the fault described by Miller^ and later by Williams.^ Where Palaeozoic strata occur on the edge of this fault scarp the beds are tilted at high angles and much fractured. No Lockport dolomite occurs west of the fault scarp, but farther west and at higher elevations than the Lockport outcrops in the vicinity of New Liskeard and Hail«ybury, Ordovician rocks are clearly exposed in two localities, separated by Timiskaming conglomerate of Pre-Cambrian age. Northwest of New Lis- keard and west of the fault, the country is dotted with knobs and ridges of Pre-Cambrian rocks, but in places there are flat areas of clay of considerable extent. The fault scarp can be traced continuously from the north end of lake Timiskaming at New Liskeard to 4 miles west of Thornloe, where it gradually decreases in height and ultimately vanishes. Extent of the PalcBozoic Rocks. The best exposures of Palaeozoic rocks occur on the islands and shore of lake Timiskaming, but others are scattered through the country and on some of the streams north of the lake as far as Englehart. The southern limit of the Palaeozoic area is on Bryson island, where a calcareous sandstone enclosing Pre-Cambrian pebbles rests on Huronian quartzites. On the eastern shore, the Quebec side of the lake, the country rock is for the most part much the same as that on Bryson island, and outcrops are confined mostly to small isolated areas on the shore, with only slight extent inland. In places only the basal beds are shown and they consist of very coarse conglomerate of sea-green Pre- Cambrian quartzite pebbles, cemented together by calcareous sandstone. Age of the Strata. The Ordovician rocks to the west of New Liskeard and Haileybury have a fauna, part of which has been correlated with the Black River as developed on AUumette island in the Ottawa valley. They have also a few fossils similar to those which Dr. A. F. Foerste has found in the Black River rocks of Cloche island in lake Huron. The fauna collectively is in many respects the same as » Rept. Ont. Bureau of Mines, vol. XIX, pt. II. p. 108. » Geol. Surv., Can.. Mas, BuU. No. 17, p. 7, 190 GEOLOGICA L SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 that of the Galena-Trenton of Wisconsip-MInnesota, with the marked difference that in the Timiskaming region there is an abundance of single and compound corals of considerable variety. Usually the coral fauna is not seen below latest Ordovician horizons, but here it is present in the Black River-Trenton forma- tions. The top of the Trenton was not seen, but the thickness of the formation is possibly 50 feet. No Richmond was found in the area, although it might be expected to occur. It is quite probable that it is present, but is completely covered over by higher formations or Pleistocene clay. The Richmond will again be referred to in describing the Cataract formation. At Dawson point there is a section 310 feet in thickness. For the most part this is made up of Lockport dolomite, with some thin-bedded Cataract( ?) lime- stone at the base. The Lockport is very fossiliferous at some horizons, particularly near the top, where the beds are of a thick, massive type. An interesting feature of the Lockport here is that it contains a layer of hard sandstone about 1 • 5 to 2 feet thick, below which occurs thick-bedded sandy dolomite grading down- ward, into buff-coloured dolomite. This bed of sandstone appears to be a per- sistent layer at the same stratigraphic position over the whole Timiskaming area. It was found first by Williams on Mann or Burnt island during reconnais- sance study. Good sections occur at several places on the island which is under- lain by Lockport, with the possible exception of the southern end, where Cataract may be present. Another occurrence of this sandstone horizon is at a point to the southeast of Thornloe, , where a small escarpment of Lockport about 1-5 miles long appears as the continuation of a clay ridge running in a general north- west direction. At Dawson point on the east side of lot 5, con. I, Harris tp., the Cataract formation occurs on the shore of the lake as green shaly or limy material, with mud-cracks and without fossils. Above this are thin-bedded limestones which weather to a brownish colour. Among the fossils in these beds ostracods of Cataract (?) species are especially abundant. At a still higher elevation occur greenish, thin-bedded limestones, and these in turn grade up into bufT-coloured limestones, some of which are finely laminated and without fossils. As the region north of lake Timiskaming is very generally covered with a thick deposit of Pleistocene clay, it is not surprising that so few outcrops were discovered. However, on the southeast branch of Blanche river (or Jabetsch creek, as it is commonly known to settlers) there is a small fall due to an outcrop of Cataract. The fall is approximately 2 miles south of Engle- hart and on lot 9, con. Ill, Evanturel tp. Here the character of the Cataract is much the same as that at Dawson point, and again ostracods are the predominant fossils, although a few lamellibranchs and brachiopods also occur. From the limited number of sections of Cataract found in this area, no esti- mate of the total thickness of this formation could be made. However, at Engle- hart, drill records show that limestone occurring below the Lockport and above the Trenton had a maximum thickness of 70 feet. The upper 35 feet of this limestone is a bluish to greenish colour similar to that which was seen in the out- crops of the Cataract formation, and the lower 35 feet is of a brown colour. Since it is probable that Richmond occurs in the area, it seems likely that the upper 35 feet is Cataract, while the lower 35 feet is Richmond. Although no Palaeozoic formation higher than the Lockport was found in this region, it seems quite likely that the area was covered by seas of later periods. It is probable that the Guelph seas extended this far east, and likewise that in qX least middle Devonian time the Timiskaming area was completely covered by seas. However, if any Palaeozoic deposits later than Lockport were ever present, they have been subsequently completely removed by erosion. SUMMARY REPORT . 191 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. Water Supply. In the area of the Palaeozoic rocks an insufficient water supply is often a very disturbing problem to settlers, and is due to the mantle of Pleistocene clay. Wabi creek flowing southeast to New Liskeard, and Blanche river on the eastern part of the area are rather sluggish streams for some distance back from the lake, and flow for the most part over clay. A part of the clay i; carried in suspension and the waters have a dirty yellow colour. Surface wells are apt to go dry in the summer, and good drinking water may become very scarce. In certain areas, however, it has been found that by boring through the Pleistocene clay to the Palaeozoic limestone underneath, good water can usually be obtained in abundance, and in some places artesian wells are found. In the area extending northwest from New Liskeard, the clay has a thickness of 100 to 200 feet, and rests on limestone which dips southwest. In this area several of the wells drilled have proved to be flowing and in many more the water rises almost to the surface. The town of New Liskeard obtains drinking water from an artesian well in the town itself and from springs and wells on the west side of Dawson point. In the district around Earlton also, considerable well drilling has been done, and in the majority of cases satisfactory wells have been obtained, although few of them are artesian. Brick Industry. All through the clay belt, the Pleistocene clay is remarkable for its even stratification. The bands are alternately of light and dark colour, the light layers containing more lime. Attempts have been made to use the clay for the manufacture of brick at New Liskeard and Haileybury. The clay in the upper 6 feet contains many limy nodules, apparently the result of percolating waters, and where these are not removed from the brick clay, white spots result which spoil the appearance of the bricks and later cause them to burst, owing to the slaking of the lime of the nodules. Even when the clay is obtained from a deep pit where no nodules are present, it is found that the bricks are of an inferior quality, owing to the large content of lime. To overcome the difficulty, sand was added, but owing to its scarcity in this district, the cost of production of brick was too high for competition with outside firms. Lately the Haileybury Brick and Tile Company made the discovery that the finely ground diabase, so plentiful at Cobalt, could be used in place of sand. By experimentation, a suitable mixture of ground diabase and clay has been found and bricks much su- perior to those formerly produced are now being made. The increased cost of production has been more than overcome by the increase in number of good bricks obtained. Limestone. To the west of Haileybury the Farr quarry is being worked in the Trenton formation. The stone is broken into fragments and shipped by rail to Iroquois Falls, where it is used in the manufacture of paper pulp in a sulphite plant. According to information obtained from the report of A. A. Cole, mining engineer of the Timiskaming and Northern Ontario railway, the amount of stone shipped from this quarry during 1915 was 2,401 tons. Lime. All the lime that has been produced in the area has been made from the Lockport formation. At present a kiln situated west of New Liskeard and owned by Mr. W. Taylor is the only producer of lime in commercial quantities. 192 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Analyses of the limestones gave the following results: Analyses of Limestone from Haileybury and New Liskeard. Farr's quarry. Taylor's quarry. Insoluble residue Aluminum and iron oxide Calcium oxide Magnesium oxide Carbon dioxide Total 5-06 0-87 44-81 5-90 42-40 2-96 1-87 31-98 10-86 51-85 99-04 99-52 G. S, Hume, collector and analyst. Building Stone. Rock of both the Trenton and the Lockport formations has been used as building stone to some extent. In Haileybury several buildings, chief among which is the cathedral, have been made of stone taken from Farr's quarry, west of the town. The stone, which is Trenton in age, is of a bluish grey colour on the fresh surface and of a pleasing appearance, but, owing to the great thickness of the individual beds, the stone is not readily obtained in blocks of the proper size and with smooth surfaces. A good quarry for building stone has been opened on the east side of Mann or Burnt island, from which stone was taken to build the public library of New Liskeard. The stone is buff to cream coloured and occurs in the quarry in uni- form beds 6 to 8 inches thick. Jointing too is well developed and fairly regular, so that waste in quarrying is not excessive. Owing to the ease with which the stone may be extracted and to the fact that it can be transported by boat to any of the towns around the lake, this quarry should become of considerable commer- cial importance in the near future. ROAD MATERIAL SURVEYS IN ONTARIO AND QUEBEC. (L. Reinecke.) During the season of 1916 surveys were made for material available for the surfacing of portions of certain main interprovincial roads in the provinces of Ontario and Quebec. Since the inception of the work on road materials in 1914 the Geological Survey has made surveys in localities where the highway depart- ments of the two provinces have thought that the surveys would be of the greatest use, and has furnished the provincial engineers with advanced data of the results obtained at the very earliest opportunity, and long before the printing and distribution of the final reports. It is hoped, that, as the work is extended into the other provinces, it will be possible to cooperate as closely with those who are building roads there. During the winter of 1916 and 1917 a laboratory for the testing of road materials has been established in the Mines Branch of the department. The laboratory is well equipped and it will do much toward increasing the effective- ness of the work. Mr. K. A. Clark is in charge of the testing and laboratory investigation. SUMMARY REPORT 193 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 During the past season a search for deposits of road stone and gravel was carried on in four areas: in Ontario, along the route of the Rideau Canal system, and between the towns of Port Hope and Napanee ; in Quebec, in the counties of Argenteuil and Two Mountains north of the Ottawa river, and in Soulanges and Vaudreuil counties lying between the Ottawa and the St. Lawrence rivers. The field work along the Rideau canal was done by the writer assisted by K. A. Clark. F. H. McCullough remapped the area from Port Hope to Trenton. The work from that town eastward to Napanee was in charge of K. A. Clark assisted by H. St. Denis and C. Williams. H. Gauthier directed the field work in the counties of Two Mountains and Argenteuil and was assisted by L. Clermont and O. Rolland. R. H. Richer investigated and mapped deposits of stone and gravel in the counties of Soulanges and Vaudreuil. The writer spent several weeks in the field in each of the three last mentioned areas supervising the work that was done and visiting nearly all of the more important deposits. He is indebted to Professor M. B. Baker for the use of a geological map of and Information on the area surrounding Kingston, prepared by him for the On- tario Bureau of Mines. The writer also wishes to thank his assistants for the painstaking method in which their work was performed. Rideau Canal Route, Ontario. About three weeks were spent in prospecting for deposits of first class ma- cadam stone along the route of the Rideau Canal system between Kingston and Smiths Falls, Ontario. Scows drawing 4 to 5 feet of water with a capacity of about 175 tons can transport crushed stone from this area- either to the front road at Kingston, or to the northern half of the proposed Ottawa- Prescott road which lies near the Rideau river. The object of the work was to locate stone of sufficiently good quality to justify its transportation by water and its use on the two roads mentioned. No time was, therefore, spent on deposits of stone which previous experience had given reason to believe would not be durable enough to stand very heavy traffic. The Rideau Canal route from Kingston to Ottawa is about 135 miles in length. Outcrops of igneous and metamorphic rocks are found near the canal from a point 6 miles north of Kingston to a point about 13 miles southwest of Smiths Falls, and it is in this area that the work was done. Smiths Falls is about 29 miles by water from Becketts Landing where the Ottawa-Prescott road crosses the Rideau, and 64 miles from Ottawa. West of the Rideau Canal system between Kingston and Smiths Falls the topography consists of low hills rounded on top, in many cases steep-sided, and seldom over 100 feet in height. Among these hills lie many small lakes from which the canal system obtains its water supply. The highest part of the steamer channel is in Upper Rideau lake which is about 409 feet above sea -level and 42 miles from Kingston. From this lake southward the waters of the canal system drain to the St. Lawrence, and northward they drain through the Rideau lakes and river into the Ottawa. There are fourteen locks with a total drop of 165 feet on the St. Lawrence side and thirty- three with a total fall of 281 feet on the Ottawa River side of the divide. The rocks outcropping on either side of the canal consist of crystalline limestone and other members of the Grenville series; coarse-grained igneous rocks which vary both in their composition and texture, with a foliated granite gneiss predominating; fine-grained metamorphic rocks with the appearance of meta-andesites; dykes of pegmatite, aplite, and diabase. In certain areas there are outcrops of Potsdam sandstones and of Beekmantown dolomites. Deposits of stone of such quality as to justify their transportation for long distances for use in macadam construction were seen in one or two places only 194 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 along the route traversed. A number of diabase dykes, nearly all of them located by previous observers, were examined and a few deposits of a fine even- grained rock, which can for present purposes be referred to as meta-andesite and which laboratory tests indicate to be of first class quality, were examined. Some of the massive and foliated granites and schists outcropping near the canal could probably be used for local macadam work. The crystalline limestones and Potsdam sandstones should not be used in building road surfaces. The locations of diabase dykes at Kingston Mills, Findley station, Washborne locks, and 2 miles east of Cranberry lake in concession IX, were obtained from Professor Baker's map. A dyke mentioned by Vennor^ lying between Adam lake and Noble bay on the west side of Lower Rideau lake, and one located by the writer on the west side of the steamer channel one mile south of the entrance to Seeley bay were also examined. The largest of these dykes is that near Seeley bay. It outcrops in a 30-foot cliff along the side of the channel, but the main deposit lies about 200 feet north and 300 feet from the shore. The dyke varies in width from about 15 to 18 yards and the main deposit can be excavated to a depth of 15 yards without serious difficulty. By quarrying to water-level in the southern part and to a depth of 15 yards in the main deposit, 45,000 to 50,000 cubic yards of solid rock could be obtained at this place. The deposit lies about 25 miles by water from Kingston and there are seven locks in that part of the canal. The results of laboratory tests on a sample from this dyke are given on page 206. All the other dykes examined near Kingston vary from a few feet to 17 feet in width except that at Washborne locks, which attains a width of 30 feet for a short distance. In none of these dykes is there more than a few thousand cubic yards in sight and the material will be difficult to quarry. The dyke of "dolerite", mentioned by Vennor, on Lower Rideau lake, is said to outcrop at intervals for over one mile from the middle of lot 1 to the rear of lots 4 and 5, concession V, and from there, westerly to the front of lots 9 and 10, concession VI, North Burgess township. A careful search was made for diabase in this locality, but with unsatisfactory results. Near the house and barns of James Tully, close to Adam lake, the side of a diabase dyke is laid bare for a height of nearly 50 feet and a distance of over 200 feet. One hundred yards or more westward, the same dyke is 15 feet thick and dips 35 degrees to the north. Its strike is 85 degrees magnetic, that is slightly north of east. From the dyke near TuUy's house about 10,000 tons of rock could be quarried and this would have to be hauled from one-half to one mile over a hilly road before it can be loaded for transportation by water. Other outcrops of a dark, fine-grained dyke of the same character were seen in positions which would indicate that they might be a part of the same body, but they were in all cases too narrow to be of commercial importance. Neither the amount of stone present in this locality nor its position in relation to navigable waters justifies its being quarried for other than local use. A dyke of the same character on the farm of Philip White, north of Bass bay in Lower Rideau lake, is about 15 feet wide and lies on comparatively low ground, where quarrying would be difficult. Two small hills of meta-andesite lie on the west shore of Opinicon lake south of Chaffey Locks and about one-half mile by wagon road from a station on the Canadian Northern railway. The water offshore is too shallow to consider direct transportation by water. There are about 10,000 cubic yards of rock in one hill and 5,000 in another nearby. It is tough and of good quality. See the results of tests on page 206. The meta-andesite is the most promising deposit encountered. • Vennor, Henry, G., "Explorations and surveys in the counties of Addington, Frontenac, Leeds, and Lanark", Geol. Surv.. Can., Rept. of Prog., 1872-73, p. 169. SUMMARY REPORT 195 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Road Materials Available for the Toronto-Montreal Road between Trenton and Napanee, Ontario. {K. A. Clark.) The road material survey for the Toronto-Montreal road, which was started in 1914, was continued during the summer of 1916. A report has been published dealing with the section from Toronto to Port Hope.^ The area from Port Hope to Trenton was surveyed in 1914 and was remapped by F. H. McCullough during the past summer (1916). The section covered this year extends from Trent river, west of Hastings coun- ty, eastward to Napanee river and to the east boundary line of Richmond township in the county of Lennox and Addington. This stretch was examined north of the Kingston road for a distance of 4 miles, and south of that highway to the shore of the bay of Quinte. All materials suitable for highway construction were examined and mapped and estimates were made of the quantities available. TOPOGRAPHY. In general, the country rises gently from the level of the bay of Quinte (245 feet above sea-level), northward at an average rate of 30 feet per mile. The bay shore is mostly low and swampy. Characteristic features of the topog- raphy are small rounded ridges, elongate-oval in plan, in most cases not more than 30 feet high, and trending in a northeasterly direction. These ridges become more frequent north of concession I. East of Salmon river, and especially in Richmond township, the country consists of broad flats and gentle slopes. Four main streams flow through the area and empty into the bay of Quinte: they are Trent, Moira, Salmon, and Napanee rivers. It is noteworthy that, while Trent and Moira rivers, along with the smaller streams in the western section, flow in' a southerly direction, Salmon and Napanee rivers and other small watercourses east of Belleville trend southwest through straight, almost parallel valleys. The rivers are rapid except along their lowest reaches where they are at lake-level. In concessions I II and IV of Tyendinaga township, Salmon river flows through a ravine 100 to 150 feet deep. GEOLOGY. The bedrock, with the exception of two or three small Pre-Cambrian inliers, consists of limestones and shales of the Trenton formation. The rock for the most part is covered with drift. Pre Cambrian schists and foliated granite gneisses outcrop near the Grand Trunk station at Shannonville and on the north bank of Salmon river north- east of Lonsdale in the form of small rounded hills surrounded by Palaeozoic limestones. A good contact between the Pre-Cambrian and Trenton rocks was seen in a cut on the Canadian Pacific railway near the Grand Trunk station at Shannonville. Beds of limestone and shale are exposed to some extent along the banks of Trent and Moira rivers. The main outcrops, however, occur at Point Anne and along the course of Salmon river. In Tyendinaga township, and especially in Richmond township, limestone beds come close to the surface in many places in ridges and under stretches of pasture land, although actual exposures of rock are few and of small extent. • Retnecke, L., "Road materials along the north shore of lake Ontario between Port Hope and Hamilton," G€ol. Surv.. Can.. Mem. 85, pt. V. 1916. 196 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 The limestone exposed along the banks of the Trent and Moira rivers is thin-bedded, and varies in texture from a fine to a coarse grain. Shaly partings separate many of the beds of limestone and shaly layers occur up to 4 feet in thickness. At Point Anne the beds are thicker and more massive. Three characteristic types persist through the strata in this section; a fine-grained, dark grey limestone with a light brown tinge; a coarse-grained, light grey lime- stone; and a dense, flinty, light grey limestone showing black wavy bituminous partings. There is practically no shale. Beds to a depth of 30 feet are exposed in the quarries of the Canada Cement Company, and of the Point Anne Quarries, Limited. The limestone outcropping along Salmon river is mostly massive and of the dark grey, fine-grained variety. North of the river the rock varies in texture from a fine to a coarse grain and is interbedded with a good deal of shale. Immediately east of Napanee a quarry is being worked which shows a face of about 35 feet of light brownish to drab grey, fine-grained to dense limestone. The rock is massive though parts of the face are thin-bedded. A little shale occurs near the floor of the quarry. Sections of the boulder clay, which covers the larger part of the area, can be seen in places where gravel deposits accompanying the clay have been exca- vated. The boulder clay consists of fairly fresh, angular to rounded, boulders and pebbles, in a matrix of clay or rock flour which in this area is made up largely of ground up limestone. A thin layer- of bedded lake clay was observed in one or two places over- lying gravel. An area of bedded blue clay overlain by an overburden of sandy soil occurs north of Point Anne on the Kingston road. The clay is being used by the Canada Cement Company. Gravel deposits are scattered throughout the section from Trenton to Napa- nee. Much of the ridge land is gravelly, but the gravel lies in most cases in a very thin blanket over the boulder clay. Very few excavations with a depth of more than 5 feet of gravel were seen ; and in most places the gravel layer is much thinner. This gravel is probably largely of glacial origin. Two pits located near the Kingston road and not far from the shore are in flat deposits which may have been formed by wave action. A streak of sand extends from the shore east of Belleville northeastward across concession I. ROAD MATERIAL. Bedrock, field stone, and gravel constitute the materials in this area which can be used in road construction. Pre-Cambrian and Palaeozoic types of bed- rock are present ; the Pre-Cambrian types on account of their foliated texture are unsuitable for road surfacing; some of the Palaeozoic limestones on the other hand have been used with success in certain cases. Field stone is abundant from Trenton to the Salmon River valley in concessions II, III, and IV. Only a few patches occur in concession I, and there is very little east of Salmon river. Gravel is distributed fairly evenly over the whole area although good deposits are scarce. There are no deposits of bedrock of any value west of Belleville. North of that town there is one small limestone quarry along the Madoc road and limestone can be obtained from the west bank of Moira iver not far from the town. The limestone here, however, is thin-bedded and considerable shale is present. On the south bank of Salmon river in lot 16, c ncession II, Tyendinaga township, a fine to medium-grained limestone is exposed in massive beds from 6 inches to 1 foot thick. Twelve feet of strata are exposed and the stone could be quarried along a wide face. It should compare well with the best stone in the vicinity. The SUMMARY REPORT 197 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 deposit is also near the main road. Rock can also be quarried on lot 25, conces- sion III, Tyendinaga township. At that place 5 to 8 feet of fine-grained limestone becoming thinly-bedded toward the surface, is exposed in a face which extends some distance along the limit of a bare rocky area. None of the outcrops seen in Richmond township are very promising as quarrying prospects. The best available limestone in the area is that being quarried at Point Anne and at Napanee. The beds at these quarries are massive and can be crushed to suitable sizes. Very little shale is present. The Point Anne Quarries Company, Limited, at Point Anne, are operating a plant capable of producing 800 tons of crushed stone per day. They have direct switching facilities with the Canadian Northern railway and can shunt cars onto the Grand Trunk and Canadian Pacific railways by way of the Canada Cement Company's tracks. The quarry is one mile south of the Kingston road. Crushed stone sells for from 55 to 60 cents per ton on the cars at the plant. The Napanee quarry is located on the Kingston road in a large limestone hill just east of the town. It is equipped with a portable crusher and screen. The proprietor, P. Bergin, supplies the town of Napanee with crushed stone for 50 cents per cubic yard. Laboratory tests indicate that the limestones of this area are only suitable for use on roads carrying light traffic, 100 vehicles or less, page 206. Field stone is fairly plentifully distributed through all but the first concession of the townships from Trenton to the Salmon River valley. East of Salmon river there is very little field stone in the area surveyed. The bulk of the supply of field stone is unfortunately not situated close to the Toronto-Kingston road, which runs near the shore of the bay of Quinte through the first concessions. Between Trenton and Belleville, a distance of 9 miles, there are about 7,500 cubic yards of field stone up to one foot in diameter within 1| miles of the Kingston road, and of this amount 4,000 cubic yards are located in the immediate vicinity of Trenton. There are about 30,000 cubic yards fairly evenly distributed within 1| to 3 miles of the same stretch of road. Along the 6 miles from Belle- ville east to the Thurlow-Tyendinaga boundary line about 3,500 cubic yards occur within 1| miles of the road and these are mostly within 1| miles of the above- mentioned boundary line. There are 26,000 cubic yards within 1| to 4 miles of this section of the road. Between the Thurlow-Tyendinaga boundary line and Shannonville, a distance of 1 j miles, there are 2,400 cubic yards of field stone with- in 1 mile, and 3,500 cubic yards within 1 to 2 miles of the road. At Shannonville the Toronto-Kingston road crosses the Salmon river. With the exception of 2,000 cubic yards near Marysville, there is no field stone southeast of Salmon river and the deep river valley cuts off what supply there is to the north. The numbers given are for stone under 1 foot only. In general, about 30 per cent of the boulders are over 1 foot in diameter. Throughout the area the field stone has been mostly thrown in a loose way along the fences. There are few fences containing large quantities of stone. The material under one foot in diameter consists of from 25 to 35 per cent coarse- grained granite boulders, 50 to 60 per cent limestone, and 10 per cent soft weather- ing boulders of both types. This is, of course, a very general statement. The larger boulders vary widely in composition, but the greater part of them are igneous rocks. Test^ for percentage of wear were made on samples of boulder deposits from four localities in this area. The aggregates consisted of Trenton limestone and igneous rocks, the latter of varying durability. The material from each locality was divided into limestone and igneous rocks and tests run upon lots made up of 100 per cent hmestone, 100 per cent igneous, and mixtures of the two in varying proportions. The wear of the wholly igneous aggregate was 3-4, 3-8, 4-4, and 5-8, and of the limestone 4-1, 6-7, 5-1, and 6-6, in each of the four localities respectively; the per cent of wear of a mixture of the two No. 26—14 198 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 lay between these values: thus at the locality where the 100 per cent igneous had a wear of 3-8 and the 100 per cent limestone 6-7 the per cent of wear of the mixtures came between 3-8 and 6-7. Field stone has been used around Belle- ville on the Kingston, Madoc, and Tweed roads. The surface of these roads has been cut up and destroyed in three years. Poor methods of construction and total lack of maintenance, however, are mostly responsible for this result. The county of Hastings has bought field stone, piled along the road, for $4 a cord. Gravel, like field stone, is scarce along the Kingston road. One pit on lot 8, concession I, Sidney township, provides about the only supply between Trenton and Belleville. There is one deposit one mile north of the road on lots 26 and 27 and another just north of Belleville. Farther north, from 2 to 4 miles from the road there are nine deposits of gravel in which there are excavations. Between Belleville and Shannonville there is one deposit along the road in lot 16, concession I, Thurlow township. A deposit north of Belleville on lots 9 and 10, concession 11^ and a nearly exhausted pit half a mile north of the Grand Trunk station at Shannonville on lot 5, concession I, Tyendinaga township, constitute about the only other supply in this section. Two small deposits lie near the south bank of Salmon river 3 and 5 miles northeast of Shannonville, one at, and one about one mile north of the Toronto-Kingston road. Besides these there are three or four fairly good pits north of the Salmon river. South of the main highway, in the Indian reserve, there is a good gravel deposit lying on the old York road 3| miles east of Shannonville and 2 miles from the Toronto-Kingston road. Betw^een Marysville and Napanee there are four fairly good deposits close to the road. The composition of the gravel remains very constant over the area. Eighty- five to 90 per cent of the pebbles are of fresh limestone and 10 to 15 per cent are of soft weathered material. There are few igneous pebbles. No further generalization can be made except that the proportions of gravel, sand, and boulders vary widely not only from pit to pit but also in places in the same deposit. Gravel for road work sells for 12 to 15 cents a cubic yard. Gravel has been extensively used on the roads throughout the area._ In Hastings county particularly, there are few roads on which there is an appreciable traffic that have not been gravelled. Where the traffic is light these roads are in very fair condition but the gravel does not wear well on the more frequented highways. Better results could be obtained from the use of this gravel if im- proved methods of construction were employed. Road Materials in Two Mountains and the Southeastern Portion of Argenteuil Counties, Quebec. {H. Gauthier.) The work done during the past field season (1916) in this area is a continua- tion of a survey begun in 1915 on the materials available for the construction of a highway on the north side of Ottawa river between Hull and Montreal. The western half of the survey was completed in 1915. The western boundary of the area surveyed during the past summer is 65 miles east of Hull; the southeastern corner is 12 miles west of Montreal and the eastern boundary extends in a northwesterly direction from there to the village of St. Jerome. This includes all of the county of Two Mountains and the greater part of Chatham and Argenteuil townships of Argenteuil county. SUMMARY REPORT 199 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 . TOPOGRAPHY. The area covered embraces all of a comparatively flat area south of the Laurentian plateau and extends from 2 to 4 miles into the plateau. The Lauren- tian plateau ends in a fairly abrupt escarpment facing to the south and rises to elevations of from 700 to 800 feet above sea-level within 4 miles of its front. The greater part of the plain lies between 125 and 250 feet above tide. An abrupt escarpment 75 feet high, extending east- west through the plain and from 3 to 5 miles south of the border of the Laurentian hills, marks the front of a clay terrace with hills of sand on it in places. North of Oka there is an irregular hill area rising to 700 feet and another smaller one at St. Andrews rising to 400 feet. The level of the waters of the Ottawa river falls from about 130 feet at the top of the Long Sault rapids at Grenville to 73 feet in lake of Two Mountains at Oka. All of the area surveyed drains into the Ottawa river. The principal stream cutting through the area is river du Nord, a tributary of the Ottawa. A note- worthy feature of the drainage is the course of the latter river along a depression in front of the Laurentian escarpment. The river turns out of this depression at Lachute but other streams occupy it to the west. Farming is extensively carried on in the plains section of Argenteuil and Two Mountains counties, and especially in the latter county where widely ex- tended clay flats produce good crops of hay, oats, and potatoes. Apples are grown in the hilly country north of Oka and truck farming is carried on farther east. Four miles from Oka the Order of Trappists have an extensive agricultural establishment where, amongst other products the well-known brand of Oka cheese is made. GEOLOGY. Igneous and metamorphic rocks of Pre-Cambrian age outcrop in the Laurentian plateau and in hills at St. Andrews, and north of Oka. The rocks consist of crystalline limestones, quartzites, granite and other gneisses, and anorthosites with very rare intrusions of bodies of unfoliated syenite porphyry and dark basic dykes. At Ste. Monique and in the hills near Oka alnoites geo- logically related to the rocks of the Monteregian hills have been intruded into the Pre-Cambrian. They are of Palaeozoic age. The plain area is underlain by Palaeozoic sediments comprising Potsdam sandstones, Beekmantown dolomite and calcareous sandstones, and Chazy limestones, shales, and sandstones. Over these lie boulder clays and blue marine clays and sands of the Glacial period. This drift cover is generally thick and outcrops are not plentiful over the plain. ROAD MATERIALS. Bedrock. In the area surveyed there are three classes of stone suitable for road-making : igneous and metamorphic rocks, dolomites, and limestones. Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks. Along the Laurentian Plateau front, in western Chatham township, the prevailing rock type is a pink syenite, while eastward near Brownsburg there are large areas of massive coarse rock of about the same character but with more quartz. This stone has been extensively quarried for building stone, paving blocks, and crushed stone. Probably the most durable macadam stone in Chatham township is a deposit of about 20,000 cubic yards of syenite porphyry in concession VI, north of Mabel post-oflEice. It is a dense, dark bluish stone with phenocrysts of pink feldspar, breaks into sharp angular fragments, and is extremely tough and hard, page 206. No. 26-14J 200 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Farther east along the border of the Laurentian hills, the outcropping rocks are banded or foliated gneisses. Such stone from Hearst's quarry on the Browns- burg-Lachute road has been used in bituminous macadam work in the town of Lachute. It is a greenish grey, medium-grained rock, fairly massive, and of granitoid texture. The results of tests upon this stone are given on page 206 and indicate that it is fairly good road material. All other classes of rock found north of Lachute are types to be rejected. They are altered sediments such as crystalline limestones and extremely foliated or schistose rocks. Farther east, the best stone to be found is some medium- grained, pink granite, moderately foliated and containing a comparatively large amount of quartz. This granite has been quarried for paving blocks north of St. Canute, page 206. There are also some outcrops of anorthosite in St. Columban, 2 miles north of river Du Nord, which may be of value as road material. In the southern part of the area surveyed a small area of Pre-Cambrian rocks occurs east of St. Andrews, where small outcrops of much foliated granite gneisses and of crystalline limestones are found. Several varieties of igneous and metamorphic rocks outcrop in the hills north of Oka. Of these, certain deposits of dark basic alnoites and diabases and light-coloured anorthosites may be considered the most promising for road pur- poses. One of the diabases lies on the east side of mount St. Alexis, but the amount of stone available is not over 5,000 cubic yards and it lies in narrow bodies which would be hard to develop. In the small hill about 1^ miles east of St. Benoit village about 2,000 cubic yards of the diabase can be quarried with less difficulty. The light-coloured anorthosite outcrops in large amount on the ridge one-half mile east of mount St. Alexis and in smaller quantity at the La Trappe monastery. East of St. Benoit there is a white, much altered rock which may be of the same character. The stone at La Trappe is apparently much better than at St. Benoit (page 206). There are large quantities available. There is a large outcrop of alnoite on Husereaus farm 4 miles north of Oka. Dolomites. In certain localities in the flat country south of the Laurentian hills there are many outcrops of Beekmantown dolomite. Near the villages of Lachute, Ste. Scholastique, St. Augustin, St. Eustache, and in other places, this stone has been quarried for road metal and rough building stone. This material has given satisfactory results when used in water-bound macadam surfaces under light traffic conditions. Laboratory tests indicate that the fresh dolomites are tough and durable. The weathered dolomite is a much weaker stone. Limestones. One mile southwest and 2| miles west of St. Philippe d'Argen- teuil there are two outcrops of bedrock resembling Chazy limestone. The lime- stone is not considered a very durable macadam stone (page 206), but similar stone has given good satisfaction in some localities under light traffic. Boulder Deposits or Field Stone. lExtensive deposits of field stone occur in the southern portion of Chatham township extending from the Ottawa river 3 or 4 miles to the north, and from the western limit of the township eastward to St. Philippe. Within this area the stone is more plentiful on the high than on the low-lying land. The composition of the deposits varies: in the northern part they average 90 per cent durable stone, including rather tough igneous rocks; in the southern portion they average as much as 65 per cent soft shales and sandstones corresponding to the underlying bedrock; and in other places they average 40 per cent dolomites. Farther east in Argenteuil township three belts of field stone lie between Ottawa river and Lachute. One of these belts lies near Ottawa river at the foot SUMMARY REPORT 201 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 of the hills east of St. Andrews, the second and larger of the two lies in the nor- thern flanks of the same hills. About 3 miles to the north of this belt and 3 miles south of Lachute there is another area of field stone. The two southern areas carry up to 60 per cent of Potsdam sandstone. In the northerly deposit the stone in the fences varies greatly in their composition. The main deposits of piled field stone in the county of Two Mountains are at St. Hermas station, along Cote St. Vincent, east and northeast of Ste. Scholas- tique, and in the neighbourhood of Grande-Freniere and St. Eustache. Smaller deposits lie in the hills north of Oka and elsewhere. South and southeast of Ste. Scholastique and in the neighbourhood of St. Eustache the field stone deposits carry about 80 per cent of dolomite boulders. The field stone in the Oka hills varies in composition, but elsewhere the deposits carry a great many Potsdam sandstone boulders. Along Cote St. Vincent at St. Hermas station, and directly east of Ste. Scholastique, parts of the deposits are made up nearly wholly of Potsdam sandstone. Both laboratory tests and actual practice have shown that boulder deposits in this area carrying 75 per cent and over of igneous rocks or more than 75 per cent of dolomites give satisfactory service in water bound macadam roads under conditions of efficient construction and light traffic. The aggregates high in igneous stone are, however, the more durable. The deposits high in Potsdam sandstone, which are so common in Two Mountains county, are in places durable but do not cement well. Materials of which 50 per cent are sandstone boulders and the remainder of igneous rocks have made good roads under light traffic. Where the sandstone content was up to 80 per cent the road surfaces have not cemented well and have in places failed very rapidly. Gravel. While large deposits of fine yellow sand are of frequent occurrence through the district surveyed, gravel deposits are not plentiful. One large, rather sandy deposit northwest of Chatboro is the only occurrence^of any importance in Chatham, although smaller deposits are met with. In Argenteuil township there are practically only two deposits. The more important one, owned by the Canadian Northern railway, lies immediately west of St. Andrews. The deposit is large and the gravel is of excellent quality. The other deposit, which is of smaller extent, lies in the East settlement of the parish of St. Jerusalem, 2| miles northwest of St. Hermas. Gravelly deposits carrying sand and soil or organic matter are commonly found in depressions between hills north of Oka. One of the best deposits of that kind lies north of St. Joseph du Lac. In the plain area of Two Mountains county there are no gravel deposits. Road Materials in Soulanges and Vaudreuil Counties, Quebec. {R. H. Picher.) The counties of Soulanges and Vaudreuil occupy a triangular area stretching westwards from the junction of the Ottawa and St. Lawrence rivers to the boun- dary line of the province of Ontario. The village of Vaudreuil station, at its eastern extremity, is 24 miles, and riviere Beaudet, at the southwest corner, 44 miles west of Montreal. All of the county of Soulanges and the eastern and 202 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 southwestern portions of Vaudreuil were covered in the course of the summer. The route of the Montreal-Toronto highway will probably pass through Soulanges. TOPOGRAPHY. The main part of the area examined is a flat plain; in the northern part of Vaudreuil, however, there is a hilly tract which occupies about one-sixth of the drea examined. The greater part of the plain lies between 150 and 225 feet above sea-level. In general landslopes are very gentle, but the portion of the plain near the western boundary'' is slightly undulating. The hilly area lies to the south and southeast of Rigaud village and a mile or two frorn the Ottawa river. Directly south of Rigaud the elevated country rises in places fairly steeply, in others in a series of terraces to elevations of 700 feet above sea-level or about 500 feet above the surrounding plain. To the southeast and east across the valley of the Raquette are two broad benches ending in rather steep fronts to the northeast and south. The northern half of the area drains towards Ottawa river, and the southern into the St. Lawrence. The main streams emptying into the Ottawa are the Rigaud and Raquette rivers; Delisle and Rouge rivers drain into the St. Lawrence. The level of the water in that part of the Ottawa river lying northeast of Vaudreuil county is about 73 feet. The level of the water of the St. Lawrence is o"^er 150 feet above sea-level opposite riviere Beaudet and about 75 feet near the foot of the rapids at Cascades Point. A few miles below the junction of the two streams the water-level of lake St. Louis is 69 feet above tide. In the plain where the top soil is clay the land is fertile: the sandy lands in the plain and in the higher benches are not so productive, and much of the hilly land south of Rigaud is still uncleared. Dairy farming is the chief industry. GEOLOGY. Outcrops of bedrock in this district consist of granites, syenites, and porphyries, subordinate gneisses of Pre-Cambrian age, and sandstones, shales, dolomites, and limestones of the Palaeozoic. The Pre-Cambrian outcrops in the hilly area south of Rigaud. The largest part of Rigaud mountain appears to be underlain by pinkish, holocrystalline alkalic granites and hornblende syenites. Intruded into this in the form of a thick sill is a porphyr>'' with flesh-coloured feldspars in a brownish ground- mass. This resembles quartz syenite porphyry found near Rawcliffe, north of Grenville. Foliation is practically absent from the rocks of Rigaud moun- tain. Across Raquette river to the southeast there are outcrops of well foliated, pink granite gneiss and of a hornblende-mica gneiss. One-half mile northwest of the station of Isle Cadieux and near the railway track bluish-black alnoite outcrops in a small hill. There are other small hills covered with large blocks of this stone which may have outcrops close under the surface, and 1| miles south- east of St. Lazare there is a small hill covered with large blocks of granite gneiss. No information was obtained regarding Palaeozoic rocks in the northwestern part of Vaudreuil. In the area surveyed outcrops of Potsdam sandstones were seen at Hudson, on the shore of the Ottawa near Isle Cadieux, 1| miles southwest of Vaudreuil station, and at Cascades Point. The Potsdam, near Hudson, Isle Cadieux, and Vaudreuil station, is a brown- ish, feldspathic sandstone. At Cascades Point it is a white sandstone compara- tively free from feldspar. The rock is as a whole very even grained ; beds carrying pebbles up to pea size are seen in parts of the sections, and at Hudson there are SUMMARY REPORT 203 SESSIONAL PAPER l\Jo. 26 beds with quartz pebbles nearly 2 inches across. The sandstones He nearly flat; they strike east of northeast and dip at low angles to the southeast, except near Vaudreuil where the dip is to the northwest. Dolomites of the Beekmantown formation are found east of C6teau station near the St. Lawrence, and to the northwest of Ste. Justine de Newton on the Ontario line. The occurrence east of C6teau station consists of two outcrops in Delisle river and two quarries near the Soulanges canal. Near Ste. Justine there are two rather extensive outcrops. The dolomites are fine-grained, steel grey, and weather to a yellowish colour. A few thin beds of shaly dolomite are present. The beds lie nearly flat. Flat-lying, dark brown limestone of the Black River formation outcrops in an old quarry northwest of Ste. Justine station. Deposits of unconsolidated boulder clay, gravels, stratified clays, and sands of the Quaternary age overlie the rock to varying depths. Hills of boulder clay and boulder sand occur near Hudson, in the north- eastern part, and near St. T61esphore and Ste. Justine in the gently undulating country of the western portion of the area. Flat knolls of boulder clay of small extent, rising only a few feet over the level of the plain, are found near Vaudreuil station. Knolls of the same character are common south of St. Clet on the Cana- dian Pacific railway. The boulder clay deposits are a mixture of silt and clay with angular pebbles of gravel size, and with varying amounts of boulders. The smaller pebbles seem to be made up largely of Potsdam sandstone, while the larger boulders generally carry a high percentage of the underlying rock. The boulder sand deposits are in most cases composed exclusively of sand and boulders with little or no gravel. There are only two important deposits of gravel in the area examined. They He at riviere Beaudet and at Ste. Justine de Newton. Areas of less impor- tance are found west of St. Lazare and west of St. T6lesphore. Along the western bank of Beaudet river is an isolated ridge of gravel,^ running approximately north and south. It is coarse and apparently unstratified; towards the north it consists of sand and boulders. One mile and a quarter north of the ridge, there are three small deposits of unstratified gravel included in a wide sand area. In a pit dug in the deposit, a zone of loam and intensely weathered gravel is found at the contact between the gravel and the stratified sand lying over it. A long interval evidently had elapsed between the deposition of the gravel and the laying down of the stratified sand. The gravel ridge of Ste. Justine is only a few feet deep; it is apparently a re-sorted gravel since it contains large numbers of broken marine shells. The deposits southwest of St. Lazare contain a large amount of sand. The other deposits are in most cases small pockets of gravel included in boulder clay and sand deposits. Stratified blue clay covers all the eastern and southern portion of the area, and fills the depressions of the undulating country along the western boundary. It lies directly over the boulder clay. A large deposit of stratified sand extends over the southern part of the county of Vaudreuil from Raquette river to the village of St, Lazare. In a section 10 feet deep where the road between the two counties crosses a creek, the sand is finely stratified and contains no marine fossil shells. Small iron ore deposits are found in several places in the sand area. In the southwestern part, a flat, stratified sand deposit covers a few square miles between St. Telesphore and rivi- ere Beaudet. :04 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 ROAD MATERIALS. Of the three classes of road materials found in this area the deposits of bed- rock are in most places of better quality than the glacial boulders or field stone overlying them. When the bed-rock is sandstone, however, this is not usually the case. The gravel deposits are not made up of very durable material. Bedrock. In the northeast part of the area examined there are two small hills of alnoite, 15 and 25 feet in height, from which fairly good macadam stone can be obtained, see the results of tests, page 206. They lie between Como and Isle Cadieux station on the Canadian Pacific railway. The alnoite is a dark, porphyritic rock in which mica crystals can be recognized with the naked eye. The stone is hard "and tough under the hammer. Fracture planes are fairly regular through the rock and quarrying should present no great difficulties. Both deposits lie within half a mile of a good wagon road, and one is one-quarter of a mile from a railway siding. The Beekmantown dolomite is more durable but does not cement as well as the alnoite. The dolomite outcrops in four different places between Coteau station and Coteau du Lac. It is a fine, even-grained, steel grey rock. Streets built of this stone in the village of Coteau du Lac in 1913 and 1914, were in good condition in 1916. The three exposures near Coteau du Lac will be difficult to develop. The average overburden to be removed runs from 5 to 8 feet in depth, and the permanent ground-water level is from 4 to 6 feet below the top- of the rock. One of them has the advantage, however, of being close to a small wharf on the Soulanges canal by means of which stone can be supplied directly to more than 13 miles of the main road between Montreal and Toronto. The westerly of the four exposures is covered by overburden varying from 9 inches to 4 feet and the ground-water level is more than 7 feet below the top of the rock in places. It lies one-half mile from the Soulanges canal. The two deposits of dolomite lying northwest of Ste. Justine de Newton, along the boundary line of the province of Ontario, are of fairly tough stone. Both lie in ridges about 8 yards in height and the overburden is not thick. The stone is from 16 to 18 miles from the St. Lawrence. In the same part of the area, one-half mile northwest of Ste. Justine station, is a small outcrop of Black River limestone. There is not much stone available and it is rather soft. The outcrops of Potsdam sandstone in the eastern part of the area are of poorer quality than the dolomite or gabbro. The sandstone outcrops near the village of Hudson and has been used locally on the Hudson and Vaudreuil road with unsatisfactory results. Large quantities are available near Isle Cadieux and at Cascades Point, and a small quantity southwest of Vaudreuil station. The area on Rigaud mountain was prospected but not completely surveyed. There are three large deposits of a very durable, brownish syenite porphyry (see the results of tests on page 206. One lies on top of the high point overlooking Rigaud village at the northwestern edge of the mountain. It should be possible to develop the syenite porphyry from the steep cliffs on that side of the mountain. The two other deposits lie just north of the St. Georges road on both sides of a creek valley about one mile west of the Geodetic Survey tower. Millions of tons of porphyry can be obtained from these three deposits. Medium-grained pink granite outcrops between this deposit and the road and is quarried for paving blocks on the steep mountain slope. The pinkish, somewhat porphyritic granite at the shrine of Notre Dame de Lourdes is of the same kind. The granite is fairly durable but not as good as the porphyry. SUMMARY REPORT ' 205 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Boulder Deposits or Field Stone. Isolated patches of field stone lie near Ottawa river in the northeastern part of Vaudreuil county, but the largest area covered with boulders is along the western boundary where there is a large quantity of stone to be had. Most of the deposits carry a high percentage of Potsdam sandstone. They have been extensively used in water-bound macadam work near Ottawa river near and west of Vaudreuil village. Here, just as in Two Mountains county, aggregates carry- ing up to about 50 per cent Potsdam sandstone, with the remainder of igneous rocks, have given satisfactory service for a few years in places where the con- struction was well done, the maintenance poor, and the traffic light or moderate in volume. Where the percentage of Potsdam sandstone was very high the roads have not lasted as well. The distance of the front road to the nearest of the large deposits on the west boundary is about 8 miles. Most of the stone, however, is close to some local road. Gravel. Two gravel areas of some size are found along the western edge of the area, one at riviere Beaudet, the other near Ste. Justine de Newton. Other minor areas occur along the western boundary. There is also one on the sand plateau southwest of St. Lazare and another at Pont Ch^iea^i on Rouge river. The gravel of riviere Beaudet lies in a long ridge crossing the river road and the railway. To the north of the railway it is bouldery in places and sandy in others; to the south there is more material of gravel size. About 30 per cent of the pebbles are of some soft material. There is a large amount available near the main Montreal-Toronto road. The material should be screened before using. In the village of Ste. Justine de Newton there is a ridge of fine gravel, from 6 to 10 feet in depth. It is of rather poor quality, and lies about 15 miles from the main road. The gravels at St. Lazare are very sandy and the deposit at Pont Chateau is quite small. Laboratory Tests of Bedrock. The results of laboratory tests upon samples of bedrock collected during the season of 1916 are given in the table below. The more important tests are for resistance to abrasion expressed in percentage of wear, resistance to impact expressed in toughness, and cementing value. The cementing value was not satisfactorily determined and has been omitted from the table. The relation between the laboratory results and the value of the stone under service conditions is indicated by a recommendation of the American Society of Civil Engineers, January, 1917, that stone used in a water-bound broken stone road shall have a percentage of wear of not more than 5 and a toughness value of not less than 6. Specifications adopted by the American Society of Municipal Improvements in 1914 require that stone used in a broken stone road with bituminous surface shall have a per cent of wear of not more than 3 • 63 and a toughness of not less than 13. A cementing value of less than 25 is considered very low for water- bound macadam construction. - 206 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESULTS OK TESTS MADE WON BEDKOCK. Rideau Lakes, Ontario. 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Locality Rock species. Age or forma- tion. Phyaical propertiea. Per cent of wear French efficient of wear. Tough- ness. Hard- ness. Specific gravity. Absorp- tion in lbs. per cu. ft. Seeley bay West shore Opinicon lalce 4 mile southwest of Chaffey Loclcs .... Diabase. Meta-andesite . I*re-Cambrian. . Pre-Cambrian. Bleekers quarry, north Belleville Trenton to Pt. Aime, bed a Pt. Anne, bed b' Pt. Anne, bed c Pt. Anne, bed e South bank of Salmon river 4 miles north west Shaimonville .... Napanee Limestone shale Limestone. Limestone. Limestone . Limestone . with Trenton . Trenton . Trenton. Trenton . Trenton. Limestone . Limestone. Trenton. Trenton . Two miles east of Raw- cliffe, Chatham town- ship Hearst's quarry, north- west of Lachute Laurentian Granite Co., Brownsburg Argenteuil Granite Co., Brownsburg Premier Granite & Sand Co., St. Canute Southeast of La Trappe, Oka East of St. Benoit Husereaus farm, Ste. Ger- maine Rd. nor* h of Oka One-half mile north of Ste. Monique East of St. Benoit Mt. St. Alexis north of Oka Smith's quarry, 1 mile southwest of St. Phil- ippe Binette's quarry, St. Au- gustin. Thompson's quarry, N. of Belle Riviere Two Syenite porphyry Granite gneiss. Coarse-gr.granite Coarse-gr.granite Granite gneiss Anorthosite. Anorthosite . Mountains and Pre-Cambrian. . Pre-Cambrian. . Alnoite. Pre-Cambrian. Pre-Cambrian. Palaeozoic. Alnoite. . Diabsise. Palaeozoic. ? Diabase . Limestone. Dolomite . . Oration's quarry, 2J miles east of St. Her- nias station Col. Smith's quarry, St. Jerusalem road. La- chute McOuat's quarry, Lachute Near Ottawa river. Gush- ing Fraser's quarry, Lachute. C6te des Anges, Ste. Scbolastique Dolomite and magn. limestone Dolomite and magnesian limestone Dolomite . Dolomite. Dolomite. Dolomite. Calcareous sand- stone West of Isle Cadieux sta- tion One and one-half miles southeast of St. Lazare Co- Ste, Dempsey's quarry teau Jet B6dard'8 quarry, Justine At foot mountain, 1 mile west of Rigaud Ste. George range, Ri- gaud mountain Alnoite Medium - grained pink granite . . Dolomite. Dolomite. Granite . . Chazy Beekmantown. Beekmantown. Beekmantown. . Beekmantown. . Beekmantown. . Beekmantown. . Beekmantown. . Beekmantown. . Soulanges and Palaeozoic Syenite porphy- ry Pre-Cambrian. . Beekmantown. . Beekmantown. . Pre-Cambrian. . Pre-Cambrian.. 2-3 2-3 Napanee, 50 3-3 S-2 3-3 40 6-9 4-9 Southeast 20 2-2 4-0 3-8 2-3 2-6 60 3-4 2-9 2-74 2-6 4-4 3-8 5-3 2-8 3-9 30 3-5 3-2 5-9 Vaudreui 4-4 3-6 3-5 2-75 2-6 2-3 17-4 17-4 Ontario. 80 121 7-7 12-1 100 5-8 8-2 Argenteui 200 18-2 100 10-5 17-4 15-4 6-7 11-8 13-8 14-6 15-4 91 10-6 10-3 13-3 11-4 12-5 6-8 I Countie 9-2 110 11-4 14-8 15-4 17-S 9 21 4 7 /, Quebec. 38 13 9 9 12 13 9 16 23 6 17 20 17 11 17 13 16 s, Quebec. 13 13 17 15 13 18 18-7 17-7 15-2 14-3 10-8 15-2 15-3 13-2 15-5 19-2 185 18-8 18-8 18-6 18-6 18-2 17-6 18-6 18-2 15-7 15-9 15-8 16-7 14-5 17-1 16-7 15-9 17-4 18-8 16-3 16-9 18-7 18-9 3-05 2-84 2-72 2-70 2-70 2-70 2-73 2-72 2-71 2-70 2-75 2-64 2-64 2-66 2-75 3-26 315 302 2-91 2-73 2-80 2-86 2-79 2-94 2-84 3-23 2-71 2-84 2-80 2-63 2-73 01 0-2 0-2 0-4 OS 01 0-3 0-5 01 0-8 0-2 0-5 0-6 0-5 0-4 0-8 01 0-9 0-3 0-3 0-3 0-5 0-5 0-5 20 0-7 0-9 0-5 10 0-5 10 0-5 ■Beds a, b, c, e were sampled from the ?ame vertical face of limestone at Point Anne; a at the bottom is 6 feet; b, 3 feet; e, 3 feet; d resembling c, 6 feet; e, 6 feet: and f on tDO 5 feet thick. SUMMARY REPORT 207 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 MOLYBDENITE DEPOSITS OF THE MOSS MINE, QUYON, QUEBEC. (Charles Camsell.) The Moss mine is situated 3 miles north of the station of Quyon on the Canadian Pacific railway between Ottawa and Waltham. A good road over which a load of 2 tons can be drawn with a single team of horses, connects the mine with the railway. The company operating the mine owns 250 acres of mining lands in this vicinity. The mine lies on a bench at the foot of the high Laurentian escarpment that overlooks the valley of Ottawa river. The surface of the bench is covered with a thick deposit of sand and gravel through which, however, a number of low rounded knobs of granite project. The drift-covered portion of the bench was at one time cultivated but is now pasture, while about the rocky knobs are clumps of spruce and pine timber. About 300 yards north of the mine the Lauren- tian escarpment rises as a rocky, broken slope to a height of several hundred feet above the valley. Active mining of molybdenite ore was begun in the early spring of this year (1916), and has proceeded steadily ever since. A force of about 80 men was employed most of the summer, part in mining and part in the erection of a con- centrating mill and other mine buildings. At the time of examination at the end of June, 1916, a considerable quantity of ore had already been shipped from the mine, some to Denver, Colorado, and some to Ottawa. The ore is mined from an open pit 100 feet long and 40 feet wide and is after- wards hand cobbed and sacked for shipment in wagons to the railway station. Three grades of ore are produced, the high grade running 5 to 6 per cent molyb- denite has been shipped to Denver, a medium grade goes to Ottawa, and a low grade is held for treatment in the mill when completed. A concentrating mill is in course of erection which it is stated will be capable of treating 100 tons of ore per day. The country rock of the mine is a fine-grained, pink, hornblende granite, which appears to have intruded an older, coarse-grained, grey granite, inclusions of which are scattered through it. The pink granite is cut by both pegmatite and aplite veins along which some alteration has taken place. The principal ore-body, known as the No. 1 mine, outcrops in a low, elongated ridge of granite surrounded on all sides by drift and rising only a few feet above it. The ore-body has a width of 40 to 45 feet and is bounded on both sides by granite. It cuts across the ridge with a length of 100 feet exposed and passes at either end under the drift. The ore is a somewhat coarse-grained mixture of quartz, feldspar, pyroxene, fluorite, pyrite, pyrrhotite, and molybdenite. It is, however, extremely variable in the relative proportions of its constituent minerals. The proportion of molybdenite varies in hand specimens from 1 to about 7 per cent and occurs in flakes disseminated through the gangue. As the ore-body has no sharply defined walls, and molybdenite occurs not only in the ore-body itself but to a limited extent in the pink granite which borders it, it has been difficult to determine the relationship of the ore-body to the granite. It was at first supposed that the ore-body was originally a block of limestone detached from a larger body of limestone and completely metamorphosed and mineralized by the pink granite in the course of intrusion. Later examination of a suite of thin sections, however, seemed to show that the ore-body is more probably a pegmatite cutting through the granite. The true interpretation of the origin of the ore deposit is important and has an important bearing on the life of the mine ; for if the latter interpretation is correct the ore is likely to persist to greater depth than if the first interpretation proves to be correct. 208 CEOLOGIC^IL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Flakes of molybdenite occur in the granite 100 feet or more on either side of the ore-body. These suggest that the molybdenite is an original constituent of the pink granite, but it by no means follows that the mineral will be found concentrated in such quantity in that formation as to form ore of molybdenite. The aplite and pegmatite phases of the granite are the only likely sources of ore. A second deposit of molybdenite, known as the No. 2 mine, is situated on the slope of the escarpment about 2,500 feet in a direction north 30 degrees east from the No. 1 mine. The country rock there is the same fine-grained, pink granite with a massive jointed structure. It is cut by a number of small aplite and pegmatite veins which strike diagonally up the slope of the hill. Both are mineralized to such an extent by molybdenite as to constitute ore of that mineral. The molybdenite is disseminated through the aplite veins in very fine flakes, while the pegmatites contain molybdenite in somewhat larger flakes. It is difficult in the present state of development of No. 2 mine to give any opinion as to its future, but a continuous supply of ore is likely to be very un- certain, both because of the irregular distribution of the molybdenite through the rock, and the lack of strength and continuity of the aplite and pegmatite veins. GRENVILLE DISTRICT, ARGENTEUIL COUNTY.— PART OF ' AMHERST TOWNSHIP, LABELLE COUNTY, QUEBEC. (M. E. Wilson.) INTRODUCTION. The greater part of the field season of 1916 was spent by the writer in making an examination of the geology and mineral resources of an area approximately 150 square miles in extent, situated to the north of the Ottawa river in the vicinity of the town of Grenville, Argenteuil county, Quebec. Data necessar>' for the preparation of a geological map of the area were procured and in addition special detailed maps of areas in the vicinity of the principal magnesite deposits of the area were prepared. (See maps, Nos. 1674 and 1675.) At the close of the field season two weeks were spent in mapping the geology of an area approximately 20 square miles in extent in the vicinity of deposits of kaolin (china clay) and graphite in Amhe^rst township near the western terminus of the Huberdeau branch of the Canadian Northern railway. The writer wishes to express his indebtedness to Mr. W. P. Boshart of Ot- tawa, Mr. J. C. Broderick, managing director of the Canadian China Clay Com- pany, Mr. Gamble, manager of the North American Magnesite Company, Mr, A. Lannigan of Calumet, Mr. Roseburgh, manager of the Scottish Canadian Magnesite Company, and to many others who by their courteous interest assisted in the progress of the work. The writer was assisted in the geological field work by Victor Dolmage and in the surveys and other duties by Messrs. E. Giguere, G. M. Demers, and L. P. Gouin, all of whom performed their work in a satisfactory manner. Grenville District, Argenteuil County, Quebec. GENERAL GEOLOGY. General Statement. The rocks occurring in the Grenville district, when classified in a general way according to their age and structure, fall into four definite groups : SUMMARY REPORT 209 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 (1) A basal group of Pre-Cambiian rocks which have all been more or less deformed and metamorphosed. (2) Intrusive igneous rocks of late Pre-Cambrian age. (3) Approximately flat-lying sandstone, shale, and sandstone of early Palaeozoic age. (4) Unconsolidated gravel, sand, and clay of Pleistocene and Recent age. Arranged in tabular form the succession of formations in the district in detail is as follows: Table of Formations. Quaternary Champlain Marine clay and sand. Glacial ' Boulder clay, gravel, and sand. Palaeozoic Chazy Sandstone, shale, and limestone. Beekmantown Limestone. Potsdam Sandstone. Late Pre-Cambrian Granite, quartz syenite, syenite. ^ Diabase. Early Pre-Cambrian Granite-syenite gneiss.^ Metamorphic pyroxenite. Buckingham (igneous) series Pyroxene syenite, pyroxene diorite, pyroxene gabbro. Grenville series Quartzite, garnet-sillimanite gneiss, crystalline limestone. Basal Complex. General Statement. The oldest of the four great groups into which the rocks of the Grenville district have been subdivided — the basal complex — is composed of a heterogeneous assemblage of sedimentary and igneous rocks which, while not all contemporaneous in age, have all been partially or completely transformed to a crystalline or foliated condition as a result of the regional metamorphism to which they have been subjected. In this respect they are in striking contrast with the rocics that succeed them in that the latter are not metamorphosed and retain all the characteristics by which they were originally distinguished. If classified on the basis of age only, the rocks of the complex must be regarded as b elonging to only three groups: (1) a group of recrystallized marine sediments constituting the Grenville series; (2) a group of igneous pyroxenic rocks of inter- mediate composition intruding the rocks of group 1 — the Buckingham series; and (3) batholithic masses of granite gneiss and syenite gneiss intrusive into the rocks of both 1 and 2 ; but the metamorphic action of the pyroxene gneisses of group 2 on the limestone member of the Grenville series has transformed considerable masses of this rock into diopside and related minerals forming a fourth common rock type generally known as "pyroxenite." The rocks of the Grenville series being generally less resistant to erosive agencies, are usually found to underlie the valleys of the district whereas the granite and syenite gneisses which are less easily eroded, form all the prominent hills. Grenville Series. The oldest rocks recognized to be present in the Grenville district belong to what is generally known as the Grenville series. It is believed that the rocks of this series were originally laid down as alternating beds of shale, sandstone, and limestone, but, owing to the intense metamorphism to which they have been subjected, the shale has been recrystallized to sillimanite-garnet gneiss, the sandstone to vitreous quartz, and the limestone to crystalline limestone. The reasons for this conclusion are the following: (1) chemical analyses of the 210 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 silHmanite-garnet gneiss member of the series show that this rock has in every detail the chemical composition of a shale and thus the three rock types, silliman- ite-garnet gneiss, quartzite, and crystalline limestone have rsspectively the com- position of the three dominant members of marine sedimentary series of the well sorted types, and (2) these rocks occur interstratified with one another in a manner similar in every respect to the way normal marine sedimentary deposits usually occur. Buckingham Series. The Buckingham series is a group of igneous pyroxenic rocks found widely distributed throughout the Pre-Cambrian of southern Quebec and eastern Ontario. In the district where the series was originally described members of the series occur ranging in composition from pyroxene granite to peridotite, but in the Grenville district only pyroxene syenite, pyroxene diorite, pyroxene gabbro, and pyroxenite were observed. These have been intruded into the Grenville series, partly as thin bands injected between the beds or along the planes of foliation and partly as large lenticular bosses. Since their intrusion they have been subjected to intense deformation and are generally more or less foliated, the gneissoid structure being especially well developed in the thin lit par lit injections. Metamorphic Pyroxenite. The rocks of this class generally occur as irregular discontinuous masses or bands, elongated in the direction of the strike of the gar- net gneiss, quartzite, limestone, pyroxenic gneisses, and other rocks with which they are associated. The pyroxenite in its most typical occurrences is mainly composed of a pale green to white massive or granular pyroxene having approxi- mately the composition of diopside, throughout which red or blue microcline commonly occurs as scattered crystals or in pegmatitic masses. With the pyroxene are associated a great variety of other minerals of which the following are the most common: scapolite, calcite, phlogopite, apatite, tourmaline, green amphibole, pyrite, chalcopyrite, titanite, fluorite, quartz, and prehnite. These minerals occur as scattered individuals, as encrustations on the walls of geodal cavities, embedded in calcite and in irregular veins. From the study of the char- acter and relationships of the pyroxenite in the Grenville and other districts it has been concluded that this rock is a secondary type formed from the crystal- line limestone of the Grenville series by the action of pegmatitic solutions derived from the intrusives of the Buckingham series. Granite-syenite Gneiss. The granite gneiss and syenite gneiss composing the third member of the basement complex are the most widespread of all the rocks found in the district, occurring as enormous batholiths and small masses and bands which have intruded their way through the rocks of the Grenville and Buckingham series. Lithologically, the granite gneiss and syenite gneiss are pink to grey rocks consisting of granular feldspar or granular feldspar and quartz with biotite or hornblende or biotite and hornblende together as the ferromagnesian constituents. In places the rocks of this group are fine-grained and aplitic in appearance whereas in other localities they are exceedingly coarse and porphy- ritic throughout wide areas. The relationships of the masses of granite and syenite gneiss to the older rocks into which they were intruded seem to indicate that these masses made room for themselves in two principal ways: (1) by thrusting aside the older rocks and (2) by lit par lit injection. That the batholiths made room for themselves in part, in the first manner, is indicated (1) by the distribution of the older rocks in the form of belts and scalloped-shaped areas intervening between the batholiths and (2) by the manner in which the bedding, banding, and foliation in the in- truded rocks tend to parallel the batholithic margin. This parallelism is espe- cially well developed in the easily deformeci limestone member of the Grenville series. The second mode of intrusion was evidently a widespread phenomenon SUMMARY REPORT 211 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 for, throughout the larger part of the batholithic masses of granite and syfenite, there are numerous included bands of garnet gneiss, quartzite, and pyroxenic gneiss ranging in width from a fraction of an inch to several hundred feet and penetrated by numerous transverse dykes emanating from the adjoining granite and syenite. Late Pre-Camhrian Intrusives. General Statement. The rocks occurring in the Grenville district, which have been classed as late Pre-Cambrian, are igneous intrusions which are lithologi- cally different from the rocks of the basement complex and, unlike the rocks of the basement complex have not been greatly deformed or otherwise metamor- phosed. On the other hand, no rocks of similar character have been observed to intrude the Palaeozoic sediments which overlie the Pre-Cambrian in the southern part of the district. It is probable, therefore, that these intrusives are not only considerably younger in age than the basement complex but also are older than the Palaeozoic and are, therefore, late Pre-Cambrian in age. They include two separate types of intrusives: (1) diabase dykes, and (2) a single stock-like mass of granite, quartz syenite, syenite, and quartz syenite porphyry. Diabase. The rocks of this class occur as numerous approximately east- west trending dykes of diabase ranging from less than a foot to several hundred feet in width. These form part of a widely extended dyke system which parallels the southern margin of the Lauren tian plateau for a distance of at least 150 miles in this region. The diabase is a typical, fine-grained to coarse variety consisting of labradorite, augite, and scattered grains of ilmenite. Granite, Quartz Syenite, Syenite, and Quartz Syenite Porphyry. Extending along the margin of the Laurentian plateau to the northeast of the town of Gren- ville there is an elliptical mass of rock approximately 8 miles in length and 5 miles in width, which has been intruded abruptly across the rocks of the basement complex, and which for the purpose of description may be designated the Gren- ville stock. In composition, the mass consists in the main of grey to pink, medium-grained feldspar and dark green hornblende with varying porportions of quartz, so that all intermediate types between a granite and a syenite are present, although on the whole the granite is most abundant. Within the granite and syenite there are also numerous masses of fine-grained,' dark grey to pink aphanitic quartz syenite porphyry. The relationships of these masses in places is somewhat obscure but at other points they are cut across by numerous dykes of the granite-syenite indicating that in part, at least, they are included blocks and older in age than the granite-syenite. While the Grenville stock is not found in actual contact with either l:he diabase dykes or the Palaeozoic sediments occurring in the district it is probable, as was concluded by Sir William Logan, who studied the mass in 1853, that it is younger than the former and older than the latter, for the diabase dykes although abundant throughout other portions of the region have nowhere been observed to penetrate the stock; on the other hand no dykes similar in composition to the granite syenite of the stock have been observed to intrude the Paleozoic sediments which outcrop in close proximity to the stock on the south. It would seem probable, therefore, that the Grenville stock is very late Pre-Cambrian in age, Palceozoic. That portion of the Grenville district which lies adjacent to the Ottawa river and south of the Laurentian escarpment is underlain by approximately flat-lying beds of Palaeozoic shale, sandstone, and limestone which protrude here and there as ledges in the stream bottoms or as low east-west trending escarp- 212 • GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 merits. The formations represented by these sediments named in ascending order include the Potsdam, the Beekmantown, and the Chazy. Pleistocene. Glacial. In common with the whole territory formerly covered by the Labra- dorean continental glaciers, the bedrock surface of this region is covered by an irregular mantle of glacial debris. This consists in the main of scattered boulders and irregular knobs and ridges of gravel and sand, in many portions of which deep undrained depressions occur. Marine Clay and Sand. Throughout all the lower portions of the Grenville district 'the Glacial and older formations are overlain by stratified clay and sand containing marine shells and form extensive flats in the depressions within the Laurentian plateau up to elevations of 735^ feet above sea-level. The character of these deposits varies considerably from point to point, but in the main, the clay beds predominate at the bottom and the sand at the top. In the vicinity of the Ottawa riv^er, the latter occurs in extensive areas, in places with a typical desert-like duned surface. MINERAL DEPOSITS. The principal minerals of commercial value found in the Grenville district are magnesite, amber mica, graphite,- and magnetite. Of these, magnesite is especially important, 55,413 tons of the material valued at $563,829 having been shipped from the district in 1916. Magnesite Deposits. Distribution and Geological Relationships. The deposits of magnesite so far discovered in the Grenville district are found in four principal localities: the north end of lot 15, range IX, the south end of lot 15, range XI, and the north end of lot 18, range XI, in Grenville township; and lot 13, range I, in Harrington township. At all of these points, the magnesite occurs associated with serpentine, dolomite, and other minerals in lenticular outcrops protruding through the marine clay and sand, which, in this district, as everjnvhere in the Laurentian highlands adjoining the lower Ottawa and lower St. Lawrence, occupies the bottoms of the major valleys. On lot 15, range IX, Grenville township, the magnesite deposit is adjoined on the west by Grenville quartzite, while on the east at a dis- tance of about 400 feet outcrops of pyroxenic syenite belonging to the Buckingham series occur. On lot 15, range XI, Grenville township, the conditions are very similar to those on lot 15, range IX, Grenville, quartzite occurring on the west and pyroxenic gneiss to the east, but bet^veen the pyroxenic gneiss and the magnesite several outcrops of metamorphic pyroxenite are present. On the Shaw property, lot 18, range XI, Grenville township, garnet gneiss belonging to the Grenville series occurs to the east of the deposit, metamorphic pyroxenite to the sout!i, ^".d crystalline limestone to the northwest. On lot 13, range I, Harrington township, the adjoining outcrops consist of pyroxenic gneiss, crystalline limestone, an:l net gneiss. In general, therefore, it may be said that the magnesite in all • occurrences is found in association with the metamorphosed group of sedii crystalline limestone, garnet gneiss, and quartzite, composing the Gr- series, and that in three localities it is found in close proximity to outcrc the pyroxenic rocks of the Buckingham series. General Character of Deposits. The magnesite found in the Grenvilk dis- trict is a glistening cream white to milk white or grey material, occurring in ' According to elevations on Hawkesbury sheet published by the Department of Militia and Defence. Gea/o^ical Surv^ey. Canada Ca^taJogue No /67f Dia,^ram showing magnesite deposits. Lots /3. ranges IX and X . Grenville township. /^rgenteui/ county. Quebec. ScaJe of Feet Legend j J Ma-rine day ajid s&nd 6/a.ciaJ I I Bouidery drift \ I Pyrox^ e.magnesite- md serpentine I I Quar-Uite I >!< [ VerticaJ strata. I ^g*-^ I Dip and stnke \^\ 5tr,Me \«'ills<}n./9I6 SUMMARY REPORT 213 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 extensive masses associated with bands or lenses of dark green to light yellow serpentine. Serpentine also occurs disseminated in the magnesite in places and the magnesite nearly everywhere contains more or less included dolomite. More- over, since dolomite (CaMgC20«) contains 30 per cent lime, the magnesite general- ly contains a certain amount of this constituent, the percentage present varying in proportion to the amount of dolomite which the magnesite contains. In a few localities the dolomite included in the magnesite is more coarsely crystallized, and is whiter in colour than the surrounding material, and can be distinguished in this way; but, throughout th^ great mass of the deposits the magnesite and dolomite are so similar in appearance that the presence of the dolomite is difficult to detect. The intimate manner in which the dolomite is disseminated through the mag- nesite is made evident in several ways. Where a magnesite outcrop has been exposed to atmospheric agencies, the dolomite, being more soluble than the mag- nesite, dissolves away more readily, so that the weathered surface presents an irregular pitted appearance, the magnesite forming the prominences and the dolomite occupying the depressions. The presence of the dolomite in the mag- nesite can also be detected by treating the mixture with cold strong hydrochloric acid, effervescence occurring where the dolomite is present. The relationship of the dolomite to the magnesite can best be observed in the material after it has been calcined in a kiln or furnace without access of air (deoxidizing atmosphere) the dolomite assuming a white and the magnesite a pink colour as a result of this operation. Structure of Magnesite Deposits. In highly crystalline metamorphosed rocks, such as comprise the Grenville magnesite deposits, structural features are not everywhere apparent, but, in some of the deposits, parallel planes of parting, banding, and other features are conspicuously exhibited. The outcrops in which the magnesite is found are all elongated in a direction approximately parallel to the trend of the bedding in the quartzite and garnet gneiss belonging to the Grenville series, which outcrop in the vicinity of the deposits; likewise, within the deposit the elongation of the masses of serpentine, the strike of the planes of parting, and the banding which commonly characterizes the magnesite all trend in a direction parallel to the longer direction of the outcrop and the strike of the adjoining Grenville sediments. The banded structure generally present in the magnesite arises in part from variations in the colour of the magnesite and in part from variations in the pro- portion of disseminated serpentine which It contains. The width of the succes- sive bands is exceedingly variable ranging from less than an inch to one foot, although on the whole the wider bands are most common. It was observed that the proportion of serpentine in the bands varied considerably when followed along the strike of the bands c nd that in places banded magnesite passed by a gradual increase In the proportion of disseminated serpentine Into masses of solid serpentine. The most conspicuous structural feature exhibited by the magnesite deposits is the prevailing presence of a lenticular form. Along the eastern margin of the main pit on the McPhee property (lot 15, range IX, Grenville township) there is a northeasterly-southwesterly trending lens of medium to coarse-grained white dolomite- magnesite 60 feet long and 10 feet wide, and 50 feet to the south of this lens there Is a parallel trending lens of coarse grey dolomite-magnesite 100 feet long and 20 feet wide in which pyrite and zinc blende are disseminated. Both of these lenses apparently lie on the eastern flank of a still larger lens; for their axial planes as well as the banding in the adjoining magnesite dip towards the southeast whereas 50 feet westward the dip of the banding in the magnesite is towards the northwest. A still more striking example of the lenticular form is that exposed No. 26—15 214 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 in the west face of the northern pit on the same property. At the south end of this face the banding and pamllcl planes of parting in the magnesite have approxi- mately an east-northeast strike and a dip gradually curving downward towards the north-northwest. At the north end of the face 80 feet farther to the north the strike is approximately east-west and the dip curves downward toward the south at the top of the face but reverses back northward at the bottom. On the face of this pit, therefore, there is apparently exhibited a cross section of the lower portion of a large distorted lens. Dejormation in Magnesite Deposits. A number of features exhibited by the magnesite deposits indicate that these masses have been intensely faulted, crumpled, and otherwise deformed : the presence of numerous slickensided surfaces, the numerous interruptions in the continuity of the banding adjoining planes of fracture, and the variations in the strike and dip in the deposits, all point to this conclusion. One of the most striking evidences of deformation in the deposits was that observed near the west side of the pit on number 3 outcrop, lot 15, range XI, in Grenville township. At this point there is a dyke of biotite-pyroxene syenite, 6 inches in width, which has been crumpled into a closely compressed anticline. The magnesite exposed in the southern pit on number 2 outcrop on the same property was observed to be granulated in places — another evidence of intense deformation. It is probable that the lenticular structure so commonly present in the magnesite deposits is also the result of deformation, since the band- ing in the magnesite adjoining the lenses everywhere conforms to the margin of the lens. This feature is exceptionally well shown where the magnesite adjoins a crumpled lens of serpentine which occurs in the southwestern part of number 1 outcrop on the Scottish Canadian property. Origin. The study of the character and relationships of the Grenville mag- nesite seems to indicate that the deposits have been formed by the silication and replacement of Grenville limestone, and they are thus similar in origin to the mica-apatite bearing pyroxenite which occurs so abundantly in the region^ Phlogopite. Deposits of phlogopite or amber mica are known to occur in the Grenville district on lot 18, range II, Harrington township; lot 20, range XI, lot 9, range VI, lots 16 and 12, range VII, Grenville "township. All of these occurrences are of the usual type, consisting of diopside containing mica as scattered crystals or in irregular leads. Some prospecting for mica was done on lot 18, range I, Harrington township, by Mr. Winning and Mr. J. Wallingford during the sum- mer of 1916, and a few barrels of mica procured. Graphite. The mineral graphite (plumbago or black lead) occurs widely disseminated through the rocks of the Grenville series and is especially abundant in association with the crystalline limestone member. The principal occurrences of the mineral observed in the district are situated on lot 10, range V, lot 16, ranges II and III, Grenville township; and on lot 15, range I, Harrington township. The most important deposits of graphite in the district are those on lot 10, range V, Gren- ville. These consist of irregular veins and aggregates of graphite associated in masses or zones with wollastonite, green pyroxene, quartz, titanite, and related minerals in crystalline limestone. The largest mass of this type on the property had an average width of approximately 5 feet, and a length of approximately 100 feet. Mining operations on these deposits have been attempted at various times during the last 70 years, but with indifferent success. > Geol. Surv.. Can.. Mem. 98. (In press.) SUMMARY REPORT 215 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Magnetite. Magnetite occurs in the Grenville district in a number of localities in associa- tion with the Grenvilfe sediments. The most important occurrence is found on lot 3, range V, Grenville. There the magnetite occurs in association with calcite, diopside, and other lime silicates in crumpled and broken beds interstrati- fied with quartzite. The deposits are now largely hidden by rock debris, but, according to Sir William Logan who examined the deposit in 1857, the magnetite occurs throughout a width of 6 to 8 yards for a distance of 150 yards; the percent- age of iron contained in a large part of this mass is exceedingly small, however, and the deposit as a whole Is too low in iron content to have any value under present conditions of operation. Part of Amherst Township, Labelle County, Quebec. Since Amherst township lies only a few miles north of the Grenville district, the description of the geology of the Grenville district (pages 208-212) also applies in the main to Amherst township, and need not be repeated in detail In this section of the report. In the portion of Amherst township examined, neither the Palaeo- zoic sediments nor the late Pre-Cambrian granite-syenite represented in the Grenville district were observed. The various other formations, on the whole, are also more uniform and occur in more continuous masses in the Amherst area; but. In other respects the geology of the two districts is the same. KAOLIN (china CLAY) AND QUARTZITE. General Statement and Distribution. The district in Amherst township examined by the writer in 1916 is of unique economic interest because it includes the only deposit of china clay at present mined in Canada. The deposits of the mineral so far discovered In the district have been found in only two localities: the principal deposits in a zone approximately 1,000 feet in width extending in a north-northwest direction from lot 10 to lot 2, range VI, south In Amherst township (see Map 1676) and a small deposit occurring near Pike creek on lot 8, range IV, Amherst. The latter deposit occupies a position almost directly in line with the principal zone of deposits, and may in reality be simply another outcrop of the same zone, but the connexion cannot be definitely estab- lished, since there are no rock exposures In the intervening distance. Character of Deposits. In the western part of range VI south in Amherst township, there is a north- south trending drift covered ridge about one-half mile In width, which Intervenes between rocky ridges of granite and syenite gneiss and from which it is separated by well marked depressions. An examination of the bedrock as exposed in a few scattered outcrops and in the bottoms of trenches, pits, and other excavations, shows that this ridge is composed almost entirely of vertical or nearly vertical beds of Grenville quartzite, trending in a north-northwest direction, and that, while on the eastern slope of the ridge the quartzite is exceedingly massive and unbroken, on the western slope throughout a zone approximately 1,000 feet in width it has been shattered almost everywhere to a friable condition. Within this shattered zone kaolin occurs finely disseminated between the broken quartz grains, In veins following the planes of fracture and movement and in extensive masses up to 100 feet in width and several hundred feet In length. Owing to the presence of the thick overburden of glacial drift, which nearly everywhere covers the quartzite ridge, the whole extent of the shattered zone No. 26-15 i 216 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 in which the kaolin is found has not yet been determined, but, sufficient inform- tion has been obtained by means of trenches, test pits, and stripping, to indicate that the zone extends in a direction north 20 degrees east, parallel to the structural trend of the quartzite, and is continuous for at least 7,000 feet. The most extensive deposit of kaolin so far discovered in this shattered zone is that on lots 5 and 6 where an almost continuous lead of kaolin ranging from 25 to 100 feet in width has been laid bare by stripping and test pits for a distance of 1,000 feet. Bore-holes on this deposit also show that it persists to a consider- able distance beneath the surface, a depth of 150 feet in kaolin being attained at one point. While within this kaolin lead there s everywhere considerable included quartzite, either in the form of large fragments or disseminated grains, yet the determination of the kaolin contained in average samples shows that the kaolin content in the mass as a whole is not less than 35 per cent. Throughout other portions of the shattered zone numerous kaolin leads ranging from a fraction of an inch up to 65 feet in width have been discovered at several points where the drift cover has been removed from the bedrock surface. The deposits of this character so far discovered on the various lots are the fol- lowing: Lot 2 leads 65 and 12 feet wide in trenches. Lot 5 east of main deposit leads 5, 12, and 1 foot wide in test pits. west of main deposit numerous leads from \ inch to 4 feet in width. Lot 6 lead in excavation for spring. Lot 7 lead of kaolin one-half inch in width in broken kaolinic quartzite in cutting on Canadian Northern railway. Lot 8 .half inch leads of kaolin in broken kaolinic quartzite in cutting on Canadian Northern railway. Lot 10 lead of kaolin in excavation for milk house. At the time the kaolin deposits were examined by the writer in September 1916, a trench for a pipe-line had been excavated from the main pit to the washing plant of the Canadian China Clay Company, the bottom of which intersected the fractured kaolinic quartzite for a distance of 135 feet from the wall ofiihe main pit southward. Continuous average samples were taken at intervals of 10 feet along the bottom of the trench and the percentage of kaolin in each sample determined by the loss of weight on removing the kaolin from the crushed ma- terial by decantation. The description of the samples and the percentages of kaolin contained in each are included in the following table: Analyses of Kaolinic Material. 1 to 10 10 " 20 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 133 6 leads 5 to 5 inch wide 4, j-inch leads 3, |-inch; 1, 2-inch; 1, 4-inch; and 1, 6-inch lead. 1, 6-inch and 1, 2-inch lead 1 , 6-inch lead 1, 2-inch and 1, 8-inch lead 1, 4-inch lead 2, 5-inch and one 7-inch lead 1, 2-inch lead and 3§ feet of exceedingly friable highly kaolinic quartzite 1, §-inch and 1, 3-foot lead No leads Exceedingly friable but no leads 1, 2-inch lead No leads. Average kaolin content for whole section equals \\\ per cent. 14^ 10 16 11 7f 15f 11 13 15 17 2 10 6 2\ SUMMARY REPORT < ' 217 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Extent of Deposits. Kaolin. Since the fracture zone in which the kaoHn is found is covered nearly everywhere by a mantle of glacial drift from 10 to 50 feet in thickness, and since this has been only partially trenched it is possible that workable deposits of kaolin may be present in the fracture zone, which have not yet been discovered; but, of the known leads, the main deposit on lots 5 and 6, range VI, south Ani- herst township, is the only mass that is positively known to be of workable di- mensions. It is possible that the deposit on lot 2 of the same range 's also sufficiently large to be worked, but further development work is required before the actual extent of this lead can be determined. The deposit on lots 5 and 6 is known to have an areal extent of 75 by 1,000 feet or 75,000 square feet and has been proved by borings to extend to a depth of at least 50 feet throughout this area. The volume of the ore in the deposit above a depth of 50 feet is, therefore, 3,750,000 cubic feet and since the ore con- tains on the average 35 per cent of kaolin, the amount of kaolin in the deposit above a depth of 50 feet is 1,312,500 cubic feet or approximately 100,000 tons.^ Kaolinic Wall Rock. It has been already pointed out that the zone of shat- tered quartzite in which the kaolin is found has a width of 1,000 feet and a length of at least 7,000 feet and that a sample taken continuously across a section of 133 feet through this shattered material contained on the average 11 per cent of kaolin. It is probable that there are considerable masses of quartzite in the shattered-zone which are more or less unbroken, and in which the kaolin content is much less than 11 per cent. If it be assumed, however, that only 10 per cent of the total fracture zone has been broken in this way there would be 3,000,000 tons of kaolinic quartzite above a depth of 50 feet. Cornish Stone. In a small pit near the eastern margin of the fracture zone on lot 5, range VI, south, Amherst township, a rock having the following com- position has been encountered. A nalysis of Cornish Stone. Silica 72-96 Alumina 17-30 Potash 6-41 Lime... ' 1-50 Magnesia 0-65 Iron 0-10 Water 1-10 This rock has, therefore, the composition of Cornish stone. The quantity of this material present is unknown, however. Use of Materials Contained in Deposit. The kaolin obtained from the deposit, as the following analysis indicates, Analysis of Kaolin. Silica 46-13 Alumina 39-45 Iron oxide 0-72 Lime None. Magnesia None. Potash 0-20 Soda........ 0-09 Loss on ignition 13-81 Total 100-40 Analyst, G. E. F. Lundell. > Assuming 13 cubic feet of kaolin as equivalent to 1 ton. 218 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 is exceptionally pure and consequently is eminently suitable for the manufacture of chinaware, porcelain, pottery, and similar materials. At present the china clay is being sold to the paper manufactures to be used as paper filler. Tests of the physical character of the china clay made by Mr. J. Keele, of the Mines Branch, are described by Mr. Keele as follows: "The washed kaolin requires 45 per cent of water for tempering. It has a fair amount of plasticity, but like all kaolin, it works rather short and crumbly. The shrinkage on drying is 7 per cent. Cone -Fire shrinkage Absorption % % 010 3-0 34-3 06 3-6 34-3 1 4-5 32-0 5 9-3 20-0 9 11-3 17-0 34 Softens "This material has greater plasticity and higher shrinkages than most of the standard brands of washed kaolin or china clay. The samples for testing were taken from near the surface, but at deeper levels, it is possible that the kaolin will not be so plastic and not shrink so much on drying or burning."^ Experiments have also been made by Mr. Keele which show that the china clay can be mixed with ordinary marine clay for the manufacture of refractory brick. Notes on this experiment, supplied the writer by Mr. Keele, are as follows : "Owang to the fact that fireclays are of rare occurrence in central Canada, it seemed desirable to experiment with the crude kaolin from St. Remi, in order to find out if refractory brick could be made by using this material. "The crude kaolin is highly refractory and when moulded into brick shapes and burned at the ordinary temperatures of burning firebrick the resulting brick are rather soft and porous, with checked or cracked surfaces. A product like this would not stand transportation well, besides it would be structurally weak. It, therefore, seemed necessary to introduce some fluxes as a mixture in the kaolin in order to produce density and strength of body. The material se- lected was the marine clay occurring in the valley of Rouge river, which contains a high percentage of fluxing impurities and consequently is rather easily fusible . "The mixtures used in the test consisted of 10 to 20 per cent of marine clay and 90 to 80 per cent of crude kaolin. Bricks made from this mixture were burned in the firebrick kilns at St. Johns, Quebec, at a temperature of 2,400 degrees F. The resulting brick had all the appearance of ordinary commercial firebrick, being dense and strong. " A small portion of one of the brick was placed in an electric kiln and raised to a temperature of 3,000 degrees F. without being sintered. The results show that a kaolin firebrick can be made, probably equal to many of the standard imported brands, which would give good service for such uses as stove linings, boiler settings, brick kiln linings, lime kiln linings, etc. It is not know^n how the material would behave in contact with slags in metal furnaces, but this test will be made later on. The discoloured kaolin can also be mixed with the white kaolin to produce firebrick." ' Keele, J., " Preliminary report on Mem. 64, pp. 4-5. the clay and shale deposits of the province of Quebec," Geol. Surv., Can.. SUMMARY REPORT 219 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 In addition to the uses to which the kaolin itself can be applied, the kaolinic wall rock can also be used for the manufacture of silica brick and as foundry sand. Experiments made with this material to determine its suitability for the manufacture of silica brick are described by Mr. Keele in the following statement. "The material was crushed to pass a 10-mesh screen and milled with a little water until it became somewhat cohesive. At this stage it could be moulded into brick shapes by hand, and re-pressed by machinery when partly dry. The bricklets were burned in a gas kiln to 1,300 degrees C, and afterwaids in an electric resistance furnace to 1,530 degrees C; a small portion of one of the bricklets being finally raised to 1,650 degrees C. The bricklets burned to 1,530 degrees were hard and dense, and showed that a fused bond between the kaolin and quartz grains was effected. Raising the temperature to 1,650 degrees changed the character of the material only slightly, there being no indication of failure through softening, and it would probably stand a temperature of 1,700 degrees just as effectively. These results seem promising for such uses as puddling, malleable, cupola, and crucible furnaces, or for converter linings and glass making furnaces." The experimental tests to determine the qualities of the crushed wall rock as a foundry sand are being performed by Mr. H. Cole of the Mines Branch, but are not yet complete. GRAPHITE. Graphite is reported to occur in several localities in Amherst township, the most important deposit being found on lot 16, range VT, north. On this lot the graphite occurs in crystalline limestone as irregular veins and aggregates associated with wollastonite, pyroxene, calcite, titanite, and numerous other minerals of the lime silicate class. Throughout a considerable part of the masses in which the graphite is found the proportion of graphite is large but the masses are so irregular in form and discontinuous that the proportion of graphite to the total amount of rock actually mined in procuring the ore is exceedingly small. NORTHERN PORTIONS OF PONTIAC AND OTTAWA COUNTIES, QUEBEC. (/. Keele.) INTRODUCTION. A few weeks of the field season of 1916 were spent in the northern part of Pontiac and Ottawa counties, Quebec, drained by tributaries of Gatineau river (Figure 8). A search for kaolins or residual clays was the primary object of the journey, but as the region was almost unknown from a geological point of view, this brief account of the reconnaissance has been written. The route fol- lowed led from Maniwaki northward, principally along the valley of the Desert river to the Gens-de-terre river, and thence by portaging to Bark lake. A network of lakes and their connecting streams was traversed by canoes and the return was made by Gens-de-terre and Gatineau rivers. Acknowledgments for courtesies and valuable assistance are due to Mr. W. C. Hughson, of the Gilmour and Hughson Company, and to Mr. J. Quaile, their agent at River D6sert. 220 GEOLOGICAL SURVEf 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 TOPOGRAPHY. The area drained by Gatineau and Desert rivers lies wholly within that great physiographic province, the Laurentian plateau, w^hich consists of rocky, wooded hills and ridges, with intervening valleys containing swamps, lakes, and streams. The highest ridges form a fairly even skyline at 1,200 to 1,300 feet above sea-level. Only an occasional dome or monadnock rises above this elevation. The greater part of the region appears to be underlain by granite gneisses of fairly homogeneous character, with no definite dip or strike. Erosion in these \Geo/o^icB.I Survay , CaLna.dau. Figure 8. Northern part of Pontiac and Ottawa counties, Quebec. rocks proceeds irregularly by quarrying along joint planes. Where the under- lying rocks are the schists and limestones of the Grenville series, the valleys have a more definite trend or alignment. Gatineau river follows the rocks of the Grenville series in its southern course, except where protruding ridges of granite gneiss divert it from its general course. The broad portrons of the valleys appear to be underlain by comparatively soft rocks, such as crystalline limestone; but they are now for the most part floored with deposits of sands and gravels of fluvioglacial origin. During late Pleistocene time marine waters extended up Gatineau and D6sert valleys for some distance above Maniwaki, reaching approximately 700 feet above present sea-level. A considerable amount of clay and silt was deposited SUMMARY REPORT 221 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 ^ in the lower part of the valleys during this submergence. Subsequent slow- uprising of the land enabled the river to carry off much of these sediments, but a large portion still remains in terraces bordering the river. The scenery of the Gatineau valley is very striking, especially on some of the reaches of the river above Maniwaki. The great scenic feature is the suc- cession of falls and rapids in the part of Gens-de-terre river known as the Ma- ligne, where the river flows through a narrow canyon between two high granitic ridges. The maze of lakes and channels at the head of the Gens-de-terre river is situated high up on the plateau, and, consequently, the bordering forest-clad ridges are not high, in few places rising over 200 feet above the lake-levels. DRAINAGE. An extensive group of lakes, of which Kakabonga is the largest, occupies the highest elevation among the western tributaries of Gatineau river, their prin- cipal discharge being eastward by Gens-de-terre river. The area of the basin outside that occupied by the lakes is not large, as rivers flowing north, west, and south head in the immediate vicinity. During high-water stages these lakes spill over into the headwaters of the Ottawa river by an outlet on Barriere lake. A dam built by the lumbermen prevents an overflow at low water. Water from Antostagan lake, on the same drainage system, is diverted by ah artificial cutting southward to Desert river, its previous outlet to Wolf lake being closed by a dam. The depth of water in the lakes is not very great. The depth in Big and Little Wolf lakes varies from 20 to 56 feet, an average of six soundings being 33 feet. The average depth in Rapid lake is 25 feet. The deepest water was found in Kakabonga lake, soundings in its widest part giving a depth of 250 feet. Lake Traverse on the upper part of Gens-de-terre river is unusually deep for such a small body of water, the sounding giving depths of from 104 to 125 feet. The deepest sounding in Big Poigan lake on the same river was 90 feet and in Little Poigan 125 feet. All the lakes appear to be held in by glacial drift at some point, none of them being entirely rock rimmed. Many of them spill their water into the next lower lake over a rock barrier, the older outlet being concealed beneath drift. The water of Antostagan, Pike, and Island lakes is undoubtedly held from flowing southward through Windfall lake to the Desert river, by a barrier of boulder drift. The upper part of Gens-de-terre river does not flow in a definite valley; it simply spills from one depression to another. Below Little Poigan lake it flows through an old glacial lake bottom as far as the head of the portion of the river known as the Maligne. At that point it enters a narrow channel between two granite ridges, through which it descends by a succession of cascades for a distance of 9 miles with a drop of about 120 feet. Beyond this the bed of the lower part of the river is entrenched in the silts and sands of an old glacial lake, here and there falling over a rocky ridge which it has uncovered. The Gatineau river consists of a chain of comparatively still-water stretches, connected by falls or rapids over bedrock barriers. It does not appear to^ occupy a definite valley above BruJ6 rapid, but below that point it enters an old, well-defined valley lined with terraces of alluvium. This part of the valley has not, generally, the gorge-like aspect of the lower portion, near the Ottawa valley. The elevation of lake Kakabonga is between 1,100 and 1,200 feet above sea- level, probably about 1,150 feet. The total descent to the junction of Gatineau and Ottawa rivers is, therefore, about 1,000 feet. The step-like character of the drainage over rock barriers is contrary to what might be expected on such an 222 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 ancient land surface where a thoroughly graded stream would be looked for. This cannot in all cases be accounted for by stream diversion, since the river flows over rock barriers in portions of its coUrse where it evidently occupies its old pre-Glacial channel. AGRICULTURE AND FORESTS. The greater part of the region drained by Gatineau river and its tributaries consists of rocky ridges and knolls, and the area available for agricultural pur- poses is mostly confined to the valley bottoms. One of the pleasantest features of the Gatineau river in-the spring and sum- mer months is the strip of verdure along the bank of the river, which ends abrupt- ly at the background of forest covered or rocky hills. This strip varies from about half a mile to a mile in width, and reaches up to lot 20 in the township of Lytton, a distance of 17 miles above Maniwaki, in both the Desert and Gatineau valleys. It comprises the best land available for agriculture in the region, and owes its fertility to the silt deposit. Even when the silt subsoil is underneath a foot or two of sand, good crops can be grow^n, as the w^ater retained in such abundance by the silt supplies moisture to the sand ; but where the sand covering is too thick the benefit of the underlying silt is lost. Unfortunately this is the case over most of the wide depression in the low'er part of Gens-de-terre River valley, where the only farm, that of the Edwards Company, is kept productive by con- stant application of stable manure. An isolated patch of farm land is situated betw'een Gatineau river and Bas- katong lake, where the silts of an old glacial lake underlie a sand covering in some places not too thick for the successful cultivation of buckwheat, turnips, oats, potatoes, and other crops. The fluvioglacial gravels and sands which rest on the porous boulder drift are unsuitable for cultivation. Such areas are seen in the valley of Castor Blanc creek and betw^een the northern boundary of Sicotte and Lytton townships and Gens-de-terre river, where the land is mostly a barren waste, now that its crop of commercial timber is cut or burned off. The sand areas in the region around Kakabonga and its tributary group of lakes likewise offer very little pos- sibility for agriculture. The sands, owing to the exhaustion of the small amount of humus derived from the old forest cover, become barren in about four years unless plentifully manured. A good vegetable garden is maintained at the Gil- mour and Hughson depot on Bark lake by constant manuring, helped without doubt by the tempering influence on the climate of the large bodies of water, for at some distance away from the lakes frost occurs every month of the year. It is interesting to note that a large bee-keeping establishment is success- fully conducted by Mr. S. Martineau a few miles north of the village of Mont- cerf. The bees derive the honey principally from the wild raspberry, firew^eed, goldenrod, and other plants of the burnt lands. The valleys of Desert and Gatineau rivers were famous for pine in the early days of the lumber industry. The pine in the southern portions of Pontiac and Ottawa counties has been exhausted by cutting and by fires, and is only found at present in merchantable quantity and size on the northern tributaries. The land surrounding the lake basins drained by Gens-de-terre river is now one of the principal areas containing pine. The area is controlled by two large lumber companies and is so large that cutting can be carried on perpetually if forest fires are kept down. GENERAL GEOLOGY. The bedrock of the region, which is all Pre-Cambrian, includes two main groups : (1) granite gneisses of intrusive origin, generally referred to as the Lauren- SUMMARY REPORT 223 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 tian or Ottawa gneisses; (2) highly metamorphosed and contorted rocks, generally known as the Grenville series. Rocks of both groups are intersected by pegma- tite, and some minor irregular masses of greenish pyroxenite rocks were seen as intrusions into the Grenville series. GRANITE GNEISS. Some of the knolls and ridges of granitic rocks, surrounded by the Grenville series, may not be of the same age as the prevailing Lauren tian gneisses; but more detailed work would be necessary to determine this point. The late Pre- Cambrian igneous intrusives, such as diabase and lamprophyre in dykes and ir- regular masses, which intersect all the older rocks in the Ottawa valley, were not observed in the region traversed. In the southern part of the area the granite gneisses occur in isolated masses, generally conspicuous by their elevation and ruggedness, the valleys and lower elevations between being underlain by the rocks of the Grenville series. Alter- nating granite gneisses and Grenville rocks continue up Desert River valley for about 35 miles north of Maniwaki. Beyond this point the granite gneiss ridges predominate, finally merging into one continuous mass of con- siderable extent. Bark, Rapid, Wolf, Antostagan, and the greater part of Kakabonga lake lie within this great area of granitic rocks. The geology of the region to the west of these lakes is unknown, but it is probable that the granitic rocks extend continuously to the known areas of these rocks on the Ottawa river. The gneisses show little variation in colour,' texture, and composition, and not much difference in structure. Grey hornblende granite gneiss is the prevailing type, and it with pink biotite gneiss constitutes hundreds of square miles of the country rock. These rocks are fine-grained as a rule, and pegmatite phases although not uncommon do not appear to be abundant, except near the contacts with the Grenville. Various phases of the gneisses are found, from a massive variety with little or no foliation to one in which intense foliation simulates thin bedding. The main masses of granite gneisses appear to contain little or no absorbed or included material of the Grenville series, although near the contacts with these rocks their influence is seen. GRENVILLE SERIES. Rocks of the Grenville series occupy a relatively large area in the southern portion of the region and outcrop in many places in the Desert and Gatineau valleys. To the north they are completely cut off for some distance by the granite gneisses, but they reappear in smaller isolated .patches on the upper part of Gens-de-terre river as far as the east shore of Kakabonga lake, and on Barriere lake. The rocks of the Grenville series are supposed to have originated as sedi- ments, mainly shales, limestone, and sandstone, and to have once spread overa large area of southern Quebec and Ontario. The vestiges which now remain in the sea of intrusive igneous rocks are so altered to sillimanite-garnet gneiss, crystalline limestone, and quartzite that their sedimentary origin is scarcely recognizable. The crystalline limestone is the most conspicuous and easily recognized member. It occurs in considerable abundance in the lower part of the Gatineau valley and has a marked influence on the topography. The wide depression at Kazabazua, 35 miles below Maniwaki, one of the most notable features of the valley, is carved almost entirely out of this comparatively soft rock. In the Desert valley and apparently also in the Gatineau valley the rela- tive proportion of the crystalline limestone to the other rocks decreases to the north. 224 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 The most important northerly area of Grenville rocks is a belt with a width of about 16 miles across the strike, lying between Little, Poigan lake on Gens-de- terre river and the east shore of Kakabonga lake. Its north and south extension is unknown, except that it is cut off completely to the south by the granite gneisses and it occurs northward on Washkiga lake. Another area, which is probably smaller in extent, occurs on Barriere lake. The crystalline limestone, although extending as far north as the lake, is in very small amount, the principal rocks being quartzites, mostly thin-bedded, and garnet gneisses. Barriere lake is the most northerly point to which rocks of the Grenville series have been continuously traced from the south. PLEISTOCENE. Glaciation. Ice appears to have accumulated over the region in Pleistocene time to a thickness at least sufficient to submerge the highest ridges. The only evidences now left of its visitation are occasional low heaps of stony drift in the form of marginal moraines and drumlins, and the smooth, rounded outlines of the bare rocky hummocks in the valley bottoms. Although occasional grooving exists on the rock surfaces, scarcely any traces of striation marks remain, especially on the granite gneisses. The main features of the topography are pre-Glacial, and only a comparatively small amount of erosion can be attributed to ice action. There is no indication of more than one general Pleistocene glaciation, and the drift deposits show no evidence of readvance or oscillations in the extent of the ice-sheet after it first commenced to withdraw from the region. Glacial Deposits. The unconsolidated or superficial deposits connected with glacial phenomena in the region are of four kinds: boulder drift, gravels, sand, and silt. Most of these materials were formed and accumulated during retreating and melting stages of the ice. They are simple in their arrangement, and show none of the complexity which characterizes many of the glacial drift deposits in the St. Law- rence and Great Lakes basins. Boulder drift is the residue left after the melting of the ice-sheet and is made up of material picked up and incorporated in the ice during its passage. The name boulder drift is used here instead of boulder clay as no true boulder clay was seen north of Maniwaki. The drift is spread in a thin sheet over the sides and bottoms of the valleys and on the tops of some of the rocky hills and ridges, although many of these are bare. Occasionally the boulder drift is heaped up in low moraines or drumlin-like forms. It consists of large and small partly rounded boulders and fragments of bedrock, with gravel, sand, and a small amount of silt, all mixed together without indication of sorting or sizing. It generally rests on bedrock without any intervening stratified materials and forms the base of the other kinds of glacial deposits. An analysis of the boulder drift at several points in the lake region showed that 98 per cent of the deposit was composed of the wastage of the underlying bedrocks, and only in the main valley of Gatineau river did it show an admixture, to any extent, of far transported material. A careful scrutiny of the boulder drift over large areas failed to reveal pre-Glacial residual, or transported clays incorporated in it. This fact seems to indicate that accumulations of clays, due to rock weathering in situ, were of rare occurrence over this area for some time before glaciation occurred ; for even small amounts of residual clays influence the colour and texture of glacial drift so much that their presence is unmistakable. SUMMARY REPORT 225 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Gravels. The gravel deposits occur in sheets and in heaps called eskers and kames. In the latter they have a considerable admixture of sands, or may contain streaks and lenses of sand. These gravel heaps were probably formed by power- ful streams issuing from ice margins which had grade enough to carry or roll large stones as well as small ones. They appear to mark halting stages in the northward retreat of the ice front. The stones in the gravel deposits are all fairly well rounded, and mostly between 3 and 9 inches in diameter. The gravels occur irregularly at various points and at various levels, but they generally merge into sandy plains. One of the largest gravel deposits seen extends from the Desert River valley to the banks of the Gens-de-terre, a distance of about 15 miles. The wagon road cross- ing it passes between a succession of gravel heaps and kettle lakes, in places following esker ridges and in places traversing intervening stretches of sand. Similar gravel deposits form a ridge afcout a mile wide crossed by Gens-de-terre river about 5 miles below the Lepine farm, and another ridge is cut by Gatineau river at Lion chute about 10 miles below the mouth of the Gens-de-terre. Gravels were noted also at a few other localities lower down the Gatineau valley. Sands. Sand deposits cover extensive areas in the lake region as well as in the main river valleys. Some of the sand deposits are intimately connected with the gravel mounds of the ice front and are arranged in broad flattened ridges or fans. At other places the sands form plains which appear to have been old lake bottoms. Very extensive sand mounds, fans, or deltas are seen on both sides of Rapid lake, as far north as Barriere lake and also at the head of Kakabonga lake, while deposits of lesser extent occur on Wolf lake and Bark lake. The principal sand-plain occurs on the lower part of Gens-de-terre river and reaches northward to Baskatong lake and southward to Lion chute on Gatineau river. The lower part of the valley of Castor Blanc river in the township of Aumond is deeply filled with sand, and most of the smaller valleys and depressions opening on the Gatineau are floored with sand. Gatineau river shifts immense quantities of sand down-stream every year. All the basins below rapids contain extensive bars visible at low water. The shape, size, and position of these bars are constantly changing. The fluvioglacial sands, especially in the lake region, are rather fine-grained, as shown by the analyses of two samples, one collected at Barriere lake and one at Rapid lake. These sands all passed through a 20-mesh screen, and a little over 90 per cent passed through a 150-mesh screen. The material retained on screens coarser than 150-mesh was composed mostly of flake mica with a less amount of hornblende grains. The material that passed through the 150-mesh was mostly all clean, angular, white quartz grains. The sample from Barriere lake contained 8 • 23 per cent of silt and that from Rapid lake had 35 per cent.^ At several points on the lake shores, particularly in the vicinity of the rocks of the Grenville series, the recent local sands are made up of a large amount of garnet and quartz as well as grains of zircon, tourmaline, and ilmenite, the i ed- dish colour of the sands being due to the large amount of garnet present. The recent sands along Gatineau river are reddish in colour from feldspar grains, and rather coarse-grained compared with the fluvioglacial sands. Silt. Silt is the finer-grained product of glacial erosion and is capable of suspension and transportation in water with very little current for a considerable distance before settling to the bottom. It is like clay in appearance but lacks plasticity. It occurs in considerable thickness up the valleys of Desert and Gati- neau rivers to a distance of nearly 20 miles above Maniwaki. Farther north it occurs in patches on Gatineau and Gens-de-terre rivers as far as the Lepine farm. No silt deposits are visible in the lake region at the head of the Gens-de-terre " Analysis by L. H. Cole, Mines Branch. 226 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 but they doubtless ejdst in some of the lake bottoms. The silts are laid down in thin layers, about four to an inch, with a parting film of fine sand between each layer, and in some places sand beds are included in the silt deposit. The colour is lead grey when moist and light grey when dry, and they are fine enough to pass through a 200-mesh screen. Many of the sections on the river banks show thick- nesses of 30 feet for the silt deposit, and a thickness of 75 feet was observed on Gatineau river below Big Eddy chute. The silts are very uniform in character throughout the region; two samples collected at points over 100 miles apart gave identical results on testing. Glacial Lakes and Estuaries. There is evidence that in post-Glacial time a series of glacial lakes existed which have now disappeared through the down-cutting of their outlets and exist- ing lakes seem to have once had a larger extent. The water-level in the basin holding Kakabonga, Bark, Rapid, and Barriere lakes was 30 feet higher in ele- vation than at present, as is shown by the terraces and beach ridges on the fluvio- glacial sand deposits. There are several instances of former ponding of water behind barriers of glacial material, both on Gens-de-terre and Gatineau rivers. One of the best examples was seen on the latter river in the vicinity of Baskatong creek. This lake appears to have been about 15 miles long, and to have included the present Baskatong lake as Avell as 10 miles of the lower portion of Gens-de-terre river. The stratified silts which were laid down on this lake bottom are visible at many places on the river banks. The glacial dam which held in the lake is situated at Lion chute, and consists of about 50 feet of boulders and outwash gravels, over- lying granite gneiss. The elevation of the lake was about 800 feet above present sea-level. The silt is absent from the banks along the river for a distance of from 8 to 10 miles below Lion chute but appears again below Brule rapid, at lot 19 in the townships of Sicotte and Lytton, and continues southward until it merges into the estuarine clay below Maniwaki. A cut bank 75 feet high in the basin below Big Eddy chute, a little over 2 miles below Brule rapid, is composed entirely of stratified silt built up in layers of about a quarter of an inch in thickness with films of sand between. On the supposition that these layers represent yearly increment, the time occupied in building this deposit was 3,360 years. The culti- vated terraces bordering the river between Brule rapid and Maniwaki are the remnants of this silt deposit which once filled the valley. Marine waters extended up the Ottawa and Gatineau valleys in late Pleistocene time to a point some distance above Maniwaki, the height above sea-level to which it reached being approximately 700 feet. The highly plastic, stiff, massive clay which is the characteristic type of marine sediment in the lower part of the Gatineau valley is entirely absent at and above the junction of Gatineau and Desert rivers. As there are no precise levels available in the upper part of the Gatmeau valley, it is impossible to fix the upper boundary of estuarine deposits. The silts below Brule rapids are almost exactly similar to those of the glacial lake above Lion chute, and no fossils of any kind have so far been found in them ; yet it is probable that they are part of the marine sediments, for the 700-foot level ap- pears to be situated at or near Brule rapid. The sediments in the lower part of the Gatineau valley indicate by their succession that they were laid down in a rising water body. The lower portions are stratified sands and silts representing shallow water accumulations, while the upper portions are highly plastic, massive clay, representing deep-water SUMMARY REPORT 227 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 deposits. The stratified silts above Maniwaki, where the water was continuously shallow, probably correspond to the silts lying below the marine clay in the south- ern part of the valley. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. The most productive mineral areas are those underlain by the Grenville series and accompanying intrusives and those lying along the contacts between the Grenville and Laurentian gneisses. The non-metallic minerals are of special importance and include materials much sought after for industrial uses now that foreign supplies are not available. This is especially true of magnesite, kaolin, and corundum, and to a less extent of graphite, phosphate, mica, feldspar, talc, and fluorspar. Several producing mines are in operation in the southern portion of the region within 30 miles of the Ottawa river, in Argenteuil, Labelle, Ottawa, and Pontiac counties. The present investigation has shown that there are large areas of Grenville rocks in the northern parts of these counties which may well repay the labour of prospecting, both for the above minerals and for rarer minerals which are found elsewhere in these rocks. The ores of molybdenum, lead, and zinc are the principal metallic products of the region. A deposit of molybdenite of economic importance occurs in Egan township a few miles north of the village of Montcerf^ and recently a promising occurrence was found within 2 miles of Maniwaki. Graphite occurs in small scales disseminated throughout many of the masses of crystalline limestone. It was seen in larger amounts interlaminated in the thin beds of the Grenville quartzites on Kakabonga and Poigan lakes, and may be found in commercial quantities within some of the Grenville areas in this region. Garnet occurs abundantly in grains disseminated through the schists of the Grenville series, and gives a reddish colour to the sands derived from them. Massive garnet appears to be rare in Quebec, though it has never been specially looked for. It is crushed and used as an abrasive, particularly for making sand belts used in the woodworking industry. Although no traces of kaolin or china clay were seen in the course of the journey, further examination and inquiry regarding it are desirable. The large commercial deposit in the Grenville quartzite in Amherst township, Argenteuil county, was found beneath boulder drift, by a farmer, while sinking a well. Surface indications are of little avail in the search for deposits of this kind except to one accustomed to prospecting for clays. To such a one even very small quan- tities of white, yellow, pink, or grey residual clays are very noticeable among the monotonous drab or grey of glacial drifts, and furnish a clue to the position of the concealed deposits. Extensive graphic granite masses and feldspar dykes in the vicinity of Maniwaki are also worth examination. The sands of the region are too high in iron to be used as glass sands or for refractory purposes, but some of the quartzites of the Grenville series are pure enough for the manufacture of silica refractories. The Desert and Gatineau silt furnishes the only material so far seen that is suitable foi brick-making. It is easy to work, mould, and dry in the raw state and might be suitable for making common brick by the soft-mud process. It burns to a very porous light red body at low temperatures, with very little fire shrinkage. Owing to low plasticity it is not suitable for the manufacture of tile or other products that have to pass through a die. / * Walker, T. L., "Molybdenum ores of Canada", Mines Branch, Dept. of Mines, p. 30. 228 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 HEADWATERS OF NOTTAWAY, ASHUAPMUCHUAN, ST. MAURICE, AND GATINEAU RIVERS, NORTHWESTERN QUEBEC. (7f. C. Cooke.) The field season of 1916 was spent on a geological reconnaissance of the area lying between the National Transcontinental railway on the south, and the district explored during the field seasons of 1912, 1914, and 1915 on the north. This territor>' on the west adjoins that studied by M. E. Wilson, W. J. Wilson, and J. A. Bancroft, and extends eastwards as far as St. Maurice rivei. A fairly complete examination was effected by following the very numerous watercourses which intersect it. These are tributary to Nottaway river in the northern and western parts of the area, and to St. Maurice in the southeastern portions; the northeastern corner of the district is drained by Ashuapmuchuan river to lake St. John, and a narrow strip on the south by Gatineau river. In addition to the exploration of this region a section down Gatineau river from Parent village, on the Transcontinental railway, to the city of Ottawa was examined. The greater portion of this large area is underlain by granite gneiss which contains large and small fragments of the Grenville series of sediments in various stages of digestion. On the north bodies of older rocks are also found. These include several areas of ancient lavas on the Opawika river, probably to be correlated with the Keewatin of the districts to the southwest, and an area of the Grenville series around the headwaters of Opawika and Nikabau rivers. The results of the examination of these areas are not given here, as they will be embodied in a Museum Bulletin, shortly to be published. It may be briefly stated, however, that some very interesting determinations of the structure of both these series of rocks were made, and that a very definite succession was found to obtain in the lava series; while the Grenville series was found to rest with perfect structural conformity on the surface of the lavas. The district is extremely barren and will probably be of little value for any purpose but that of a fish and game preserve. From a mineral standpoint, the granite gneiss which underlies most of the area has every^vhere been found to be barren. The lavas on the north are slightly mineralized in places and might repay prospecting; but without railway communication any deposit found in them will be valueless on account of the difficulty of access. The soil of the region is mainly sand and gravel deposited in the beds of former shallow, glacial lakes; so that the agricultural outlook is not bright, except on the Lake St. John slope where some areas of clay are found. The timber resources are probably the most valuable, at least on the south side of the Height of Land, and are being exploited by several companies; but even these have been greatly depleted by large forest fires, which, in the absence of adequate fire protection, have swept large areas. It is probably not too much to state that one-third to one-half of the timber north of the National Transcontinental railway has been destroyed by fire in the last fifteen years. THETFORD-BLACK LAKE MINING DISTRICT, QUEBEC. {Robert Harvie.) In 1915 a detailed investigation of the geology of the Thetford-Black Lake area was begun by the writer assisted by Mr. J. K. Knox. During the past season, owing to the writer having transferred his services to the War Purchasiiig Commission, Mr. Knox carried on the field work with such supervision and aid j.E L PATENAL.Cc:.M,\i:T£ft - .- V I -.-.ra .Oeoutv Mir GEOLOGICAL SURVEY I. B OENll KTr^^S^CSSi Symbols "sT "'VI aiUugs Sella uIb ^ E3 E X%si4,s;?BSir'' fv7.-£'-^'P^'y^4-^ r(n)i(.!i^][iL\]iNE MEGANTIC AND WOLFE COUNTIES gilEBEC 228 HEADWA A Thefi lying betv district ex This territ J. A. Ban complete ( which int( and weste the northf lake St. J( the explo village, or The i contains 1 stages of include si correlatec Grenville results of in a Muse that som( rocks wei lava seri( conform! The purpose granite g barren. prospect: be value! sand anc agriculti areas of at least ( compani in the al not too 1 Transco In area w; season, Commi SUMMARY REPORT 229 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 as could be given during two brief visits. The accompanying summary report by Mr. Knox is an indication of the satisfactory manner in which he carried on the investigation. Approximately two-thirds of the area has now been examined in detail, including the portion which the preliminary work showed would furnish the key to the interpretation of the whole sheet, namely the part dealt with last season by Mr. Knox. It has accordingly been thought advisable to make Mr. Knox's results available at once and the major features are accordingly dealt with in his summary report. Southwestern Part of Thetford-Black Lake Mining District (Coleraine Sheet). (/. K. Knox.) INTRODUCTION. GENERAL STATEMENT AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The writer spent the field season of 1916 in a continuation of the study of the Thetford-Black Lake map-area. Work in this region commenced in 1915 but, as attention was directed chiefly to the sedimentary series, little new light was thrown on the problems of the igneous rocks. During the past field season, on the other hand, the igneous complex was made the subject of particular study. Work began on June 26 and closed September 30. Throughout the summer headquarters were at Coleraine. Mr. A. B. Gilbert, as assistant, rendered very ready, efficient, and intelligent service. The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Mr. Robert Harvie, under whose direction the work was carried on, for much helpful criticism and suggestion. The Thetford-Black Lake map embraces an area of about 225 square miles. It was prepared by D. A. Nichols of the topographic division and will be published on a scale of 4,000 feet to 1 inch, with contour -intervals of 20 feet. At the close of the past season, two-thirds of the area had been mapped in a preliminary fashion with regard especially to the sediments, and the southwest quadrant virtually completed. It is with this latter portion, including an area of about 65 square miles and to which the name Coleraine sheet is being given, that this report will deal. In preparing the accompanying map, outcrops were located, wherever possible, by the use of the topographic base. All important contacts were run by plane-table survey, using fore and back sights, or, where this was impossible, by compass and tape. LOCATION AND MEANS OF TRANSPORTATION. The Thetford-Black Lake district lies in the Eastern Townships of the province of Quebec, about 75 miles almost due south of Quebec city on the St. Lawrence river, and 75 miles north of the International Boundary. The Quebec Central railway, which runs from Sherbrooke to Quebec city, passes through the area from north to south and affords excellent transportation facilities. One of the two important highways running through eastern Quebec from the United States to the St. Lawrence, parallels the railway line, more or less No. 26—16 230 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 closely, forjmore than 100 miles. Farther south, the road is of fairly good macadam or gravel, but for the 12 miles across the map sheet from Disraeli to Black Lake, it is of clay, sand, or at best thinly gravelled, and usually in very bad condition. This highway possesses many scenic attractions and could be made very popular with tourists from the neighbouring states if it were put in good shape for automobile traffic. Bad as the road is, the traffic is considerable and increasing. Abundant and readily accessible supplies of excellent road metal lie close at hand throughout this- stretch. Short pieces of splendid roadway in Black Lake village and between Black Lake and Thetford offer evidence as to the sort of highway which can be built of the local materials. The less important roads are of clay or gravel, and quite good, considering the sparsely settled character of the country. PURPOSE OF THE INVESTIGATION. The purpose of this detailed investigation is to solve, if possible, the relation of the different members of the serpentine series to one another and to the intruded sediments; to determine the structural form of the igneous bodies; and by micro- scopic study of the altered and unaltered differentiates of the igneous complex, to throw more light on the origin of the chromite and asbestos. It is very desirable that all possible assistance be given the mining industry. In 1914, the mines of the region produced about 80 per cent of the world's supply of asbestos; and in 1915, after eight years of non-production, exported nearly 10,000 tons of chromite to the United States to meet demands arising from war conditions. It is thought that the investigation has reached such a stage that a pre- liminary statement of some of the results may be of interest. GENERAL CHARACTER OF THE DISTRICT. TOPOGRAPHY. General. That part of the province of Quebec lying south of the river St. Lawrence may be divided, topographically, into two portions along a curving line running from the north end of lake Champlain to Quebec city. To the west of this line is a plain underlain by nearly horizontal strata of Palaeozoic age. To the east, and marked off from the plain by a great fault, are the Appalachian highlands. These highlands are a northerly continuation of the Appalachian system of the United States, and extend for 300 miles into Gaspe peninsula. In the Eastern Townships the highlands consist of three main parallel anticlinal ranges of low hills. These are known as the Sutton, Stoke, and Meg- antic ranges. The Megantic range lies along the boundary between Quebec and the state of Maine. In the southern part of the province, the three ranges are narrow and well de- fined. Farther north, in the Thetford region, the most westerly or Sutton range widens out until it is 15 miles in width, with an altitude in many places along the broad topped ridges of from 1,500 to 2,100 feet. In about the same latitude the central or Stoke Mountain range decreases markedly in height, and to the north of lake St. Francis it loses its identity as a prominent topographical feature. The igneous rocks of the serpentine series have been intruded into the sedimentary rocks along the eastern flank of the Sutton range throughout the whole of its length from Chaudiere river to beyond the International Boundary, SUMMARY REPORT 231 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 far into the state of Vermont. At many places, these igneous rocks form abrupt, prominent hills or long, steep-sided ridges, in one case rising to more than 3,000 feet above sea-level. Local. The district mapped on the Coleraine sheet lies on the east flank of the Sutton range near its widest part. It includes the foot of the slopes of the range itself, the broken country occupied by the igneous series, and the western edge of the synclinal valley in which upper St. Francis river flows. The hills of the Sutton range appear at the extreme northwestern corner of the map. On the skyline, these hills appear very regular, unbroken by any sharp peaks or considerable valleys. The slopes are gentle, covered by an evenly distributed mantle of boulder clay, and well wooded. They constitute the only good agricultural land within the map-area, if we except the narrow alluvial flats around Disraeli bay. A large part of the area is underlain by igneous rocks. These form hilb with rugged profiles and steep or precipitous sides, especially where they have been strongly modified by glacial action. The total relief is not great, the elevation varying from 751 feet above sea-level at the surface of Black lake, to 1,820 on Caribou mountain, but a number of cliffs from 100 to 500 feet in height are to be found. On the eastern side of Caribou mountain, just to the north of Kerr hill, is a steep sided cirque. Several smaller, less clearly defined cirques may be made out on other parts of the same mountain. FUTURE OF THE DISTRICT, From an agricultural standpoint, this immediate district has little to look forward to. The soil is scant and stony, and much broken up by rocky outcrops. Dairying is now the chief source of revenue for the few settlers and probably will continue to be so. All valuable timber has been removed long since and, as several fires have swept the district within the last twenty years, no new stand has taken its place. Considerable areas are covered with scrubby birch, poplar, and spruce, or by a dense growth of small alders. Small quantities of pulpwood are still cut from the river bottoms and hillsides which escaped the fires. The future of the district is bound up with the mining industry, the out- standing feature of which is the nearby asbestos mines of Thetford and Black Lake. These mines produce more than three-fourths of the world's output of this useful mineral and the value of the present annual production is in the neighbourhood of'#4,000,000. In the past, several properties have been opened up within the limits of the area under discussion, and have been worked from time to time, and still others are being opened at present. A railway 3 miles in length was built during the past summer from Coleraine station in to a group of claims on Bisby ridge, and already the foundations for a mill have been laid. At the present time, however, there is no production of asbestos from the area mapped. The present great demand for chromite has resulted in active prospecting over the entire district and severai pits are now in operation and producing a fair grade of ore. Na 26-16} 232 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A 1917. GENERAL GEOLOGY. GENERAL STATEMENT. Regional. The three ranges of anticlinal hills which cross the Eastern Townships present cores of highly folded Pre-Cambrian rocks. Flanking this Pre-Cambrian on either side are bands of Cambrian sediments. The synclinal valleys between the ranges are occupied chiefly by Ordovician formations, with smaller over- lying patches of Silurian and Devonian, all well exposed, but containing fossils in only a few places. Three series of igneous rocks are found, the serpentine series, large batho- lithic intrusions of granite associated with the Megantic anticline, and certain volcanics of widespread distribution at the base of the Cambrian. Of these, only the serpentine series is represented within the map-area. The rocks of the serpentine series are altered modifications of rocks originally ranging from dunite through peridotite, pyroxenite, and gabbro, to granite and aplite. Outcrops of these occur with but few breaks along the entire length of the southeastern flank of the Sutton range, and as scattered bodies here and there bursting through the Stoke and Megantic anticlines. Local, Sedimentary, metamorphic, and igneous rocks are all represented in the area mapped. Roughly speaking, the igneous rocks extend in a broad band from southwest to northeast; but over large areas the surface is so masked by drift that the mapped outcrops of the igneous bodies are very irregular and indefinite. The igneous mass, when intruded, ranged from dunite, a very basic rock com- posed almost entirely of olivine, through peridotite, pyroxenite, gabbro, breccia, granite, and aplite. With the possible exception of the granite, all these have been altered more or less and are now very different in appearance and composition from typical, fresh, igneous rocks. In form, the igneous body is almost certainly a thin laccolith which has been folded and in part eroded. The differentiation which produced most of the various igneous types is thought to have taken place in the sheet itself after its intrusion. A less extensive and less complete differentiation modified the nature of the magma remaining at the source of supply after the main mass of the magma had been extruded, and later irruptions of this incompletely differentiated material, in the form of gabbro and pyroxenite, shattered and brecciated the previously erupted rocks. In the sheet-like portion of the igneous mass, the process of differentiation produced a definite arrangement of the resulting types, the most basic dunites being found at the bottom with more and more acid rocks towards the top. Masses of gabbro and pyroxenite of considerable extent are found, but the olivine- rich rock is in relatively small amount. No true dunite was found. In every case it has been completely altered to serpentine, and it is in serpentine of this origin that the commercially valuable deposits of chromite and asbestos have been found. The peridotites are also largely altered to serpentine, even the pyroxene of the rock having disappeared. Over large areas on Belmina ridge and Caribou mountain, masses of what was originally pure pyroxenite have been serpentinized more or less completely. Valuable mineral deposits have not been found in this serpentine. The age of the intrusion cannot be determined closely, from the relations observed within the district. It is at least post-Farnham, if the black, pebbly slates are correctly determined as of that age. SUMMARY REPORT 233 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 The metamorphic rocks occupy a narrow band along the western side of the igneous mass. Areally they are of very subordinate importance. The sediments are believed to range in age from Pre-Cambrian to Ordovician. Not a single fossil has been found in the area, however, but the formations have been roughly traced into formations of known age and the correlation thus obtained, confirmed by lithologic evidence and structural position, is thought to be very nearly correct. TABLE OF FORMATIONS. ERA PERIOD FORMATION CHARACTER Quaternary Recent Pleistocene Stream deposits Glacial deposits. Unconformity Post-Ordovician Thetford Breccia. Granite. Gabbro. Pyroxenite. Serpentine. Dyke rocks Quartz porphyry Diabase. Granite. Pyroxenite. Palaeozoic Igneous contact Ordovician ? | Farnham ? Slates, chert. Unconformity? Cambrian ? Sillery ? L'Islet ? Slates, sandstones. Quartzite, arkose. Unconformity - Pre-Cambrian Bennett Quartzite. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE FORMATIONS, (Pre-Cambrian. Bennett Quartzite. The name Bennett quartzite has been chosen for this member of the sedimentary series on account of its good exposure on the slopes of the hills around Bennett post-office, 3 miles to the north of Belmina post- office, and just off the map. The Bennett quartzite is of a light whitish grey to a greenish grey colour. Everywhere it has undergone extreme regional metamorphism and is folded and crumpled to such an extent that within a distance of one foot, from five to thirty small plications may be counted. These small crumplings are associated with larger folds a yard or two across, and they in turn with larger and still larger 234 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 folds. As might be expected, a high degree of schistosity has been developed and the rock is, nearly everywhere, a pronounced sericite schist. Even the most schistose portions, however, are hard, solid, and compact, a characteristic which serves to distinguish it from a paper thin, fissile phase of the L'Islet quartzite to be described later. The fissures and cracks which developed in great numbers during the progress of the folding, have been filled subsequently by secondary quartz. The plentiful white stringers of this mineral, varying from a few millimetres to several feet in width, and running in every direction through the schists, are characteristic of this formation. On account of the high degree of folding and the relatively small size of the individual outcrops, it was not possible to determine, even approximately, the thickness of the formation. It is, almost certainly, many hundreds of feet. Cambrian. Ulslet. The LTslet formation is made up, for the most part, of massive, fine to coarse-grained, light grey to greenish quartzites and quartzose schists. In places the quartzite is almost pure quartz and of a white colour. Here and there, gradations from coarse to fine-grained layers may be clearly made out, thus affording some evidence as to the degree of folding the rocks have undergone. In a very few places the beds have been overturned but for the most part they have been less violently folded, and lie at angles of from a few degrees to as many as eighty-five. Locally, and notably so in the area bordering on the igneous rocks west of Chalet hill, the LTslet is much sheared and contains considerable sericite. Stringers of quartz are also numerous and the whole appearance closely resembles that of the Bennett quartzites. In the neighbourhood of the stock-like mass of serpentine east of Breeches lake, still another type appears. Here, the rock is a very fine-grained, friable, paper thin, talcose or quartzitic schist of a flesh to silvery grey colour. Characteristically, however, the LTslet is a massive rock. Over considerable areas, the presence of small quantities of chlorite gives the quartzite a greenish hue. No evidence of faulting on anything but a very minor scale is to be found in either the Bennett or LTslet. The small area of LTslet quartzite, 1,500 to 2,000 feet long and 1,000 feet wide, lying near the northwest end of East lake, appears to represent a gentle roll in the floor on which the igneous rocks rest. The quartzite itself is very much shattered, especially for 200 feet around the edges of the mass and forms a splendid example of a quartzite breccia. A smaller area of a similar quartzite breccia lies on the northern face of Drouin ridge. In both cases the shattered quartzite is surrounded by breccia. The distinction between the Bennett and LTslet formations has been made on the basis of lithology and metamorphism. As compared with the Bennett, the LTslet is less sericitic, less crumpled and folded, less schistose, and contains much less secondary quartz. The microscopic study of the rocks, which has not yet been undertaken, will possibly give further aid in distinguishing them. Actual contact between the two has not yet been observed in this district. Sillery. The Sillery formation occupies an inconsiderable area within the map limits. In the neighbourhood of Stenson and on the hills 2 miles east of Belmina post-office, it is found in several, narrow, elongated bands, infolded with the LTslet quartzites. Two small patches appear along the borders of the band of breccia north of East lake; a third in the breccia on Bisby ridge; and still others, too small to be mapped, in the breccia east of Coleraine village and on the west side of Oak hill. SUMMARY REPORT 235 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 The Sillery formation, as known within this area, is composed of reddish, purpHsh, and greenish grey slates with intercalated bands and lenses of coarse red or grey arkosic sandstone. The variations in colour are due to the presence of more or less hematite in very minute grains. At its type locality in Sillery cove on the St. Lawrence near Quebec city, it appears as shales and sandstones, but in the neighbourhood of the igneous intrusions the shales have been changed to slates. Unfortunately, the folding has been so intense that no commercially valuable slate deposits have resulted. It was quite impossible to determine even the approximate thickness of the Sillery present. In places where the slates were observed in contact with the L'Islet beneath, no evidences of unconformity were seen but no positive con- clusion could be arrived at. It may be noted that pyrite crystals of cubic form, up to an inch in di- mensions, are quite commonly found in the sandy and arkosic phases of the Sillery. The tentative correlation of these few slate outcrops with the Sillery of Quebec rests entirely on the colour, lithological character, and apparent stratigraphic position of the beds. Reddish slates, correlated with the Sillery, do occur between Thetford and Quebec, and it is thought that these slates around Coleraine represent a Cambrian deposition farther to the south than had been noted previously. • Ordovician. Farnham. The Farnham is much more widespread than the Sillery. It occupies a basin of considerable size between Lemay hill and Belmina ridge and underlies all the area lying to the southeast of Bisby ridge. A small patch borders the breccia to the east of Coleraine, but its extent could not be determined on account of the drift covering beneath which it disappears. The Farnham is believed to be of Ordovician age and is the youngest of the consolidated sediments in the map-area. The formation, as represented, is made up of black, rusty black, or dark green argillaceous slates. The rocks are soft, intimately folded, and much shattered. In no instance are they as hard and compact as the underlying Sillery. On exposed surfaces they are invariably so badly disintegrated as to make any attempt at determining the bedding useless. The rapid disintegration is due to the abundance of pyrite. This pyrite appears, in a fresher piece of rock, as partly weathered, rusty cubes, 4 to 5 mm. in size, and so abundant in places that, on a specimen as large as the palm of the hand, as many as seventy cubes have been counted. In the bed of Pine river, where erosion has cut most deeply into the Farnham, the slate is of a pebbly character. In places the pebbles are so numerous that the rock may be said to approach a conglomerate, but as a rule they are less plentiful and form not more than 10 or 15 per cent of the rock mass. They are well rounded and water worn. Greenstone and quartzite pebbles are most numerous, with a few of a slate-like rock, all lying embedded in a matrix of the black, argillaceous slate. It is largely on the strength of this striking conglomeratic phase that the black slates of the region are correlated as Farnham. The thickness of the Farnham was not ascertained but it is probably several hundreds of feet. The complete absence of fossils over the entire region makes the problem of correlation one of lithology and areal extension and leaves it, at best, in an unsatisfactory state. Thirty miles to the south, fossils of Silurian and Devonian age have been found. An attempt to tie up these known horizons with the beds around Thetford and Black Lake may establish their age with more certainty. 236 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Pleistocene. Pleistocene deposits are found, here and there, over most of the area. To the east and southeast of Coleraine the mantle of glacial drift is continuous and no rocky outcrops were discovered. Where the drift is so thick and so continuous as completely to hide the character of the underlying rock, this fact has been shown on the areal map. No attempt was made to interpolate geologic bound- aries across some of the larger drift covered areas. The moraine itself is stony but rather evenly distributed over the slopes. The tops of most of the igneous hills are relatively bare, except for scattered erratics. Around the margin of Disraeli bay, there are a few hundred acres of fiat- lying alluvial and stream deposits. Igneous Rocks. The rocks of the Thetford series are, for the most part, basic, with minor amounts of granite and aplite. These latter appeared as the last phases of the differentiation which produced the different types. For purposes of mapping, six phases have been macroscopically distinguished, serpentine, serpentinized pyroxenite and peridotite, pyroxenite, gabbro, breccia, and granite. The microscopical examination of these rocks has not yet advanced sufficiently far to afford much information but.it may be worth while to note the approximate mineralogical composition on which the names of the basic members of the series are based. Pyroxene 99 per cent pyroxenite. Pyroxene with 1 to' 5 per cent olivine olivine-bearing pyroxenite. Pyroxene with 5 to 95 per cent olivine peridotite. Olivine 95 to 100 per cent dunite. Dunite and Serpentine. Under the microscope, the rocks mapped as serpentine show little or nothing but this mineral. ^ The serpentine appears in a number of places but is nowhere of great areal extent. The largest mass lies at the foot of Caribou mountain on the eastern and southern sides. The valley between Caribou and Oak hill, as well as part of the gravelly apron between Caribou mountain and the triple crests on the country line to the south, are probably underlain by serpentine. A band of serpentine may be traced without interruption for 2f miles from the hill 1 mile southwest of Coleraine to a point south of East lake. For \\ miles beyond, drift covers the probable contact, but serpentine again appears near the northeast corner of" Breeches lake. The band cuts across the point between the legs of the breeches, appears on the small island in the lake, and again on the flat to the southwest of Chalet hill. At the southern end of the same lake a large mass of serpentine and pyroxenite begins and extends beyond the map limits. Five small patches or dyke-like masses of serpentine are associated with the more easterly band of LTslet quartzite. The most southerly one lies to the south of the Disraeli-Breeches Lake road; three others to the east of the railway near Carineault hill; the fifth as a small drift bounded outcrop 1 mile southeast of Coleraine. Several scattered and irregular outcrops are to be found along Bisby ridge. On fresh fracture surfaces, massive serpentine varies from dark olive green to dull greenish black in colour. Slickensided surfaces are a much lighter, grass green colour, and highly polished. On well weathered surfaces the serpentine is of a dirty cream colour, locally tinged with red. Only very rarely is pure serpentine of a distinctly red hue. SUMMARY REPORT 237 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 The rock is soft and, in most places, considerably fractured. This serpentine has resulted from the alteration of a pure dunite. In many places, the olivine has disappeared completely but the irregular network of minute crystals of chromite and magnetite, or of veinlets of asbestos lying in the serpentine, points to its derivation from olivine. Evidences of a few scattered crystals of pyroxene, now likewise altered to serpentine, can be made out here and there. The alteration from olivine to serpentine entails a very considerable increase in volume. The effects of this expansion are very evident in the serpentine which is shattered, sheared, and slickensided over large areas. It is in these zones of shattered rock that most of the long-fibre asbestos is found. The serpen tinization of the basic rocks is, primarily, a question of hydration. As such it has often been considered as having proceeded from the surface down- ward. If this is the case, the alteration has proceeded with extraordinary com- pleteness to very considerable depths. It is hoped that a careful study of a number of specimens taken at different depths from the present surface, and through a considerable range, may throw some light on this point. The mineral- ogical association in a number of mines also points strongly to thermal waters as the cause of the serpentinization. A detailed study of the mineralogy of the region is at present nearing completion and may solve this problem. The serpentine, in common with all the other members of the Thetford •series, is of igneous origin. Wherever it is associated with them, it is found to lie either stratigraphically below the other members or to be surrounded by them. The first condition prevails near East lake; the second on Brousseau hill and on Belmina ridge. Partly Serpentinized Peridotite and Pyroxenite. This type does not form so sharply defined a petrographic phase as the one just discussed. It outcrops in large masses, on Caribou mountain, and Belmina ridge, and less extensively on the east side of Oak hill, on Brousseau hill, and to the north of Bisby ridge. Bearing in mind the mineral composition of peridotite, as previously defined, it will be seen that if we except dunite this phase will embrace all serpentinized rocks originally containing more than 5 per cent of olivine. As a matter of fact, it includes the largest masses of serpentinized rock in the region, and, since the original rocks varied considerably in mineral content, their altered equivalents vary somewhat in appearance. It will be convenient to consider the rock of Belmina. ridge and that of the area north of Bisby ridge together. In both of these areas much of the original rock was a peridotite with a fairly high olivine content. The rock on Caribou mountain and on Oak hill, on the other hand, was relatively much richer in pyroxene. Both types have since been partly serpentinized and they weather to a brick red colour. On exposed surfaces, the serpentines of Belmina ridge have a rusty red weathered zone varying from paper thin to as much as one-quarter inch in thick- ness. On fresh surfaces, massive phases are of a deep olive green to greenish black hue; slickensided surfaces are polished and of a brilliant light green; small masses of minutely fractured and sheared serpentine, found near the south end of the ridge, are of a purplish tint. The outlines of altered pyroxene crystals may be seen on any freshly broken surface, scattered here and there in the duller, more granular olivine of the peri- dotitic phases, more plentifully in the pyroxenic phases, and in rarer instances making up practically the whole mass of the rock. Olivine rich peridotites appear here and there on the ridge, surrounded by rock with a much higher content of pyroxene. The small oval outcrop near the school-house on the Belmina road is quite rich in olivine; so also is the rock in the vicinity of the prospect pits at the north end of Belmina and around the larger 238 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 quarries at the southern end of the ridge. These quarries were operated for some months and a considerable quantity of asbestos was obtained from a shat- tered zone in a pocket of peridotite. The peridotite is surrounded by rock much richer in pyroxene and devoid of asbestos fibre. The serpentinized rock of Caribou mountain and of Oak hill originally was composed almost exclusively of pyroxene. It too weathers to a rusty brick red colour but serpentinization has nowhere proceeded to an important extent. On fresh surfaces, the rock is of an olive green colour and, to the unaided eye, appears to consist entirely of pyroxene. The crystal faces vary from a few millimetres to as much as 2 or 3 inches in length. The rock is exceedingly hard and tough and resists erosion better than the softer members of the series already described. Under the microscope, it is seen that serpentinization has begun here and there between the grains of pyroxene, and along the cleavage cracks. Thin films of serpentine mark its progress. The relations bet^^een this more acid phase and the dunites are well shown on Oak hill. Along the contact between the two types, especially toward the south- ern end of the hill, the coarsely crystalline, rough, hackly, pyroxenitic phase has intruded and brecciated the finer-grained olivine rock. Pyroxene crystals as much as half an inch in length are plentiful in small, ribbon-like dykes, 1 or 2 inches across. The dunite appears as globular, ellipsoidal, or irregular masses varying from the size of an egg to the size of the human head, and surrounded by a net- work of small pyroxenite dykes. The brecciated zone is from 30 to 40 feet wide. Stringers of pyroxenite cut through the dunite here and there over most of its extent, but noticeable brecciation occurs only along the border. "Nail head" structure, so called by Dresser, is frequently found in these rocks. On exposed surfaces, the olivine and serpentine wear away more rapidly than the tougher pyroxene, with the result that the grains of the latter mineral stand out on the surface and give the rock a nubbly appearance. Pyroxenite. Pyroxenite is of rather wide distribution. A U-shaped aureole of this rock is found at the southern end of Belmina ridge; it appears as a narrow band paralleling the serpentine from Breeches lake to near Coleraine; a large mass forrr? the southern and eastern slopes of Oak hill, and the small outcrop just no\:\[\ of Chrome siding probably indicates a continuation of this body; a broad band cuts across the smaller hill, 1 mile northwest of Brousseau hill; finally, much of Bisby ridge is composed of pyroxenite. This rock differs from the serpentinized pyroxenite just described in the fact that it is essentially fresh and unaltered. On exposed surfaces, it is of a greyish green colour instead of the rusty red characterictic of the previous type. It is exceedingly hard and tough and, for the most part, coarsely crystalline, crystal faces up to 2 or 3 inches in length being common. On freshly broken surfaces it is of a bronze green to dark green colour. This pyroxenite is younger than any of the rock types just described. In the brecciated zone of peridotite on Oak hill, previously spoken of, stringers of coarsely crystalline, greenish grey pyroxenite may be seen cutting across both the fine-grained olivine rocks and the reddish weathering pyroxenic dykes. Thus, in the hill three eruptive types are evident. The intrusions followed rapidly one after the other, each succeeding magma more acid than its predecessor. Gabbro. Gabbro occupies a considerable area in the centre of the sheet between Breeches lake and East lake. A narrow band runs at least part way along the eastern flank of Belmina ridge. Another band parallels the serpentine from near East lake to Coleraine and reappears at the foot of Oak hill and on the large hill to the northeast of the village. It is probable that the valley, through which the road and railway pass from Coleraine to Chrome siding and Black lake, is under- SUMMARY REPORT 239 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 lain by gabbro but this cannot be certainly known on account of the heavy covering of drift. A small oval outcrop in the midst of the alluvial flat south of Caribou mountain may indicate a much larger body of gabbro whose extent cannot be determined. Finally, this rock is exposed over a small area on the south side of the ridge northwest of Brousseau hill. In previous descriptions of this general region, considerable masses of diabase have been mentioned. No specimens were found by the writer which showed a diabasic texture in the hand specimens nor have any of the few slides hurriedly examined given evidence of it. More extended microscopic work may demon- strate the presence of diabase in considerable masses, but until such proof is forthcoming it has been thought better to class all the pyroxene-feldspar rock of the area under the head of gabbro. The gabbro varies widely in appearance. A few small masses were found with grains of feldspar and pyroxene up to 1 cm. in length. In such a rock, the feldspar is dark grey and the pyroxene green. The rock itself is very hard and tough and comparatively fresh. Much of the gabbro is only moderately coarse grained, the individual grains a few millimetres in size but quite easily distinguished by the unaided eye. The rock which previously has been called diabase is of the same mineral composition, but it is so fine grained that pyroxene and feldspar individuals are rarely distin- guishable in the hand specimen. This fine-grained phase is of a greyish green colour with occasional grey feldspar crystals or stringers of yellow-green epidote. The microscopic study of this and the succeeding types has hardly been well begun. The presence of considerable quantities of epidote, however, indicates that extensive alteration has taken place. The relation of the gabbro to the more basic phases is clearly shown on Lemay hill. It will be seen that the major part of this hill is mapped as gabbro but much of the mass assumes almost the nature of a breccia. A few bodies of pyroxenite of considerable size and many smaller fragments are surrounded by a matrix of fine-grained gabbro. In some cases these fragments may have been torn loose from the previously erupted pyroxenite. In other cases, the partially cooled pyroxenite seems to have been fractured and the crevices filled by the gabbroic magma. The gabbro itself was not all intruded at one time. Older, coarse-grained phases have been shattered and the fragments are now embedded in finer-grained younger types. The intrusion of the gabbro was probably a long drawn out process, one flood of material following another and breaking up the rocks already partly solidified. That the interval between intrusion became longer and longer may be inferred from the fact that the successive intrusive bodies of gabbro are progressively finer grained. This indicates more rapid cooling, due to the lower temperature of the surrounding rocks. The fine-grained type of gabbro passes, almost imperceptibly, into what has been mapped as "breccia." This gradation and the accompanying difficulty of differentiating between the two rocks is especially marked where much epidote is present, where alteration has proceeded to a considerable extent, or where fragments of the other members of the igneous series become sufficiently numerous to make the rock resemble a breccia. It may be noted that in the areas mapped as gabbro, although angular fragments of coarse-grained gabbro and of pyroxenite do occur plentifully in places, no fragments of the sedimentary rocks have been found. In the "breccia" on the other hand, fragments of slate and quartzite are numerous and widespread. Breccia. Breccia outcrops in a band extending, with but two breaks, from Belmina ridge to the hill east of Coleraine village. A second interrupted band runs from the triple peaks on the county line northeastward across Oak hill. 240 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 The most typical area lies around and to the north of Brousseau hill. Two small masses appear to the west of Disraeli bay, at the contact between the Farnham and the L' Islet. The term "breccia" includes a number of rock types, but all of these, col- lectively, are regarded as forming the contact phase of the igneous rocks of the Thetford series. The particular character of the breccia in any one locality depends on the condition of intrusion, the nature of the immediately overlying and underlying sediments, the proximity of the intrusive mass to the surface at the time of intrusion, and the volume of magma intruded. These points can be best brought out by a consideration of the most conspicuous modifications. The different types grade into one another in all directions, in some cases gradually, in others with more sharply defined boundaries. No attempt was made to do more than record the locality where each type could be best seen. The more northerly of the tvvo bodies of breccia lying to the west of Disraeli bay shows the best example of pillow lava structure within the area. Similar pillows may be seen at a number of places in the mass, on, and to the north of Bisbv ridge. Within short distances, the pillow lavas grade into an amygdaloidal rock with no traces of ellipsoidal structure, the amygdules filled with carbonates and quartz. Or they may grade into a soft, friable, porous rock, approximating to pumice in character. It seems certain from the close association of these lavas with the other igneous rocks, and from the fact that they always appear in a definite strati- graphical position with relation to them, that they form part of the Thetford series. The ellipsoidal and pumiceous character of certain portions of the breccia would indicate that, in these places at least, the intrusion must have been very close to the surface if it did not actually reach it. The fact that the band of breccia appearing on the Breeches Lake road at the contact of the slates and quartzites, is interrupted, as well as the finding of ellipsoidal structure in this small mass of igneous rock, suggests that it may represent the extreme'edge of a laccolithic sheet and that, at this point, the ellipsoids indicate the farthest out- pushings of the lavas under their covering of Farnham slates. Over considerable areas on Bisby ridge and to the west of East lake the breccia is of a different character, which, for convenience in field work, was called the "bomb" type. The "bombs" are small masses, rarely over 1 foot in diameter, of a whitish weathering, porous rock. On exposed surfaces, the contents have been dissolved out from 'the amygdules, but in the centre of the "bombs" the vesicles are still full. The paste in which these lumps lie is of a greenish brown colour, more or less ropy in appearance, and seems to have flowed around them. Where plentiful, the nodules make up as much as 50 per cent of the rock but over considerable areas they are very scarce. Much of the rock in which nodules are absent, or nearly so, has been called diabase in earlier reports.^ It has been greatly altered and is now made up almost entirely of secondary minerals. Car- bonates, epidote, chlorite, and talc are especially abundant. In the band of breccia crossing the west side of Oak hill, there are numerous fragments of a very dense, hard, green, glassy, rock as well as pumiceous frag- ments, lying in a pasty, ropy, fine-grained matrix which contains much epidote. The general appearance of this rock suggests an effusive origin and it is possible that this and the "bomb" type on Bisby ridge may represent an effusive phase of the igneous action, not previously recognized in the region. Until the micros- copic work has been completed, nothing definite can be stated. On the small hill just southeast of Coleraine village, an exposure of good, typical breccia is to be seen. The molten magma here intruded a body of red slate which, as a result, was much shattered, fused, and baked. Fragments from SUMMARY REPORT 241 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 a few inches to several feet, across as well as long bands and stringers of red slate, are embedded in a paste of igneous rock. On the same hill there is an exposure of breccia in which fragments of nearly every rock in the neighbourhood can be found. Quartzite, red slate, grey slate, pyroxenite, gabbro, and granite are all present in pieces from a few inches across to blocks 6 feet long and 2 feet wide. The intruding magma tore off and carried with it masses of all rocks with which it came in contact. Another splendid example of a similarly brecciated mass of sediments and basic igneous rocks is to be found on the most western of the triple peaks on the county line. On the northern face of Drouin ridge, the magma carried 'with it an irregular mass of quartzite more than 100 feet long. This mass was completely shattered into blocks a foot or more square and later pressed together and recemented without the introduction of any considerable amount of igneous material. This truly brecciated phase of the breccia appears to represent the contact between the intrusives and the enclosing sediments. Over most of the area it has been removed by erosive agencies and now appears only where it has been infolded or around the borders of the outcrops of the overlying Farnham slates. Granite. In areal extent, granite is one of the least important^ocks of the series. Small outcrops are located near the outlet of Breeches lake; on the north shore of East lake; on Lemay hill; at the east end of Drouin ridge; between Belmina ridge and Caribou mountain; and on Bisby ridge. The only large mass of granite lies just north of Bisby ridge. Granite, in dykes and larger masses, cuts all the other important igneous rocks of the area. It is itself cut, here and there, by narrow dykes of a fine- grained, dense, greyish green rock, probably diabase. These latter dykes are in sharp contrast to the coarse-grained granite and were intruded into a cold rock. Narrow dykes, a foot or two wide, of an almost pure feldspar rock, occur here and there. They are quite devoi(5 of any traces of ferromagnesian mineral but often show considerable quantities of quartz. These dykes represent the extreme acid end of the series. The granite is, for the most part, quite fresh, but in many cases these feldspar dykes are so badly decomposed that the rock will crumble between the fingers into a mass of loose quartz grains and partly kaolinized orthoclase. Narrow aplitic dykes are also numerous. The material is so fine grained that only rarely can any idea of the constituents be obtained from the hand specimen. Mode of Origin. The best section of the igneous rocks to be found is on Drouin ridge and has already been described by Dresser in Memoir 22, G.S.C., page 49. Within a distance of 1,500 feet north and south across the ridge, all the important members of the igneous series are well exposed. Starting from the foot of the cliff and proceeding northward in direction and upward in the strati- graphic column, the rocks are met in the following order: serpentine (serpen tin- ized dunite), pyroxenite, coarse gabbro, fine-grained gabbro, breccia, granite. The serpentine rests on quartzites dipping to the north, at about 65 degrees. The breccia is overlain by slates dipping in the same direction at about the same angle. Thus, at this point, the igneous body is about 600 feet in thickness. The boundaries between the adjacent phases are nowhere sharp. One rock grades into the next without any break but so rapidly that it is possible in most places to locate an approximate petrographical boundary within 20 or 25 feet. A similar, though less sharply defined and clearly exposed arrangement of the different igneous phases, may be seen at a number of places between Drouin ridge and Breeches lake, and again on the ridge to the northwest of Brousseau hill. The various members making up this sheet appear to have been formed from a common basic magma by a differentiation in place after intrusion. This 242 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 differentiation may be theoretically explained by fractional crystallization and settling. The olivine crystallized first and would settle to the bottom of the molten mass, forming dunite. Pyroxene then began to crystallize and, mixing with the last settling crystals of olivine, would form peridotites of progressively lower olivine content. When olivine failed entirely, pyroxenite would result. After feldspar began to appear, gabbro would be formed in large masses, becoming finer and finer grained toward the surface. If the several rock types were the product of a number of distinct, successive irruptions, injected one upon the other, we would expect to find, in some places at least, sharp boundaries between the distinct sheets which would necessarily result from this mode of injection. No such boundaries were seen. On the other hand, there is much evidence that the whole body of igneous rock was not intruded at one time. Dunite was not seen to cut any of the other rnembers of the igneous series but pyroxenite dykes intrude the dunites on Oak hill and elsewhere; gabbro intrusions brecciate previously irrupted pyroxenite and gabbro; and dykes of granite and aplite cut all the other phases. On Lemay hill and on the big hill east of Coleraine towards the power line, coarse-grained gabbros and pyroxenites are shattered and the fragments united into a sort of breccia by a finer-grained gabbro. A few fine-grained to glassy dykes of a hard, diabasic rock cut all the other members of the igneous series. The numerous dykes and the brecciation of some of the igneous rocks point to successive intrusions. Since the material of all the dykes except the aplites, and of the matrix of the breccia is commonly well crystallized, it is probable that the secondary intrusions took place during the same general period of igneous activity and while the first intruded rocks were still somewhat hot. In the opinion of the writer, the initial phase of the igneous action was the most extensive. A laccolithic sheet of very considerable size and thickness and of basic composition was intruded into the sediments and differentiated in place. - After the main intrusion had been completed the material remaining in the magma basin must have been of a more acid character since subsequent irruptions did not produce the most basic end member of the series. While the 'main sheet was cooling and differentiating in place, the dregs of the magma in the magma basin were presumably undergoing a similar, if less complete process. Subsequent irruptions produced the pyroxenite dykes and subordinate quantities of fine-grained gabbro which, in many places, burst through and brecciated the main sheet. TJie last extrusions from the basin, represented by granite and aplite, are of small volume and represent the close of the igneous period. A later recrudescence of igneous activity of very minor importance is rep- resented by a few fine-grained diabase dykes. Relations. As shown within this area, the relations of the different igneous types to one another are fairly definite, but no sharp physical boundaries can be drawn between them as they grade into one another. In many places, the dunite lies upon a floor of LTslet quartzite and grades upward into peridotite, pyroxenite, gabbro, and breccia, the latter in intrusive contact with the overlying slates. No exception to the above order in the sequence of gradations was observed where two or more members of the series were found, but all types are not represented wherever the igneous rocks appear. Thus, dunite is not present on Belmina ridge ; and to the west of Disraeli bay along the southeastern boundary of the igneous outcrops, the entire series is represented solely by some ellipsoidal lavas and a few granitic dykes. General Structure. The area lies on the west flank of a broad syncline whose bounding anticlines are the Sutton and Megantic hills. The youngest consolid- ated rocks occurring in this major basin are Devonian and these, as well as all SUMMARY REPORT 243 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 the older formations, are intensely folded. The deformation which is general throughout the whole basin is abundantly evident in the small section of it under discussion. The strike of the more important structural features is northeast-southwest. The broad band of quartzite between Disraeli bay and Breeches lake represents an anticline pitching to the northeast. The younger slates in the valley of Pine river to the north of East lake, lie in a shallow synclinal basin which dies out toward Breeches lake. The quartzite along the western border and the slates in the southeastern corner of the map dip to the southeast, f ^ ^ The igneous rocks form part of a folded and eroded laccolithic sheet, injected above the LTslet and below the Sillery, both of which are of Cambrian age. Along the flanks of the anticline previously mentioned, they outcrop in two bands across the central portion of the sheet. To the southeast of Bisby ridge, the intrusive dips beneath the Farnham slates and probably thins out rapidly, judging from the character of the outcrops to the west of Disraeli bay. No evidence has been found to indicate the probable extension of the sheet to the westward beyond its present boundaries. The fact that the igneous masses along the contact between the intrusive and the quartzites are of much greater volume than are found elsewhere in the serpentine belt, suggests that the westward extension may have been of important size. Metamorphic Rocks. A narrow band of metamorphic rock borders the igneous rocks along their western boundary and runs from the northwest arm of Breeches lake along the west side of Belmina ridge. A second small outcrop lies close to the northern boundary of the sheet, just west of Caribou mountain. The microscope shows this rock to be a hornblende schist, derived in part from the neighbouring sediments, in part by alteration of the gabbro. Horn- blend eclogite occurs in considerable masses. HISTORICAL GEOLOGY. After the deposition of the Bennett quartzite and before the LTslet was laid down, the rocks underwent intense folding. This is shown by the greater defor- mation of the older quartzite. During Cambrian time, a period of sedimentation followed and the LTslet and Sillery were deposited, presumably conformably one upon the other. At the close of the Cambrian, the land emerged and a period of erosion followed. Following re-submergence, the Farnham slates were laid down. The un- conformity is marked by the basal, conglomeratic slates of this formation. Probably Silurian and Devonian rocks were deposited in parts of the area. Within the map limits, however, these have been entirely removed, if ever present. Emergence was accompanied or followed by the intrusion of the Thetford series. Then followed gentle folding of all the rocks including the igneous. So far as known, subaerial erosion went on from later Palaeozoic to Pleistocene times. In the Pleistocene, glaciation was general and the mantle of till and alluvium was laid down. Post-Pleistocene erosion has added a few minor features to the topography and given it its present expression. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. The only minerals of economic importance found within the map limits are asbestos, chromite, and copper. The first two have been mined but there is no 244 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 production of asbestos at present. A small annual tonnage of chromite comes from a number of prospects on Caribou mountain and Belmina ridge. ASBESTOS. On a number of occasions within the past fifteen years, attempts have been made to produce asbestos from a number of deposits within the area under dis- cussion. Optimistic promoters installed mills before thoroughly testing their ground and in each case the property was shortly abandoned, to the detriment not only of the investors but of the mining industry as a whole. A large mill, a railway, and a cable way were built around the pits at the south end of Belmina mountain. This plant operated for a few months, extracted a few thousand bags of asbestos, and then shut down. It is now falling into decay. Another mill was erected beside the serpentine outcrop 1 mile east of Breeches lake. Apparently the sole reason for building a mill was the presence of the serpentine, as no asbestos fibre is to be seen in the rock. The mill never turned a wheel and, after standing for a number of years, was sold for a few hundred dollars, and transported to a new prospect on Bisby ridge, half a mile east of the map limits. During the past summer a railway 3 miles long was built from Coleraine station to this new prospect which gives little evidence of being more profitable than its unfortunate predecessors. On the whole, no evidence was seen which gives promise of important de- posits of high grade asbestos being found in the Coleraine sheet. The rich deposits of Thetford and Black Lake, a few miles to the north, occur in peri- dotites and dunites, the most basic members of the igneous series. Within the map-area, no large masses of these basic members were found. They do occur in bands and small masses, and in such places minor amounts of good asbestos have been discovered, but the quantity of this high grade material is so small and the quality of the short fibre found here and there throughout the more acid rocks is so poor, that competition with the fully established mines of Thetford and Black Lake is not possible. The demand for asbestos is very brisk at present, the price of No. 1 Crude having been as high as $600 per ton recently. Further, the uses to which asbestos is being put are multiplying so rapidly that the demand will almost certainly keep abreast of, if it does not outdistance the supply. Over 80 per cent of the production goes to the United States. All the asbestos of the region is of the chrysotile variety, essentially the same in chemical composition as the serpentine in which it occurs. Both cross fibre and slip fibre are found, the cross fibre in the serpentinized dunites and olivine rich peridotites, the slip fibre more commonly in the serpentinized pyroxenites and acid peridotites. CHROMITE. The chromite occurs in disseminated grains and masses in the more basic phases of the intrusion. • Only rarely is it in minable quantities. Many small prospect pits have been opened up but in nearly all cases the amount of chromite present is so small that the rock cannot be considered an ore. At present there is a small production from three or four little quarries on Caribou mountain and on Belmina ridge. The principal producer is situated in the band of serpentine at the foot of Caribou mountain, on the south side, just west of the Ireland- Coleraine township line. It is known as the Bennett pit and is operated by Mr. Bennett of Thetford. It produces a few tons of fairly good ore every day. The output of the other pits is negligible, being only a car or so per month. SUMMARY REPORT - 245 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 At present war prices, chromite which cannot be worked under normal con- ditions, can be mined and sold at a profit. During the past year, a small con- centrating plant was put in operation near Black Lake and is treating a con- siderable volume of low grade ores from the mines to the east and southeast of Black lake. Transportation to this plant from the pits within the map-area would be very expensive, however, and the quantity of ore obtainable as well as its quality, make it improbable that the life of the few small pits in operation will survive the war time demand at high prices which makes the hand cobbing of the ore taken from small lenses a profitable occupation at present. COPPER. During 1915, a small pit and a couple of diamond drill holes were sunk in the mass of a diabase dyke which cuts the breccia close to the end of the side road, one quarter mile northwest of Brousseau hill. No body of ore was found. Small quantities of chalcopyrite, pyrrhotite, bornite, and arsenopyrite appeared in a silicified shatter zone in the dyke and led the prospectors to hope that a considerable body of ore might be found. No such hopes are now entertained. A similar small showing of chalcopyrite is to be found on Pine river in the midst of the area of gabbro to the northeast of Chalet hill, * A little trenching was done but nothing encouraging was encountered. A few flakes of molybdenite were seen in the granite and serpentine along the contact between these two rocks, on the east slope of the little ridge, north- west of Brousseau hill. NORTHEASTERN PENINSULA OF LABRADOR. {A. P. Coleman.) INTRODUCTION. Northeastern Labrador has been more or less visited for 150 years and a number of brief trips have been made to its shores by geologists and explorers, but practically nothing has been known of its geology except at a few points on the coast. The reports available show that the region is of great interest as regards Pre-Cambrian and Pleistocene geology, that it includes formations elsewhere important for their economic minerals, and that the most impressive mountains in eastern America occur near cape Chidley. During the summers of 1915 and 1916 field work was carried on in this region, resulting in the mapping of the topography and geology of portions of the Torngat mountains and of various bays and islands along the coast. The region is easily accessible from the sea, and is south of latitude 60°30^, but its climate is practically Arctic because of the cold current flowing past its shores laden with ice from Davis strait and Greenland, and there are no per- manent settlements beyond a few families of Eskimo north of Hebron, a Moravian mission station in latitude 58 degrees. This is in striking contrast with conditions in southern Norway and Scotland in the same latitude across the Atlantic. The climate forbids agriculture and at present the chief resources of the region are to be found in the fish and mammals of the sea. The presence of large areas of rocks like the Grenville and Huronian of Ontario and Quebec suggests, however, that mineral deposits of importance may be found in the future. Graphite and iron pyrites are known to exist in considerable amounts. No. 26—17 246 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 PHYSIOGRAPHY. Though portions of the south and west sides of the peninsula have the usual Pre-Cambrian topography of rolling hills separated by irregular valleys, most of northeastern Labrador consists of table-land and mountains. Originally the region was a peneplain, but this was elevated along the eastern side before the Pleistocene and now forms a table-land rising in places 4,000 or 5,000 feet above the sea, though still preserving the original rolling surface. The lofty edge^ of the table-land towards the Atlantic suffered great erosion by valley glaciers during the ice age and was thus gnawed into very rugged and alpine looking mountains, some of which reach 5,500 feet. The valleys are deep and U-shaped and many of them are floored by the sea and form typical fiords. Owing to the complete lack of forest trees and the comparatively small amount of lower growths, except in sheltered valleys, the region presents a very grim and inhospitable appearance. The valleys and cirques carved in the table-land are occupied by innumerable lakes and are drained by rivers having many falls, sometimes of hundreds of feet, where hanging valleys come out upon a main valley or fiord. Many of the cirques among the higher mountains within 20 or 25 miles of the sea are occupied by small glaciers, and permanent snow fields or heavy snow banks are found in many places on or among the mountains and even in lower ground as far south as Hopedale in latitude 55 degrees. These are formed probably where drifting snows lodge in quantity, since the total amount of precipitation does not seem to be very heavy. GENERAL GEOLOGY. The region is usually spoken of as Laurentian, by writers who mention the geology, but it has been found that large areas consist of sedimentary rocks resembling the Grenville series of Ontario and Quebec. In addition there are later sediments and eruptives in at least two areas, which may be the equivalent of the Huronian, Animikie, or Keweenawan, though without more certain evid- ence of their age it seems better to give them local names. From the later Pre-Cambrian to the Pleistocene is a blank. Pleistocene deposits are by no means universally found, since the table-lands and mountains rising above 2,000 or 2,500 feet show no drift deposits, their surface consisting of rolling fields of angular rock fragments mostly in situ. Moraines and often also boulder clay are found in most of the valleys, and river deposits often occupy the floor of the valleys, while beach materials occur on terraces in almost every sheltered cove along the coast. The classification adopted is as follows : Table oj Formations. Recent River gravels and beach deposits. Pleistocene fMarine terraces. \Glacial deposits. Great unconformity. Pre-Cambrian f Mugford series Ramah series. Great unconformity. Basic dykes probably older than the Ramah series. Equivalents of the Sudbury or Timiskaming series ? Grenville series. Keewatin ? Laurentian — granites and gneisses in eruptive contact with the Grenville. SUMMARY REPORT 247 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. The only well known economic mineral of Labrador is the variety of plagio- clase called labradorite, sometimes having a magnificent play of colour, usually blue but often including flashes of green, orange, yellow, and red. The source of the "precious" labradorite is an anorthosite area including islands and part of the coast near Nain. The material has been quarried and is kept in stock by certain mineral dealers. It is somewhat used as a minor gem stone. The only mine known to have been opened in Labrador is one for pyrites at Rowsell harbour south of Nakvak, but this was not worked extensively. The considerable areas of Ramah and Mugford rocks, suggesting the Huron- ian and Animikie or Keweenawan of the Great Lakes, may be looked on as promis- ing regions for the prospector. Pyrite occurs in them and copper ore has been reported. The widely spread Grenville series, often charged with sulphides and in one large area containing much graphite, seems worthy of attention from prospectors. Graphitic gneiss is known to reach 45 miles inland near Nakvak fiord. Soapstone is found in several places and was of importance to the Eskimo for the making of lamps and pots before the coming of the white man; and rocks suitable for building or ornamental stone are not infrequent, but under present conditions these materials are without value. TUNGSTEN DEPOSITS OF NEW BRUNSWICK AND NOVA SCOTIA.* (Charles Camsell.) The importance of tungsten in the steel industry and the extraordinary demand for the metal in connexion with war munitions made it necessary to in- vestigate any tungsten deposits that were worth mining. These investigations were made at the request of the Canadian Munitions Resources Commission, and covered certain deposits in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. BURNT HILL TUNGSTEN MINE. The Burnt Hill tungsten deposit is situated in York county. New Brunswick, on Southwest Miramichi river near Burnt Hill brook (Figure 9). It may be reached either from Boiestown on the Intercolonial railway by a 30-mile canoe journey upstream, or else from Maple Grove on the National Transcontinental railway over a very bad bush road 18 miles in length. The deposit outcrops as a quartz vein on the slope of the valley 170 feet above the river and about 2,000 feet from it. The slope rises at an angle of 28 degrees up to a summit 530 feet above the river. Its sides are thickly wooded and heavily covered with drift so that outcrops of the bedrock are rare. The country rocks in which the deposits lie are argillites which are intruded by a granite batholith outcropping on the north side of the river about three- fourths of a mile away. The argillites strike about north 65 degrees east and dip steeply to the north. They are traversed by a set of fracture planes striking north 40 degrees west, almost at right angles to the bedding planes, and many of the fractures are filled with quartz and other vein minerals. Another set of quartz veins is developed along the planes of bedding or schistosity; and, an increase in the amount of mineralization is often noticed where the two sets 1 See also p. 251. No. 36-17} 248 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 meet. The tungsten mineral wolframite occurs in many of the quartz veins though in others it is absent or was not observed. The only vein of importance so far discovered is that on which the develop- ment work is being done. This vein strikes north 40 degrees west and dips 75 degrees to the southwest. It has been exposed for a distance of more than 150 feet, and at either end disappears under the drift. Its extension towards the northwest is indicated by a number of large pieces of float quartz carr^'ing wol- framite; 650 feet beyond in this direction a vein 12 inches wide outcrops and is perhaps the same vein. At its southeast end the vein passes under a deep covering of drift but its continuation is again indicated for at least 600 feet by many pieces of tungsten-bearing quartz along the strike. No rock in place was, however, found in this direction. The vein is faulted at the shaft and is displaced a few feet to the southwest. At the collar of the shaft the vein is 24 inches wide increasing to 32 inches at a depth of 11 feet, and it maintains this width to the bottom of the shaft 50 feet below the surface. Along the strike it maintains a width of 2 feet north- westward for about 30 feet, beyond which for an interval of 20 feet it is difificult at present to determine the width. Sixty feet from the shaft the vein appears to be cut by a cross fracture which enriches the ore and increases its width to about 9 feet. Beyond this, it contracts again, except where cut by a second cross fracture, and, at a distance of 100 feet from the shaft, is only 12 inches wide. The vein is a quartz-filled fissure on the walls of which replacement and mineralization have taken place to a depth of several inches. The gangue is quartz with a subordinate amount of topaz and some fluorite. The other minerals noted in the vein are wolframite, molybdenite, pyrrhotite, cassiterite, pyrite, arsenopyrite, and mica. The wolframite occurs in large crystals both in the vein and the replaced wall rock. Its distribution is, however, somewhat irregular though it was ob- served throughout the greater part of the exposed portion of the vein. The ore in the exposed portion of the vein was estimated to carry from 2 to 6 per cent of wolframite or an average of 2^ per cent WOa. The chief points in favour of the deposit are: (1) The vein is a fissure vein which crosscuts the formation and thereby indicates some strength. (2) The probable extension of the vein for several hundred feet in either direction beyond the 150 feet exposed, may be assumed from the presence of much tungsten-bearing quartz float and the outcrop of a 12-inch vein of similar character on the same strike 650 feet away. (3) The vein is probably connected with the intrusion of the granite batho- lith, and its origin is due to uprising solutions emanating from the granite which is exposed about a mile away. (4) The presence of other parallel tungsten-bearing veins in the vicinity, and of cross veins which tend to increase mineralization in the main veins. The chief points against the deposit are: (1) The presence of barren areas in the veins and the irregular distribution of the wolframite through the quartz. (2) The liability of the vein to pinch, swell, or become split up into smaller veins. The development work done on the vein consists of cutting down the hillside, stripping the vein for 150 feet, and the sinking of a shaft to a depth of 60 feet. A number of open-cuts had been made along the strike of the vein at either end of the exposed portion but none of them had got down to bedrock. At the 50-foot level, drifts had been driven by October 17, for a distance of 24 feet in one direction and 31 feet in the other. At the face of the west SUMMARY REPORT 249 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 drift, the vein is 30 inches wide, while at the face of the east drift it is split up into four smaller veins with a few inches of country rock between. The total width of ore and included country rock is here 4 feet. On account of water in the sump below the 50-foot level, the vein was not seen at the bottom of the shaft. On the 50-foot level the vein is of the same character and carries about the same percentage of wolframite as on the surface. In the course of sinking the shaft and running the drifts about 250 tons of ore -have been taken out and piled in a dump by the head frame. This with the 50 tons broken at the time of the examination in June makes a total of 300 tons in the ore pile. The following summary will indicate the condition of the mine on October 17, 1916: Ore broken and piled on the surface 300 tons of 2,000 lbs. Ore proved by stripping, sinking, and drifting 1050 " " " Total proved ore 1350 " Estimating an average recovery of 2| per cent of WO3 the quantity of 65 per cent concentrates 1350 X 2^ recoverable = t? tons = 52 tons. At the mine, the equipment consists of boiler, compressor, hoist and air drills, as well as blacksmith shop and head frame. The mill which is situated on the bank of the Miramichi river about 2,000 feet east of the mine, was, on October 17, almost completed and ready to run. The machinery was all in place and the roof on, but the sides of the building were not completely sheeted. The equipment of the mill consists of a 7 by 10 Blake crusher, one set of 10 by 30 rolls, a belt conveyor, Newaygo screen, two feeders, one 12 by 12 Richards pulsator jig, one Wilfley table, a 40-horsepower boiler, engine and pump. At present the ore is brought from the mine to the mill in carts, but it is proposed to install some sort of haulage system operated by gravity, since the grade from the mine to the mill is about 6 per cent. No concentrates whatever had been produced up to October 17 but it was hoped that within a comparatively short time everything would be in running order. It is proposed to transport the concentrates by wagon to Maple Grove station 18 miles distant instead of using scows on the Miramichi river to Boiestown. SCHEELITE MINE. The Scheelite property is situated on Stillwater brook 2 miles west of Moose River Gold Mines in Halifax county. Nova Scotia. It is connected by a good wagon road, 18 miles in length, with the Canadian Government railway at Middle Musquodoboit. The rocks of the mine are quartzites and slates in alternating beds and folded into a series of anticlines and synclines, which dip at angles from 15 to 90 degrees, and strike east and west. Compression has produced in the rocks well developed cleavage planes which dip nearly vertically and consequently cut the bedding planes at various angles. Considerable faulting occurs. The veins containing the scheelite are similar to the gold-bearing veins in the adjoining gold mines. They follow the bedding planes and dip with the strata with a pitch of 5 to 15 degrees to the west. There are at least two or possibly three veins on the property, and they vary from 1 inch to 8 inches in thickness. The veins contain scheelite, quartz, mispickel, white mica, feldspar, a few needles of tourmaline, and much brownish calcite or ankerite. Where 250 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY t 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 mineralization has been greatest, impregnation of the wall rock by mispickel has taken place for a depth of several inches on either side. The scheelite is concentrated in the veins mainly at the apexes of the anticlines or in the troughs of synclmes. It occurs in largest quantity in disconnected lenses 2 to 6 inches wide and from 6 inches to 2 feet or more in length. On the limbs of the folds where compression has been greatest, the veins are narrowest and are usually only about one inch wide. Here, they are often barren of scheelite for considerable distances. From their mineral constituents the veins are believed to be of deep-seated origin and were formed under conditions of high temperature and pressure. Associated" with them are large irregular veins of white quartz which are not mineralized and are apparently later than the scheelite veins. The proportion of the scheelite in the veins was found to be very variable, but it was estimated that by carefully sorting out the rock a grade of ore could be obtained that would average about 10 per cent scheelite. In order, however, to obtain a ton of this ore, it would be necessary to break about 25 tons of rock. The main vein has been traced by underground workings for a distance of 1,500 feet, but as yet it has been proved to carry scheelite for only 950 feet. On one limb of the anticline, it has been worked for several hundred feet from the outcrop, and on the other, for about 150 feet. The tw^o other veins have been crosscut at a number of points, but very little ore has as yet been extracted from them. It was found exceedingly difficult to make any estimate of the probable tonnage that could be obtained from the mine, both because of the lenticular character of the ore-bodies, and because of the irregular distribution of the scheelite throughout the veins. Taking, however, a length of 850 feet and a depth of 30 feet with an average width of 2 inches, there is a possible tonnage in the main vein of 425 tons of ore. This would yield 42-5 tons of concentrates, and since the concentrates have already been proved by mill-run to carry about 72 per cent of tungstic acid, this would mean about 30 tons of tungstic acid. The other two veins may or may not contam as much scheelite, but together they might yield as much as the main vein, in which case the total possible tonnage of the mine would be about 85 tons of 72 per cent concentrates. This result, however, can be little more than a mere guess. The ground in which the veins occur has been developed for a length of 1,500 feet, and a maximum width of 400 feet with a greatest depth of 190 feet. Water in the lower workings, however, prevented an examination being made below the 100-foot level. There are about 5,800 feet of underground workings consisting of shafts, winzes, drifts, crosscuts, and stopes. The main entry is an incline driven on the main vein. The mine had been closed down since 1913, but, in July, 1916, work was again started with a force of 12 men. Up to the end of September 40 tons of ore had been mined and raised to the surface, but none of this has yet been milled. It is the intention of the owners to keep this force at work in the mine until a considerable quantity of ore has been mined, and not to start the mill until a tonnage of ore has been accumulated sufficient to keep the mill running for some time. The records of the Mines office in Halifax show the following number of tons milled and the concentrates recovered during the time the mill was in operation. Year Tons milled Concentrates recovered, tons Per cent 1912 340 (?) 15 4-4 1913 200 10 5-0 The mine is equipped with two boilers, compressor, hoisting machinery, pumps, ore cars and tracks, ore bins, and a number of houses. SUMMARY REPORT 251 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 The mill which was erected in 1911 contains a jaw crusher, rolls, two elevators, revolving screen, four slime tanks, four Wilfley tables, revolving roasting furnace, and magnetic separator. It has a capacity of 30 tons of ore in 24 hours, and appears to be in fairly good condition in spite of its having been closed for about three years. A description of the mill with flow sheet is given in the Nova Scotia Mines report for 1911, p. 209. KAULBACK PROPERTY. The Kaulback property is an old gold mine situated at the village of Moose River Gold Mines, Halifax county, and though now closed down had been worked for gold for many years. At a depth of 150 feet from the surface in a crosscut from the main workings to the south, a narrow vein of quartz was encountered, which contains two lenses of scheelite. This vein is exposed in both walls of the crosscut in the form of a syncline with a buckle in the middle which forms a small anticline about 3 feet high. In the floor of the crosscut where the vein bends upward towards the central anticline, are two lenses of scheelite with mispickel, each about 6 inches wide and probably 2 to 3 feet long. This is all the scheelite that could be seen on the property at the time of examination in November, 1916, though float from the outcrop of the vein is stated to have been found at the surface. It is consequently difficult to form an opinion as to the value of the occurrence though scheelite may be expected to occur in the vein as it does at the Scheelite mine. WAVERLEY DEPOSIT. The Waverley deposit is situated in Halifax county 1| miles north of Waver- ley station, and east of Windsor Junction. It is an interbedded vein of quartz in quartzites, and carries some scheelite in places. The vein varies from 1 to 6 inches in width and has been traced for several hundred feet on the surface. A shaft was sunk some years ago, and several shallow .pits made; but these were either full of water or caved in, so that it was impossible to make a satisfactory examination of the deposit. The occurrence is similar to those at Moose Mines. INVESTIGATIONS IN NEW BRUNSWICK AND NOVA SCOTIA. {D. D. Cairn es.) Burnt Hill Tungsten Property, ^ N.B. GENERAL STATEMENT. The writer visited Burnt Hill Tungsten property (Figure 9) on November 25 for the purpose mainly of examining the mine and mill in order to determine what production might be expected in the near future. Mining operations, since Mr. Camsell's visit, have been practically entirely directed to extending the drifts on the 50-foot level. A mill run of about 10 days had also been made, but the installation proved very inadequate, and the mill was closed on November 4, and has not since been in operation. About thirty-five men, in all, were employed in connexion with the development of the property, at the time of the writer's visit, two shifts being engaged in actual mining operations. > See also p. 247. 252 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Figure 9. Location of tungsten and galena deposits, York county, N.B. SUMMARY REPORT 253 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 MINE. Except for a certain amount of surface work of a prospecting nature, in- cluding a few open-cuts and shallow trenches, the development of the mine is restricted to a vertical shaft and drifts along the vein from the shaft in each direction. The shaft is 60 feet deep, and at the 50-foot level, a station was cut, and the drifts commenced. The bottom of the shaft is used as a sump. At the time of the writer's visit the drifts had been extended as follows: the drift to the northwest of the shaft, or the "west" drift as it is called, had been driven about 70 feet, and the drift to the southeast of the shaft or the "east" drift, had been driven about 65 feet. In the shaft, the quartz and other vein material range in thickness from 24 to 42 inches. In the west drift, the vein is in most places from 18 to 36 inches in thickness. Near the end of this drift, however, or about 70 feet from the shaft, the vein narrows to about one inch ; but the last round of holes fired during the writer's visit, showed the vein to be there again, widening. In the east drift, there are in most places two veins, or really one main vein, and a narrower, parallel, stringer. These are generally 2 or 3 feet apart. About 50 or 55 feet from the shaft, the veins branch out into several stringers each about an inch or so thick, and finally the vein appears to feather out entirely; but before terminating, if it does so, the vein is cut off completely by a cross fault. The displacement or throw of this fault was not determined. Considerable quartz float containing important amounts of wolframite is known to occur at various points along the hillside for a distance of several hundred feet to the southeast of the shaft, indicating that one or more wolframite- bearing veins occur there, one of which may be the same as that in the east drift. To the northwest of the shaft, also, outcrops of wolframite-bearing quartz veins from a few inches to 2 feet or even more in thickness, were seen at intervals, for a distance of about 1,000 feet. One line of outcrops appears to represent the vein in the shaft and drifts, but other outcrops containing important amounts of wolframite, definitely belong to one or more additional veins. It would appear very probable, however, from the surface outcrops, that the individual veins are not as persistent as had been hoped, but that, instead, the mineralization follows a set of more or less connected fissures lying somewhat en echelon. The present workings have blocked out about 1,500 tons of ore and on November 25, about 100 tons of ore was piled on the dump. Estimating an average re- covery of 2| per cent WO3, the quantity of 65 per cent concentrates recover- able from the 1,600 tons is 60 tons. It would seem now, however, that the recoverable WO3 is nearer 2 than 2| per cent. MILL. The mill, at the time of the writer's visit, stood as it was when closed down on November 4. It had been roofed over but the walls were not completed. The equipment consisted mainly of a Blake crusher with a jaw measuring 8 inches by 16 inches; one set of 10 by 30 inch rolls; a belt conveyor; a Newaygo screen; a size 12 Richards pulsator jig; one Wilfley table; a 40-horsepower boiler; engine; and purnp. The installation was found to be very inadequate for several reasons. The main trouble was that the rolls did not crush the ore nearly fine enough. The product after passing the rolls was very irregular, pieces i to | inch long or longer, being common. The wolframite and quartz thus still remained together in the_ individual particles, so that no separation by jig or table could be made. Experiments in the ore testing plant of the Department of Mines, Ottawa, have shown that the ore must be crushed to 16 or 20 mesh in order to give a good separation. In addition, considerable difficulty is reported to have been ex- 254 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 perienced with the Newaygo screen, except when the ore was quite dry, which was almost impossible to arrange economically. As soon as the snow makes haulage practicable over the road from Maple fcrove on the Transcontinental railway, it is proposed to freight in further equip- ment and lumber to remodel the mill and completely enclose it. Mr. H. M. Porteous, the resident superintendent in charge, expects to install a Hardinge ball mill, probably 4| feet by 13 inches, to do the grinding after the Blake crusher. The ore is then to be fed to a trommel, and the products thence go to the Richards pulsator jig, a Kirby classifier, Wilfiey table, and a Deister slimer. With some such equipment there should be no trouble in getting a satisfactory separation. It will probably be February, 1917, before the mill is again running. Heretofore the ore has been conveyed to the mill from the mine, a distance of about 1,500 feet, by carts, but it is proposed either to install a system of gravity haulage, as there is a down grade from the mine to the mill of about 6 per cent, or to move the mill to a point nearer the mine. During the ten days the mill was in operation, about 200 tons of ore was 'milled. From this, 23| sacks of concentrates were obtained, which, it is esti- mated, weigh about 2,940 pounds. These concentrates represent three products, and a sample of each was taken. These samples were assayed by the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, Ottawa. Sample No. 1 is an average of about 1,625 pounds of a jig product. It was found to contain 61-80% WO3. Sample No. 2 is an average of about 690 pounds of hutch, also from the jig. It was found to contain 63-10% WO3. ... Sample No. 3 is an average of about 625 pounds of Wilfley concentrates. It was found to contain 48-65%, WO 3. Galena Prospect near Winding Hill, N.B. The Winding Hill galena prospect is situated in Stanley parish, York county. New Brunswick. The mineral showings are close to the road leading from Taxes river to Miramichi river, and about 7 miles, measured along the road, in a norther- ly direction from Maple Grove station on the Transcontinental railway. A north- erly branch of this road leads to the Burnt Hill tungsten mine and the road is at present mainly used for the transport of supplies to the mine. The galena prospect is held by five partners, William H. Grifiin, William T. Griffin, G. N. Patriquin, D. C. Patriquin, and Stephen Logan, who have prospecting licenses covering thirty areas in this vicinity; these areas are 250 feet long by 150 feet wide, and apply only to gold and silver. In addition, the partners hold a search licence covering 5 square miles including the 30 areas and this licence applies to minerals other than gold and silver; but there is a provision in the Mining Act of New Brunswick by which the holders of these 5-mile search licences may mine silver under the ordinary terms of their leases, if the silver is associated with lead. In the vicinity of the galena showing, the land is nearly everjAvhere timbered, and the bedrock is covered, in most places, by superficial deposits, so that pros- pecting is very difficult. Development work on the property, when visited on November 25 (1916), consisted mainly of two trenches about 75 feet apart. One of these was 30 feet long, and 2 to 4 feet deep; the other was 12 feet long and 5 feet deep at the deepest point. About the only bedrock exposed in the immediate vicinity is that shown in these trenches. There the geological formation consists of greyish to light greyish green, interbanded quartzites and phyllites, which are much altered and metamorphosed, and are more or less schistose in most places. The SUMMARY REPORT 255 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 general strike of these old sediments is about north 5 degrees east, magnetic, and^the trenches have been dug at about right angles to this direction, so as to crosscut the formation and the ore deposit. The rock formation exposed in the trenches, especially the quartzitic bands, contains in places a considerable amount of quartz which occurs mainly in the form of irregular, ramifying veinlets and stringers, generally only a fraction of an inch in thickness. These are erratically distributed, but have a general trend parallel to the lamination of the containing rocks. The trenching on the property has exposed a zone in which quartz is extensively developed, with galena dissemin- ated through it, as well as some pyrite. In the 30-foot trench, the mineralized zone, containing quartz and galena, is at least 18 feet wide. A sample, taken across 6 feet of the best mineralized portion of the exposed part of the zone, was assayed by the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, Ottawa, and was found to contain no gold nor silver and 1'27 per cent lead. This lead at the December Toronto quotation of 9^ cents per pound, which is very_ high, amounts to $2.41 per ton. Another sample, taken across the best mineralized 8 feet in the 12-foot trench, was assayed by the Mines Branch, and was found to contain no gold nor silver, and 1-24 per cent lead, which at 9| cents per pound amounts to $2.36 per ton. As these two trenches are not quite in alignment along the strike of the bedrock, they would indicate that the mineralized zone is at least 30 feet wide. The assays, however, indicate that the deposit so far explored, does not contain sufficient values to pay for mining. Further prospecting in this vicinity is, nevertheless, warranted, as, in a district exhibiting mineralization to this extent, profitable zones or veins are likely to occur. Stirling Zinc-Copper-Lead Deposits, Cape Breton, N.S. GENERAL STATEMENT. The first work is believed to have been performed on the Stirling zinc-copper- lead deposits about twelve years ago. This work was of only a prospecting nature, and included the sinking of a shallow shaft or pit, and the digging of a few trenches or open-cuts. The only mineral that was known to occur in these deposits, which was considered to be of economic importance, was copper, and there did not appear to be enough of this to pay fc^- working. Nothing further was done in the way of development until recently. Since the war the demand for various metals has greatly increased and one of those most required is zinc. Accordingly, as the Stirling deposits contain important amounts of this metal, the property was leased from the government of Nova Scotia on August 2, 1916, by James P. Nolan who obtained licences to search for minerals over five blocks of 5 square miles each. From these licensed tracts he selected and took up two leases each of one-half square mile, which include the right to prospect, mine, etc. One of these leases covers zinc and the other does not, in which latter case the zinc goes with the surface rights of the farmer who owns the land. An option on Nolan's leases was obtained by H. H. Sutherland of F. C. Suther- land and Company of Toronto, who also secured from the owner of the surface rights, an option on the zinc for the area of the lease not covering this metal. In addition, Mr. Sutherland obtained from the Nova Scotia government several permits to search for minerals in this vicinity. During the past summer (1916) some surface development, mainly infthe form of trenching, was done on the deposits, which showed them to be of decided economic importance. The writer was instructed by the Director of the Geologi- cal Survey to examine the occurrence, and accordingly a couple of days were spent in this district during the early part of December. The deposits were carefully examined and sampled, as far as exposed. 256 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 During the course of this examination, the writer was greatly assisted by Mr. John McLeod and Mr. John Madore, who bailed the water from the trenches, and helped in every way possible, to facilitate the work; to them, therefore, the writer wishes to express his sincere thanks and appreciation. Since visiting this property, the writer is informed that it has been purchased by J. R. Ray and F. C. Sutherland and Company, both of Toronto, who have resold a 65 per cent interest to Hayden and Stone of New York, and the American Zinc Company of Boston. The new organization operating the property is named the Stirling Mining and Smelting Company. Diamond drilling was commenced and by the end of January (1917) was well under way, a 3,000-foot contract having been let. If the deposits prove satisfactory, extensive operations are contemplated for the immediate future. Figure 10. Location of Stirling zinc-copper-lead deposits. LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY. The Stirling zinc-copper-lead deposits are located in Richmond county, in the southwestern corner of Cape Breton island, N.S., and the development work is all within a few hundred yards of Stirling post-office which is part of the farm house of Mr. John McLeod. Stirling post-office is situated in a direct line between Loch Lomond and Framboise cove, and about 7 miles from Loch Lomond, and 5^ miles from Framboise cove, measured in an air line (Figure 10). The leases on which the Stirling deposits occur also adjoin the eastern end of Five Island lake. SUMMARY REPORT 257 SESSIONAL PAPER_No.:26 To reach Stirling, it is customary to go via the Cape Breton railway which runs from Point Tupper to St. Peters. From St. Peters there are good roads to Stirling, a distance of between 35 and 40 miles. It is also possible to go by boat to Framboise cove or Fourchu bay, and thence drive to Stirling. Going in this way the best road at present runs from Fourchu bay, which is about 9 miles from t Stirling, measured along the road. Ore shipped from Stirling at the present time would have to go to tide water at Fourchu bay, but it is claimed that a shorter, more direct road could be con- structed to Framboise cove. ' -.Old Shaft or Pit A o Shaft B Geological Survey, Canada. Figure 11. Plan of workings of Stirling property. DEVELOPMENT. The development work on this property is mainly in the form of trenching. One pit or shaft has been sunk to a depth of 14 feet, and another was sunk some years ago, but when visited had badly caved, and was full of water. Three main trenches have been dug across the ore deposits, which will here for convenience be designated as A, B, and C (Figure 11). No. A trench is about 20 feet long, 6 258 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 feet deep, and 4 or 5 feet wide; No. B trench is about 45 feet long, 2 to 4 feet deep, and 4 feet wide; and No. C trench is 108 feet long, 5 to 7 feet deep, and about 4 feet wide. These all run approximately at right angles to the general strike of the deposits. Also a small trench extends from A to C, a distance of 260 feet, crosses C, and persists possibly 50 feet farther. This trench is 1 to 2 feet wide, and 3 to 4 feet deep. Another small trench crosses trench B, and extends thence northward along the general strike of the deposit, about 60 feet. These trenches are all down to bedrock. Another trench about parallel to C, has been dug to the south of C, but did not reach bedrock, as the superficial deposits are there quite deep. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF AREA. In the vicinity of these zinc-copper deposits, the land surface is dominantly flat and wet, and has been intensely glaciated. Glacial and other superficial deposits overlying the bedrock have a thickness in places of as much as 15 feet, but along the three main trenches are only a foot or so deep. The surface is also fairly heavily timbered, mainly with spruce, and numerous small streams traverse the area, but only very imperfectly drain it. Thus owing to the timber, soil, glacial, and other superficial deposits, very little bedrock is exposed in this vicinity, except in the trenches; but wherever the bedrock formation is exposed on either side of the ore deposits, it consists of massive, finely textured, dark greenish to greyish green, igneous rocks having the general appearance of ande- sites. Since, however, these rocks have not been examined microscopically, the general field name of greenstones is here applied to them. Possibly types related to andesites, including diorites, diabases, or basalts, may occur. ORE DEPOSITS. A shear zone having a general trend of apparently about north 65 degrees east (magnetic), traverses the greenstones, and it is within this zone that the ore deposits occur. Every transition may be noted from quite massive practi- cally unaltered greenstones, to ore composed almost exclusively of zinc blende, chalcopyrite, pyrite, and quartz. The greenstones in places are merely sheared and altered to a greenstone schist. In other places pyrite has also been intro- duced in varying amounts. In places also, the rocks in addition to being sheared have been more or less entirely altered to a whitish, finely laminated, talcose substance. In other places, again, the original rock material has entirely given place to quartz, a whitish dolomitic mineral, zinc blende, chalcopyrite, and pyrite. Nearly everywhere, the ores are decidedly laminated, the lamination planes agreeing with the planes of shearing throughout the general shear zone. Even where solid ore now occurs, including mainly zinc blende and chalcopyrite, with some quartz, the lamination planes are still very decided. The deposits are thus evidently due, largely at least, to metasomatic replacement, and have been produced by uprising and circulating solutions, within the zone of shearing, which have more or less entirely replaced the original rock and have deposited along the planes of shearing the minerals now constituting the ore deposits. Sections were measured of the exposures in the bottoms of the three main trenches. These are shown in Figure 12. All the ore material exposed in the bottoms of the three main crosscut trenches was sampled, ten samples being taken, which are numbered consecutively from 20 to 29 inclusive. Nos. 20 and 21 were taken from trench A; Nos. 22, 23, and 24 from trench B; and Nos. 25 to 29 inclusive from trench C. In trench A, 10 feet of ore is exposed, and in trench B, there is over 33 feet of ore material. The actual distance between the ends of these trenches is over 100 feet, and the SUMMARY REPORT 259 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Sset distance, measured at right angles to the supposed general direction of strike of the deposits, is about 90 feet, throughout which width it is not known whether ore occurs or not. Trench C is about 260 feet from A, measured along the general strike of the deposits, and ore material is exposed throughout this distance in the Trench A Rock 5ft •Ore 5 ft. Ore Malcrial 6m ' 6 in^ Rock Or ecnstone. somewhat sheared Ore, mainly zinc blende. ond chalcopyrite^ v>ith some pyrtte and quartz Sample eO Greenstone, sheared Ore material, quartz, zinc blende. chakopyr iie,and pyrite Sample ?l . -Ore material -Greenstone -Mineralized material Greenstone, sheared 4ft 4, n 8in 2ft Rock Greenstone, sheared Ore Material Ore Materia] Ore material. quarti,a white dolomitic mineral, zinc blende, chalcopynte. pyrite. and a/tered greenstone Sample 24 Ore material, mam/y ore minerals, but inc/udmg /cached and altered wall rock Sample 23 Ore material, including quartz, and much do/omitjc and talcose materials Sample 22. Greenstone, sheared and much altered. Ore Ma ten. ^ Scale of feet Greenstone, laminated. Ore material, made up of .quartz, and ore minerals. mingled withaaolomitic mineral, and alteration products of greenstone. Sample 25 Greenstone, sheared. Ore material Greenstone, fairly masstve- Sohd ore. composed mainly of zinc blende, and chalcopyrite, with some pyrite and quartz . Sample 26 Greenstone, la Ore, consisting mainly of z and chalcopyrite, with soi and quartz . ' c blende, 5 pyrite Ore material, made op of quartz, and pyrite, mingled with a dolomitic mineral and alteration products of greenstone Sample 28 Greenstone, sheared,and considerably altered . v Ore materia/, the chief ore mineral being pyrite. Greenstone, altered to a pa/e greenish grey laminated, highly magnesisn rock. Ore, containing pyrite, zinc b/ende. chalcQpyrite,and quartz. Sample29 Geological Survey, Canada Figure 12. Sections across trenches, Stirling property. bottom of a narrow trench extending from A to C. In trench C there is 66 feet of ore material, and about 135 feet still farther to the southeast, measured as an offset at right angles to the general strike of the deposits, a shaft has been sunk 14 feet in the bottom of which good ore was found (shaft B, Figure 11). No 260 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 work has yet been done to determine the amount of ore in this intervening 135 feet. Altogether these deposits have been actually traced by trenching along the general direction of strike, for a distance of over 300 feet, and they have an aggre- gate exposed width in trench C of over 66 feet. The amount of ore material here would thus seem to be decidedly important. Figures 11 and 12 indicate where the samples were taken, and the latter also shows the character of material included jn each sample. These were all assayed in the laboratory of the Mines Branch, Department of Mines, Ottawa, and the results are as follows : Analyses of Stirling Ore. Ounces, Troy, Percentages per ton 2,000 lbs. No. Copper Lead Zinc Antimony Nickel Gold Silver 20 2-09 4-21 29-44 None None 0-08 1-96 21 1-36 1-76 11-71 (( 0-06 trace 22 0-52 1-40 3-71 u 0-06 « 23 0-23 0-11 3-88 u 0-04 0-25 24 0-67 2-34 7-90 il 0-04 trace 25 0-25 1-04 3-71 (I 0-04 « 26 3-43 . 7-52 27-05 a 0-06 7-38 27 2-20 4-78 17-66 a 0-08 1-26 28 0-32 2-18 5-71 u 0-04 0-20 29 0-82 0-26 6-84 " 0-03 trace SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION. When visited, the Stirling deposits had been very slightly exposed, nowhere to a depth exceeding 7 feet. Thus no estimate of the ore in sight could be made that would do justice to the property. From what was seen, however, all the evidence indicated that the deposits are probably quite extensive, and persistent both longitudinally and vertically. The grade of much of the ore material is also high. In one trench, for a width of 10 feet, the ore carries from 11 to 30 per cent zinc, as well as significant amounts of lead, copper, gold, and silver. Also, in the main trench, there is 20 feet of ore containing 17 per cent to over 27 per cent zinc, as well as important amounts of lead and copper, and some gold and silver. In this trench, also, there is over 40 feet of ore material, which though of lower grade is still of consequence. In the past, similar complicated zinc ores have presented many difficulties in the way of treatment, but a great amount of research and investigation has recently been done along these lines, and no doubt the o\yners of the Stirling deposits will be able to evolve a satisfactory method. In this event the deposits will become an important source of zinc-copper-lead ores in the near future. The finding and development of these deposits should also greatly stimulate prospecting in Cape Breton, and it is hoped that, as a result, other important ore- bodies will be found. SUMMARY REPORT 261 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 INVESTIGATIONS IN NEW BRUNSWICK AND NQVA SCOTIA. (A. O.Hayes.) GENERAL STATEMENT. Field work was carried on in the Maritime Provinces as follows: In June two weeks were spent in a study of the Londonderry iron ore deposits in Colchester county, N.S.; and one week in an examination of a coal prospect at Maltempec, Gloucester county, N.B. In July and August geological mapping of a portion of Kings county, N.S., was carried on. This area is represented by sheet No. 103 and . includes portions of the Nictaux-Torbrook iron ore district, the Annapolis valley, and North mountain to the bay of Fundy coast. In September two weeks were given to an examination of a recently discovered iron ore prospect at Piedmont, Pictou county, N.S., and to other iron ore localities in Pictou and Antigonish counties. Several localities on Cape Breton island were visited in the latter part of the month, including the George River dolomite and Point Edward lime- stone quarries and an occurrence of magnesite at Orangedale, Inverness county. During the summer of 1915 a road material survey was made in the vicinity of St. John, N.B., and the results of this work are included in this report. The writer wishes to acknowledge with gratitude the many courtesies received at each locality visited. The work of the Survey was facilitated by the kindness of Mr. J. P. Edwards, Londonderry, N.S., Messrs. J. B. Hachey and A. J. H. Stewart, Bathurst, N.B., Mr. F. H. C. Parsons, Middleton, N.S., Mr. A. R. Chambers, New Glasgow, N.S., Prof. E. Haycock, Wolfville, N.S., and others. C. W. Robinson was appointed field assistant and J. F. Wright, student assistant; M. C. Foster assisted in telemeter surveying. Londonderry Iron Ore Deposits, N.S. Introduction. The object of this report is to give any information obtained regarding the economic possibilities of these deposits. The mines were worked intermittently over the period from 1849 to 1908, but have been so long idle that the under- ground workings are now inaccessible. A study of surface conditions was made and descriptions of the character of the underground deposits received by con- sultation with former foremen in charge of the mines. General Geology. Various phases of the physiography and geology of the district, including the iron ore deposits, have been described by Sir Wm. Dawson,^ Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn,2 Prof. J. E, Woodman,^ Henry Louis, ^ Hugh Fletcher,^ and others. Woodman has given a detailed description of the mines with all available mine maps and plans and the reader is referred to his report for this information. On the southern slope of the Cobequid hills the eroded edges of three series of sedimentary rocks, including pre-Carboniferous, Lower Carboniferous, and Triassic, are exposed in elongated areas striking east and west parallel to the north shore of Minas basin. The Triassic sediments lie unconformably above 1 Dawson, Sir, J. W., Quart. Jour.. Geol. Soc, 1850, p. 354. 2 Selwyn, A. R. C, Geol. Surv., Can., Rept. of Prog., 1872-73, pp. 19-30. 3 Woodman, J. E., Dept. of Mines, Mines Branch, "Report of the iron ore deposits of Nova Scotia", 1909, pp. 149-170. < Louis, H. Trans. Nova Scotia Inst., Sc., 1879, pp. 47-51. ' Fletcher, H., Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. V, pt. 2, 1890-91. No. 26—18 262 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 .the Carboniferous which in turn overlap unconformably the prc-Carboniferous quartzites and slates in which the iron ore occurs. Plutonic intrusives form the higher portions of the Cobequid hills. These are intrusive into the oldest sedi- ments and with these sediments the iron ore is associated. The intrusives are obviously older than Lower Carboniferous as pebbles derived from them occur in the Lower Carboniferous conglomerates lying at the foot of the hills on which the plutonic rocks are exposed. Only the rocks older than Carboniferous to which the iron ores are wholly confined, will receive further consideration. The mineralized zone appears to have had its origin in the deposition of the carbonates of iron along a fault fissure in the sedimentary rocks, along the southern slope of the Cobequid hills, and paralleling their contact with the plutonic intrusives. These sediments, composed of fine-grained conglomerate, quartzites, and clay slates with occasional limestone and dolomite beds, are folded, crumpled, and broken in a complicated manner. The exact age of the series has not been definitely determined. Dawson^ referred it to the Silurian, but in order to under- stand his conclusion it is necessary to review his data and classification. He published a geological map of Nova Scotia and divided the rocks into four groups as follows: Granitic metamorphic •Syenitic metamorphic Carboniferous New Red sandstone The Granitic metamorphic included the rocksllimitpd to the Atlantic coast and its vicinity and comprised the slate and quartzites of th'e gold-bearing series, together with the associated plutonics. The Syenitic metamorphic referred to the metamorphic promontory extending from cape St. George and including the Antigonish, Merigomish, and Cobequid hills. He writes on their correlation as follows: "On their western side near Arisaig there is a patch of shale, slate, and thin-bedded limestone with Silurian fossils the connexion of this group with strata containing upper Silurian fossils renders it probable that a great part of its beds belong to the Silurian system." The correlation is obviously on very general lines. Fletcher" has mapped this series as Devonian and writes of his correlation as follows: "The iron ore of the Londonderry mines appears to occur in rocks identical with the reddish, green, and rusty slates which in Antigonish, Guys- borough, and Pictou counties contain such a large quantity of specular iron ore which is worked at several places, a horizon intermediate between the two groups." (He subdivided the Devonian into three groups.) "It will be best perhaps to include them with the upper group as the red strata are characteristic. Like the Cambro-Silurian and Silurian these rocks, generally situated in the mountains, are so contorted that their relations to one another are not always easy to make out." Fletcher was evidently very much in doubt regarding the place of these rocks and in his last statement remarks on their similarity to the sediments older then Devonian. The writer was impressed with their resemb- lance both lithologically and structurally to the lower Ordovician of Pictou and Antigonish counties. Further detail stratigraphical work will have to be done before their age is more accurately determined. Distribution of Mine Workings. The mine workings extend intermittently along an east-west mineralized zone for a distance of about 10-5 miles. The largest ore-bodies were found at the western end between Cumberland brook and Martin brook, where under- 1 Quart. Jour., Geol. Soc, 1850, p. 349. • Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. V, pt. 2, p. 17P. SUMMARY REPORT 26| SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 ground levels were run in ore continuously for over 4,400 feet at depths of from 100 to over 400 feet below the surface. Little mining was done for a distance of over one mile between Martin and Cook brooks, but extensive ore-bodies were found at Cook brook and at the Acadia mines in what is known as the Old Moun- tain workings, on the east side of the west branch of Great Village river. The distance from Cumberland brook to Great Village river is about 2-vS miles and at the latter point between the west and east branches of the river furnaces are located at the village of Londonderry. Eastward from Londonderry, as far as Folly river, a distance of 4 miles, no ore-bodies of workable size have been found. East of Folly river at East Mines ore has been removed from deposits similar to those west of Londonderry. Farther east at Pine brook and Totten brook scattered small workinfjs occur. Mineralogy of Vein. The minerals of the vein were studied by Sir Wm. Dawson and described as early as 1849, and republished in his Acadian Geology, 1878, pages 583-591. Henry Louis^ also published a valuable paper on this subject, and a short summary of his results follows. He found that ankerite, sideroplesite, barite, calcite, aragonite, iron pyrites, and specular ore occur as original mineral constituents in the veins. Ankerite and sideroplesite occur together and are apparently contemporaneous in origin. Barite occurs in fissures in the ankerite. Calcite occurs as dogtooth spar and scalenohedra, lining fissures. Aragonite occurs in acicular crystals, and appears to be one of the last minerals to form. Iron pyrites occurs sparingly and specular ore is in thin veins ramifying through the ankerite. Red and brown ores occur as decomposition products of the carbonates of iron. Analyses of the principal constituents are as follows: Analyses of Minerals from Londonderry Iron Ore Deposits. Ankerite Sideroplesite Calcite Insoluble siliceous matter 0-57 53-64 23-29 0-77 21-48 0-43 1-03 67-96 2-19 27-87 trace Calcium carbonate 95-93 Ferrous carbonate 1-45 Manganous carbonate 2-77 Magnesium carbonate 0-57 Total 99-75 99-48 100-72 Specific gravity 2-988 3-523 > Trans. Nova Scotia Inst. Sc, 1879, p. 49. No. 26-18^ 264 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Analyses of Ore from Londonderry Iron Ore Deposits. A B Insoluble mattei 2-71 trace 87-21 1-67 ^ trace 0-45 8-01 trace 3-73 Alumina trace Ferric oxide 83-21 Trimanganic tetroxide 1-83 Lime Magnesia 0-65 Combined water 10-18 Phosphoric acid trace Total 100-05 99 • 60 Analysis A was made on a deep red specimen and B on a brown specimen of the ore, both showing distinctly the cleavage planes of the original mineral. General Structure of the Vein. The vein has a general east-west strike and dips steeply to the south. The dip varies and at some points flattens to about 45 degrees. The associated sedi- ments are altered, light green, soft, clay slate and quartzite. These have also a general steep dip southward and it is only at certain points that the fissure is seen definitely cutting across these beds. There is, however, no doubt that the vein does cut the sediments and that it is not an interbedded sediment altered to its present character, as suggested by Dawson.^ The ankerite, sideroplesite, and associated secondary oxides of iron, are, in general, restricted to a variable width of less than 100 feet, but, at certain localities pockety deposits occur scattered over a wider area. Thus a well-defined fissure vein extends for about 2 miles eastward from Cumberland to Martin brook and is broken up at the eastern end by cross faults in the Old Mountain workings. These scattered fissure veins extend over an area of 1,000 feet north and south, by 1,800 feet east and west. Similarly at East Mines the western portion of the deposit follows a straight fissure at the Slack Brook workings and is broken up at the east end as shown by the pockety condition of the Weatherbe Brook area. In both instances the broken areas lie closer to outliers of the plutonic intrusive. The fault zone may have been developed in the first instance during the period of diastrophism accompanying the intrusion of the igneous rocks. Detailed Description of the Ore-Bodies. The underground workings of the mines are inaccessible and the writer was fortunate enough to secure descriptions by Messrs. Mel. Spencer, M. Morash, and Farnem, foremen formerly in charge of the mines west of Londonderry and familiar with the development of the mines. They accompanied the writer to the surface workings and described the deposits. In the following description refer- ences will be given for quotations not verified by the writer. Brooking] Mine. The plutonic rocks intrusive into the iron-bearing sediments outcrop at distances varying from one-quarter to three-quarters of a mile north of the vein. North of the Old Mountain workings the contact of the intrusive with the sediments follows along the north side of the valley of an easterly flowing creek which empties into the east branch of Great Village river below the falls. About three-quarters of a mile up the creek a deposit of iron » Acadian Geology. 1878, p. 588. SUMMARY REPORT 265 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 oxide occurs as a replacement of slate. This is known as the Brooking mine and the ore is called "Derry hematite." An average of eight analyses given in Wood- man's report gives; Metallic iron 38-71 Insoluble material 29-38 A section measured in an open-cut from south to north across the strike of the mineralized sediments is as follows : Section at Brooking Mine. Character of rock Thic Kness Feet Inches 1 8 3 2 6 0 0 6 6 0 11 0 17 0 23 0 2 0 Coarse-grained sandstone Fine-grained sandstone Siliceous hematite (Derry) Sandy clay slate Purple slate Brecciated slate Purple rusty clay slate Brecciated slate with chlorite Sandy slate, covered to north Calcareous sandstone with specular iron in veins, scattered outcrops through 15 feet. Covered to north, but steep slope suggests igneous contact about 50 feet north of preceding sandy slate. The igneous rock is exposed about 200 yards farther east and a thin section examined under the microscope shows it to be a coarse-grained diorite, composed essentially of plagioclase feldspar, augite, hornblende, and biotite, with unusually abundant black iron oxide. It seems probable that the hematite of the Brooking mine owes its origin to this plutonic intrusive. About 5 miles east of this point at Pine brook the plutonic intrusive is composed entirely of plagioclase with some orthoclase feldspar. No ferromag- nesian minerals nor iron oxide are present. A good section is exposed across the sediments below the contact, but no ferruginous deposits were found. The mineralization of the ankerite vein is also poorly developed at this locality and westward. These facts suggest the probability of a genetic relationship existing between the iron rich plutonics and the iron ore veins where structural conditions are favourable. West. Mines. In the workings west of Cumberland brook Mr. Morash stated that "ore was left in the lowest level (No. 2 north)". This is at the level of the brook about 478 feet above sea-level. "Ankerite occurs on a hard foot- wall and brown ore is associated with a soft hanging-wall ; together these form a variable thickness of 10 to 20 feet. The good ore itself was 6 to 8 feet thick with a dip of 40 to 45 degrees to the south." To recover the ore Mr. Morash suggested "driving a level to the south of No. 1 south level." Woodman states (page 155) that the ore west of Cumberland brook consists of a mixture of ankerite and siderite, and specular ore. ^^ Cumberland Brook to Martin Brook. The surface cuts show the irregularity in the width of the vein. Between Cumberland brook and Dufiferin shaft these vary in width up to 90 feet and average about 40 feet. Between Dufferin and McClellan shafts the outcrop narrows to 4 feet and averages 15. The walls are slickensided, indicating movement along the vein. About 600 feet east of McClel- lan shaft two parallel veins occur following the same fault zone and at 1,000 feet 266 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 east, at the water winze, two other veins lie at an angle to the main fissure bearing to the northwestward. Mr. Farnem stated that "at the Dufferin shaft 13 feet of ore was left in the bottom levels, Nos. 8 and 9". No ankerite was found on either wall in the upper part of the workings and black ore occurs more abund- antly at Nos. 8 and 9 levels than at the surface. This ore could be best recovered by driving a drainage tunnel from a lower point such as the falls on Cumberland brook, as the water from these lowest levels would otherwise have to be pumped out. Black ore (botryoidal limonite) is unusually abundant eastward towards Martin brook and is in general associated with the brown ore. The red ore occurs with ankerite and sideroplesite. The deepest mining of the whole range is at the Jamme shaft west of Martin brook where a depth of 230 feet below the level of the brook or less than 200 feet above sea-level has been reached. Mr. Mprash stated "there is 60 feet of brown ore from No. 7 level to the bottom of the shaft. There is a slip in the hanging-wall of the vein at No. 7 level in which black iron ore occurs. A little ankerite was found on the footwall. There is little water in No. 7 or the Jamme workings and this would have to be pumped to recover the ore." Woodman states (page 158) that in these and the Cumberland workings not only does the ore become lean downward but the proportion of sulphur increases rapidly. Cook Brook Workings. Ore containing iron pyrites was found on the dump. Mr. Borash stated that "sulphide ore came from No. 1 east level 300 to 400 feet in. Brown ore mixed with ankerite was left on the sill of No. 3 level. This could be obtained by connecting up with underlying levels Nos. 1 or 2 to drain. No. 4 level crosses the vein and continues westward in foot- wall to the north of the vein. Specular hematite 4 feet thick occurs where this level crossed the vein, and dips nearly vertical or steeply to the south. Crosscuts show ore to south or main level. The altered vein rock is about 50 feet thick and clean brown ore 5 feet thick. To recover the ore Mr. Borash suggests "drifting along it, driving Nos. 1 and 2 levels in to drain, and stoping up to Nos. 3 and 4 levels." The vein is not continuous between Cook brook and Old Mountain workings. Slickensided rock walls terminated the vein abruptly at the western end of the Old Mountain levels and it is probable that cross faults have dislocated the vein at this point, also that tho, original character of the fissure was wider and more shattered, due to the proximity of intrusive plutonic rocks. Old Mountain Workings. The ore occurred in a number of separate pockets along fissures, and these were found over an area 1,000 feet north and south by 1,800 feet east and west. Mr. Spencer stated that "the best ore from this locality was mined from a pit at the shaft over No. 2 level. This was brown ore with ankerite through it and measured 92 feet horizontally. The dip is 45 degrees to the south. No. 3 'level crosses this vein from the north into the hanging- wall and then returns to the ore which continues downward. To mine below No. 3 a tunnel should be driven from No. 6 level to drain Nos. 4, 3, and 2 in turn, and stopes raised. This is the best place in Old Mountain to obtain ore. No. 1 level took ore from an old quarry but did not cut any quantity else- whei'e. About 150 yards north of Gallagher workings 3 to 4 feet of black ore was found." There are in the Old Mountain two distinct zones of mineralization along fissures marked on the surface by the quarry to the south and the Gallagher workings to the north. Londonderry to Folly River. In the Ferguson workings about one-half mile north of Londonderry village, paint (yellow hydroxide of iron) was found but not in large quantities. SUMMARY REPORT 267 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Along the strike of the mineralized zone eastward little is known of the character of the vein except where it is exposed in a railway cutting about one- third of a mile along the railway above the overhead road bridge, where a curve to the north brings the railway parallel to Folly river. A crushed zone about 200 feet wide is exposed and a clean cut fault occurs in the central part, exhibiting vertical walls with perfectly slickensided surfaces. The fault strikes north 95 degrees east and dips 86 degrees south. Ankerite occurs in small veins up to one inch thick throughout the crushed zone and mineralization is greater for 10 feet south of the main fault, but is present only in sufficient quantity to indicate a continuation of the zone. The sediments on the north side of the disturbed zone strike north 55 degrees east, dip 75 degrees northwest on the south side, strike north 45 degrees east, and dip 80 degrees southeast. The fault cuts across the bedding of the sediments. Slack Brook Workings. A series of open-cuts along the surface show that a width of 15 to 40 feet has been taken out along a line striking north 75 degrees east, and dipping 82 degrees south. In the hanging-wall of the largest cut^ 15 feet of ankerite mixed with green altered clay slate 1 to 6 inches thick, remains. The foot-wall consists of soft interbedded clay slate and harder quartzitic layers. A slickensided surface 100 feet long and 60 feet high characterizes the foot-wall and specular hematite associated with ankerite is developed alpng it. At the east end of this cut a horse of broken altered sediments mixed with ankerite and small amounts of specular hematite is undoubtedly a replacement of the more finely comminuted fault breccia. The character of the ore removed was not learned. Gory Brook Workings. No surface cuts occur between the Slack Brook and Gory Brook workings which are situated about 350 feet to the east, but the Slack Brook level connected them underground. A series of open-cuts and crushes extends for about 1,800 feet eastward, from which yellow, brown, and black ores were obtained. Mr. Oliver Slack, a resident farmer who was formerly employed in this mine, states that "some ore was left in the bottom on account of a crush." There is much water to pump unless a long tunnel be driven to drain the mine. Weatherbe Brook Workings. The surface cuts change in strike from easterly to southeasterly and a number of scattered pockets occur in a manner similar to the Old Mountain workings. Here again also the plutonic intrusives are much nearer the mineralized zone and may have widened the shattered zone and deflected it southward. Ankerite occurs in veins up to 30 feet thick, and specular hematite in veins up to 6 inches thick. Brown ore was taken from the surface and appears to have been replaced by the ankerite with depth. At the northeasterly limit of the workings a shaft was sunk 85 feet below the surface and Mr. Slack stated that "8 to 10 feet of yellow and brown ores with 4 feet of black ore (botryoidal limonite) were found on the foot-wall. The ore to the east of the shaft was not all stoped. It was partly stoped out on the west side and ore was left on the sill. There is much water and this caused difficulty in mining." Woodman (pages 149 to 170) states that the ore pinched out to the west of this shaft. Pine Hill Brook. A mineralized zone in altered clay slate is exposed in the bed of Pine brook north of a bridge on a private road about three-quarters of a mile north of east Folly Mountain road. A vein of ankerite, including 1 to 2 feet of parting rock, measures 6 feet thick. Old workings, including a short tunnel and some open-cuts, were found on the steep hillside along the strike of the vein eastwards. The most extensive workings are at the top of the hill at what is known as the Barn Hill lot. The vein is exposed here for a width of from 30 to 50 feet. A marsh to the north of the exposure does not admit of accurate measurements of the vein. The vein strikes about east-northeast and 268 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 dips steeply to the south. No workable quantity of the oxides occurs, the anke- rite being in a fresh state. Specular hematite was scattered through the ankerite in stringers and isolated masses. Totten Brook Workitigs. A prospect pit occurs on the east side of Totten brook three-quarters of a mile north of the highway at Berry Totten's farmhouse. It is in brown ore, but too little work has been done to indicate the size of the deposit. About half a mile farther up stream the Totten Meadow workings are found. An underground level is crushed in and an open-cut above exposes a fault which has brecciated the ankerite vein itself. A fault breccia about 25 feet thick is made up of fragments of sedimentary rocks and fragments of vein material measuring up to 18 inches arcoss and surrounded by finely comminuted fault breccia. One of the large fragments of ankerite showed varying stages of alteration from the original mineral to red ore nearest the centre and to brown ore in the outer part. It is evident that considerable movement took place at this point since the iron minerals were first deposited. A section from north to south at the mouth of the tunnel is as follows : Foot-wall in clay slate, strike east, dip 26 degrees south. Ankerite 6 feet. Specular hematite, red ore, and rock 3 " Hanging- wall much broken and accompanied by ankerite 9 " A small amount of brown ore has been mined from this locality. While the vein is well mineralized no large bodies of ore were seen and underground pros- pecting would be required to search for a workable deposit. Summary. The iron ore deposits occur in a fissure vein traversing sediments of early Palaeozoic, probably Ordovician age. The fissured zone was formed during the period of earth movements accompanying the intrusion of plutonic rocks in Devonian time. The most important iron-bearing minerals are ankerite and sideroplesite thought to have been derived from the plutonic magma and deposited by solutions at a sufficient distance from the heated mass to allow them to cool and to be deposited in their present form as carbonates. The presence generally of angular fragments embedded in the vein material suggests that replacement of com- minuted fault breccia took place and may have modified the composition of mag- matic solutions and precipitates. The fissure zone may be cut off by the igneous rocks or possibly it may lie parallel to the igneous rocks. As the veins approach the contact of the plutonic with the sediments, minerals capable of deposition at higher temperatures, such as sulphides and oxides, probably take the place of the carbonates. The mineralized zone, formed as it was along a line of weakness in the earth's crust, suffered subsequent dislocations during periods of diastrophism probably beginning with the Carboniferous. Denudation gradually exposed the shattered veins and the carbonates of iron were oxidized to limonites, producing yellow, red, and brown ochres, both on the surface and in deeper deposits along fissures in the vein. Carbonated waters dissolved and transported some of the iron, redepositing it in the form of botryoidal limonite and possibly in other forms similar to bog ore. The workable ore consists of these secondary hydrated oxides of iron, considerable quantities of which still exist in the old workings. On account of the pockety nature of the deposits satisfactory prospecting in the old workings can be done only by drifting underground. Both the quantity and quality of the ore may decrease with depth. Prospecting for similar deposits of iron carried on along the continuation of this or other similar fissures may result in further discoveries of workable deposits. SUMMARY REPORT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Coal Prospect at Maltetnpec, Gloucester County, N.B. 269 COAL. A thin seam of mixed coal and shale outcrops about 100 yards east of the highway on the east bank of a stream which joins the Pokemouche river 1| miles to the south. The surface outcrop had been opened up previously and was again well exposed on the day it was examined. The following section was measured : Section at Maltempec. Stratum No. Description Thickness Feet Inches 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Thin-bedded, clay slate, top eroded Thin-bedded, clay slate, stained by iron oxide Thin-bedded, grey, clay slate Massive, grey slate Clay with coal stringers and yellow brown stain of iron oxide Thin-bedded, clay shale and coal Thin-bedded coal with shale and iron pyrite Thin-bedded coal and shale. Thin-bedded coal with shale and iron pyrite Massive, grey clay Thin-bedded, clay shale in bottom 4i 4i *2 10^ Representative samples were selected from the seam and these were analysed by E. Stansfield of the Department of Mines with results as follow: Analyses of Coal from Maltempec. Analysis No 238 3 237 ■ 4 Stratum No Moisture condition of sample As received Dry As received Dry Proximate analysis: Moisture 5-9 20-6 33-2 40-3 6-1 1-20 21-9 35-3 42-8 6-5 1-20 6-2 50-4 20-9 22-5 4-4 1-05 Ash 53-8 Volatile matter 22-3 Fixed carbon (by difference) 23-9 Ultimate analysis: Sulphur 4-7 Fuel ratio, fixed carbon to volatile matter. . 1.05 Coking propeities Forms a very poor coke. Non-cok ing. It is evident that this coal is lacking in both quantity and quality for com- mercial purposes. 270 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Mr. T. G. Loggie, Deputy Minister of the Department of Lands and Mines of New Brunswick, kindly sent me copies of records of tiiree diamond drill borings put down at this locality in 1906. The following statements are recorded: Bore-hole No. 1 "at a depth of 41 feet 6 inches drilled through I5 inches of coal. Blue slate over and under the coal." Bore-hole No. 2 "at 5 feet 6 inches from surface drilled through 8 inches of good coal." Bore-hole No. 3 "at 395 feet drilled through 3 inches of black slate and coal. The last 9 feet of sandstone contained small v^ns of coal about one-eighth of an inch thick." The coal occurs as a bed in the sedimentary rocks and has a dip of about 5 degrees northeast. The drill holes were well placed both to test the known coal seam at greater depths along the dip, and to prospect for other seams. The records show that prospects for coal in workable quantity are not encouraging at this point. Returning from Maltempec to Bathurst a hasty examination of the coast at Caraquet and Grand Anse was made. At Caraquet along the shore east of the wharf, cross-bedded grey sandstone holds plant remains and occasional coal layers, some of which attain a thickness of 6 inches. These seams are of no great extent and form small lens-shaped masses usually highly pyritiferous. SHALE. West of the federal government w^harf at Caraquet a purple shale occurs in a bed about 15 feet thick. It outcrops for about 1,000 feet along the coast, is underlain by grey sandstone, and is overlain by a thin mantle of gravels. A similar bed of shale occurs farther west outcropping on the shore opposite the church. At Clifton also it is exposed for about one mile along the coast with a gentle dip eastward. Samples from the exposures at Caraquet were tested by Mr. Keele of the Department of Mines and the following report received: "Lab. No. 580. Reddish brown, crumbling, hard, massive clay shale, immediately west of the government wharf at Caraquet. This shale bed is about 15 feet thick, and is visible for about 1,000 feet. It is overlain by a thin deposit of gravels. This shale when ground and mixed with water to the proper consistency has good plasticity, and excellent working qualities. It can be dried safely in artificial driers, up to a temperature of 150 degrees Fahrenheit, but may crack if forced in a higher atmosphere. The shrinkage on drying is about 6 per cent. When burned to cone 010, it has a good, hard, red body with an absorption of only 9 per cent. If burned to the softening point of cone 03, the body is vitrified, but the fire shrinkage is high, being about 5 per cent. This shale fuses at cone 3. "Lab. No. 581. Reddish brown, crumbling, hard, clay shale near church at Caraquet. The outcrop of the deposit extends for about 300 feet along the shore of the bay, and lies westward of No. 580. This material is similar to sample No. 580, giving almost identical results in the tests in the raw and burned conditions. "These shales are suitable for the manufacture of wire-cut, birilding brick, fireproofing or hollow ware and dry-pressed brick. They would probably work weil for roofing tile, and stifif-mud floor tile. They could be made into rough face brick and flashed to various shades of colour. They are of considerable economic importance on account of their easily accessible location, and the superior quality of structural wares which they would produce. A cheap fuel supply could be brought in by water, and the finished goods shipped by the same means to western points. It is doubtful if paving brick could be made from these shales as their range of vitrification is too short." SUMMARY REPORT 271 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Geological Mapping in Annapolis and Kings Counties, N.S. The area surveyed is outlined by Nova Scotia geological sheet No. 103, and extends from the contact of the granitic rocks between Nictaux river and the boundary between Annapolis and Kings counties northward across the Anna- polis valley and North mountain to the bay of Fundy coast between Victoria harbour and Port Lome. A base map of this district was surveyed under the direction- of the late Hugh Fletcher, some years ago, and the partially completed manuscript of the map, on a scale of 1 mile to 1 inch, was used in the field. The predominating feature of the landscape is the highlands of North and South mountains, between which the broad valley of the Annapolis river has been entrenched. There is an intimate relationship between the surface features and the character of the underlying rocks. The rock series represented are as follows : Table of Formations. Era Period Age Description Cenozoic Modern River silt, humus, peat. Pleistocene Boulder clay, stratified clay, sand, gravel. Mesozoic Triassic Volcanic flows and amygdaloidal trap. Sandstone and shale. Palseozoic Devonian Plutonic intrusives and dyke rocks. Oriskany (May be ear- lier in part) Slates, quartzites, and oolitic, ferruginous beds composed of hematite, iron silicates, and magnetite. (Nictaux-Tor- brook iron ores.) Devonian Sediments. Along the northern slope of South mountain a series of slates and quartzites with interbedded iron ores occur. These have been synclinally folded, with some close crumpling, faulted, and sheared. The series is richly fossiliferous and has been correlated with the Oriskany stage of the Devonian period. A thickness of several hundred feet of unfossiliferous quartzites and slates is exposed along the Nictaux river at Nictaux falls and northward. These have a steep dip to the south apparently conformable with the Oriskanian series. Plutonic Intrusives and Dyke Rocks. Dykes and larger masses of gabbro and diorite have penetrated these sedi- ments and become increasingly abundant to the south, where, about 5 miles southeast of the Annapolis river, the main body of the plutonic rocks which floor the grealer part of the interior of fhe western portion of Nova Scotia, is found. Bordering the contact is a zone about 1 mile in width composed of about equal parts of granitic and broken twisted and metamorphosed sediments. Since portions of this granitic batholith are elsewhere overlain unconformably by Lower Carboniferous conglomerates, the intrusion is thought to have taken place in the Devonian period. 272 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Triassic Sedimejits and Basaltic Flows. Triassic sandstone and shale of a characteristic salmon-red colour succeed the Devonian sediments to the north, but their contact is concealed underneath a mantle of glacial drift and outwash deposits. Scattered outcrops are found along the bed of the Annapolis river and in the deep cut valleys on the south slope of North mountain, where they are seen to dip gently northwards and to be over- lain, apparently conformably, by basaltic fiows, which present a precipitous escarpment facing the Annapolis valley to the south. The basal flow is usually the thickest and most coarsely crystalline at some points resembling an intrusive. The summit of North mountain is comparatively fiat and is floored by the truncated edges of a number of fiows. The north slope of the mountain is usually a nearly true dip slope of the flow. Along the North Mountain coast, each flow varies in thickness from 0 to 80 feet, and exhibits amygdaloidal structure in its upper and lower portions. The dip is at angles of 10 to 12 degrees northward. Six or more successive flows are exposed along the coast between Port George and Margaretville. Thin clay partings frequently separate the flows, but these appear to have resulted from decomposition in place of both the underlying and overlying trap. No residual soils indicating time gaps were recognized. This rock forms one of the best types of road metal and large quantities already partly crushed occur on the beaches along the coast, notably at Morden, also as talus along the precipitous cliffs on the south side of the mountain where it is easily accessible from roads crossing the mountain especially along the "Vault" road. Surficial Geology. Mr. C. W. Robinson gave his undivided attention to a study of the super- ficial geology, and mapped the various types of deposits in detail. Special attention was given to the glacial and alluvial deposits of the Annapolis valley. Information concerning the later stages of the Glacial period was obtained, especially in regard to the movement of local glaciers from South mountain northward. These crossed North mountain and furnished large quantities of sand and gravel now found as stratified deposits along the coast. These deposits were probably laid down in the form of a submerged bar when the sea stood about 200 feet higher than at present. A similar submerged bar exists at the present time along this coast at Margaretville, formed in part at least by ocean erosion of the Pleistocene deposits. Gas Bubbling Through Sea Water. An unusual phenomenon was observed at a point 2 miles west of Margaret- ville. Here a pre-Glacial valley about 2 miles in width was eroded to below the present sea-level, and later was entirely filled by glacial outwash sands and gravels. Modern wave action has undercut these soft deposits and the eroded scarp rises to an elevation of 170 feet above the present sea-level. The lower 120 feet of this is entirely composed of fine-grained sand, beautifully stratified and cross bedded; the upper 50 feet contains layers of coarse boulders. The gently sloping tidal beach is strewn with these fallen boulders which, embedded in sand, are exposed seaward at low tide for several hundred yards. The tides rise and fall here through a vertical distance of about 30 feet. While coasting along the beach in a small boat, when the tide was nearly in, gas bubbles were seen to rise copiously, bubbling through the water in a zone about 10 feet wide and extending in a curving line for about 300 feet roughly parallel to the water's edge. The bottom along this line would be exposed at low tide, and as a stream SUMMARY REPORT 273 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 flowed through these sands as well as the drainage from the outgoing tidal water, many openings would exist in the porous sand for air to be occluded when they were exposed above water, at low tide. With the incoming tide the air so trapped would be expelled by the pressure of the overlying water. The time of commence- ment of the bubbling was not noticed as the action was going on energetically when the locality was approached. It continued for over an hour. A sample of the gas was collected and examined and the following report has been received from Mr. E. Stansfield, chemist. Mines Department. "The analysis shows that the sample was not merely atmospheric air trapped at low tide. The sample contained a minute trace of inflammable gas, apparently hydrogen, although the quantity was too small to distinguish with certainty between this and the more probable gas methane." Carbon dioxide 0-66 Hydrogen ? 0-02 Oxygen 18-88 Nitrogen (by difference) 80-44 100-00 Nictaux-Torbrook Iron Ores, N.S. The iron ores occur as bedded deposits forming two nearly parallel zones about 5,000 feet apart. The southern zone, locally called the South Mountain bed, has been traced and test pits sunk along its outcrop from the Annapolis- Kings County line about halfway between the Canaan and Messenger roads, for about 5 miles southwestward past Bloomington towards the Nictaux river. It has proved too lean for further development. The northern zone extends from Black river about half a mile north of the Messenger road to the west side of Nictaux river. The ore has been obtained principally from the Leckie bed and a small quantity from the overlying shell bed. Other beds occur in this zone which have not produced any ore. According to the annual reports of the Nova Scotia Department of Mines, a total of 348,639 tons of ore were produced between the years 1891 and 1913. The mines are now idle and filled with water so that no underground study of the deposits could be made. The history and detailed descriptions of the mines with^nine plans were published by Dr. J. E. Woodman^ in his report on the iron ore deposits of Nova Scotia. The geology and stratigraphy of the iron ore series was described by Prof. L. W. Bailey^ and Mr. Hugh Fletcher.^ A magneto- metric survey of the western portion of the Torbrook iron ore deposits was made by Mr. Howells Frechette" in 1910. Petrography andlChemistry of Southern Zone. The South Mountain bed is a ferruginous quartzite composed of magnetite, green iron silicate, detrital quartz, and fine-grained argillaceous material. It is frequently oolitic and at the eastern exposures contains hematite. Examined in thin section the green iron silicate is seen to occur in the form of spherules and also interstitially as a cement. The magnetite occurs as small masses usually with crystalline outline and appears to be closely associated with the silicate, as an alteration product. The rocks examined were considerably metamorposed. Chemical analyses of samples taken from the various test pits along the bed are listed in Frechette's report on page 8. An average of these is as follows : 1 Mines Branch, Dept. of Mines, Bull. No. 20, 1909, pp. 48-170. 2 Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. IX, 1896, pp. 91M-123M. • Geol. Surv., Can., Ann. Rept., vol. XVI, 1904, pp. 302A-318A. • Mines Branch, Dept. of Mines, Bull. No. 7, 1912. 274 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Analyses of Ore from south Mountain Bed. 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Percentage No. of analyses Metallic iron 40-80 24-62 4-56 2-94 0-52 1-56 0-016 17 Insoluble matter " 12 Alumina 5 Lime 5 Magnesia 5 Phosphorus 7 Sulphur • 7 Petrography and Chemistry of Northern Zone. Thin sections from the Shell bed show that the ore is composed of detrital quartz grains and calcareous fossil fragments with which occur spherules of green iron siUcate, having concentric structure. Crystalline magnetite has developed entirely within these spherules partially replacing the amorphous silicate. A very small amount of hematite is present. The spherules composed of both silicate and magnetite are frequently entirely embedded in a carbonate matrix which is probably calcite. The green iron silicate resembles chamosite which is a hydrated ferrous aluminous silicate. The bed has a variable thickness where not disturbed by folding, of from 4 to 6 feet. As the name implies it is richly fossiliferous. The Leckie bed also has an oolitic structure, at some points well and at others poorly developed. Frechette states on page 9 of his report that the ore of the Leckie bed is slightly magnetic. No thin sections of this bed have been examined. Its thick- ness varies at the Leckie mine from 4 to 9 feet, according to Woodman's report, Plate 24, page 104. The following averages of chemical analyses are taken from Woodman's report, page 14. Analyses of Ore from Northern Zone. Leckie No. of analyses Shell No. of analyses Fe 49-20 15-09 4-42 4-94 0-67 0-74 0-92 0-077 229 17 9 6 6 8 55 11 44-13 16-60 4-84 6-79 0-75" 0-098 81 SiOj 81 AI2O3 6 . CaO 7 MgO Mn02 P 25 S 11 The total iron content of the beds appears to have been originally supplied principally in the form of the green iron silicate, while the sediments were in the process of formation in shallow water along a marine coast. The hematite may also have been an original constituent but the magnetite appears to be an altera- tion product. Since the beds are primary sediments they are subject to varia- tions from point to point as the character of the sedimentation changed along the coast. There is also a probability that the horizon is continuous between SUMAIARY REPORT 275 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 the Leckie mine and westward where a thick mantle of drift has prevented pros- pecting for a distance of about 1 mile. Iron Prospect at Piedmont, Pictou County, N.S. Introduction. In the autumn of 1915 a bed of oolitic hematite and green iron silicate 7 feet thick was discovered in a small creek valley on the northern slope of the range of hills south of Piedmont and about 1 mile southwest of Piedmont station, by James H. Robertson. The discoverer, associated with Messrs. Duncan Mackenzie and A. R. Chambers, made a number of open-cuts, in September 1916, to expose the bed. The writer visited the prospect in June and secured some loose specimens. The rocks were covered with such a heavy mantle of boulder clay that no study of the occurrence could be made until September, when two weeks were given to a survey of the prospect and surrounding country. I General Geology. The coastal plain, floored by Carboniferous sandstones and conglomerates, rises gradually from the coast of Northumberland strait southward for 3 to 5 miles to an elevation of 250 feet, where it terminates abruptly in the hills south of the Piedmont road, which form a narrow ridge rising about 1,000 feet above sea-level. The ferruginous bed outcrops at an elevation of about 600 feet above sea-level. The rocks in the range of hills south of Piedmont were mapped by Hugh Fletcher as of Ordovician age, and as similar bedded iron ores occurring on Doctor brook, Antigonish county, N.S., and also on Bell island, Newfoundland, are of lower Ordovician age the Piedmont occurrence probably belongs to the same per'od and may represent a similar horizon. The correctness of this correlation is indicated by the discovery in the shales and sandstones underlying the hematite, of brachiopod which has been identified by Mr. L. D. Burling as Lingulella hella Walcott. This species has been identified and described^ from Bell island, Newfoundland, where it is referred on the basis of associated fossils to the lower- most Ordovician or the uppermost Cambrian. It also occurs in zone 1 of the Wabana iron ore,^ on Bell island, Newfound- land, and this horizon has been correlated by Prof. Gilbert van Ingen^ with the French -Welch'* facies of the lower Ordovician period, more particularly the Arenig of Wales and the Armoricain grit of Brittany. Sections exposed in stream valleys on both north and south slopes of the ridge show that the Ordovician sediments lie in a synclinal fold with axes in an approximately east-west direction. Igneous intrusives occur in a large dyke-like form and apparently compose the core of the hills. Other dykes and volcanic rocks outcrop on the summit and northern slope but the relationship of these was not worked out. On the north slope a thickness of several hundred feet of red- dish brown coloured conglomerates occurs. These are overlain by fine-grained green slates and sheared sandstones in which the oolitic hematite occurs. The lingulella occurs in the sandstone underlying the hematite bed. On the south slope coarse sandstones of similar colour and of about equal thickness to the conglomerates are overlain by slates and sandstones of similar character to those iWalcott. C. D.. Mon. U.S. Geol. Surv., vol. LI, 1912. pp. 481-482, Pis. XIX and XXXVI. 2 Hayes, A. O., Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 78. 1915, p. 22. ' van Ingen, Gilbert, Correlation table of Cambrian and Ordovician systems about Conception and Trinity bays, Newfoundland. Private publication, Princeton, N.J., July 9, 1914. •van Ingen, Gilbert, Cambrian and Ordovician faunas of southeastern Newfoundland (abstract). Geol. Soc Am. Bull., vol. 25, No. 1, p. 138, March 30. 1914. 276 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 outcropping on the north side of the hill. The coarser texture of the sediments on the north slope suggests that an approach is made in this direction to the Ordovician shore-line. Detailed Description of the Ferruginous Horizon. The accompanying sketch map illustrates the structure as shown from the open-cuts. The section of the hematite bed immediately west of the fault on the west bank of the stream is as follows : Feet Boulder clay 3 Green dyke composed of plagioclase feldspar and secondary calcite (top eroded) 5 Oolitic hematite, green iron silicate bed 7 Interbedded fine-grained green slate and sheared sandstone, holding fossil lingulella 3 The strike at this point is east and the dip 37 degrees south. Westward between the two faults the sediments are crumpled in a sharp fold pitching steeply to the south. Continuous surface cuts show that the fold is continuous. Fifty feet westward the strata strike northeast and dip 59 degrees southeast, while at the faulted contact with the volcanic rock the sediments strike south and dip 48 (iegrees east. Drag is well developed in the sediments at both faults and shows that the east side has moved southwards relative to the west side. The amount of throw of the west fault is unknown. The east fault ends in the massive fer- ruginous bed and appears to form a break along a sharp crumple of the strata. The eastern limb is flexed sharply southwards, and a clean slickensided fault face shows that there was a definite throw of the east limb southward. The thickness of the ferruginous bed is reduced at the fault from 7 to about 3 feet and it is still thinner where exposed in a cutting upstream to the southeast. Westward also the full thickness is not again shown apparently because of surface erosion. The dyke which forms the hanging-wall of the ferruginous bed is apparently conformable with the latter but a good section was not found to confirm this, and it is possible that the dyke may cut across the hematite. The dyke is shat- tered along the fault but the eyidence is not conclusive as to whether this is due to movement along the fault or to surface erosion. The sandstone and "shale underlying the ferruginous bed to the southeast upstream along the east bank strike parallel with the stream for about 100 feet, when they again assume an east-west course and dip to the south. Slickensided and broken shales form about 15 feet of these strata and suggest that the move- ment which ended so abruptly in the ferruginous bed may have continued east- \yard in these less resistant beds and caused the throw southward to be greater than shown at the fault, and the thinning of the ferruginous bed to be due partly to stretching along the fold. The hematite bed probably follows the trend of the sediments exposed and crosses the stream to the south. This point can be best determined by a con- tinuation southward of surface stoppings along the east bank of the stream where most of the superficial cover has been removed by stream erosion. The volcanic rock to the west is not similar to the dyke overlying the ore, but appears from the small exposure to be an amygdaloid Its extent and re- lation to the sediments and the continuation of the ore westward of the fault is unknown. Petrography of the Ferruginous Bed. The ferruginous bed is composed of abundant detrital quartz grains in a matrix of a green iron silicate and hematite. These iron-bearing minerals occur GeologicaJ Survey • bed , Piedmont , Pictou coanty, Nova. Scot/sb. ScA/e of Feet Legend Sedimentary I 1 Boulder clay ^^H Ferruginous bed ^^^1 Sa-nd stone I I Sh3.le Symbols GeologifzaJ boundary I ^^1 Fajjit, located ""■^ I Fa.ult, inferred l^sV I Dip and strike mp^ny Summajy Report by i^lbert O If&yes . 1916. 276 outcroppii on the no Ordovicia The open-cuts the west The between to the s( feet wes the faul degrees that th< of thro^ ruginou The ea face sh' thickne and it Westw. surface Tl confer: and it tered : to mo' T upstre when and b ment ward than to sti cross tinu£ most but latio is ui „atS':/r^et„Ton':mc:tra7dTe"n,atite:-These iron-beann, n»ne„. \j\-.v-*.**- SUMMARY REPORT 277 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 largely in the form of spherules usually built around a quartz grain as a nucleus. They also occur in masses with no definite structure. Small aggregates of shell fragments occur scattered irregularly through the rock. These are too small to identify but are probably from the fossil brachiopods of the genus lingulella similar to those found in the accompanying sediments. The lingulellcB are composed largely of calcium phosphate and, therefore, would supply phosphorus distributed irregularly throughout the bed. Hexagonal plates of hematite occur in the green iron silicate and represent various stages of crystal growth. It is probable that both silicate and oxide are of sedimentary origin but that the silicate formed first, and the hematite developed later by oxidation, in the un- consolidated sediments. Three distinct beds of oolitic iron ore occur at Doctors brook, less than 20 miles to the northeast, in a geological horizon similar to that at Piedmont; likewise the Wabana iron ore of Newfoundland occurs in numerous beds through a thick series of sediments. It is, therefore, possible that other beds exist in this locality hidden underneath the drift. The bed at Piedmont is somewhat lean on account of the presence of detrital quartz together with a relatively high per- centage of the silicates of iron. It is characteristic of these deposits to vary in character both along the strike and dip, for they are sedimentary deposits laid down in shallow offshore marine waters. The hematite and green iron silicate are each scattered in irregular masses throughout the bed and, consequently, the colour is a mottled dark green and reddish brown. Partial chemical analyses of samples from the ferruginous bed and of the overlying dyke have been made and results follow: Analyses of Piedmont Iron Ore. 1 2 3 4 SiOz 42-42 16-30 2-84 18-56 46-46 0-76 21-24 42-00 0-704 1-58 "6-634 42-51 Fe total 6-02 P 0-21 TiOj CaO 6-46 Sulphur 1. Selected sample of green iron silicate. 2. Selected sample of hematite. 3. Average sample of ferruginous bed. 4. Dyke overlying ferruginous bed. H. A. Leverin, chemist, Department of Mines laboratory. While working in this district Mr. Robertson accompanied the writer to a mineralized zone on the mountain slope on the north side of Barney river about 2 miles west of Marshy Hope. Specular iron occurs there in a vein about 4 inches thick. A sample taken from the vein was assayed by H. A. Leverin and gave the following results : Gold trace. . Silver none. Magnesite at Orangedale, Inverness County, N.S. A deposit of magnesite was discovered by Alexander McLeod on the farm of John Martin, McLean Point road, about one mile east of Orangedale. The writer visited this locality on October 6. An open-cut, about 5 feet wide by 15 No. 26—19 S7S GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GEORGE V, A. 1917 feet east and west through about 3 feet of surface sand and clay, exposed the magnesite. It is in a weathered and friable condition over the whole extent of the stripping. The property has been acquired by the Nova Scotia Steel and Coal Company and a trial shipment of 30 tons taken out since the writer's visit. The magnesite occurs in a crystalline form. At least two varieties of crystals occur; the most abundant is a six-sided prism of brown colour, and the other resembles a scalenohedron and is nearly colourless. Each varies in size up to about half an inch in length. Bedrock was not exposed in the cutting but small cores of dolomite occur in the magnesite and the six-sided prisms were found embedded in the cores. Fossiliferous dolomite interbedded with gypsum, probably forming part of the Windsor stage of the Carboniferous limestone series, is well exposed in a quarry about one-quarter of a mile south of the magnesite prospect. An analysis of this dolomite is given below. Analyses of Magnesite and Associated Rocks from Orangedale. :'ttr;rrr-Vrf n.'-fT '^ ^tnc^fir'^ •-IJOf; CaCOs MgCO, AI2O...... ... Oxide of iron all expressed as Fe203. Silica and insoluble residue Equivalent to CaO MgO I 'iKOW^ M'-i 2-85 90-80 1-01 1-71 0-30 1-60 -43-53 41 -'38 0-08 0-80 3-46 29-68 19-80 92-^ 0-89 0-37 0-57 3-60 51-46 0-43 - 1. Weathered^ specimen crystalline magnesite. 2. Fossiliferous dolomite from quarry. 3. Limestone from shore of lake north of magnesite deposit. Analyst, H. A. Leverin. Laboratory report No. 3383. Other outcrops of the Carboniferous limestone series occur to the north of the deposit, one within a few hundred feet, the other on the shore of the lake. The deposit of magnesite is apparently of secondary origin derived from the associated dolomites. Road Materials in the Vicinity of St. John, N.B. TrtstmrrfiqaCI ,j INTRODUCTION. "'\ Both bedrock and gravel suitable tor road construction occur in the vicinity of St. John and are easily accessible for use in the city or on highways leading to the cit3^ Transportation by water or rail is available. A survey of these materials was commenced in 1915 and samples were selected from the most important localities for special study. Seven samples of bedrock and twelve samples of gravel were tested in the laboratory of Columbia university under the direction of Prof. A. H. Blanchary, C.E. The results of these tests are given in the accompanying tables. Laboratory tests devised to approximate the conditions which obtain in a road bed under traffic furnish a means of determining the value of material for road construction, '-'b -bv/ ajiaaasi.n: lo Jio^q^. i / The methods for the determination of the physit^l firoperties of road building fock are described with illustrations in Bulletin No. 347 of the United States SUMMARY REPORT 279 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Department of Agriculture, by Frank H. Jackson, jun. Definitions of the physical properties are given in Bulletin 348, United States Department of Agriculture, by E. C. E. Lord, and also in Memoir 85, Canada, Department of Mines, Geolo- gical Survey, by L. Reinecke. Per cent of wear represents the amount of material under 0-16 centimetre in diameter lost by abrasion from a quantity of rock fragments as nearly uniform in size as possible between 2 and 2^ inches in diameter and weighing within 10 grams of 5 kilograms. About fifty fragments are placed in a closed cylinder and revolved five hours at the rate of 2,000 revolutions per hour. The abraded material is then screened through a iV-inch-mesh sieve and from the amount lost the per cent of wear is determined. This loss may also be expressed by the French coefficient given below: Coefficient of wear = ZO x -^j. == -^jft — r ; — t JJ J WW per cent of wear where W is the weight in grams of the abraded material under 0-16 cm. (one- sixteenth inch) in diameter per kilogram of rock used. Hardness is the resistance which a material offers to the displacement of its particles by friction and the test is made on a cylindrical rock core 25 milli- metres in diameter. The test piece is held perpendicularly under a constant pressure of 1,250 grams, against a revolving cast steel disk, while standard quartz sand, between 30 and 40 mesh, is used as the abrasive agent. From the average loss in weight computed from two runs, the coefficient of hardness is obtained by deducting one-third of this loss, expressed in grams per 1,000 revolutions, from an arbitrary constant (20). The coefficient 20 was chosen as the standard of comparison to give about the same range of values as those obtained by the abrasion test. The loss in weight is divided by three in order to avoid negative coefficients. Toughness as here understood, is the resistance a material offers to fracture by impact. The test piece is a cylindrical rock core 25 millimetres high by 25 millimetres in diameter, and the test is made with an impact machine con- structed on the principle of a pile driver. The blow is delivered by a hammer weighing 2 kilograms, raised by a sprocket chain and released automatically by a concentric electro-magnet to fall on an armor-piercing steel plunger with spheri- cal lower end which is in contact with the upper surface of the test piece. The test consists of a 1-centimetre fall of the hammer for the first blow and an in- creased fall of 1 centimetre for each successive blow until failure of the test piece occurs. The number of blows required to cause rupture represents the tough- ness. The cementing value is the property possessed by a rock dust to cement or bind together the coarser rock fragments, and the test is carried out as follows: one-half kilogram of rock is broken sufficiently small to pass a half-inch-mesh screen and is then moistened with 90 cubic centimetres of water and placed in a cast-iron ball mill, containing two cast-steel shot, 5 inches in diameter and weigh- ing about 20 pounds each. The sample is ground for 2| hours at the rate of 2,000 revolutions per hour or until the material has been reduced to a thick dough, the particles of which are not above 0-25 millimetre in diameter. The dough is then removed and moulded into cylindrical briquettes 25 millimetres in diameter and 25 millimetres high, in a hydraulic briquette-forming machine, so adjusted as to give a maximum momentary pressure of 132 kilos per square centimetre on the compressed material. Five briquettes are made from each test sample which, after being thoroughly dried at 200 degrees F. and cooled in a desiccator, are broken by an especially designed impact machine having a 1-kilo- gram pendulum hammer with an effective drop of 1 centimetre. The average No« 26-19} 280 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV, A. 1917 number of blows required to destroy the bond of cementation in five briquettes determines the cementing value of the rock sample. Specific gravity is the weight of the material compared with that of an equal volume of water, and is obtained by dividing the weight in air of a rock fragment by the difference between its weight in air and water. The weight per cubic foot of rock is found by multiplying the specific gravity by 62-37 pounds, the weight of a cubic foot of water. ^ Absorption determines approximately the effect which frost will have upon a rock mass. Most rocks which are good for road metal have a very low absorp- tion. The following specifications were adopted by the American Society of Muni- cipal Improvement in October 1914, as a result of comparisons made by engineers between laboratory tests and the wear of the stone in practice. For a broken stone road without a bitumen binder the stone shall have a French coefficient of wear of not less than 7 (per cent wear of about 5 • 7) and its toughness shall not be less than 6. For a broken stone road with bitumen binder the lower courses shall conform to the above specifications, but the stone in the top course shall have a French coefficient of wear of not less than 11 (per cent of wear of about 3-6) and a toughness of not less than 13 • 0. BEDROCK. No. 1.' Rockland Road Quarry. This quarry is operated by St. John city for road material in city street construction. The rock is a fine-grained, massive trachytic volcanic much shattered by earth movements and altered along joint cracks. The present quarry floor is on a level with Rockland road and is at the top of a hill so that drainage is good. This type of rock outcrops along the hill slope to the northeast between Seeley street and Mt. Pleasant avenue where it forms a ridge about 400 feet wide. It dips steeply to the south. This rock has been used in the construction of a number of streets in St. John city, apparently with satisfactory results. It does not cement as well as the diabase, and consequently may prove to wear more quickly, especially under heavy traffic. No. 2. City Quarry West St. John. This quarry is in sedimentary rocks and a detailed section across the west face of the quarry from north to south in ascending order is as follows: SUMMARY REPORT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Section in City Quarry, West St. John. 281 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Description Light to dark grey, fine-grained micaceous sandstone Reddish, micaceous sandstone, shaly at top Medium-grained, reddish grey sandstone Reddish sandstone similar to No. 2 Grey, compact, fine-grained, micaceous sandstone, banding in upper 3 feet Red shaly micaceous sandstone. . .■ Grey, fine-grained, micaceous sandstone Fault nearly parallel to bedding with chloritic matei ial Grey sandstone Reddish sandstone, laminated and easily cleaved Grey, shaly sandstone Coarse, grey sandstone Reddish grey sandstone Fault, strike 75 to 45 degrees north. Rocks slickensided Red, shaly, micaceous sandstone Grey somewhat shaly sandstone with reddish layers. Cleaves easily Greenish grey sandstone Sandy shale, reddish grey The rocks have a strike of north 55 degrees east and dip 77 degrees to the south. Thickness Ft. 12 5 7 7 23 3 8 0 5 15 5 2 1 In. 6 6 0 0 6 0 0 4 0 This sandstone and shale is easily quarried and is situated on fairly high ground. In wet weather the quarry floor is flooded, a face of 13 feet being ex- posed above water. The percentage of wear of an average sample across the face is very high, i.e., 9 '7. The toughness test was made on a selected specimen of sandstone and represents the most resistant material available. The average toughness is much lower. A comparison with the diabase which occurs in West St. John indicates that this material is much less efiicient in every way for road construc- tion. The material falls below the standard for a broken stone road, and where used for the upper courses the road may prove to be dusty in dry weather, muddy in wet weather, and to have comparatively short life. Massive and amygdaloidal diabase, which occurs in the form of dykes and sills and perhaps in part as volcanic flows, intrudes and accompanies the sedi- ments at the base of the Little River series. These igneous rocks form a band varying in width from a few hundred to over 1 ,000 feet, and extend from the east shore of Courtenay bay southwestward. They are exposed at the corner of Britain and Pitt streets on St. John peninsula and again across the harbour in West St. John where they form the higher land and widen to between 1,000 and 2,000 feet. They are covered to the west of Duck cove by stratified sands and gravels. An isolated area of massive diabase extends from Sand cove to Sheldon point forming this precipitous shore which rises in a cliff over 80 feet in height for a distance of about three-quarters of a mile. Five tests of this material have been made from samples taken from the most easily accessible localities for quarrying. Experience has shown that rock of this type makes excellent road material. No. 3. St. John County Quarry. This diabase outcrops from the Courtenay Bay shore north of the breakwater and forms the small hill rising 140 feet above sea-level, east of the reformatory. It is amygdaloidal in the southern part and 282 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 is somewhat broken by joint cracks. The more massive rock was quarried from the western portion of the area for the construction of the breakwater. From the north side the rock was quarried for the construction of the Loch Lomond road from Kane corner eastward to the Roman Catholic cemetery. A macadam road was built and after five year's use the surface is fine, hard, and well cemented. The road is hilly, much used and subject to cutting by water. This road has demonstrated the excellence of this type of rock for road con- struction. Approximately 1,000,000 cubic yards of rock occur above an eleva- tion of 100 feet above mean sea-level, where drainage is good. The nearness of this locality to tide water and the highways makes transportation cheap. It occurs within half a mile of the Courtenay Bay docks now under construction. No. 4. This rock is massive, dense, and fine-grained. The exceptionally low per cent of wear and great toughness indicate that the rock is very suitable. Cut down to the level of Dufferin row from which a good face could be worked, about 15,500 cubic yards are available. No. 5. This is a somewhat altered portion of the diabase, and in some portions it is considerably sheared. The broken character may account for the extremely low figure for toughness, which may be lower than the average. About 1,000 cubic yards were quarried from the southeast face and used for wharf ballast. There is little overburden, soil occurring only in the depressions. The Canadian Pacific Railway tracks parallel the occurrence so that it is easily accessible for transportation by rail. Charlotte Street extension forms its north- ern boundary and the area covers about 4 acres. No. 6. This sample is typical of the rock underlying the highest portion of West St. John. The area chosen for this test is well known as it lies along the north side of Charlotte street opposite the Martello tower. Amygdaloidal and fragmental varieties outcrop over about 1| acres of surface with soil cover only in the depressions in the rock. Seventy yards northwestward of Charlotte street glacial gravels occur and cover the bedrock to a depth of several feet. The tests indicate that this material is of excellent quality for road construction. The elevation of the highest part of the area is 190 feet above sea-level and trans- portation by wagon is down grade in all directions. Approximately 25,000 cubic yards is easily available above the level of the streets and, by increasing the depth cut, several times this amount could be obtained. No. 7. The diabase of this locality is massive and medium-grained. Three outcrops occur above the gravels and present good faces for quarrying. The largest area is about 1| acres in extent. Approximately 20,000 cubic yards are available above soil level from this locality. The tests indicate that the rock is of exceptionally good quality for road construction. GRAVEL. The country surrounding St. John city is particularly rich in sand and gravel of glacial origin, suitable for the construction of gravel roads, and for concrete work. Tests have been made of samples from deposits along Golden Grove and Loch Lomond roads, east of St. John, Manawagonish and South Bay roads and the bay of Fundy coast, west of the city. The conclusion has been reached by highway engineers that in regard to gravels in general, the mechanical tests are not as definite as for broken stone on account of the variety of materials involved. It is thought, however, that gravel having a percentage of wear of over 6 will not be suitable for any but the lightest country traffic and should not be used if better material is available. For medium heavy traffic the limiting value for gravel cannot be much higher than 3 per cent of wear. Gravel with a wear of from 3 to 6 per cent should be suitable for light country traffic.^ The following speci- > Reinecke, L., "Road Materials for 1915", Geol. Surv., Can. ^:2 00 o 6 o "5 6 OS o O 2 Specific gravity 00 CO 00 00 lO 00 04 OS 00 Cement- ing value o r^ O 00 O so 00 ^ ■* - o\ f; ^0 CM lO 4< CO t~- 1 o 00 CO r-l 00 French coeffici- ent of wear to CO 1 o o so ;: vO Per cent of wear f 4< to in It 6 O C3 c-o 03 C 5 Q nj in O «•- M C ra oj 43 CO OJ 5 11 >>2 2 o go crc U§-2 3&K 5.2 2 g r" +-1 4; oi 43 c o > ba OS C ^° D C O 0-2 2 c o Z 43 c o Z u c c .21 2 = 1 "u c o •— . .J5 <—>c ^2 C M C «5oo > Qcr. c o c :s£ as Location OJ +J +J to t; ^ • o o ^ r \ 4> 111 .•^- o O o^ •— > u, O CJ (Ti -Q .3 •3 to ^^ < 1 h r" h i^ h i*^ r 282 IS s< fror Fro Loi Ai we Tl sti tic of It Table II. ResuUi of Tests on Gravels from Ihe Vkimly of St. John, N.B. Location ..„ Per of French coeffici- ent o( Cement vLIL Specific gravity Per ce m or No. Void! material loose Voids material pacted Gravel passing 3- on i-inch. Sand passing t- inch screen re- tained on 200- mesh. Silt and day passing 200-mesh 1 North side of Golden Grove road, 2 miles northeast of Cold- brook station. 5.0 8.0 122 2. 66 28. 9 200 52-3 41 4 2 South of Loch Lomond road, on south side Little river. J mile above Silver falls. St. John 1.4. 29. 2 131 2-71 36-4 25-7 74- 1 3 South side Loch Lo- mond road at Silver falls, 200 yards cast of orphanage. S. Creieh- ton, Loch Lomond road, St. John, N.B. 2-6 IS. 4 120 2-69 300 23-0 41-7 550 4 South of Loch Lomond road on east bank of Little river, 300 yards south of Little falls. Top of steep bank 100 feet above sea-level. S, Creigh- ton. Loch Lomond road, St. John, N.B 2-7 14-8 S3 2-69 33. 8 271 72-7 5 Northwest shore of St. John City reservoir south side Loch Lomond road. St. John 7-8 51 162 2-73 32-4 23 1 55-6 43-7 0 7 South of Loch Lomond road, on road along St. John City water main, i mile west of Fitzgerald lake. J. T. N. Desmond, Loch Lo- st. John, ' N.B. 5-5 7-3 81 300 21-3 46-2 7 Beach extending from breakwater WL-st St. John westward lor 4,000 feet. Dominion Govern- 0-3 133-2 SO 2-66 40-8 31-3 98-1 1-8 0-0 8 Manawagonish beach. Dominion Govern. 0-4 100 0 5S 2. 71 39-2 ,11-0 99 9 0 0 0-0 ^ Sand and gravel clifTs extending from Shel- don point westward for 4,000 feet. David Lyn- ton, Sand cove, St. John, N.B. 2-4 16. 7 107 2 69 33-0 23 1 62-8 35-0 2-0 South side Manawago- orPaTr^viile and 600 yards southwest of South Bay road forks. C. H. Quin. ton, Fair- vilie, N.B. 4-6 8.7 172 2-68 29 S 22 1 52-5 46-9 " Hill south of Canadian Pacific railway, one A. W. An- 32-5 23. 6 43-5 55-1 12-S 1-3 12 Gravel pit 1,000 feet southeast of South Bay station, at end of Canadian Pacific siding ■aciiic Railway Co. 2-6 lS-4 191 2. 67 29-5 20-6 52-4 45-8 1-5 -^mJ'MMARY REPORTiy 283 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 fications for sizes were adopted by the Americaii Society of Municipal Improve- ments in 1916: "Two mixtures of gravel, sand, and clay shall be used, herein- after designated in these specifications as No. 1 product (for top- course) and No. 2 product (for middle and bottom courses). , IbIx "No. 1 product shall consist of a mixture of gravel, sand, andclay, with the proportion of the various sizes as follows: all to pass a l|-inch screen and to have at least 60 and not more than 75 per cent retained on a ^-inch screen ; at least 25 and not more than 75 per cent of the total coarse aggregate (material over |-inch in size) to be retained on a f -inch screen ; at least 65 and not more than 85 per cent of the total fine aggregate (material under x-inch in size) to be retained on a 200-mesh sieve. .ol- "No. 2 product shall consist of a mixture of gravel, sand, and clay, with the proportions of the various sizes as follows : all to pass a 2^-inch screen and to have at least 60 and not more than 75 per cent retained on a |-inch screen; at least 25 and not more than 75 per cent of the total coarse aggregate to be retained on a 1-inch screen; at least 65 and not more than 85 per cent of the total fine aggre- gate; .to he retained on a 200-mesh sieygs'i ba^ jiiioq iiubbad mo'ii biBv/Jds-if i:>ai ^z'/r ';.■■■ ■ K'£i ?"!" J3t£t:t? ?rf:t ■^r'qmuh. }o jirrroDOj:. nC" Remarks on Deposits. >>.• No. 1. From Golden Grove to Cold brook, the Golden Grove road follows a preglacial valley in which glacial material was deposited as unstratified till and as stratified. outwash deposits. The sample tested was taken from the face of an excavation of unstratified material. This has been used on the Golden Grove road with fair results. It is suitable for light traffic only. • No. 2. The Loch Lomond road also follows a preglacial valley which has been partially filled with deposits of glacial origin, stratified sand and gravel being especially abundant. These deposits have been dissected by stream erosion and workable deposits are frequently exposed especially along the south bank of Little river. In one of these deposits the city has established a pit, and a face about 20 feet in height and 80 feet long has exposed a very well stratified deposit in which the sand and gravel are well sorted. The sand is used in the construction of asphalt pavements in St. John city and as a top dressing for macadam roads. This material contains too high a percentage of sand for use in the construction of gravel roads without the addition of coarser material. i ' No. 3. Stratified gravel forms a mound rising to a height of about 50 feet above Loch Lomond road. The mound extends along the south side of the road for about 200 yards and is about 80 yards wide. Excavations have been made on both north and south slopes. The proportion of sand to gravel is too high for best results in gravel road construction but the coarser material might be selected. No. 4. An excavation in this deposit shows little coarse material. An overburden of soil with trees covers the sandy gravel. ^^ ' No. 5. Stratified and cross-bedded gravels occur in a glacial mound between Loch Lomond road and the west end of the reservoir lake. An excavation facing the lake has exposed a good section for sampling. The per cent of wear is very high but the exceptional cementing value may offset the poor wearing quality. The material would be suitable for very light traffic only. Q / ■^^' ^' Stratified sand and gravel extends for several hundred yards along the road following the St. John city water main and has been used locally for patching roads. The proportion of sand to gravel is too high for best results and should be graded for gravel road construction. An overburden of weathered material, trees and stumps, is about 2 feet in thickness. > f ;' r^^p-vv , ; ; No. 7. Sand and gravel from this beach were used in the concrete founda- tbn of the Atlantic Sugar Refinery, St. John, completed in 1914. The material 284 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GEORGE V, A. 1917 is used by M. Long, West St. John, for the manufacture of concrete building blocks and for sidewalks. It was also used by B. Mooney and Sons, St. John, for the concrete work of Scovil Bros', l)uildin,s2: on King street, completed in 1915, The sand and gravel is partially sorted by tidal action and the thicknesses vary from point to point and from day to day in any one place. Within the tidal area there appeared at the time examined to be much more sand than gravel. Clay and silt is practically absent. The locality is easily available for trans- portation by water or wagon, and the Canadian Pacific Railway yards are on the flat immediately above the beach 60 feet above sea-level. No. 8. The material along this beach is very well sorted and the sample has been taken from the gravel. Coarse sand is plentiful in the tidal area. A barrier beach of coarse gravel has been thrown up by storm waves at high tide. This portion of the beach is about three-quaiters mile long. There is a platform from which vessels can be loaded at high tide, and a wagon road leading to West St. John parallels the beach. No. 9. A cliff of stratified clay, sand, and gravel extends for about 4,000 feet westward from Sheldon point and rises abruptly to 80 feet above sea-level. On account of slumping the strata are not well exposed, and the sample was obtained from the upper portion of the cliff. Nos. 10, 11, 12. A ridge of stratified Pleistocene clay sand and gravel encloses an oval-shaped depression about 2 miles west of Fairville. The ridge rises from sea-level to an elevation of 180 to 200 feet and the distance across the depression in a north-south direction from crest to crest of the ridge is about one mile. The base of the* ridge itself is about half a mile in width. The ridge widens eastwards and the Manawagonish road follows its crest westwards from Fairville. Samples 10, 11, and 12 have been taken from different points along this ridge. It is probable that sand and gravel of the isort tested forms a large portion of the upper strata of this ridge and, therefore, satisfactory material for road construction may be had in abundance from many points in this area. No. 10. The excavation from which the sample was taken lies at about 30 feet elevation above sea-level near the top of the ridge. This material could be improved by using a smaller percentage of sand. It has a rather high per cent of wear but excellent cementing value. This is shown in the surface of the Manawagonish road which is dusty in dry weather but nevertheless wears with a fairly smooth bed, and is one of the best roads in the vicinity of St. John. No. 11. The locality from which this sample was taken is on the northern slope of the circular ridge o*f stratified sands and gravels, and an excavation has been made by the Canadian Pacific railway for ballast. The material has also been used on the road in this vicinity. These roads are dusty in dry weather but have a well cemented surface. The Canadian Pacific railway have a siding to the pit. No. 12. A cut has been made about 50 feet deep, completely through the ridge, by the Canadian Pacific railway, and the material used for ballast. There is a siding laid through the cut, steam shovels being used for loading cars. The length of the cut is about 1,500 feet and width 80 feet. GOLD-BEARING SERIES IN NORTHERN PARTS OF QUEENS AND SHELBURNE COUNTIES, NOVA SCOTIA. (E, R. Faribault.) The greater part of the field season of 1916 was spent by the writer in the northern part of Queens and Shelburne counties completing the geological mapping of the Indian Gardens map-area. No. 108, surveyed in 1915, and the SUMMARY REPORT _ 285 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Caledonia map-area, No. 107, surveyed in 1914. The field work on these sheets is now completed and ready for compilation. In addition, the geological struc- ture, partly worked out in previous years, of Whiteburn gold district, in the Caledonia map-area, was completed, and a special plan of the district on the scale of 400 feet to one inch is now ready for publication. On September 25, the field party moved to Sable River station, Shelburne county, on the Atlantic coast, and began the mapping of the Sable River map- area. No. 109, and Lockeport map-area. No. 110, lying south of the Indian Gardens map-area. These areas are underlaid by rocks of the Gold-bearing series which is here cut by some granite intrusions and diabase dykes. In these two map-areas, gold quartz has been discovered at several places, but no mining operations have yet been undertaken. Molybdenite has been known for some time to occur at Jordan Falls, and the writer was shown some good samples of molybdenum ore which were said to be from a quartz vein prospected for gold several years ago at Louishead, Shelburne county, on land owned by W. H. Ringer. Infusorial earth was observed on Jordan river 1^ miles above lake John. Field work was commenced on May 15 and continued until October 31. J. McG. Cruickshank, Cecil Brown, and^J.^C. Ells were employed^as assistants and rendered efficient service. In November, an examination was"made of the tungsten deposits of Moose River, Halifax county. The mine owned by Scheelite Mines Limited, 2 miles west of the Moose River Gold Mines post-office, was reopened in July and is now producing under the management of John Reynolds. Scheelite was also found at two places in the underground workings of gold mines at Moose River; at a depth of 150 feet in a crosscut running south from the Kaulback shaft, where a quartz vein curves in a synclinal fold; and a short distance farther east, at a depth of 90 feet, in a shaft opened by George Cameron. On account of the great demand for tungsten and molybdenum for war purposes, the price of the ore of these two metals has more than doubled during the last two years. Scheelite and molybdenite have been discovered at many localities in the Gold-bearing rocks of Nova Scotia, and prospecting for these rare minerals should be en- couraged. The Caledonia map-area was reported on in the Summary Report for 1914, pages 103-116, and the Indian Gardens map-area in that for 1915, pages 186- 192. Nothing need be added to these descriptions, as a result of last season's exploration, on the character, general geology, and mineral occurrences of these areas. In certain parts of the region, however, the geological structure of the Gold-bearing series was worked out in greater detail and some of the anticlinal axes and domes were more closely located. Much time was spent between lake Rossignol, Jordan Great lake, and lake John, where heavy drift, swamps, and bogs cover the surface and rock exposures are very scarce. Further information was also obtained regarding the complicated structure of certain portions of the dome of the Whiteburn gold district. As a result, the provisional description given in the Summary Report for 1915, pages 188 and 189, of the (4) Whiteburn anticline and the (5) Harlow Brook anticline requires correction. It was found that the anticline crossing Harlow brook is the western continuation of the Whiteburn anticline, and the anticline crossing Silver lake is separate from the Whiteburn anticline and lies 2 miles southeast of it. From the dome of the Whiteburn gold mines, the Whiteburn anticline extends southwesterly across the western end of Carrigan lake, thence along the southern side of Lacy and Menchen lakes, and crosses lake Rossignol at Spark island, Sam point, and Southwest bay, whence, instead of curving southerly across Fifth, Sixth, Silver, East Jordan, and Jordan Great lakes, as reported 286 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY e^.^ .ol/7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 previously, its axis runs straight across tlie middle of Fifth and Seventh lakes and the southern part of Second Porcupine, and Black Duck lakes, crosses Har- low brook half a mile north of the outlet of Jordan Great lake, and Long Lake brook halfway between Martin lake and Long lake, beyond which it is cut off by granite on the West branch of Jordan river. The fold plunges westward from the dome of the Whiteburn gold mines to Spark island, and thence plunges eastward to the granite. From Southwest bay to Harlow brook the surface is covered with heavy drift and very few rock exposures are to be seen ; but west of Harlow brook many large outcrops of quartzite dipping at low angles, describe broad curves on the eastern plunge of the fold, indicating the presence of a broad dome near the granite, I5 miles west of Martin lake on Jordan river. The Silver Lake anticline lies 2 miles southeast of the Whiteburn anticline and runs parallel with it. On account of the scarcity of rock exposures the axis could be well located only at tw^o places, on the western side of Silver lake and on the southeastern side of Jordan river near the West branch. It crosses Silver lake about midway of its length and extends northeasterly across the northern end of Sixth lake and the southern part of Fourth lake to the Screecher on lake Rossignol, where the fold flattens out and terminates by meeting the syncline intervening between it and the Whiteburn anticline. From Silver lake south- westerly, it crosses the northern part of East Jordan lake, the middle of Jordan Great lake near the north end of Long island, and Jordan river immediately south of the West branch, a short distance beyond which it is cut off by granite. From lake Rossignol to East Jordan lake it plunges easterly, and from there to the granite it appears to plunge westerly forming a dome in the vicinity of East Jordan lake. Gold float reported to have been found on Silver lake is probably derived from veins occurring on the eastern part of this dome. : Oc I io Hj qab b j .1 - A close study of the structure of these two anticlines and' of the SSqueflce of the rocks exposed, shows that, as a result of extensive upheaval and erosion, probably the lowest known strata of the Gold-bearing rocks are brought to the surface. The quartzites of the Goldenville formation are here underlaid by a thickness of about 1,600 feet of banded, Hght silvery-grey and bluish-grey, knotted, micaceous, argillaceous, and siliceous schists, similar to those occurring at about the same horizon along the first anticline south of Liverpool. These schists are best exposed on the east shore of Fifth lake, on the west side of Eighth lake, and at the south end of Jordan Great lake, where they extend towards the southwest, lying at low angles, and spread out to a great width across Rush and Grandy lakes and to lake John. Furthermore, along the axis of the folds these schists are in turn underlaid by a considerable thickness of much altered quart- zites which are not exposed anywhere else in the part of the province explored by the writer. These quartzites extend all along the Whiteburn anticline from Fifth lake southwesterly to the granite, and are well exposed to the west of Harlow brook; while along Silver Lake anticline they extend southwesterly from Fourth lake to the granite, and attain a width of nearly 2 miles on the dome of East Jordan lake. They are best exposed on the southeastern side of Jordan river. 'or,' 'if -.■'■■'(.nO. woIibH (c) sdi bns anibiJnt vds ;., n<.iii.;;!^.M,u. n .v !<:.■/,' E.PPNQMI^^^^I^^^H ^niaaoio gnibiiTn^ 9rl:r inn- 'jih moil sJfiifiqyg ai 9?l£l isvlic^ ^nissoio onlhiinR sdj bns .enihhnB niudeihi'/f Infusorial Earth. A deposit of apparently piSre, white, infusorial earth w^ observed in a meadow on the left bank of Jordan river, one-half mile below the West branch, at the head of the long Stillwater above lake John. It can be seen only when the dam is opened and the water. is quite low in lake John. The deposit probably underlies the greater part of the meadow which extends along both sides of the river for three-quarters of a mile in length and one-quarter mile in width. SUMMARY REPORT 287 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Tailings from the Old Parker Douglas Stamp Mill. Concentrates panned from old tailings at the old Parker Douglas stamp mill, Whiteburn gold mines, were ex- amined at the Mines Branch laboratory, and were found to contain: sand 60 per cent; and arsenopyrite, pyrite, ilmenite, scheelite, gold, and mercury, making up the remaining 40 per cent. The scheelite constitutes approximately 0-12 per cent, by weight, of the whole, and the gold content is 8-8 ounces, Troy, to the ton of 2,000 pounds. 288 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 DIVISIONAL REPORTS. REPORT OF THE VERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGIST. {Laurence M. Lamhe.) FieldWork. The exploration of the Edmonton Cretaceous dinosaur-bearing beds of Red Deer river, Alberta, was continued during the past season by a party under George F. Sternberg. This party was the only vertebrate palaeontological one in the field this year. Mr. Sternberg spent the summer of 1915 on these beds with good results and this season's work was a continuation of that of the pre- vious year, extending the exploration downstream over an extensive area of badlands. Mr. Sternberg left Ottawa on June 3 for Red Deer river where he remained until October 19 when weather conditions compelled him to abandon field work for the season. Taking up the work of collecting where it was left oflf in 1915, due west of Rowley in sec. 19, tp. 32, range XXI, a thorough search was made over the exposures on both sides of the river for a distance of about 12 miles down the river to sec. 34, tp. 30, range XXL The specimens obtained belong principally to herbivorous dinosaurs, viz., trachodonts, stegosaurs, and ceratopsians. The skeleton of one large trachodont is thought to be nearly complete, but the greater part of the collection consists of parts of individual skeletons and many separate bones. Some of the specimens are in an excellent state of preservation in rather soft sandstone which can be readily removed without injury to the bones. In others a clay-ironstone in- crustation makes the work of the preparator in the laboratory most difficult. The collection is a valuable one supplementing the material we already have from the Edmonton formation. It will prove most helpful in elucidating im- perfectly known forms from this horizon and it is thought to include some species not as yet described. Reference to the more important specimens of this col- lection will be found on page 291. A number of photographs were taken to show the surface character of the rocks and the manner in which weather erosion has carved the beds into an endless variety of fantastic shapes. Others illustrate field methods as practised by this Survey, and some are intended to serve as a record of the position of the bones as found. The season's collection was sent to Ottawa in twenty-four large boxes, having a total weight of nearly 12,000 pounds. Mr. Sternberg's thanks are due to Mr. William Stauffer, whose ranch, near Morrin, lies within the area explored, for many courtesies and kind assistance accorded him and his party during the whole of the field season. Special mention may be made of the following three specimens, in order of merit, included in last summer's collection: Field No. 6. The greater^ part of the skeleton of a trachodont remarkable for its size and excellent state of preservation. The species is probably new^to science. Field No. 11. The skull and about one hundred and fifty dermal scutes of an armoured dinosaur, with vertebrae, limb-bones, and ribs. The skull in parti- cular is well preserved and the scutes, although not found in their proper relative position to each other, will probably throw light on their general arrangement in the armature. SUMMARY REPORT 289 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Field No. 9. Remains of Ornithomimus which include the whole of the fore limb and a complete hind foot, in sandstone which is easily removable. The association of the front foot with the hind foot is especially welcome. Research and Office Work, 'Some of my work which was well advanced toward the end of 1915 was finished in the early part of 1916, and other work begun this year has since been completed. It may be stated that last year, following instructions received, my report on the division of vertebrate palaeontology was handed in on November 15, so that a month and a half at the close of 1915 was left to be included in this report for 1916. Collections received from officers of the department and from outside sources have been studied and in some cases reported on. Apart from the direction and superintendence of the work of the division as a whole, my time has been largely given to the completion of a popular guide to our fossil vertebrates, and the preparation of a memoir on the carnivorous dinosaur Gorgosaurus. The manuscript for the "Popular guide to the exhibit of fossil vertebrates (with illustrations)," which was referred to in my summary report for 1915 as nearing completion, was ready for the printer and handed in on January 28, 1916. It consists of over one hundred and sixty pages with seventy-nine text' figures. The Guide is intended primarily for the use of visitors to the hall of fossil vertebrates and as such describes principally the specimens on exhibition. It is based on the descriptive museum labels written in popular language which accom- pany the exhibited specimens. By referring briefly to the salient, distinguishing characters of the classes of vertebrate anirnals, both living and extinct, and the relationship of these classes to each other, it brings to the attention of the reader the evolutionary changes which have taken place in the history of the vertebrata and which the specimens on exhibition serve to partially illustrate. The generally accepted classification of geological time divided into periods, is set forth in a table which includes a list of the more important types of vertebrate animals characteristic of these periods and leading from the lowest and earliest forms to the higher and later types. A classification of the various groups of vertebrates in tabular form is also given, showing the regular sequence of the primary divisions of fossil and living vertebrates from lower to higher types, with examples of some of the principal forms. The short descriptions in popular language in succeeding pages are almost exclusively of the specimens of fishes, amphibian tracks, reptiles, birds, and mammals that were on view in the hall of fossil vertebrates as a temporary exhibit. Numbers in heavy type in the left hand margin of the text, corresponding with conspicuous numbers in the museum hall, will afford a means by which the reader can readily find any particular specimen or group of specimens referred to. An index is also provided. This guide deals largely with the past vertebrate life of Canada and includes descriptions with illustrations of many newly discovered forms from within the confines of the Dominion, bringing together for the first time under one cover the results of many years of collecting by the Geological Survey, For this reason it should prove useful to the schools and educational institutions generally throughout the country. The manuscript for the descriptive illustrated memoir on the Belly River Cretaceous dinosaur Gorgosaurus libraius, was written during the year. and is 290 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 now almost ready for the printer. It consists of over one hundred pages with nearly as many illustrations for use in the text. Early in the year a paper entitled "Ganoid fishes from near Banff, Alberta," descriptive of fish remains from lower Triassic rocks, collected by L. D. Burling at Massive on the line of th» Canadian Pacific railway, 10 miles west of Banff, and by J. A. McLennan near Massive, was written and presented at the annual May meeting of the Royal Society of Canada for publication. This paper describes three new species, representing as many genera, and is illustrated by three full sized plates. The fish fauna brought to light is interesting and of stratigraphical value. Reprints of the paper for the Geological Survey ensures a wider distribution than would otherwise be obtained. The weekly meetings of the library committee were attended as usual. Miss E. F. Goodman has been engaged in cataloguing collections, in general museum work, and in the clerical work of the office. She has performed the duties of her position in a thorough and exemplary manner. When the public exhibition of specimens ceased after the Parliament building was destroyed by fire. Miss Goodman was able to devote a greater part of her time to the clas- sification and arrangement of the duplicate and study collections. The principal collections catalogued by Miss Goodman during the year are as follows: Many hundreds of the separate specimens of the 1914 field collection from the Belly River formation of Red Deer river, Alberta. The small collection of 1914 from the Judith River Cretaceous of Missouri river, Montana, U.S.A. The small collection of 1914 from the Oligocene of "the Cypress hills, Sask- atchewan. The greater part of the available separate material of the collections of 1915 from the Edmonton and Belly River formations of Red Deer river. Mr. A. Miles has continued the illustrative work of the division and has been most successful with the many difficult fossils drawn, most of which needed careful study to ensure a proper emphasis of essential points of structure and form. The majority of the drawings required for the illustration of the palaeontological reports in hand have been made in ink line, a style well adapted for reproduction as text figures and a method of illustration in which Mr. Miles's knowledge of photo-engraving is peculiarly helpful. During the year Mr. Miles completed the remainder of the drawings for the Popular Guide, already referred to, those required for the large number of figures in the memoir on Gorgosaurus, and those forming the plates in the paper on Banff fishes, as well as a number of other drawings intended for forthcoming publications. The employment of Mr. C. H. Sternberg as a preparator and collector ceased, at his own request, on March 31, 1916, the last day of the fiscal year. During his four years connexion with the Geological Survey, Mr. Sternberg collected principally from the Belly River and Edmonton exposures on Red Deer river, Alberta, and was most successful in his field work, adding a large amount of valuable exhibition and study material to the departmental collections. Public Exhibits. Before the close of 1915 and during January of the present year a number of important additions were made to the exhibits in the hall of fossil vertebrates. These are as follows: The skulls (plaster restorations) of Pithecanthropus erectus and Eoanthropus dawsoni (Piltdown man), and two British Columbian Indian skulls, supplementing the exhibit illustrating the evolutionary history of man. SUMMARY REPORT 291 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 c^l -.1.^ cranium, with lower jaw, of Mammoth, and two tusks of Mammoth, from the Pleistocene gravels of Yukon. (Agc. No. 106.) Added to the •jiij 2 j,bii '-Proboscidean series. ..nijasisio-yj; .norni-jsqa cv ;re Barrow, and we had some difficulty in getting through, but af]ter passing cape Smyth no more ice was seen. We left cape Smyth, which fs only about 5 miles south of cape Barrow, and the site of the village of Barrow, the most northerly United States post-office on August 8, 1916. No ice was encountered south of cape Smyth, Alaska, and we had a good run down to point Hope, where we stopped for a short time on August 10. Con- i nuing across the outside of Kotzebue sound, we reached cape Prince of Wales and passed through Bering strait into Bering sea at the beginning of a heav^'', prolonged northwest gale, on the evening of August 11, 1916. As the gale continued we were obliged to anchor for some time under the bluffs at cape York and Tin City, and again behind Sledge island, reaching Nome roadstead about 5 a.m., August 15, 1916. The Alaska had not been leaking at all before passing cape Barrow, but after that began to leak badly around the stuffing-box; this necessitated consid- erable pumping to keep the engine room from being flooded and put out of com- mission. Although the weather was a little rough when we reached Nome, I succeeded in getting the cargo of specimens and stores lightered ashore that day and put on the Sesnon Company's (Alaska Lighterage and Commercial Company's) wharf. It was too rough to make any repairs on the vessel, and as the weather was rougher the next day, August 16, the Alaska was compelled to run ' 16 miles to the shelter of Sledge island. Three sailors had been tempor- arily engaged upon our arrival at Nome and the six members of the scientific staff were relieved from seaman's duty and allowed to go ashore. The storm abated somewhat on August 18, and the Alaska returned to the roadstead, but the surf was still too heavy to make a landing. The Alaska was ultimately hauled up high and dry on the beach at Nome and left in the charge of the Alaska Lighterage and Commercial Company for ultimate disposal by the Department of the Naval Service. The extensive collections made by the party in geology and mineralogy, ethnology and archaeology, terrestrial and marine biology, photography, botany, and the records and papers of the southern party were thus landed safely at Nome. As it was considered much safer to ship the results of our three years' work out by the regular freight and passenger service from Nome than to risk taking them down on the north Pacific to Victoria on a small Vessel like the Alaska in the autumn season, all the collections, scientific instruments, and what equipment was worth shipping back, was transshipped to Seattle on the steamship North- western, of the Alaska Steamship Company. The members of the party also took passage to Seattle on the same steamer, leaving Nome August 27, and reach- SUMMARY REPORT 329 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 ing Seattle via the inside passage on September 11, 1916. All collections were received safely in Ottawa, in October, 1916. To summarize: the scientific work of the southern party was completed substantially as outlined in our plans of last year, and all members of the party feel that in the main the results of their work for the past two years at least, have been as satisfactory and extensive as they anticipated, considering the difficulties encountered in working in such a remote field. The two topographers of the southern party, Kenneth G. Chipman and John R. Cox, have completed the survey of the mainland coast in detail, on the scale of 10 miles to the inch, from the Alaska-Yukon Territory International Boundary (141st meridian), to Mackenzie river, made a traverse of Firth river, Y. T., surveyed the eastern and western branches of the Mackenzie delta and the mainland coast from the west side of Darnley bay (cape Parry peninsula) to a point well down into Bathurst inlet (south of Kannuyuk island), including a large number of the islands in the Coronation Gulf and Bathurst Inlet region. Several of the hitherto unexplored rivers in this region have been traversed, including oiie of the large rivers flowing into Darnley bay, Croker river flowing into Amundsen gulf, Rae river and Tree river flowing into Coronation gulf, and Hood river flowing into Arctic sound. Collinson Point harbour, Alaska (69" 59' north, 144° 50' west) and about 10 square miles surrounding it, and Bernard harbour. Chantry island (68° 47' north, 114° 50' west) and the country immediate- ly surrounding these places; have been surveyed on the scale of ^rhrs and mapped with 20-foot contours. The geological features have been investigated by J. J- O'Neill, and the relations of the different formations studied in detail at the most important points of contact. The most important result of the geological investigations was the detailed mapping and estimation of the available copper-bearing rock in a great new area hitherto very slightly known in the Bathurst Inlet region. D. Jenness, ethnologist and anthropologist of the party, has made extensive ethnological and archaeological collections, and about one hundred gramophone records of folk-lore, language, dance songs, and^shamanistic performances, with careful transcriptions and translations of them. He has made a collection of cats'-cradle games from the different Eskimo tribes, numbering over one hundred and forty. Their language and vocabulary, the manners, social and rel gious customs, games, amusements, and general culture have been carefully studied and the information recorded. With the present rapid advance of civilized ideas and customs into this particular region, it is certain that much of this information could not be obtained at a later time. F. Johansen, marine biologist, entomologist, and botanist, has made extensive collectionsTin all these branches, from northern Alaska and Canada. He has succeeded in rearing and working out the hitherto unknown life histories of a number of little known Arctic insects, and made many interesting and successful sea dredgings and soundings. Mr. George H. Wilkins has made many studies with camera and cinematograph, of Eskimo life, natural history objects, and Arctic scenery and topography. In mammalogy and ornithology, fairly complete collections were made in the regions traversed, although the difficulties of transportation and the pressure of other duties often prevented the obtaining of as large series as might be de- sirable. The collection of birds numbers six hundred and nineteen (619) speci- mens, including seventy-three (73) species. The collection of mammals numbers four hundred and thirty-one (431) specimens, including twenty- two (22) species and probably several more subspecies. It is not possible to tell without more detailed examination whether any new forms are represented, but many specimens represent seasonal changes of plumage and pelage which are rare in collections, and the specimens taken will largely extend the geographical range of a number 30 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 of species. The notes on the life histories and ecology are also important. This branch of the work was in charge of R. M. Anderson, but all members of the expedition aided materially in bringing in specimens and notes. A mere list of the different groups represented in the expedition's biological collections indicates something of their scope: Mammals, Birds, Fishes, Insects, Plants, Crustaceans, Echinoderms, Sponges, Cirripedes or Barnacles, Molluscs, Hydroid Zoophytes, Medusae and Ctcnophores, Alcyonarians and Actinians, Algse, Protozoa (Foraminifera and Radiolaria), Plankton, Sporozoa, Diatoms, Infusoria, Pteropods, Cephalopods, Decapods, Phyllopods, Copepods, Schizopods, Amphipods, Isopods, Pantopods, Annelids, Platyhelminthes, Rotatoria, Nematodes, Nemertines, Malacostraca, Bryozoa, Ascidians, Peridiniales, Ostracods, Hirudinea, Chaetognatha, Poly- chaeta. - To arrange for having the different biological groups worked up and the reports adequately published, an Arctic Biological Committee has been ap- pointed jointly by the Department of the Naval Service and the Geological Survey. The members of the Committee are: Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries, Professor E. E. Prince, as chairman; Professor A. B. MacCallum of Toronto; Dominion Entomologist, Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt; Mr. James Macoun, Botanist, of the Geological Survey; and R. M. Anderson, representing the Canadian Arctic expedition and the zoological division of the Survey. The specimens to be worked up represent over forty distinct groups, each of which will require a separate chapter or report. Some of the larger groups, such as the insects, have been divided among several different men, mostly in the en- tomological division of the Department of Agriculture. A great many of these collections represent specimens of groups which have never been collected any- where in the western Arctic area, and practically all of them are from districts and localities which are practically unrepresented in collections anywhere, from regions never before visited by a collector. As far as possible these collections are being worked up by Canadian special- ists, but some groups have necessarily been sent away because there was no satisfactory material in Canada for comparison. The Smithsonian Institution is well supplied with Alaskan Arctic material in some groups, and the British Museum with material from various Arctic expeditions, while the Greenland region is best represented by Danish and Norwegian collections; consequently, certain groups are being sent to some of these countries for determination. When the collections have been properly determined and worked, Canada's Museum will have a good start in a representation of the productions and content of a very large area that has hitherto been very poorly represented. The speci- mens are being placed in the hands of the best available specialists, and these men have shown a gratifying willingness to do what they can to help unravel the problems presented ; so that we have satisfaction in knowing that such addi- tions to knowledge as were obtained by the Canadian Arctic expedition of 1913- 1916 may soon be available to the public of Canada and to the world. Full meteorological observations have been kept up for three years, with barograph; thermograph; maximum, minimum, and standard thermometers; mercurial barometer, and anemometer. Continuous tidal observations were taken for some time during the winter in Dolphin and Union strait, in the vicinity of Bernard harbour, but outside of the islands, so that the flow of the tide would be unobstructed. Readings were taken on a graduated pole, every half hour, day and- night, and at intervals of ten minutes and oftener around the periods of high and low tides. Fuller reports of the various scientific activities of the members of the expedition are in course of preparation and will be transmitted to the departments later. SUMMARY REPORT 331 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 - Geological Report: Canadian Arctic Expedition. (/. /. O'Neill.) GENERAL STATEMENT. The work of the southern party of the Canadian Arctic expedition up to August 1915 has been described in the Summary Report for 1915. The remainder of that summer was spent in making a reconnaissance into Bathurst inlet, and the western coast and central islands were examined and mapped. Since the only boat available for this work was an 18-foot launch, more than half the time was wasted on account of storms. It took more than two weeks to return to Port Ep worth, where the general freeze-up occurred on October 2. The winter quarters of the expedition, situated at Bernard harbour, were not reached until November 9. On March 17, 1916, J. R. Cox of the topographical division, and the writer left Bernard harbour for Bathurst inlet to complete the survey and investigation of the copper-bearing rocks in that region. We returned to headquarters on June 5 by sled, and the remainder of June was spent in completing w^ork around Bernard harbour and in making preparations for the return to Ottawa. The expedition left Bernard harbour on July 13 on the Alaska and arrived at Nome, Alaska, on August 15; from Nome to Ottawa the regular transportation lines SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. The determination of the fossils brought back from the Arctic coast shows the presence of Silurian, Devonian or Carboniferous, and upper Eocene or Oli- gocene strata. Fossils from the surface formations show that the coast was inundated by the sea in Pleistocene time, to at least 500 feet elevation. In the Bathurst Inlet region three series of sediments were found overlying the granites of the Laurentian shield. A series of amygdaloidal basalts overlies these sediments and this series was found to contain extensive deposits of native copper. BATHURST INLET AR'EA. Location and Area. Bathurst inlet is shown on the maps between longitude 111 degrees and 108 degrees west and south from 68 degrees north latitude. It forms an embayment from the north into the great Laurentian plateau. The inlet is about 50 miles wide at its mouth and 90 miles deep, tapering to a point at the southern end on the Arctic circle. More than one hundred and fifty islands occur in this inlet and they range in size from a few hundred square yards to several square miles; most of these islands are bounded by cliffs, with deep 'water to the shore. GENERAL GEOLOGY. Table of Formations in Bathurst Inlet Section. Descending: Thickness, feet Flows of amygdaloidal basalts containing native copper 4604- Erosional unconjormity Quartzitic conglomerate, well bedded and partly cross-bedded 4,000-f- Erosional unconformity Purplish shales and sandstones lOO-j- Erosional and structural unconformity Thin-bedded, light-coloured dolomites ". 2 , 000-J- Erosional unconformity Pink granite ■ Intrusive contact Grey granite —'— 332 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 The granites are the oldest rocks which were seen in place in the district; they contain many inclusions of schists and slates but the parent rock of these masses was not observed anywhere. The granites are of two ages, an older grey granite, intruded in every direction by a pink variety; the contact is well seen at cape Barrow. Both granites are coarsely crystalline and neither sho\vs a gneissoid structure. Veins of pegmatite are common, and at Galena point thin veins of galena and of galena with calcite were found cutting the granite in several places. Overlying the eroded surface of the granites is a series of thin-bedded, light- coloured dolomites more than 2,000 feet in thickness; this series had suffered deep erosion and some warping before the succeeding formation was deposited. Following the dolomites a series of purplish sandstone and shales was lai(i down and in turn eroded so that in some places it is altogether missing from the section; the maximum thickness observed was about 100 feet. The third series of sediments is quartzitic conglomerate which has a thickness of over 4,000 feet. The groundmass is mostly of coarse grains of quartz and there are well-rounded pebbles of quartz, sandstone, and granite together with slabs of purple shale and light-coloured dolomite. The formation is well stratified, many of the beds showing cross-bedding. The.youngest rocks in the Bathurst Inlet region are a series of flows of basaltic lava more than 400 feet in thickness, which rest uncomformably on the quartzitic formation. They have a dip of about 6 degrees from the horizontal and form a shallow, basin-shaped syncline. The separate flows range from less than 30 to more than 150 feet in thickness, and there are two or three thin beds of sediment interbedded with the series. It is in these lavas that the deposits of native copper in this district occur. Cutting through all the rocks in the region are dykes and sills of basic rock. These probably represent the channels through which the lavas reached the surface. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. Native Copper. The mineral of greatest economic importance in this region is native copper. It is found in most of the flows of amygdaloidal basalt, which cover an area of about 20 square miles on the mainland and about 50 square miles on the islands in Bathurst inlet. On Banks peninsula the total thickness of the lavas is about 460 feet, and native copper was actually seen throughout more than 350 feet of this thickness. A similar impregnation of copper was observed on the islands covered by these lavas. The copper occurs in three forms in the amygdaloids: (1) As vein copper, in thin fissures in the rocks. (2) As amygdaloidal copper in irregular grains and small masses in the branching gas cavities near the surface of the flows. (3) As disseminated copper in minute flakes scattered throughout the groundmass. Nos. 1 and 2 are locally important, but No. 3 is the most widespread. Vein copper occurs as thin sheets of native copper, and as small flakes and pieces scattered through a matrix of quartz, calcite, etc. A sample of the latter, from a |-inch vein ran 4-56 per cent copper. In parts of the area this vein copper is quite important in amount but no attempt was made to estimate its relative importance. SUMMARY REPORT , 333 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Amygdaloidal copper is found in the upper portion of the flows where the gas cavities were numerous and a free passage was permitted to the minerahzing solutions. Only occasionally was this type visible for examination because of accumulations of talus or of snow a'ong the cliff-face. A sample from one of the exposures gave 1 • 44 per cent copper, and 0 • 05 ounce (Troy) of silver per ton of 2,000 pounds. No estimate was made of the amount of this material available. Disseminated copper occurs over the whole area of more than 1.000 square miles and practically through the whole thickness of the forniaton. Analyses of forty-five representative samples show that the values range between tou and J of 1 per cent. This copper is in tiny flakes and can usually be seen with a lens. A rough estimate of the amount of rock carrying values in native copper, neglecting those parts on the mainland where the copper content was not estab- lished, is as follows: Banks peninsula, more than 10 square miles. Islands, more than 50 square miles. Using a minimum thickness, there are then more than 6,000,000,000 cubic yards of the rock. If it be assumed that one cubic yard is equivalent to one ton of rock, the available tonnage would be 6,000,000,000 tons. Summing up then, there are in Bathurst Inlet area, more than 6,000,000,000 tons of rock carrying lo^r to j of 1 per cent of disseminated native copper, and an unestimated amount of amygdaloidal copper running over 1 per cent ; besides this there are veins cutting through the above rocks, some containing thin sheets of native copper Vs to | inch in thickness and others carrying over 4^ per cent of flake copper. It will require considerable detailed sampling to determine whether the total percentage of copper is sufficiently large to pay for working the deposits in whole or in part. When it is considered that copper values are found over the whole area of more than 1,000 square miles, it seems highly probable that there may be sufficient concentration in parts of the area to permit of economic mining. Bornite. In many parts of the southern half of the area of copper-bearing rocks in Bathurst inlet a series of dolomites immediately underlies the basalts; the upper few feet of this series is partly replaced by bornite in layers and in mas- ses. Exposures occur in the cliffs which face the east or southeast, notably on the islands Kanuak, Barry or Ekullialuk, Igloruullig, and Algaq, and along the east base of Banks peninsula. The ore was seen in several places along these cliffs and an analysis of a sample from one of the layers gave 49 • 87 per cent copper and 1-12 ounces (Troy) of silver per ton of 2,000 pounds. Sills and dykes of basalt are found throughout the copper-bearing area. Some of these are impregnated with bornite. An analysis shows 1 • 18 per cent copper in the rock. These occurrences of bornite may prove to be one of the more valuable sources of copper in this region. 334 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Summary Tabic of Occurrence of Copper in Bathursi Inlet, N.W.T. Type of deposit Assays Copper, per cent Silver, ounces per ton Disseminated copper occurring through the whole thickness of basalts over an area of more than 1,000 square miles Amygdaloidal copper occurring in the upper portion of some of the flows, amount unknown tU to \ 1-44 4-56 49-87 M8 0-05 Vein copper, thin sheets of pure copper Vein copper, flakes of copper in matrix (veins less than 1 in. wide). . Sulphide replacement of dolomite carrying 1-12 Sulphide impregnation of sills of basalt carrying Galena. Thin veins of galena occur at Galena point, Bathurst inlet, cutting the granite. The veins are seldom more than 3 inches in width, or more than 20 feet in length, pinching out at both ends. Only four or five veins were seen in making a traverse of about 1^ miles across the point. An analysis of this galena shows only a trace of silver. FOSSILS. Fossil corals from the Liston and Sutton islands in Dolphin and Union strait have been determined by E. M. Kindle to be of Silurian age, about the horizon of the Lockport limestone. The presence of post-Silurian strata near Tinney point, on the Arctic coast, is indicated by the presence of pieces of carbonized wood in branching cavities in a fine-grained, impure sandstone or silt. Fossils collected from a partly consolidated sandy shale formation on a river which flows into Darnley bay about 15 miles south of cape Lyons, were deter- mined by Dr. W. H. Dall, to be of upper £ocene or Oligocene age, and of probable estuarine origin. They are "probably contemporaneous with the leaf beds of Nenilchik on Cook's inlet, Alaska." Fossils collected from the sand-gravel-mud formation which is found every- where along the Arctic coast from cape Parry to Kent peninsula were examined by Dr. W. H. Dall, who says of them. "These fossils are without doubt all Pleistocene and the horizon seems to be identical with that described by Schrader under the name of the Cubic Sand, on the north coast of Alaska." These fossils were found at intervals all along the coast and at elevations ranging up to 500 feet above sea-level. SUMMARY REPORT 335 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 TOPOGRAPHICAL DIVISION. {W. H. Boyd.) Topographers from this division who are serving with the Canadian Expedi- tionary Forces are: W. E. Lawson, S. C. McLean, and A. G. Haultain. The ser- vices of E. E. Freeland have been loaned for office work in the Department of Militia and Defence. Another member of the division, L. N. Richard, has en- listed with an overseas battalion. K. G. Chipman and J. R. Cox returned in September from the Arctic and are now engaged in completing their report and map. Field Work. ANYOX MAP-AREA, BRITISH COLUMBIA. F. S. Falconer in Charge. The map-area covers 21 square miles and includes the town of Anyox, the Hidden Creek mines, and the Bonanza properties. Publishing scale of map 1,000 feet to 1 inch; contour interval 50 feet. R. Bartlett was attached to the party as topographical assistant. The other assistants were: J. A. Circe, J. F. Mellish, G. Wrong, and R. Hugo. KANANASKIS-ELBOW MAP-AREA, BRITISH COLUMBIA AND ALBERTA. D. A. Nichols in Charge. This map-area, which is the fourth of the series of maps covering the Rocky Mountain coal fields, lies between latitudes 50° 30' and 51" 00', and longitudes 114° 30' and 115° 30' approximately. Publishing scale of map 2 5uVfnT or approxi- mately 4 miles to 1 inch ; contour interval 200 feet. H. M. Peck, J. F. Wickenden, and S. K. Payzant were attached to the party as assistants. EASTEND MAP-AREA, SASKATCHEWAN. A. C.T. Sheppard in Charge. This map-area includes townships 5, 6, 7, and 8, ranges 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, and 26, west of the 3rd meridian — 28 townships in all. Publishing scale T^sVfnf or approximately 2 miles to 1 inch; contour interval 25 feet. C. L. Larson, C. M. Moore, and W. G. Brown were attached to the party as assistants. NORTHERN ONTARIO EXPLORATION. C. H. Freeman in Charge. C. H. Freeman was engaged in making surveys of certain lakes and rivers along the route of the Canadian Northern Ontario railway in the vicinity of Foleyet. J. H. T. Morrison was attached to the party as assistant. 336 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 BEAUCEVILLE MAP-AREA, QUEBEC. B. R. MacKay in Charge. This map-area covers a strip of country, 6 miles in width, along Chaudi^re river between riviere du Loup and riviere du Bras. Publishing scale cjIfo or approximately 1 mile to 1 inch; contour interval 20 feet. H. M. Roscoe, H. Lavoie, W. B, Davidson, C. A. P. Larose, and J. Monette were attached to the party as assistants. TRI ANGULATION. R. C. McDonald in Charge. R. C. McDonald was engaged in extending the Rocky Mountains coal fields triangulation northward through the Kananaskis-Elbow map-area. Connexion was made near Banff and Kananaskis to the triangulation of the Railway Belt by the Department of the Interior. G. C. Monture was attached to the party as assistant. SUMMARY REPORT 337 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 BIOLOGICAL DIVISION. BOTANY. (John Macoun.) As in the year 1915 so in 1916 my work was confined chiefly to the collection and study of cryptogams, especially fungi. With fungi as with mosses and lichens my collections have grown more important each year as my increased familiarity with thfe commoner species enables me to detect the rarer ones. As •mentioned in previous reports the mild climate of Vancouver island makes it possible for me to collect at all seasons and many cryptogams are at their best in the winter. With the exception of three weeks spent at Brackendale in June, at the time my son was there, my work during 1916 was confined to the Saanich peninsula and the vicinity of Victoria. Brackendale being near the coast was an excellent place for cryptogams and many fine species were collected there which do not occur on Vancouver island. Now that I have a good microscope I am able to determine most of the mosses and lichens myself but I am in constant correspondence with-specialists, all my lichens going to Mr. G. K. Merrill, Rock- land, Maine, who has during the year described several new species for me. Although I have continued to correspond with many moss specialists the major part of my musci have in recent months gone to the Rev. C. H. Demetrius, Emma, Mo. Some important groups of fungi have been named for me by Mr. E. A. Burt, Missouri Botanical Gardens, St. Louis, Mo., but the bulk of my collections have gone to Dr. John Dearness, London, Ont., and I cannot speak too highly of the promptness and thoroughness with which Dr. Dearness has done his work, he having reported upon 1,000 specimens during the past two years, the great majority of which had never been recorded from British Columbia, as little collecting of fungi had been done there. Very many species new to science have been described by Dr. Dearness in mycological journals and several hundred pages of notes and descriptions made by Dr. Dearness are on file in the herbarium at Ottawa. I send the specimens direct to Dr. Dearness who sends his reports to my son at Ottawa where they are fcopied, the originals being kept there and copies sent to me. As no one is working on cryptogams at Ottawa the collections I have made during the past four years are at Sidney, as I require them for reference, but all will go to the Museum when they are needed or when I give up active work. As they are named, they ai e labelled, mounted , and placed in genus covers so that they aie available for study at any time. Although I do not collect many flowering plants I am constantly on the "lookout for rare species and last year detected a minute grass, Mibora verna, which has not before been recorded in America. It is probably an introduction from France with garden seed. British Columbia botanists, especially those living near the coast, constantly consult me about difficult species, and I have been of not a little assistance to them. BOTANY. (/. M. Macoun.) Since the date of his last summary report the greater part of the writer's time while in Ottawa has been taken up by the routine work of his division, which includes the determination of botanical specimens sent to him by corres- pondents and collectors from all parts of the Dominion. Lists are made and records kept of all important collections. These numbered 1,440 specimens 338 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 during the current year, of which 585, representing collections made in various parts of British Columbia, came from the Provincial Museum at Victoria. Prof. F. J. Lewis of the university of Alberta was engaged last summer at Banff in botanical work for this department. Two hundred and ninety-five sheets of the specimens collected by him have been determined by the writer and also eighty sheets from the Great Slave Lake district which had been collected by C. F. Howe of the Alberta university staff. Through the kindness of Dr. Lewis a set of these plants has been presented to the herbarium, as well as a complete set of his own collection made in the vicinity of Banff. Several col- lections were brought in by members of the Geological Survey staff. The smal- lest, but at the same time the most interesting of these collections, was made by D. D. Cairnes in the Klotassin area southwest of Yukon river between Selkirk and White river. While numbering only twenty-seven species, at least half of these were species that, from our knowledge of the Yukon district would not have been expected to occur in the Klotassin region. Of these, three were new to Canada: Cardamine Blaisdellii known before only from Nome, a Phacelia that is apparently new to science, and a Crucifer of which we have not been able to determine even the genus as the specimens are immature. It is, however, not represented either in our herbarium or in New York where there are large Yukon and Alaskan collections. As an indication of the useful botanical work that may be done by geological parties in the field it may be stated that Mr. Cairnes in recent years has brought into the herbarium series of new specimens that have added greatly to our knowledge of the Yukon flora. A list of his plants appears in his own report. While with C. W. Drysdale in the Ymir district, B.C., in 1915, W. C. Sandercock made an extensive collection of plants which were named by the writer and of which a list has been published in Mr. Drysdale's Ymir report. Mr. Sandercock and Mr. Drysdale both made small collections in the Slocan district in 1916. These collections have been named and mounted but do not contain anything of special interest. They will serve as a basis for future work, however, and it is hoped that they will be added to by future collections made in the same region. Charles Camsell, when he visited the Wood Buffalo range southwest of Fort Smith last summer, brought back with him specimens of the principal forage plants of the region. These were named by the writer and the list is being published by the Dominion Parks Branch. One of the duties, as it is one of the privileges, of the writer is to furnish information about Canadian plants to working botanists everywhere, and much of his correspondence has always fallen under this head. During the past year two important lists of plants were made, one of the writer's Skagit River collection made in 1905, the other of Prof. John Macoun's collection made at different times on Cape Breton island. The former list was published by Prof. John Davidson in the report of the Provincial Botanist for British Columbia, and the latter will be used by Mr. Geo. E. Nichols, of Yale university, New Haven, Conn., who is at work on a flora of Cape Breton island. Thesel ists were made by Miss M. C. Stewart under the writer's supervision. Apart from the lists referred to above nothing was published during the year but a tw^elve page article in the Canada Year Book which was written in collab- oration with Dr. M. O. Malte of the Central Experimental farm. Although brief, this article was the result of prolonged study of the flora of Canada by the authors and is a concise summary of their knowledge. This article is being reprinted as a Geological Survey Bulletin. From various sources 325 sheets of botanical specimens were received for the herbarium, and 135 sheets distri- buted. Five hundred and forty sheets, chiefly of Canadian specimens, were mounted. In all these lines much more would have been done had I botanical assistance of any kind. In addition to her usual duties Miss M. C. Stewart SUMMARY REPORT 339 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 has done much work in the herbarium during the year. While the writer was in the field she arranged and placed in cabinets our whole foreign collection which had never been unpacked since its transfer from the old Museum, and the sorting of specimens into the herbarium is now done by her. FIELD WORK. A small collection of plants brought from the Bridge River district by C. W. Drysdale in 1915 drew our attention to the unexpected character of the flora of that region, as several of the species were characteristic of the Rocky Mountain flora and had not before been recorded from either the Selkirk or Coast ranges. I, therefore, recommended that I be instructed to spend the season of 1916 in that district and along the line of the recently constructed Pacific Great Eastern railway between Squamish and Lillooet. As little was kno^yn of the fauna, I was permitted to take with me C. H. Young of this department and William Spreadborough who has for so many years acted as my field assistant. On June 8 we were in camp at Brackendale near the coast terminus of the Pacific Great Eastern railway, and remained there until the end of the month. From that camp a thorough examination of the flora between the coast and Mons was made, 354 species of flowering plants and many cryptogams being collected. These collections have not yet been studied but, except for extensions of range, not much of botanical interest was found so far as the indigenous flora is con- cerned. Many introduced species were noted and collected, however, some from the prairie, some from other parts of British Columbia, and ^ few from the United States. Most of these, perhaps all of them, were introduced while the railway was being constructed, as was evident from the fact that it was around old construction camps that they were most numerous, both as to the number of individuals and the number of species. On inquiry I learned that much of the hay used had been brought from the prairie provinces, evidently what is called "wild hay" as was shown by the variety of grasses and carices. Some of these have spread from the railway along trails and now apparently form part of the indigenous flora of the region. Special reference will be made to these species when my full report is published. We moved camp to Lillooet July 1 with the intention of remaining there until the season was sufficiently far advanced to permit of our working on the mountains. This proved to be such an interesting locality botanically ;that we did not leave there until August 8. Lillooet is situated at the junction of Cayoosh creek and Eraser river. Within easy walking distance of camp we had the char- acteristic flora of the "dry interior" of British Columbia, typical Cascade Range plants, and a true alpine flora on the eastern slopes of the higher mountains of the vicinity. During the five weeks spent at Lillooet 489 species of flowering plants were collected, the largest number of species I ever collected in one locality in one season. In the Eraser valley itself not much of great interest was found, the flora being that which characterizes the arid parts of British Columbia; but many species were collected that had not been recorded north of the main line of the Canadian Pacific railway. The most interesting plant collected near Eraser river was Parietaria pennsylvanica Muhl. which grew near a spring. Within a few yards of it were Opuntia, Artemisia, Chrysanthemums, etc., cer- tainly an unexpected situation in which to find an eastern species peculiar to damp shady situations. It was evidently indigenous. Advantage was taken of our being so long at Lillooet to make several trips to the summit of mount McLean. A good trail takes one to an altitude of about 6,000 feet and all the summits are easily accessible from that point. It was here that the largest number of Alpine-Arctic species were collected, although a few of the same 340 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 species were found later farther west on McGillivray creek on the higher summits. Nearly fifty species were collected that had not been recorded west of the Rocky mountains or south of Atlin, most of them, species which one would not expect to find in the Cascade range. While a small percentage of these species may be said to reach their southern limit at this place, the occurrence of most*of them is in my opinion due to the fact that the hygrometric conditions are such as are found nowhere else in southern British Columbia. In the Selkirk mountains and the mountains of the Coast range south of Fraser river, both rain and snowfall are heavy, as indeed they are a few miles westw^ard of the district under discussion ; but, although the precipitation is very heavy in the Cascade range generally, it is comparatively light on the eastern slopes of the range. That there is little moisture in the air is also proved by the fact that during the summer months the snow may be said to evaporate rather than melt. In other words, the innumer- able rivulets that one expects to see flowing from melting snow are almost wholly ' wanting above 6,000 feet, no matter how warm the day may be. The following are some of the most important and characteristic Alpine-Arctic plants found on mount McLean : Several species of Poa and other grasses, nearly all the Alpine-Arctic Carices, JuncacecB, CrucifercB, Caryophyllacecz, RosacecB, Sdxifragacece, and EricacecB, and many individual species in other orders. From our Lillooet camp several trips were made back along the line of the Pacific Great Eastern railway as far as Pemberton, the whole distance being covered at one time or another on foot. This afforded me an opportunity of noting exactly the range of characteristic coast plants eastward along the line of the railway and all important trees and shrubs as well as many herbaceous plants were recorded in this way. Camp was moved August 8 to the forks of McGillivray creek, at an altitude of about 5,000 feet. This locality can be reached in a few hours by an excellent trail Avhich ascends McGillivray creek from its mouth on Anderson lake, and I know of no more interesting locality for botanical work. Horses can be procured at D'Arcy and the trip from D'Arcy to our camping-ground and return may be made in a single day if one wishes to avoid the expense of horse hire by sending back the pack animals. Some idea of the great profusion of flowers growing in this place may be learned from the fact that I noted 89 species in bloom within a few yards of our camp. There is little variety in the vegetation found on the mountains of this district, nearly all the species collected having been found within 4 or 5 miles of camp, although our collecting, trips covered a much larger area. This does not mean that the number of species is not great, but one branch of the creek flows to the east and the other to the south so that the mountains slope to every point of the compass and nearly all of the characteristic species of the Cascade range can thus be found within a short radius. Glaciers occupy many of the valleys which slope to the north and in such localities the flora is almost identical with that of the Selkirk mountains, whjle a mile or two away across the valley the vegetation more nearly resembles that of the Rocky moun- tains. Several species which are apparently new to science were collected both here and on the slopes of mount McLean. We returned to Lillooet August 23 and a few days later moved camp back to Brackendale where I left Messrs. Young and Spreadborough while I went to Victoria and Sidney to work in the provincial herbarium and with Prof. Macoun. Nearly 800 species of flowering plants, among them more than 100 species of Compositae, were collected during the season besides many cryptogams. Mr. Young and Mr. Spreadborough were cheerful and indefatigable workers through- out the season and besides making a large collection of birds and mammals were of great assistance to me in my botanical work. SUMMARY REPORT 341 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 The most important collection that has come into the department in many years is that brought home by Mr. Frits Johansen, biologist attached to the Canadian Arctic expedition. Work was begun in the autumn of 1913 and continued until 1916, the collections covering the country between Alaska and Coronation gulf. Mr. Johansen's report appears on page below. Very shortly after Mr. Johansen returned to Ottawa work was begun on his collections. The flowering plants were, with Mr. Johansen's assistance, sorted by the writer and provisionally named. The cryptogams were sent to specialists as soon as they were sorted. The mosses and hepaticae went to the New York Botanical Garden and have all been named by specialists. The lichens went to Mr. G. K. Merrill, who is now at work on them, the fungi to Dr. John Dearness, London, Ontario, who has completed his first study of this group and described several new species. The algae were divided into two lots, the marine material going to Mr. F. S. Collins, North Eastham, Mass., and the freshwater algae to Mr. C. W. Lowe, Manitoba univeristy, Winnipeg. Both these gentlemen are making good progress in the determination of the specimens sent them and it is expected that complete reports on all groups will be in my hands before spring. While the phanerogams will require considerable study, I expect that my report on them also will be ready before May 1. Many of the orders have already been worked up and three genera which were well represented in Mr. Johansen's collection were sent to specialists who happened to be monographing these genera and to whom all our herbarium material had been loaned; the genus Artemisia to Dr. P. A. Rydberg, Senecio to Dr. J. M. Greenman, and Cerastium to Dr. M. L. Fernald. Dr. Rydberg has already reported on Artemisia describing two species new to science and recording the rediscovery of A. Richardsoniana. Dr. Francis J. Lewis, professor of biology at the univeristy of Alberta, spent the season of 1916 in the vicinity of Banff where, in addition to making a large collection of botanical specimens, he mapped a considerable portion of the Banff National park for the purpose of illustrating the vegetation units represented in that district. This is the first work of the kind that has been attempted in Canada; similar work carried on in Great Britain by Dr. Lewis represents the earliest attempt to show vegetation units in that country. Apart from its great scientific interest and importance such work is of real economic value. It yields detailed information about the distribution of different types of forest and the accompanying ground floras, distribution in altitude, relation to soil, aspect, changes taking place over burnt areas of different age in different types of forest, information about the different kinds of grasslands and factors affecting their distribution such as soil, aspect, altitude, etc. Canadian Arctic Expedition. — Botany. {Frits Johansen.) Summer of 1913, Teller, Alaska {Port Clarence). A collection of flowering plants was made by Mr. James Murray, but later lost with the Karluk off Wrangel island. The botanical collections from Teller are, therefore, limited to a few mosses and lichens and freshwater plants, besides a fairly good representation of the marine algae, which I got accidentally while making the zoological cdlections. Winter 1913-14 and Spring of 1914, Collinson Point, Alaska. While the expedition stayed here I devoted much time to a study of the conditions under which the plants occur on the coastal tundra and adjoining No. 26—23 342 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 islands all^the^'year round. I made, in June and July 1914, rich and representa- tive collections of plants of all orders and took many photographs. Occasional longer sledge trips were made along the coast east and west and up the Sadlerochit river inland. The botanical collections also include many freshwater and some marine alga? which I obtained while making zoological collections. Mackenzie Delta, Y.T., August, 1914. While the expedition spent a week or two at Herschell island, taking on supplies and sending specimens, etc., home, I found time to make a fairly re- presentative collection of the flowering plants on the east end of the island and supplemented this with a few more plants and many photographs when we reached the island two years later. A small but valuable collection of flowering plants was made in August, 1914, by Messrs. Cox and O'Neill on the mainland opposite, at Shingle point. Dolphin and Union Strait and Coronation Gulf, N.W.T., Autumn of 1914 to Summer of 1916. While the expedition stayed at Bernard harbour, I made a large and repre- sentative collection of the flora in that region and of the country traversed on all the longer excursions (Coppermine river, Wollaston peninsula) that I made, besides taking many photographs. As at Collinson point, I particularly studied the biology of flowering plants (colours, shape, soil requirements, seasonal appear- ance) and their distribution. The collections also comprise many freshwater and marine algse, which I got during zoological investigations. A small collec- tion of flowering plants was made by D. Jenness on Wollaston peninsula and a larger one by Messrs, O'Neill, Cox, and Anderson along the south coast of Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet, both during the summer of 1915, and at localities I did not get the opportunity of visiting myself. On the way out we stopped for two days at cape Bathurst. N.W.T., and I there secured a representative collection of the more typical and valuable plants {Phlox Richardsonii a.o.), besides samples of the common, Arctic ones. ^•^ With the exception of a few big fungi (which rotted and had to be thrown away), all botanical specimens collected were brought safely to Ottawa, in spite of many trying experiences in drying them, saving them from melting snow, storing them for three years, and collecting on sledge trips in the winter. The collections would have been still better if I had not had the zoological work to do simultaneously, and if I had been able to visit more and different localities in the summer time; also this was my first experience as responsible botanical collector in the field. However, I am confident that my three years work forms a valuable contribution to our knowledge of the plants of hitherto little known regions in the far north. I desire to express my gratitude for the assistance given by the other members of the scientific staff during the expedition, and for the promptness with which the material has been received and looked after in Ottawa. ' ZOOLOGY. (P. A. Taverner.) As the last report of this division included the year 1915 only to November 15 this one covers the remainder of that year and all of 1916. Owing to the burning of the Parliament buildings early in February and the removal of the legislature to the Museum all exhibits were dismantled and SUMMARY REPORT ^ 343 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 stored, and the space allotted to the division was much reduced. This was a serious interruption and caused an unavoidable congestion that has been reflected in all branches of the work. In the office, correspondence and the care of incoming and other material have taken up much time. The writer has completed a popular book on the "Birds of eastern Canada," mentioned in the previous report, and it is now in the hands of the editor and is being prepared for press. In addition, various recommendations were made regarding game and bird protection to the Con- servation and other Commissions and a paper was prepared on the faunas of Canada for the "Canada Year Book" for 1915, pages 55-62.^ Owing to the pres- sure of these duties little was accomplished in scientific investigation, but a number of interesting problems are being considered and some progress has been made with them. Miss Bentley has made considerable progress with a bibliography of Canadian ornithology. The preparatory section during the summer collected, in the immediate vicinity of Ottawa, material enough to keep them busy through the winter. In this way a number of small species groups have been built and material for many more prepared, all of which have been stored for future exhibition. C. L. Patch has made a scale model of a proposed mammal hall for large, landscape, life- history groups of the most characteristic species of Canadian animals. D. Blakeley has continued his work in remaking the great number of old bird skins that were rapidly deteriorating and preparing incoming specimens that demanded immediate attention. J. A. Perrin has tanned a considerable number of large skins and has made them convenient for handling and study. At the present rate it will not be long before most of^this valuable material will be rendered available for scientific use. In storage and other equipment we have also made considerable advance. The economical use of confined space has made necessary the installation of space saving devices. The storage room in the basement, for large mammals and alcoholic specimens, has been fitted with a fireproof partition, and doors and racks have been installed for the convenient and safe storage of specimens. In the bird range (study collections) new cases have been installed. These new cases are of the type spoken of in previous reports and, while inexpensive in com- parison with systems adopted by other institutions, are, in the opinion of those who have examined them, remarkably efficient and convenient. Similar cases are under construction for the small mammals under R. M. Anderson's care, and shortly both these collections will be in satisfactory order and condition. Thanks to the assistance of the Entomological Branch of the Department of Agriculture, all the insects have been repinned in the steel cases previously provided for them, and while not arranged or classified therein are safe from deterioration and museum pests. The alcoholic specimens have been gone over and arranged upon the shelves of the storage room previously mentioned. The storage condition of other material is less satisfactory. We have large collections of mollusca, crustaceans, and other invertebrates, but, owing to limitations of staff and storage space very little can be done to them beyond caring for their immediate welfare. It is to be hoped when normal times arrive that suitable arrangements will be made for the study and care of these important collections so that they may reach their fullest degree of usefulness. Though the need of economy has been realized and our purchases reduced to a minimum the growth of our collections has been very satisfactory. There have been a large number of small donations during the year; and, while in number of individual specimens they may not be impressive, their widely scat- No. 26-23 J 344 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 tered sources indicate a growing interest in the institution that is very satis- factory. A number of the officers of the Geological Survey, not directly connected with this division, have brought in collections obtained incidentally to their regu- lar work. Geo. Sternberg collected a number of birds, including a fine series of young and adult Ferruginous Rough-Legged Hawks, also some fish that will be of great importance to future ichthyologists. I am informed by the Entomo- logical Branch who are studying the collection of insects brought in by D. D. Cairnes that it is a most interesting one. Our thanks are due these gentlemen and others who of their own initiative found time to collect for us. In December of last year (1915) and January of this, C. L. Patch collected in Barkley sound, Vancouver island. Besides the Sea-lions, the principal object of this trip, he secured a number of other mammals and a fine collection of winter sea birds that were very acceptable in our collections. Prominent amongst these are a fine series of Barrow's and American Goldeneye, Surf and White-winged Scoters, and Surf-birds. The Surf-birds were quite a surprise as this species has not heretofore been reported in winter north of South America. A fuller report of this expedition and its results appears on page 353. C. H. Young was detailed to accompany a party under J. M. Macoun as ^zoologist and collector and spent the season in eastern British Columbia near the head of Howe sound, and in the lake Lillooet and Bridge River country. The latter forms one of the largest isolated areas of Hudsonian fauna and had not been previously visited by zoological collectors. Mr. Young left Ottawa a little in advance of the rest of the party and spent from May 22 to June 2 collecting birds in the vicinity of Douglas, Manitoba. Though the season was too far advanced for obtaining the earlier migrants, and bad weather had to be contended with, he procured a representative collection of the birds of the locality. After this he joined Mr. Macoun and Wm. Spread- borough in British Columbia. The results of this trip were most satisfactory. A fuller report appears on page 358. Very few specimens were purchased this year. The most important amongst those so obtained are two small collections made by John Goddard on the north shore of the gulf of St. Lawrence near Bonne Esperance. These being taken in a country difficult of access and between late autumn and the succeeding early summer, when it is difficult for ordinary collectors to reach the locality, made valuable acquisitions. The most important accession of the year is the material brought in by the Canadian Arctic expedition. The growth of the collections is reflected in the increased use that is being made of them by outside parties, both institutional and private. The Normal school in the city has availed itself of them extensively and has repeatedly borrowed specimens for use in instruction. Numbers of public museums borrowed specimens for use in research; among them are the United States Biological Survey, the Smithsonian Institution, and the Museum of Comparative Zoology, university of California, and the Entomological Branch of our own government. Numerous eminent private investigators have also appealed to the Department for the use of study material and a number have come personally to examine the collections. Besides these there have been many inquiries from various corres- pondents. An important addition to the museum activities was the making up and loan- ing of elementary study collections to the Ottawa public schools. The schools furnished specimen boxes of convenient size and form. These sets are distri- buted amongst the various schools where they remain for a definite period after which they are removed to the next school according to a fixed programme. Thus SUMMARY REPORT ' 345 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 in the course of the year each school will have had each case for a period long enough to study its contents. This work was inaugurated last year. At the end of the school year all the cases were returned, the specimens were repaired, replaced, and rearranged, according to a more definite system and again distri- buted for the present season. Each box as now arranged is calculated to illustrate some definite subject as follows. Box 1. ^ Winter Birds. A collection of thirteen species of birds that might be seen any winter's day in or about the city; also examples of common winter birds' food such as Rowan berries, Manitoba maple seeds, etc. Box 2. Birds' Nests. Six nests in situ showing as great a variety in situa- tion, material, technique, etc., as possible. Box 3. Birds of Garden and Roadside. Twelve birds of species that come familiarly about the house. Box 4. Teeth of Animals. Examples of flesh and insect eating animals and rodents with cleaned and mounted skulls, calling attention to the relation of dentition to food habits. Box 5. Common Birds Every One Should Know. A collection of twenty-two common birds that should be familiar to everybody; also a small case showing the differences between moths and butterflies and the principal facts of their development. Box 6. Means of Protection. Examples of protective devices used by various animals : Red Squirrel Speed and agility. Ruffed Grouse Protective coloration. Skunk Strong protective odour. Porcupine Sharp spiny covering. Mud Turtle Hard protective covering. Also a small case illustrating and explaining mimicry, illustrated by the Monarch and the Viceroy butterflies, bees, wasps, flies, etc. Box 7. Protective Coloration. RuflFed Grouse, Short-eared Owl, Meadow Lark, and Cotton-tail Rabbit, showing how closely some animals resemble their surroundings; also a small case showing Whip-poor-will amongst dead leaves and a white Weasel in the snow. Box 8. Adaptations. Shows adaptations between form and habits illus- trated by Sharp-shinned Hawk, and Shrike as rapacious birds; Goldfinch as a seed-eater; Buffle-head Duck as a swimmer; Pileated Woodpecker as a wood- hewer; Muskrat as a swimming animal; and Short-eared Owl as a nocturnal bird. Box 9. Woodpeckers. A collection of most of the common woodpeckers of the Ottawa district with a small case furnished with natural and artificial details showing the characteristics of the picerine form. Boxes 10 and 11. Bird Classification. Two collections illustrating typical examples of each family of common birds and calling attention to their charac- teristics; also a small case of batrachians illustrating their development from tad- poles and the differences between frogs and toads. These school collections have been in the nature of an experiment to see what can be done in this field of educative work and how far it is practicable to go in supplying specimens to public schools. The Ottawa schools were taken on account of their proximity and the specimens used were only such as could be spared or could be prepared without great expense. The problem of the perma- nency of such collections is the critical one. To make them specially for the'pur- 346 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 pose is a matter of considerable expense and unless they last for a number of years it is doubtful whether they can be extensively used in schools distant from larger museums where a certain number of duplicate or other extra specimens are usually available and where there is an expert staff to repair and replace them. The condition, however, of those specimens that have already undergone a season's use is promising; and it is hoped that by special preparation and a larger use of in- destructible casts such collections can be finally made economically practical. The collections have proved a success in the opinion of both instructors and pupils and the continuation of the experiment seems warranted. ^ ' ■( i The moving pictures of living birds, made by the staff last year, have been shown a number of times before both scientific and popular gatherings. The enthusiasm they have aroused is an indication of the great value of such work in both science and education. At present we have no lecture room of our own in which to show such pictures but they are available for loan to responsible educative bodies. The zoological lantern-slide collection has also been in demand both by mem- bers of our own staff and by scientific and educational bodies in widely separate parts of the Dominion. It is believed that, were it generally known that we have lantern-slides for educational use, the demand would be considerably greater. For details of this work see page 10. Accessions 1915-1916. By the Staff of the Zoological Subdivision. 15-94. By preparatory staff — C. L. Patch, C. H. Young, and C. E. Johnson, near Ottawa, November, 1915. — 3 birds, skins and mounted. 15-100. By Canadian Arctic expedition — R. M. Anderson, Frits Johansen, and southern party, on Arctic coast from Coronation gulf west- ward. See 16-56 and preliminary report following. — 50 mammals, skins and skulls, catalogue Nos. 2547-2596. 78 bird skins, catalogue Nos. 8744-8821. 35 sets bird's eggs, catalogue Nos. 1111-1146. — fish and invertebrates, not catalogued. 16-2. By zoological expedition — C. L. Patch, Barkley sound, Vancouver island, B.C., Jan.-Dec, 1915-16. See preliminary report following. — 21 mammals, skins, skeletons, and alcoholic specimens, catalogue Nos. 2599-2617 and 2921-2923. 118 bird skins, catalogue Nos. 8861-8978. 48 photographic negatives. 7 coloured plates of bird bills and feet. 16-14. By preparatory staff — D. J. Blakeley and C. L. Patch, near Ottawa, March, 1916.— 1 Red Squirrel, catalogue No. 2598. 4 Bird skins, catalogue Nos. 9038-9041. 16-29. By zoological expedition — C. H. Young,"^ Douglas, Man., May 22- June 6, 1916. See preliminary report following. — 75 bird skins, catalogue Nos. 9067-9143*. 24 photographic negatives. 6 sets bird's eggs, catalogue Nos. 1157-1159. SUMMARY REPORT 347 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 16-52. By zoological expedition with J. M. Macoun — C. H. Young and Wm. Spreadborough, Brackendale, Lillooet, and McGillivray creek, B.C., June 11-Sept. 12, 1916.— 116 mammal skins with skulls, catalogue Nos. 2627-2742. 444 bird skins, catalogue Nos. 9067-9143. 4 sets bird's eggs, catalogue Nos. 1170-1171. 50 photographic negatives. — insects, spiders, etc., not catalogued. 16-56. By Canadian Arctic expedition — R. M. Anderson, Frits Johansen, and southern party on Arctic coast from Coronation gulf westward. See Accession above and preliminary report following. — 135 mammals, skins, skulls, legbones, and alcoholic specimens, catalogue Nos. 2743-2873 and 2917-2920. 334 birds, skins and alcoholic specimens, catalogue Nos. 9833-10166. 31 bird's eggs, catalogue Nos. 1192-1222. — fishes, invertebrates, etc., not catalogued. 868 photographic negatives. 16-70. By preparatory staff — C. L. Patch, C. E. Johnson, and D. J. Blakeley near Ottawa, summer and autumn, 1916. — 18 mammals, skins, skulls, etc., catalogue Nos. 2899-2916. 99 birds, skins and mounted, catalogue Nos. 10255-10313. 20 sets bird's eggs, catalogue Nos. 1172-1191. 25 photographic negatives. — reptiles, batracians, etc., not catalogued. By Other Museum Divisions. 15-89. By division of vertebrate palaeontology — Geo. Sternberg in the Red Deer River region. Alberta, summer, 1915. — 1 mammal, coyote, catalogue No. 2541. 18 birds, skins and alcoholic ^ecimens, catalogue Nos. 8687-8704: Western Grebe, Mallard, Shoveller and Scaup ducks. Bittern, Sharp-shinned Hawk and Ferruginous Roughleg, Sharp-tail and • Ruffed Grouse, Magpie, and Hairy Woodpecker. 2 snakes, catalogue Nos. 621-622. 21 fish, catalogue Nos. 1070-1090. 16-48. By division of vertebrate palaeontology — Geo. Sternberg, near Morrin, Alberta, summer 1916. — 41 birds, skins, catalogue Nos. 9349-9365 and 9381-9387. Black Tern, Rough-legged and Sparrow Hawks, Ruffed Grouse, Magpies, Meadow Lark, Flicker, Towhees, etc. 9 sets bird's eggs, catalogue Nos. 1161-1169. 16-51. By division of vertebrate palaeontology — Geo. Sternberg, near Morrin, Alberta, summer 1916. — 12 birds, skins, catalogue Nos. 6369-6380. Ferruginous Roughleg and Sparrow Hawk, Great Blue Heron, Sharp-tailed Grouse, Kingfisher, Magpies, Meadow Lark. 348 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 16-61. By division of vertebrate palaeontology — Geo. Sternberg, near Morrin, Alberta, summer 1916. 22 mammals, alcoholic specimens, catalogue Nos. 2874-2895. 14 birds, skins, catalogue Nos. 10199-10212. Horned and Holboel's Grebes, Hawk, Owl, Great Horned and Long-eared Owls, Pintail and Scaup ducks, Ruffed-Grouse, Kingfisher, and Crow. 1 reptile, catalogue No. 625. 347 fish, catalogue Nos. 1091-1189. 16-67. By transfer from mineralogical division. — — molluscs, not catalogued. A collection of foreign shells presented to Sir R. L. Borden by W. G. Rutherford, Bute Court, Torquay, Devon, England, and deposited in the Museum, Accession 2767 in mineralogical division records. By Geological Staff. 15-92. By Robert Harvie.— 1 Muskrat, Cantley, Que., catalogue No. 2542, 15-95. By M. Y. Williams.— 2 Red Squirrels, Picton, Ont., catalogue Nos. 2543-2544. 15-98. By Robert Harvie. — 1 Red Squirrel, Carleton co., Ont., catalogue No. 2545. 16-7. By Robert Harvie. — 1 Ruffed Grouse, South Bolton, Que,, catalogue No. 9015. 16-8. By W. J. Wright.— 1 set Woodcock eggs, Frederick brook, N.B., catalogue No. 1150. 16-21. By Robert Harvie.— 1 Savanna Sparrow, Ottawa, Ont., catalogue No. 9056. 16-23. By A. O. Hayes.— 1 Great Blue Heron, Bernard lake. Que,, catalogue No, 9057. 16-33. By M. Y. Williams.— 1 Broad-winged Hawk, New Liskeard, Ont., June, catalogue No. 9156. 16-57. By Robert Harvie. — 1 Porcupine, Rideau Lake, Ont., catalogue No. 2924, 1 Pectoral Sandpiper, Ottawa, Oct., catalogue No. 10167. 16-58. By Chas. Drysdale.— Pileated Woodpecker, B.C., catalogue No. 10168. 16-62. By D, D, Cairnes.— - ^ — lepidotera, papered, andjabout twenty vials of insects, spiders, etc., in alcohol, near head of Klotassin and Selwyn rivers, Y.T., not cata- logued. 16-63. By Robert Harvie, — 1 Redpoll, Ottawa, Nov,, catalogue No. 10213. SUMMARY REPORT 349 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 , By Presentation. 15-90. By J. P. Williams, Picton, Ont.— 1 Red-tailed Hawk, Picton, Nov., 1915, catalogue No. 8705. 15-93. By Mr. Garland, Russell, Ont.— 1 Goshawk, Russell, Ont., catalogue No. 8822. 15-99. By Mr. Geo. A. Moore, Carp, Ont.— 1 Black-squirrel, Carp, Ont., catalogue No. 2546. 16- 1. By anonymous, Ottawa, Ont. — ^ 1 Evening Grosbeak, Ottawa, Jan., catalogue No. 8860. 16- 4. By Dominion Parks Branch. — 1 Mounted Wild Turkey, originally presented by Geological Survey to Rocky Mountain Park Museum at Banff. Probably a Canadian record. 16- 6. By Mr. H. Mousley, Hatley, Que. — 1 nest American Goldfinch, Hatley, Que., catalogue No. 1151. 16-10. By Mr. E. W. Garland, Richmond, Ont.— 1 Evening Grosbeak, Richmond, Ont., Feb., catalogue No. 9022. 16-12. By Mr. H. Mousley, Hatley, Que.— 1 Evening Grosbeak, Hatley, Que., March, catalogue No. 9031. 16-15. By Mr. C. W. Garland, Richmond, Ont.— 2 Evening Grosbeaks, Richmond, March, catalogue Nos. 9042-9043. 16-17. By Miss Lees, Riverdale ave., Ottawa, Ont. — 1 Evening Grosbeak, Ottawa, Ont., catalogue No. 9044. 16-18. By Mr. Thos. Hamilton, Brinston, Ont.— 1 Florida Gallinule, Brinston, April, catalogue No. 9055. 16-19. By Mr. John Rowley, San Francisco, Cal. — 17 photographs of Sea-lions. 16-20. By Mr. Gordon Watson, 172 Cartier street, Ottawa, Ont.— 125 (about) eggs (singles) of various species of birds, and skuU'of European Curlew, not catalogued. 16-22. By Mr. J. C. Carleton, Quarries, Que., near Ottawa. — 1 Ground-hog, near Ottawa, May, catalogue No. 2618. 16-24. By anonymous. Mailed from He aux Noir, Que., May 20. — 1 Caspian Tern in flesh, catalogue No. 9058. 16-25. By Mr. Eardley Young, Ottawa, Ont.— 1 nest and 5 eggs of Water Thrush, Meach Lake, Que., near Ottawa, , catalogue No. 1156. 350 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V. A. 1917 16-26. By Wm. Bodin, Wilson point, Miscou island, N.B. — 2 bird skins, White-winged Scoter and Fish Hawk, Miscou island, catalogue Nos. 9059-9060. 16-31. By anonymous. — 1 Purple Martin, Ottawa, catalogue No. 9152. 16-32. By Mr. F. C. Hennessey, Ottawa, Ont.— 3 Henslow's Sparrows, Albion, Mich., catalogue Nos. 9153-9155. 16-35. By Mr. Delvida Poirier, Valleyfield, Que. — 1 Harvest Fly, not catalogued. 16-36. By Mr. G. S. Hume, New Liskeard, Ont.— 1 Luna Moth, not catalogued. 16-37. By Mr, Dewy Soper, Preston, Ont. — 1 Savanna Sparrow skin, Preston, Ont., catalogue No.'^9184. 16-38. By Mr. H. Mousley, Hatley, Que.— 1 nest in situ of Black-throated Blue Warbler, Hatley, Que., July 1916, catalogue No. 1160. 16-39. By Mr. Dewy Soper, Preston, Ont. — 1 Snapping Turtle, Preston, Ont., catalogue No. 624. 16-41. By Brother Secordian, Notre Dame College, Hull, Que. — 1 Harvest Fly, not catalogued. 16-44. By M. Y. Williams, Geological Survey, Ottawa, Ont.— Weathered antlers of White-tailed Deer, picked up near Picton, Ont., showing the form of antler of the deer once native to Prince Edward CO., Ont., but now extinct there, catalogue No. 2619. 16-45; By Brother Secordian, Notre Dame College, Hull, Que. — 1 Salamander, Hull, Que., not catalogued. 16-47. By Mr. W. Taylor, 2301 Trinity st., Vancouver, B.C.— 1 Dipper, Garibaldi meadows, B.C., catalogue No. 9366. 16-49. By Mrs. P. E. Rickard, 56 Wilbrod St., Ottawa, Ont.— 1 large spider found in banana shipment, not catalogued. 16-50. By Mr. H. Mousley, Hatley, Que.— 2 birds, White-winged Crossbill and Cape May Warbler," Hatley, Que., late August, catalogue Nos. 9367-9368. 16-54. By Mr. E. N. Halton Fyles, Frederick House, Ont.— 1 Goshawk, Cochrane, Ont., Sept., catalogue No. 9832. 16-55. By Mr. J. A. Salter, St. Nicholas, Que.— 1 Centipede, spiroholus marginatus, not catalogued. SUMMARY REPORT 351 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 16-60. By Mr. W. E. Saunders, London, Ont. — Small collection of land shells and small clams, not catalogued. 16-64. By Mr. Anstruther Mainguey, 188 Cooper st., Ottawa. — 1 Brown Bat, Ottawa, catalogue No. 2896. 16-65. By Mr. E. W. Garland, Richmond, Ont.— 1 Goshawk, Richmond, Ont., Nov., catalogue No. 10214. 16-68. By Mr. J. A. Munro, Okanagan Landing, B.C. — ' 31 lots fish, not catalogued. 21 lots reptiles and amphibians, not catalogued. 1 crustacean, not catalogued. 3 insects ( ?) larvae, not catalogued. 81 vials of various native seeds. All collected in Ontario, mostly near Toronto, except three lots of reptiles from the island of Malta. 16-69. By A. H. Shouldis, Ottawa, Ont.— 1 White-tailed deer, skin and skull, catalogue No. 2898. 16-71. By Edward Kinsella, Franktown, Ont. — 1 Star-nosed Mole, Franktown, Dec, catalogue No. 16-72. By Dominion Parks Branch. — 1 Black Bear skull, Banff park, Alberta, catalogue No. 16-73. By Nicholas Pankiw ( ?), Teulon, Man.— 1 Lapland Longspur, Teulon, Man., catalogue No. 10314. 16-74. By Mr. Ed. G. White, Ottawa, Ont.— 2 Shoveller ducks, Findlay, Man., catalogue Nos. 10316, 10317. 16-75. By T. B. Williams, Canmore, Alberta. — 1 small weasel taken in coal mine, Canmore, catalogue No. 16-76. By P. L Bryce, Ste, Anne de Bellevue, Que. — 1 Brown Bat, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, catalogue No. By Exchange. 15-97. With Mr. Edwin Arnold, Montreal, Que.— 4 bird skins — 2 Kirtland's Warbler, 2 Black Rails, catalogue Nos. 8826-8829. 3 sets eggs-Kirtland's Warbler, Black Rail, and Lesser Yellow-legs, catalogue Nos. 1147-1149. 16- 5. With A. C. Bent, Taunton, Mass.— 8 bird skins — Least and Roseate Terns, Pacific Godwit, and Sooty Shearwater, catalogue Nos. 9007-9014. 352 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 16-16. With Mr. Edwin Arnold, Montreal, Que. — 4 sets bird's eggs — Everglade Kite, Prairie Falcon, Parula Warbler, and Black-necked Stilt. The latter taken near Ft. Qu'Appelle, Sask., June 13, 1894, forming the only Canadian breeding record of the species, catalogue Nos. 1152-1155. 16-28. With J. H. Fleming, 267 Rusholm road, Toronto, Ont.— 4 bird skins — 2 Black and 2 Yellow Rails, catalogue Nos. 9063-9066. 16-30. With Dr. Jonathan Dwight, New York. — 9 bird skins — Eared Grebe; Cassin's and Crested Auklets; Royal, Forster's, and Least Terns, and Pelagic Cormorant, catalogue Nos. 9143-9151. 16-40. With New York State Museum, Albany, N.Y.— 11 bird skins — Caspian, Royal Sooty, Cabots, and Gull-billed Terns; Laughing and Mew Gulls; Allied Shearwater; Bulwer's Petrel, and Anhinga, catalogue Nos. 9185-9195. 16-42. With Dr. L. B. Bishop, New Haven, Conn.— 10 Greater Shearwaters, near Halifax, N.S., Aug., catalogue Nos. 9196-9205. 16-77. With Ward's Natural Science Establishment, Rochester, N.Y. — 1 Aleutian Tern, catalogue No. 9188. By Purchase. 15-88. From Mr. Chas. Horsbrough, Red Deer, Alberta.— 35 bird skins — Western, Eared, Holboell's, and Horned Grebes; Blue- winged Teal, Canvas-back, Scaup, Pintail, White-winged Scoter, and Bufiflehead ducks; Black Tern and Franklin's Gull; Ross' Goose; Long-eared, Short-eared, Saw-whet, and Hawk Owls; Sharp-shinned, Goshawk, and Swainsons Hawks; Killdeer; Crow; Hairy Woodpecker; Bronzed and Rusty Crackles. All from Alix and Buffalo lake. Alberta, catalogue Nos. 8706-8740. 15-96. From Wm. Bodin, Wilson point, Miscou island, N.B. — 19 bird skins — Herring, Ring-billed, and Black-backed gulls; Gannet; Red-breasted Merganser; Pintail, Goldeneye, and Eider ducks; White-rumped and Pectoral Sandpipers; Black-bellied and Semi- palmated Plover; Fox Sparrow; Black-poll and Magnolia Warblers; Hermit Thrush. Taken Miscou island, Oct., catalogue Nos. 8830-8848. 15-101. From Wm. Duvall, Bonaventure island, Gaspe co.. Que. — 6 Dovekies, Perc4, Que., catalogue Nos. 8849-8854. 16-3. From Wm. Bodin, Wilson point, Miscou island, N.B. — 26 bird skins — Red-throated Loons; Brunnich's Murre; Black Guille- mots ;Kumlein's, Iceland, Herring, and Black-backed gulls; Black, Barrow's Goldeneye, and Eider ducks; Snow Buntings; White- winged Crossbills, and House Sparrows, catalogue Nos. 8979-9005. SUMMARY REPORT 353 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 16-9. From Wm, Duvall, Bonaventure island, Gaspe co., Que. — 6 birds, Purple Sandpipers and Barrow's Goldeneyes, catalogue Nos. 9016-9021. 16-11. From Wm. Duvall, Bonaventure island, Gaspe co.. Que. — 5 birds — Eiders, Barrow's Goldeneyes, and Scaup Duck, catalogue Nos. 9023-9030. 16-13. From Wm. Duvall, Bonaventure island, Gaspe co.. Que. — 5 birds — Barrow's Goldeneyes and Scaup Duck, catalogue Nos. 9033- 9037. 16-27. From Mrs. Sam Cox, Harrington Harbour, Saguenay co.. Que. (Cana- dian Labrador). — 2 birds— Black Guillemots, catalogue Nos. 9061-9062. 16-34. From Charlie Ross, Barkley sound, Vancouver island, B.C. — 27 birds — Surf birds and Black Turnstone, Barkley sound, May. Made into skins and alcoholic specimens, catalogue Nos. 9157-9183. 16-43. From John Goddard, Stick point, near Bonne Esperance, Saguenay CO., Que. (Canadian Labrador). — 17 bird skins — Red-throated Loon, Black Guillemots, Herring Gulls, Barrow's Goldeneye, White-winged Scoter, Eiders, Rough-legged Hawk, Richardson's Owl^^ Willow-Ptarmigan, Spruce Partridge, and Raven. All from near Bonne Esperance, catalogue Nos. 9206-9221. 16-46. From M. Y. Williams, Geological Survey, Ottawa, Ont. — 7 mammals, catalogue Nos. 2620-2626. 125 bird skins, catalogue Nos. 9223-9348. Mostly taken in Prince Edward co., and all previous to the collector's appointment on the Survey staff. 1 -59. From Mr. John Goddard, Stick point, near Bonne Esperance, Saguenay CO., Que. (Canadian Labrador). — 30 bird skins — Pied-billed Grebe, Black Guillemots, Kittiwake, Black- backed and Herring gulls. Puffins, Sooty Shearwater, Wilson's Petrei, Red-breasted Merganser, Surf Scoter, Yellow-legs, Purple Sandpipers, Black-bellied plover, Spruce Partridges, Willow Ptarmigan, catalogue Nos. 10169-10198. 16-66. From Wm. Stauffer, Morrin, Alberta. — 1 Lynx skin without skull, catalogue No. 2897. Reconnaissance in Barkley Sound, on the West Coast of Vancouver Island. (Clyde L. Patch.) The Provincial Government of British Columbia decided to investigate the feeding habits of Steller's Sea-lion, for the purpose of ascertaining whether or not they destroyed food fish and fishing nets. C. F. Newcombe, M.D., chairman of the investigating committee, offered the Museum the specimens killed for examin- 354 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 ation, provided the institution send a representative to prepare the hides and skel- etons for shipment. Having received word early in December that sea-lions were plentiful in Barkley sound, Dr. Newcombe notified the Museum and I joined him in Victoria. Two days later we arrived at Port Alberni and the following morning, December 16, we proceeded through the Alberni canal to the Kildonan salmon cannery. During our three weeks stay there we were generously accommodated by Mr. Martin, manager, and his men. We saw five solitary sea-lions while passing through the canal. Having obtained a special permit from Mr. Francis Kermode, director of the British Columbia Provincial Museum, I immediately began collecting ornitho- logical specimens, while Dr. Newcombe arranged to procure sea-lions from the Nootka Indians by offering $7.50 for specimens delivered alongside the float. He also arranged a personally supervised hunt in a motor boat, which gave us an opportunity to observe and photograph the hunting Indians. During the winter months the sea-lions move about singly or in herds num- bering up to forty individuals, spending only a small part of their time on the rocky islands, to the vicinity of which they return each autumn from their breed- ing grounds. Before the advent of the rifle the Indians obtained sea-lions by harpooning; but, now that the sea-lions have become much more wary, the hunters first shoot them as they raise their heads above the water's surface to breathe, and then if the wound is not fatal, they rush in and harpoon them. If instantly killed by the rifle shot they sink before the harpoon can be thrown. Less than 25 per cent of the specimens shot are procured. Sea-lion meat, which tastes like beef that has been boiled in water previously used for cooking fish, is eaten by the Indians, also the heart and liver. The hides are used for covering boats and the soles of the flippers for moccasin soles. Three bull sea-lions were procured by our hunting party and eight bulls and one cow were purchased by Dr. Newcombe, who considered these twelve specimens sufficient for his investigation. I later purchased two cows. The greater number of bulls procured can be accounted for by the fact that an adult cow weighed 652 pounds, while a bull may weigh up to 2,100 pounds, their heads, therefore, affording a much larger target. Each of the three cows con- tained a single foetus measuring 12f , 12f , 13f inches from tip of nose to tip of tail. Of the fourteen stomachs four contained rounded biotite-granite rocks weighing approximately 1 pound 3 ounces and measuring about 8| inches in circumference. One stomach contained two such rocks, the other three one each. When and why these rocks are swallowed by the sea-lions is unknown. Possibly they in some way affect the hair-like worms that adhere in varying quantities to the majority of the stomach linings; but probably they are unintentionally swallowed along with the molluscan food and sea-weed which adhere to them. Besides procuring the fourteen sea-lion hides and skeletons I made a series of plaster casts of heads, and fore and back flippers, of cows, juvenile bulls, and of an adult bull, which will be use^ as tudies in modelling an exhibition group of sea-lions. Leaving Kildonan on January 4 and accompanied by three Indians I made a three days cruise through Namint bay, Uchucklesit harbour, Efiingham inlet, and among the islands of Barkley sound, collecting thirty-seven species of birds, two raccoons, one harbour seal, and two deer. The collection of birds includes specimens of all varieties observed, with the exception of the Coot. Fifty-eight per cent of the birds collected in Namint bay and Uchucklesit harbour, the two most inland bays of Barkley sound, were females or juveniles; in more exposed Effingham inlet and among the islands only twenty-eight per cent were females and juveniles, the balance being adult males. SUMMARY REPORT 355 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 About the cannery were hundreds of gulls and crows which are very bold, approaching within a few feet of the workmen and frequently entering the hold of a fish-laden boat and gorging themselves with herring until unable to fly out. The adult gulls about the cannery were far outnumbered by juvenile birds, which fact accounts for the predominance of adult birds seen following coasting vessels; birds of the year evidently prefer a quiet life near shore to the strenuous existence at sea. Ducks were feeding on putrid salmon bodies that had drifted to the mouths or sunken in the deeper parts of the freshwater streams up which the fish had spawned and died. On January 4, on rocky Bird island and adjacent barren rock islands, I saw three compact flocks of Surf -birds each probably numbering two or three hundred individuals. One charge from a twelve-gauge shot gun brought down twelve Surf-birds and two Purple Sandpipers. There were undoubtedly a considerable number of Sandpipers accompanying the Surf-birds, but owing to the heavy sea about the rocks it was impossible to closely observe the flocks or to retrieve more dead birds. The Surf-birds, whose breeding ground has never been discovered, were of particular interest as heretofore they have been known to winter only on the South American coast. Only six Harbour seals were seen, all of Avhich were in the water. The Black- tail Deer were collected on small islands in Barkley sound. The Indians say they are fairly common. The doe, which was about two years old judging by the teeth, measured 1,400 mm. and the three year old buck 1,580 mm. Preliminary List of Specimens Taken by C. L. Patch, Near Barkley Sound, Vancouver Island, Between December 16, 1915, and January 1, 1916. (P. A. Taverner.) Accession 16-2. 1. Holboell's Grebe, Colymbus holbceUi. cf cf 9 jvs. 2. Horned Grebe, Colymbus auritus. ? 9 jvs. 3. Pied-billed Grebe, Podilymbus podiceps. d' jv. - 4. Pacific Loon, Gavia Pacifica. d^ cf jvs. 5. Red-throated Loon, Gavia stellata. 9 jv. " 6. Marbled Murrelet, Brachyramphus marmoratus. cT cf cf cf all in white winter plumage. 7. Common Murre, Uria troille. 9 9 9 9 9 all referable to the subspecies calif ornica. 8. Glaucus-winged Gull, Larus glaucescens. 9 ad. of jv. 356 , GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV, A. 1917 9. Herring Gull, Lams argentatus. 9 9 jv. 9 ? These birds belong to the form newly described (Brooks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. LIX, No. 5, pp. 361-413) as Larus thayeri, which appears to be a subspecies of argentatus and the Pacific Coast representative of that species. 10. Short-billed Gull, Larus brachyrhynchus. 9 9 9 jv. 9 jv. (?). 11. Double-crested Cormorant, Phalcrocorax auritus. 9 & both referable to the subspecies cincinnatus, 12. Brandt's Cormorant, Phalcrocorax penicillatus. cf 9 9. 13. Pelagic Cormorant, Phalcrocorax pelagicus. (sex. ?) referable to the subspecies robustus. 14. American Merganser, Mergus americanus. & cf jv. 15. Hooded Merganser, Lophodytes cucullatus. & jv. 16. Mallard, Anas platyrhynchos. 9. 17. Greater Scaup, Marila marila. cf ad. 18. Goldeneye, Clangula clangula. cf cf cf jv. cf jv. 9 . 19. Barrow's Goldeneye, Clangula islandica, cf cJ^ cf cf cf cf cf jv. cf jv. 20. Bufflehead, Charitonetia albeela. cfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcrjv. 9 9. 21. Harlequin Duck, Histrionicus histrionicus. cf 9. 22. American Scoter, Oidemia americana. cf. 23. White-winged Scoter, Oidemia deglandi. cf cf cf 9 ? 9 ? (?). 24. Surf Scoter, Oidemia perspicillata. d^ cf cf" cf 9 9 (?) (?). SUMMARY REPORT 357 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 25. Purple Sandpiper, Arquatella maritima. cf cf . The exact subspecies of these birds cannot be decided without a larger series of determined specimens for comparison. They differ from eastern birds in comparable plumage in being more sharply streaked below and on throat, otherwise they are nearly if not quite identical with them. It is questionable whether they should be referred to the subspecies couesi or ptilocnemis. May birds taken at Ucluelet, Vancouver island, in our collection have been determined as the former. 26. Surf -bird, Aphriza virgata. cTcfcfcfQ 9 9 9 9 9?( ?)(?). These were taken at a single shot on some of the rocky islets out in the sound, that are seldom visited by white men in the winter time. There were large numbers present so these cannot be regarded as accidental stragglers. The occurrence of this species in this latitude as late as January 4 was something of a surprise. 27. Black Turnstone, Arenaria melanocephala. c^ 9 (?). 28. Black Oyster-catcher, Hcematopus bachmani. 29. Bald Eagle, Haliceeius leucocephalus. cf jv. cf nearly adult. 30. Belted Kingfisher, Ceryle alcyon. 9 . I cannot see that the western form caurinus is subspecifically distinct from eastern birds. 31. Red-breasted Sapsucker, Sphyrapicus ruber. ,. ( ?) Identified geographically as notkensis. 32. Northwestern Crow, Corvus caurinus. cf 9 (?). 33. Song Sparrow, Melospiza melodia. cf? cT? (?). If morphna is untenable as has been said these specimens must be regarded as the subspecies rufina. 2>\. Fox Sparrow, passerella iliaca. ( ?) This specimen is well marked fulignosa. ?S. Dipper, Cinclus mexicanus. (?) 36. Winter Wren, Nannus hiemalis. 9 ?. Identified geographically as pacificus. 37. Varied Thrush, Ixoreus ncevius. cf cf 9 (?). No. 26—24 358 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 British Columbia Field Work. (C. H. Young.) The writer, accompanied by Wm. Spread borough, spent the period June 9 to 30 (1916) collecting zoological specimens in the vicinity of Brackendale on the Pacific Great Eastern railway a few miles from Howe sound, and on Squamish river. Brackendale had also been selected by J. M. Macoun as a suitable place for his botanical work. It proved an excellent locality for bird collecting. Much of the country west of our camp was under cultivation, while eastward very little has been cleared although much of it has been burnt over. While there we col- lected 153 skins of birds and 2)2) mammals. All the mammals and practically all the birds were collected below an altitude of 100 feet and all may be considered as resident coast species, as the migration season was about over when we reached Brackendale. The number of resident individual birds was not very large at Brackendale as was shown both by our own observations and by the fact that many species were represented by only one or two pairs. Several thousands of acres of brule offered an apparently fine field for woodpeckers, but nearly every individual seen was shot. The period July 1 to August 8 was spent at Lillooet. A few trips were made into the hills from this point but nearly all the specimens taken were collected within a mile or two of camp at altitudes between 700 and 1,500 feet above the sea, the altitude of Lillooet station being 740 feet. Our camp was near the discharge of Seton lake, with the Cascade mountains to the west of us, but our hunting ground was chiefly in the Fraser valley a mile or so eastward. Lillooet is situated on the western edge of the "dry belt" and sage-brush and cactus are found every- where in the valley; so that while the collection includes many coast species there are many others that are characteristic of the dry interior. Nearly all the mam- mals were taken quite near camp. As there is a very old settlement at Lillooet, as well as several Indian reserves in the immediate vicinity, this also proved to be a good collecting ground and most of the species known to occur in the region were taken, as well as several species that had not before been recorded. It may be of interest to note that we were told by an old resident that the Evening Grosbeak which we found to be fairly abundant had only become so since the planting of the Ash-leaved Maple in the streets of Lillooet some twenty-five years ago, these birds feeding in winter on the fruit of this tree. Mount McLean within easy reach of Lillooet affords an excellent collecting ground for alpine species, but as our intention was to camp later in a similar locality farther west only two or three trips were made to this mountain. We left Lillooet August 8 and spent the next two weeks at the forks of McGill- ivray creek with our camp at an altitude of 4,500 feet. Few, if any, of the speci- mens collected were from an altitude lower than our camp as we had a dense forest below us while above us much of the country was open. Trails lead up both bran- ches of McGillivray creek and the mountains although high were easily ascended up to the sources of both branches . Most of the small mammals were taken quite close to the main camp; the elevations of the remainder are indicated in the list following. Returning to Lillooet August 23 a few days were spent there packing up our collections. On August 26 we returned to Brackendale where we camped until September 12 adding quite a number of species to our June list, some of them being evidently migrants. SUMMARY REPORT 359 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Preliminary List of Specimens Taken by C. H. Young and Wm. Spreadborough, at Brackendale, Lillooet, and McGillivray Creek, British Columbia, Between June 11 and September 12, 1916. {P. A. Taverner.) Accession 16-52. 1. Least Sandpiper, Pisobia minutilla. cf jv., 9 jv., Brackendale, Sept. 7. 2. Western Sandpiper, Ereunetes mauri. 9 , Brackendale, Sept. 7. Not as strikingly red as spring mauri but considerably redder than comparable eastern pusillus. 3. Solitary Sandpiper, Helodromas solitarius. cf, Brackendale, August 28. Though by geography this specimen should undoubtedly be cinnamomeus it exhibits none of the char- acters of that subspecies. The back spots are white and there is no marbling on the primary webs. Identified by geography this should be cinnamomeus, by character, typical solitarius. 4. Greater Yellow-legs, Totanus melanoleucus. cf , Brackendale, Sept. 2. 5. Spotted Sandpiper, Actitis macularia. d*, Brackendale, cf cf cf, 3 downy young, Lillooet. 6. Dusky Grouse, Dendragopus obscurus. 9 9 9 9,99 half grown, 1 chick, Lillooet. Of the recognized forms of Dusky Grouse these are clearly referable to fulignosus. Comparing females, three Vancouver Island birds are the reddest in our collection. Three from the head of Howe sound (previous collecting) are a richer and darker brown on back. The Lillooet birds are considerably greyer on the back than either. The under parts are also a little less blue than those from other localities but not markedly so. The distinction, however, is too small for subspecific recognition. The small chick, just flying, is quite com- parable in age, though a little older, with two Comox specimens, but the latter are decidedly red while the former is quite slaty and shows little reddish though the pronounced juvenile back pattern with numerous white shaft lines is similar, indicating the compara- bility of plumage. 7. Ruffed Grouse, Bonasa umbellus. 9 , cf ? downy young, Brackendale, June 9, adult in red phase. The whole back is markedly richer than that of interior birds, with only slight indications of grey overwash on feather tips. The breast is also redder with more sharply defined markings and blotches. The Vancouver Island and adjoining coast form, including this specimen, is clearly referable to sabini. No. 26-24J 360 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 8. White-tailed Ptarmigan, Lagopiis leticurus. cT c^ 9 9 , McGillivray creek, altitude 8,500-8,600 feet, August 19. In full summer plumage. The males agree very closely with a fragmentary skin from Teslin Lake region, but the females have much less reddish, brown, or ochre than is shown in specimens from Teslin lake, Mt. Natazhof, Y.T., or Griffin lake, B.C. This difference is probably individual rather than subspecific and the specimens are referred geographically to the type form. 9. Band-tailed Pigeon, Columba fasciata. 9 , Brackendale, June 16, by geography, the typical form. 10. Mourning Dove, Zenaidura macroura. 9 , Brackendale, August 28. A small bird too juvenile ( ?) to base subspecific determination upon. 11. Sharp-shinned Hawk, Accipiter velox. cf cf" 9 9 9 , Brackendale, June 6, and Sept. 6-7; Lillooet, Aug. 4. 12. Goshawk, Astur atricapillus. (^ jv., Sept. 25, cf June 25; cf going into adult plumage, July 13, 9 jv., Aug. 4. While British Columbia birds do seem to average a little more blue on the back and have stronger dark edgings to the inter-scapulars they are indistinguishable from many eastern ones. The fineness of the breast vermiculations seems to be more an indication of age than geography; younger birds being more coarsely marked than old ones. I refer these to the type form. 13. Pigeon Hawk, Falco columharius. cf jv., Lillooet, Aug. 3, Typical columharius. 14. Sparrow Hawk, Falco sparverius. cf cf 9 9, Brackendale, June 10-19, and Aug. 29; 9 9 Lillooet, July 19; McGillivray creek, Aug. 11. I cannot see that these or any other Canadian specimens differ more than individually from eastern birds. I include them, there- fore, under the typical form. 15. Great Horned Owl, Bubo virgianus. 9 9 , Lillooet; cf downy young, Brackendale. The two adult Lillooet birds agree closely with specimens identified by H. C. Oberholser as lagophonus. They are much less ocheraceous and quite distinct from our only saturatus as determined by the same authority. We have not material for judging the wisdom of the separation of these two forms. If both forms are valid these birds should be referred to the interior form lagophonus rather than the coast one, saturatus. The Brackendale bird is too young for subspecific recognition. SUMMARY REPORT 361 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 16. Belted Kingfisher, Ceryle alcyon. cf cf , Brackendale, 9 9 Lillooet. While these birds can be regarded as showing the long secondaries of caurina we have so many Vancouver Island and adjoining coast birds that show extreme eastern characters that I cannot recognize the validity of the western subspecies. Our specimens indicate that while eastern ones never or rarely show extreme western characters, western ones often show characteristic eastern measure- ments. This does not seem sufficient basis for subspecific recognition. 17. Hairy Woodpecker, Dryobates villosus. cf cf cf 9 9 , Brackendale; cf Lillooet. These birds may be divided three and three, 9 9 Brackendale and cf jv. Lillooet are straight monticola and, while much soiled below have no evident smokiness. The remaining Brackendale birds, slightly smoky below, are harrisi tending towards monticola, one specimen being quite intermediate. 18. Downy Woodpecker, Dryobates pubescens. cf 9 , Brackendale; cf Lillooet, All birds of the year. The two Brackendale birds are fairly well tinged with the smoky drab of gairdneri below. The Lillooet specimen is considerably lighter, generally white below with a tinge of darker in the middle of the breast. I regard it as intermediate between gairdneri and homorus. 19. American Three-toed Woodpecker, Picoides americanus. 9 , Lillooet. This bird does not agree strikingly with descriptions and we have no series of eastern birds for comparison. I regard it on geographical evidence as fasciatus. 20. Yellow-bellied sapsucker, Sphyrapicus varius. cf , 9 jv. 9 jv., Lillooet, July 11-19. All well marked nuchalis. 2L Red -breasted Sapsucker, Sphyrapicus ruber. cf cf 9 9,9 jv., Brackendale, June 14-27 and Aug. 28, cf Lillooet, Sept. 5. Not having series of the southern form for comparison I refer these to notkensis geographically. 22. Pileated Woodpecker, Phlceotomus pileatus. cf cf 9 9 , Brackendale, June 12-20. I can see little difference between east and west Canadian specimens. There may average slightly less white on the wing tips of western birds, but it is not constant and I see no good grounds for sub- specific recognition of picinus. As between the northern and south- ern races of the species I refer these to abieticola geographically. 23. Lewis' Woodpecker, Asynd'esmus lewisi. d^ cf 9 9 , Brackendale, June 10 and Aug. 31-Sept. 2. 362 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 24 Red-shafted Flicker. Colaptes cafer. cf , Brackendale, June 14. A pure blood Red-shafted Flicker. Geographically it should^ be saturatior but is rather light coloured for that race and identical with many undoubted cafer. 24a. Hybrid Flicker, Colaptes auritus cafer- cf 9 9 (all juveniles), Lillooet, July 25 and Aug. 5. 25. N'ght Hawk, Chordeiles virginianiis. (^ (^ 9 , Brackendale, June 2-26; 9 9 Lillooet and McGillivray creek, July 25 and Aug. 17. These birds are slightly darker than birds from Trail, B.C., and Indian Head, Sask., that Mr. Oberholser has declared to be hesperis, and agree closely with eastern specimens. I, therefore, refer them to virgininnus The Brackendale female is accompanied by an egg, so undoubtedly it is the breeding form of that locality. 26. Black Swift, Cypseloides niger, cf 9 9 9 , Brackendale, June 24-28. Borealis by geography. I am informed by Mr. Young that the birds were evidently breeding in some numbers in high inaccessible cliffs. 27. Vaux's Swift, Chaetura vauxi. 9 9 , Brackendale, June 28. 28. Rufus Hummingbird, Selasphorus rufus. cf, Brackendale, June 20; cf^, Lillooet, July 5. 29. Kingbird, Tyr annus tyranniis. cf , Brackendale, June 24. 30. Arkansas Kingbird, Tyranniis verticalis. cf, Brackendale, June 27. cf cf, Lillooet, July 8 and 26. 31. Olive-sided Flycatcher, Nuttallornis borealis. cf d", Lillooet, July 11 and 13; alt. 4,000 feet. 32. Traill's Flycatcher, Empidonax trailli. & & & jv., Brackendale, June 13-21, Aug. 30. These show the greenish olive of alnorum and as such have been identified by Mr. Oberholser. Z2>. Hammond's Flycatcher, Empidonax hanimondi. cf d^, Brackendale, June 14, cT cf 9 cT jv., Lillooet, July 13-19. Identified as above by Mr. Oberholser. 43. Horned Lark. Otocoris alpestris. 9 9 , Lillooet, Aug. 1, c? 9 9 9 , McGillivray creek, Aug. 19. All at elevation 7,000-7,500 ft. These are large, light-coloured birds with yellows reduced to near- ly pure white and only traces of vinaceous on wing coverts. The two adult Lillooet birds are badly worn and with backs sharply streaked. The remainder are birds of the year with streaks more soft and blended. I regard them provisionally as arcticola and probably local breeders. SUMMARY REPORT 363 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 44. Stellar's Jay, Cyanocitta stelleri. cf cf d^ cf cf cf 9, Brackendale, June 12-15; cf, Anderson lake, Aug. 23. All are typical stelleri. 45. Canada Jay, Perisoreus canadensis. These birds are in general coloration similar to fumifrons from Teslin Lake region, but have lighter breasts, a slight wash of brown- ish over- wash, and decided to faint shaft streaks on back. They appear to be fumifrons tending towards obscurus, thus suggesting that the latter should be reduced to subspecific rank. The white forehead is rather extensive and not sharply defined and in that direction might be regarded as approaching capitalis. 46. American Crow, corvus brachyrhychos. cf , Brackendale, cT 9 , cf jv., Lillooet. These all overmeasure caurinus and are, therefore, referred to hesperis. 47. Clarke's Nutcracker, Nucifraga columbiana. 9 , Lillooet, elevation, 6,000 feet, July 13, 9 9 , McGillivray creek, elevation, 5,000-6,000 feet, Aug. 11, 12. 48. Western Meadow Lark, Sternella neghcta. 9 9 , Brackendale, June 24, 26, d' cT, Lillooet, July 31, Aug. 1. In our collections, spring and early summer birds from British Columbia show consistently darker backs than is illustrated by our rather scanty series of prairie birds, thus substantiating the new subspecific form confiuenta from northwestern Washington and British Columbia recently described by S. F. Rathbun, Auk, XXXIV, Jan. 1917, pp. 68-70. From the study of our own col- lections I previously suspected the existence of such a form but the examination of material in other collections failed to confirm the supposition in a convincing manner. Until a more careful re-examination can be made of material I hesitate to refer these birds to the new race. 49. Bullock's Oriole, Icterus bullocki. 9 , Lillooet, Aug. 1. 50. Brewer's Blackbird, Euphagus cyanocephalus. cf cf 9 9 , Brackendale, June 10-16. 51. Evening Grosbeak, Hesperiphona vespertina. c^cfcfd',9 9 9,d'jv. cf jv., Lillooet, July 3-Aug. 19. The subspecific determinations of west Canadian Evening^ Gros- beaks is hardly satisfactorily determined. The western birds in our collection are certainly not as dark nor are the bills as attenuated as in typical montana as exhibited by birds from the Catalina mountains, Ariz., near the type locality. These birds agree so closely, allowing for seasonal variation, with eastern winter speci- mens that I cannot satisfy myself that they are anything more than the type form. No separate breeding ground for eastern birds has as yet been discovered; until it is, I hesitate to separate our eastern and western birds. Mr. Grinnell's revision of the spe- cies, Condor, XIX, 1917, 17-22, is founded upon such fine dis- tinctions of bill shape that more convincing evidence than that before me is necessary for its acceptance. Until such evidence is obtained I can only refer these specimens to the type form. 364 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 52. Pine Grosbeak, Pinicola enucleator. cf 9 , Lillooet, July 11 and 19, Though the various western races of this species are not very con- vincingly represented in our collections these birds seem to agree more nearly with flamfhula to which I refer them, but without strong conviction. 53. Purple Finch, Carpodacus pur pur ens. cf 9 , cf jv., Brackendale, June 8-16; 9 9 , d' ?, Lillooet, July 8-26. Only the one Brackendale male is in red plumage, the remainder are all olive birds. They are typical calif ornicus. 54. Grey-crowned Finch, Leucostide tephrocotis. cfcfcfcfcf 9,cfcfc?'c?'cfcf (juveniles) 9 9 9 9 9 (juveniles). These, judging from the adult specimens, are all well marked littoralis. The ear coverts are predominantly grey though with a slight tendency to be encroached upon by the brown. The throats are heavily mixed with brown. The juveniles are dull coloured, very similar in the neutral greyish undercolour to juvenile Cowbirds and with only suggestions of rosy on the feather edges of wings and ' coverts, more pronounced in females than in males. 55. American Goldfinch, Astragalinus tristis. cf , cf jv., Brackendale; June 26 and Sept. 5, cf 9 , Lillooet, July 26-21 . Though falling within the measurements of the eastern form and not being perceptibly different in general colour from them the wing bars are pure white untinged with yellow and I assume that they are referable to salicamans. 56. Vesper Sparrow, Pooecetes gramineus. cf 9 jv., ( ?) Lillooet, July 4-28. These are typical confinis. I cannot refer them to affi-nis though geographically that might be expected. 57. Savannah Sparrow, Passerculus sandwichensis. cfcfd'9 9,9?, 9?. Brackendale, Sept. 4-7. Only two Savannah Sparrows were observed in June at Brackendale and they were 'common in September when these were taken. They are, therefore, probably early migrants, not residents. The subspecific status of the Savannah Sparrows of British Columbia, except perhaps those of the extreme southern border, does not seem to have been satisfactorily determined. They are usually referred to alaudinuSy yet they differ radically from the diagnosis of that race as given by Mr. Ridgway. They are not greyer than eastern specimens but redder, Vandyke rather than seal brown. The super- ciliary line is not less decidedly yellow but more so, chrome yellow rather than lemon yellow and diffuse rather than restricted. The wing lengths are identical with eastern birds though the bill is smaller and lighter. In fact except for a smaller bill spring birds are nearly indistinguishable from eastern autumn specimens. In autumn eastern and B. C. birds are separable with still greater difficulty. Western birds have backs slightly lighter brown and contrary to spring conditions the breast streaks are sharper and less diffuse than in eastern ones. These Brackendale specimens agree SUMMARY REPORT 365 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 perfectly with birds from the south Thompson and lower Fraser River valleys, with characters as above, and with them are tem- porarily referred to alaudinus until the form is renamed or the dis- crepancies of description explained. 58. White-crowned Sparrow, Zonotrichia leiicophrys. & jv. 9 jv., Brackendale, Sept. Being juveniles they are difficult of subspecific determination. They are slightly darker than comparable plains specimens and probably, therefore, nutalli. They are probably migrants. 59. Golden-crowned Sparrow, Zonotrichic coronata. 9 jv., Brackendale, Sept. 7, cf , Lillooet, July 26, cf &, McGillivray creek, altitude 6,000 feet, Aug. 14. 60. Chipping Sparrow, Spizella passerina. cf 9 , 9 jv., Brackendale, June 10-27; cf cf , Lillooet, July 6 and 26. These birds average a little larger and a little lighter than compar- able eastern birds, but the difference is slight and they can be closely matched by occasional eastern specimens. I refer them to arizonce but without conviction. 61. Oregon Junco, Junco oregonus. cT d" cf cf 9 9 cf jv. 9 jv., Brackendale, June 8-20, Sept. 7. c^ of cf 9 9 , Lillooet, July 4-25; cf ? jv., McGillivray creek, altitude 5,000 feet, Aug. 14. According to the distribution of the A. O. U. check-list these should be connectens, but without a large series of well authenticated specimens it is difficult- to subspecifically place the various Junco races. Dr. John Dwight is studying these specimens with others for what, it is to be hoped, will be a final decision upon this difficult group. 62. Song Sparrows, Melospiza melodia. cf cT cf (f jv. cf jv., June 10-16 and Sept. 6; cf cf cf cT jv., Lillooet, June 17-July 12. If morphna is a synonym of rufina these should geographically be referred to the latter subspecies. Until after a thorough study of a series of determined specimens I prefer to leave open the sub- specific status of these specimens. 63. Lincoln's Sparrow, Melospiza lincolni. cf cf 9 9 9 ?, Brackendale, Aug. 31, Sept. 6. By date probably migrants. All are in new unworn plumage. In comparison with autumn birds from Ontario they are markedly olivaceous on the upper parts, hence I call them striata, though some doubt may well be expressed as to the tenability of that form. 64. Fox Sparrow, Passerilla illiaca. cf cf cf 9,9 jv., McGillivray creek, elevation 5,000-7,000 feet., Aug. 10-18. A.lthough fulignosa is the recognized breeding form for Vancouver island and inferentially the neighbouring coast, these birds from the higher elevations near the coast are typical schistacea and hence more nearly allied to the Rocky Mountain birds than coast birds. They were only seen in the one locality, and one ju- venile bird suggests them to be breeders and not migrants. 366 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 65. Spotted Towhee, Pipilo maculatus. & d'^ 9,9 jv., Brackendale, June 8-18; cT cT 9 , 9 jv., (^ jv., cf jv. The Brackendale birds are clearly referable to oregonus, the Lillooet specimens to montanus. 66. Black-headed Grosbeak, Zamdodia lelanocephala. d^ cf 9 9 , Brackendale, June 10-14. 67. Lazuli Bunting, Passerina amoena. cf , Brackendale, cf d^ 9 9 9 9 , Lillooet. 68. Western Tanager, Piranga ludoviciana. cT d^ 9 9 9 , Brackendale, d" & d' & 9 9 9 9, Lillooet. 69. Violet-green Swallow, Tachycinata thalassina. & & & 6^, Brackendale, d^ jv., d^ ? jv., 9 9 , Lillooet. 70. Rough-winged Swallow, Stelgidopteryx serripennis. d^ 9 , Brackendale, (f jv., cf jv., d^ jv., 9 9 , Lillooet. 71. Bohemian Waxwing, Bomhycilla garriila. d^ 9 , 9 jv., McGillivray creek, Aug. 16. ^ The juvenile is dark sooty greyish and quite striped below, indicat- ing that it had probably been raised near by. The other two are apparently adult but with very light almost albinistic crest, due probably to the fading of unmoulted plumage. 72. Cedar Waxwing, Bomhycilla cedrorum. cf 9 9 , Brackendale, cT cf 9 , cf ? jv. 73. Red-eyed Vireo, Vireosylva olivacea. d^ d^, Brackendale, 9, Lillooet. 74. Warbling Vireo, Vireosylva gilva. & & & 9 , Brackendale, d^ 9 9 9 , Lillooet. These all show the small size and the slightly dark colour of swain- soni. 75. Solitary Vireo, Lanivereo solitarius. d' d" d" ? 9 , Lillooet. All evident cassini, 76. Nashville Warbler, Vermivora rubricapilla. ' cf cT 9 9 d^ jv., Lillooet. All guttcralis. 77. Orange-crowned Warbler, Vermivora celata. 9 jv., Lillooet. In colour this specimen is intermediate between celata and lutescens, but larger than either. As this combination of intermediate colour and large size seems more or less common in a considerable series of birds from Edmonton, Alberta, to Vancouver island, B.C., the tenability of orestera, Oberholser, Auk, 1905, is partially confirmed. This may prove to be a recognizable form mingling during migra- tions with celata on the prairies and with lutescens west of the mountains. In this case the above specimen is orestera, otherwise it will have to be included in lutescens. SUMMARY REPORT 367 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 78. Yellow Warbler, Dendroica aestiva. cf cf cf cf 9, Brackendale, cf, Lillooet. The distinctions between these and eastern birds are very slight indeed. They can be matched closely by Ontario specimens and without geography it would be difficult or impossible to identify them as rubignosa. 79. Audubon's Warbler, Dendroica auduboni. cf 9 , Brackendale; cf , cf jv., cf jv., cf jv., cf jv., 9 jv., Lillooet. 80. Black-throated Gray Warbler, Dendroica nigrescens. cf c?" cf cf 9 , Brackendale; cf cf cf cT 9 9,9 jv., Lillooet. 8L Townsend's Warbler, Dendroica townsendi. cT cf 9 9 9 , Brackendale, cf 9 ? jv., Lillooet. 82. McGillivray's Warbler, Oporornis tolmiei. cf cf cT 9 , Brackendale ; cf cf 9 , Lillooet. 83. Maryland Yellow-throat, Geothlypis trichas. cf , cf jv., Brackendale. Though these should according to the A. O. U. check-list be arizela, I can see no substantiation of that race in any Canadian specimen. All our specimens from the prairie and mountain provinces, including these, I refer to occidentalis. 84. Wilson's Warbler, Wilsonia pusilla. 9 , Brackendale. Typical pileolata. 85. Redstart, Setophaga ruticilla. 9 , Brackendale, 9 i cf jv., Lillooet. 86. American Pipit, Anthus ruhescens. cT jv., Brackendale, Sept. 5,99? Lillooet, altitude 7,000 feet, Aug L cf & v., McGillivray creek, altitude 7,000 feet, Aug. 14-.17. Said to be breeding, which statement is substantiated by the soft condition of the Lillooet and McGillivray Creek juvenile plumage. The Brackendale bird is probably a migrant. 87. American Dipper, Cinclus mexicanus. cf 9 , Brackendale. 8S. Catbird, Dumatella carolinensis. cf , Brackendale, cf cT 9 , Lillooet. 89. Bewick's Wren, Thryomanes bewicki. cf , Brackendale. Being without eastern specimens I can only find subspecific determination by geography. It is doubtless calophonus. 90. House Wren, Troglodytes aedon. 9 , Brackendale. Plainly parkmani. 368 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 91. Carolina Nuthatch, Sitta carolinensis. 9 , Lillooet. Referred to aculeala. 92. Red-breasted Nuthatch, Sitta canadensis. 9 , Brackendale, cf cf cf jv., Lillooet. 93. Chickadee, Penthestes atricapillus. c^ cf 9 9 9 , Lillooet, cf , McGillivray creek. In colour these birds exhibit slightly more white on wing coverts than eastern specimens show, and allowing for dirt and smoke stain on most eastern birds, are almost identical with them. How- ever, the obviously longer tail designates these specimens to be septentriona. 94. Gambel's Chickadee, Penthestes gamheli. d'cfcfd^cT 9 99, Lillooet. Type form, gambeli. 95. Chestnut-backed Chickadee, penthestes rufescens. cf cf cf, cf' jv., 9 9, Brackendale. 96. Townsend's solitaire, Myadestes townsendi. cf cf , Brackendale, 9 9 , cf jv., Lillooet. 97. Wilson's Thrush, Hylocichlafiiscescens. Undoubtedly salicicola. 98. Alice's Thrush, Hylocichla aliciae. (^ & & d^ 9 9, Lillooet, 9 (?), Brackendale. 99. Hermit Thrush, Hylocichla guttata. 9 Lillooet. This specimen is indistinguishable from worn birds from Trail, Rossland, and Skagit river, B.C. Allowing for the worn condition of its July plumage I cannot see that it differs from Vic- toria, Vancouver island, or Canmore, Alberta, birds, most of which are identified by Mr. Oberholser as sequoyensis. It is less brown and more greyish or olive than our only Queen Charlotte Island specimen that should be nanus. I, therefore, refer it to sequoyensis. 100. American Robin, Planesticus migratorius. cT 9 cf jv., Brackendale, cf 9 cf jv. 9 jv.-, Lillooet. All are without white tail spots, though one Lillooet male is com- parable with many eastern birds. All are geographically propin- quus. This race is a very fine differentiation. 101. Varied Thrush, Ixoreus naevius. cf 9 , Brackendale. 102. Western Bluebird, Sialia mexicana. 9 jv., Brackendale. 103. Mountain Bluebird, Sialia currucoides. ? cf jv., 9 jv., 9 jv., Lillooet. SUMMARY REPORT 369 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Preliminary List of Specimens Collected by C. H. Young and Wm. Spreadborough , in British Columbia, June to September, 1916. (R. M. Anderson) 1. Long-tailed Shrew. Sorex longicauda longicauda (Merriam). 9, June 22, 9, June 23, 9 cf, sex ?, June 24, Brackendale, Hcwe sound, B.C. 2. Navigator Shrew. Neosorex navigator navigator (Baird) . cf, July 22, Lillooet. Typical navigator. 3. Dark Yuma Bat. Myotis yumanensis saturatus Miller. cf, June 15, Brackendale. 4. Silver-haired Bat. Lasionycteris noctivagans (Le Conte). cT, Aug. 30, Brackendale. 5. Brown Bat. Eptesicus fuscus svhsp. 9 , June 13, 9 9 , June 15, cf, and 1 sex ?, June 23, Brackendale. 6. Pacific Coast Raccoon. Procyon psora pacifica Merriam. cf, jv., Aug. 25, Brackendale. 7. Pacific Marten. Martes caurina caurina (Merriam). 9 jv., July 18, 9 jv., July 22, 9 jv., July 28, Lillooet. cT ad., Aug. 12, McGillivray creek, Lillooet district, B.C., at 5,000 feet elevation. 8. Pacific Mink. Mustela vison energumenos (Bangs). 9 9 , August 29, Brackendale. 9. Common Weasel. Mustela cicognanii cicognanii Bonaparte. cf , July 18, cf ^August 5, Lillooet. 1). Richly-coloured Weasel. Mustela saturata {MerTidim) . cf , August 17, McGillivray creek, at 5,000 feet elevation. 11. White-footed Mice. Peromyscus maniculatus suhsp. cf 9 , June 18, cf , June 20, cf 9 , June 22, cf , June 24, 9 , June 25, cf , June 14, cf jv., June 23, Brackendale, Howe sound, at less than 100 feet elevation ; referable to Peromyscus maniculatus austerus (Baird) ; dusky in colour, with broad dark wash along median line of back. cf cf cf jv., August 10, cf, August 11, cf, August 12, 9, August 13,- cf 9 , August 16, McGillivray creek, at 5,000 feet elevation 9 , July 4, cf , July 31, Lillooet. Referab'e to Peromyscus mani- culatus oreas (Bangs), averaging larger and more rufous- tinted than austerus. The last two specimens, from Lillooet, show a decided tendency to the greyer artemisiae type. cf cf 9 cf jv., July 22, 9 , July 23, Lillooet; referable to Peromyscus maniculatus artemisiae (Rhoads) ; paler and greyer than any of the preceding specimens. 370 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 12. Bushy-tailed Wood Rat. Neotoma cinerea drummondii (Richardson). 9 , July 11, cT, July 12, 9 , July 13, cf", July 21, cf , July 24, c?, July 31, cf , Aug. 1, 9 , Aug. 4, d", Aug. 5, Lillooet. cf cf 9 , Aug. 17, McGillivray creek, at 5,000 feet elevation. 13. Northwestern Red-backed Vole. Evotomys caurinus Bailey. 9 , June 25, Brackendale. 14. Olympic Meadow Vole. Microtus macrurus Merriam. 9 , June 26, Brackendale. 15. Meadow Vole. Microtus mordax mordax (Merriam). 9 , Aug. 14, d" jv. 9 jv. d' 9 , Aug. 16, cf jv., Aug. 19, cf , Aug. 20, 9 9 , Aug. 21, McGillivray creek, at 5,000 feet elevation. 1 3. Richardson's Meadow Vole. Microtus richardsonii subsp. cf 9 , August 12, 9 cf jv., August 16, d" jv., August 19, at 5,000 feet elevation. Referable to the richardsonii group, although considerably larger and darker than specimen of richardsonii from Mica mountain (near Tete Jaune Cache, B.C.). Specimens are possibly Microtus richardsonii arvicoloides (Rhoads), to which they are doubtfully referred in the absence of specimens for comparison. 17. Rocky Mountain Muskrat. Ondatra zibethica osoyoosensis (Lord). cf, June 24, Brackendale. Referable on geographical grounds to O.z. osoyoosensis (Lord) ; a very dark, richly-coloured specimen. 18. Northwest Jumping Mouse. Zapus trinotatus trinotatus Rhoads. 9 9 , August 29, Brackendale. cf , August 12, McGillivray creek, at 5,000 feet elevation. All three specimens are very closely comparable to specimens in the Museum collection. The specimen from McGillivray creek has the dusky dorsal area better defined than the coast specimens. 19. Cascade Hoary Marmot. Marmota caligata cascadensis Howell. cf ad., August 10, at 6,000 feet elevation, 9 jv., 9 jv., August 12, at 5,500 feet elevation, McGillivray creek. The first (adult) specimen is very large and typical as to colour and skull proportions. The Juvenal specimens, about one-third grown, show a uniformly brownish' tint on posterior half of body, with a conspicuous whitish wash across the shoulders ; crown and cheeks dark brown ; nose and lips whitish; tail mixed with chestnut. 20. Streator's Chickaree. Sciurus hudsonicus streatori Allen. cf, July 4, 9, July 5, cf 9 , July 8, 9 jv., July 20, cf, August 1, Lillooet, at 700 to 1,500 feet elevation, cf , August 21, McGillivray creek, at 5,000 feet elevation. 21. Cascade Mountains Chickaree. Sciurus donglasii cascadensis Allen. cf 9 , June 14, cf , June 15, 9 , June 26, cf , Sept. 6, Brackendale. SUMMARY REPORT 371 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 22. Chipmunks. Eutamias quadrivittatus subsp. 9 cf jv., June 27, Brackendale, Howe sound. These are the dark reddish coast form, E. q. felix (Rhoads). No. 2714, cf , August 14, at 7,000 feet elevation, and No. 2703, d' jv., August 11, at 6,500 feet elevation, McGillivray creek, on the east side of the Cascade Mountains divide, show much closer resemblance to coast specimens of felix than to other east Cascade specimens. The last two specimens have much rusty reddish in coat, and fur much longer, probably due to higher altitude and later date in the season, cf JV., July 4, cf 9 , jv., July 5, cf , July 7, cf 9 , July 13, Lillooet, are probably referable to E. q. affinis (Allen), although showing more rufous in coat than other specimens from east of the Cascade range. The characters of the juvenal specimens are not distinct. 23. Dainty Pika. Ochotona cuppes Bangs. 9 , August 9, 9 , August 11, at 7,000 feet elevation, cf , August 14, at 5,000 feet elevation, d^ cj" 9 » August 17, at 5,000 feet elevation, McGillivray creek. Specimens seem to be clearly referable to 0. cuppes Bangs, averaging larger than 0. minima (Lord), and more tawny than specimens of 0. princeps (Richardson) from western Alberta. 24. Washington Hare. Lepus washingtonii washingtonii Baird. 9 jv., June 17, cf, June 18, 9, June 19, 9, June 27, Brackendale, Howe sound. The juvenal specimen of L. w. washingtonii is dull brown, with much blackish on top of head, and faint dusky median stripe. 25. Cascade Varying Hare. Lepus bairdii cascadensis Nelson. cf jv., July 15, 9 jv., July 22, Lillooet. Juvenal specimens of L. h. cascadensis have much lighter colour than L. w. washingtonii, being uniformly tinged with yellowish brown; no black on head; face light yellowish brown; no dorsal median line. Brackendale is on the Squamish river a few miles from Howe sound ; the country to the west is mostly under cultivation; to the east very little has been cleared, but much of it has been burned over. Practically all collecting was done below 100 feet altitude. Lillooet is on the east side of the Cascade mountains, at an altitude of 740 feet. . The specimens were taken at altitudes between 700 and 1,500 feet above the sea. Lillooet is at the western edge of the "dry belt," sage-brush and cactus being found everywhere in the valley. McGillivray creek, at the forks of the creek, at an altitude of 4,500 feet, about 40 miles west of Lillooet. Collecting was carried on up to 7,000 feet alti- tude; just on the east side of the Cascade Mountains divide. Information on the topography of the above localities was furnished by J. M. Macoun. Preliminary List of Specimens taken by C. H. Young near Douglas, Manitoba, between May 22 and June 2, 1916. (P. A. Taverner.) Accession 16-29. 1. Black Tern, Hydrocheledon nigra. 9. 372 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 2. Virginia Rail, Rallus virginianus. 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 3. Sora Rail, Porzana Carolina. 4. Wilson's Phalarope, Steganopus tricolor. cfcfcf999999, breeding. 5. Marbled Godwit, Limosa fedoa. cf d^ cf cf^ c^ 9 (?). 6. Bartramian Sandpiper, Bartramia longicauda. & 9. 7. Prairie Chicken, Tympanuchus americaniis. 9 , americanus by geography, 8. Mourning Dove, Zenaidura macroura. cf 9 ? 9. Nighthawk, Chordeiles virginianus. cf 9 . These birds average rather dark on the upper parts though the spotting of the wing coverts is sharply contrasted. I refer them to the typical form virginianus. 10. Kingbird, Tyrannus tyrannus. cT. 11. Least Flycatcher, Empidonax minimus. & 9. 12. Horned Lark, Otocoris alpestris. cf cf cf cf 9 , fledgling. These birds are all similar in coloration. The fledgling intimates that they are the breeding birds of the locality. I refer them to praticola. 13. Bobolink, Dolichonyx oryzivorus. d^ cf 9 9. 14. Cowbird, Molothrus ater. cf. 15. Red-winged Blackbird, Agelaius phoeniceus. cf cf 9 9 according to the A. O. U. distributions the birds from the prairies should hefortis. The birds from this section, however, do not fulfil the original description of this form and do agree with the characters of arctolegus proposed by H. C. Oberholser. I, therefore, refer them to that race. The subspecific distinctions between these races, however, seem to be very slight. 16. Brewer's Blackbird, Euphagiis cyanocephalus, cf 9. - ' SUMMARY REPORT 373 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 17. Chestnut-collared Longspur, Calcarius ornatus. & & 9 9. 18. Vesper Sparrow, Pooscetes gramineus. cf , nearly typical confinis. 19. Savannah Sparrow, Passerculus sandwichensis. cf 9 , The subspecific status of the Canadian Great Plains birds of this species cannot be unrestrictedly referred to. They differ essentially from alaudinus as indicated by Bonaparte's original description or by that of Ridgway, especially in the brilliancy of the yellow superciliary line. They are practically intermediate in colour between eastern savanna and the British Columbia birds spoken of elsewhere in this report, but have the small bill of the latter. Of these Douglas specimens, the male is typical savanna except for a small bill while the female is of the usual prairie form — characteristic alaudinus except for a darker back more closely approaching savanna. 20. Leconte's Sparrow, passerherbuhis lecontei. & cf. 21. Nelson's Sparrow, Passerherbulus nelsoni. cf cf cf, typical nelsoni. 22. Chipping Sparrow, Spizella passerina. cf 9 . The difference between these and eastern birds is very slight indeed and they are referred to arizoncB for geographical reasons rather than determinative characters. 23. Clay-coloured Sparrow, Spizella pallida. cf cf cf 9. 24. Swamp Sparrow, Melospiza georgiana. 9 9. 25. Rose-breasted Grosbeak, Zamelodia ludoviciana. cf. 26. Barn Swallow, Hirundo erythrogastra. 27. Loggerhead Shrike, Lanius ludovicianus. cf . The various races of the Loggerhead Shrike are poorly defined and their subspecific characters do not seem to be firmly fixed. In- dividual variation is so great that it often equals or even exceeds subspecific limits and very few specimens are typical. Each feature of this specimen can be Matched in specimens that should geo- graphically be typical migrans. The closest identification to be arrived at is to call it intermediate between migrans and exuhi- torides. 28. Orange-crowned Warbler, Vermivora celata. cf , typical celata. No. 26—25 374 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 29. Yellow Warbler, Dendroica astiva. cf , typical astiva. 30. Maryland Yellow-throat, Ceothlypis trichas. 9 , not subspecifically identified. 31. Short-billed Marsh Wren, Cistothorus stellaris. & 9. 32. Alice's Thrush, Hylocichla alicicB. 9 , typical alicia. 2)Z. Bluebird, Sialis sialis. & 9. CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION, 1916.— ZOOLOGY. {R. M. Anderson.) Since my last published report to the department, dated July 29, 1915, the zoological work of the expedition has proceeded as follows: I spent the remainder of the summer and autumn of 1915 in field work with the eastern topographical and geological survey party, traversing with motor boats the region eastward from cape Barrow — around Moore bay and Arctic sound, up Hood river to the first cascade, and well down into Bathurst inlet (below the Barry islands), taking representative collections of birds and mam- mals, some specimens of plants, a few fishes, etc. During the summer J. J. O'Neill and J. R. Cox collected a good series of the plants in the region about Port Epworth and up Tree river, as well as a few interesting bird and mammal specimens. Our boat survey returned as far as Tree river, and sledged home from there to Bernard harbour, following the south coast of Coronation gulf, and reaching the winter quarters on November 9. Our summer's collections were hauled from Port Epworth to Bernard harbour by sledge later in the winter. While spending the summer with the Eskimos in the interior of Victoria island, Mr. Jenness collected a few birds, but as he was packing from place to place most of the time, necessarily he could not preserve many specimens. Mr. Johansen devoted his time to entomology, botany, and marine and freshwater biology in the vicinity of Bernard harbour. During the months of January and February, 1916, I went inland a little distance above the most northern trees on Coppermine river, and although caribou were fairly numerous, the season was unfavourable for collecting many other specimens. Mr. Johansen collected a few zoological specimens along the south coast of Victoria island in March and April, 1916. The greater part of the month of March, 1916, the writer spent with Mr. K. G. Chipman making a reconnaissance up Croker river into the middle of a hither- to unexplored region lying between Darnley bay and Dolphin and Union strait. The region was interesting, although the zoological results were mainly negative. Starting out again in April, 1916, I made another sledge trip eastward visiting Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet, returning to Bernard harbour June 6. A number of valuable specimens and many photographs were obtained on this trip. Collections of various kinds were made around the station until the Alaska sailed on July 13, 1916. We followed the coast pretty closely on the way out, teaching Young point on July 17, Pierce Point harbour July 23, cape Bathurst SUMMARY REPORT 375 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 (or Baillie islands) July 24, Herschell island, Y.T., July 28, International Boundary August 4, cape Barrow, Alaska, August 8, point Hope, Alaska, August 10, passing through Bering strait August 11, and reaching Nome, Alaska, August 15, 1916. Small miscellaneous collections were made at most of the places where we stopped on the way out. Of the larger mammals, our collections include good series of Polar Bear, Barren Ground Bear, Barren Ground Caribou, Barren Ground Wolf, Arctic Fox, Red Fox, Wolverine, Arctic Hare, and seals, besides many smaller species. Large series of Barren Ground Caribou were collected during the autumn migra- tion south from Victoria island in November, some specimens during the spring migration, some young fawns in June, and a few summer specimens from the eastern region. The collection of Arctic Foxes, the principal economic fur-bearing animal of the regions visited, is noteworthy in representing practically every condition of age, sex, and change of pelage, including specimens taken during ten different months of the year. The Wolverine is surprisingly numerous on the coast and islands of Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet, in some cases more than 100 miles from any timber, and is of especial note and importance because nothing edible can be left long without being molested or disturbed by it. Twelve good specimens were taken and preserved. It has been practically demonstrated by the travels of our numerous field parties and from credible information derived from the natives of the country, that the Musk-ox does not exist at the present time anywhere near the coast at any point west of Annielik river, which flows into Gray bay, some 75 miles east of the mouth of Coppermine river. The Musk-ox has become extinct along the lower part of Coppermine river and practically extinct around Great Bear lake, although there is evidence to show that there are still a few left on the north side of the lake. Mr. Wilkins informs me that extensive travels on Banks island in 1914-1916 have shown no trace of the Musk-ox existing at present on that large island, although skeletal remains are numerous. The bird collections contain representatives of most of the species found in the regions traversed, and fairly large series of some species. The difficulty of transportation and preservation of specimens while on extended trips, and the pressure of executive duties at other times, often prevented the obtaining of as large series as desirable. The collection of birds numbers six hundred and nineteen (619) specimens, including seventy-three (73) species. The collection of mammals numbers four hundred and thirty-one (431) specimens, including twenty- two (22) species and probably several subspecies. All of the collections were shipped from Nome, Alaska, and reached Ottawa early in October, 1916. It is not possible to tell without more detailed examination whether any new forms are represented, but many specimens represent seasonal plumages and pelages, Juvenal specimens and moults, which are rare in collections; and the specimens which were taken will widely extend the known geographical range of a number of species. The notes on the life histories and ecology are also extensive and important. The work in mammalogy and ornithology, while in the particular field of the writer, was materially aided by all members of the expedition, who by their cheerful and continued co-operation brought in many valuable specimens and notes which would otherwise not have been obtained, Mr. George H. Wil- kins in particular, who was with the northern party of the expedition for some time, made quite a collection of both mammals and birds from the vicinity of cape Kellett, Banks island. No. 26-25 J 376 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Preliminary List of Specimens Collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1914 to 1916. Identified by Rudolph Martin Anderson. Accessions 15-100 and 16-56. 1. Horned Grebe. Colymbus auritus Linnaeus. cf ad. Summer. Firth river, Y.T., near Herschell island. 2. Yellow-billed Loon. Gavia adamsi (Gray). ad. cfcfcfcfcfcfcfcf'9 9 9 9, 2 sex unknown. July 13, mouth of Hula-hula river, Alaska. June 28 to July 20, Franklin bay. June 25 to July 24, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, N.W.T. July 16, Port Epworth, Coronation Gulf. Aug. 2, Gray bay, Coronation gulf. June 30, Salmon river, Alaska, with one egg. 3. Pacific Loon. Gavia pacifica (Lawrence). ad. cfcfcfcfcf9 9,2 sex unknown. June 18, July 2-5, Barter island, Alaska. June 28, July 5, Aug. 5-7, Bernard harbour; October, mouth of the Coppermine river. 4. Red-throated Loon. Gavia stellata (Pontoppidan). ad. cT 9 9 9 9 , 1 sex unknown. Spring, Baillie island. July 5, 6, 11, Bernard harbour, juv. 9 , changing from downy plumage, Aug. 27, Bernard harbour. 5.|Mandt's Guillemot. Cepphus mandti (Mandt). ad. 9 , Feb. 17, point Barrow, Alaska. Winter plumage. 6. Pomarine Jaeger. Stercorarius pomarinus (Temminck). ad. 9 dark phase, June 15, Franklin bay. ad. 999999999, light phase, June 10, 12, 15, 16, 18, 30, Bernard harbour, ad. 3 sex unknown, Sept. 3-4, cape Kellett, Banks island. - juv. 2 sex unknown, Sept. 3, cape Kellett, in dark barred plumage. 7. Parasitic Jaeger. Stercorarius parasiticus (Linnaeus). ad. 9 , light phase, July 5, Barter island, Alaska. ad. 9 9,1 sex unknown, June 28, July 15, Bernard harbour. ad. 9 , July 6, cape Kellett, Banks island. juv. 9 , Sept. 23, cape Bathurst. Dark barred plumage. 8. Long-tailed Jaeger. Stercorarius longicaudus Vieillot. ad. 9 , June 28, Bernard harbour. ad. cf, July 12, Franklin bay. ad. cf, and 1 sex unknown, June 18, 30, cape Kellett, Banks island. 9. Glaucous Gull. Larus hyperboreus Gunnerus. ad. c?'cfd'cf9 9 9 9 9, Sept. 25, Sept. 19, 30, May 31, June 9, Bernard harbour, Cockburn point. Chantry island. SUMMARY REPORT 377 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 10. Thayer's Gull. Larus thayeri Brooks. ad. cf 9 , June 19, Bernard harbour. ad. cT, Aug. 20, Kater point, Arctic sound (breeding). ad. 9 9,2 sex unknown, June 7-16, Sept. 6-17, jv., cape Kellett, Banks island. All the adult specimens of black-winged gulls have been examined by Dr. Jonathan Dwight and by him referred to the new species thayeri. The juvenal specimens are probably the same species. 11. Sabines' Gull. Xema sahini (J. Sabine). ad. cf 9 , 1 sex unknown, June 26-30, Barter island, Alaska. ad. cfcfcf9 9 9 9 9 9, June 14, 15, 17, 19, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. ad. sex unknown, near albino, September, Baillie island, N.W.T. 12. Arctic Tern. Sterna paradiscea Briinnich. ad. 9 , June 20, Barter island, Alaska. ad. 9 , July 26, cape Bathurst. ad. 9 , July 15, Cockburn point, N.W.T. (breeding). 13. Leach's Petrel. Oceanodroma leucorhoa (Vieillot). ad. 9, Aug. 31, gulf of Alaska, south of Unimak pass, between Unimak island and Akutan island, Aleutian islands, Alaska. 14. Pintail. Dafila acuta (Linnaeus). ad. 9 , June 24, Barter island, Alaska. 15. Old-squaw. Long-tailed Duck. Harelda hyemalis (Linnaeus). ad. cT cf , June 8, July 5, Franklin bay. ad. crcfc?'crcrcrcf9, June 12, 13, 14, 23, July 9, 11, Bernard harbour, ad. cf, moulting, Bernard harbour, ad. c?", moulting, Detention harbour, Coronation gulf, ad. cf cf cf cf , June 22, July 12, cape Kellett, Banks island. 16. Harlequin Duck. Histrionicus histrionicus (Linnaeus). ad. cf &, June 26, Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska. ad. cf, June 10, Escape reef, Mackenzie bay, Y.T. ad. cf , summer. Firth river, Y.T., near Herschell island. 17. Steller's Eider. Polysticta stelleri (Pallas). ad. cf cf 9 , June, Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska. 18. Spectacled Eider. Arctonetta fischeri (Brandt). ad. cf 9 , June 29, Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska. 19. Pacific Eider. Somateria v-nigra Gray. ad. c?'c?'d'cfcrcfcrcfcfcfcfcrcfcf9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9, mostly in breeding plumage, but some moult- ing ("eclipse") plumage. May 30-31, June 9, 12, 14, 25, 29, 30, July 2, 21, 29, Aug. 8, Sept. 24, 28, Barter island, Alaska; Franklin bay, N.W.T., Cockburn point, Bernard harbour, Inman harbour. Coronation gulf. ad. moulting, Franklin bay, July 2-21; Bernard harbour, Aug. 8. juv. downy specimens, alcoholic specimens. 378 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 20. King Eider. Somateria spectahilis (Linnaeus). 3id. &<^&&d'&&&&&&&&&&d'&9 9 9 9 9 99 9 9 9 9, mostly in full breeding plumage, but some moulting and autumn plumages. June 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 30, July 4, 5, 6, 7, 14, Aug. 27, 30, Sept. 25, May 31. Franklin bay, Liverpool bay, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. juv. cf , downy plumage, Aug. 27, Bernard harbour. 21. White-winged Scoter. Oidemia deglandi Bonaparte. ad. cf. May, 1915, cape Bathurst, N.W.T. 22. Snow Goose. Chen hyperboreus hyperboreus (Pallas). ad. cf 9 , June 18, 19, full plumage, cape Kellett, Banks island, ad. d^ cf , July 19, 20, moulting quills, cape Kellett, Banks island. 23. Hutchins's Goose. Branta canadensis hutchinsi (Richardson). ad. cf, June 17, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. 24. Black Brant. Branta nigricans (Lawrence). ad. 9 , July 11, Franklin bay. ad. cf cf 9 9 , June 9, Aug. 31, cape Kellett, Banks island. 25. Little Brown Crane. Grus canadensis (Linnaeus). ad. sex unknown. Escape reef, Mackenzie bay, Y.T. ad. cf , June 17, Cape Kellett, Banks island. 26 Ked Fhalarope. Phalaropus,fulicarius (Linnaeus). 9 .Sept. 30, cape Bathurst, N.W.T. 27. Stilt Sandpiper. Micropalama himantopus (Bonaparte). ad. 9 , June 22, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. 28. Pectoral Sandpiper. Pisobia maculata (Vieillot). ad. sex unknown, June 5, Barter island, Alaska. Breeding, ad. 9 , ad. sex unknown, Aug. 4, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. ad. 9 , June 16, Barter island, Alaska, with eggs and nest. 29. White-rumped Sandpiper. Pisobia fuscicollis (Vieillot). ad. 9 , June 20, cape Kellett, Banks island. 30. Baird's Sandpiper. Pisobia bairdi (Coues) . ad. cf , June 19, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. ad. cf cf cf , June 19, Aug. 4. ad. sex unknown, June 12, Barter island, Alaska, with eggs. 2 downy young, June 30. 4 downy young, July 3. 4 downy young, July 14. 3 downy young, July 19. 2 juv. July 21. 1 juv. July 26. Bernard harbour, N.W.T. 31. Semipalmated Sandpiper. Ereunetes pusillus (Linnaeus). ad. sex unknown, June 17, Barter island, Alaska, with eggs. 32. Sanderling. Calidris leucophaea (Pallas). ad. sex unknown, June 16, Barter island, Alaska. ad. cf , June 22, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. ' ad. cf 9 9 , July 26, cape Bathurst, N.W.T. ad. sex unknown, 2 specimens, Aug. 24, cape Lambton, Banks island. SUMMARY REPORT , 379 SESSIONAL PAPER IMo. 26 ZZ. Buff-breasted Sandpiper. Tryngites suhruficollis (Vieillot). ad. cf 9 , June 6, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. Breeding. 34. Black-bellied Plover. Squatarola squatarola (Linnaeus). ad. 9 Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska, June 22. ad. cf cT 9 9 , June 10, 16, 22, 26, Bernard harbour, ad. cf , Colville hills, interior Victoria island, June 16. ad. cf & &, June 18, 19, July 4, cape Kellett, Banks island, juv. 3 sex unknown, Sept. 4, 6, cape Kellett, Banks island. 35. Golden Plover. Charadrius dominicus dominicus (Miiller). ad. 9 , ad. sex unknown, July 14, Camden bay, Alaska. ad. cf cf d" cf 9 9 9 , June 17, 19, 28, 25, May 28, Bernard harbour. 36. Semipalmated Plover. JEgialitis semipalmata (Bonaparte). ad. cf cf , June 6, 19, 20, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. 2 juv. downy, July 21 ; Bernard harbour. ad. sex unknown, with eggs, June 30, Port Epworth, Coronation gulf. juv. 9 9 9, Aug. 16, 17, Detention harbour, Galena point, Coronation gulf. ad. 9 , Young point, Amundsen gulf, July 18. 37. Ruddy Turnstone. Arenaria inter pres morinella (Linnaeus). ad. 9 , June 22, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. ad. cf , June 5, Colville hills, Victoria island. ad. cf , June 19, Port Epworth, Coronation gulf. 38. Willow Ptarmigan. Lagopus lagopus lagopus (Linnaeus). ad. cf cf , Feb. 7, ad. 9 , March 25, Bernard harbour. ad. cf cT cf 9 , 1 sex unknown, June 23, Sept. 12, 25, Oct. 7, 9, cape Kellett, Banks island, ad. 9 , April 5, Cache point, Victoria island. 39. Rock Ptarmigan. Lagopus rupestris rupestris {GmeVm) . ad. cf cf 9 , Kay point, Arctic coast of Y. T., Aug. 17-18. ad. cfcfcfcfcfcfcf, 9 9 9, March 30, May 31, April 30, June 16, Sept. 23, Oct. 1, Sept. 30, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. ad. cf cf , Aug. 19, Moore bay. Coronation gulf, ad. cf 9 , Sept. 3, Bathurst inlet, ad. cf cf cf 9 , Sept. 5, 12, 25, cape Kellett, Banks island. 40. Rough-legged Hawk. Archihuteo lagopus sancti-johannis (Gmelin). ad. cf &, Sept. 12, Franklin bay. ad. cT, May 30, mouth of Kogaryuak river, Coronation gulf, nesting. ad. sex unknown, June 17, Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, nesting. 41. White Gyrfalcon. Falco islandus Brtinnich. ad. 9 , Sept. 9, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. 42. Gray Gyrfalcon. Falco rusticolus rusticolus Linnaeus. ad. cf , Sept. 29, Franklin bay. 380 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 43. Gyrfalcon. Falco rusticolus gyrfalco Linnaeus. ad. cf 9 , Sept. 9, Sept. 10, cape Bathurst, N.W.T. These specimens of Gyrfalcons show a tendency to intermediate char- acters, but under the accepted classification may be separated as above. 44. Duck Hawk. Falco peregrinus anatum Tunstall. ad. cf, June 16, Barter island, Alaska. ad. 9 , Sept. 9, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. 45. Short-eared Owl. Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan). ad. 9 , May 26, Franklin bay, N.W.T. ad. cT, June 18, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. 46. Snowy Owl. Nyctea nyctea (Linnaeus). ad. sex unknown, June, Nunaluk, coast of Yukon Territory. ad. 9 , Oct. 1, cape Bathurst, N.W.T. ad. 6^, Oct. 8, Cockburn point, N.W.T. ad. cf c^ 9 9 , 1 sex unknown, Sept. 26, Oct. 5, 13, Nov. 20, Dec. 8, cape Kellett, Banks island. Juvenal, d^ 9 9 , 2 sex unknown, Sept. 5, 8, cape Kellett, Banks island. 47. Hawk Owl. Stirnia ulula caparoch (Miiller). 2 specimens, sex unknown, Dec. 21, 1915, on divide of Endicott moun- tains, Alaska, near International Boundary. 48. Hoyt's Horned Lark. Otocoris alpestris hoyli Bishop. ad. cf cf , May 21, Wise point, Amundsen gulf, ad. cT cT 9 , May 30, July 31, Aug. 6, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. ad. cf cT, June 10, Colville hills, Victoria island. ad. cf , May 26, Port Epworth, Coronation gulf. juv. cf d' cf , July 20, 26; cf cT 9 9 , Aug. 2; 9 9 , Aug. 6, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. 49. Alaska Jay. Perisoreus canadensis fumifrons Ridgway. ad. cf , 3 sex unknown, Aug. 23, 27, Sept. 12, 13, Endicott mountains, on tributary of Salmon river, Alaska. 50. Northern Raven. Corvus cor ax principalis Ridgw^ay. ad. cf c?, June 20, Nov. 7, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. ad. 9 , Aug. 7, moulting, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. ad. cf ?, Sept. 17, Banks island. 51. Redpoll. Acanthis sp. ad. cf , March 1, cape Lambert, Dolphin and Union strait. 9 , August 27, Hood river, Arctic sound, N.W.T. 52. Snow Bunting. Plectrophenax nivalis nivalis (Linnaeus). ad. crd'cfd'd'9 9 9, June 22, 19, July 4, 8, Aug. 2, Bernard harbour, juv. d^ d", July 28, Bernard harbour; Aug. 14, cape Barrow, Coronation gulf. SUMMARY REPORT 381 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 53. Lapland Longspur. Calcarius lapponicus lapponicus (Linnaeus) . ad. cf c? 9 9 9 9 9 , May 30, June 11, 19 July 1, Aug. 4,5, Bernard harbour, ad. d^ 9 , Aug. 14, cape Barrow, Coronation gulf; juv. Aug. 14. juv. cf cf 9 July 3; juv. July 21, 22, 24, 26; Bernard harbour, juv. 4, alcoholic specimens, July 8, Bernard harbour. 54. Western Savannah Sparrow. Passerculus sandwichensis alaudinus Bona- parte, ad. cf, Oct. 11, mouth of Tree river, Kogluktualuk, Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, 55. Tree Sparrow. Spizella monticola monticola (Gmelin). ad. 9 , Aug. 27, mouth of Hood river, Arctic sound, N.W.T. 56. Slate-coloured Junco. Junco hyemalis hy emails (Linnaeus). ad. cf, Oct. 11, 1915, mouth of Tree river, Coronation gulf, ad. 9 , Bernard harbour. Dolphin and Union strait, N.W.T. 57. Northern Shrike. Lanius borealis Vieillot. ad. 9 , June 29, Salmon river, north of Fort Yukon, Alaska, breeding. 58. Orange-crowned Warbler. Vermivora celata celata (Say). ad. cf , Wise point, Amundsen gulf, N.W.T. juv. sex unknown, Sept. 28, Bernard harbour, N.W.T. 59. Grinnell's Water-Thrush. Seiurus noveboracensis notabilis Ridgway. ad. sex unknown, Sept. 11, cape Kellett, Banks island. 60. Pipit. Anthiis rubescens (Tunstall). ad. cf , Aug. 13, cape Barrow, Coronation gulf, ad. 9 , Aug. 19, Moore bay. Coronation gulf. 61. Robin. Planesticus migratorius migratorius (Linnaeus). ad. cf 9 , June 1. Turner river, Arctic Alaska, near International Boundary. Breeding. 61 species, 411 specimens, in 1916 accessions from C. A. E. 52 " 208 " « 1914 « « « There were twelve species in 1914 accession not represented in 1916 accession, including Pallas's Murre, Pacific Kittiwake, Short-billed Gull, Red-breasted Merganser, Surf Scoter, White-fronted Goose, Northern Phalarope, Red-backed Sandpiper, Western Sandpiper, Hudsonian Curlew, Fox Sparrow, Alaska Yellow Wagtail. Total, 1913-1916, 73 species, 619 specimens. Preliminary List of Specimens of Mammals Collected hy the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1914 to 1916. Identified by Rtidolph Martin Anderson. 1. Barren Ground Caribou. Rangifer arcticus (Richardson). ad. cf cT cf' cf cf cf cf , Nov. 16, Feb. 26, Bernard harbour. Dolphin and Union strait, N. W. T. ad. 999999999999, April 3, 7, 18, Nov. 16, 20, Feb. 26, Bernard harbour. 382 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 juv. 9 9 9 9, fawns, June 5, 12, 23, Sept. 23, Bernard harbour, ad. cT cf cf, Aug. 24, 27, Sept. 3, Kater point, Hood river, Kannoyuk island (Bathurst inlet), ad. 9 juv. 9 , Oct. 5, Tree river, Coronation gulf, ad. cT 9 , March 19, 21, southern Victoria island, juv. 9 , April 15, Liston island, Dolphin and Union strait, ad. d^ d" cf 9 9 9 9, Oct. 9, 11, 14, Nov. 1, cape Kellett, Banks island. 2. Musk-ox. Ovibos moschatus subsp. ? ad. cf cf , imperfect skins; summer skin of calf, sex unknown; skin of unborn calf; taken by Eskimos south of Arctic sound, N.W.T., in spring and summer of 1915. 3. Parry's Spermophile. Citellus parryi subsp. ? Specimens are probably referable both to Hudson Bay Spermophile (Citellus parryi) and Mackenzie Spermophile {Citellus parryi kennicotti). ad. 9 , Aug. 18, Kay point, Y. T. ad. 9 , May 11, Deas Thompson point, Amundsen gulf, N. W. T. did. 6'&&&&&&&&&&,9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9, May 16, 20, 29, 30, June 2, 6, 7, July 22, Sept. 2, 27, Bernard har- bour, N. W. T. ad. cf , Aug. 4, cape Barrow, Coronation gulf. Also a number of spring (May) skins from cape Barrow, without skulls. ad. cf, albino, summer, cape Barrow, Coronation gulf. Also a number of summer skins, without skulls, from mouth of Copper- mine river, N. W. T. 4. Hudson Bay Red Squirrel. Sciurus husdonicus hudsonicus (Erxleben). Skin, purchased from Coppermine River Eskimo; probably from Dease river, northeast end of Great Bear lake, N. W. T. 5. Arctic White-footed Mouse. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis Mearns. ad. cf , Aug. 6, Herschell island, Y.T. Caught in Hudson's Bay Com- pany's scow from Peel river and Mackenzie River delta. 6. Red-backed Mouse. Evotomys sp. ad. cf cf 9 , May 25, 26, 1916. Three specimens taken in rock food cache on island in Port Epworth harbour, at mouth of Tree river (Kogluktualuk), Coronation gulf, were the only specimens of this genus I have seen on or near the Arctic coast. 7. Brown Lemmings. Lemmus sp. ad. 9 , June 3, Bernard harbour, N. W. T. ad. cf , July 6, cape Kellett, Banks island, ad. sex unknown, June 21, Port Epworth, Coronation gulf. 8. Fork-clawed Lemmings. Dicrostonyx sp. ad. cf cf cf cf (changing pelage), Oct. 12, 13, 15, Nov. 5, cape Bathurst. ad. cf (summer), Aug. 30, Bernard harbour; ad. 9 (summer), May 30, Coronation gulf, ad. cf , (changing). May 17, Bathurst inlet. ad. 9 9 , juv. cfcfcfcfcfcfcf 9, July 4, 7, Bernard harbour, ad. cf cf cf , Oct. 3, November, Bernard harbour, ad. cf cf , 2 sex unknown, July 6, Sept. 5, 8, cape Kellett, Banks island. SUMMARY REPORT 383 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 9. Lemming Vole. Synaptomys sp ? ad. 9 , May 25, on island in Port Epworth harbour, mouth of Tree river. Coronation gulf, N. W. T. 10. Vole. Microtus sp ? ad. cT cf , October 3, 4, Collinson point, Arctic coast of Alaska. 11. Northwest Muskrat. Ondatra zibethica spatulata (Osgood). adult albino, spring, 1916, west branch of Mackenzie River delta. 12. Arctic Hare. Lepus arcticus subsp ? ad. cfcfd^cTcrcfd'cfcf^cfcf'cr (12), 9999999999 (10), 1 sex unknown, March 19, 24, 25, February 15, April 25, May 17, June 2, July 3, Aug. 11, 14, Sept. 1, 26, 28, 30, Oct. 7, Nov. 1, Bernard harbour, Cockburn point, cape Krusenstern (Dolphin and Union strait), cape Kendall, Port Epworth, Gray bay, cape Barrow, (Coronation gulf), Bathurst inlet, Victoria island. ad., 1, sex unknown, Dec. 4, cape Kellett, Banks island. 13. Barren Ground Wolf. Canis sp ? ad. 9 , February 10, Bloody fall, Coppermine river, N. W. T. ad. cf, October, Rae river, west side of Coronation gulf. ad. cf 9 , June 19, July 20, falls of Tree river (Kogluktualuk), Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, ad. cf, Kater point, Arctic sound, N. W. T. ad. cf cf cf, 9, Sept. 9, Dec. 14, 15, Feb. 27, cape Kellett, Banks island. 14. Red Fox. Vulpes alascensis ? ad. cT, Oct. 19, Bernard harbour. Dolphin and Union strait, ad. cf, 9 9 , November, Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, ad. sex unknown, cross phase, south side of Arctic sound. 15. Arctic Fox. Alopex lagopus innuitiis (Merriam). ad. cf, blue phase, Oct.-Nov., Simpson bay, Victoria island. ad. c? 9 , blue phase, December, cape Bathurst, N. W. T. ad. cf cf , juv. 9 9 9, Sept. 22, 25, Oct. 4, cape Bathurst, N. W. T. ad. cT, changing, May 17, Bathurst inlet, N. W. T. ad. cf cf, 9 9, November, Port Epworth, Coronation gulf. ad. cfcfcfcTcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcf (13), 999999999 999999999 (18), Sept. 23, November 4, 7, 10, 13, 25, 26, 28, 30, December 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, Bernard harbour, N. W. T. 4 specimens, sex unknown, summer and autumn, Bernard harbour. 71 specimens, adults and young, many phases of transition from young summer specimens to white winter adults, 2 specimens January, 1 February, 2 March, 1 April, 3 August, 1 September, 42 October, 12 November, 4 December; 3 winter, no data — cape Kellett, Banks island. 16. Barren Ground Bear. Ursus richardsoni Swainson ad. cf cf cT cf cf , skins with skulls, Aug. 28, September, and mid- summer— ^Arctic sound, Stapylton bay, Bernard harbour, Rae river, and mouth of Coppermine river. 4 skins, sex unknown, summer, 1915, from Barren Grounds south of Arctic sound, N. W. T. 384 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 17. Polar Bear. Thalarctos maritimus (Phipps). juv. 9 , May 17, DeWitt Clinton point, Amundsen gulf, N. W. T. ad. 9 , juv. 9 , Sept. 28, cape Bathurst, N. W. T. ad. 9 , juv. 9 , Oct. 2, cape Bathurst. ad. 9 , juv. cf 9 , Oct. 12, cape Bathurst. ad. 9 , Oct. 26, cape Bathurst. ad. d^ 9 , juv. cf 9 , Nov. 12, cape Bathurst. 2 skins, sex unknown, cape Kellett, Banks island. 18. Alaska Mink. Mustela vison ingens (Osgood). ad. cf , winter, Mackenzie River delta. 19. Tundra Weasel. Mustela arctica subsp. ad. cf 9 , July 8, 9, Barter island, Alaska. ad. <^, Sept. 8, east Barry island, Bathurst inlet, N. W. T. 9 specimens, sex unknown, autumn, Dolphin and Union strait. 20. Hudson Bay Wolverine. Gulo luscus (Linnaeus). ad. cf c? d^ d^ cT (5), 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 (7), Feb. 22, 27, March, Aug. 19, September 9, November. Chan try' island (Dolphin and Union strait), mouth of Coppermine river, Duke of York archipelago. Tree river, (Coronation gulf), Moore bay, Barry island, south side of Arctic sound (Bathurst inlet). 21. Rough Seal. Phoca hispida (Schreber). ad. 9 , June 10, Flaxman island, Alaska. ad. d^ 9 , July 13, 19, Bernard harbour. Young point. ad. skulls, sex unknown, Bernard harbour. 22. Bearded Seal. Erignathus barbatus subsp ? ad. d' d" d' d' 9 9 9 , April 18, 23, 24, 25, May 2, 26, July 4, Chantry island, Bernard harbour (Dolphin and Union strait), Detention harbour (Bathurst inlet). juv. d" 9 , April, Chantry island. Dolphin and Union strait. ad. d", skull, July 6, Cockburn point. 22 species, 354 specimens, in 1916 accessions from C. A. E. 13 species, 77 specimens, in 1914 accessions from C. A. E. ^ Total accessions of specimens of mammals from the Canadian Arctic expedition, 431 specimens, 1913-1916. Fishes and Invertebrates. (Frits Johansen.) While with the Canadian Arctic expedition I did most of my work on the fishes and invertebrates, from our ship and at various points from Vancouver island, through Bering sea and along the Alaskan and Canadian Arctic coasts east of Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet. Some localities were only points of fleeting visits but others allowed of more prolonged and intensive study.^ Most of the work was done between Port Clarence on the west and Bathurst inlet on the east; and at various points very large collections were made of marine and SUMMARY REPORT 385 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 freshwater fishes, besides marine, freshwater, and terrestrial invertebrates of all orders down to microscopic forms. Besides merely collecting these animals I have as far as possible studied their appearance, habits, development, and food, ahd made many coloured drawings from live specimens in the field. The work was not confined to the summer months but continued throughout the year, varying in methods and subject according to season. The resulting mass of material has been most interesting and unique considering the difficulties of the country. During the summer of 1915 and since my last published report, a rich and varied collection of freshwater and land invertebrates of all sizes was made in the vicinity of Bernard harbour, N. W. T., supplemented by material obtained by J- J- O'Neill and J. R. Cox along the south of Coronation gulf, and by D. Jenness at various localities on Wollaston peninsula north of Dolphin and Union strait. Many marine and freshwater fishes were collected in the vicinity of Bernard harbour, and particular attention was paid to securing series showing age and sexual differences, and to their food. Some fishes were collected by R. M. Anderson in Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet. A large and varied amount of material was also secured by incidental dredgings in and about Bernard harbour out to a depth of about 50 fathoms. This is the first representative marine col- lection ever secured on the Canadian Arctic coast west of Hudson bay. To supplement this, in the autumn a sounding survey was completed of the inner and outer harbour at Bernard harbour and of three large lakes nearby, and samples were taken of the marine and freshwater plankton throughout the year. In March, 1916, I made a sledge trip north and east along Wollaston pen- insula where I collected a few marine specimens and made some observations concerning the insects. The summer of 1916 up to the time of leaving, July, was spent supplementing the Bernard Harbour collection of fishes and terrestrial invertebrates; and during the course of the work many new forms or those hitherto poorly represented in our collections were obtained. During the return trip from Bernard harbour to Nome advantage was taken of every suitable stop to collect marine and terrestrial invertebrates and fishes. Insect collections were made at Nome and various places in southern Alaska, as opportunity offered, and in Jasper park. Alberta. All specimens, notes, etc., which I obtained have been safely brought to the Museum of the Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa. ENTOMOLOGY. (By C. Gordon Hewitt, D.Sc, Dominion Entomologist, Honorary Curator.) The congestion and restriction of available space in the Museum caused by the temporary use of the building by Parliament rendered it impossible to con- tinue our plans for arranging the national collection of insects in the steel cabinets that have been provided for its accommodation. In the absence of the working room required for consultation and of a quali- fied man in charge of the collection in the Museum, it was considered advisable to postpone further efforts to transfer to the cabinets in the Museum the main and working portion of the insect collection that is now housed in the offices of the Entomological Branch of the Department of Agriculture until the Museum is vacated by Parliament, when normal conditions will again prevail and the necessary space will be available. Our work in the Museum, therefore, has been confined to the task of transferring to the cabinets for safe storage the insects belonging to various collections that had been purchased by or donated 386 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 to the Museum in the past and which were contained in a miscellaneous collection of storage boxes and cabinets. The main collection of insects is still in the office of the Entomological Branch and not only have considerable additions been made to it through the field work of the officers of the Branch and gifts of other collaborators, but very satisfactory progress in the identification and arrangement of the large accumu- lation of unclassified material can be recorded. During the year a valuable collection of insects of British Columbia was donated by Mr. Tom Wilson, an officer of the Entomological Branch. The collection belonged to Mr. Wilson and Mr. A. H. Bush, a former employee of the Branch who was killed last year in France. Representing as it does the joint work of many years of two keen collectors it is an addition to the national col- lection of the greatest value, and I should like to take this opportunity of thank- ing Mr. Wilson again for his public-spirited action. The insects collected on the Canadian Arctic expedition (1913-1916) by Frits Johansen have now been sorted out, pinned, and prepared for identi- fication and steps are being taken to have the material identified and described by officers of the Entomological Branch and other specialists. In concluding this brief statement I wish to take the opportunity of thanking Dr. L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of Entomology, of the United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., for the assistance that he and his assistants in the Bureau and in the United States National Museum have continued to render us. SUMMARY REPORT 387 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 ANTHROPOLOGICAL DIVISION. PART I. ETHNOLOGY AND LINGUISTICS. (£. Sapir.) Museum. Exhibits. Owing to the occupation of the Victoria Memorial Museum building by the Dominion Legislature, the hall of Canadian anthropology has had to be closed to the general public. There is, therefore, nothing further to report in regard to anthropological exhibits. Accessions of Ethnological Specimens. The economy enforced by war conditions has made it necessary for the Geological Survey to restrict itself to the purchase of a relatively small number of ethnological objects. Aside from D. Jenness' Eskimo material, the total number of ethnological specimens obtained either by gift, by purchase in the course of regular field work of the division, or by purchase of material not ob- tained directly in connexion with field work, barely exceeds one hundred. A large shipment was obtained, in the course of the year, of ethnological and archseological material, resulting from the Canadian Arctic expedition, D. Jenness, the anthropologist of the expedition, being the collector. This Eskimo collection is a very extensive one and illustrates every aspect of the life and customs of the natives of Coronation gulf and neighbouring regions. As the material has not yet been completely catalogued, it is impossible to state the precise number of museum specimens that it includes, but a preliminary survey points to about 2,500 ethnological objects. The gifts embrace : From F. G. Speck, Philadelphia, Pa. : 1 Penobscot wampum collar (reproduction) . 1 Tuscarora beaded pouch. 1 Alaskan Eskimo knife sheath. Fragments of shell illustrating wampum manufacture. From F. Johansen, Canadian Arctic expedition: 1 unfinished Tlingit plaque from Alaska. The ethnological specimens obtained in the course of regular field work for the Survey are as follows : ByF. W.Waugh: 39 Ojibwa specimens (including birch-bark canoe) from Nipigon dis- trict, Ont. By J. A. Teit: 161 Tahltan specimens. 54 Thompson River specimens. 2 Lillooet specimens. 1 Tlingit specimen. 388 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV. A. 1917 By D. Jenness, Canadian Arctic expedition: 2,500 Eskimo specimens (number only approximate, including three kayaks). Ethnological specimens purchased otherwise than in the course of field work embrace : From F. G. Speck: 5 Penobscot wampum belts (reproductions). 1 Kootenay pelican skin coat. From Mrs. Michel Buckshot, Maniwaki, Que.: 2 Algonquin silver ornaments. From C. B. Barton, Nass river, B.C.: 3 Tlingit spruce root baskets. From Mrs. Catherine Silver, Oshweken, Ont. : 11 Iroquois beadwork articles. Exchange of Ethnological Material. There have been sent to Chateau de Ramezay, Montreal, Que., 15 Iroquois specimens, in exchange for which we have received Hochelaga skeletal material from Westmount, Que. Photographic and Draughting Work. The gifts of photographs of ethnological interest embrace : From F. W. Waugh: 39 Algonquin prints from Maniwaki, Que. From F. G. Speck, Philadelphia, Pa.: 4 Micmac photographs from Newfoundland. From William Beynon, Port Simpson, B.C.: 2 Tsimshian photographs. Ethnological photographs taken for the Survey by members of the anthropo- logical staff and by the photographic department embrace: ByF.W. Waugh: 208 Ojibwa photographs from Ontario. 46 Iroquois photographs from Ontario. ByH. I. Smith: 1 Sioux photograph from Manitoba. 4 Carrier photographs from Bulkley river, B.C. 64 Tsimshian photographs from British Columbia. 10 Coast Salish photographs from Nanaimo, B.C. By J. A. Teit, Spence Bridge, B.C.: 137 Tahltan photographs from British Columbia. 74 Thompson River photographs from British Columbia. 15 Shuswap photographs from British Columbia. 9 Okanagan photographs from British Columbia. 8 Lillooet photographs from British Columbia. 1 Chilcotin photograph from British Columbia. 3 Pend-d 'Oreille photographs from Washington, U.S.A. SUMMARY REPORT 389 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 By D. Jenness, Canadian Arctic expedition: 251 Eskimo photographs. By G. H. Wilkins, Canadian Arctic expedition: 11 Eskimo photographs. By photographic division : 15 photographs of Micmac museum specimens. 5 " " Dakota Sioux museum specimens. 2 " " Chilcotin museum specimens. 61 " " Thompson River museum specimens. 3 " " Interior SaHsh Indians (delegation at Ottawa). 5 " " Thompson River Indian (delegation at Ottawa). 5 " " Upper Kootenay Indian (delegation at Ottawa). 3 " " Okanagan Indian (delegation at Ottawa). 6 « « Shuswap Indians " " " 9 « « Lillooet « " " 9 " " Tsimshian " _ " « " 2 coloured plates of Upper Kootenay chief. 1 coloured plate of Upper Thompson River chief. There have been received from members of the Survey not connected with the division of anthropology: From E. L. Bruce: 8 Cree photographs from Saskatchewan. From H. C. Cooke: 2 Ojibwa photographs from lake Mattagami, Ont. From C. W. Drysdale: 2 Chilcotin photographs from Bridge river, B.C. From E. M. Kindle: 4 Stoney photographs from Alberta. The drawing of specimens and other anthropological data illustrating the publications of the division has been the work of O. E. Prudhomme, the artist of the anthropological division. Phonograph Records. Phonograph records received in the course of the year as a result of ethno- logical field work undertaken by the Survey embrace : From J. A. Mason: 4 Mackenzie Eskimo records. 5 Chipewyan records. 3 Yellow Knife records. 20 Dog Rib records. 7 Slavey records. 1 Loucheux record. 9 Sekanais records. From J. A. Teit: 4 Upper Thompson records (taken in Ottawa during Interior Salish delegation). No. 26—26 390 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 From F. W. Waugh: 1 Kootenay record (taken in Ottawa during Interior Salish delegation). 2 Thompson River records (taken in Ottawa during Interior Salish delegation). 1 Nass River record (taken in Ottawa during Interior Salish delegation). From D. Jenness, Canadian Arctic expedition: 92 Eskimo records. From C. M. Barbeau: 168 French Canadian records. Field Work and Research. Anthropological Data Obtained from a Deputation of Indian Chiefs Visiting Ottawa. In April and May, 1916, a deputation of two Nass River chiefs, one from Ayansh, the other from Kincolith, as well as a deputation of chiefs of some of the interior tribes of British Columbia (three Shuswap, one Upper Lillooet, one Lower Lillooet, one Thompson River, one Okanagan, and one Kootenay), under the care of J. A. Teit, of Spence Bridge, B.C., visited Ottawa on government business. The opportunity was taken by the anthropological division to obtain such anthropological information as the time at the disposal of the Indian chiefs made feasible. The results were gratifying. Rather full data on relationship terms were obtained from six of the chiefs by E. Sapir. The tribes investigated were Thompson River, Lillooet, Shuswap, Okanagan, Kootenay, and Nass River. The presence of two well-informed Nass River chiefs from distinct villages proved a good opportunity for C. M. Barbeau to supplement the intensive study of Tsimshian social organization that he had already undertaken in the field. The informaton obtained on three of the Nass River tribes includes plans of their villages; lists, arranged according to rank, of the families and of their subdivision into houses; lists of crests belonging to each; the origin and relationship, where possible, of each family with foreign tribes; and the mapping of their hunting, fishing, and fruit-gathering lands. In a few cases lists of individual names were also taken down. Mr. Barbeau also secured some special information from t?ie Thompson River chief on the subject of tribal and individual property. F. W. Waugh obtained detailed descriptions of several Nass River games, including lehal, and collected several interesting Lillooet, Kootenay, Okanagan, and Thompson River string figures. He also recorded a number of lehal songs. The visit of the Indians was also fruitful for physical anthropology. A detailed series of physical measurements was taken on nine of the chiefs by F. H. S. Knowles. Front, three-quarters, and profile views were taken of each indivi- dual, and special photographs of the Thompson River, Kootenay, and Nass River chiefs in full tribal costume. Of the Thompson River and Kootenay chiefs, also, colour plates were taken. Finally, face masks were made of the three Shuswap chiefs and the Lower Lillooet delegate, while head and shoulder casts were taken of the Kootenay and Thompson River Indians. Field and Office Work. In the course of the year E. Sapir continued work, begun in the past, on the large collection of Nootka family and origin legends obtained during the field trips of 1910 and 1913 and as manuscripts forwarded by Alex. Thomas. It is intended to publish this large body of material as a set of annotated texts with SUMMARY REPORT '391 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 free translations. At least one of the longer legends will also be given with interlinear translation for the benefit of linguistic students. The legendary texts, not including free translations, which have been prepared only in small part, cover about 950 typewritten pages. Following the legends there will be other text collections dealing with mythological tales, that do not refer to specific families or ceremonies, and with a large number of topics of ethnological interest, such as rituals, potlatching, and marriage. These text collections are intended to serve as a solid basis for the systematic discussion of various aspects of Nootka culture, to follow in the form of special memoirs. The memoirs are to be based partly on the texts themselves and partly on the extensive ethnological notes taken in the field trips already referred to. The notes relating to Nootka religion have been classified and a preliminary paper on Nootka religion, giving a brief bird's eye view of the subject, has been begun. Mr. Sapir also devoted a considerable amount of time to work on various problems of American Indian linguistics, C. M. Barbeau spent about three months of the summer season on the north shore of the St. Lawrence river (Charlevoix and Chicoutimi counties) in the continuance of researches previously begun on French Canadian folk-lore. This trip was an unusually successful one, 128 folk tales being added to his already extensive collection. A special feature of the trip was a collection of French Canadian folk songs, about 500 of these being recorded in text, in most cases also on the phonograph. In the office Mr. Barbeau devoted a considerable share of his attention to the preparation of French Canadian folk-lore for publication. Two volumes were gotten ready for press. One of these has been already published in the course of the year by the American Folk-Lore Society in their quarterly journal; the second is to be published in one of the 1917 numbers of the same journal. Mr. Barbeau has also been engaged in the preparation of an extensive study of the property rights and potlatch transactions among the natives of British Columbia, on the basis of his own manuscript Tsimshian data, Mr. Sapir 's manuscript Nootka data, and all other available information on the west coast Indians. So far Mr. Barbeau's work has been compilation and classi- fication; the actual writing of the text of this report is to begin at the earliest opportunity. F. W. Waugh undertook a summer field trip of about three months among the Ojibwa of northern Ontario, the first point visited being Long lake, in Thunder Bay district. Interesting information was obtained there on material culture, folk-lore, and medicine. From sixteen to eighteen folk or mythological tales were incidentally recorded. A special study was made of working methods in connexion with various handicrafts, photographs being taken whenever practi- cable. A particularly complete series of the latter represent canoe making, snow-shoe making, food preparation, and tanning. At lake Helen (Nipigon river) work along various lines, such as games, medicine, and folk-lore was con- ducted; also at Manitoulin island, which was visited next. This locality was found to be an excellent field for many kinds of information, though deficient in some, such as social organization and religion. A number of very good specimens were obtained at the various points visited. P. Radin continued to work up his manuscript on Ojibwa data for publication in the Survey series. Most of the time was taken up with the writing out of the large body of Ojibwa mythological texts previously obtained. Work was also continued on a special monograph on Ojibwa religion, previously begun, and preparatory work was further undertaken for the preparation of a general study of the religion of the North American Indians, which is to be eventually published as a memoir by the division. J. A. Teit's survey activities for the year consisted largely in the preparation of his extensive series of Tahltan and Kaska mythological tales. These are No. 26-26J 392 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 liberally annotated and are practically ready for publication. Mr. Teit has also continued taking photographs of ethnological interest whenever opportunity presented itself. Under Mr. Knowles' direction he has also taken anthropometric measurements among a number of tribes of British Columbia. The general scientific results of the Canadian Arctic expedition, insofar as they refer to anthropology, are outlined in Mr. Jenness' report subjoined below. Since his return from the field, Mr. Jenness has begun to prepare his anthropolo- gical report on the Eskimos of northern Alaska and on the Copper Eskimo of Coronation gulf and environs. He has already finished the preparation of the folk-lore, part of which is in text. The report on the physical anthropology of the Eskimo has made good headway. It is Mr. Jenness' plan to write a general paper on the culture of the Eskimos that he has studied; the introductory chapter on the physiography of the Eskimo habitat is already completed. Ethnological Results of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. {D. Jenness.) The disaster which overtook the expedition at the very beginning of its career, when the Karluk was carried away in the drifting ice, left but one ethnolo- gist to do the work for which two had originally been appointed. Consequently, instead of confining my attentions to the archaeology, technology, and physical anthropology of the Arctic Eskimo, I found it necessary to take up also their language and sociology. Unfortunately I had never received any special training in linguistics. Moreover the first winter, owing to ice conditions, had to be spent in northern Alaska, among Eskimos who had already come under the influence of civilization and been the subject of special study by at least one ethnologist. It was not until the following year, in the late summer of 1914, that the southern party of our expedition reached its intended base amongst the Copper Eskimos, so that barely two years were available for work amongst them — the only branch of the Eskimo race which still retained its primitive mode of life unaffected by the great world beyond. For the archaeologist the country of the Copper Eskimos is barren ground. The people are migratory, with no permanent habitations; their winter settlements are merely assemblages of snow huts that melt and disappear in spring; in summer they live in tents of seal or caribou skin of which no traces remain save rings of stones which anchored down their edges. The dead are laid out on the surface of the ground and the remains scattered or destroyed by the ravages of the seasons and by the depredations of the ravens and the foxes. On the Arctic coast of Alaska the case was different. There the natives built permanent homes of wood, and buried their dead beneath piles of logs. The ruins of their settlements can be found all along the shore. Extensive excavations were made at Barter island on the sites of three settlements and a large number of ethnographical specimens unearthed which throw a flood of light on the condition of the Eskimo in this region long before the earliest explorers came to visit its shores. When the expedition was returning south further archaeological specimens were purchased at Barrow and point Hope. It will be interesting to compare these with the specimens from Barter island. In those early days iron was unknown; all weapons were pointed with horn, bone or ivory, with flint, slate, or more rarely jade. The two most important pursuits of the natives were whaling and caribou hunting. Pipes and fish nets had not then been introduced; labrets were found, however; but whether any were yielded by the SUMMARY REPORT 393 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 ruins that appeared oldest at Barter island has not yet been determined. Frag- ments of pottery were numerous: in fact the knowledge of how it was made still persists amongst the Eskimos of this region. My anthropometrical instruments were lost on the Karluk and could not be replaced until 1914. Some 130 Copper Eskimos were measured, all adults, and descriptions taken of the character of the hair, eyes, cheekbones, etc. Most of this work was done in their snow huts during the winter months, when the scat- tered bands congregate together on the sea ice. In consequence, apart from the stature, body measurements were unattainable. Nothing was observed which would indicate fusion with any other race, save that in two or three instances the features seemed to have a somewhat Indian cast. Light coloration in the eyes and beard which were noticeable in certain individuals seemed entirely due to secondary causes. A large number of photographs illustrating the physical features of the natives were taken both by myself and by Mr. Wilkins, the photographer of the expediton. Special attention was paid to the material culture of the Copper Eskimos and a large collection of their weapons, household utensils, and clothing was made. These are rapidly being changed through the influence of the western Eskimos and of the whites. Already the natives have an abundance of iron to replace their copper, rifles are beginning to supersede bows and arrows, European pots and tin cans take the place of stone pots, garments of cloth are in great demand, and even the style of the clothing is undergoing change. For this reason a special endeavour was made to procure numerous specimens of those objects which were most likely to suff^er modification or disappear entirely. Although the time spent amongst the Alaskan Eskimos was very brief, more success was attained in the study of this dialect than in that of the Copper Eskimos. At Barrow I was fortunate in securing for two months the services of a half-caste boy whose knowledge of English was much greater than that of the average of his class. A few folk-lore stories were written down in the native tongue, and a grammar worked out in considerable detail, accompanied by a small vocabulary. Amongst the Copper Eskimos, where no interpreter was available who possessed a knowledge of that dialect, the notes on grammatical structure are far less complete. Here, however, a large number of native songs, both the ordinary dance songs and magic incantations, were reported on a phono- graph, and these have all been transcribed and translated. Amongst them are records of two shamanistic utterances, the oracles of the most powerful shaman in the region; throughout the records can be distinctly heard the running commentary maintained by his wife in the background. The Copper Eskimo dialect would appear to be more akin to the dialect of the Mackenzie River natives than to that of Labrador; but, as in Baffin island, so too amongst the Copper Eskimo there is a constant employment of nasal termin- ations instead of the proper grammatical endings. Another peculiarity of the Copper dialect is the continual substitution of the conjunctive mood for the simple indicative, an anomaly which proved quite a stumbling-block at first to the Mackenzie River natives in our employ. A number of Alaskan folk-lore stories were obtained in English and a lesser number from Coronation gulf. It would appear that not only is the material culture of the Copper Eskimos much simpler than that of the western natives, but their mythology and folk-lore is also much less varied and complete. It is not merely that the actual number of the legends known to the native is less, but even those which are known seem often but the surviving fragments of others which are recorded in a more complete form else- where. Much information was obtained concerning the daily life of the natives in summer and winter, both by direct inquiries, but mainly by living in their midst 394 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 observing and taking part in the common routine. Much misapprehension has existed amongst ethnologists concerning their summer life, our knowledge of which has hitherto depended entirely on the statementsof travellers who have come into momentary contact with them during their wanderings. I spent seven months, from early spring till the beginning of the ensuing winter, with a small band of natives on Victoria island, sharing their life in all its details, living in the same tents, hunting and fishing with them to obtain our common food, and accompanying them in all their movements. The information thus acquired proved beyond doubt that the old theories concerning their social and religious life during this period are entirely erroneous, at least so far as this branch of the Eskimo race is concerned. While it is difficult, perhaps impossible, for a civilized person fully to understand the mental attitude of a savage people towards the phenomena of life, yet the many shamanistic performances which I witnessed and in many cases took part in, leave a general notion concerning their religious life which cannot be far from the truth. Broadly speaking, just as in Hudson bay, so here, too, a distinction is made between denizens of the sea and of the land, which is revealed in practice in the form of taboos. But the distinction is by no means rigid, and many game taboos seem to be entirely independent, in some cases even contradictory. Manuscripts and Publications. Manuscripts Received. There have been received as gifts: From J. A. Teit: Manuscript book belonging to Cowichan prophet; drawings supposed to represent dreams and songs. Collected from Chief Paul (He- hena) of Spuzzum, B.C. (MS. 78). From F. G. Speck: Map of Mistassini hunting territories. 2 sketch maps of Montagnais country. Manuscripts turned in to the division as a result of field work undertaken under the auspices of the Geological Survey inc ude: By E. Sapir: "Time perspective in aboriginal American culture, a study in method," manuscript of 115 pages (MS. 74). By C. M. Barbeau: "Tsimshian and Iroquoian phratries and clans," manuscript of 32 pages (MS. 73). By J. A. Teit: "Tahltan and Kaska tales," manuscript of 220 pages (MS. 75). By W. H. Mechling: "Malecite ethnology," manuscript of 399 pages (MSS. 76, 76a). By W. D. Wallis: "Dakota ethnology" (cont.), manuscript of 371 pages (MS. 69a). SUMMARY REPORT 395 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Ethnological manuscripts purchased in the course of the year embrace : From Alex. Thomas, Alberni, B.C.: "Origin of the Wolf Ritual," Nootka text, manuscript of 155 pages (MS. 50t). Drawing book No. Ill, with ethnological notes, 26 pages (MS. 50u). "The power of a whaler's hi-'talukciti'yak spell," Nootka text, manu- script of 292 pages (MS. 50v). "ya-yu'tcictu-l, chief of Tci-qtlis'ath, challenges Ci-nolqa'ya, chief of Qa-'yu'kwath," Nootka text, manuscript of 26 pages (MS. 50w). "Whaling 'o-simtc secrets of K!wats!itaqsul of Ho-tcuqtlis'at^," Nootka text, manuscript of 101 pages (MS. 50x). From Jacob Hess, Six Nations, Ont.: Iroquois mythology, manuscript of 165 pages (MSS. 77-77e). From William Beynon, Port Simpson, B.C.; Ethnological field notes from the Gitxala tribe of Tsimshian, manu- script of 280 pages and 2 maps (MSS. 80-80e). Manuscripts Submitted for Publication. In the course of the year the following papers have been submitted to the Deputy Minister of Mines for publication by the division: E. Sapir: "Time perspective in aboriginal American culture, a study in method" (memoir). C, M. Barbeau: "Tsimshian and Iroquoian phratries and clans" (bulletin). P. Radin : "Social and religious customs of the Ojibwa of southeastern Ontario" (memoir). A nthropological Publications. The following memoirs have been published in 1916: F. W. Waugh: "Iroquois foods and food preparation" (Memoir 86, Anthropological Series No. 12). E. Sapir: "Time perspective in aboriginal American culture, a study in method" (Memoir 90, Anthropological Series No. 13). PART II. ARCHAEOLOGY. {Harlan I. Smith.) Exhibits. The archaeological exhibits have been undisturbed by the occupation of the museum bui'ding by Parliament and are available to such of the public as are admitted to the building on application to a museum officer. 396 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 A selection of specimens illustrating aboriginal Canadian ceramics was made up and loaned to the ceramic laboratory of the Mines Branch to aid that branch in designing pottery made from Canadian clays in an effort to promote our clay industries. Accessions. The chief accessions to the archaeological collections are as follows: Collected by Officers of the Department. Accession 183. About 4,000 archaeological specimens from the Arctic coast of Alaska. Collected by the Canadian Arctic expedition. Accession 184. Collection of archaeological specimens from Barter island, north Alaska. Collected by the Canadian Arctic expedition. Presented. Gifts were received as follows : Accession 179. Fragments of Algonkian pottery from the surface near Grand river, in the vicinity of Brantford, Ont. Presented by G. N. Waugh, Brantford, Ont., through F. W. Waugh. Accession 180. Pipe made of stone, from a point about 100 feet north of Wellington street and about 750 feet west of Bank street, Ottawa. Collected and presented by Mr. Thomas Shore, Ottawa. Accession 181. Hammerstone, potsherds, and chips of stone, from NW. \ sec. 18, tp. 15, range 13, W. 1st mer., near Arden, Man. Collected and pre- sented by John N. Foreman, Arden, Man. Accession 182. Point chipped from red argillite for an arrow or knife, from a point within 500 yards of the Quaco head, St. John county, N.B, Presented by Charles Brown, St. Martins, N.B. Field Work and Research. Mr. W. J. Wintemberg examined two Iroquoian village sites near Aylmer, Elgin county, Ont., and the Iroquoian earthwork and village site, where graves have been dug up, near London, Ont. As this proved to be of a culture different from the Iroquoian site at Roebuck in Grenville county, to have deep deposits of refuse containing archaeological specimens, and to have been but slightly disturbed, being mostly covered with woods, Mr. Wintemberg considers it the best place for our next intensive exploration in Ontario. He made notes for the files of archaeological data, regarding spec mens at St. Thomas and London and compiled data for his monograph on ossuaries from literature in the Toronto public library. He secured an original catalogue of the Price collection from D. H. Price of Alymer, Ont. This supplies certain information of w^hich we were in need and will enable us to comp'ete the cata- loguing of some specimens. Office Work. A monograph on the a^-chaeology of Merigomish harbour. N.S.. has been completed by Mr Sm ih, and Mr. Wintemberg has begun compiling a monograph on ossuaries or bone-pits. The cataloguing of the archaeological specimens has been brought up to October 25, 1916 (accession 183) except for a few specimens lacking data as to the locality from which they ( ame and a very few specimens from foreign regions for which no catalogue has been opened. The present condition of the cata- logues is detailed in the following statement. SUMMARY REPORT 397 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 List of Catalogue Entries of Archaeological Specimens. Catalogue VI I I-A Newfoundland vol. Nos. 1 to 15 VIII-B Nova Scotia vols. , I to II Nos. 1 to 1,276 VIII-C Prince Edward Island vol. Nos. 1 to 30 VIII-D New Brunswick vol. Nos. 1 to 57 VIII-E Quebec vol. Nos. 1 to 191 VIII-F Ontario vols. , I to VI Nos. 1 to 15,587 IX-A Labrador vol. Nos. 1 to 54 IX-B Ungava vol. Nos. 1 to 42 IX- C Keewatin (coast) vol. Nos. 1 to 45 IX-D Mackenzie (coast) vol. Nos. 1 to 135 IX-F Alaska (Eskimo area) vols. . I to III Nos. 1 to 3,710 X-A Manitoba vol. Nos. 1 to 423 X-B Saskatchewan vol. Nos. 1 to 23 X-C Alberta vol. Nos. 1 to 29 XI-A British Columbia (interior) vol. Nos. 1 to 1,085 XI-B Yukon (interior) vol. Nos. 1 to 3 XI-C Mackenzie (interior) vol. Nos. 1 to 5 XI-D Keewatin (interior) vol. Nos. 1 to 10 XI I-A Washington and Oregon (coast) vol. Nos. 1 to 47 XII-B British Columbia (coast) Total entries vol. Nos. 1 to 620 23,387 Some of these entries, such as those of similar objects from one place, for instance, fragments of pottery and points for arrows, cover as many as twenty-six specimens. Catalogue of Archceological Photographs, Negatives, and Lantern Slides, Vol. I. This catalogue is arranged numerically and the numbers correspond to those of the photographic division of the Survey. The address list of persons said to have collections of Canadian archaeological specimens, practically all of these being residents of Canada, now totals over one hundred and fifty. They are arranged alphabetically by name and cross indexed by locality. Archceological Data File. Many additions have been made to the file of archaeological data. This now fills one steel cabinet. That arranged by provinces and counties, and by names of special places, now fills more than two drawers. It includes maps, drawings, photographs, memoranda, and more or less complete manuscript regarding archaeological sites, specimens, and similar archaeological matters in Canada. These data, as indicated by the labelling on the drawers, are arranged in groups with signals, as follows: Arctic, Newfoundland, Prince Edward Island, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, British Columbia interior, British Columbia coast. The names of provinces for many of these groups are again subdivided in folders under the names of counties. Copies of some of this material are filed alphabetically under the names of special places as well as in the above-mentioned folders. Manuscripts regarding areas or localities, in process of writing or complete, are also kept in this file. Memo- randa of what archaeological evidence has been found or what sites exist in a 398 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 certain place may be found in one of these groups. Before going to the field to explore, a field party may consult or copy the data in the folders covering the areas to be visited. Carbon copies or duplicates of the above mentioned material are arranged as a cross reference by a table of contents or evidences, and by names of special kinds of antiquities. This material fills two additional drawers. Information on any archaeological subject, as contrasted with the archaeology of any place or region, may be found in the folders in these latter drawers; a petroglyph described in a folder under the province of British Columbia is represented in this file by a carbon copy in a folder for petroglyphs. These folders are arranged according to a table of contents, practically such as is frequently used in publications, and a copy of which is kept in the first folder in this file. Certain other material of this character is filed under names of special kinds of artifacts and in alphabetical order For instance a subject like wampum is found in this file under wampum behind a signal lettered Wa, as well as in the table of contents folder under "shell" and under "shell bead". Manuscripts regarding subjects, in process of writing or complete, are also kept in this file. The card bibliography of the archaeology of Canada, which is arranged by author, has been added to regularly. PART III. PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. {F. H. S. Knowles.) Accessions. The following material coming under the head of physical anthropology has been obtained by members of the division of anthropology: By F. H. S. Knowles: 40 face casts, unmasked, Central Eskimo natives of Hudson bay (casts received from Captain Comer in 1910). 2 pairs of hands, cast from Central Eskimo natives of Husdon bay, unmasked (casts received from Captain Comer in 1910). 2 face casts, unmasked. Central Eskimo natives of Hudson bay (taken original^ by A. P. Low in 1904, and cast by Captain Comer). 9 anthropometric schedules of interior British Columbia and Nass River Indian chiefs on deputation to Ottawa, May, 1916. By F. W. Waugh: Head and shoulder plaster mould of Chief Paul David, Kootenay, B. C. Head and shoulder plaster mould of Chief Tetlenitsa, Thompson river, British Columbia. Face mould of Chief Elie LaRue, Shuswap, B. C. Face mould of Chief Basil David, Shu-wap, B. C. Face mould of Chief Adolph Thomas, Shuswap. B. C. Face mould of Willie Pascal, Lower Lillooet, B. C. Casts from the five moulds enumerated above were made in the course of the year by F. H. S. Knowles. The following skeletal material has been received through W. D. Lighthall, Westmount, Que., from Chateau de Ramezay, Montreal, Que., in exchange for Iroquois ethnological material forwarded to that museum: Iroquoian skeletal material from "a Hochelaga burying ground," West- mount, Que. SUMMARY REPORT 399 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 GEOGRAPHICAL AND DRAUGHTING DIVISION. (C.-Omer Senecal.) During the past year, one map compiler, Joseph Edouard Paquet, died a few months after his appointment, and another, Stanley G. Alexander, was de- tached for overseas service with the Canadian Expeditionary force. Notwith- standing this reduction in the staff, and although work on certain maps of a special character requiring the continued attention of skilled compilers had, in consequence, to be suspended, satisfactory progress was made in the routine of the division. The work is being carried on by eleven persons, including the chief in charge, his assistant, eight compilers and draughtsmen, and two clerks. Thirty-three new maps were completed during the year, and were sent to the Government Printing Bureau for reproduction. Twenty-eight more are, at present, at various stages of compilation or preparation for engraving and print- ing. Besides the above, 165 sketch maps, diagrams, sections, text figures, and miscellaneous drawings, were executed for the illustration of Geological Survey memoirs and bulletins, or for use by the field staff or museum staff. Two manuscript advance maps were supplied to accompany special reports on road materials available for certain highways in Ontario and Quebec. A special edition of the map of Canada and United States, was also printed for the use of the biological division. The correspondence shows a total of 1,201 letters, reports, specification sheets, memoranda, etc., sent out during the year, while 596 were received. Much time, as usual, was devoted by the chief of the division to duties in connexion with the Geographic Board of Canada, on which he is one of the Geological Survey representatives. The maps listed below were, at the end of the year, in the hands of the King's Printer, for engraving and printing: Maps in Hands of the King's Printer, December 31, 1916. Series A Publication number Title Date of requisition 46 1246 1223 1231 1238 1379 1540 1541 1552 1567 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1^93 1621 1624 1629 1644 1645 1646 1647 Kirkfield, Ont., contour map Apl. 18, 1914. Feb. 21, 1916. Apl. 29. 1916. March 1 1915. 57 60 Frank landslide, Alberta, contour map Wheaton area, Y.T 63 Moncton, N . B., contour map 132 Rainy River district, Ont June 15 1916 151 Nansen and \ ictoria creeks, Y.T May 3, 1916. May 3, 1916. May 3, 1916. Nov. 18 1915. 152 Kluane lake, Y.T 154 Southwestern Yukon 157 East Sooke, B.C., contour map 161 Beaverton, Ont., contour map Feb. 14 1916 162 Sutton, Ont.. contour map Feb. 14 1916 163 Barrie, Ont., contour map Feb 14 1916 164 St. lohn, N.B., contour map March 14, 1916. 165 Windermere, B.C., contour map March 16 1916 166 174 F"lathead coal area, B.C., contour map Blairmore, Alberta, contour map Dec. 9, 1916, March 29 1916 179 Onaping sheet. Ont lune 15 1916 180 Espanola area, Ont Nov. 4 1916 182 186 187 Flathead coal area, B.C., geology Tazin and Taltson rivers, N.W.T Southern plains of Alberta, plan Dec. 9, 1916. Dec. 9. 1916. Sept 15, 1916. Sept. 15, 1916. Sept. 15, 1916. Southern plains of Alberta, perspective view of model, looking northeast Southern plains of Alberta, perspective view of model, looking southwest 400 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 a a i-i o a o H a a 3 o c c a a O' o bid be be o o o c b* bfi bX) be c^ rt rt s be £^ b« u rt C |6 be bo O o >-< C TD T3 "^ tJ -CI en 5n be beuS ^^^SS flj c-2.2 oooo'cd.ooo S be'S be 'o'o c3 c^ 03 .y .O .CJ 'be'be'bi) ,2.2-9 *© o'o OJ 0) (U rt rt rt rt .-.2 2^ bi'So'be'bb .2 ,2,2.2 "o o o "o 4> r$ ""^ « 5 Ph be (k t3 P C >< (V) ri3 ^•e^"H> > > 3 3 O O o o c c >> .n tn u - C tn ■^ C OJS -M cn ^ '^ 03 .S15U " o - -^ ^^ g o tn gj r3 rt - 3 tn "O ^•- C ^ SJ3 fl) -fcj tn " ^ 5 tn 2 03 .2^2 u 3 n tn 4j vj_ •^ 3 OJS 2 o 3 ^ 03 -^ 3 .h .3 _ O 3 .So ■(-> 03 S» <*, 03 ol5 \0 3 .tl o 3 u, 3-2 ►J -^ . S tn "^ .ti 3 en w o ^ ^ 2 tn "3 > •rt.S O 3 tn.g 3 O +j ^ tn be< 3 ^ '3 d, o O 0) 1- O oj 3—' o Ja.2 3 I- +j iJ t;^.2 O tn •^ 03 '-' ^- 3 >, • 2 O rt >H O ^-?: 3 05= 3 ^ »- rt ■" 2 >>" j3 CJ ^,J^ 6 oT ^>.B =3 - S tn rt) t-i Ui; .3 O 3 ^ 0! K 03 o o 3 O 4-. ,03-^ O iaqiunu uop .BDjiqnj o 00 • -t-^CNOOi^OlO^Ot^ •• ... ... V sauag cs 00 10 1^ SUMMARY REPORT 401 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 g^ o ^1 S § o O O o o you c c C-C-C - a a . C u o oS 0.0.0.0.0.0 (U ^ b >^ biO bJO tuo o ^^ OJ OJ OJ bjO bfl U) o o o 0^ p:i ei H H O 0:^ WWW b; i^jo a-o o ^ O o Ui bX) 03 "o a 03 bjO .2 >, ^^ I 'o'o ."^ 0) (3j '>^— ■ 0) ^ -'-' o. O -M OTDr- §•£ 8 u) tn -M 'C'Xl 03 w a 03 b>o.-S O-^ Bo %^ <-i_i o ro .. 4) '"' 03 O O^ ^ 03 c O a o 2 >- •^ ^ 03 O c o) E5 03 CO 0) o M 3 0-- O ^ 3 O o-^ Oh 3 O O 3 a O o o. > -a 3 03 I— 1 o 3.5 o o hJ o i2 ■'^ .- o en CJ O **- O-o ^ '^3 o 5 3 O «M O ■<* QO O CN rJHvOOOfOrtiTfiOOOO 00 On O as O OO 00 On On O lo lo lo to NO On i-H cs O ON ■>;*< ro fO NO O CO to lO to NO NO ON CO lO NO o NO ' NO t^ m On O ' NO NO lO NO l:^ -"-H cs ro t^ t^ t^ 00 On NO Tj^ x^t* »0 00 o 402 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV, A. 1917 PHOTOGRAPHIC DIVISION. (G. G. Clarke.) The following is a statement of the work done by the photographic division during the calendar year 1916: Contact prints i\ X 4^ to 36 X 48 13,090 Bromide enlargements 4 X 5 to 40 X 72 379 Exposures developed 3^ X 4J to 6i X 8^ 2,868 Dry plate negatives .4 X 5 to 11 X 14 507 Wet plate negatives 8 X 10 to 24 X 30 163 Photo zinc plates 11 X 14 to 26 X 32 20 Proofs from zincs 11 X 14 to 26 X 32 51 Photostat copies 7 X U to 11 X 14 655 Lantern slides 3| X 4 266 Photos and titles mounted 629 LIBRARY. {M. Calhoun, Acting Librarian.) The additions to the library during the year 1916 were as follows: Books purchased, 415; books received by gift, 542; periodicals subscribed for, 9; periodicals re-subscribed for, 114; pamphlets received, 124; a large number of maps were also received. Two hundred and fifty-six volumes were bound. During this year a satisfactory map classification scheme was worked out by the library committee, and considerable progress has been made in the cata- loguing and arrangement of the maps. The general cataloguing included current accessions and the re-cataloguing of many of the old volumes in the library. Owing to the removal of the greater part of the staff of the Geological Survey from the Museum, it was found necessary to establish a small branch library in the temporary office building on Wellington street. SUMMARY REPORT 403 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 PUBLICATIONS DIVISION. (M. Sauvalle.) ENGLISH REPORTS. {James Hill, Editor. ) The following memoirs, museum bulletins, and a summary report were pub- lished during the calendar year 1916: 1039. Memoir 87, Geological Series 73. Geology of a portion of the Flathead coal area, British Columbia — by J. D. MacKenzie; pp. i, ii, 1-53; plates, 1; figures, 1; maps, 2; edition, 3,000 copies; published Oct. 10, 1916. 1138. Memoir 89, Geological Series 75. Wood Mountain-Willowhunch coal area, Saskatchewan — by Bruce Rose; pp. i, ii, 1-103; plates, 7; figures, 1; maps, 1 ; edition, 3,500 copies, published Dec. 30, 1916. 1438. Museum Bulletin 24, Geological Series 33. Late Pleistocene oscillations of sea-level in the Ottawa valley — by W. A. Johnston; pp. 1-14; figures, 1 ; edition, 2,500 copies; published Oct. 2, 1916. 1591. Memoir 83, Geological Series 70. Upper Ordovician formations in Ontario and Quebec — by A. F. Foerste; pp. i-viii, 1-279; figures, 8; edition, 3,500 copies; published Aug. 23, 1916. 1601. Museum Bulletin 22, Geological Series 31. The age of the Killarney granite — by W. H. Collins; pp. 1-12; plates, 1; figures, 1; edition, 2,500 copies; published Feb. 11, 1916. 1602. Memoir 84, Geological Series 69. An exploration of the Tazin and Taltson rivers. North West Territories — by Charles Camsell; pp. i-iii, 1-124; plates, 18; maps, 1; edition, 4,000 copies; published July 4, 1916. 1612. Memoir 86, Anthropological Series 12. Iroquois foods and food preparation — by F. W. Waugh; pp. i-v, 1-235; plates, 39; figures, 2; edition, 2,500 copies; published Oct. 4, 1916. 1614. Memoir 85, Geological Series 71. Road material surveys in 1914 — by L. Reinecke; pp. i-viii, 1-244; plates, 10; figures, 2; maps, 5; edition, 3,000 copies; published Sept. 30, 1916. 1625. Separate from Memoir 85; parts I and V; pp. i, ii, 1-36, 141-217, 231-235; plates, 3; figures, 2; maps, 1; edition, 500 copies; published Nov. 9, 1916. 1626. Separate from Memoir 85; parts I, III, and IV; pp. i-iii, 1-36, 87-137, 225-229; plates, 3; figures, 2; maps, 2; edition, 500 copies; published Nov. 9, 1916. 1627. Separate from Memoir 85; parts I and II; pp. i-iii, 1-83, 219-223; plates, 4; figures 2; maps, 2; edition, 500 copies; published Nov. 9, 1916. 1616. Summary Report of the Geological Survey, Department of Mines, for the calendar year 1915; pp. i-viii, 1-307; figures, 3; maps, 8; edition, 5,000 copies; published May 18, 1916, 1575. Separate from Summary Report, 1915, Zoology, pp. 249-264; edition, 200 copies; published May 18, 1916. 404 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 1620. Separate from Summary Report, 1915, Wheaton district; pp. 36-49; figures, 1; maps, 1; edition, 2,000 copies; published May 18, 1916. 1622. Memoir 88, Geological Series 72. Geology of Graham island, British Columbia — by J. D. MacKenzie; pp. i-viii, 1-221 ; plates, 16; figures, 23; maps, 2; edition, 3,500 copies, published Sept. 30, 1916. 1635. Memoir 90, Anthropological Series 13. Time perspective in ahori2J,nal American culture, a study in method — by E. Sapir; pp. i, ii, 1-87; edition 2,000 copies; published Nov. 25, 1916. 1639. Museum Bulletin 23, Geological Series 32. The Trent Valley outlet of lake Algonquin and the deformation of the Algonquin water-plane in lake Simcoe district, Ontario — by W. A. Johnston; pp. i, 1-27; plates, 3; maps, 1; edition, 2,500 copies; published Sept. 27, 1916. 1642. Memoir 92, Geological Series 74. Part of the District of Lake St. John, Quebec — by John A. Dresser; pp. i-iii, 1-88; plates, 5; figures, 2; maps, 1; edition, 3,000 copies; published Dec. 30, 1916. FRENCH TRANSLATIONS. (ilf . Sauvalle, Chief Translator.) Guide Books of the International Geological Congress, 1913. Complete series of 13 volumes. Published June 20, 1916. 1174. Memoir No. 20E. Gold Fields of Nova Scotia. By W. Malcolm. Pub- lished June 28, 1916. 1207. Memoir No. 26. Geology and mineral deposits of the Tulameen district, B. C. By C. Camsell. Published September 2, 1916. 1227. Memoir No. 30. The basins of Nelson and Churchill rivers. By William Mclnnes. Published March 3, 1916. 1281. Memoir No. 25. Report on the clay and shale deposits of the western provinces, part II. By H. Ries and J. Keele. Published February 23, 1916. 1291. The archaeological collection from the southern interior of British Columbia. By H. I. Smith. Published June 5, 1916. 1318. Memoir No. 45. The inviting-in feast of the Alaska Eskimo. By E. W. Hawkes. Published February 9, 1916. 1327. Memoir No. 48. Some myths and tales of the Ojibwa of southeastern Ontario. By Paul Radin. Published July 20, 1916. 1389. Memoir No. 59. Coal fields and coal resources of Canada. By D. B. DowHng. Published March 17, 1916. 1341. Memoir No. 50. Upper White River district, Yukon. By D. D. Cairnes. Published August 1, 1916. 1343. Museum Bulletin No. 2, containing Geological Series 13 to 18, and An- thropological Series 2. Published July 26, 1916. SUMMARY REPORT 405 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 1345. Memoir No. 51. Geology of the Nanaimo map-area. By C. H.Clapp. Published October 10, 1916. 1360. Summary Report of the Geological Survey, Department of Mines, for the calendar year 1913. Published January 5, 1916. 1364. Memoir No. 53. Coal fields of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and eastern British Columbia (revised edition). By D. B. Dowling. Pub- lished March 22, 1916. 1399. Memoir No. 60. Arisaig-Antigonish district. By M. Y. Williams. Published April 13, 1916. 1452. Memoir No. 64. Preliminary report on the clay and shale deposits of the province of Quebec. By J. Keele. Published June 13, 1916. 1454. [Memoir No. 65. Clay and shale deposits of the western provinces, part \ IV. By H. Ries. Published July 20, 1916. 1456. [Memoir No. 66. Clay and shale deposits of the western provinces, part V. By J. Keele. Published July 20, 1916. 1484. Museum Bulletin No. 8. The Huronian formations of Timiskaming region, Canada. By W. H. Collins. Published May 20, 1916. 1504. Summary Report of the Geological Survey, Department of Mines, for the calendar year 1914. Published February 14, 1916. 1529. Catalogue of Canadian Birds. By John Macoun. Published May 10, 1916. No. 26—27 406 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 ACCOUNTANT'S STATEMENT. (John Marshall.) The funds available for the work and the expenditure of the Geological Survey for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916, were: Details Grant Expendi- ture Amounts voted by Parliament Civil list salaries Explorations in British Columbia and Yukon Topographical surveys in British Columbia Explorations in North West Territories . Topographical surveys in North West Territories Explorations in Ontario Topographical surveys in Ontario Explorations in Quebec Topographical surveys in Quebec Explorations in New Brunswick Explorations in Nova Scotia Explorations in general Palaeontological investigations Ethnological investigations , Archaeological investigations Investigations of road metals Arctic expedition Publication of reports , Translation of reports , Publication of maps , Wages, outside service , Stationery, mapping materials, and sundry printing Miscellaneous Specimens for Museum Library Instruments and repairs , Photographic supplies Postages and telegrams Advertising , Civil government contingencies Compensation to J. F. Lyons, in lieu of quarters, fuel, and light Balance unexpended and lapsed , 614,388.30 193 21 14 21 13 9 6 16 3 5 5 3 10 6 1 7 101 5 18 14 7 4 4 2 2 2 2 1 1 104 614,388.30614,388.30 775.77 511.68 985.32 312.44 394.57 475.04 328.82 614.18 120.35 955.76 224.22 642.90 320.06 330.92 545.45 970.11 549.83 569.05 156.25 152.45 704.14 790.55 122.52 550.92 877.18 627.67 205.36 013.75 060.32 023.79 400.00 076.93 SUMMARY REPORT 407 SESSIONAL PAPER No 26 Summary. Grant Expendi- ture Grant not used Civil government appropriation Explorations and surveys in Canada Publication of reports and maps; translating Purchase of books, instruments, miscellaneous Purchase of specimens for Victoria Memorial Museum . . . Cornpensation to J. F. Lyons, for quarters, fuel, and light Civil government contingencies Casual Revenue. Sales of equipment . . Sales of publications. 232,362.50 185,000.00 125,000.00 54,125.80 15,000.00 400.00 2,500.00 $ 193,775.77 151.279.86 125,000.00 34,381.03 4,450.92 400.00 1,023.79 38,586.73 33,720.14 19,744.77 10,549.08 1,476.21 614,388.30 510,311.37 104,076.93 $1,250.00 52-69 $1,302.69 I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant, WILLIAM McINNES, Directing Geologist. No 2')-ni 7 GEORGE V, SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 A. 1917 INDEX Accountant's statement. Agriculture, Alta " Man Que Alberta. Agriculture Artesian water Borings Botany Buffalo Page 406 135 179 222 135 79 .2, 77, 313 341 135 Coal 2, 76, 151 Flora 135, 136, 146 Gas 78, 114, 144, 151 Gypsum 86, 134, 139 Kananaskis-Elbow map-area 335 Northern, fauna 87 flora 87 Oil 77, 1 14, 144, 149 Potash 142 Report on Athabaska River section 145 " " coal mines of west central Alberta . 94 " " Crowsnest coal field 107 " " Drumheller coal area 80 " " foothill coal areas north of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway 85 " "oil and gas 114 " " salt and gypsum deposits 134 Salt 134, 141 Tar sands 149 Alberta Associated Oil Company. Cardston 118, 121 Pacific " « Sheep river 115, 121 " Southern " " a « jj5 Alcock, F. J 5, 152 Aldridge conglomerate. Goat river 59 Alexander, S. G 2 Allan, J. A 294 Amherst tp., Labelle co.. Que., report on 215 Analyses. Coal ash, Alta., Brazeau colleries 96 " " Brazeau 95 " " Crowsnest 114 * " foothills north of Grand Trunk Pacific 93 " " Isenberg claim 92 " " western 106 " N.B., Maltempec 269 Cornish stone, Que 217 Galena, Ont., Sa utosh lake 181 Gas, Alta., Pelican 151 " " Tar island 145 " N.S 273 " Ont., Plantagenet tp 312 Gneiss, Man., Wekusko lake 167 Gold ore, Man 173 Iron ore, N.S., Brooking mine 265 * " Londonderry 263,264 Analyses — Contd. Pagb Iron ore, N.S., northern zone 274 " Piedmont 277 " " South Mountain bed 274 Ont 185 Kaolin, Que 217 Kaolinic material. Que 216 Limestone, B.C., Bridge river 53 " Ont., Haileybury and New Lis- keard 192 Magnesite and associated rocks, N.S., Orange- dale 278 " B.C., Bridge river 49 Marl and soil, Y.T., Mayo 19 Oil, Alta., Southern Alberta Oil Company 115 " Viking 118 " N.W.T., Windy point 75 Ore, Man., Tonopah property 165 " N.S., Stirling 260 Petroleum, Alta., Peace river 144 Saline material, Y.T 34 Scheelite concentrates, Y.T 17 " ore, Y.T 18 Siliceous earth, B.C., Bridge river 53 Tungsten concentrates, N.S 254 " ore, Y.T 30 Water, Alta., Hudson's Bay springs 141 " " Mission springs 142 " " Snake mountain 142 " " Vermilion chutes 145 " " « a g^jj(j Sulphur point 143 Anderson, R. M 7, 314. 330, 374 Ankerite. N.S 263 Anthropological division 8, 387 Field work and research 390 Manuscjipts and publications 394 Museum 387 Physical 9, 398 Anyox map-area, B.C 335 " u « report on 44 Aragonite, N.S 263 Archaean, B.C 61 Archaeology 9, 395 Accessions 396 Field work and research 396 Office work 399 Arctic biological committee 330 Arctic expedition : 7, 314 Botany 341 Entomology 386 Ethnology 392 Fishes and invertebrates 384 Geological report 331 Zoology 374 Argentite, Y.T 38. 43 Arsenopyrite, N.S 287 Araenopyrite. Ont 184 410 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Page Arienopyrlte, Sask 156 Y.T 37. 38. 40, 43 Arteiian water. Alta 79 Aibeitos, Ont 182 « Que 231. 244 Athabaaka river, coal 151 " gas 151 " oil 149 " River section, Alta., report on 145 A\ Imer. Ont 396 B. Baker. C.J 179 " M. B 193 Bancroft, M.F 44 Banff National park, botany 341 Baptiste river, Alta., coal 90 Barbeau, CM 8,391 Barite, N.S 263 Barkley sound, zoology 353 Bartlett, R 335 Bathurst inlet, N.W.T., report on 331 Baxter, D. C 185 Beaches, Great Slave lake 68 Beauceville map-area. Que 336 Beaverlodge Lake area, Sask., report on 152 BeharrieU, F. J 299 BeU, W. A 2 Beltian, B.C 61 Bennett, Oscar 308 Bentley, W. K 10, 343 Berry. Albert 308 Big Thing mine, Y.T 36 Biological division , 8, 337 Black bay, Sask., report on 152 Blairmore section of Kootenay formation 110 Blakeley, D 343 Blanchary, A. H 278 Blue, D. W 316 Bodin, W 350 Boggs, O. D 183 Bolton, L. L 2 Borings division 7, 309 " Alta 2, 77, 313 " Man 313 " N.S 311 " Ont 312 " Que 311 Bornite, Arc; ic coast 333 Boshart, W. P 208 Botany 8, 337 " Arctic expedition 341 " field work 339 Bow Island gas fields 124 Extent of 133 Gas horizons 133 List of wells 132 Source of the gas 134 Well drilling 132 Boyd, W. H 335 Brabant. Mr 134 Brackendale, B.C 358 ■ ■ botany 339 Page Brazeau collieries, Alta 94 Brick, Man 178 " Ont., lake Timiskaming 191 • Que 227 Bridge River map-area, B.C 45 Fossils 45 Gold 47 Magnesite 48 Siliceous earth 52 British Columbia. Anyox map-area 335 Botany 337. 339 Bridge River, gold 47 " " magnesite 48 " " siliceous earth 52 Coal 63 Copper 45 Kananaskis Elbow map-area 335 Magnesite 52 Molybdenite 54 Report on Anyox map-area 44 " " Bridge River map-area 45 " " Elk Valley coal basin 63 " " Index molybdenite mine 54 " " Slocan district 56 " " stratigraphy and correlation of Kootenay terranes 58 " "on zoology. Barkley sound 353 Zoology 358 Broderick. J. C 208 Brooking mine, N.S 264 Brown, Cecil 285 C.J 303 W. G 335 Bruce. E. L 5, 159 " Corp. W. V 316 Brule Lake Coal Company, northern Alta 90 " lake, Alta., coal 2, 86 Bryce. P. 1 351 Buffalo, Alta 135 Burdett, drilling near 123 Burling, L. D 6, 10. 58 Burnt Hill tungsten mine, N.B 247.251 Burt, E. A 337 Bush. A. H 386 C. Caimes, Clive. E 21 " D. D 2.3.12,251 Calcite, N. S 263 Calgary Petroleum Products Company, Alta.. Sheep river 116 Calhoun, M 9, 402 Cambrian, Alta.. Crowsnest 108 B.C 61 Que 234 Cameron, A. E 4, 66 Camsell, C 2. 4, 134, 207.247 Canadian Arctic expedition 1916 7. 314 " creek, Y.T 29 " Northern railway 85, 180 " Pacific Railway gas wells 125 " Western Natural Gas, Light. Heat, and Power Company 123 SUMMARY REPORT 411 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Page Carboniferous, Arctic coast 331 N.S 261.275 Card. Mr 134 Cardston, Alta.. Alberta Associated Oil Com- pany 118 " " L.H.D. Company 117 " " Livingstone Fork Syndicate .. . 117 " " Macfarlane Oil Company 117 " " Viking well 118 " district, Alta., oil and gas 117 Carleton, J. C 349 Carlisle, H. C 160 Cassiterite, Y. T 17 Chadwick, Prof 187 Chalcanthite, Man 165 Chalcopyrite, B.C 45 " Man., Schist lake 164 N.S 258 Ont 181 Sask 156 « Y.T 37, 40 Chambers. A. R 261 Chamosite, N.S 274 Cherry. John 308 China clay. Que 215 Chipman. K. G 7. 314. 335 Chisholm, W. F 183 Chromite, B.C 48 Que 231, 244 Cinnibar. B.C 48 Circe, J. A 335 Clark, K. A 193, 195 Clarke, G. G 9. 402 Clay. Sask 159 Clermont, L 193 Coal. Alta 2. 76, 151 " B. C 63 " N.B., Maltempec, report on 269 " Sask 77 " Western Canada 76 " areas north of the Grand Trunk Pacific, Alta , report on 85 " field. Alta.. Crowsnest 107 " mines of west central Alta.. report on.... 94 " prospect. N.B., at Maltempec, report on . . 269 Cockfield, W. E 12, 21 Cole, A. A 188 Coleman, A. P 6, 245 Coleraine sheet, report on 229 Collins, F. S 341 " W. H 2, 5, 183 Connor, M. F 53. 167 Cook Brook workings. N.S 266 Cooke, H. C 5. 228 " M.W 175 Copper. Arctic coast 332 B.C 45 Labrador 247 Man 164 N. W. T 332 N. S , 255 Ont 181 Que 245 Copper glance. Y.T 40 Page Corbett, G 308 Cornish stone, Que 217 Coronation mine, B.C 47 Coulthard. R. W. . . . , 294 Cox. A 2 " J. R 2, 7. 314, 335 Crane, P. E 303 Cretaceous, Alta.. Crowsnest 109 " " northern 89, 146 Cross. W 2 Crowsnest coal field, Alta 107 Cruickshank, J. McG 285 Cumberland brook to Martin brook, N.S 265 Currie. W 124 D. Dail and Fleming group. Y.T 41 Dall, W. H 334 Darling, Mr 157 Davidson, John 33S W. B 336 Davis, N. B 156 Deamess. John 337, 341 De Lury, J. S 175 Demers, G. M 208. Demetrius. C. H 33T De Schmid. H. S 294. 30O Devenish. A. G 124 Devonian, Alta., northern 136, 146- " Arctic coast 331 " Great Slave lake 67 Devonian, N. S 262, 271 Devono-Carboniferous, Alta.. Crowsnest 108 " " " northern 88 Distribution division 9 Dobson, P. G 108 Dolmage. V 208 Dominion Natural Gas Company 310. 312 Parks Branch 349. 351 Dowling. D. B 2, 3, 76 Dresser. J. A 5, 169 Drumheller coal area, Alta 80 Drumheller mine 83 " seam 82 Midland mine 85 Newcastle seam 82 Red Deer valley mine 85 Rosedale mine 83 Rose Deer " 83 Star mine 83 Stirling mine 85 Vulcan seam 82 Drumheller section 80, 83 Drysdale. C. W 3. 44 Dublin gulch, tungsten 12 " " Y.T 12 Duce, J. T 303 E. Eastend map-area, Sask 335 Edmonton, Dept. of Public Works 119 Edwards. J. P 261 Entomology 8, 385 412 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGEV, A. 1917 Page Entomological Branch 343 Elk Valley coal basin, B.C., report on 63 Ells, J. C 285 Embury, W. J 160 Eocene, Arctic coast 331 Eskimo, afhthropology of 392 Ethnology 8. 387 " Arctic expedition 392 F. Falconer, F. S 7, 335 Faribault, E. R 2, 6 Famem, Mr 264 Fauna, Alta., northern 87 Feldspar, Que 227 Femald, M. L 341 Ferrier, W. F 300 Firebrick, Que 218 Fireclay, Sask ; 159 Fisher, R 12 Fishes and invertebrates, Arctic expedition 384 Floatstone, Man 165 Flora. Alta 135, 136, 146 " northern 87 Great Slave lake 68 Que 222 Yukon, Klotassin area 23 Foerste, A. F 300 Folding mountain, section on 88 Foote, R. S 96 Foremost 78 Forest. See flora. Forestry Branch 66 Foster, M. C 261 Fossils, B.C. Bridge river 45 " " Kootenay district 58 " " Slocan district 57 N.VV.T. Arctic coast 334 " ". Great Slave lake 67 Freeland, E. E 2, 335 Freeman, C. H 2, 8, 179, 335 Freibergite, Y.T 39 French Canadian folk-lore 391 " translations 404 Fuller, H 313 Fyles, H. E. N 350 G. Galena, Man., Schist Lake section 164 N.B.. Winding hill 254 " N.W.T., Arctic coast 334 ' " Great Slave lake 76 - Ont 181 Y.T 37, 38, 40. 43 Gamble, Mr 208 Game, Y.T.. Klotassin area. 25 Garland. C. W 349 « E. W 349. 351 " Mr 349 Garnet. Que 227 Gas, Alta 78, 114, 144. 151 " ' Bow Island 124 Gas, Alta.. Medicine Hat. " " Ponoka " " Viking " N.S., sea water. . . . Page 124 119 120 272 " Sask 79, 159 " western Canada 76 Gauthier, H 193. 198 Geographical and draughting division 9, 399 Geological division, field work of 3 " " reports of 12 " Survey of West Australia 303 Gigugrp, E 208 Gilbert, A. B 229 Girling, H 316 Glacial striae. Great Slave lake 69 Gledhill, T. L 180 Godsal, F. W 300 Gold. B.C., Bridge river 47 Man 164, 166, 169 N. S 284. 287 Ont 181, 183 Yukon 17. 29, 37. 38. 39, 40, 43 Gold lake, Man 173 Goodman, E. F 290 Gory Brook workings, N.S 267 Gothenquist, A 313 Gouin, L. P 208 Graham, Mr 92 Graphite, Labrador 247 Que 214. 219, 227 Gratton Creek Oil Company 121 Great Slave lake 66 Lead-zinc deposits 76 Petroleum 74 Greenman, J. M 341 Grenvjlle district. Que., Argenteuilco., report on 208 Griffin. M.J 11 Gypsum, Alta 86, 134, 139 " Ont 187 " point. Great Slave lake 74 Hachey, J. B... Hamil, C. B Hamilton, Thos. Hanson, G Hargraves, Jas. . Harris, C. R Harvey, J 261 107 349 180 80 : 179 185 Harvie. R 2, 6, 228 Haultain. A. G 2, 335 Hay river, Alta., coal 86,90 " section, N.W.T 72 Haycock. E 261 Hayes, A. O 6. 10, 261 Haynes. E 303 Hematite, N.S 273, 275 Y.T 17 Hennessey, F. C 350 Herb lake, report on 1 66 Hewitt, C. G 8, 330, 385 Hill, James 403 Hoff. J. E 324 SUMMARY REPORT 413 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 Page 386 338 183 66 219 335 Hume, G. S 5, 186, 188, 350 Huron lake, north shore of, report on 183 Howard, L. O Howe. C. F Howry Creek gold claims, Ont Hudson's Bay Company Hughson. W. C Hugo, R I. Ichikawa, Shimraatsu 304 Illinois- Alberta Oil Company, Alta., Sheep river. 116 Ilmenite, N.S 287 Index molybdenite mine, B.C., report on 54 Infusorial earth, N.S 286 Ingall, E. D 7, 188, 309 Irma, drilling near 121 Iron. N.S 261 " Ont 182, 184 " Sask 155 Iron ores. N.S.. Nictaux-Torbrook. report on. . . 273 " prospect, N.S., Piedmont, report on 275 Irvin. J.J 185 Isenberg claims, Alta.. northern 91 Island Lake Coal Company, Alta 105 Jamesonite, Sask 156 Y.T 40 Jenness, D 9. 315, 387, 392 Jennison, W. F 303 Jewell, Wm 124 Johansen, F 8, 295, 316, 341, 384, 387 Johnston, R. A. A 7. 10, 168. 302 " W. A 5, 179 Jura-Trias. Alta., northern 88 Kananaskis-Elbow map-area, B.C.. and Alta 335 Kaolin. Que 215, 227 Kaulback property, N.S 251 Keele, J 2, 5, 218, 219, 270 Kemp. Wm 186 Kidd, G. L 66 Kindle, E. M 6. 10. 45. 57, 295, 334 King. Geo 188 Kinsella. E 351 Klotassin area, Y.T 20 Canadian creek 29 Flora 23 Game 25 Mineral resources 29 Rude creek 31 Tungsten 21. 29 Knowles, F. H. S 9. 390, 398 Knox, J. K 229 Kootenay district, fossils 58 " " report on 58 " metallographic belts, table of 62 L. H. D. Company, Alta., Cardston. La Butte section. Alta 117 137 Pagb Labrador 245 Copper 247 Graphite 247 Labradorlte 247 Pyrites 247 Labradorite, Labrador 247 Laferriere, A 108 Lambe. L. M 6. 288 Lannigan. A 208 Larose, C. A. P 336 Larson. C. L 335 Lavoie, H 336 Lawson, W. E 2, 335 Lead. Man 164 N. W. T 76, 334 N.S 255 Ont 181 Yukon 43 Lectures, Museum 10 Lees, Miss 349 Lefebvre, J. M 2 LeRoy, O. E 2 Leverin, H. A 165, 277, 278 Lewis, F. J 8, 338, 341 " R 308 Library 9, 402 Lignite, Sask 158 Lillooet, B.C 358 " " botany 339 Lime, Ont 188 Limestone, Ont., lake Timiskaming 191 Lindsay, R 313 Linguistics 8, 387 Little, Arthur, D., Ltd 145 " Buffalo river, N.W.T 71 Livingstone Fork Syndicate. Alta.. Cardston 117 J 308 Log, Alta., Brazeau collieries 96 " " Irma 121 " " Macfarlane Oil Company's well 117 " " Pacific Pass colliery 101 " " Peace River Landing, well near 118 " " Ponoka, Provincial Government's well 119 " " Vegreville 122 Logan, Sir William, bust of 11 Loggie, T. G 270 London area, Ont., report on 185 Londonderry iron ore deposits, N.S., report on. . 261 " to Folly river, N.S 266 Long lake, Man 173 Loring. E.M 188 Lome mine, B.C 47 Lowe, C. W 341 Lowther, Thos 308 Lundell, G. E. F 217 Lyons, J. F 2 M. MacCallum, A. B 330 MacDonald, J. H 183 MacKay, B. R 8. 336 " G.J 2 MacLean. A 5, 77, 156 414 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 7GE0RGE V, A. 1917 Page MacVicar, J 2, 4, 76, 85. 92 McCoubrey, A. A 175 McCullough, F. H 193. 195 McDonald, A. G 304 G.C 21 J 308 R. C 8. 336 McEvoy. Jas 304 McGillivray creek, B.C 358 " " " botany 340 McKee, J 313 McKinnon, A. T 7, 308 McLean, S. C 2, 335 McLearn, F. H 4 McLennan, J. A 21 McLeod, A 160 " J 256 M. and M. mine, Y.T 39 Macfarlane Oil Company. Alta., Cardston 117 Machinery 178 Macoun, James, M 8, 24, 136, 330. 337. 358 " John 8. 337 Madore. J 256 Magnesite. B.C 52 " " Bridge river 48 N.B 52 N.S 52 " " Orangedale, report on 277 • Ont 52 • Que 52,212 " uses and market conditions 49 Y.T 51 Magnetite. N.S 273 " Ont 182 " Que 215 Mahoney. M 313 Mainguey. A 351 Malcolm, W 2, 9 Maltempec, N.B.. coal prospect, report on 269 Manitoba. Agriculture 179 Borings 313 Brick 178 Copper 164 Gold 164. 166. 169 Lead 164 Nickel 165 Peat 178 Pyrite 164 Report on area between Red river and eastern boundary of Manitoba 175 " "on gold-bearing district of south- eastern Manitoba 169 " " Schist Lake and Wekusko Lake areas 159 " " superficial deposits and soils of Whitemouth River area 179 Silver 164 Southeastern, table of formation 171 Stone, building 178 Zinc 164 Marl deposit near Mayo, Y.T., report on 19 Marshall, J 406 Martin, Mr 354 Mather, K 296 Mayo, marl deposit 19 Pagb Medicine Hat gas fields 124 Conservation of the gas 130 Development of deep gas 125 " " shallow gas 124 Extent of 129 Gas horizons 128 Gas wells for irrigation pumping '. 130 Life of the field 129 List of wells 126 Source of the gas 129 Well drilling 128 Mellish, J. F 335 Mercury, N.S 287 Merrill, G. K 337, 341 Mesozoic, Alta., northern 146 N.S 271 Mesozoic- Y. T 28 Meteorites 308 Mica. Ont 182 " Que 214 Middlebrook. J 300 Midland mine, Drumheller coal area 85 Miles. A 290 Miller. H. E 300 " W. H 2 Mills. W. S 180 Milton Hersey Company 95 Mineralogy 7, 302 Educational collections 307 Exhibition work 307 Field work 306 Meteorites 308 Office and laboratory 302 Museum 303 Molybdenite. B.C 54 N.S 285 Ont 182 Que 207. 227 Monette, J , 336 Montana mine, Y.T 38 Monture, G. C 336 Moore, CM 335 Moore, F. D 313 " G. A 349 Morash, M 264 Morrison, J. H. T 335 Moss mine. Que 207 Mount Stephen Oil Company, Alta.. Sheep river 115 Mountain Park collieries, Alta 102 Mousley. H 349, 350 Munro. J. A 351 Murphy, F. L 179 Murray, J 341 Museum 10 Muskeg river, Alta.. coal 86. 90 N. Nellis. T. H 304 New Brunswick. Magnesite 52 Report on Burnt Hill tungsten property 251 " " coal prospect at Maltempec 269 " " galena prospect near Winding hill.. 254 " " road materials in the vicinity of St. John 278 SUMMARY REPORT 415 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 New Brunswick— Con/d. ^^^^ Report on tungsten deposits 247 Newcastle seam, Drumheller coal area 82 Newcombe, C. F 353 New York Botanical Garden 341 Nichols, D. A V, 335 " G. E 338 Nickel, Man 165 " Ont 181 NicoUs, J. H. H 93 Nictaux-Torbrook, N.S., iron ores, report on 273 Northern Gas and Development Company, Edmonton 120 North West Territories. Bathurst inlet, report on 331 Copper 332 Lead 334 Oil 74 Report on reconnaissance of Great Slave lake . 66 Nova Scotia. Borings 311 Copper 255 Gas in sea water 272 Gold 284, 287 Infusorial earth 286 Iron 261 Lead 255 Magnesite 52 Mercury 287 Molybdenite 285 Report on geological mapping in Annapolis and Kings counties 271 Report on gold-bearing series in northern parts of Queens and Shelbume counties 284 " " iron prospect at Piedmont 275 " " Londonderry iron ore deposits 261 " " magnesite at Orangedale 277 " " Nictaux-Torbrook iron ores 273 " " Stirling zinc-copper-lead deposits. Cape Breton 255 " " tungsten deposits 247 Scheelite 287 Tungsten .- 285 Zinc 255 O. Oil. Alta 77, 114, 144, 149 N. W. T 74 Western Canada 76 Ojibwa of northern Ontario 391 Old Mountain workings, N.S 266 O.igocene, Arctic coast 331 O'Neill, J. J. 7, 314. 331 Ontario. Anthropology 391 Archaeology 396 Asbestos 182 Borings 312 Copper 181 Exploration, northern 335 Gold 181, 183 Gypsum 187 Iron 182, 184 Lead 181 Ontario.— Co»« Jackson, Frank H., Jr. Methods for the Determination of the Physical Properties of Road Building Rqck, U.S. DeDt. Agr.. Bui. No. 347, Washington. D.C, 1916. SUMMARY REPORT U SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a with regard to the sizes of the particles, is determined by mechanical analysis, by means of screens. The standard tests of samples, collected by the field parties of the Depart- ment of Mines engaged in the survey of road materials, will be conducted in the Mines Branch Highway laboratory. The work of this kind on hand at present amounts to about one hundred samples, and the volume will increase each year. It is planned, however, to devote as much time as possible to investigation work. The laboratory is now co-operating with similar laboratories in the United States in an effort to improve the standard methods of testing road materials. The most urgent and important problem facing the combined laboratory and field staff is the securing of reliable criteria, to enable the field man to report accurately on the merits of materials occurring in the areas whqj-e he works. Only a few deposits can be actually tested, although all are visited and examined. The plan is to obtain, by actual test, a knowledge of the average road making qualities of each of the rock species in any district, and then, by microscopic studies and by chemical and physical tests, to discover the reasons for variations in the strength and cementing value of the rock classes. Such a procedure will give clues which will enable the field man to report intelligently on the quality of a deposit of stone or gravel where it is impracticable to make an actual test. It will, moreover, make it possible for him to estimate the percentage of poor or soft material in a boulder or gravel aggregate, and so arrive at some conclusion regarding its durability. The relation between the toughness of a rock and its mineral composition and structure is a problem that is being kept in mind. It is also planned to fur- ther investigate the reasons for the variations in the cementing properties of rock powders. These reasons are at present not very well understood, yet in water bound macadam surfaces the cementing value of the roadstone is of very great importance. A thorough understanding of the factors involved in the process of cementation might lead to useful results. In the foregoing Summary, I have endeavoured to indicate the needs which have induced the Mines Branch to install a Road Materials Laboratory, to de- scribe briefly the equipment, and to outline the working plan of the laboratory. In succeeding years, it is hoped that substantial progress can be reported. TECHNICAL LIBRARY. The Mines Branch maintains a technical library in which are kept publica tions of value to the several divisions in its organization. During the year, many reference works of importance were added, and care was taken to secure only those of special benefit to work of the Depaitment. The usual exchanges of Mines Branch reports and monographs were made with other technical insti- tutions, both domestic and foreign. The continued rapid growth of our library since its institution, will soon necessitate the providing of additional quarters. I have the honour to be. Sir, Your obedient servant, (Signed) Eugene Haanel, Director of Mines. INDIVIDUAL SUMMARY REPORTS. SUMMARY REPORT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a METALLIFEROUS DIVISION. INVESTIGATION OF IRON ORES. A. H. A. Robinson. The field work in connexion with the investigation of Canadian iron ores, carried out during the summer of 1916, consisted in the examination — including magnetometric and topographical surveys — of a number of magnetite deposits located in different parts of Ontario. From the first of June until the early part of July, the party was stationed at Flower, on the Kingston and Pembroke branch of the Canadian Pacific railway, where a detailed surv^ey was made of the mag- netite deposits on lot 22, concessions III and IV, township of Lavant, Lanark county, Ontario. The remainder of July and the first two weeks of August were spent in an examination of deposits in Lount township. Parry Sound district, Ontario. The balance of the season was taken up in an investigation of iron deposits in the vicinity of Irondale, on the Irondale, Bancroft, and Ottawa railway, Snowdon township, Haliburton county. Mr. Gordon G. Vincent acted as student assistant throughout the season, and performed his duties in a very satisfactory manner. RADENHURST AND CALDWELL MINES. LAVANT TOWNSHIP, CONS. Ill AND IV, LOT 22. These deposits are situated close to Flower station, on the Kingston and Pembroke branch of the Canadian Pacific railway, on lot 22, concessions III and IV, township of Lavant, Lanark county, Ontario, and are, therefore, conven- iently situated with reference to a shipping point, if they are ever worked. The development, done many years ago, consists of seven pits and two small strippings scattered over a length of about 3,000 feet, and lying, roughly, along a line bearing about N. 50° E. (astronomic), parallel to the general strike of the rocks in the vicinity. Of the five pits on the Radenhurst lot — lot 22, con- cession III — one, the deepest, is said to be 108 feet with a drift to the east about 20 feet in length; two others are each about 80 feet deep; a fourth, 30 feet, and the fifth, 20 feet. Of the two pits on the adjoining Caldwell lot to the west — lot 22, concession IV — one is said to be about 90 feet deep. Near it a diamond drill hole was put down to a depth of 200 feet. No definite information is available as to results obtained in either shafts or drill hole, except what can be gleaned from an examination of piles of rock and ore scattered about in the vicinity of the various pits. The country in the immediate vicinity of the magnetic belt is almost com- pletely drift covered. The rocks, where exposed, consist of rusty schists and gneisses; the rustiness is due, apparently, to the weathering of iron pyrites con- tained in them. Their strike, like that of the iron deposits, is about N. 50° E., and both dip 60 to 70 degrees to the southeast. About 300 feet west of the two pits on the Caldwell lot there is a large outcrop of crystalline limestone, and indications are not lacking that bands of limestone will probably be found more or less closely associated with the iron. All the pits are now filled with water and debris, and natural outcrops are very few and very small. The only guides, therefore, to the quality of the ore, 16 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 are the material on the old dumps and what can be seen on the two strippings. The latter show at surface a rusty belt of gneiss, and schist, about 20 feet wide, impregnated along some bands with magnetite, either as grains scattered through the rock, or as narrow ribs of relatively pure ore. The ore piles show material of the same general character, that is, partly small veins and ribs of massive, fine- grained, magnetite, enclosed in a rusty, schistose rock, partly grains of magne- tite thickly disseminated through gneiss, and schist. Judging from the general rustiness of the belt, and from the evidence of the ore piles, pyrite must be plen- tiful. A sample of 280 pounds of ore from the Caldwell lot, sent by Mr. T. B. Caldwell of Lanark, the owner, to the Mines Branch Ore Dressing and Metal- lurgical Laboratory, in 1914, for a concentrating test, gave on analysis: — Insoluble 10-35 per cent. Iron 58-60 „ „ Phosphorus 0 • 048 „ „ Sulphur 0-248 „ „ (See Mines Branch Summary Report for 1914). This sample was supposed to be an average one, but since it was taken from an old stock pile, it no doubt represents a more or less hand-sorted product; it is also possible that long exposure to the weather had removed some of the sulphur. It is altogether likely that concentration of some kind, to increase the iron con- tent and eliminate some of the sulphur, will be necessary to make the general run of ore marketable. The magnetometric survey indicates that the areas within which magnetite is likely to be found, occur as an almost continuous series of lenses following the strike of the enclosing rocks. They extend for a distance of about 3,500 feet, and have an average width of 75 feet, approximately. There is some overlapping of the lenses, and a number of smaller lenses occur outside the main areas. Of the total length of the deposits, about 1,200 feet are in concession IV, the re- mainder, 2,300 feet, in concession III. It is not intended to convey the im- pression that everything within the above limits is ore; on the contrary, the prob- ability is that a large portion of it is either barren or nearly so, and that the mag- netite is more or less concentrated in bands similar to those exposed in the strippings. Neyertheless, and despite the fact that concentration will probably be necessary, the deposits are of such size as would appear to justify further exploration for the purpose of ascertaining more definitely the quantity and quality of the ore they contain. A magnetometric and topographical map of the locality is now being pre- pared for publication. LOUNT TOWNSHIP. A number of outcrops of iron ore, showing magnetite, occur, scattered over a large part of the township of Lount, Parry Sound district, Ontario, 14 or 15 miles by wagon road from either Sundridge or South River stations on the Grand Trunk railway. Those at the following places were visited and examined: lot 17, con. Ill ; lot 18, con. II ; lots 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 133, and 134, con. A; lots 129 and 136, con. B, and lot 22, con. VIII. Similar outcrops are also re- ported as occurring on lots 18 and 19, con. I; lot 145, con. A; lot 32, con. VIII, scattered over a considerable area in concessions XII, XIII, and XIV, and else- where throughout the township. Such development work as has been done on the showings consists of a large number of pits, trenches, and shallow shafts; better adapted, in most cases, to fulfil the requirements of the mining act than to afford information as to the nature and extent of the deposits. The largest of these openings is a trench, or SUMMARY REPORT 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a open-cut, approximately 50 feet long, 10 to 15 feet wide and 22 feet deep, on lot 17, con. Ill, from which some 500 tons of ore were taken in 1901 by the Cramp Steel Company of Toronto. A number of shallow drill holes have also been put down at various points, but, so far as can be learned, without encouraging re- sults. The country rock of the district is gneiss, often hornblendic, interbanded with which, in the neighbourhood of the magnetite deposits, there can usually be found more or less crystalline limestone. On part of lot 128, con. B, and over a large area adjoining to the northeast and southwest, the rock, where exposed, consists almost entirely of a medium-grained, granular, graphitic limestone. Closely associated with the iron, a very coarse-grained, massive basic rock con- sisting principally of hornblende and feldspar, or of hornblende alone, is often found; also very considerable areas made up entirely of garnet, or garnet and epidote. One small outcrop of this garnet rock, in the clearing on lot 18, con. II, shows, scattered through it, flakes of molybdenite. The iron occurs partly as a massive magnetite in seams and pockets in the enclosing rock, partly as disseminated grains in gneiss, or garnet. In one case — a sample from lot 144, con. B — it contained considerable titanium. Following are a number of analyses made in the Mines Branch laboratory: — 18 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 „ c 3 C c 3 ID o ex D t- u ■3 O r» 5 C- C 5 6 •^ h - „ C 5 C- < f 3 f- O- On a D O N r h Tj h o a D O J C 5 c 3 6 f 5 f 3 1/3 c 5 C 5 C 3 0< 3 '^ 00 1- r- c* 3 C 3 O « 3 ^£ > C 3 C 3 O ^ f ■^ O c 5 C 5 f 3 r> i t^ i~ ■^ H f 3 c- i 1-1 o \ u- 5 C > C 3 6 o i f 3 • rt< c > f^ J "■ > o i -h *o SC > "^ < C^ i c 3 O o \ r- c > c 3 O < c^ ' CN CN CN 1 ir 3 rv ) 00 lO '^ < C > o OC ) v: > c > c ) o cv 1 cv 1 Tt< c > -^ < ly ) t^ 1 lo ■* c ) c ! •- < c > o a ^ OC > c ) c ) o CN C^ lO •c vC c > f ■•-H f*5 "^ u- ) u- > o ^ a ^ 6 Tt ■^ OC <; c c 00 «N o Tj vC cs l/- t-- c C rt ^ o OC c CN \C 00 -^ t~- ir- '^ CN o \r 4 c c ir- 6 C c i: e c u 0, C d Z Ji Q. B J? 5 (0 3 < u O _c C 4= e J 'c a * O c .t; ~ ^ cr E- (A CL, SUMMARY REPORT 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a No. 1. An average sample from an outcrop on lot 129, con. B, showing magne- tite in, and disseminated through, gneiss. Associated minerals: quartz, epidote, hornblende, and garnet. No. 2. Sample taken across a band of magnetite about a foot wide near the contact of a coarse-grained diorite, with crystalline limestone, on lot 22, con. VIII. No. 3. Sample showing magnetite, garnet, and pyrite, from the dump at a pit 20 feet deep, on lot 144, con. B. No. 4. Sample showing coarse grains of magnetite disseminated through garnetiferous gneiss; an average sample taken across an outcrop 10 feet wide, on lot 125, con. A. No. 5. A general sample of a granular, friable, garnet-rock, containing dis- seminated magnetite, from a dump at one of the pits on lot 125, con. A. No. 6. An average sample taken across an outcrop of black garnet-rock, on lot 125, con. A. No. 7. General sample of magnetite in gneiss, from dump at pit on lot 126, con. A. No. 8. Sample of coarse-grained, better looking ore from same pit as No. 7. No. 9. Average sample from an outcrop alongside pit in swamp on lot 125, con. A, showing magnetite in narrow bands, and disseminated through a rusty gneiss. No. 10. Sample of massive magnetite with some intermixed hornblende; from old dump at the Cramp Steel Company's pit, on lot 17, con. III. A magnetometric survey was made of what was considered the most promis- ing area in the township. This included parts of lots 124, 125, 126, and 127, con. A; lots 17 and 18, con. II, and part of lot 17, con. III. Judging by the re- sults of the survey, there are, scattered over the eastern halves of lots 124, 125, 126, and 127, numerous small deposits of magnetite, some idea of the quality of which may be gathered from the analyses given on p. 18; a number of similar small isolated deposits occur at the southern end of lots 17 and 18, con. II. At the Cramp Steel Company's pit on lot 17, con. Ill, no vertical attraction was found beyond the boundaries of the pit itself, nor was any ore in place seen in the rock surrounding it; apparently the deposit was a very small one. At the other places in the township, mentioned above as having been visited, dip needle readings taken across the outcrops indicate the same pockety mode of occurrence. At no place examined was there anything found that would indicate the presence of a large or continuous body of iron ore. SNOWDON TOWNSHIP. A number of magnetite deposits in Snowdon township, Haliburton county, Ontario, along the line of the Irondale, Bancroft, and Ottawa branch of the Canadian Northern railway, were examined, and a magnetometric survey made covering those on lots 25, 26, 28, and 30, in concession IV. Howland Mine. This mine is situated on lot 26, con. IV, Snowdon, on a hill about 125 feet higher than, and a quarter of a mile to the south of, the Iron- dale, Bancroft, and Ottawa railway. Irondale, about a mile and a quarter to the northwest, is the nearest station. The first work done here was in 1880. In 1881 and 1882, 1,500 tons of ore were shipped. By 1890, a shaft 12 feet by 24 feet had been sunk to a depth of 75 feet, and a body of ore 65 feet long, 35 feet wide, and extending from the 25-foot to the 50-foot level, had been removed. At the present time the work- ings are full of water, and nothing remains of the surface plant but the rotted timbers of the Lead frame. 20 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The deposit occurs at the contact of a hornblendic gneiss, and crystalline- limestone. Judging by the magnetic survey, the ore-body is roughly triangular in outline, and occupies an area of about 1,800 square feet. The country is largely drift covered, and no outcrops showing ore are to be seen; that on the old dump, however, is a fine-grained magnetite, containing a considerable admix- ture of dark-green ferruginous silicates, and also much pyrite. A general sample of ore from one of the old dumps, analysed in the Mines Branch laboratory, yielded: — Iron.'. 48-12 per cent. Silica 15-24 " " Titanic Acid (TiOz) . .'. ...'..'.'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 0-34: " « Sulphur 1-86 " " Phosphorus 0-026 " " The best ore when the mine was being worked, is said to have run from 55 to 60 per cent in iron, 0-005 phosphorus, and 0-06 sulphur. LOTS 25, 26, 27, and 30, con. iv, snowdon. Magnetite also occurs on the above lots, but judging by dip needle readings, only in isolated pockets, too small to be of economic interest. Victoria Mine. This deposit is located on lot 20, con. I, Snowdon town- ship, about half a mile east of Furnace Falls station, on the Irondale, Bancroft, and Ottawa railway. It was worked years ago, and a considerable amount of ore was shipped from it. In 1882, the erection of a furnace to smelt the iron ores was started on Burnt river; the works, however, were abandoned before completion. The deposit occurs in crystalline limestone, which has inters tratified with it bands of green ferruginous silicates, red garnet rock, and gneiss. Its strike conforms to that of the limestone, and it stands nearly vertical. The workings consist of a trench about 240 feet long, by 16 feet wide, which is now filled with water. No ore in place was seen, and dip needle readings taken around the pit did not indicate any extension of the ore-body beyond the old workings, except for a few feet at the north end of the trench. The ore in the old dumps is a fine-grained magnetite, containing a consid- erable admixture of dark ferruginous silicates, together with considerable pyrite. Its composition, as shown by an analysis made in the Mines Branch laboratory of a general sample taken from one of these dumps, is as follows: — Iron 54-22 per cent. Silica 10-64 " " Titanic Acid (TiOa) 0-28 « " Sulphur 3-074 " « Phosphorus 0- 158 " " SUMMARY REPORT 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a NON-METALLIFEROUS DIVISION. I SEPARATION OF LIME FROM GRENVILLE MAGNESITE, AND OTHER WORK. Howells Frechette. Chief of Division. During the greater part of the year 1916, my time was devoted to routine office work and technical correspondence. Memoranda and replies to inquiries were prepared regarding sources of supply and location of markets for many non- metallic minerals. No field work was carried on. * Numerous samples of faulty shell steel were examined metallographically and photographed for the Imperial Munitions Board. In June, a visit was made to the United States Bureau of Standards at Pitts- burgh, U.S.A. Their methods of testing lime and hydrated lime were studied with a view to inaugurating similar work in connexion with the Mines Branch. The Department is under obligations to the officers of the Bureau of Standards for the many courtesies extended ; especially to Mr. W. E. Emley, who is directly in charge of the lime investigations, for his generous aid and kindness in explain- ing and demonstrating the various tests employed. Plans have been prepared for equipping a special laboratory for lime testing in the new annex to the Sussex Street building; but owing to shortage of raw material, and the crowded condi- tion of the departmental machine shop, the necessary apparatus has not y^ been made. MAGNESITE INVESTIGATION. The magnesite quarried in Grenville township, Quebec, contains too high a percentage of lime to be classed as high grade material for certain uses to which magnesite is put. In some cases the lime is said to be decidedly detrimental, while in others, it may be considered simply as an impurity, lessening the available percentage of magnesia in the rock. An investigation was conducted to devise if possible, some method whereby the lime content could be reduced, or elimin- ated. Small blocks of magnesite were heated in an electric furnace to about 1000°C., and the temperatures at which the constituent minerals yielded up their carbon- dioxide, were observed. These temperatures of dissociation indicated that the magnesite rock is composed essentially of the minerals magnesite and dolomite. It contains but small quantities of subsidiary minerals. The magnesite and dolomite have very similar optical properties and cannot readily be differentiated in the uncalcined rock — both being white, or nearly so. On calcination, how- ever, the magnesite darkens to a pink, yellow or green and shows in strong con- trast to the calcined dolomite which is pure white. The accompanying photo- graph (Plate I) of a piece of calcined magnesite rock indicates the contrast devel- oped. (Enlargement four diameters). 22 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The specimen was broken up and the two constituents carefully separated and analysed by Mr. M. F. Connor. A (white) B (pink) Lime (CaO) 54 • 82 per cent. 1 • 85 per cent. Magnesia (MgO) 44-42 „ 96-90 „ Ferric oxide (Fe203) 0-07 „ 0-13 „ Manganic oxide (MnOa) 0-05 „ 0-08 „ Alumina (A I2O3) 0-06 „ 0-01 „ Insoluble mineral matter 0-60 „ 0-86 „ By scanning these analyses, it will be seen that A, the white constituent, approaches calcined dolomite in composition, the excess magnesia probably being due to imperfect separation. The pink constituent, B, contains less than tw'o per cent lime, due, doubtless, to fine particles of dolomite which were not separated from it. Owing to the physical similarity of magnesite and dolomite, no method sug- gested itself for separating them in the uncalcined state. It was found, however, that in the calcined* rock the properties of the minerals were very different and offered means of attaining the desired result. On treating the calcined rock with water it slaked; the pink constituent breaking down to a coarse, gritty powder, the grains of which averaged from one to three millimetres in diameter, while the white constituent slaked into a smooth paste which went into a milk when agitated with water. By draining off this milk, the bulk of the dolomite was removed, leaving magnesia in a fairly pure state. The dolomitic lime was saved by allowing it to settle out of suspension. By means of small and simple laboratory apparatus, the lime content of a sample of calcined magnesite was reduced from 16-5 to 3-66 per cent. The washings analysed 48-49 per cent lime and 45-50 per cent magnesia — true dolo- mite lime gives 58 • 2 and 41 • 8, respectively The foregoing is based on the results of firsi experiments. There is little doubt that the lime can be reduced consid- erably below the figure quoted. The investigation was not completed at the end of the year, but the tests conducted indicated the feasibility of producing caustic magnesia, low in lime, from the high-lime magnesites, and at the same time obtaining, as a by-product, dolomitic lime paste suitable for structural purposes or for utilization in the man- ufacture of sulphite pulp. II. A RECONNAISSANCE FOR PHOSPHATE IN THE ROCKY MOUN- TAINS; AND FOR GRAPHITE NEAR CRANBROOK, B.C. Hugh S. de Schmid. PURPOSE OF THE INVESTIGATION. The season of 1916 was devoted to an examination of Carboniferous and Triassic rocks in the Rocky mountains between Banff, Alberta, and the Mon- tana boundary, for the purpose of determining whether phosphate in economic quantities existed in these rocks. A preliminary examination of the limestones and shales of the Banff area was made by the writer in October, 1915, consequent upon the discovery, by officers of the Commission of Conservation, somewhat earlier in the year, of float phosphate in the vicinity of Banff. The results of this examination, together with details relating to the phosphate bed found, appeared in a special bulletin of the Mines Branch, published early in 1916'. ' "Investigation of a Reported Discovery of Phosphate in Alberta," by H. S. de Schmid; Bui. No. 12, Mines Branch, 1916. SUMMARY REPORT 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Although the results of this earlier work did not point to the existence in the Banff area of any phosphate deposits that could be considered thick enough or sufficiently rich in phosphoric acid to be of economic value as a source of phos- phate rock for fertilizer manufacture, it was considered possible that the bed found might be a northerly extension of the more important deposits of the Helena district, in Montana, and that in the area to the south of BanfT the phosphate might prove to be both thicker and richer. Accordingly, to determine this point, the writer was instructed to proceed to Banff, and to follow the outcrops of the phosphate bed southward towards the international boundary. In this work, Mr. C. W. Greenland acted as field assistant. AREA EXAMINED. The route followed was southward from Banff, by way of the Spray river, Spray lakes, Kananaskis lakes, and Elk river, to Michel, B.C., and thence by way of Crowsnest and Corbin, into the Flathead valley, to the international boundary. A brief examination of the rocks of the Blairmore-Frank area, Alberta, was also made before the close of the season. Wherever practicable, along the route indicated, the mountain ranges to the east and west were ex- amined; and short, "fly" trips were made off the main trail, wherever contingent opportunity offered. The bad state of the side trails, however, and the amount of burnt timber and wind-falls that renders many of the smaller, lateral valleys impassable to a pack train, materially limited the accessible area. Despite this, a sufficiently extensive examination of the limestones and shales was made to allow of fairly definite conclusions being drawn regarding the phosphate possi- bilities in the area under consideration. TOPOGRAPHIC AND GEOLOGIC FEATURES OF THE REGION. The entire region examined consists of a series of lofty mountain ranges having a northwesterly trend, and separated by deep valleys. Narrow, trans- verse valleys form breaks through these ranges, at fairly frequent intervals, thus dividing each range into a number of component blocks. These transverse valleys have, generally, formed along lines of weakness, or pressure slipsS and erosion has widened the breaks, so that they now form important drainage chan- nels. The height of the mountains is commonly from 6,000 to 10,000 feet above sea-level, or 2,000 to' 5,000 feet above the intervening valley bottoms. The latter, and the lower slopes of the mountains, are often heavily timbered, but a great deal of forest has been destroyed by fire. As a general thing, the west side of the ranges slopes more or less gradually, contrasted with the east side, which is steep and often precipitous — at any rate in its upper part. Many, if not most of these ranges, represent fault blcfcks, the fault lines defining the main, intervening, longitudinal valleys. Mountain build- ing, caused by thrust from the southwest, often occasioned overturning of anticlines to the east; while the steep, east side of the ranges represents, at the present time, in many cases, a fault-scarp; the faulted blocks being tilted to the west. The dip of the rocks commonly varies between 30° and 60° S.W. Erosion has removed a very great thickness of beds from the backs of these mountains (over 7,000 feet of strata in the Cascade-Palliser-Costigan area, according to Malloch^) ; and the Post-Carboniferous sandstones and shales, which have been preserved along the valley bottoms, are not found at the higher alti- tudes, save as infolded remnants. 1 Sec D. B. Dowling, Geol. Surv. Canada, Summary Report, 1906, pp. 67-68. * Geol. Surv. Can., Summary Report, 1907, p. 35. 24 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Hence, it is only on the west side of the ranges, and at a fairly low elevation, that outcrops of the phosphate beds with its associated rocks, are now to be found. In the valley bottoms the Phosphoria beds are usually overlain by a considerable thickness of shales and sandstones, coal measures, etc., together with talus and gravels. Occurring as they do, very near the top of the Rocky Mountain Quartzite formation, the beds have generally been removed by weath- ering at the higher altitudes on the west side, also; while on the lower slopes, talus often effectually conceals them. Outcrops are thus relatively scarce, and difficult to find. The ground that may reasonably be prospected for phosphate is confined, therefore, to a relatively narrow strip along the lower western slopes of the main ranges, the area to be examined being the strip immediately above the talus slope. Owing to the angle of dip and the difference in resistance to weathering of the quartzites and overlying shales, the talus slope commonly extends upward to the shale-quartzite contact; its material being principally shale. The quartz- ite itself, is exceedingly resistant to weathering r-and even where standing almost vertical, the uppermost beds continue to form prominent ledges or walls to a considerable height above the talus slope. Both quartzite and shales are fre- quently cut through by narrow canyons, formed by mountain torrents; and the walls of such canyons sometimes provide admirable exposures of the phosphate bed. RESULTS OF THE FIELD WORK. The phosphate bed discovered last year near Banff, was traced south as far as Tent mountain, just north of Corbin, B.C., and about six miles south of Crowsnest. At none of the outcrops found did the bed prove to be as thick as at the best outcrops in the Banff district. Analyses of samples demonstrated that the phosphoric acid contient in every case is considerably below the highest obtained from samples taken in the Banff area. The highest P2O5 content of samples taken in the southerly portion of the area examined, was 20-70 per cent, while the best rock from Banff ran 27-63 per cent P2O5. The field work indicates, contrary to what might have been expected, that the phosphate bed in question thins out in a southeasterly direction from Banff, and at the same time carries a diminishing percentage of phosphoric acid. At Tent mountain, the most southerly outcrop found, the bed is represented by a thin layer of small phosphatic nodules in a quartzite matrix. The thickness of this horizon is only about 3 inches, and the nodules range in size from 1 to 3 inches diameter. An analysis of the nodular material, freed from the matrix, showed 21-56 per cent P2O5, or 7-14 per cent less than similarly selected nodular phosphate from the Sundance canyon outcrop at Banff. No outcrops of phosphate were found south of Tent mountain, either in the Livingstone or Macdonald ranges. Before the close of the season, the limestones and shales of Turtle mountain, Blairmore, and of the range immediately east of Lille, were examined, with, however, negative results as far as phosphate was concerned. Turtle mountain offers an ideal section of the Carboniferous rocks, but the very uppermost beds of the PvOcky Mountain Quartzite, and the actual quartzite-shale contact, are obscured by talus. The same condition exists in the range east of Lille, due to the low angle of dip of the beds; but a small ledge of quartzite was found here con- taining a stratum that strongly resembles the nodular phosphoric bed at Tent mountain ; this stratum is only an inch or so thick. An interesting and significant point is, that in the easterly section of the region examined (in the Banff area, as well as farther to the south) the phosphate SUMMARY REPORT 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a bed, in addition to being thinner and poorer in phosphoric acid than in the more westerly-lying ranges, assumes a brecciated, or conglomeratic character. At the Kananaskis lakes, for example, the bed is made up of both rounded and semi- angular fragments of phosphate, sandstone, and quartzite, in a matrix of sandy phosphate. In the east, also, the bed occupies a decidedly higher position in the quartz- ite series than in the western section, a fact that would seem to be accounted for by the erosion of a considerable thickness of quartzite, prior to deposition of the overlying Triassic^ shales. At the Kananaskis lakes, for example, the 2-6 inch phosphate bed occurs only some 2 feet below the quartzite-shale contact; at Tent mountain, near Corbin, the nodular phosphate bed is 3 feet below the contact. At the outcrops on Mount Norquay, northwest of Banff, on the other hand, the 2-foot phosphate bed is overlain by nearly 100 feet of quartzite beds. The thinning out of the phosphate bed from west to east, its decidedly brec- ciated or conglomeratic character in the easterly portion of the area, and the fact that a considerably lesser thickness of quartzite beds overlies the phosphate in the east than in the west, taken in conjunction with one another, points to a pro- nounced unconformity between the Pennsylvanian and the Triassic in the east- erly section, with local erosion of the phosphate horizon and subsequent re-de- position as a breccia or conglomerate of the material of the bro ken-up bed. The character of the topography indicates that probably the greater part of the phosphate originally deposited in a continuous sheet over this area has been removed by erosion. This is apparent when one considers that the phos- phate bed is seldom to be found persisting above the lower mountain slopes; though, in some instances, owing to exceptionally complicated, structural con- ditions, portions of the bed may be found infolded at high altitudes. In addition to tracing the phosphate bed referred to above, a careful search was made for possible phosphatic beds in the shales that overlie the Rocky Moun- tain Quartzite. The presence of oolitic phosphate in these shales had previously been reported to the writer; but despite careful search at a number of exposures, no phosphate horizons were found in them. A number of beds in the shale suc- cession were sampled, but in almost every case the phosphoric acid content was found to be under 3 • 5 per cent. The only exception was a 3-inch bed composed practically entirely of small Lingula shells; this yielded 15 • 79 per cent phosphoric acid, and was found about 700 feet above the quartzite-shale contact in the Highwcod pass, Kananaskis lakes. However, practically all of these shales yield a slight reaction for phosphoric acid when tested with nitric acid and am- monium molybdate, as do, also, in many cases, the Fernie shales (Jurassic) and the Kootenay sandstone (Cretaceous) of the same area. The fact that, in the Montana field; the phosphate bed occupies a position at the very base of the shales assigned to the Phosphoria formation, in the upper succession of which no phosphate occurs, would suggest that, in Canada, also, phosphate is not to be looked for in the shales overlying the phosphatic horizon already found. ' By "Triassic shales" is meant the shale succession, measuring over 1,000 feet, that immediately overlies the Rocky Mountain Quartzite (Upper Pennsylvanian). These shales were originally referred to the Permian, but are now considered to be of Triassic age, and merge upward without distinguishable break into the Fernie (Jurassic) shales. 26 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 PHOSPHATE OUTCROPS FOUND. Outcrops of phosphate were found in the following localities — the thickness and phosphoric acid content in each case being as indicated : — LOCALITIES WHERE PHOSPHATE OUTCROPS WERE FOUND. Locality. Thickness of bed. Percentage of phos- phoric acid. Equivalent to bone phosphate. 1. End of Goat range, Spray lakes, about 20 miles south of Banff inches. 7 2 5 2 3 2 20-7 17-51 15-79 not analyzed. 21-6 not analyzed. 45-2 2. Kananaskis range, Highwood pass, about 45 miles south of Banff 38-2 3. Brule creek, about 8 miles above its junction with Elk river, 110 miles south of Banff 4. Crowsnest, B.C., \ mile west of railway station 5. Tent mountain, 7 miles south of Crowsnest, B.C., and 35 miles north of international boundary' 6. Livingstone range, 1 mile east of Lille, Alberta 34-4 47-0 * Nodular phosphate freea of quartzite matrix. DESCRIPTION OF OCCURRENCES. 1. The bed outcrops just below the summit, and on the west side of the low ridge forming the southerly termination of the Goat range, at a point just west of the south end of the lower Spray lake. The side of the ridge is fairly steep, and is bare of timber, having been recently burned over. The Triassic shales were not seen in place. The phosphate would appear to occur about 50 feet down in the quartzite succession. The freshly-broken rock is very black and dense, but is white on weathered surfaces. This surface whiteness is possibly due to calcination by forest fires. The strike of the bed is N. 70° W. and the dip about 60° SAV. This occurrence is in the same fault-block as that at Sundance canyon, near Banff. 2. This outcrop occurs about 6 miles, by the Highwood trail, east of the lower Kananaskis lake, on the southwest side of the Opal range, and about one mile north of the gap through which the Elbow trail runs. The bed is exposed along this range for a distance of a couple of miles just above the shales and talus that rest against the lower slopes of the range. This locality offers one of the finest sections met with during the season's work, and shows the entire succession from Carboniferous to Cretaceous (see Plate II). The upper part of the range is composed of Devono-Carboniferous limestones, tilted at an angle of about 75° S.W. Lower down, the entire thickness of Rocky Mountain Quartzite is shown, with the phosphate horizon only 3 feet below its topmost member (a chert-quartzite breccia). Against the quartzite rest about 1,000 feet of buff- weathering, sandy, Triassic shales, followed by black shales and thick-bedded limestones of Jurassic age. The latter contain quantities of belemnites. On the Jurassic rest Cretaceous shales, sandstones, and coal measures. There is no apparent break between the Triassic and Jurassic, the sandy shales giving way gradually to dark, calcareous shales and limestones. The Jurassic-Cretaceous contact was not examined particularly. Although this shale-limestone succession was examined very carefully for phosphate, no bed was found, beyond the thin Lingula horizon already mentioned, which ran 15-79 per cent P20o- All the shales and limestones, however, give a sensible reaction for phosphoric acid, as do, also, the Cretaceous sandstones intimately associated with the coal seams. SUMMARY REPORT 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The greater part of this shale succession is admirably exposed in the walls of several canyons, the one starting at the quartzite, cut through the shales at right angles. All the shales are extremely contorted and broken. The only fossils found in the Triassic beds were the small Lingula, mentioned above, and an ammonite (probably Meekoceras). The phosphate bed measures only 2 inches, and consists of a conglomeratic mass of pebbles of phosphate, quartzite, and sandstone, in a sandy, phosphate matrix. It undoubtedly represents a bed that has been broken up and re-consoli- dated in situ as a shore deposit. This horizon forms almost the outermost bed of the quartzite series, just below the shale-quartzite contact, and so is extremely easy to trace along the range. This occurrence would appear to be in the next fault-block east of the pre- ceding, or in the continuation of the Cascade mountain — Mount Rundle range. In this connexion, it may be remarked that in the Banff area the phosphate bed in this latter fault-block possesses a somewhat brecciated character at the Spray Falls outcrop. Farther north, however, at the outcrop on Forty-mile creek, the bed is normal. This, together with the decreasing thickness of the quartzite overlying the phosphate, as one proceeds southward and eastward, suggests deposition in a sea becoming shallower toward the south and east, with partial emergence of land areas, and the formation along them of brecciated and conglomeratic deposits; and finally, complete emergence of the land in the southeastern portion of the region, at a time when the sea still covered the north- ern and western parts. The phosphate also outcrops about a mile northwest of the above point, in the northwest wall of the second canyon from the south end of the Opal range, fronting on the main Kananaskis valley. Here, the bed consists of about 6 inches of phosphate fragments, mixed with brecciated quartzite and sandstone. 3. This outcrop was found about 8 miles, by trail, up Brule creek, above its junction with the Elk river, on the range west of the Elk valley. The outcrop is situated unusually high up, being at an altitude of 2,000 feet above the creek bottom. The exposure is not very distinct, the bed itself and the enclosing quartzites having been much shattered by weathering and fire. The outcrop being on almost level ground, is much obscured by talus, and could only be ex- amined in a cursory manner. The bed consists of nodules of phosphate in a sandy matrix, thus resembling that found farther south, near Crowsnest. No shales were observed, and the position of the phosphate in the quartzite suc- cession could not be ascertained. At a point about half a mile northwest of the above outcrop, a thin broken bed of phosphate resembling an intraformational breccia was found. This consisted of dark-coloured, angular fragments, averaging less than one inch across, and occurring in a succession of thick-bedded, whitish quartzites. This fragmentary phosphate has a distinct oolitic structure, and is the only example of its kind found in the entire region examined. The bed outcrops about half- way up the west side of the range. The total thickness of the quartzite here appears to be very great, and is possibly to be accounted for by doubling over. 4. A low ridge of Rocky Mountain Quartzite occurs a few hundred yards west of Crowsnest station, rising directly above a small lake that lies almost on the interprovincial boundary. On the west side of this ridge is a narrow depression or draw, west of which lies a low ridge of sandy, Triassic shales. An outcrop of phosphate was found on the west side of the quartzite ridge, almost at the top, and at the south end. The phosphate occurs as small nodules, that weather white, in a sandy or quartzitic matrix. The total thickness of the bed is only a couple of inches, the dip, 40° W. 28 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 This outcrop is on the line of that found on Tent mountain, near Corbin, and resembles it in every way. The Triassic shales mentioned above yielded some good examples of Lingula. 5. The phosphate bed is well exposed on the west flank of Tent mountain, between Corbin and Crowsnest. Here, it occurs beneath 3 feet of grey, sandy quartzite, and consists of 3 inches of nodular phosphate in a greenish-brown, sandy matrix. The nodules average I" x 1", but are sometimes as large as 3" X 2", and are ellipsoidal in shape. The qyartzite here rises in a steep wall from a flat terrace of talus and shales, the dip being about 35° W., and the strike N. 20° W. (see Plate III.). 6. A thin bed of nodular phosphate, in every way similar to that at outcrop 4, was found on the west side of the Livingstone range, about one mile southeast of Lille, near Frank. The bed occurs at the top of a ledge of quartzite that pro- jects out of the talus slope, a few hundred yards above the Frank-Lille road. CHARACTER OF THE PHOSPHATE. With the exception of one minor occurrence, all of the phosphate found in the region under examination is of a more or less uniform character. The rock is black, or brownish-black, depending on the amount of silica present, fine-grained and dense, conspicuously heavy, and commonly weathers whitish. The purer rock might often be mistaken at first sight for an igneous, basaltic type. Where the bed has been exposed to the action of forest fires, as is often the case, this surface whiteness is more pronounced than in the case of natural weathering. The black colour and the characteristic odour that the freshly- broken rock emits, "are possibly due to organic matter very intimately mixed with the phosphate at the time of its deposition. An extremely intimate asso- ciation of this hydrocarbon substance with the phosphate is evidenced by the fact that fragments of the phosphate before the blowpipe, as well as finely;- crushed rock ignited for several hours in a crucible, show little alteration as regards colour, while the loss of weight amounts to only about 1 per cent, prob- ably representing mechanically-held water. When the rock is dissolved in nitric acid, the insoluble residue consists chiefly of clear quartz grains, and a certain amount of black impalpable matter. After ignition of the whole, this black substance is ft)und to have completely disappeared, leaving a residue of clean quartz. Fluorite, commonly of a deep purple colour, but sometimes also, of a lighter mauve shade, is an almost constant and quite conspicuous accessory mineral in the phosphate. Analyses of two samples of fairly high grade rock showed, in both cases, 1-5 per cent fluorine, or about 3 per cent of fluorite. Small amounts of iron sulphide are also locally present. Fossil remains are abundant, but are commonly fragmentary. The most conspicuous of such remains are usually small splinters of bone, probably belong- ing to some species of shark. These bone fragments are particularly noticeable owing to their white, or light grey colour, which makes them stand out against the dark phosphate. In Sundance canyon, near Banff, a fairly well-preserved jaw of a species of shark, identical with, or allied to Lissoprion Ferrieri, was found at the contact of the phosphate bed with the overlying quartzite. The above species was first found in the Phosphoria beds at Montpelier, Idaho, ^ and its discovery in Canada lends considerable support to the assumption that the beds at the two localities are the equivalent of one another. Among other fossils found in the phosphate are undetermined species of Lingula, Conularia, and of Bryozoa; but such remains appear to- be present in quite subsidiary amount to those of vertebrates. "See O. P. Hay, Nos. 1699 (1909), and 1884 (1912), Proceedings of the United States National Museum. SUMMARY REPORT 29 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a As already stated, the character of the phosphate bed, as found in the north and west of the area examined, differs considerably from that in the more easterly and southerly portions, being decidedly brecciated in the latter area. Even where the bed shows no evidence of having suffered erosion, as in the north- westerly section, its character is seldom homogeneous throughout the entire thickness, and the richer phosphate tends to occur in botryoidal aggregates of rather irregular form in a matrix of phosphatic quartzite. The phosphate, however, is not present as individual nodules, and the character of the deposit may perhaps be best indicated by picturing it as an incomplete phosphatic im- pregnation of a sandy bed of varying permeability, zones of quartzite containing little or no phosphoric acid occurring throughout the phosphate proper. Under the microscope, thin sections of the phosphate show sub-angular quartz grains scattered through a brownish paste of amorphous phosphate. In some sections, the quartz grains predominate, while in others the phosphate matrix covers the greater portion of the section. Distributed through this matrix, micro-organisms of various types occur somewhat plentifully, and are usually lighter in colour than the mass of the phosphate. Irregular particles of dark, almost black, phosphate occur scattered through the lighter, brownish body, the colour being due, apparently, to the presence of a greater amount of very finely-divided organic matter. Occasionally, alternating bands of lighter and darker phosphate are seen concentrically arranged around a minute nucleus. These forms are entirely microscopic, however, and the rock exhibits no resem- blance to an oolitic structure. Behaviour with Acids. With cold, dilute, nitric acid, the powdered rock effervesces slightly; with hot acid the action is quite vigorous. Tests made to ascertain how the degree of fineness affected the solubility of the phosphate rock, yielded the following results: — Degree of fineness. Acid used. Dilute nitric. Dilute sulphuric. 60-100 mesh Per cent soluble. 65-0 67-0 75-8 Per cent soluble. 71-6 100-150 „ 72-0 200 „ 76-4 Sulphuric acid is, thus, slightly more effective in dissolving out the phos- phoric acid from the rock than nitric acid. Origin. The phosphate has evidently originated in the ordinary manner of sedimentary rocks, and deposition would seem to have taken place in an en- closed and rather shallow sea. The calcium phosphate was probably formed in the usual manner under such conditions; that is, by interaction of ammonium phosphate, produced by an abundance of decaying animal life, with calcium carbonate or other lime salts present in solution in the water. More or less littoral conditions are indicated by the large proportion of sand that was de- posited with the phosphate, while the presence of hydrocarbons, to which are probably due the black colour of the rock and its foetid odour, has been shown to be a characteristic feature of sediments deposited in enclosed bodies of water, deficient in oxygen through absence of mechanical circulation.^ COMPARISON OF CANADIAN AND- MONTANA PHOSPHATE. The phosphate from the most northerly occurrences in Montana so far examined, and described by officers of the United States Geological Survey,^ 1 In this connexion, see Blackwelder, E., "The Geologic Role of Phosphorus," American Journal of Science, Vol. XLII., No. 250, 1916, p. 293. ' See Stone, R. W., and Bonine, C. A., Bui. 580 — N.. U. S. Geological Survey, 1914, p. 377. The occurrences described are situated about 50 miles northwest of Butte. 30 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 differs materially in its general character from that described above. The Montana phosphate is chiefly characterized by more or less pronounced oolitic texture and a bluish-white coating, known as "phosphate bloom," on weathered surfaces. This bloom is occasionally seen on the Canadian rock, but is not at all typical, since a similar coloration is just as commonly found on the black, non-phosphatic chert that abounds in the Carboniferous limestones of the region. Through the courtesy of Mr. R. W. Stone, of the United States Geological Survey, the writer has been furnished with samples of the phosphate found near Melrose, Montana, and thus was enabled to compare this rock with that from the region here described. A description of the occurrence of this phos- phate and analysis of the same appeared in Bulletin No. 470, pp. 440-451, of the United States Geological Survey, in 1911. The Melrose rock is stated by Mr. Stone to be entirely similar to that from Elliston and Garrison, these being the most northerly occurrences of phosphate so far known in the State. Beyond the blackish colour common to both, the Canadian and Montana phosphate really possess little similarity with one another, the density and extremely black colour of the former contrasting quite strongly with the oolitic character and bluish shade of the latter. To illustrate the difference in composition, two analyses of typical phosphate from (A) Melrose, Montana, and (B)- Sundance canyon, near Banff, are given below : — Ai W Insoluble 4-49 35-09 51-15 2-20 0-10 39-02 Phosphoric acid 20-68 Lime 31-58 Alumina 0-46 Ferric oxide 0-71 Equivalent to bone phosphate 76-64. 45-19 'Analysis quoted from Bui. No. 470, U. S. Geological Survey, p. 442. •Analysis of sample 14, to Mines Branch, Bui. No. 12, p. 18. The siliceous nature of the Banff phosphate is at once apparent from the large amount of insoluble in B ; almost the whole of this may be taken as quartz. A full analysis of phosphate from an outcrop on Forty-mile creek, north of Banff, is appended. This analysis was made by Mr. M. F. Connor, of the Mines Branch, in 1915: Per cent. Silica ; 38-52 Ferric oxide \ 0-56 Alumina j Lime 33-60 Phosphoric Acid 24-60 Magnesia 0-20 pl\h }■ ; ■ "■« Water and organic 1-10 Fluorine ... : 1-50 Sulphur and manganese Trace 100-48 Less 0 = F 0-63 Total 99-85 SUMMARY REPORT 31 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The fluorine shown in the above analysis is probably all present as fluorite, which is a very conspicuous, accessory mineral in the majority of samples taken. The amount of lime over and above that necessary to form tricalcic phosphate with the phosphoric acid present is 4-5 per cent, of which about 2-25 per cent is required to form calcium fluoride with the 1-5 per cent of fluorine found. In the analysis of the Melrose rock, quoted above, the percentage of fluorine present is not stated, nor is the presence of fluorite, as a conspicuous mineral in the rock, mentioned in the report. Etching experiments with this rock and concentrated sulphuric acid, however, showed that fluorine in appreciable amount is contained in this phosphate also. Assuming 2 per cent as an average of the fluorine present in the Montana rock, to satisfy which about 3 per cent of lime will be required, we have an excess of lime, over and above that necessary to combine with the 35-09 per cent of phosphoric acid, of 6-64 per cent, as against 2 • 25 per cent in the Banff rock. The greater part of this lime is probably present as carbonate, some samples of the Melrose rock effervescing quite strongly with dilute, cold hydrochloric acid. Below are shown, for the purpose of comparison, sequences of the rocks associated with the phosphate, (1) in the area examined by the writer, and (2), in the Elliston, Montana, field. The latter table is compiled from data on pp. 374 and 375 of the report by Stone and Bonine, referred to in the preceding footnote. The thicknesses given for the Canadian rocks are according to J. A. Allan, in Guide Book No. 8, Part 2, International Geological Congress, 1913. The character of the rocks more or less intimately associated with the phosphate is seen to be similar in both areas. In Montana, however, the age of the Phosphoria beds has been given tentatively as Permian, while in Canada, the occurrence of the phosphate in the succession of quartzite beds of the Rocky Mountain Quartzite would indicate Pennsylvanian age. The position occupied by the phosphate horizon in both of the successions shown above suggests that the bed found in Canada is the formational equivalent of that in Montana; but the assumption that the former represents a gradual thinning-out and impoverishment of the Montana bed in a northwesterly direction does not appear to be altogether warranted. (See page 32). Since there is an interval of about one hundred and fifty miles between the most northerly Montana phosphate outcrops and the most southerly extension of the series of Carboni- ferous rock as developed in the Canadian Rocky mountains, most of which interval would appear to be occupied by rocks very much oldei than the Carboni- ferous, which have been thrust over more recent sediments, it is not practicable to decide definitely at this time whether the phosphate rock of the two areas was laid down in one continuous ocean extending over the entire region, or in separate basins. The uniformly nodular, conglomeratic or brecciated nature of the phosphate in the east and south of the region examined, together with the fact that the thickness of overlying quartzite appears to become greater in the northwest of the area, suggests conditions approximating littoral in the former region at a time when the latter was still occupied by sea. We may, thus, imagine a narrow gulf extending inland from a northwesterly ocean to a point somewhere about the international boundary, and during the period of deposition of the phosphate, growing constantly shallower in its southern and eastern portions. _ Such conditions might result in a greater thickness of phosphate and associated quartzites being deposited in the north and west of these waters, as well as in the progressive denudation, along a shore-line receding at a rather rapid rate from southeast to northwest, of a considerable thickness of the rock already laid down in the former area. If we postulate a sea bottom, shelving S2 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 o 3 O 00 o § Uh "^ .5 o in 1 L. c fe o « o >* 0) (U -M 3 3 - J3 ^ 3X1 3 ^ -^ s J: -^^^ » c .'£' ,A - ^ — ' ' f'^ a- o N 'in >.«= .5 ui ca 'C c— ' H c a 4 SUMMARY REPORT 33 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a rapidly in the direction indicated, the uplift might result in the carrying to the deeper part of large amounts of more or less angular, detrital material, such as would form the considerable thickness of quartzitic breccia that is found over- lying the phosphate to the northwest of Banff. ^ The hypothesis that the area under consideration formed part of such a marine gulf as above indicated, and was separated from the Montana field by a land barrier, is illustrated by Schuchert's palaeographic map of North America during the Lower Pennsylvanian (see Vol. XX, Geological Society of America, 1909, Plate 83). Although this map relates to Lower Pennsylvanian time, and the waters of this gulf are supposed to have receded almost entirely during the Upper Pennsylvanian (see Plate 84), and Lower Triassic (Plate 86), more recent investigation of the region may suggest a modification of this view. For in- stance, if the Rocky Mountain Quartzite is to be referred to the Upper Pennsyl- vanian, we must consider land and water areas during that period over the region in question to be essentially similar (though perhaps modified) to those obtaining during the Lower Pennsylvanian. For the quartzites, similarly to the under- lying limestones, (Upper Banff Limestone) of Lower Pennsylvanian age, are marine, though shallow water, deposits. Schuchert, referring to the map mentioned above, says:^ "In the Rocky Mountain region, the late Pottsvillian (Lower Pennsylvanian) faunas everywhere appear to have been followed by an erosion or land inter\^al. How long this emergence persisted can not as yet be estimated, but the Mississippian sea, with its well-known Missourian fauna, apparently reentered the Rocky Mountain area long before the close of the Pennsylvanic, and then, under prac- tically the same physical conditions as those of the Mississippi valley, continued well into the Permo-Carboniferous or Oklahomian epoch." This question, however, is not of any particular importance from an economic standpoint; since, whether the bed in Canada represents a northerly extension of the Montana deposits, or not, the outcrops examined show that the phosphate rock in the area under consideration is not comparable either in average richness or in thickness of the deposits with that in Montana. It would appear, also, that over much of the more southerly portion of this area (e.g. in the Mac- donald range) whatever phosphate may have been deposited has either been removed by erosion, or has been buried by structural movements beneath great thicknesses of earlier Carboniferous rocks. ^'^.. Summary. The phosphate bed as represented in the Banff district, Alberta, becomes thinner and poorer in phosphoric acid the farther south it is followed. The character of the bed, also, alters from that of a more or less massive deposit to an agglomeration of small nodules of phosphate in a sandy or quartzitic matrix. The most southerly outcrop found, at Tent Mountain, about 8 miles south of Crowsnest, B.C., showed a 3-inch bed of such nodular phosphate, of which the purest material ran only 47 per cent tricalcic phosphate. The Montana and Canadian phosphates are not sufficiently alike in their general character, nor does the succession of the Phosphoria beds and associated rocks in the two areas appear to correspond sufficiently closely, to warrant the assumption without further corroborative data that the phosphate horizon described in this report, and in Mines Branch Bulletin No. 12, is a northerly extension of the Montana economic deposits. The question as to whether, at the period of deposition of the phosphate, a single sea covered the entire iSee H. W. Shimer, Geol. Surv. Can., Summary Report, 1910, p. 146. 20p. cit.. p. 565. 34 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 Montana-Alberta field, or whether a land barrier existed somewhere in the neighbourhood of the 49th parallel, needs further investigation. Methods of Testing for Phosphoric Acid. In the field, only a rough test for phosphoric acid was made. This con- sisted in placing a small pinch of powdered ammonium molybdate on the sample to be tested and moistening with a few drops of dilute nitric acid, the intensity of shade of the ensuing yellow precipitate of ammonium phosphomolybdate giving an approximate indication of the amount of phosphoric acid present in the rock. All the analyses of samples were subsequently carried out in the laboratory of the Mines Branch by the writer, the comparative bulk method being used. In this, the amount of precipitate of ammonium phosphomolybdate is measured in a graduated glass tube and compared with the bulk of that obtained from samples of known composition. This method has shown itself sufficiently exact for a quantitative determination of phosphoric acid where a contingent error of tw^o or three per cent is of minor importance, and often yields exceedingly correct results. In a series of tests made for the purpose of ascertaining the probable average error, the maximum discrepancy with the composition as shown by a quantitative analysis was found to be 2- 17 per cent, and the minimum -08 per cent, the mean error being • 65 per cent. This method is particularly useful where quick results are desired and many samples have to be tested; while, for use in the field, the fact that weighing may be dispensed with does away with the necessity of carrying a balance. The method, in detail, consists in boiling about one-twentieth of a gram of rock ground to 100 mesh with 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid. (In place of weigh- ing, sufficient accuracy may be obtained by measuring in a small ivory spoon, such as is usually found in blowpipe sets, a flat spoonful being taken in every case). The solution is then filtered and rendered slightly alkaline with ammonia. After adding a few drops of nitric acid, 20 c.c. of ammonium molybdate solution are poured in, and the precipitate is allowed to settle. Settling proceeds fairly rapidly, and the solution is then decanted, and the precipitate washed into narrow glass tubes of 10 c.c. capacity, and graduated into tenths of 1 c.c. The narrower the tube used, the greater the accuracy in reading off the amount of precipitate. After complete settling, the bulk of precipitate in each case is ascertained, and referred to that yield by the check samples of known phosphoric acid content. (By using several check samples instead of one only, and ta^.ng the mean of the results, the error is correspondingly reduced.) "^ Graphite, near Cranbrook, B.C. After conclusion of the examination of the foregoing area for phosphate, the writer visited an occurrence of graphite about 6 miles west of Marysville, and some 16 miles northwest of Cranbrook, B.C. The occurrence was prospected some years ago by Mr. Benjamin Pew, and the claim is now owned by Mrs. G. C. Beattie, of Cranbrook. The claim is Crown -gran ted, and is designated Lot 9085, Group 1, Kootenay district. The graphite occurs in the form of a well-defined vein, which, from an insignificant width at the surface, widens to 2 feet in the floor of the open-cut that has been run in, cutting the lead at right angles. This cut is 10 feet long, 6 feet wide and 15 feet deep at the inner end. The vein strikes northwest, and varies in dip from 45° to 70° N.E. The occurrence js on the southwest side of Matthew creek, and about i mile above the bridge carrying the road from Marysville to St. Mary's lake. The outcrop lies about 150 feet above the creek bed, in the face of a steep cliff- SUMMARY REPORT 35 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The vein consists of amorphous, matte graphite, mixed with silicates, the nature of which was not determined, but which are possibly hornblendic in character, and of the same type as that composing the enclosing rock. A carbon determination made in the Mines Branch laboratory indicated about 25 per cent of carbon in selected vein material. The purity of this graphite is, therefore, not very high. The mineral might possibly prove suitable for paint pigment, or for foundry facings. (See Plate V.) Sufficient development work has not been done to indicate the size of the deposit, which appears to be of metamorphic origin, in a country rock of mica- schist, intruded by an igneous dike of dioritic type. Ill INVESTIGATION OF THE SANDS AND SANDSTONES OF CANADA. L. Heber Cole. The work in connexion with the investigation of the Sands and Sandstones of Canada, for the year 1916, consisted, for the most part, in preparing and equipping a proper testing laboratory, and testing the samples taken during the field seasons of 1914 and 1915. V'^ry little field work was undertaken. This consisted, mainly, in short trips in the neighbourhood of the city of Ottawa. Three days were spent near Brockville, Ontario, examining and sampling a deposit of moulding sand. On the 22nd of May, I left for Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Washington, and Pittsburgh, to visit the larger and more important testing laboratories, and to confer with the officials in charge, with a view to finding out their methods of testing sand, etc. The gratitude of the Department is here expressed to the gentlemen interviewed for their courtesy and kindness in affording me every facility for gaining valuable information. Four days in October were spent in Toronto and Hamilton, conferring with the engineers of the Toronto-Hamilton Highway Commission, on their methods of testing sands, and in sampling and examining some of the sands in the vicinity of Hamilton. The work in Ottawa has consisted, chiefly, in completing the equipment of the sand testing laboratory. The testing of samples of sand collected during the field seasons of 1914 and 1915 was commenced, and got well under way. Mr. Lyell Wightman was engaged on October 1, 1916, as laboratory assistant, and has proved an efficient and painstaking worker. Messrs. Lawson Bros., and Messrs. Alex. Fleck & Co., of Ottawa, very kindly permitted me to carry out, under actual working conditions, tests on a number of sands, in order to determine their suitability for use in the foundry. (The results of some of these tests are given in section IV, p. 53, dealing with " The Occurrence and Testing of Foundry Moulding Sands." Besides regular routine work, numerous samples of sand have been received for determination and testing. This class of work is increasing, and will con- tinue to increase, as the existence of these laboratories becomes better known. PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE INVESTIGATION AND TESTING OF SANDS AND SANDSTONES OF CANADA. The investigation of the sands and sandstones of Canada, commenced in 1914, has been continued through 1915 and 1916. The importance of gaining an exact and comprehensive knowledge of the country's resources along this 36 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 line is more evident each day; and the number of inquiries received in the office concerning sand and sandstones show the need of the work. A tentative division of sands, crushed sandstones, and quartzites, into classes, according to their uses, is presented here: — 1. Silica sands, crushed sandstone, quartz or quartzite. 2. Moulding sands. 3. Building sands. 4. Sands for brick making. 5. Sands for miscellaneous uses. 1. Silica Sand. Silica sand is that in which the principal constituent is quartz. The specified percentage of this mineral may vary according to the use for which the sand is required. This sand may be a natural sand, or may be artificially produced by crushing sandstone, quartz, or quartzite. The uses made of the various grades of silica sand are numerous. Only the more important ones will be mentioned here. As a Constituent in the Manufacture of Glass. Silica sand, used in the glass industry, is, in point of bulk, the most im- portant ingredient of all glass; therefore, it must be very pure, as the glass produced from any sand is largely influenced by the properties of the sand itself. The requirements of a good glass sand include both physical and chemical prop- erties, which may be enumerated as follows: — Texture. — ^The sand should be very uniform in grain, and 95 per cent should pass through the 20 mesh (-833 mm. opening) and be retained on the 100 mesh (•147 mm. opening). The glass manufacturers, in most cases, call for the grains to be angular or semi-angular in preference to rounded grains, as they state that the latter are more difficult to melt. Chemical Analysis. — Glass sand, as a general rule, should contain less than 1 per cent of iron oxide (Fe203), and in the case of the better grades of glass the higher limit is decreased to 0-5 per cent, and less. Lime, alumina, and magnesia may, in some cases, be permissible in small percentages, as for certain glasses these materials have to be added to the batch; but as a general rule it is best to depend on the sand only as a source of pure silica, and to add the other ingredients as required. Thus a good silica sand for the manufacture of glass is one made up of uniform, angular grains, containing oven 99 per cent of silica (Si02). Silica for Use in the Ceramic Industry. The use of quartz in the ceramic industry, under the name of "potters flint," is quite extensive. For this use, it has to be ground, so that all will pass through a screen with 120 meshes to the inch. Its chemical composition must be similar to the material required for a glass sand, i.e., the ferric oxide (Fe203) must be under 1 per cent, else a dead white body will not be obtained when fired to the proper temperature. Silica Sand for Moulds for Steel and Phosphor Bronze Castings. In steel foundries a high grade of silica sand is required for making the moulds. This sand must have a high percentage of silica, and be free, or nearly so, from lime, magnesia, and the alkalies, since these impurities tend to decrease the refractoriness of the sand. As a rule, silica sand for use in the foundry SUMMARY REPORT 37 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a should have a siHca content of at least 95 per cent. A binder will, in most cases have to be added, such as clay, flour, treacle, etc., in order to bond the sand together, and enable it to retain the shape of the pattern, and withstand the pressure of the molten metal. It should also answer the requirements of an ordinary moulding sand, such as given in the bulletin on the "Occurrence and Testing of Moulding Sands", which appears on pp. 38-55, of this report. In size of grain, the sand should all pass through a screen of 20 meshes to the inch (•833 mm. opening), and 90 per cent retained on a 200 mesh screen (-074 mm. opening). Silica Brick. — In the manufacture of silica brick for lining furnaces, etc., where very high temperatures have to be withstood, pure quartz sands or crushed quartzites free from alkalies, and practically free from iron oxide, are required. It has been proved by laboratory experiments on material deemed suitable for this use, that the best results were obtained from using crushed quartzites, because many of the crushed sandstones and igneous quartz tested for this purpose, failed to meet the requirements. The material for the manu- facture of silica brick should be crushed to pass through a screen of 8 mesh (2 • 362 mm. opening), bonded with 2 per cent of lime, and raised to a temperature of 1500° C., in order to obtain a fused bonding of the particles. In the Manufacture of Ferro-Silicon. ' In the manufacture of ferro-silicon, silica, in the form of quartz or quartzite, is preferred to sand, which is liable to choke the furnace. The material used should be as pure as can be obtained, and in particular should not contain arsenic or phosphorus. In the Manufacture of Carborundum. A sand containing over 99 per cent silica is employed in the manufacture of carborundum. One of uniform grain is preferred. This sand comprises over 50 per cent of the raw material which enters into the composition of this product. As a Dusting Material for Roofing Papers. Considerable finely-crushed sandstone or white sand is used each year by the roofing companies in dusting the coatings of tar paper to prevent sticking. The ^rade required is, approximately, 65 mesh, and should be white in colour, and free from dust. Silex, or Finely-ground Quartz. — "Silex," or finely ground quartz, or sand- stone, is employed as a filler for certain paints for outdoor use. It is also employed to a small extent by companies manufacturing chemicals, metal polishes, hand cleaners, etc. Furnace Lining. — Crushed vein quartz, quartzite, or sandstone, is used where an acid lining is required for furnaces and converters in both copper and steel smelting. For Flux. — Quartz is used as a flux in the smelting of basic ores. Whenever possible, the smelting companies endeavour to obtain a supply of ore which has a siliceous gangue for fluxing; otherwise it is necessary to use "barren" quartz, quartzite, or sandstone. A number of other industries employ silica sand, or crushed quartz; such as in the manufacture of white scouring soaps, sandpapers, etc. These several uses will be mentioned at more length in the final report. 2. Moulding Sands. Considerable time was spent in the laboratory throughout the year (1916), in determining the best methods of testing sands for use in foundry work, and 38 - MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 in the testing of the samples of moulding sands collected in the field. The results of this work were presented in a paper read before the March meeting of the Canadian Mining Institute, 1917 — a copy of which will be found, commencing at the bottom of this page. In this paper the occurrence and testing of moulding sands are discussed at length. 3. Buildhig Sands. The scientific study of the sands suitable for use in the building trade is of considerable importance. These sands fall naturally under two main heads: (o) Sands for use in concrete. (6) Sands for use in mortar. As the laboratory work on the collection of samples of sands thought to be suitable far building purposes has not yet been completed, it is not advisable to go fully into this question until more data are obtained. It can be said, however, from the results so far obtained, that there should be little difficulty in obtaining thoroughly satisfactory grades of both concrete and mortar sands within easy reach of the main commercial centres throughout the Province of Quebec and eastern Ontario — the districts so far covered by this investigation. 4. Sands for Brick Making. In the brick making industry, sand is extensively used as an addition to the clay where the latter, when used alone, has a high shrinkage, and is liable to crack during drying or firing. When used for this purpose, the sand must be free from limestone and pebbles. Parting sands which are used to dust the brick and tile moulds to prevent sticking, and also to give a proper texture and colour to the surface of the brick, should burn to a colour similar to that to which the clay in the brick will burn, or else to a dark red, in order to colour an other\vise weak coloured brick. 5. Sands for Miscellaneous Uses. Many other uses in which the sand resources of a country are applicable will be dealt with at length in a later report. A few of the more common are : Blast sand. Sand, for sand-lime brick. Abrasives and grinding sands. Sand for sweeping compound. Sand for water filtration plants. Friction sands such as are used for gripping wheels on slippery rails. Sand for mixing with asphalt. Sands suitable, for all these uses, are to be found in Canada; and the use of the Canadian material in preference to the imported, is now quite common, as the satisfactory qualities of the Canadian sands are fast becoming better known, and more appreciated. The field work in connexion with this investigation is to be continued during the field season of 1917, and will cover the western portions of the Province of Ontario. IV THE OCCURRENCE AND TESTING OF FOUNDRY MOULDING SANDS. INTRODUCTORY. The need, in Canada, for foundry moulding sands of different grades, suitable for difTeient classes of castings, has increased greatly in the last few years, and has led the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines to investigate many SUMMARY REPORT 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Canadian sand deposits, to determine their suitability for this class of work. At the present time, a large part of the sand used in Canadian foundries is imported, and, although, in a number of instances, local deposits furnish small quantities to foundries in the immediate vicinity, no deposits have been opened out on such a scale as to furnish properly graded sand to the general foundry trade of Canada, the supply being drawn mostly from the United States. In the summer of 1914, investigation of the sand deposits of Quebec was commenced by the Mines Branch, the field work being continued during the seasons of 1915 and 1916, and extended into eastern Ontario. During the season of 1917, field work will be carried on in western and southwestern Ontario. In the course of the regular field work, several deposits of sand were encount- ered, which, based on field examination, gave promise of being suitable for moulding sands. Samples of these were taken, and sent to the Mines Branch Laboratories, Ottawa, for examination and testing. FOUNDRY SANDS IN GENERAL. Foundry sand may be divided into two main classes: — (1) Moulding sands: or the sand which is used to make the mould, into which the molten metal is actually poured; and, (2) Core sands: which are utilized for making the cores that occupy the hollow spaces in the casting. The material used for foundry sands varies greatly according to the nature of the casting, the metal to be poured, the particular part of the mould, and the foundry where employed. Thus, materials varying from a heavy clayey loam, to a coarse river sand, are used according to the nature of the casting being made. A sand which is suitable for a coarse casting would not be satisfactory for fine work, so, too, a different grade of sand entirely is frequently used for making the cores. Again, in green sand moulding the sand used differs from that used in dry sand moulding — where the moulds and cores are first baked. The practice in various foundries is so diverse, and the sand employed for different grades of castings varies so widely, that it is almost impossible to lay down a hard and fast set of standards to which a sand must conform in order to be called a foundry sand. This is partly due to the manner in which the average foundryman looks on his sand, and partly to the lack of accurate knowledge as to the behaviour and action of certain sands with regard to the castings made in them. The sand used in most cases is employed on the advice of the foundry superintendent, who gener- ally trusts to his practical experience in the handling of sands, as to the suitability of a particular sand for the work in hand. The appearance of the sand to the eye, and whether it will retain the impress of the hand when damp, are generally all the tests to which the sand is subjected. If the moulder does not like the look of the sample submitted, and, especially, if he knows it is a local sand, it is frequently condemned as not suitable without further examination. While this condition of affairs exists, it will be hard to adopt any standards for moulding sands, but it is conceivable that, when the qualities of different sands in relation to the class of castings made in them have been more fully studied, it will most likely be possible to formulate a set of standards with Hmits within which a sand may be determined to be suitable for a certain class of casting systematic labor- atory and foundry tests. THE OCCURRENCE OF MOULDING SAND Natural Moulding Sands. Moulding sands occur in two main types of deposits; but variations of these types may be encountered. These are: — 40 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 (a) From flood plain deposits, and (b) Re-washed ancient beach sands. (a) Flood plain deposits. From the nature of a moulding sand — it being essentially a silica sand with each individual grain coated with a bonding material — one would expect to find it occurring where deposits of sand and clay were constantly being inter, mingled, and worked over by water, and as a matter of fact, moulding sands in flood plain deposits are of quite common occurrence. In these beds the sand and clay have been well and intimately mixed by the river currents, and deposited on the higher levels in flood time; the excess of clay, being more minute, is carried oflf by the water. One would thus expect to encounter moulding sands of this character along the upper terraces of the large rivers of the country, such as the St. Lawrence; also along the banks of the ancient waterways. {h) Rewashed, ancient beaches. The second class of deposits which are frequently encountered are of second- ary origin. The sand bars and beaches of the ancient seas have been worked over by the waves as they recede, when new levels of the lakes and seas are formed. The washed material from these beaches consists of sand and clay, the former being deposited in greater abundance. It is in deposits of this class, which are found at a lower level than the old beaches or water margins, that moulding sand may be expected to occur. These deposits are, therefore, to be looked for in the vicinity of the ancient glacial lake margins; such as the Iroquois and Algonquin, which formerly occupied the Great Lake Basin; and also within the boundaries of the ancient lake Agassiz in Manitoba. Similar ponded water bodies in glacial times — extending as far as the foot-hills of the Rocky mountains in Alberta — may also have deposits of this character within their margins. Prepared Moulding Sands. The natural moulding sands referred to above comprise by far the greater part of the sand used in Canadian and United States foundry practice; but there are being employed increasing amounts of what may be termed " prepared moulding sands;" and as the suitability of this class of sand becomes better known there is no doubt that their use will be widely extended. These sands are pre- pared for use by crushing either sandstones which have a very friable bonding material, decayed granite, or shattered sandstone having the fractures filled with a plastic material (such as kaolin, etc.). These sands have no fillers added to them, but have perhaps to be screened and washed, as well as crushed, before being offered to the trade. Un'der this class may also be placed those earthy loams which, by washing — to remove part of the clayey content — may be utilized as a suitable foundry sand. Synthetic Moulding Sands Many foundrymen have stated that they feared it is quite possible that the present known deposits of high grade na tural moulding sand will become exhausted, and that resort will have to be had to artificial or synthetic moulding sands made by intimately mixing finely crushed quartz, or clean, sharp sand, with clay, so that each grain of quartz would become uniformly coated with the clay. It can readily be seen that sand so prepared will have decided advantages over the sands at present in use, in that it will be possible to manufacture a uniform material for the class of work required, and also that variations in the material can be made at will to meet the requirements of the trade. SUMMARY REPORT 41 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a THE TESTING OF MOULDING SANDS. The examination and testing of a moulding sand deposit can be divided into two parts: — (a) The field examination of the deposit. (b) Laboratory examination and testing of the sands. Field Examination of a Sand Deposit. In undertaking a field examination of a moulding sand deposit, there are several points to be taken into consideration: — 1. Nature and extent of the deposit (area and depth). 2. Uniformity of sand. 3. Transportation facilities. 4. Location, with respect to the larger markets. The importance of a field examination can readily be seen. A sand may be suitable for foundry work in every way; but, if it is not in sufficient quantity, easily exploited, and is not favourably situated to the larger markets for this class of material, the deposit is of little value as a commercial venture. The method of field examination employed by the writer is as follows: The area is tested by drilling test holes with a 6" post auger drill, in a sufficient number of places to determine the extent and depth to which the sand is encount- ered. These holes are indicated on a map of the area and the boundaries of the sand plotted. The sand encountered in the drill holes is carefully examined with a hand magnifying glass to note any marked difference in its character. Samples are taken from these holes and mixed together to obtain a uniform sample for testing in the laboratory. If more than one grade is noted, separate samples are taken. Laboratory Examination and Testing of the Sands. On commencing the laboratory tests of the samples taken in the field, the question arose, "What are the requirements of a good moulding sand?" The literature on moulding sands is very meagre, and any systematic series of labor- atory tests to determine a sand's suitability for a foundry sand are confined to work done by several of the State Surveys, the Bureau of Standards, Washington, and the American Foundrymen's Association. The opinions of the investigators appear to differ greatly both as to the series of tests necessary, as well as the method by which they are to be carried out. From a study of the literature available, and after numerous conversations with practical foundrymen throughout the country, it was found that the qualities to be taken into consideration in the examination of a moulding sand are as follows : — Texture. The texture or fineness of grain is one of the most important points of sand. This will necessarily vary, according to the size and kind of casting to be made in it. Hence, it is at once obvious that sands will have to be selected to suit the class of work for which they are required, or, in other words, sand which is suitable for light work would, perhaps, be a failure when used with heavy work, or vice versa. Refractoriness. The capability of effectively resisting the destructive action of the heat of molten metal, is of importance. The greater the size of the casting, the longer it will be in cooling, hence the sand in contact with the metal will be subjected 'The sands referred to are moulding sand proper. Core sands vary widely in different localities, and mostly require bonding material to be added to them. They will be treated separately at a later date. 42 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 to the intense heat for a longer period of time. It is obvious, therefore, that for large castings, a more highly refractory sand will be required than for small castings. Bonding power. Moulding sands should possess sufficient bonding power, or cohesiveness of their particles to each other to retain firmly the shape and form of the pattern; and also to resist the pressure of the molten metal in the mould. This bonding power depends partly on the clay mixed through the sand particles, and the clay coating on the individual grains, and partly on the nature of the grains, whether they are angular or rounded, coarse or fine. As a rule, the finer and more angular the sand grains, the greater the bonding power. Permeability. One of the prop)erties of a moulding sand which helps to determine its suitability for foundry use is that of allowing the escape of gases through it. The molten metal develops gases which exert a pressure on the face of the mould and, unless the spaces between the grains are sufficient to enable the gases so generated to escape freely, there will be serious danger of creating scabs, or causing the castings to blow on this account. Obviously, then, heavy castings will require a more open sand of a coarser grained texture than will fine castings. Durability. The durability or life of a sand is of great importance. There are many sands which, when used once or twice, lose some of their desirable qualities, and soon become "dead" or useless. It is manifest that the sand in contact with, and adjacent to, the molten metal will suffer most. The present practice is to screen out the coarse particles, and add fresh sand to the remainder. The greater the durability of a sand, the better it is, as it will last longer, and it will not be necessary to add fresh sand to it so frequently. In deciding upon the methods to be employed in examining the samples taken — with a view to ascertaining their characteristics regarding the qualities just enumerated, it was decided to proceed as follows: — The sample for examination is first passed through a 10 mesh screen, and what is retained on this screen is considered the sample for examination ; and all tests are conducted with this material. ACTUAL TESTS. Texture. . The texture is determined by making a granulometric analysis of a rep- resentative sample, generally 100 grams. This is passed through a series of Tyler standard screens, by shaking for a definite length of time on a mechanical shaker; the material retained on each screen being collected, weighed, and noted. If the sample, in the first place, weighs 100 grams, the weight recorded as retained on each screen is the percentage retained on that screen; and the cumulative percentage of all material that would be retained on any given screen, if that screen alone were employed, can readily be determined. The screens used for this test and the form used for tabulating the results are as follows: — SUMMARY REPORT 43 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Indicate the screen SCREEN SCALE RATIO 1-414 WEIGHTS crushed through and also first Openings Mesh Diameter wire inches Sample weights Per cent Per cent retaining screen Inches Milli- metres cumulative weights •065 •046 -0328 •0232 •0164 •0116 •0082 -0058 •0041 •0029 •0029 1-651 1-168 •833 •589 •417 •295 •208 •147 •104 •074 •074 10 14 20 28 35 48 65 100 150 200 200 •035 -025 •0172 •0125 •0122 •0092 -0072 -0042 -0026 •0021 •0021 Pass Totals, In order to gain some idea of the relative fineness of the sand, and to be able to express this in one figure, a more convenient form than the whole granulo- metric analysis, the average fineness of the sample is calculated. The average fineness is determined as follows: the material passing through each screen and retained on the next smaller, is multiplied by the mesh of the screen passed through. The results obtained are totalled and divided by 100, the resultant being the average fineness. In other words, if all the grains of the sample were reduced to a uniform size, they would just pass through a screen whose mesh was equal to the average fineness of the sample. For example the granulometric analysis of a sand is: — Mesh % The calculations for avera will be Retained on 10 14 — 14 X 0^10 = 1^40 20 0^10 20 X 0^12 = 2^40 28 0^12 .8 X 0^23 = 6^44 35 0-23 35 X 0-65 = 22-75 48 0-65 48 X 0^72 = 34-56 65 0-72 65 X 1-50 = 97-50 100 1^50 100 X 13^01 = 1301-00 150 13^01 150 X 22-30 = 3345-00 200 22-30 61^37 200 X 61-37 Total 12274^00 Through 200 17085-05 17085- 05 — = 170 •85 100 or the average fineness of the sample is 170 • 85. Microscopic Examination. It has been found that the free use of the microscope in examining the sand, both fresh and after being burned, has added valuable data which helps materially in determining a sand's suitability for a moulding sand. Microphotographs of the sand are also valuable for comparison. 44 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Refractoriness. The refractoriness of a sample is determined by preparing a cone of the sand and heating it to fusion in an electric furnace along with standard Segers cones, and noting at what cone the sand fuses. Bonding power. The determination of the bonding power of a moulding sand from tests either in a laboratory or in actual foundry practice presents many difficulties, and the methods so far devised give only relative results, and these are variable according to the skill of the operator in making the tests. The tentative method adopted for these tests is similar to the method employed by the Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., with a few slight modifications. By this test the transverse strength of the sand is determined. A known quantity of a particular sand is weighed (generally 500 grams), and mixed with a definite quantity of water, so that the sand will just hold together. From this sand, a test bar is made, one inch square, in section, by 12 inches long. This is moulded in a snap flask on a piece of plate glass. The sand is packed in the flask as uniformly as possible from end to end with the thumb and forefinger of each hand, and smoothed with a trowel. The flask is removed, and the test bar, is left on the plate. The glass plate and bar are then weighed, the weight of the glass plate having been previously determined, and the weight of the test bar is obtained by difference. While the test bar still retains its moisture, it is gently and steadily shoved - lengthwise over the edge of the glass plate until it breaks off and the length break- ing off is noted. Continuing this operation, successive portions are broken off and the average length of the overhang at the breaking moment is determined. The weight of the bar in grams being known, the transverse strength of the speci- men can be calculated from the following formula: — Wt. of bar (in grms.) U in inches S = X 4 453-6 S = transverse strength; L = length of overhang in inches. A series of tests were conducted on each sample, taking 5 c.c. additional water each time until the test bar deforms on attempting to shove it over the edge of the glass. An average of the transverse strength results obtained by using varying quantities of water is taken to represent the transverse strength of the specimen. Permeability. The method adopted for the determination of the permeability of a moulding sand is, as far as the writer knows, entirely new. Investigations along this line have consisted in passing either a definite amount of water or air sand, and noting the time required. Both these methods introduced a serious error, since once the first air or water had passed through the sand, channels would be opened through the sand which would greatly facilitate the flow of the remainder of the air or water. To overcome this difficulty the apparatus shown in Fig. 1 was designed, and the results so far obtained have been extremely satisfactory. With this apparatus, ordinary illuminating gas at a definite pressure is passed through the sand, and ignited the instant it reaches the top of the sand tube. The interval of time required from when the gas is turned on, to the moment of ignition, is noted by a stop watch, thus determining the initial passing of the gas, and overcoming the error due to the forming of channels SUMMARY REPORT 45 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a a a < bo 46 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 through the sand. Three tests are run on each sample, using fresh sand each time. The average time is taken as permeability factor. The sand is packed uniformly in the cylinder by placing in a small quantity at a time (about 1 inch of sand), and pressing it down for 5 seconds, using a 5 lb. weight. When the cylinder is filled it is struck off flush on the top with a straight edge. Durability. All the foregoing tests may be regarded as a preliminary inquiry as to whether any sand can be classed as a moulding sand and passed on to the durability test, which must always be regarded as the final one by which a sand from an unworked deposit is accepted or rejected. The durability test is made under actual working conditions, hence definite knowledge of the usefulness of a sand can be determined. If a sample, when subjected to the previously described tests, has proven satisfactory within certain accepted limits, a large sample is obtained and tested in a commercial foundry, where castings are being made of the class to which the sand is deemed best suited. A pattern is chosen, usually, one which comes in the general run of the foundry, and the sand to be tested is used with this pattern. Care is taken to keep separately the sand in v/hich the casting is made, and another cast from the same pattern is made, using this sand without any fresh added. This operation is repeated until the sand shows signs of becoming "dead." After each cast, the sand is thoroughly mixed and a sample taken. These samples are submitted to all the laboratory tests previously described, and any differ- ences noted. For means of comparison, a duplicate series of castings is made in parallel with the sand being tested, employing some well-known moulding sand. TEST OF A MOULDING SAND COLLECTED NEAR BROCKVILLE, ONT. To illustrate the methods employed in the examination and testing of a moulding sand the following report of a test on a deposit of moulding sand from near Brockville, Ont., will serve. This deposit was one encountered in the course of the regular field work, in connexion with the investigation of the sand deposits of Ontario. Field Examination. The deposit in question lies 2^ miles to the west of the town of Brockville, Ont., between the G.T. Ry. line (Montreal to Toronto), and the river road, (Brockville to Belleville). As far as could be determined in the time at the disposal for the field examin- ation the area underlain by moulding sand is of considerable extent, although detailed work, was only carried out on the area shown in the sketch map Fig. 2. No time was available to trace the extension of the deposit to the east or to the west, but this will be done during the field season of 1917. The topography of the immediate district is decidedly rugged in appearance. The drift with which the district is overlain consists of rolling hills of boulder clay, sand, and gravel, through which numerous "islands" of bare rock protrude. These patches of bare rock consist, to the north and northeast, of Potsdam ( ?) sandstone, and, to the south and west, of Laurentian granites. All outcrops of rock examined were well glaciated, and rounded, showing clearly defined striae. By reference to the sketch map Fig. 2, it will be seen that the area so far known to be underlain by moulding sand lies between and around the rock outcrops already mentioned. A stream passing through the deposit has revealed clay beneath the sand. SUMMARY Rhl'ORT 47 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a EB Moulding Sand W2i Rock Outcrop tSI Test Pits E3 Fence Fig. 2. Sketch map showing areas underlain by moulding sand on the property of T. H. Bresee and others, 2\ miles west of Brockville, Ontario. 48 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The sand lies beneath a thin layer of loam averaging about 6 to 12 inches in thickness. In most places where tested, there was a definite line of demarc- ation between the loam and the sand. The sand is fairly uniform over the whole deposit shown in the sketch, and will average 2 ft. 4 ins. thick. In all the test holes and pits, only two boulders were encountered, each about 2| inches diameter; so that the sand appears to be free from stones in the area examined. To the edges of the deposit, where the sand and boulder clay are in contact, it may be that the boulders are more frequent. In order to determine the nature and extent of the deposit a number of test pits were examined and drill holes bored as indicated on the sketch map. The results obtained from these pits and holes are as follows: — Record of Test Pits and Borings on Brockville Sand Deposit. Thickness of mould-Material below Hole or pit. Amount of stripping. ing sand. moulding sand. Inches. Feet Inches. 1 8 3 8 sand and clay inter ■ banded. 2 8 3 4 do 3 14 1 0 sandy clay. 4 12 1 2 V 11 5 10 1 6 » 11 6 10 3 10 5) 11 7 15 1 9 « 11 8 8 2 0 ■» 11 9 10 1 10 JJ 11 10 7 2 2 J) 11 11 10 2 6 11 11 11a stiflf clay to a depth of 3 feet. lib » » » » Inches Feet. Inches. 12 6 2 0 sandy ( clay. 13 10 1 6 11 11 14 4 2 ' 6 11 11 15 8 2 6 11 11 16 6 3 0 11 11 17 8 2 0 11 11 18 pit. 8 2 6 11 11 19 10 2 8 11 n 20 pit. 4 3 2 11 11 No idea can be given of the total tonnage of sand available, as the complete boundaries were not located, but that there is a considerable quantity there can be no doubt, judging from the area tested. Preliminary Tests. A sample of 40 pounds of sand was taken when the deposit was first visited, and this was applied by the Alex. Fleck, Ltd., foundry, Ottawa, to make moulds for three iron castings; one at a time, using the Brockville sand, exclusively, each time. The weight of the casting was about 12 pounds, and all three casts were perfectly satisfactory, having a good smooth surface, free from scabs, and corners showing clean definition. SUMMARY REPORT 49 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a This preliminary test having proved satisfactory, two lots of 600 pounds each, were dug, and shipped by the writer to Ottawa, without preparation in any way, in order to test the lasting and wearing qualities of the sand. Care was taken to see that the samples collected were representative of the whole deposit as far as could be ascertained. One shipment was taken to the foundry of Alex. Fleck, Ltd., Ottawa, where the first tests were made; and the other 600 pounds was delivered to the brass foundry of Lawson Bros., Ottawa. At both places the tests carried on were made under the supervision of the writer, who followed closely all the results obtained, and examined the sand and castings after each cast. TEST OF SAND AT THE FLECK FOUNDRY, OTTAWA. It was desired to gain an idea of the life of the sand when employed with fairly heavy pieces of casting. In order to obtain comparative results, the same amount of fresh No. 3 Albany Moulding sand — as used in this foundry was taken — and used side by side with the Brockville sand on the same pattern. After each cast, each sand was kept separate, thoroughly mixed, sampled, and used again. The piece cast was an iron flange in the shape of an L, 5 feet long, 10 inches wide, and 1 inch thick; with a 3 inch flange 1 inch thick, on one side. The weight of the casting was approximately 200 pounds. Five castings were made in each sand under ordinary working conditions, the moulding being done on the two sands by the same moulder throughout, under the direct supervision of the foreman. Care was taken that each sand was thoroughly mixed after each casting. A sample of each sand was taken when fresh, and after each burn, and examined in the Mines Branch Laboratories. No fresh sand was added to either test, and only the sea coal that was absolutely necessary was employed. The castings were examined after each cast. There was no noticeable difference between those cast in either sand, or from the first and fifth cast in the same sand. TEST OF SAND AT THE LAWSON BRASS FOUNDRY, OTTAWA. The sand sent to Lawson Bros, was used in their brass foundry on general run of work, employing whatever pattern they needed each day. The Brock- ville sand was kept separate throughout, and the cast was varied between brass and iron, all castings being small. The sand was mixed thoroughly after each burn and no fresh sand added to it. Samples after every alternate burn were taken for examination. Seven castings in all were made in the same sand, the weight of castings varying from 12 to 50 pounds. Five were brass, and two iron. All castings showed clear, sharp, well defined edges, and the body free from scabs. No sign of burning appeared on any of the castings. A sample of the fresh Albany sand. No. 0, as used in this foundry, was taken for comparison. LABORATORY TESTS. The samples for examination — obtained from the casting tests at the two foundries — were subjected to the following laboratory tests. GRANULOMETRIC TEST. The samples as brought from the foundries were each treated as separate samples. Each one was thoroughly mixed and quartered, and 100 grams taken, and put through a set of Tyler Standard Screens, on a mechanical shaker. The results obtained are tabulated in Table I. 50 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 TRANSVERSE STRENGTH. The test for determining the transverse strength or bonding power of the sand was carried out in a similar manner to that employed in the Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., U.S.A., with the exception of always taking the same amount of water. A series of tests were run on each sample, varying the amount of water 5 c.c. each time, and taking the average of results obtained as the transverse strength. The results of the tests are given in Table II. TEST FOR REFRACTORINESS. A test for the refractoriness of the fresh Brockville sand was made by pre- paring a cone and fusing it in an electric furnace with Standard Seger cones. The test cone fused at cone 8 which is equivalent to 1290 degrees C. or 2354 degrees F. MICROSCOPIC EXAMINATION. The fresh sand, as well as the samples from each burn, were examined under a binocular microscope, and the following notes made: — No. 1 No. 3, Albany fresh sand Small grains, well rounded. Larger grains, semi- (Fleck Foundry.) angular. Quartz predominant. Occasional grain of magnetite; all were coated with clay and of uniformly yellowish colour. 2 „ „ 1st. burn. Quartz grains in some cases have the clay partially burned off. Sintering is seen in a few cases in the smaller grains. In most cases sand grains are unchanged. 3 „ „ 2nd. burn. Similar to No. 2 with exception that the sand has a darker appearance, due to occasional grains having turned reddish in colour from the oxidation of the ferric iron coating. 4 „ „ 3rd. burn. Sand has a darker appearance. Sintering more pronounced. Cementing of groups of the smaller grains together. Larger grains losing their clay coating to a small extent. 5 „ „ 4th. burn. Similar to No. 4 with the grouping together of the smaller grains more pronounced. 6 5th. burn. Large grains have taken on the appearance of spongy masses due to the adhering of the smaller particles to them. Smaller particles are grouped and cemented together still further. Sintering quite pronounced. Occasionally edges of larger grains are fused. 7 Bockville fresh sand. (Fleck Foundry). Sand consists of fairly clean quartz sharp and angular with only a very thin film of clay coating. Magnetite, hornblende, feldspar, and mica visible. Light yellowish colour. 1st burn. Sintering appearing. Sand assuming a darker colour. SUMMARY REPORT 51 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a No. 9 Brockville Sand,' 2nd. burn.Sintering quite pronounced. Larger grains have {Fleck foundry) smaller grains cemented to them and the smaller grains commencing to group together in cemented masses. 10 11 12 13 Brockville fresh sand. (Lawson foundry) . 1st. burn. 3rd. burn. 3rd. burn. Sintering and cementing together o Ismail particles more pronounced. Sand grains showing decided effect of heat. 4th. burn. Complete fusion in mass of some of the smaller groups of particles can be seen. The edges of most of the larger grains have become fused and present an appearance of water- worn sand. 5th. burn. Sintering pronounced in most of the grains. Small grains are grouped together and well fused. Larger grains show fusion of sharp edges. Bonding coat- ing has disappeared from the greater percentage of grains. Coating slightly affected. No sign of sintering. Sand similar in appearance to original. 14 „ 3rd. burn. No sign of sintering. Coating only slightly affected. Otherwise similar to original. 15 „ 4th. burn. Same as No. 14. 16 „ 5th. burn. Same as No. 15 with slight signs of sintering. 17 „ 7th. burn. Slight sintering. Smaller particles in some cases cemented together. 18 No. 0 Albany fresh sand. Highly siliceous sand. Uniformly graded and coated. Sand particles sharp and angular. Light yellow in colour. Microphotographs of each sample were taken, and are shown in Plates VI, VII, and VIII. (See plates at end.) Chemical Analysis. A chemical analysis of the Brockville sand was made, with the following result : — Ultimate Analysis. Si02 74-35 per cent. FezOs MO „ FeO 1-48 „ AI2O3 12-63 „ CaO 2-60 „ MgO 1-06 „ NazO 2-73 „ K2O 2-15 „ H2O 1-90 „ It is questionable whether much information can be obtained from ultimate analysis, beyond a very general indication of the refractoriness, and is moreover frequently very misleading, hence it is deemed advisable to omit it in future. 52 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Permeability Test The permeability test shows that the permeability increases the oftener the sand is subjected to the molten metal. Results are given in Table III. CONCLUSIONS DEDUCED FROM RESULTS OF TESTS. An examination of the results obtained from the series of tests carried out on this sand brings out some interesting facts regarding the properties of moulding sands, and their behaviour under actual working conditions. Granulometric Analysis. By comparing the No. 3 Albany screen analysis with the Brockville sand used at the Fleck foundry, it will be seen that there is in both cases increase in the coarseness of the particles, the oftener the sand is submitted to the heat of the molten metal. In the case of the No. 3 Albany, this increase is uniform and very gradual ; whereas with the Brockville sand the changes are abrupt, and not uniform, showing a tendency of the smaller particles to become cemented together. On the other hand, the Brockville sand as used at the Lawson foundry, shows only a slight increase after each burn, and the increase is uniform. Tests for Transverse Strength. In examining the results obtained by the tests for transverse strength it is seen that both in the No. 3 Albany and the Brockville sand used at Fleck's, there is a gradual decrease in the amount of water used and also a decided decrease in the transverse strength. In the case of the Brockville sand used at Lawson's the decrease in strength is only slight. Microscopic Examination. By microscopic examination of the samples obtained after each burn, and also the fresh sand, some interesting data were secured. The Brockville sand (Fleck's), shows decided sintering and cementing together of the smaller grains to the larger ones, with a consequent decrease in bonding power. This sintering and cemeting together of the particles is shown plainly in the microphotographs, Plate VII. The sand tested at Lawson's shows very little alteration when examined under the microscope. Chemical Analysis. The conclusions to be drawn from the chemical analysis are so slight that it can be dispensed with in an examination of this kind, the physical tests being the only ones of value. SUMMARY OF RESULTS. Summing up the results obtained in the tests, it appears that the Brockville sand is a suitable moulding sand for stove plate and similar light work in iron, but although the heavier castings made in it were seemingly all right, it would not be advisable to use it on very heavy work, as the possibility of its failure would be greater than the coarse sands in general use, owing to the fineness of its texture with the resultant tendency to sinter when exposed repeatedly to the molten metal. It appears to answer all requirements for use in the general run of brass foundry work. With a little care in selection and grading at the pit, several grades uniform in texture could be obtained. SUMMARY REPORT 53 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Average Fineness. 132-9 o o OS CN OS OS so SO Os CO 00 Os CN 00 to CO so Os CN CO o CO CO CO 00 CO CN CO 6 § 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 CM O t^ O t^ 00 CN 00 0\ O 00 o o CO 00 CN lO 00 CN o 6 00 CO 00 LO to in 00 o so OO CO CN 00 o Os 00 OO 00 CN >0 o so o Os CO CN oJ CN o o so so Cs) OS O ON CO CD so CO 00 SO SO CN o SO (N 00 00 OS so CN CN CN OO 00 so CN CO o CO 00 to OS Os CO 00 to SO SO 6 so o so Os O H c» 0) CO v C n ^ (U H o lO lO lO . V ro o •* s<: T sC sC rn sC c ?N t-. C ID r— 00 OS '*' s O^ 00 00 00 t^ t~~ 00 so so r— SO ID Os 00 00 00 00 00 O o o o o o o o 6 O o o o o O o o O > < d o O o lo ,_, On d t~« ID ID O OS OS Os 00 o O O o O d vO »~- 1 SO o> ID oo oo Os o Ov OS 00 1 Os 00 00 00 w 00 00 O o O ' O o o o o o d o o 1 l-» "* so oc r-- ■* o 00 Os 00 1 OC 00 Os 00 OS 00 o 00 o o o ' o o o o c o d in ■* lO o ID OS j ID so t^ Cvl cs ^H o 00 do oo Os OO o r-- OC t^ Os o o o o O O C o o c c o d vn lO o OS ui -* sC ^ o so in t^ lO o CN 1 !J 00 t-- f~ OS ID so 00 SO ir- O O o o o o o c c i C d re ^ Os ir <~c O' o t^ l^ so sC so ir- lO O o o O 6 C LO ^ •«1< * TJ 4) 10 o c C 11 B B c u- C a. c E = -c c K IT ' c i. c ; 5 R a 4J "O TZ j: X -a T j: X *: •o X X. X c ;2 c u -t u- ^ c rt ID C ^ Tt u- t^ (S.5t33ld ) ! (S.^33b I) •(S^UOSAVB 1) 1 3 n^ ^ 30J a A u Bq V ' £ •OM 1 3 n^ ^ 30J a SUMMARY REPORT 55 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a I» S >> ^ &? ^ ^ CN ^ -+ '^ '-' '—1 '—1 II II II II -a -o T3 -o a m W3 ^ U3 »o U3 o "S u9 U5 vO o > < cT^ cT^ ^T^ ■^ •* «^ ^r~ C^ ^ Zir^ ^!r* ^!r^ Zl ^!!; Tl< Tjt e^ Tf ro CN CS CN CN GO 00 CO ^ lO lO 00 o *— ( 00 o t^ CN C-^1 ."s / H »13 lO la iQ "3 lO lO »o lO W5 »o lO ■* ^ ro CN ro t^ o O 00 ^-H t^ CO "O ■>— 1 "—I '—1 '—I ^— ' CN c CN is 'C H ^ "* ?S| CN CO CS ON CO 00 lO r^ lO Ov 2 ?j S) ^ 00 CO CN ^_) It) C c c l-H V- j: 3 R = s -n 3 XI R R R -C X R s Si ji (T u- «5 fs i ^ -d ■d _C X a ^ -6 '6 a: X lDOJa puBg aiiTAJjoojg c X < 56 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 INVESTIGATION OF BITUMINUOUS SANDS OF NORTHERN ALBERTA. S. C. Ells. Field work during 1915 had comprised:— (1) Detailed topographical mapping of the more important bituminous sand areas in northern Alberta. Surveys were completed on October 17, 1915, and map sheets of the six principal areas were issued on March 15, 1916; and (2) construction of demonstration pavements illustrating the commercial applica- tion of Alberta bituminous sand as a paving material. Reference, in detail, to the above construction, appeared in the Summary Report of 1915. Subse- quently, Mr. A. W. Haddan, Acting City Engineer of the city of Edmonton, examined the work, and submitted the following reports: — "Experimental Pavement with Fort McMiirray Tar Sands." January 15, 1916. Complying with your request to keep in touch with the piece of experimental paving surface constructed with the bituminous tar sands from Fort McMurray, I made the first inspection yesterday. For the past week or two, the temperature has ranged from 15° F. to 46° F. below zero, which may be considered as low a temperature as our pavement surfaces are designed to take. The surface was covered with from 2 to 3 inches of snow, with a thin coating of ice next to the surface. The snow was shovelled off from strips of the surface, but in no cases did we find con- traction cracks due to low temperature. As soon as the snow leaves in the spring and before the frost has left the ground, I will make a thorough inspection of the surface to determine the effect of the first wintering. November 1, 1916. I have your letter of October 24th, enquiring as to the condition of the experimental pave- ment, laid in this city, with the native bituminous sands from Fort McMurray and Fort McKay. I examined this pavement again yesterday on receipt of your letter, and find it in perfect condition. The only defect is the transverse crack, which is probably due to contraction of the base and subgrade, and could not be taken in any way as default of the surfacing. The pavement does not show any markings, due to horse traffic in hot weather. There are no indications of any waving either on the sand mixture or rock mixture. There is no indication of any pitting, which we sometimes find on our suburban roads, due to the clay caking on the surface, and when it flakes off, very often pits the surface by taking a small portion with it. As a result of the above investigation' of the deposits of bituminous sands of northern Alberta, a considerable amount of statistical data and other informa- tion is now available. Three outstanding features presented by these deposits may be briefly stated: — (a) In the McMurray district, in the Province of Alberta, there is a large and practically continvious body of bituminous sand, represented at many points by individual outcrops. The area of the deposit is not less than 750 square miles, and is probably much greater. Upwards of tvvo hundred of the principal outcrops have been accurately measured, and ninety-three core samples procured, and analysed. Measurements indicate that, owing to various and recognized causes, the thickness of the deposit varies from point to point. Although it is thus difficult to state an average vertical dimension, it is probable that, including both high grade and low grade material, the thickness of the bituminous sand over a large area is not less than 130 feet. Wide variation occurs, from place to place, in the quality of the material, and only after careful exploration by means of adequate equipment can the true iPreliminary Report on Bituminous Sanda of Northern Alberta, No. 281, and Mines Branch Summaries, 1913, 1914. and 1915. SUMMARY REPORT 57" SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a value of any individual area be affirmed. Nevertheless, owing to heavy over- burden, and lack of uniformity in the quality of the bituminous sand, it is prob- able that quite 80 per cent of the area represented by outcrops may be eliminated from further consideration at the present time. Certain of the outcrops, repre- senting many millions of tons of bituminous sand, should, however, lend them- selves to development on a commercial scale. It must be recognized that the success of such development will largely depend on making no false move in the first place, and in eliminating all "lost motions" during subsequent operation. (b) It has been shown that, by using a properly designed plant, and by observing reasonable care in the manipulation of materials. Alberta bituminous sand can be successfully utilized in the construction of asphaltic wearing sur- faces— including both sheet asphalt, and various rock mixes. (c) From a comparative study of detailed cost data, based on the use of Alberta bituminous sand, and of various imported asphalts, it is evident that markets for the former, in its crude state, will be restricted by freight charges within comparatively narrow limits in western Canada. Indeed, it is probable that extensive development of the McMurray deposits will depend largely on the successful commercial application of a separation process whereby the bitumen can be marketed in a more or less pure form. Such a process would doubtless ensure for the McMurray product a considerable market, not only as a paving material, but in meeting various other demands for a high grade bitumen. In- deed, so far as the Alberta deposits are concerned, it is difficult to over-estimate the importance that will attach to a successful separation process. In view of the above considerations, the writer suggested, early in 1916, that further paving work and topographical mapping of the bituminous sand area be deferred for a time, and that an attempt be made to determine some commercial method for the separation of the bitumen from the crude bituminous sand. This suggestion was accepted and arrangements made to undertake the investigation at the laboratory of the Mellon Institute of Industrial Research at Pittsburgh, Pa. Work at Pittsburgh is now in progress, and a statement of results obtained will be available in 1917. Before proceeding to Pittsburgh, the writer visited McMurray, and prepared for shipment a quantity of bituminous sand for laboratory purposes. While awaiting an opportunity to return to Edmonton, it was necessary to remain at McMurray six days after the completion of the above work. This interval was spent in considering a number of matters, of which the following may be very briefly mentioned. For many years past, more or less exaggerated claims have been made by various persons regarding the occurrence of coal seams in the McMurray area. Two of the more important of the reported seams were, therefore, found, and samples procured. Proximate analyses^ by fast coking, are given below, and are, as far as the writer is aware, the first definite information regarding the character of the coal in this area. The sample from McKay is from an outcrop just above June water level of the Athabaska river, and almost due east from the Roman Catholic Mission House. The other sample is from a point on the Christina river, approximately 5| miles from the mouth. This outcrop occurs in the north bank and is also just above June water level. Both seams are, therefore, at or near the base of the Dakota sands. 'Analyses hy F. G. Wait, Chief Chemist, Department of Mines. McKay. 17-32 37-96 35-79 8-93 7 GEORGE V, A. 1 Christina River. 19-67 35-10 34-27 10-96 100-00 : 0-94 100-00 1 : 0-97 '58 MINES BRANCH 1917 McKay. Christina Rive Water Volatile combustible , Fixed carbon Ash Fuel ratio It was not practicable to determine the actual extent of the seams as this would have involved a considerable amount of excavation. It appears, however, that the seams are more or less local lenses associated with the bituminous sand, and that they are of doubtful commercial value. For many years the occurrence of so-called "tar springs", or seepages of bitumen, has been recognized in the McMurray area, and these have constituted a limited source of supply for rivermen and others in pitching boats and canoes. Although familiar with upwards of a dozen of these "springs", the writer does not know of any of which the diameter exceeds four feet. In themselves, therefore, they are of no commercial significance. Apparently, no one had taken the trouble to determine the immediate origin of the bitumen in these "springs", and unin- formed people have frequently pointed to them as definite indications of the presence of petroleum pools. Two of the "springs" were, therefore, excavated in order to try and determine the immediate origin of the more or less pure bitumen which they contain. In each instance the result was the same. Instead of coming from below, the bitumen merely seeps laterally from slightly inclined beds of particularly rich, coarse-grained bituminous sand. An underlying impervious clay parting, together with a small local depression in the ground, makes possible the formation of the small pool of bitumen. In the river bottoms of certain streams, well-defined terraces have been noted at various times during the past three years. These terraces apparently consisted either of bituminous sand or of river wash. Certain of them occur immediately adjacent to the grade of the Alberta and Great Waterways railway. If they consisted of bituminous sand, they would at once become of considerable commercial importance. Accordingly, two representative terraces were selected, and pits sunk to a depth of fifteen feet. In neither case was bituminous sand encountered. It is, however, still the opinion of the writer that certain of these terraces do consist ^ in part at least, of bituminous sand, and that further detailed prospecting may be well worth while. SUMMARY REPORT 59 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a BUILDING AND ORNAMENTAL STONES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. Dr. W. A. Parks. In pursuance of instructions received from the Director of the Mines Branch, I spent the field season of 1916 — May 27 to August 31 — in making an examination of the quarries and possible sites for the production of building and ornamental stone in the Province of British Columbia. The itinerary was planned to cover the whole Province in one season's work. The results of the investigation will appear as Volume V of the Report on the Building and Ornamental Stones of Canada. Disregarding small local quarries, and confining ourselves to actual produc- tion on a scale of commercial importance, the output of the Province may be summarized as follows : — I. Sandstone. — Cretaceous sandstones of southern Vancouver island and the Gulf islands, with quarries at Nanaimo and Koksilah, and on Denman, Hornby, Newcastle, Protection, Gabriola, Mayne, Saltspring, Pender, and Saturna islands. II. Granite. — (a) The granites of the Coast range with the chief quarries on Burrard and Jervis inlets, particularly on Nelson, Hardy, Granite, and Fox islands. (b) The granites of the Nelson batholith with several quarries near Nelson. (c) The granites of the Shuswap terrane with quarries on Okanagan lake. III. Marble. — Quarries at Marblehead north of Kootenay lake, and on the east side of the same lake, opposite Kaslo. Quarries on Nootka sound on the west coast of Vancouver island. IV. Volcanic rock. — The soft andesite of Haddington island in the Strait of Georgia, with a single quarry. The sandstones vary in grain from coarse and pebbly to very fine, and in colour from buff to dark, blue-grey. The earliest production was from New- castle island near Nanaimo, but more recently the quarries on Denman, Gabriola, and Saturna islands have yielded the chief output. The Vancouver Granite Company; the Denman Island Stone Company; and George Taylor of Saturna island, are the largest producers. Numerous buildings in Vancouver, Victoria, and Nanaimo, attest the suitability of these stones for fine architectural work. The granites of the Coast grain are usually of grey colour, and medium grain. The only important production for building purposes is from the islands at the mouth of Jervis inlet — Nelson, Hardy, Granite, and Fox. The excellent rift and grain of the stone make quarrying easy, but really favourable sites are by no means as numerous as the wide extent of the formation would lead one to expect. The chief producers at present are the Vancouver Granite Company, with quarries on Nelson island, and the Sechelt Granite Quarries operating on Hardy island. The stone from Granite island is somewhat darker than the average, and is in demand for monumental work. Many fine buildings in Victoria and Vancouver are constructed of stone from Jervis inlet. Two excellent examples may be mentioned, namely, the post office and Winch building in Vancouver. The granites of the Nelson district are coarser in grain and lighter in colour than the average Coast range type. Quarries are worked by the Kootenay Granite and Monumental Company at three-mile point, Kootenay lake, and the Canadian Pacific Railway Company has raised a large amount of stone for rough construction at a point on their line west of Nelson. 60 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The granites of the Shuswap terranc are usually coarse in grain, and pinkish in colour. Excessive fracturing has rendered most of the stone useless, but a few favourable locations on the east side of Okanagan lake have been worked by the Vernon Marble and Granite Company. Practically the whole output has been used in Vernon. The Shuswap marbles at Marblehead vary from white to blue in colour, and present a medium grain. The average output is an intermediate type, with a white base, clouded and streaked with blue. A complete quarrying plant, and an extensive mill have been installed by the Canadian Marble and Granite Works. The stone has been used for buildings in Nelson, and it may also be seen in the fine office building of the Great West Life Assurance Company in Winnipeg. The Kaslo stone is much coarser in grain, and is suitable only for rock-face work. The output of the Nootka quarries is essentially the same as the stone from Marblehead. Although a good plant w^as installed, there has been no production on a commercial scale. On southern Texada island a very attractive red marble has been quarried to a slight extent by the Malaspina Marble Company of Vancouver. It is proposed to further exploit the deposits, and considerable confidence of commer- cial success is entertained. Red and white marbles have been quarried at Grant Brook on the line of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway, but operations were never pushed beyond the experimental stage. White and blue marbles, of undetermined value, occur on many of the islands along the coast. The andesite of Haddington island is a very desirable building stone, of light, yellows-grey colour: it is easily quarried, and is capable of fine chiselling. The only quarry is the property of W. S. McDonald of Vancouver. The magnificent buildings of the local government at Victoria, and many other fine structures testify to the excellent qualities of this stone. Ornamental stones other than the marbles are of little importance in British Columbia: the Ice River sodalite, the fine black slate of Queen Charlotte island, and certain dark basic rocks of the Strait of Georgia are of possible value. The dark-coloured monzonites of Rossland and Ymir are of value for monumental purposes, but their w^eathering qualities are not good. In the vicinity of Victoria and Vancouver, quarries are w^orked for the pro- duction of crushed stone, for lime-making, and for the manufacture of portland cement. Most of these quarries were visited in order to ascertain their possi- bilities as producers of building material. Visits were also made to as many of the reported occurrences as time w^ould permit. Investigations of occurrences of this kind were of necessity confined to points along the coast, in localities accessible by rail. Owing to the war and to other causes, the present production of building stone is very small. All the sandstone and marble quarries were idle during the summer of 1916. The only actual production w^as from the granite quarry on Kootenay lake, where stone was being cut for the Mormon temple at Creston, Alberta, and from Hardy island where the Sir John Jackson Company was quarry- ing granite for the breakwater at Victoria. SUMMARY REPORT 61 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a FUELS AND FUEL TESTING DIVISION. WORK AT THE FUEL TESTING STATION. B. F. Haanel, Chief of the Division. During the year 1916, the Division of Fuels and Fuel Testing was engaged in the making of large scale tests on samples of coal received from the Province of Alberta; the examination and analyses of samples of mine air received from the principal producing coal mines of the Dominion ; the chemical analyses and physical examination of oils for the different departments of the Canadian Government; and the general analyses and determination of the heating value of the samples of coal received from outside sources, and of those required in con- nexion with work of this Division. In connexion with the large scale tests of commercial coal samples, a very large number of anlayses of samples of gas are required. This work occupies the entire time of three chemists during the period the tests are in progress. The machine shop, which is under the control of this Division, completed and had under way a very large amount of work. In addition to the construc- tion and erection of apparatus for the Division of Ore Concentration and Metal- lurgy, which comprised by far the larger part of the output of the shop, the construction of new apparatus, and repairs to existing machines and apparatus, and the erection of apparatus in the other laboratories of the Mines Branch, devolved upon the staff of the machine shop. During the latter part of the year, an investigation concerning the value of peat fuel for the generation of steam, was conducted by Mr. John Blizard, assisted by Mr. E. S. Malloch, and a report entitled "The Value of Peat Fuel for the Generation of Steam" prepared for the press. The issue of this work com- pletes the investigation concerning the value of peat for the production of power. Towards the close of the fiscal year, the writer was engaged in a special investigation concerning the briquetting of western lignite coals. This work was undertaken by the Mines Branch for the Honorary Advisory Council for Industrial and Scientific Research, and the results obtained will be embodied in the form of a report and issued by the Mines Branch. The report of Mr. Stansfield — Chief Engineering Chemist of the Division — will show that the laboratory work has been steadily and rapidly increasing, and that new laboratory space will have to be provided in the very near future, in order that the work may be prosecuted efficiently, and without loss of time. The summary reports of Mr. E. Stansfield, Mr. A. Anrep, and Mr. A. W. Mantle, show in detail the work done in the respective departments under their immediate control. The staff of chemists was increased by the permanent appointment of Mr. Cantelo. 62 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 II CHEMICAL LABORATORIES OF THE FUEL TESTING STATION. Edgar Stansfield, Chief Engineering Chemist. The laboratories of the Fuel Testing Station were again utilized during the year, not only for the chemical work of the Division of Fuels and Fuel Testing, but also for the chemical work of the Division of Ore Dressing and Metallurgy^ under the immediate supervision of Mr. H. C. Mabee, of that Division. Dr. F. E. Carter, Mr. J. H. H. NicoUs, Mr. V. F. Murray, Mr. R. C. Cantelo, Mr. J. B. Robertson, Mr. J. Moran, and Mr. R. T. Elworthy were engaged during part or all of the year in the work of fuel testing, and in the examination of oils, gases, etc. Mr. Mabee was assisted in the work of the Ore Dressing Division by Mr. R. J. Traill, and Mr. A. K. Anderson. Mr. Robertson and Dr. Carter resigned their positions on March 25, and May 1, respectively. Mr. Anderson commenced work on January 31; Mr. Murray, February 4; Mr. Traill, March 2: Mr. Moran, July 3; and Mr. Cantelo, October 17. Mr. Elworthy, of the Chemical Division of the Mines Branch, took charge of all mine air analyses, and carried out special investigations on gas analysis, from the time Mr. Robertson left, until after Mr. Moran arrived. The work was much hampered during the y-ear by a serious lack of laboratory accommodation, consequently, a temporary building was planned, and at the close of the year was nearly completed. This will increase the total laboratory accommodation by about 1,250 square feet of floor area. The extra space will give a much needed immediate relief; but the important work in progress and waiting to be undertaken, has now reached such magnitude, that it is desirable that an entirely new laboratory building should be constructed, as soon as poss- ible, to replace the scattered and temporary quarters at present available. Tentative plans for such a building have been prepared by the writer. ' The equipment has been increased by the purchase of the following special apparatus: Sturtevant rotary crusher and automatic sampler, Becker balance, Hoskins tube furnace with rheostat and transformer, two drying ovens, Engler viscosimeter, two gas holders of five cubic feet capacity, cylinder for compressed ox>'gen, and apparatus for determining the specific gravity of gases. In addi- tion, the following equipment has been designed and made on the premises: Centrifuge jacket for Redwood viscosimeter, and a set of oil lubricating cups on a stand. Twenty volumes have been added to the librar>', also a large number of reports, bulletins, and journals. The total number of samples submitted for analysis during the year, ex- clusive of routine gas samples of which no count is kept, is 58% greater than in 1915. The increase is mainly due to mine air samples and to the work done for other government departments, notably in the testing of lubricating and fuel oils Miscellaneous samples from outside parties again show a satisfactory decrease. Progress was made with several special investigations, although far less than had been hoped. In spite of overtime work by every member of the staff", it was not found possible to keep the routine work entirely up-to-date. The samples received include 377 mine air, 127 coal, 75 oil, 22 ash, 4 natural gas, 2 peat, 2 oil shale, and 2 miscellaneous samples. Three hundred and seventy- seven of the above samples were received in connexion with the testing of mine air; 71 from the Department of Public Works, 40 from the regular laboratory of the Fuel Testing Division, 35 from the Geological Survey, 30 from the Depart- ment of Militia and Defence, 20 "official" coal mine samples furnished by the SUMMARY REPORT 63 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Chief Inspector of Mines for the Province of Alberta, 12 from the Department of Naval Service, 9 from field parties of the Mines Branch, 2 from the Board of Railway Commissioners, 2 from the Royal North West Mounted Police, and 13 from other parties. Much of the work of the laboratory consisted, as usual, of gas, coal, and ash analyses, in connexion with the large scale tests carried out on the premises. Twenty -eight of such tests— 16 boiler trials and 12 producer trials — were con- ducted during the year. Of the mine air samples, 185 came from British Columbia, 156 from Alberta, and 56 from Nova Scotia; 88 mines, belonging to 53 operators, being represented. Since the first inception of this work, 550 samples have been received from 130 mines, belonging to 67 different operators. Mine air samples, and investiga- tions arising therefrom, have taken most of the time of one chemist, during the year. This work has now been systematized, and the samples have been ana- lysed with little or no delay, except during such rush periods as, for example, in October, when more than twice as many samples as usual were received. The most striking development during the year has been in the testing of lubricating and fuel oils. New apparatus has been purchased and made, and considerable work done towards the standardization of apparatus and methods; this latter includes comparison of Engler, Redwood and Saybolt viscosimeters, comparison of Pensky-Martens and open cup flash point tests, and work on cold, hot, gumming, emulsion and saponification tests on oils. Several Govern- ment departments have made use of the oil testing laboratory, and have sub- mitted samples of many types of lubricating and fuel oils, and also of gasoline. They have also consulted the staff with regard to the drawing up or revision of their specifications for the purchase of oils. It is hoped that all the departments concerned may see their way to adopt a standard type of specification. A typical three clause example drawn up by the writer and Mr. Murray is given on page 64. Several of the special investigations, etc., referred to in last year's report, and some new investigations, are still in progress; others which have been com- pleted are referred to below. Mr. Nicolls has worked on the classification of Canadian coals with especial reference to their suitability for use without fire risk in locomotives. His work in this connexion on the Hoffman Potash Test standardizes for general use a test whereby the gradual metamorphosis from vegetable refuse to a hard coal can be indicated by the colour given to a solution of caustic potash. A description of this is given on page 65. A serious error was found in the analyses of certain boiler trial samples of ash. Mr. Cantelo investigated this matter, and traced the error to the iron ball mill used to grind the samples; his results not only enabled these analyses to be corrected before publication, but also showed that the trouble had only recently arisen, and that older published results were not seriously affected. A quartz pebble mill, similar to the ones used for grinding coal samples, is now used for all ash samples. This work is described at length on page 68. The writer carried out a short preliminary investigation on the extraction of bitumen from the tar sands of northern Alberta. The sand was heated to a high temperature with water under pressure in an autoclave, to determine whether under these conditions the bitumen would become fluid enough to leave the sand and rise to the surface of the water. The small autoclave available for these experiments was surrounded by an oil bath which was heated to as high as 300°C., the pressure gauge registering up to 30 atmospheres. In some experi- ments the water was replaced by a heavy solution of calcium chloride, and in others the sand was previously mixed with oil. The results obtained were not 64 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 very definite, but indicated that although on the small scale tried, simple heating as above did not give any notable separation, violent agitation at this tempera- ture by ebullition or otherwise, would give a fairly clean separation. No con- sideration was given as to the commercial possibilities of such a method if suc- cessfully developed, and, in view of the fact that this work was being carried on elsewhere, it was decided not to build the necessary apparatus to proceed with the investigation. Three new or modified pieces of apparatus in use in this laboratory are described by Mr. Murray on pages 71-78. In February, the writer and Dr. Carter attended, by request, the sittings of the Parliament Building Fire Enquiry; and in November the writer gave an address on standard methods of analysis of fuels and oils, before the Society of Chemical Industry, in Montreal. Ill SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PURCHASE OF OIL. Edgar Stansfield and Victor F. Murray. The following type of specification for the purchase of oils, gasoline, etc., has been employed in all cases where this laboratory was consulted. Three clauses are included: the first indicates, for the benefit of the tenderer, the general nature of the oil and, where necessary, the purpose for which it is required; the second describes the tests which all samples of the oil will be required to pass; and the third is a general clause requiring that the oil give satisfactory service in actual use. The comparisons given between Saybolt, Redwood, and Engler viscosimeter times are taken from the conversion tables of the Bureau of Standards at Wash- ington.^ One example will illustrate these points. Specification for Marine Engine Oil. 1. The oil shall be composed of clean, refined, petroleum distillate com- pounded with not less than 15 per cent of non-drying, acidless, vegetable, or animal oil. It shall be free from water, mineral acid, alkali, grit, or other im- purity due to adulteration, or to improper refining or compounding; and shall be free from tendency to gum. 2. The oil shall comply with the following tests and conditions: — {a) Shall pass completely through a 4-0 mesh screen. (&) Shall have a specific gravity at 60°F. of neither less than 0-910, nor exceed- ing 0-930. The specific gravity may be determined at a higher tempera- ture, not exceeding 100°F., and corrected by the addition to the observed value of 0-0003 for each degree that the temperature is in excess of the standard. (c) Shall have a saponification value of not less than 28. [d) Shall have an open-test flash point of not less than 400°F. (204 •4°C.). {e) Shall have a viscosity not exceeding 550 seconds Saybolt Universal (equiv- alent to 750 seconds Engler, and 460 seconds Redwood) at 100°F., and not less than 50 seconds Saybolt (equivalent to 80 seconds Engler, and 45 seconds Redwood) at 210°F. »Dr. C. W. Waidner, Proceedings American Society Testing Materials, Vol. XV. (1915), Part I, page 284. Seer also Journal Industrial Engineering Chemistry, Vol. VIII. (1916), page 434. SUMMARY REPORT 65 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a (/) Shall flow readily in a 5-8 inch test tube at 32°F. (g) Shall not show any considerable precipitation when 5 c.c. of the oil are mixed with 95 c.c. of 85-88° B Naphtha, and centrifuged for five minutes. (h) Shall not have a total acidity, expressed as oleic acid, exceeding 1-5%. (i) Shall not bump or froth when heated in a flash cup. (j) Shall pass such other tests as are necessary to show that the oil complies with clause 1. 3. In addition to all the above requirements, the oil to be accepted must prove to be thoroughly efficient in actual service, under working conditions, to the satisfaction of the Department. IV THE HOFFMAN POTASH TEST. J. H. H. Nicolls, Engineering Cliemist. This test is based upon the fact that low grade coals such as lignites impart a deep brown colour to a solution of caustic potash, whereas anthracite and the higher grade bituminous coals do not. The coals intermediate between the two impart various shades of brown according to their nature, so that the potash test may be used as a means of identification and classification. With this idea in view, G. Christian Hoffman, late Chief Chemist to the Geological Survey, treated various western Canadian coals, under fixed con- ditions, with a boiling solution of caustic potash of 1-12 specific gravity.^ He divided the coals tested into three groups: (1) "Lignites" communicating a deep brownish-red colour; (2), "Lignitic Coals", giving a brownish-red; and (3), "Coals", giving, practically, no colourization. In a note to a later paper^ the same authority described a modification of the test, in which finely powdered coals were treated at room temperature with a solution of potash, specific gravity 1 • 16, for two hours with frequent shaking. This gave "a greater number of shades of colour, thus admitting of a more ac- curate estimate of the nature of the fuel." Hoffman divided the solutions pro- duced into ten grades, ranging from intense brownish-red to colourless, but his nomenclature would be somewhat difficult to standardize for general use. When it was decided to apply the potash test to certain of the coals received in this laboratory, it was thought advisable to obtain, if possible, permanent standards with which to compare the colours produced. Accordingly, Dr. F. E. Carter carried on blending experiments with various coloured solutions, such as those of ferric chloride, cupric chloride, cobalt chloride, etc., and finally obtained a dark reddish-brown solution of practically the desired colour. This was prepared by dissolving 4 grams of ferric chloride and 16 grams of ammonium acetate in 40 c.c. of water, and adding 4 c.c. of acetic acid, followed by 1 -6 grams of cupric chloride. Portions of this solution were diluted with 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, .... 1024 volumes of a 10 per cent solution of acetic acid. A series of solutions, numbered 1 to 12, was thus obtained, the colour of which decreased so that No. 3 was about the usual tint of "burnt sienna". No. 7 a very pale brown and No. 12 practically colourless. These were preserved in 2 x 2 inch specimen tubes, closed with corks previously coated with paraffin wax, with the top well covered with wax. After two years' keeping in a covered box they appear to be still in good condition. 'Coals and Lignites of the North West Territory — Report of the Geological Survey of Canada, 1882, 83-84. 'On the Hygroscopicity of certain Canadian Fossil Fuels — Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, 1889, Vol. VII. Sec. Ill, page 41. 66 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 Before proceeding to the standardization of the test, the writer carried out a number of experiments to determine what effect fineness of grinding, different amounts of coal, and similar variations would have upon the colour produced by boiling with potash. To this end, two samples of the same coal, Nos. 980 and 987, from Coalspur, Alberta, were chosen, as representing extremes in fineness. No. 980 will practically all pass a 60 mesh sieve, while some 70 per cent passes the 100 mesh, and 40 per cent goes through the 200 mesh. About 95 per cent of No. 987 passes the 200 mesh sieve, so that it represents an extreme fineness. The general procedure was as follows: | gram of coal was weighed into a test tube, 10 c.c. of potash solution (sp. gr. 1 • 12) were added, the whole heated to boiling, and boiled for half a minute. It was then filtered, and the colour of the filtrate compared with the standards. The modifications and their results are as follows: — TABLE I. Treatment. Resulting colour. 1. Xo. 987, following general procedure 2. The same, but stirring thoroughly before boiling in order to wet all the coal . 3. As in last case, using 1 gr. of coal 4. i gr. No. 987, stirring and boiling 1 minute 5. „ « „ „ . » » 2 minutes. . :;•■•■ 6. I gr. No. 987, adding 15 c.c. of potash solution, stirring and boiling 1 minute 7. As last, but with 20 c.c. potash solution 8. No. 980 — Similar treatment to No. 4 test (5-6) 5 (4-3) (5-4) (5-4) (5-4) 5 (5-6) N.B. — In cases where two colour standards are bracketted, the colour produced lies between the two and nearer the one first named. From these results it seemed that the quantity of coal treated, and its fineness, were the principal causes of variation in the colour produced, but that even these had a comparatively slight effect. The potash test at room temperatures, or more briefly the "cold test," was tried out on a number of coal samples, which are referred to later in the report. In each case | gram of coal and 10 c.c. of potash solution were taken, and, after a thorough mixing, allowed to stand for 2 hours, with stirring at 15 minute intervals. The mixtures thus obtained were filtered, and the colours produced compared with the standards. In a few instances the mixtures were allowed to stand for 1 hour only; the colours obtained being practically identical with those from the longer tests, although, in one or two cases, slightly fainter. The colours resulting from the cold test were paler than those produced by a boiling solution, and had as well a shorter range on the scale, so that for general purposes the latter will be of more service. However, the cold test may be of use in the classifi- cation of low grade coals. Accordingly the following was adopted as a standard procedure — ^Weigh ^ gram of coal into a test tube. Measure out 10 c.c. of a solution of caustic potash, specific gravity 1-12 (1 part by weight of potash to 5 of water), and add most of it to the coal. Stir with a glass rod, until the coal is thoroughly wetted, and then remove the rod, using the remainder of the potash solution to rinse it down. Heat to boiling over a small flame, and boil for 1 minute. Filter at once through a 9 cm. filter into a half-inch test tube, and compare the filtrate with the standard colours. This test was applied to a number of coal samples having widely different chemical properties, and the results are shown in Table II, where they are com- pared with various chemical properties of the coals. In a number of cases the results of the cold test are also shown. SUMMARY REPORT 67 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a o Wi T3 rt P>^ .fc n X O aj c 03^3 o ^ u m 4J U be oT-d (U 1^ ■a ^■« 03 r- > S u c ■>-> O O. a U u oooo ooo o o o o oo oo o c o o o o Jai q; ^ O^ o o o o •n o ^-n o o o m o OU. O OOOCoOf^"^TiHTf-^ir5«Of^'^'^CMCSrr>CNCNr~)CN'-''-''-' 't rt - c c— c U '^^ Si g:S 3 c 5 +-' 03 O O 4) CDhJU J oca ►^c«;r>oiao^ E. 000Nr^'^'-iO00t^vO00i0O00'-i»-i'OCN'*vOr^iOCNOC-)i/^OOCS t^cX30000t^^OvOMDONONO^t^iOt-~fD<^l^cO'^'+'OOvOvOr<0^00'— iOn S2i ^ I 68 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 From the above figures it will be seen that the result of the Hoffman test on any coal bears distinct relation to its coking properties. It also appears to be more or less in accord with the calorific value on the ash and moisture free sample, and with its moisture when air dried. It does not, however, seem to have any agreement with the fuel ratio, or with the carbon-hydrogen ratio. In conclusion, it may be stated that the Hoffman Potash Test has been satisfactorily standardized, though it does not seem possible at present to definitely classify coals by means of their Hofifman Numbers. However, these pre- liminary tests indicate that Nos. 1 to 3 designate lignites; 4 to 5 sub-bituminous coals, or those of a lignitic nature; and the higher numbers bituminous and anthracite coals. NOTE ON THE ERRORS CAUSED BY THE EROSION OF AN IRON BALL MILL. R. C. Cantelo, Engineering Chemist. In connexion with the boiler tests carried out at the Fuel Testing Station, in the latter part of 1916, the ash and clinker from each trial were crushed in a jaw crusher set to \", cut down to a sample of about one pound, and ground for about two hours in an iron ball mill with iron balls. This finely ground material was used for analyses, which included determinations of combustible matter and calorific value and, in some cases, of carbon and hydrogen. In the course of analyses of two samples, Nos. 905 and 906, for carbon and hydrogen, it was found that there was a large discrepancy between the carbon and hydrogen evolved, and the accompanying loss in weight of the sample. For example, the carbon and hydrogen in No. 905 together constitute 21-69 per cent, and the loss in weight only 9-36 per cent. The combustible matter determined by the loss in weight upon heating for several hours, at 750°C. in an electric muffle furnace, was 9-45 per cent, in close agreement with the loss in weight found in the determination of the carbon ^nd hydrogen. Similar results were obtained for No. 906. It was naturally thought that the discrepancy was due to oxidation of iron compounds derived from the original coal and reduced to the ferrous condition in the furnace. Accordingly, experiments were made on samples 905 and 906, to extract any iron compounds present; the idea being first to extract the iron compounds and then to determine the combustible matter in the insoluble residue. A 10 gram portion of each of the above samples was treated with hot con- centrated hydrochloric acid, filtered, and washed: the insoluble residue dried and weighed; and the iron content of the extract determined. The results obtained were as follows: — No. 905 No. 906 Weight taken 10-00 gram. 10-00 gram. Iron extracted (Fe.) 3-04 " 3-58 " Insoluble residue 6-98 « 6-31 " Total 10-02 " 9-89 " Discrepancy +0-02 " -0-11 " This indicates that practically all the iron present in the above samples was there as metallic iron, which fact was confirmed with a magnet. SUMMARY REPORT 69 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Accordingly other samples were similarly extracted, the iron in the extract and the combustible matter in the insoluble residue being determined. These samples were also found to be highly magnetic. Analyses of these ashes are given in Table II. Table II also shows the total iron content of several other samples in which the combustible matter had been determined in the usual manner. For purposes of comparison, 20 grams each of the coals used in the boiler tests were burned in a muffle, and the iron in this uncontaminated ash determined. In every case this iron was much less than in the corresponding boiler trial sample. It was then suggested that the metallic iron found in the ash and clinker must have come from either the jaw crusher or the ball mill. The jaw crusher was soon exonerated and the following experiments showed the blame to rest with the ball mill. TABLE I Grams metallic Experiment Method of Weight of Per cent Grams Magnet iron added to 100 No. Grinding Sample Iron Iron Test grrns. of original refuse 1 4 hours in pebble mill 565 2-7 14-5 Non- magnetic 0-0 2 1 hour in ball mill 574 7-5 43-1 Magnetic 5-2 3 1 hour in ball mill 614 7-4 45-5 5-1 4 11 hours in ball mill 650 8-8 57-2 » 6-7 5 2 hours in ball mill 646 11-6 75-0 10-1 Now, the metallic iron so introduced not only by its presence reduces the actual percentage of combustible matter in the sample; but also, by its gain in weight due to oxidation to ferric oxide, when the combustible matter is deter- mined by loss in weight on ignition, correspondingly reduces the apparent loss in weight by an amount equal to 3/7 of the weight of metallic iron, 112 grams of iron producing on burning 160 grams of ferric oxide. If the percentage of metallic iron in the ash and clinker sample from the ball mill, can be determined, it is possible to correct the determined combustible for these two errors. Let X = the percentage of metallic iron in the ash and clinker sample ground in the ball mill. Then 100 grams of this sample contain 100 — X grams of the original boiler-trial ash. Let Ii = the determined percentage of iron in the specially prepared coal- ash. Then the iron from the original boiler- trial ash, contained in 100 grams of the ball mill sample is Ii • — ttt^ — Let I2 = the total determined iron in the ball mill sample. Thenl, = /l, 1^0-^ X = 100 100 (I2 - II) X 100 - Ii The use which can be made of this formula will be clear after an actual sample has been considered. 70 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Sample 906 gave upon analysis 35-8 per cent Fe. ( = 12). A sample of the original coal upon being burned in an electric muffle, yielded an ash analyzing 3-6 per cent Fe. ( = Ii). Therefore, X = r^r^ 5-2 = 33-4. lUU — 3-0 That is, sample 906 contains 33-4% of metallic iron. Now the determined combustible in this sample was 8-94%. Correcting this for the iron contamination, first by the addition of 3/7 the weight of metallic iron, gives 23 • 24% as the actual combustible matter in the ball mill sample. The original ash, corresponding to (100 — 33-4)% of this sample, therefore con- tained 23-24 X _ = 34-9% of combustible matter — a vastly different figure from the 8-94% originally obtained. An approximate check upon the above method of calculating true com- bustible matter was obtained in cases where the ash v/as extracted with hydro- chloric acid, and the combustible matter determined on the insoluble residue. For example the above sample, extracted with acid, left 63-1% of insoluble residue which by ignition was found to contain 37-78% combustible matter. Correcting this to the original ash, assuming the presence of 33-4% metallic iron, gives 37 -78 x -r^r tt~^ = 35-8% of combustible matter, a fairly close agreement with the 34-9% found above. As will be seen in Table II, the dis- crepancy in some cases is greater, but is still within reasonable limits. A much better check was obtained in those cases where the percentage of carbon plus hydrogen had been determined (these, together, constituting the combustible matter in the ash). This result, corrected for the diluting effect of the metallic iron, agrees within a few tenths of a per cent with that obtained by correcting the combustible matter, determined by ignition of the ball mill sample, for the errors introduced by the metallic iron. Following is a table of the data obtained and the results calculated therefrom : — It is worth noting that some earlier samples taken from the same series of boiler tests showed only a small amount of metallic iron, and in these cases there was fairly close agreement bet^veen the determined carbon + hydrogen and the loss in weight on ignition. For example, two samples gave the following values: — Xo. 879 C -»■ H = 22-31%o Loss in weight = 23-17%. Xo. 880 C + H = 20-46% Loss in weight = 21-74%. It would seem therefore, that the contamination by iron from the ball mill became serious at some time during the grinding of the ash samples from this series of boiler tests. If this be correct, ashes from trials previous to this series should be reasonably free from iron. It may be mentioned here that the same ball mill had been used to grind all ash and clinker samples. As proof the following ashes from previous trials were tested with a magnet. The results follow: — Sample No. Result. 619 No iron. 622 No iron. 648 Trace. 701 Trace. 702 Trace. 745 No iron. , 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Sample Iron in ash of original coal burned in muffle % Iron in ball mill sample % '^iifi of ball Calculated metallic iron in ball mill refuse % Determined combustible in ball mill sample (muffle) Determined combustible in ball mill sample (com- bustion furnace) (6) Re- calculated, allowing for meta|,ron in ball m.ll ^^mple Determined combustible calculated to original refuse, from (8) % Combustible in extniaed ash % (11) Re- calculated to original Discrepancy between (10) and (12) C*H (9) calculated to "rXse"' % Discrepancy % Residue % (14) and (10) 883 11-6 23-2 23-2 6S-9 131 19-38 25-0 28-8 43-53 330 4-2 13 ? 25 25-6 69 6 22 4 75 7 18 35 9 12 8 18 72 63 33 4 8 94 8-57 23 019 29. 4 67 4 26 2 02 10 S IS S3 3 14 7 8 84 15 9U 10-7 7-4 30 9 ... ... 70 orig 3-6 this iron The tain figu bus chic For resi( Cor iron agr€ crep carl com oftl corr for boil was loss becc seri( free to g trial SUMMARY REPORT 71 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The writer therefore suggests that this sudden contamination with metallic iron was due to the final wearing away of the outer hard surface of the balls, thus exposing the softer iron to the grinding action of the ash and clinker, this "critical" point having been reached at some time during the grinding of the ashes and clinker discussed above. The above investigation was carried out in the Chemical Laboratories of the Fuel Testing Station, under the supervision of Mr. Edgar Stansfield, Chief Engineering Chemist. The ultimate analyses were made by Mr. J. H. H. Nicolls. VI OIL-BURETTE FOR FRACTIONAL DISTILLATION AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY DETERMINATION. Victor F. Murray, Engineering Chemist. In the fractional distillation of petroleum or its derivatives, it is often necessary to determine the specific gravity as well as the volume of successive fractions. In dealing with small amounts, e.g. the fractions from 100 c.c, the following arrangement simplified from that described by Sanders^ is used in the oil-testing laboratory at the Fuel Testing Station. The apparatus sketched in Fig. 3 consists of a burette A, 13 mm. internal diameter, graduated in cubic centimetres, surrounded by a water-jacket B, 30 mm. internal diameter. By means of the three-way tap C, the level of the liquid in A can be altered, by running off the contents at E; or the burette can be put in communication with the water-jacket. The distillate can thus be ad- justed to any desired position in the burette, balanced against a column of water, and finally drawn off at E. The volume of the fraction is given by the readings in the burette, and the height of the balancing column of water is the difference between the reading of the oil meniscus in the burette at the lower level, and the meniscus of the water-jacket as read on the burette graduations. Thus if X = the reading in the burette at the upper oil meniscus, Y = " " " " " " lower " " Z = " " of water meniscus on the burette graduations, Y — X = the height of the column of oil expressed in terms of the burette graduations. Y — Z = the height of the balancing column of water expressed in the same units; Y — Z . . and — = specific gravity of distillate. The temperature is taken to be that of the water-jacket which is at room temperature approximately. The water-inlet to the jacket is at D. This can be connected to a water- tap or levelling bulb as convenient. Through the glass T the jacket is also con- nected to the 3-way tap C. •Journal of the Chemical Society: The Fractional Distillation of Petroleum. By James McConnell Sanders, July 1914, p. 1697. 72 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Mi *^^ air o<'Hef. y ^ B Fig. 3. SUMMARY REPORT 73 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a For the sake of illustration the volumes and specific gravities found in the case of a crude oil are given below. Lab. No. 401. Volume of Fraction 14-4 c.c. 28-3 19-3 11-3 11-3 6-2 6-6 (V) (L) 2-6 Specific Gravity (G) VG 0-702 10-11 0-729 20-62 0-746 14-40 0-760 8-59 0-774 8-75 0-791 4-91 0-874 5-77 100-0 73-15 The specific gravity of the original oil was 0-756 at 15-5''C., and the specific gravity, calculated from the values of the separate fractions and allowing for the loss in distillation is S V G _ 73-15 100- L ~ 97-4 ~ ^^^^ which is within the limits of experimental error, and checks the accuracy of the distillation. If it is assumed that the specific gravity of L is ^ (0-702 + 0-874) = 0-788, the corresponding VG = 2-05 and 1^ = 1A:1 = 0-752 100 100 The method is fairly rapid, and is usable where extreme accuracy is not required. This simplification of Sanders' method is due to Mr. E. Stansfield, Chief Chemist at the Fuel Testing Station. VII AUTOMATIC REGULATOR FOR ELECTRIC WATER-STILL. As some difficulty has been experienced at the Fuel Testing Station Labora- tories by the water supply having been shut off without due notice, and the heating coils of the electric water-still being burnt out in consequence, the safety control, as described below, was designed to meet these conditions. The control operates so as to keep the still in action, but it could also be arranged so as to cut off the still when the receiver is full. It has proved thoroughly satisfactory in actual service. The regulator, shown in detail in Fig. 4, consists of a triangular cast aluminium beam pivoted on a brass axle at C. The weight of the beam as shown is 121 grams. From A a brass bucket is suspended by a steel split pin. As shown in the figure, the brass bucket is provided with 2 outlets — the main overflow, a brass tube f " internal diameter, which keeps the level of water in the bucket constant, and a short tube I" internal diameter, covered with a wire gauze cylinder to prevent blocking, which slowly empties the bucket when the water supply is cut off. The weight of the bucket when empty is 102 grams, when full 221 grams. 74 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 From^B a brass counterpoise, 174 grams in weight, is suspended by a split pin. The electric wire from the supply is fastened to the beam by the platinum- tipped connexion E, insulated from the beam, and completes the circuit to the still heating-coils through platinum in the cup F. ,M»i SeCT"*^ X'V — ■ XV.«». ft>' S^IT l>-y ?1 ^ — Bucket suspSj^oeo - — lfTi9 f«. /H>ral>7l9TlC - ^estiz/i^ip S'i ecm/C MtTflf- STILL — U^.dJ I' !• - Sco/g - /rhrAsx - Fig. 4. When the still is started the overflow from the supply water discharges into the bucket, and the beam swings to the position given by the dotted lines A'-B'-C, the electric circuit being made at F. In the event of the water supply being stopped, the bucket gradually empties through the tube G, the beam tilts, and the electric circuit is broken, the beam coming to rest against the stop D. The shape of the beam ensures an increasing moment in a counter-clockwise direction when the beam is displaced from this position; and thus when the water SUMMARY REPORT 75 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a supply is turned on again and the bucket refills, the electric circuit is made rapidly. The break in the electric circuit is also sharp. It is evident that this arrangement could be modified in a number of ways. For example, by having a bucket on the counterpoise end of the beam filled by an overflow from the distilled water receiving vessel, the circuit would be broken when the latter was full. The arrangement could also be adapted to gas heating by replacing pivot C by a tap to the gas supply, altering the stops, and maintaining a pilot light to ignite the gas when turned on again. In the absence of a pilot light, the design of the beam is such that, by suitable adjustment of the weights at A and B, the gas supply, once interrupted, remains permanently shut off. This automatic regulator was designed by Mr. E. Stansfield, M.Sc, Chief Chemist, and was made in the Machine Shop of the Fuel Testing Station, under the supervision of Mr. A. W. Mantle, Mechanical Superintendent. VIII NITROGEN DISTILLATION APPARATUS. The distillation apparatus, fully detailed in Fig. 5, is used at the laboratories of the Fuel Testing Station in the determination of nitrogen in coal, etc., by the Kjeldahl method. It consists of four copper flasks, tinned inside, the capacity of each flask being about 1,100 c.c. These are supported by ordinary screw-clamps, the arms of which pass through drilled 'holes with set-screws in bosses, adjustable to any desired height on the vertical wrought iron legs, |" in diameter, supporting the condensers. Each flask is connected by a cork, splash-head, and rubber cork to the tinned brass casting which forms the lower end of the vertical tin condenser, closed at the upper end by the cork. The steam from the copper flask condensing on the walls dissolves any ammonia given off, and collecting in the annular space at the bottom of the condenser, overflows through the tin discharge pipe into a receiving flask containing a measured amount of acid of known strength. The condensers are surrounded by a copper cooling-box, 9" square, which rests on a f " angle iron frame supported from the 4 legs and is also steadied at the top by a strip of f " iron flat. The inlet and outlet for cooling water are shown in Figs. 6 and 7. The apparatus has the advantage of compactness, simplicity in manipulation, and freedom from easily broken glass connexions. The distance between the splash-head and the discharge from the condensers is very short. Before carrying out a distillation, as a drop of mercury is used as a catalyser in the preliminary digestion with concentrated sulphuric acid, about three grams of powdered zinc is added to the flask contents, to prevent the displacement of mercury from mercuric sulphate by the metal of the apparatus. This distillation apparatus was designed by Mr. E. Stansfield, Chief Chemist, and made in the Machine Shop of the Fuel Testing Station, under the super- vision of Mr. A. W. Mantle, Mechanical Superintendent. 76 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Q nzj zm r CoNDENsefis Inside Copper Cooling Box Angle-Iron Support for Copper Box i'. ^ [Discharge * from CdNDENSER. U Clamp & Boss Glass Trap Copper Distilling Flask U 1 \ 1 -®=> Fig. 5. Sketch showing general arrangement of nitrogen distillation apparatus. SUMMARY REPORT 77 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Heater outlet \_J tVafer m/ef Coo/in^ water outlet Tin pipe -* i) Discharge pipe for condensate Fig. 6. Plan and elevation of condenser. 78 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 n n Strip iron ' ! '! 1! i ' /ing/e /ron -^ !,'' rod or tube Fig. 7. Iron support for condenser: plan and elevation. SUMMARY REPORT 79 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a IX INVESTIGATION OF PEAT BOGS. A. Anrep, Peat Expert. In accordance with instructions, a survey of certain peat bogs was carried on during the season of 1916, in order to determine the extent, depth, and different qualities of the peat contained therein. This investigation started late in June, when the writer left Ottawa with Mr. F. L. West as a temporary assistant, to perform the field work, which was carried on during July, August, and September. The following statement summarizes briefly the results of the season's investigation. (1) Farnham peat bog, situated about one mile to the east of the Ste. Brigide Station, and about three miles to the west of Farnham. The larger part of the bog lies in the county of Iberville and a considerable portion in the county of Missisquoi, Province of Quebec; the bog crossing the county line to the southwest of Farnham. The total area covered by this bog is, approximately, 5,100 acres, with an average depth varying from 5 to 15 feet. (2) Canrobert peat bog, situated in the county of Rouville, Province of Quebec, about 2| miles east of Canrobert Station, on the Canadian Pacific railway, and about the same distance west of Angeline Station, on the Vermont Central railway. The total area covered by this bog is, approximately, 2,000 acres, with an average depth varying from 5 to 25 feet. (3) Napierville peat bog, situated about four miles to the north of Hurrys- burg Station, on the Grand Trunk railway, and about the same distance to the southwest of Napierville Station, on the Delaware and Hudson railway. The bog lies almost entirely in the county of Napierville, Province of Quebec. The total area covered by this bog is, approximately, 7,200 acres, with an average depth varying from 5 to 10 feet. The total area investigated in the Province of Quebec for the season of 1916, comprised approximately 14,300 acres. REPORT OF MECHANICAL WORK DONE AT FUEL TESTING STATION. Fuel Testing Station, May 9, 1917. B. F. Haanel, Esq., Chief of Fuels and Fuel Testing Division. Sir,— I beg to submit herewith the report of machine work done in the Department's workshops at the Fuel Testing Station, Mines Branch, Department of Mines, during the past Fiscal Year ending March 31st, 1917. The Plant during the Fiscal Year was in continuous operation night and day, the twenty four hours being divided into three shifts of eight hours each. 80 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 This continuous running necessitated the Mechanical staff's working overtime to ensure the perfect running of all machinery. A large volume of work from the other Divisions of the Mines Branch has accumulated and in order that this work be finished with despatch, together with the other regular routine, it has been found necessary to increase our staff for the present Fiscal Year. Yours respectfully, (Signed) A. W. Mantle, Mechanical Superintendent. COST OF WORK DONE IN THE MACHINE SHOP FOR THE SEVERAL DIVISIONS OF THE MINES BRANCH. Time Material Ore Dressing Laboratory $6,666.74 $3,834.54 Fuel Testing Division 1,033.25 240.67 Division of Chemistry 77.41 5 . 47 Mines Branch— General 326.41 122.62 Ceramic Laboratory 375 .14 310. 75 Structural Materials Division 69.28 26.01 Non-metalliferous Division 39.21 3.65 $8,586.45 $4,593.71 Uncompleted work started during the past Fiscal Year and carried over to be completed the next. Ore Dressing Laboratory $ 353 . 00 Ceramic Laboratory 13 . 80 Chemistry Division (Sussex St.) 9. 22 Mines Branch (General) 4. 84 Fuel Testing Division 66.61 $9,033.92 $4,593.71 SUMMARY REPORT 81 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a ORE DRESSING AND METALLURGICAL DIVISION. I REPORT OF PROGRESS. G. C. Mackenzie, Chief of Division. The experimental work on the concentration of molybdenite ores, started in 1915, was continued through the first six months in 1916. The mining and metallurgical treatment of Canadian molybdenum ores has, up to 1916, played a verj'' small part in the world's production. This has been due to various factors, chief of which have been the limited demand for the mineral and at unattractive prices, together with the fact that no Canadian mine had, until 1916, been developed to the point of a steady producer. In 1911, the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, published a mono- graph entitled "Report on the Molybdenum Ores of Canada," by Dr. T. L. Walker, of Toronto University. While this report contained, considerable de- tailed information regarding the various localities throughout the country in which ores of molybdenum occurred, it was, at that time, impossible to foretell with any degree of accuracy the probabilities of Canadian production, or to describe commercial methods of preparing the ore for the market. In 1915, the Mines Branch, in response to a circular issued by the Colonial Institute of Great Britain, commenced a detailed examination of the molyb- denum ores of Canada; and as the department at this later date was fully equipped to experiment on the problem of concentration, the investigation consisted, for the most part, in looking for a solution of the problem involved in preparing the ore for market. The department secured large samples in carload lots, which were shipped to the testing laboratories of the Mines Branch in Ottawa. After much patient research work with the more common specific gravity types of ore concentrating machinery, the conclusion was reached that concentration methods based upon specific gravity would not yield commercial results, and therefore, a solution of the problem would have to be looked for in other directions. After coming to the conclusion that the older processes of concentrating minerals would not apply, the possibilities of separation by flotation was care- fully looked into, and for a time it was considered that the modern Oil Flotation Process would probably be adopted. However, during a laborious and detailed examination of this method, there were encountered certain difficulties in the application of the Oil Process, which indicated the desirability of continuing the investigation for an easier method of working. This method was eventually found in what has been called the Water Film Flotation Process; and although commercial results were not immediately attained, the process lent itself readily to adjustment; and as the factors governing the separation of molybdenite from its gangue by this method were more completely understood, a type of apparatus was gradually evolved which is at the present time in successful operation at the Ore Testing Laboratories of the Department. The principle upon which this method is based, is the surface tension of water, advantage being taken of the fact that molybdenite resists wetting, while its associated minerals are more or less easily wetted and submerged. 82 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The method of separating molybdenite from other minerals by means of projecting the ore upon a sheet of flowing water has been known for many years, but the first commercial application of the process on a large scale was made by Henry E. Wood, of Denver, Colorado, who patented the Wood Water Film Flotation Machine in the United States and Canada. About the time the officials of the department had satisfied themselves that water film flotation was the most desirable process for the separation of the majority of Canadian ores, attention was directed to the Wood type of apparatus, and after consultation with Mr. Wood it was decided to install one of his machines at the Testing Laboratories in Ottawa. Subsequently, certain weaknesses in the Wood machine developed in the treatment of some of our Canadian ores, and the department in endeavouring to correct these weaknesses and to improve upon the general adaptability of the machine, have evolved a type of apparatus (Figs. 8 and 9) which has been found to work very satisfactorily, under almost all conditions. While the department was experimenting for a solution of the separation problem, the search for molybdenite deposits of economic value continued through- out the country. Old deposits were re-opened and developed with more vigour than heretofore, and many new discoveries were made; but it was not until the spring of 1916, that the industry as a whole was strengthened by the develop- ment of the "Moss Mine" of the Canadian Wood Molybdenite Company, near Quyon, Pontiac county. Province of Quebec. The occurrence of a mineral resembling graphite had been known in this locality for many years, but it was not until January, 1916, that the identity of this mineral was definitely estab- lished as molybdenite. Molybdenite ores and concentrates are marketed on their content of M0S2, and are paid for at so much per unit of contained molybdenum sulphide. In Canada and the United States, the short ton of 2,000 pounds and the unit (1% of a ton) twenty pounds, are used, whereas, in Great Britain and Australia, the long ton of 2,240 pounds and the unit of 22-4 pounds always apply. Under existing abnormal market conditions, brought about by the war, the prices being paid at the present time for molybdenite concentrates are from 100 to 200 % greater than pre-war quotations. In 1908, high grade concentrates containing 90 to 95% M0S2 were sold for $6.50 to $7.60 per unit, and in 1909 the price was as low as $5.65 per unit. In the fall of 1915, the Imperial Government fixed a price of 105 shillings per unit (long ton) for molybdenite concentrates containing not less than 85% M0S2, f.o.b., London and Liverpool, and as the mineral was under embargo which prohibited its export to any country outside of the British Empire, this price naturally became the official standard quotation for all ores and concen- trates produced within the Empire. Since that date, however, licenses have been granted for the export of the mineral to France and Russia, at the official quotations given above. The quotation, it should be noted, means 105 shillings per unit, 22-4 pounds, of molybdenite (M0S2), not 85% concentrates as many have imagined. This price corresponds to $1.09 per pound of M0S2 contained in 85% concentrates, f.o.b., Ottawa, Ontario, at which point the Canadian production is purchased for the Allied Governments by the Imperial Munitions Board. The Canadian miner of molybdenum ores, while encouraged by the reported prices for the mineral during 1915, had no definite guarantee that this product, when ready for market, would be accepted by the Imperial authorities; and as the great majority of these miners were men of small means, it was difficult for them to raise the necessary capital for development without such assurances on SUMMARY REPORT 83 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a ^^',^ ^^i ^^^ O O -< *-as^e tZ M/dd/tn^ dryer _ . _ , -^ . _ . — . Crudfi ore \ Mfddf.'n^ L...Y?yiW" Rouph f/otation ach/nes Corteenfrrtfe ^ R Concentrate Drjter I urrri" Wiif/ey Table ' Taifing to wastt fLOW 3»£eT Molybdenite Mill. Department ofMinej times Branch Ottawa MoSi Concentrate Fin 'ah « d product Fig. 9. Flow sheet: molybdenite mill. It was, therefore, natural that the Imperial Munitions Board should turn to the Department of Mines for assistance in the securing of a part of the tonnage of concentrates above mentioned, and an arrangement was entered into between the Imperial Munitions Board and the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, whereby the latter became the millers and assayers for the board in all matters pertaining to the supply of metallic ores and minerals. The Moss Mine of the Canadian Wood Molybdenite Company having, at that time, developed sufficiently to make shipments, an agreement was drawn SUMMARY REPORT 85 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a up with that company whereby they were to supply the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines with 100 tons of molybdenite ore weekly, the concentrates produced therefrom being purchased by the Imperial Munitions Board. At the same time, the Mines Branch advertised their willingness to treat small parcels of ore originating from other localities, and while no other mines of the magnitude of the "Moss" have been encountered to date, the department received during the year about 217 tons from other sources. The method first adopted for the purchase and settlement of these ores was as follows: — The miner was required to deliver his ore, carriage paid, to the Testing Laboratories of the Department, and after the ore had been milled, he was to receive the proceeds from the sale of his molybdenite at approximately $1.09 per pound of M0S2, f.o.b., Ottawa, less the cost of concentration — between $5 and $6 a ton. No definite recovery was guaranteed. In December, 1916, it was found possible to standardize milling operations, and to fix a definite cost per ton for the ore treated, together with a definite schedule of guaranteed recovery of molybdenite. This schedule is as follows: — TERMS OF PURCHASE OF MOLYBDENITE ORES, DEPARTMENT OF MINES, OTTAWA. (1) On assay returns from samples dried at 212° F. (2) For dry ores — moisture to be deducted. (3) The cost of concentration to be $vS.65 per net ton. (4) The value of molybdenite (M0S2) to be $1 per pound, Ottawa. (5) Payment to be calculated as follows per ton of 2,000 lbs. dry ore deliv- ered on siding at Mines Branch Testing Laboratories, Ottawa. Molybdenite Ores Containing: — (a) Between 0 (b) „ M (c) „ 1 (d) „ 2 (e) „ 2 (f) . 3 (6) The returns to the miner will be the value of the ore calculated as in- dicated above, less $5.65 per net ton concentration charges. The departmental plant has operated since June, 1916, and up to the 1st of February, 1917, has treated 2,397 tons of crude ore, and picked flake with the production of 34 • 85 tons of pure molybdenite in the form of a concentrate averag- ing 80% M0S2 (Fig. 10). The ore treated contained 1-84% molybdenite, and the actual molybdenite shipped has been 79-09% of the total amount received. The total recovery would be slightly over 80%, as no account has been taken in this calculation of the several tons of middling product in process of milling. Among the companies who are operating in Canada to produce molybdenum are The International Molybdenum Company of Orillia, Ontario, who are under contract with the Imperial Munitions Board; The Canadian' Wood Molybdenite Company; The Spain Mines, County of Renfrew; The Chisholm Mine; The Renfrew Molybdenum Mines, in Ontario; The Molly Mine, in the Kootenays; and The Molybdenum Mining and Reduction Company of Vancouver, British Columbia. 5 %andl % for 70% of the total molybdenite (MoS2)content, 1 % „ 1.5% „ 77% n » » n n 51% „ 2-0% „ 84% » 55 » n » 1 % „ 2-5% „ 87% » » » » » 51% „ 3-0% „ 90% w n « » » % „ .... „ 92% » n » » j> 86 SUMMARY REPORT 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 6 c^ Q ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^ 1 1 1 1 §1 1^ X Sv (J) ^ .^" r 1 1 ^ v? ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ c§^ \5 §^ ^^ =0 'b rs ^<- -^ 11 ^ - /■ ^ ^ ^ ^ 2 N i s ^ 1^ « vo f^ M 5 '<0 F^ ^ ^ 1 1 5 ^ 1 1 g % 1 «5 ^ §5 ^^^ e*^ ^ 1 1 ^ \^ ^ V vo^ ^^ •^ *& S do ^ ^ ^ % ^ 2? ^ ^ 5; ^ X. ^• X X v; Q OS ^' «i 1 >\ s ^. \ i t? ^ ^ N 00 ^ i5 ^ %s N, ^ Oi •^ M •o K M- K r\ ^ "!> f:^" ^' ^ § 5J ^' 1 1 X -V 1. 1 - 1 ^ < 1 1 <0 5^ •k <• ^1 n3 j . ft fl g^ II ^c^ .^^ 1^ ■^'1 1"^ 5^^ ^^^ ^<^ 1^ P 1%^ IP SUMMARY REPORT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A list of the ores received for experimental testing throughout the year follows : — List of Ores Tested, 1916. The following ores have been tested and reports made thereon during the calendar year 1916. No. of Test Ore Locality Shipper Weight Tons Lbs. 44 Iron Bessemer, Ont Birdsville, B.C Sullivan Mine, B.C... . Burnt Hill, N.B Burnt Hill, N.B Lake George, N.B.... Sudbury Canada Iron Mines, Trenton, Ont -. . . 5 Molybdenum . . Zinc-lead Tungsten ■Tungsten Antimony Gold 45 F. Younkin 10 46 Consolidated Mining & Smelting Co. of Canada 200 47 48(a) 48(b) 48(c) Geological Survey of Canada Holjohn Co., Montreal 185 815 49 A. R. SHpp, K.C. Fredericton, N. B 1,034 50 Dugald McPhee, Sudbury, Ont I. J. Wright, South Porcupine, Ont Geo. Padwell, Tory Hill, Ont 51 52 Pyrites Molybdenum.. . Copper Molybdenum.. . Molybdenum.. . South Porcupine Tory Hill, Ont St. John, N.B St. Johns, Newfoundland Indian Peninsula, Quebec 200 900 1,267 53 F. C. Kaye, St. John, N.B 100 54 55 Chas. F. Stevenson, St. Johns, Newfoundland W. A. Magor, Montreal, Que 10 147 Test No. 44. Magnetic Iron Ore. A shipment of 5 tons of low grade magnetic iron ore was received from the Bessemer Mines of the Canada Iron Mines, Ltd., of Trenton, Ont., for pur- poses of experimenting for the production of a sintered magnetic iron concentrate. The crude ore was sampled and found to be of the following analysis : — Analysis of Crude Ore. Iron 43-9% Sulphur 0-3% Phosphorus 0-028% Insoluble Res. 30-88% The crude ore was pulverized in a Hardinge Ball mill, and from thence con- veyed to tandem Grondal magnetic separators : the concentrate produced having the following analysis: — Analysis of Magnetic Concentrate. Iron 67-51% Sulphur 0-11% Phosphorus 0-019% Insoluble Res. 5' 88 MINES BRA NCI 7 GEORGE V, A.1917 The concentrate was then dewatered, and after being mixed with charcoal dust alone, and charcoal dust mixed with blast furnace flue dust, was sintered by means of a Dwight and Lloyd sintering pan. The results obtained were as follows: — Results of Sinteting Magnetic Iron Concentrate. Mixture Vacuum ozs. Time Analyses % Concen. % Charcoal % Water Start Finish Min. % Fe %• S ^ 94 94 75 70 6 6 Flue Dust 25 30 + 7-5 •flO-0 + 7-5 + 7-5 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5 7 7 7 7 15 20 20 20 65-71 66-21 63-85 63-71 . 0-044 0-023 0-018 0-017 0-019 0-016 0-013 0-018 The sinter produced was hard and extremely porous, making an ideal raw material for the manufacture of pig iron. Test No. 45. Molybdenum Ore. From F. Younkin. This sample, weighing 10 lbs., was received from F. Younkin of Birdsville B.C. The sample contained a considerable quantity of molybdenum oxide. The greater part of this oxide would remain in the tailings, as it is only slightly soluble in water. The ore was crushed to pass a 35 mesh Tyler Standard Screen, and tested by an oil flotation process. The crude ore was found to contain 11-68% M0S2. Flotation test: — Weight of ore charged 400 grams. Water 1,200 c.c. Density of pulp 1-4 Oil added, lbs. per ton of dry oi'e. f 4/10 lbs. of coal oil; \ 2/10 lbs. of Eucalyptus oil. Total oil 6/10 lbs. per ton. Temperature of pulp 40°F. Time of treatment . 10 minutes. Products obtained: — Concentrates: Weight 52 grams. Per cent M0S2 78-67% Content of M0S2 " 40-91 grams. Tailings: Weight 348 grams. Per cent M0S2 1-52% Content of M0S2 5-3 grams. Extraction 88 • 5% The above test was carried out in a standard Janney oil flotation testing machine. SUMMARY REPORT 89 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The tailings were closely examined for flakes of molybdenite, and were found to be very clean, hence it was assumed that the high tailing obtained was due to molybdenum oxide, which of course was not floated. The extraction which is 88-5% is very high, so the loss in the tailings is not excessive. Test No. 46. Zinc Ore from the Sullivan Mine, B.C. A shipment of Sullivan ore weighing 200 lbs. was received for purposes of experimental testing with the Ullrich magnetic separator. Test (a). A quantity of the ore was crushed in the Laboratory jaw crusher and rolls to pass a 40 mesh screen, and then fed wet to the Ullrich magnetic separator. The poles of the machine were brought very near together so there was just room for the ore to pass between. Crude ore fed to the machine: Weight 39 pounds Zinc 21-80% Content 7-5 pounds zinc. Zinc product {non-magnetic) : Weight 6 pounds Zinc '...31-85% Content 1-91 pounds zinc. Middlings: Weight 6 pounds Zinc 29-28% Content 1-76 pounds zinc. Iron product (magnetic) : Weight 20-5 pounds Zinc 15-50% Content 3-18 pounds zinc. By combining the middlings and zinc product, the extraction of 43-0% obtained. Loss due to slimes: Weight 6-5 pounds Zinc 25-2% Content 1-64 pounds zinc. This slime loss represents 21-9 per cent of the total zinc content in the crude. Test (b). The ore was again crushed to pass 40 mesh, as in Test (a). The adjustment of the magnetic separator was changed. The poles were placed farther apart, and the magnetic field increased by raising the amperage. 90 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Crude ore fed to separator: Weight 41 pounds Zinc 21-82% Content « • 95 pounds zinc. Zinc Concentrate: Weight 18 pounds Zinc 27-60% Content 4-97 pounds zinc. Middling : Weight 3 pounds Zinc 22-77% Content .' -68 pounds zinc. Iron product (magnetic) : Weight 13 pounds Zinc 11-10% Content 1-45 pounds zinc. By combining the zinc product and middlings, an extraction of 63-1% is obtained. Loss due to slimes: Weight 7 pounds Zinc 26-4% Content 1-85 ponds zinc. The slime loss repitesents 20-7 per cent of the total zinc content of the crude. Test (c). In this test, the ore was crushed to pass 14 mesh. The adjustment of the separator was the same as used in Test (b). Crude ore fed to separator: Weight 99 pounds Zinc 21-80% Content 21-58 pounds zinc. Zinc concentrate {non-magnetic): Weight 42 pounds Zinc. 27-50% Content 11-55 pounds zinc. Middling: Weight 6-5 pounds Zinc 25-50% Content 1-67 pounds zinc. Iron product {magnetic): Weight 42 pounds Zinc 16-30% Content 6-84 pounds zinc. By combining the zinc product and middling, an extraction of 61-3% is obtained. SUMMARY REPORT 91 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Loss due to slimes: Weight 8-5 pounds Zinc : 17-9% Content 1-52 pound zinc. This sHme loss represents 7-05 per cent of the total zinc content in the crude. SUMMARY. In the first test the poles of the separator were so close together that the ore when passing came in contact with the upper pole. This accounts for the poor separation; particles of zinc were entangled in the magnetic product, and did not get the same chance to become freed as they do when the magnetic particles have to be lifted out of the water to come in contact with the pole. The high slime loss was due to the fine crushing, but with better mechanical devices for settling, a great part of this loss might be prevented. The results, respectively, of Tests a and b, represent very fairly what could be expected by magnetic separation on 40 and 14 mesh material. Such a large slime loss could, no doubt, be prevented by using proper settling devices. Test No. 47. Tungsten ore from Burnt Hill Tungsten Mines, N.B., submitted by the Geological Survey of Canada. Weight of ore received, 185 pounds. Crushed in jaw crusher and rolls to pass through 10 mesh -075" aperture screen. Sized on 20 mesh -034 aperture screen. Sized material passed through magnetic separator. Concentrates obtained 12 • 250 pounds Middlings obtained 8 • 625 „ - 10 + 20 tailings obtained 83-250 ,, -20 tailings obtained 78-000 „ Total of 182-125 pounds Concentrates sized and run over Air Jig. Final concentrates obtained 9 - 862 pounds Final tailings obtained 2 • 500 „ Total of 12-362 pounds Middlings sized and run over Air Jig. Final concentrates obtained 1-439 pounds Final tailings obtained 6 • 708 „ Total of 8-147 pounds Final weights and analysis of Products. Concentrates: Weighs 11- 301 pounds Analysis 70-74% WO3 Content 7-994 pounds WO.-, Recovery 95-2% 92 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Middlings (Air Jig Tails). Weight 9-208 pounds Analysis 4-35% WO3 Content 0-401 pounds WO3 % WO3 values in crude 4-8% Tailings: Weight 161 -25 pounds Analysis trace. Total weight of products 181 • 76 pounds Loss in handling 3-24 " Total 185-00 pounds Total content in products 8 - 395 pounds Average analysis of crude 4 • 62 % WO3 Test No. 48. Tungsten Ore from Burnt Hill, N.B., submitted by The Holjohn Co., Montreal, Que. Shipment No. (A). Crude Ore Received. Weight 242-5 pounds ^ Analysis WO3 5 - 787o Content WO3 14-01 pounds The ore was crushed through 20 mesh. Over size on 20 mesh all molybdenite and gangue. Weight 3-0 pounds Under size: Weight 239-5 pounds Analysis WO, 5-85% Content WO3 14-01 pounds Concentration by means of the Ullrich magnetic separator. Plumb air jig and Wilfley table yielded results as follows: — Concentrates: Weight 19-17 pounds Analysis WO3 66-6 % Content WO3 12-77 pounds Tailings: Weight 199-5 pounds Analysis WO3 Trace Content WO3 0-00 pounds SUMMARY REPORT 93 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Total weight of product: Concentrates 19-17 pounds Tailings • 199-50 Total 218-67 Crude Ore 239-50 Loss of weight ■ 20-83 „ This loss is due to dust etc., in crushing and handling the ore. The content of the crude 14-01 pounds WO3 „ product 12-77 „ WO3 Difference or loss 1-24 „ WO The amount lost in handUng was 20-83 pounds containing 1-24 pounds WO3, therefore, the dust loss, etc., contained 5-95% WO3 which is approximately the same content in WO3 as the crude ore. Recovery calculated from the content of the crude ore at 14-01 pounds 12-77 Tungstic acid is .^ ^. = 91-2%. Test No. 48 (a). Tungsten ore from the Burnt Hill Tungsten Mines, N.B., submitted hy The Holjohn Co., Montreal, Que. The shipment of 17 bags containing 815 pounds of ore was crushed in the jaw crusher and rolls to pass through a 20 mesh screen. The crushed ore was sized on a 40 and 70 mesh screen for concentration. The analysis of the shipment calculated from the analysis of the sized material showed it to contain 2-78% WO3, a total content of 22-6826 pounds WO.3. A shipment of 7 bags containing 374 pounds of ore was crushed and sized in a similar manner. The analysis of this lot obtained from a sample of the ore before sizing was 2*65% WO3 giving a content of 9-911 pounds WO3. The sized material from the two shipments were concentrated on the Over- strom concentrator, and the middlings from the concentrator rerun over a small laboratory Wilffey table. All concentrates were combined and all tailings were mixed for sampling. The results obtained were as follows; — Crude ore from two shipments: — Weight 1,189 pounds Calculated analysis 2 - 74 % WO3 Content 32-5936 pounds WO3 Concentrates obtained: — Weight 51 pounds Analysis 62-23 % WO3 Content 31 - 7373 pounds WO3 Recovery of WO3 values 97-34 %. Tailings obtained: — Weight 1,138 pounds Analysis 0-02 % WO3 Content 0-2276 pounds WO3 94 SUMMARY REPORT 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Test No. 48 (c). Tungsten Ore, from Burnt Hill, A^.B., submitted by The Iloljohn Co., Montreal, Que. The ore was first crushed in a jaw crusher and then passed through a set of rolls until the whole was reduced to pass a 20 mesh screen. The following sizes were made : — Through 20 mesh on 40 weight 1,321 ,. 40 ., 80 „ 723 „ 80 „ — „ 1,060 Total 3,104 Each of the above sizes was fed to an Overstrom table. Two products only were made, a concentrate and a tailing. The tailing went to waste. The concentrate was retreated on the same table, and a final concentrate was pro- duced, together with a middling product which was retreated, and a tailing which was allowed to go to waste. This middling product was recrushedand retreated over a table. A final concentrate and a middling product were made. This middling product is held for further treatment. SUMMARY. Concentrate — Weight Ill WO3 64 Content 71 Recovery of total WO3 content of crude in the concentrate 91 MiddHng —Weight 13 WO3 28 Content 3 Percentage total WO3 content of crude in middling 4 Tailing— Weight 2,981 WO3... Content 2 Percentage total WO3 content of crude lost in tailing 3 Analysis of crude 2 0 pounds 7% 82 45% pounds 82% 75 77 pounds 10% 981% 78 53 % of WO3. Test No. 49. Antimony Ore from Harvey Station, New Brunswick. A shipment of 1034 pounds of antimony ore was received at the Ore Testing Laboratories from A. R. Slipp, K.C., of Fredericton, N.B. The ore was crushed in the jaw crusher and Rolls to pass on 10 mesh screen. A head sample of the crude ore was taken, which gave the following analysis: — Antimony 3 • 15% Arsenic 0-28% Gold None Silver None A series of tests were made, firstly, by oil flotation; secondly, by water flotation; and thirdly, by Jig and Table .concentration. The best and most simple concentration was that obtained by oil flotation. The result of the work is given below. SUMMARY REPORT 95 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Concentration by Oil Flotation. Test No. 1. A 768-gram sample was placed in a small Abby pebble jar and ground to pass 50 mesh screen. The oil was added before grinding and the grinding w^as made wet. The oil used was crude hardwood wood creosote and eucalyptus. 6/10 pounds of creosote was added per ton of dry ore. 6/10 pounds of creosote was added per ton of dry ore. 2/10 „ „ eucalyptus „ „ „ „ „ ^/lO „ „ total oil was used. Other reagents. Acid sulphuric — amount added 5 cubic centimetres. Ratio of ptilp. The pulp used in the machine contained 5 parts of water to 1 part of ore. The pulp was not heated. The testing machine used was a standard Callow Laboratory flotation testing unit, consisting of a rougher and a cleaner cell. The results were as follows : — Concentrates Weight 40 grams Sb 47-52% Content 19-00 grams Arsenic 0-96% Content 0-38 gram Middlings Weight : 7 grams Sb 4-12% Content 0-288 gram Arsenic 1 - 70% Content 0-12 gram Tailings Weight 721 grams Sb 0-24% Content 1-73 grams Arsenic 0-24% Content 1-73 grams Recovery of antimony in concentrates 90-4 % Elimination of arsenic 82 - 96% Test No. 2 — O.F. 1000 grams were taken, ground as in test No. 1, but this time the w'hole was ground through approximately 100 mesh. Oil used. Wood creosote as Test No. 1 6/10 lbs. per ton of dry ore. Eucalyptus oil 2/10 lbs. ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, Other reagents. Alkaline pulp was used, 10 c.c. saturated solution of caustic soda. Results are as follows: — Concentrates Weight 37 grams. Sb 49-06% Content 18-14 gra m As 1-00% Content 0-37 gram 96 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Middlings Weight ' 15 grams Sb 9-35% Content 1-40 grams As 1-05% Content 0-15 gram Tailings Weight 948 grams Sb 0-66% Content 6-26 grams As 0-28% Content 2-65 grams Recovery of antimony in concentrate 70-31% „ „ „ _ „ „ ' and middhng 75-74% Elimination of arsenic 88-32% Test No. 3 — O.F. 1000 grams of ore ground in pebble mill as in other tests. Oil used. Tar sand oil (asphaltum base) 5/10 pounds per ton. Eucalyptus oil 3/10 ,. „ Pulp. Was neutral, no reagents added. Results as follows : — Concentrate Weight 42 grams. Sb 58-52%, Content 24-58 grams As 0-24%o Content 0-10 gram Middling Weight 19 grams Sb 2-25% Content 0-43 gram As 0-28% Content 0-05 gram Tailing Weight 939 grams Sb 0-40% Content 3-75 grams As 0-282% Content 2-65 grams Recovery in concentrates of antimony 85-47% „ „ „ and middling of antimony 86-96% Elimination of arsenic 96-43% These tests show that the ore can be very easily concentrated in this manner. A high recovery of the antimony values is obtained with a high elimination of the arsenic content of the ore. A high grade concentrate is obtained. A flow sheet of this process would be as follows: — Crude Ore. Crusher to 1 in. Hardinge or Short Tube Mill. Oil added to Mill — Ore crushed to about 50 mesh. I Oil Flotation Machine (Callow or Minerals Separation). SUMMARY REPORT 97 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a It would hardly be necessary to classify the product from the tube mill, as the mill can be adjusted so that 90% of the pulp from the mill passes a 50 mesh screen aperture. The density of the pulp in the mill can also be regulated to give the proper feed to the flotation machine. Concentration by Water Flotation. 104-5 pounds of the ore crushed to pass a 20 mesh screen, were taken and fed to the feeder of one of the water flotation machines which is being used for the concentration of molybdenite ores. The products obtained were as follows r — Concentrates Weight 4 pounds Sb 34-44% Content 1-38 lbs. Sb. As 0-40% Content 0-016 lb. As. Middlings Weight 4-25 pounds Sb 3-00% Content 0-13 lb. Sb. As 0-44% Content 0 • 019 lb. As. Tailings Weight 77 pounds Sb 0-33% Content 0-254 lb. Sb. As 0-60% Content 0-462 lb. As. This test shows a large slime loss, which could be eliminated by better mechanical devices for receiving the products. A recovery of the antimony values of 75 to 80 per cent, with an elimination of 90% of the arsenic values could be expected. Dry crushing and perfectly dry feed is essential for this process. A flow sheet would be as follows :^ — • Crude Ore. Crusher to 1 in. Mechanical Dryer. Ball Mill or Rolls to 20 mesh. Water Flotation Machine (Woods type). If desired, a low grade concentrate could be made, first by water flotation machine, and a cleaner machine put in for retreatment of concentrate. Mid- dlings from rougher machine, as well as middlings and tailings from cleaner machines, could be returned to the feed. Wet Concentration by Jig and Table. The crude ore crushed through 10 mesh was sized, the coarse sizes were jigged, and the finer sizes were concentrated on an Overstrom table. The results were not nearly as satisfactory as those obtained by flotation. 98 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 There was not enough material of the coarse sizes to obtain very good results on the jig. There was hardly enough concentrate made to bed the jig. It was found, however, that the ore could be concentrated in this manner. The sizes between 20 and 80 mesh gave the best result on the table, a con- centrate and tailing being made, which gave the following analysis: Concentrate Sb 31- 10% As 0-65% Tailing Sb 0-67% As 0-34% From size 80 mesh the following analysis of the products were obtained : — Concentrate Sb 31 -02% As 2-71% Tailing Sb 2-10% As.... 0-28% From these results it will be seen that the ore slimes badly, and a considerable loss of antimony values is to be expected by wet table concentration of the finer sizes. Besides making a much lower grade of concentrate, the elimination of the arsenic values is low as compared with flotation. If, however, a coarser grade of concentrate than that obtained by flotation is desired for smelting, table concentration would apply for the coarse sands, and flotation applied to the slimes. A flow sheet of such a plant would be as follows : — Crude Ore. Crusher to 1 in. Ball Mill or Rolls to 10 mesh. Classifier (drag or some other type). Sands. Slimes. Table of Butchard Type. Oil flotation. CONCLUSIONS. By any of the above methods, the ore can be concentrated very satisfactorily. The most simple process, and one in which the highest recovery is obtained, is that of oil flotation. The only point that could be raised against this process is the finely divided state of the concentrate, which might be objectional for the smelting of the concentrate. Test No. 50. Gold Ore from Sudbury, Out. A shipment of 4^ bags of gold bearing quartz, together with 2 bags of wall- rock was received from Dugald McPhee, Sudbury, Ont. He stated that the ore was obtained from lot 14, south half, concession IV, township of Davit. SUMMARY REPORT 99 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The ore consisted of a clean quartz containing a few visible particles of fine This gold. The four and one-half bags of quartz were crushed up and sampled, sample assayed 0-82 ounce of gold per ton. A small sample was cut out and ground in a pebble mill with mercury. A maximum extraction of 89-3% was obtained by amalgamation. The tailings from the amalgamation test were concentrated. The per- centage of sulphides in ore was very small and they contained only 0-75 ounce of gold per ton. The concentration ratio was 1 in 500. A final tailing was obtained assaying 0-04 ounce per ton. The wall- rock was assa^^ed, but only a trace of gold could be obtained. Test No. 51. Pyrites Ore from South Porcupine, submitted by I. J. Wright, Esq., South Porcupine, Ont. Net weight received 900 pounds. Analysis 29-23% su.phur. Observations. — Pyrite in quartz gangue, for the most part finely disseminated. Fine crushing necessary to free it from the gangue to obtain a high recovery of the sulphur content. Concentration. — The ore was crushed to pass through 10 mesh screen, and sampled. A portion of the crushed ore, unsized, was concentrated on the James Jig. The results obtained were only partially satisfactory. Another portion of the crushed ore, unsized, was concentrated on the Over- sfrom table, using the table as a roughing table, making two products, con- centrates and tailings. The tailings were reground to pass a 30 mesh screen, and concentrated on the table. The results obtained were highly satisfactory, and are given below in the following tables: — Rougher Concentration. Crude ore Concentrates Tailings Wt. Lbs. % Sul. Contents Lbs. Sul. Wt. Lbs. % Sul. Contents Lbs. Sul. Re- covery % Wt. Lbs. % Sul. Contents Lbs. Sul. % of Sul. in crude 141 29-23 41-22 61 41-16 25-11 60-9 80 20-78 16-62 40-3 - Reconcentration of Tailings. Concentrates Middlings Tailings Wt. Lbs. % Sul. Cts. Lbs. Sul. %of Sul. in crude Wt. Lbs. % Sul. Cts. Lbs. Sul. %of Sul. in crude Wt. Lbs. % Sul. Cts. Lbs. Sul. %of Sul. in crude 16 41-69 6-67 16-2 16 30-55 4-89 11-8 48 6-51 3-13 7-6 From the tables it will be seen that the concentrates obtained from the rougher machine gave an analysis of 41-16% S., with a recovery of 60-9% of the sulphur content in the crude; and, that the concentrates obtained from the finishing machine gave an analysis of 41-69% sulphur, with a recovery of 100 MINES BRjINCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 16-2% of the sulphur content in the crude. The total recovery in both concen- trates was 77-1%. The middlings from the finishing machine could be returned, if necessary to the operation. It is a question of cost, whether it would pay to continue the concentration of this ore after the first rougher concentration from which 60-9 % of the values were obtained. The extra cost of regrinding the tailings may be greater than that received from the additional concentrates obtained. Test No. 52. Molybdenite Ore submitted by Geo. Padwell, Tory Hill, Ont. Weight of ore received, 1,267 lbs. net. Observations. — The molybdenite in the ore was of the flake variety. Tuc other minerals present were pyrite, pyrrhotite, and pyroxenite. Concentration. — The ore was crushed in the jaw crusher and rolls until the gangue passed through a 16 mesh screen. Seven (7) pounds of flake were caught on the screen. The material through 16 mesh was sent to the flotation machines and the products from the machines weighed and sampled. The results were as follows: — Flake obtained. — Weight 7-0 lbs. Analysis 88-04 % M0S2. Content 6-1628 lbs. M0S2. Recovery of M0S2 values 12 - 6 % Rougher concentration. — Weight 68-0 lbs. Analysis 54-65% M0S2. Content 37-1620 lbs. M0S2. Recovery of M0S2 values 76-2% Rougher middlings. — ^Weight 83-0 lbs. Analysis 2-57% M0S2. Content 2-1331 lbs. M0S2. Percentage of M0S2 values 4 - 4% Tailings.— \N eight 1,109 lbs. Analysis 0-30% M0S2. Content 3-3270 lbs. M0S2. Loss of M0S2 values 6 • 8% From the above products the analysis of the crude was calculated Total weight of crude 1,267 pounds. Analysis 3-85%, M0S2. Content 48-7849 lbs. M0S2. Conclusions. — This grade of ore can very readily be concentrated by water flotation, from which a recovery of 88-8% of the molybdenite values has been obtained. In the ordinary mill run of this ore, the rougher concentrates are re-treated to bring them up to over 80% M0S2 grade, and the rougher middlings as well as the middlings obtained from the re-treatment of the rougher concen- trates are added to the mill run. In this way, only final concentrates and tailings are made. The rougher concentrates from this shipment were not re-treated as there was an insufficient amount to treat satisfactorily. SUMMARY REPORT 101 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Test No. 53. Copper ore submitted by F. C. Kaye, St. John, N.B. The sample of ore received by us consists of chalcopyrite, associated with a quartz gangue and contains 7-6% copper. Flotation Tests. These tests were made in a Janney laboratory flotation testing machine. The results from this machine have been proven to correspond very closely to those obtained in actual practice. Test No. 1 500 grams of ore were crushed to pass a 50 mesh screen. A charge was made up containing: — Ore 500 grams. Water 2000 „ Acid None. Alkali None. Oil mixture 0-375 grams ( = 1| lbs. per ton of ore.) Temperature of pulp 10°C. The oil mixture contained: — 25% pine oil (General Naval Stores No. 5). 65% coal tar creosote; 10% coal tar (Dominion Coal Tar Company, Sault Ste. Marie.) The above charge was placed in the flotation machine and agitated until no more froth could be obtained. The result of the test was as follows : — Concentrates. — Weight 155 grams. Per cent Copper 23-4% v Content 36-3 grams of copper. Tailings. — Weight 345 grams. Per cent copper 0 • 94% Content 3-24 grams. Extraction of copper 91-8% Test No. 2. The ore was again crushed to pass a 50 mesh screen and a charge was made up as follows: — Ore 500 grams. Water 2,000 „ Oil mixture 0-375 grams (= 1^ lbs. per ton of ore). Temperature of pulp 10°C. The oil mixture contained: — 40% heavy hardwood creosote (Standard Chemical Iron & Lumber Co.) 54% coal tar creosote (Dominion Coal Tar Company.) 6% coal tar (Dominion Coal Tar Company). 102 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The result of the test was as follows: — Concentrates. — Weight 157 grams. Per cent copper 23 • 6% Content 37-10 grams. Tailings. — Weight 343 grams. Per cent copper 0 • 80%. Content 2-74 grams. Extraction 93-1%. The above tests show clearly that the flotation process is adaptable to this ore. But whether this process should be used alone, or in conjunction with gravity methods of concentration, will depend upon local conditions at the mine. If the mine only warrants a small mill, then the flotation process would seem to be the one to install, provided the nearest smelter can handle the fine concentrate. An alternative to the flotation process would be, gravity concentration on jigs and tables, followed by flotation of the reground tailing from the jigs and tables. Gravity concentration alone would not likely yield over a 70-75% extraction, and the concentrate would be of a lower grade. Test No. 54. Molybdenum ore submitted by Chas. F. Stevenson, St. Johns, Newfoundland. A small hand-sample of molybdenite ore was received. This sample was crushed to pass a 35 mesh standard Tyler screen, to prepare -it for flotation. Oil flotation Test: Charge of Ore 500 grams. Water 2,000 c.c. Density of Pulp 1-4. Acid None. Oil lbs. per ton of dry ore /^/JO jbs- coal oil •^ 12/10 lbs. eucalyptus oil. Total oil added, 6/10 lbs. per ton. Temperature, 40°F. Time of agitation, 10 minutes. PRODUCTS OBTAINED. Concentrates : Weight ■ 59 grams. Per cent M0S2 68-40% Content of M0S2 40-356 grams. Tailings : Weight 441 grams. Per cent of M0S2 1 • 20%, Content of M0S2 5-292 grams. Per cent extraction 88 - 5% By calculation from assays of the products, the crude ore was found to con- tain 9-3% M0S2. The above test was carried out in a J anney standard flotation testing machine. SUMMARY REPORT 103 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Test No. 55. Molybdenum ore submitted by W. A. Magor, Montreal, Que. The following results were obtained on a small test of 147 pounds of molyb- denite ore from the Aplite formation on the Dion property, Indian Peninsula, Pro\ince of Quebec. This small shipment of 147 pounds was crushed in the jaw crusher and rolls to pass through a 20 mesh screen. Three (3) pounds of flake were caught on the screen. The undersize, through 20 mesh was sent to the flotation sepa- rator from which were obtained: first concentrate, 3 pounds; first middling, 2 pounds; and first tailing, 139 pounds. The oversize flake and the first concentrate from the separator were mixed together for analysis. The following table gives the weights, analysis, and content of the products. Product Weight Analysis Content 1st concentrate ■ 6-00 lbs. 2-00 „ 139-00 „ 62-24% 13-50% 0-21% 3 -7344 lbs. 1st middling 0-2700 „ 1st tailing 0-2919 „ Crude 147-00 lbs. 2-92% 4-2963 lbs. From this table it will be seen that the ore gave an analysis of 2-92% M0S2. Recovery in the first concentrate of 86-9% of the molybdenite values in the crude is calculated as follows : — 3-7344 4-2963 X 100 = 86-9%. The first concentrate and first middling would necessarily have to be rerun to bring them up to 80 to 85% grade. II REPORT ON THE CHEMICAL LABORATORY. H. C, Mabee, Chemist. The work of the chemical laboratory of this Division has been conducted in a portion of the general laboratory of the Fuel Testing Division, as in former years. Owing to the greatly increased activities in connexion with the molyb- denite industry throughout Canada during the past year, and the extent to which the mining public availed themselves of the privileges and advantages of the Ore Dressing Laboratory, the chemical laboratory of this Division has been almost constantly engaged in work of this class, though a variety of ores and concentra- tion products, as well as furnace products, were submitted for examination. During the year, 1304 samples were received and reported; 1,040 of these were samples of molybdenite; the whole involving some 3,648 chemical determina- tions. 104 MIISIES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 . The following classified list of ores, concentration products, etc., will give some idea of the character as well as the scope of work carried on in this laboratory: — Ores, Metals, etc. Molybdenite Corundum Iron ores Tungsten ores Pyrite ores Antimony ores .... Zinc-lead ores Sintered iron ore. . Cast iron Charcoal Ferro-silicon Ferro-molybdenum Metallic arsenic. . . Coal ash Furnace slag Copper ore Silica sand Furnace lining Gold and silver. . . . Total Crude Ore 245 7 3 14 4 6 1 Concent 'rs 2,2,i 55 5 5 3 5 2 Middlings 297 19 Tailings 265 18 3 8 3 5 2 Totals 1,040 99 11 27 11 20 7 5 1 1 13 55 1 4 3 1 1 1 3 1,304 The working capacity of the laboratory, which was greatly overtaxed during the early part of the year, has been very materially augmented in the appointment of two assistant chemists. In February, Mr. A. K. Anderson was engaged temporarily, and in March, Mr. R. J. Traill was appointed to the staff. Owing to the very limited space available for this work, and with a con- tinued increasing demand on this laboratory, it is to be regretted that much delay in handling the work promptly and efficiently was unavoidable. It is a matter of great satisfaction, however, to be able to state, that late in the year, steps were taken to remedy, to a great measure, the present inadequate accom- modation for the chemical laboratory work of this Division. An extension to one of the buildings of the plant is now in the course of construction, and in this new building some 650 square feet of floor space has been reserved for laboratory, balance room, and.office accommodation. This building is well on the way to completion. The necessary chemical and other apparatus for its equipment have been provided for, and it is fully expected that it will be possible to transfer the work to this new building early in 1917. SUMMARY REPORT 105 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a CERAMIC DIVISION. I FIELD INVESTIGATION OF CLAY AND SHALE RESOURCES. J. Keele, Chief of Division. About three weeks were spent in the northern portions of Ottawa and Pontiac counties, in the Province of Quebec, while engaged in a search for residual clays or kaolin. The results of this investigation were fruitless, as far as clays were concerned, but observations on the general geology of the region were noted. The only favourable evidence obtained, was the fact that the rocks of the Gren- ville series have a wider distribution in that region than had hitherto been sus- pected; and as it is in the Grenville rocks that the kaolin deposits at St. Remi d'Amherst occurs, the prospects for finding similar deposits are considerably enlarged. As the kaolin is almost sure to be concealed beneath glacial drift, it is often difificult to detect its presence, except by close scrutiny. The surface indications of this kind of deposit do not often furnish much clue to its existence, except to one accustomed to prospecting for clays. To such a one, even very small amounts of the pink, yellow, or white colour of residual clays are noticeable in the monotonous drab or grey glacial drifts, and these indications are usually local, being confined to the neighbourhood of the concealed deposits. Several days were occupied in a visit to the kaolin deposit at St. Remi d'Amherst, to examine the results of the recent development work done by the Canadian China Clay Company. Most of the work consisted of stripping the covering of glacial drift from the main kaolin vein, so as to make it accessible for surface mining over a greater area than formerly. The kaolin is not all white, as large bodies of yellow and red clay are en- countered when working the deposit. A good deal of the discoloured clay occurs just below the glacial drift covering, so that surface waters percolating through this dirty material may have caused the discoloration. The dis- coloured clay must be removed from contact with the white in mining, and is a waste product as far as the production of white clay is concerned. The results of some experiments with regard to the utilization of the yellow clay, as well as the wall-rock of the veins, are given in this report. The shales and surface clay deposits in the Ottawa district were examined, sampled, and traced, over the greater part of the area during the summer of 1916 — and a report dealing with them is being written. Mr. N. B. Davis was engaged in field work in south' Saskatchewan, where he examined the clay deposits over an extensive region. The experimental work on the samples he collected is nearly completed, and he is now engaged in writing a full report on the clays in the Province of Saskatchewan. KAOLIN PRODUCTS. Deposits of residual clay which have resulted from the decomposition of rocks in situ, are of rare occurrence in Canada, owing to the scouring by glacial . ice to which most of the country was subjected. Kaolins are the most valuable of the residual clays, on account of their ability to withstand very high tempera- 106 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 tures without softening, and the white colour which they possess both in the raw and burned state. All residual kaolins must be subjected to a washing process in order to free them from impurities such as quartz or mica, which are always present in the deposits. The washed product, which is a fine-grained white material, is sold under the trade name of china-clay. It has uses in many industries besides the manufacture of pottery, which is the chief one. The kaolin deposit at St. Remi in Amherst township, county of Argenteuil, is the only workable example of the kind at present known in Canada. A description of the geology in the vicinity of the deposits is given by M. E. Wilson in the Summary Report of the Geological Survey of 1916. The kaolin is confined to vertical dikes or veins, varying in width from 20 to 40 feet in the main vein, to 1 or 2 feet in the small veins, or offshoots. The walls of shattered quartzite, which enclose the kaolin dikes, are impregnated with specks and stringers of kaolin for a considerable distance from the main veins. The whole is overlain by glacial drift, consisting of boulders, small stones, sand and silt, of a thickness from 1 to 15 feet. This overburden has to be care- fully removed and kept clear of the kaolin in mining, otherwise it will cause discoloration. During the last five years, the Canadian China Clay Company Limited, who control these deposits, has done much in the way of stripping, test-pitting, and otherwise prospecting the ground, with the result that considerable infor- mation is now available concerning the size and character of the deposit. The writer spent a few days in examining the properties of the Company, at St, Remi, during the summer of 1916, and is convinced that the area is of considerarble economic importance. The business of the Company is confined to mining and washing kaolin for the paper and pottery trades but it is proposed to extend operations so as to in- clude a complete utilization of other portions of the deposit as well. Samples of the various materials from the locality were collected and tested at the Ceramic Laboratory of the Mines Branch for the purpose of determining their possibilities for the following purposes: — (1) The manufacture of firebrick from the crude kaolin; (2) The manufacture of silica brick from the quartzite wall-rock; (3) Whiteware pottery bodies; (4) Low fire bodies for art pottery. Firebrick. — There is a considerable quantity of yellow or pink kaolin in the upper part of the dikes, which is a waste product as far as the production of china- clay is concerned, as it is not white, either when washed or burned. The chemical analysis of the yellow clay, as determined by A. Gordon Spencer, is as follows : — Silica 54-24% Alumina 34-24% Iron oxide 2-04% Lime 2-54% Magnesia 0-46% Loss on ignition 5-87% A sample of this clay was found to remain intact in a carbon resistance furnace at the softening point of cone 25, but a washed sample of the same clay failed at cone 15. The crude yellow clay could, therefore, be used in the manufacture of a low grade firebrick if the working qualities are adequate and the shrinkage within SUMMARY REPORT 107 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a limits. The experiments, however, show that the material is rather short grained and inclined to be weak in the raw state, and its shrinkage is excessive. A portion of the white clay, mixed with the yellow, improves the refractory qualities of the latter. A good firebrick can be made from the white clay by adding about 10 to 20 per cent of a common brick clay, in order to supply the fluxes which the white clay lacks. This mixture, burns to a dense body at the temperature at which ordinary firebrick are generally burned. On account of the high shrinkage in the kaolin, it would be necessary to calcine some of the clay before moulding into the bricks. The calcined clay is ground and added to the raw clay, with the result that the shrinkage is considerably reduced. Silica brick. — The wall-rock on the south side of the main kaolin vein is a fractured quartzite, containing disseminated specks, and occasional stringers of kaolin. Samples of this rock were collected over a distance of 133 feet, at right angles to the kaolin vein. A washing test of the crushed quartzite gave an average of 11 per cent of materials fine enough to pass through a 200 mesh screen, most of which is kaolin. The rock samples were crushed to pass a 10 mesh screen, milled with a little water, and pressed into bricklets. The bricklets were burned in a gas kiln to a . temperature of 1300 degrees C, and afterwards in a carbon resistance kiln, to a temperature of 1,530 degrees, a small portion of one of the bricklets was afterwards raised to a temperature of 1,650 degrees. The bricklets burned to 1,530 degrees were hard and dense, and showed that a fused bond has been effected between the kaolin and the quartz. Raising the temperature to 1,650 degrees changed the character of the material only slightly, there being no evidence of sintering, as the quartzite grains on the surface were still angular. Like all silica brick, this material expands somewhat in burning, but the expansion was slight, owing to the clay bond. The shrinkage of the clay seems to offset the expansion of the silica, so that it seems possible to take all the expansion out of this material at a lower temperature than would be required to do so in the case of a quartzite brick bonded with lime. The material, there- fore, seems very suitable for the manufacture of an acid refractory brick of the gannister type, which could be used in puddling malleable, cupola, and crucible furnaces, and for converter linings, by-product coke ovens, and glass furnaces. A quantity of the quartzite wall-rock was sent to the United States, and made up into full sized brick for further trial, which consisted in placing them along with some standard brick in the ports of steel furnaces in operation. The results of these tests were highly satisfactory, as it showed that the St. Remi material would remain intact while other well known brands of refractory brick failed alongside them. Whiteware bodies. — All table ware, white tile, sanitary, and electric porcelain, are made from a mixture of quartz, feldspar, china-clay, and ball clay in varying proportions. The china-clay produced at St. Remi is of high grade, and compares favourably with the standard brands on the market. Cornish stone or china stone is largely used in England for pottery bodies instead of feldspar, and it is interesting to record that material similar to Cornish stone was found in one of the test-pits at St. Remi. Ball clay is a highly plastic white burning clay, which serves to bond and make workable the non-plastic quartz and feldspar. So far we have not suc- ceeded in finding ball clays in Canada, but some of the clays in southern Saskat- chewan which we are at present examining, seem to approach them closely in character. 108 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Compounding a white pottery body, therefore, from St. Remi materials alone is rendered difficult by the absence of plastic clays, but imported English or American ball clay could be used in the mixtures. In making pottery by the casting process it is possible to dispense with ball clay in the mixture, so that a casting body could be compounded from the ground quartzite wall-rock, and china stone with the washed kaolin. These materials do not burn to an absolutely white body, owing to certain impurites in the stone and quartzite, which gives the mixture a decidedly greyish tone. A body such as this, however, could be used for high fire glazes with crystalline effects, a product which is much sought after for decorative purposes. Art pottery or majolica ware. — As these wares are generally coated with coloured glazes or enamels, the colour of the body which carries the enamels is not important. The yellow kaolin when washed to pass a 60 mesh screen is a very good material to work on for this purpose, as it is more plastic than the higher grade white kaolin. Some of this material which was washed and screened in the laboratory, and allowed to stand wet for several weeks, was found to possess very good plasticity, and could be modelled into shapes or thrown on the potters' wheel with ease. It burns to a porous, rather weak, red body, at low temperatures, but becomes dense at high temperatures. The shrinkage is rather high, but this could be lessened by the addition of some fine quartz sand which remains in the trough used in the washing of the white kaolin. A more plastic mixture can be made by using some of the grey brick clay which is exposed in the railway cutting a few miles east of the kaolin plant. This clay is very smooth and plastic, shrinks greatly in drying, and burns to a strong red body at low temperatures, but is easily overfired. A body made up of equal parts of this clay, yellow kaolin, and quartz sand, would be suitable for either cast, built, turned, or pressed pottery. The mixttire burns to a sufficiently dense red body at a temperature of about 2,000 degrees F. If the white kaolin is used instead of the yellow in the above mixture, a greyish body results, which resembles a stoneware clay when burned to a temperature of about 2,200 degrees F. A body composed of yellow kaolin and brick clay could be used for plain red ware or terra-cotta. II APATITE: A SUBSTITUTE FOR BONE ASH IN THE MANUFACTURE OF BONE CHINA. In eastern Canada there are large deposits of the mineral apatite (CaF) Ca4 (P04)3 very little of which is being mined at present. It occurs in large coarsely crystallized masses, associated with mica and pyroxene in rocks of Pre-Cambrian age. A number of years ago, between 1883 and 1891, the annual output was 25,000 tons. With the discovery and active exploiting of the sedimentary phosphates of the southern states, Canadian apatite lost its position as an important source of phosphate for the manufacture of commercial fertilizer and the production fell off to a few hundred tons. Hence the Canadian mines closed as apatite mines, but later some of them reopened as mica properties. A very small but increasing amount is being absorbed in the manufacture of phosphorus and pure salts of that element for certain special fertilizers and for increasing the phosphorus content of pig-iron. It is important that some new use be found for this material, and what could be more natural than its use as a substitute for bone ash in the manufacture of bone china, and for opacifying enamels. SUMMARY REPORT 109 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Turning to the literature on bone china, the English potters have the credit for developing this type of ware, and how simple is the reason given for the first English use of bone ash in a body. According to Mellor^ "the information was sent to Europe from China by a traveller that the Chinese potters had said European potters might as well try to make a 'body without bones' as try to make porcelain with nothing but the pegmatitic flux which had been carried to Europe by Eastern traders." What more natural than "bone" should have been taken literally. Edwards^ states that "the value of bone for pottery purposes is determined by the percentage of phosphate, and also of the deleterious conditions such as carbonaceous and siliceous matter and iron." He gives the following as an analysis of an average quality of bone ash: — Trical phosphate 85-25 Ca3(P04)2 Carbonate lime 2-88 „ magnesia 2-45 Fluoride lime 1-65 Ferric oxide 0-32 Insol. silica 4-57 Loss (water and carbon) 2-85 100-00 In experiments with a synthetic bone ash made up in two ways: (1) with commercially precipitated phosphate, (2) with calcium phosphate precipitated and purified by himself, Edwards found that the commercial material gave poor results because of the presence of alkalies, while the pure phosphate gave bodies as translucent, and showing no more fusibility or warping, than the ordinary bone mixture. "It would seem from this that the reason why Mr. Moss and others, in experimenting with artificial phosphate, found it had not the holding up power of the phosphate obtained from bone was that the phosphate used was impure. Phosphate obtained by precipitation from solutions of calcium chloride and sodium phosphate, unless very well washed, contains alkali, which of course makes it fusible. The commercial phosphate which I used, when fired alone through china biscuit was fused quite hard." "It would therefore appear that the cellular or fibrous structure of bone, to which is sometimes ascribed the permanency of form during firing of the china body, has no action whatever." The important point to be noted in the above quotation is that pure calcium phosphate (free of alkalies) gave as good results as the commercial bone ash. Of course alkali-free chemically prepared phosphate would be too costly to be commercial, but this would not be true of the alkali-free mineral phosphate. In answer to a question after reading a paper on "Bone China Bodies" before the American Ceramic Society in 1905, Watts^ states that he had tried making bone china from phosphate supplied by a fertilizer company but failed to get results. The discussion did not bring out the composition of the fertilizer phosphate but it must have been impure. Apparently Mr. Watt never tried apatite as pure as the Canadian material. The Canadian apatite, as it occurs in the district north of Ottawa, is usually pale green in colour and of two types: massive and granular (sugar apatite). It occurs in large masses in pyroxenite rock. The mineral association is very similar to that of feldspar, except that in this case apatite assumes the principal role, mica, feldspar, and pyroxene being the 'Mellor: Trans. En?. Cer. Soc, Vol. V, p. 79. sEdwards: Trans. Eng. Cer. Soc, 1904, p. 32. sWatts: Trans. Am. Cer. Soc, Vol. VII, p. 231. 110 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 principal accessory minerals. Some pyrite is also present but it is usually very small in amount. A number of analyses to typical apatites of the mines of the Ottawa district are given in the following table. The analyses were made by Mr. M. F. Connor of the Mines Branch, from the standpoint of the requirements of the fertilizer industry, iron and alumina are given together and iron oxide probably averages half the amount. 1 2 3 4 5 SiOs 0-48 1-00 54-20 0-35 0-77 0-32 0-44 3-30 0-66 39-60 1-80 1-30 53-30 0-28 0-64 0-36 0-40 3-20 40- is 0-64 1-30 54-40 0-31 0-88 0-12 0-67 3-30 1-75 37-50 0-06 0-72 55-70 0-20 0-80 0-28 0-65 3-10 39-24 0-36 FejOs \ 8-72 AUOs / CaO 55-60 MgO 0-33 Na20\ 0-75 K2O /■ •• H2O 0-20 CI 0-50 Fl 3-05 CO2 PjOs 39-39 1. Massive reddish-grey apatite, McLelland mine north lot 10, range XIV, township of Hull, Que. 2. Dark reddish-brown massive apatite, Scott mine, lot 14, range IX, township of Hull, Que. 3. Light grey-green sugar apatite, Rainville mine, east half lot 15, range VIII, township of Templeton, Que. 4. Massive blue-green apatite, High Falls mine, lot 3, range IV, township of Bowman, Que. 5. Green apatite, Blackburn mine, lot 9, range XI, township of Templeton, Que. Large samples of both the sugar and massive varieties of apatite were secured from the Blackburn mine for testing in a bone china body. Each sample was broken down and ground to pass 200 mesh, care being taken throughout the process to avoid contamination by iron. Binns^ gives the following as the general range of body composition for bone china : — Bone ash 42-32% Feldspar 15-19% China-clay 33-35% Flint 10-14% From this range, four bodies were calculated to have the following composition substituting the ground apatite for bone ash. English china-clay, Canadian spar and American flint were used. Apatite China Bodies. No. 1 2 3 4 Apatite 42 15 33 10 39 16 34 11 35 17 34 14 32 Feldspar 19 China-clay 35 Flint 14 Each batch was mixed and ground wet in a ball mill for 3 hours, the slips brought to the proper consistency, and, after standing in jars for a week, cups were cast in plaster moulds. iBinna. Trans. Am. Cer. Soc. Vol. XII. p. 176. (1910.) SUMMARY REPORT 111 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The test pieces were burned in saggers in a commercial floor tile kiln to cones 8, 9, and 10. The cups were not supported, but set to show any defor- mation. After burning, all the cups at cone 9 were slightly deformed but not badly, considering the thinness of the walls. Had they been set in supports as is the practice in burning bone china the cups would have been perfect. At this temperature, all four bodies show good white colour and excellent translucency, with the greatest translucency in body No. 4. The cups burnt to cone 8 had good colour and translucency, but not quite as good as at cone 9. Complete deformation took place with the cups burnt to cone 10, indicating a burning range for good ware of cones 8 and 9. A second set of cups were sent to the Mayer China Company at Beaver Falls, Pa., and burnt in a commercial china kiln to cone 9. One cup (body No. 4) was covered with a glaze and the rest burnt without glaze. The results of this burn are very promising, the glazed No. 4 body being particularly good and at least equal in colour and translucency to the best English bone china. A more extensive investigation of this subject is under way. Ill REFRACTORY MATERIALS IN CANADA. INTRODUCTION. The most important accessory to the practice of metallurgy and ceramics is a suitable refractory material ; a substance that will withstand high tempera- tures and the accompanying physical and chemical conditions of abrasion and corrosion. Blast furnaces, all kinds of melting furnaces, converters, etc., the tools of the metallurgist, kilns used in the lime, cement, glass, and clay industries, the tools of the ceramist, all require to be lined with a refractory material; acid, basic, or neutral in character, depending on the nature of the work. In Canada, the great majority of the industries using refractories are de- pendent on American and European importations; a condition which has been a natural outcome of the transplanting of industries, a small population and a long frontier. There has also been a lack of knowledge of refractory raw materials in the older parts of the Dominion. It has been but recently, under the stress of war conditions that our industries using refractories have begun to appreciate the necessity of utilizing Canadian raw materials for the manufacture of refractory goods. The fuel supply is a very important item in the manufacture of refractories, since high temperatures must be used in burning the ware. Ontario, the prin- cipal manufacturing Province, has not a local supply of coal, and hence imports both fuel and refractories, largely from Pennsylvania. Quebec imports all its coal supply from Pennsylvania and Nova Scotia. Refractories are drawn from Pennsylvania and Scotland. There is a small local production of special shapes manufactured from imported American clays. The Maritime Provinces draw coal from Nova Scotia fields, and refractories mainly from Scotland. The Scotia Company has recently installed a firebrick plant at Sydney Mines, and started the manufacture of fireclay shapes for use in ladle linings, generative chambers, flues, etc. The industries in the middle west, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta, draw coal from the United States and the Alberta fields. Refractories are largely imported from St. Louis district and from Pennsylvania. In the Province of Saskatchewan there is one plant in operation making firebrick at Claybank, about 25 miles south of Moosejaw. 112 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The Pacific coast industries use local coal, and import some refractory mater- ials from the United States and Scotland. The most important plant manu- facturing refractory goods in Canada is located at Clayburn, British Columbia. It includes the manufacture of retorts, in addition to standard firebrick and special shapes for furnaces. The manufacture of refractory goods in Canada is therefore limited to a small plant at Sydney, Nova Scotia; one at Montreal; and one at St. John, Quebec; one fair sized plant at Claybank, Saskatchewan; and a larger plant at Clayburn, British Columbia. DISTRIBUTION OF RAW MATERIALS. Neutral Refractories, Clays and Shales. Maritime Provinces. The clay and shale beds associated with the coal seams in Nova Scotia are, for the most part, easily fusible materials, which cannot be even classed as semi- refractory. The only materials, so far found in the coal districts, which approach the requirement for refractoriness, consist of a 3 foot bed of plastic clay overlying the 13 foot seam at Inverness, and a 4 foot bed of hard shale underlying the No. 3 coal seam at the mine of the Intercolonial Coal Company, at Westville. The most refractory clay known in Nova Scotia does not occur in the coal measures, but is found in unconsolidated Cretaceous clays at Shubenacadie, on the line of the Intercolonial Railway. Tests on this material show it to be a number 2 refractory, deforming at cone 30 (3,100 degrees F.). The white or grey clay at Middle Musquodoboit, 16 miles east of Shubenacadie, is of similar age and character. A felsite rock occurring at Coxheath near Sydney has refractory qualities, but is non-plastic. When crushed, and bonded with plastic fireclay, it can be manufactured into a very desirable firebrick. The most refractory clay so far found in New Brunswick, occurs under the thin-coal seam at Flower Cove, in the Grand Lake coal area. It is only semi- refractory, as it deforms at the softening point of cone 25 (2,966 degrees F.). Quebec. The only important source of refractory clay in Quebec is confined, at present, to the kaolin deposit at St. Remi d'Amherst, situated 70 miles north- west of, Montreal. Preliminary experiments with the crude kaolin for the manufacture of firebrick have given promising results, and the material is now being tested on a commercial scale. A large quantity of this material is being revealed in the development work at the mine; and it is probable that intensive prospecting of the adjacent ground will result in the finding of other bodies of kaolin. An occurrence of residual clay is reported in Two Mountains county, near the line of the Canadian Northern Railway. This material has refractory qualities, but the deposit is considered too small to be of economic value. Ontario. Fireclay is of rare occurrence in the Province of Ontario, and none is iound in the more settled portions. There is a heavy annual importation of refractory goods to supply the needs of the large and varied industries. A preliminary survey of the Province has resulted in finding only two locali- ties in which fireclay occurs; one being at the Helen Mine in Michipicoten, where a diabase dike has weathered into a residual clay. This material softens SUMMARY REPORT ' 113 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a at about cone 26 (2,950 degrees F.). The other deposit occurs on the Missinaibi river, about 40 miles north of the crossing of the National Transcontinental railway. It appears to be extensive, but owing to the remoteness cannot be said to be of commercial importance at present. The search for refractory materials in northern Ontario has never been seriously undertaken, but the prospects of finding new deposits are good. Manitoba. No good refractory clays are reported from Manitoba, but some prospecting for this purpose remains to be done, particularly in the Dakota horizon of the Cretaceous. The Odanah horizon of the Cretaceous outcropping in Turtle Mountain, La Riviere, and in the Assiniboine valley near Virden, consists of a hard grey shale that may be regarded as semi-refractory. It withstands temperatures up to cone 15 (2,600 degrees F.) before deforming. Like the semi-refractory shale used at Sydney, N.S., it may have a local value as a refractory for medium temperature work. This shale is known as far west as Tantallon in the Qu'Appelle valley. Saskatchewan. The southern part of the Province of Saskatchewan is particularly rich in refractory and semi-refractory clays. For a number of years a drypress face brick plant has been in operation at Claybank in the Dirt Hills south of Moosejaw. The material used is a high grade (No. 2) fireclay, and although the most of the brick manufactured in the past have been sold as face brick, a certain amount have been used as firebrick. During the past year the company has been re- organized, and it is proposed to manufacture standard firebrick and special shapes as well as the regular line of face brick. Similar clays to those used at Claybank occur at the north end of Lake-of- the-Rivers, near Mitchellton on the Canadian Northern railway; also along the SterHng branch of the Canadian Pacific railway at Willows; south of Twelve Mile lake; and along the Frenchman river valley in the Cypress Hills, from Eastend to Palisade. The clays of the Lake-of-the-Rivers valley. Wood Mountain and Dirt Hills, are more refractory than the clays farther west. The former deform around 3,150 degrees F., while the latter seldom remain intact above 2,900 degrees F. The clays of the Cypress Hills are more suitable for the manufacture of vitrified clay ware, such as sewerpipe and stoneware. Alherta. No fireclays have been found among the clay and shale deposits of southern Alberta up to the present. Beds of high grade clays occur in northern Alberta along the Athabaska river for some distance north of McMurray. Most of these clays are of the stoneware type and semi-refractory, but one bed was found to meet the require- ments of a fireclay. These clays are apparently in the Dakota formation at the base of the Cre- taceous, and intimately associated with the tar sands, in fact some of them are rendered almost useless by the impregnation of finely divided carbonaceous matter. British Columbia. The most important sources of refractory clays at present known in British Columbia are the Tertiary beds in Sumas mountain, where about 15 feet of hard 114 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 fireclay is interbedded with other shales of a semi-refractory character, together with some useful vitrifying shales. This section on the whole contains the best series of materials known in Canada for the manufacture of a varied range of clay products. Refractory shales with similar associations to those at Sumas mountain occur at Blue mountain, near Whonnock on the Canadian Pacific railway. Fireclay of residual origin, occurring at Kyuquot, is shipped to Victoria for the manufacture of stove linings and sewerpipe. Several samples of so-called kaolin have been forwarded from British Colum- bia to the Mines Branch for examination, but all these have proved, on testing, to be either diatomaceous earth, or volcanic ash. It is quite probable, however, that kaolin deposits of commercial value will be discovered in the Interior Plateau region. CHROMITE. Of the neutral refractories, chrome brick are of the greatest importance in the metallurgy of iron, copper, antimony, and tin. In the manufacture of these brick, chromite — a sesqui-oxide of chromium (FeO, Cr203) usually termed chrome ore — is used. It is extremely refractory, and practically neutral, which properties gives it its commercial value. The natural chrome ore is mixed with a suitable binder, when necessary, such as fireclay, or a mixture of low calcined MgO and MgClo, and manufactured into brick. The chief use of chromite brick is as a buffer or separating course or lining between a basic bottom or hearth and acid or neutral wall and crown in order to prevent any reaction at high temperatures between the basic and acid materials. The Province of Quebec, as in the case of magnesite, has become a large shipper of chromite, the production being 14,397 tons in 1915. Most of the production comes from the Black Lake area, where it occurs as irregular masses and disseminated grains in serpentine rocks. For refractory purposes chromite ore is sold on the market on the basis of a minimum of 25% Cr203. The material is hand cobbed and also wet concentrated for the market. Chromite is known to occur at Tulameen and on Scottie creek in the Clinton Mining Division, and on Taylor creek in the Lillooet Mining Division, British Columbia. The geological associations of the chromite and magnesite in these areas are upturned Cretaceous sediments, intruded by peridotite, being similar to the occurrence of the same minerals in California. BONE ASH. Bone ash is a less prominent neutral refractory, but has its use in the metal- lurgy of lead, and for assaying. The amount of bone ash used in Canada for this purpose is limited, and the market for a substitute is small. Experiments are projected to ascertain the value of the mineral apatite as a substitute. Acid Refractories. Two kinds of silica refractories are used in the various industries, one having lime as the bonding material, and the other, clay. For making silica brick, pure quartzite is crushed and milled in a wet pan, with milk of lime. The milling is done as thoroughly as possible in order that each particle of quartzite may be coated with lime, and a slightly cohesive mass produced. The bricks are made by hand, and partially dried, then re- pressed by machinery and sent to the kiln for burning. SUMMARY REPORT 115 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Some hard sandstones in the coal measures in England contain enough clay in their composition to form a bond for the quartz grains when the rock is crushed and milled with a little water. This, when made up into shape and burn- ed, is known as Gannister brick. A later development consists in grinding pure quartzite with plastic fireclay for the manufacture of this type of refractory. Ordinary quartz begins to swell at a temperature of 850 degrees C, and continues to swell the higher the temperature rises, until most of it is converted into cristobalite and tridymite. If the burning of silica bricks is not carried to a high enough temperature in the manufacture they will expand on reheating, sufficient to cause serious damage to the furnaces into which they are built. Some trials with various occurrences of quartz when bonded with lime and clay were made in the Mines Branch laboratories. Quartz from the feldspar mines near Verona, Ontario, was bonded with 2 per cent caustic lime and 5 per cent plastic fireclay, and burned to cone 20. In both cases the quartz showed considerable expansion, and destroyed the bond produced in firing, making the bricks weak and crumbly. Quartz from a large mass in Levant township, Ontario, was also tested in a similar manner and it likewise resulted in a swollen punky body. Quartzite from Killarney, Ontario, bonded with 3 per cent caustic Hme and with 5 per cent kaolin, produced a good strong body, with both bonds, and only a moderate amount of swelling. The quartzite wall-rock in the kaolin mine at St. Remi, Quebec, is impreg- nated with specks and streaks of kaolin for a distance of 130 feet from the main kaolin body. An average sample of the rock contained about 11 per cent of clay. A sample of this material was crushed and milled, made up into trial pieces, burned to cone 9 in a gas kiln and afterwards to cone 18 in an electric kiln. The test pieces were hard and dense, showing that a fused bond had been effected between the quartz grains and the kaolin. The body was strong, and showed no undue swelling on the part of the quartz. This material appears to be suitable for the manufacture of an acid refractory brick of the gannister type, as it showed no indication of softening at a temperature of 1650 degrees C. Quartzites of Pre-Cambrian age, like those occurring at Killarney and St. Remi, 'are also found conveniently situated at other points in eastern Canada. The Potsdam sandstone at the base of the Palseozoic in the St. Lawrence and Ottawa valleys, is often a quartzite, but tests made on this material for the manufacture of refractory brick were not encouraging, as too much fine-grained material results from crushing, and the iron content is too high. The Potsdam sandstone, however, is used as a glass sand in places where it is free from iron, as at Beauharnois, Quebec. Practically the same results were obtained in tests for silica brick when using the Oriskany sandstone in the Devonian rocks of southwestern Ontario. This sandstone is crushed and washed for glass sand at Nelles Corners. A considerable quantity of white quartzite is contained in the Summit series of Lower Cambrian age in the Kootenay district, British Columbia. These quartzites outcrop on Kootenay Lake at Crawford Bay, and are probably the purest rocks of this kind in the province. No tests were made of this material, but the character of the rock indicates that it might be used in the manufacture of silica brick or as a source of silica for other purposes. The tests so far made show that all forms of quartz are not suitable for the manufacture of refractory ware. Quartzites give much better results than igneous quartz or sandstones. The sharp splintery particles which quartzite yields on crushing form an interlocking bond which is essential to strength 116 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 in the finished brick. Brick made from the rounded grains of sandstone lack the proper strength for handling. Although vein quartz breaks down into splintery particles on crushing, it is not a desirable material to use on account of its behaviour on heating. Basic Refractories. Basic refractories include magnesite, dolomite, and bauxite, or the artificial product alundum, the first named being the most important. Until two years ago, the production of these materials in Canada was very small: 340 tons of magnesite exported in 1912. With the coming of the war and the consequent dislocation of trade, the American manufacturers of basic refractories hurriedly sought an American supply. Attention was turned to the occurrence of magne- sian dolomite in the Grenville rock of Quebec, and prospecting in the vicinity soon developed the fact that there was considerable dolomitic magnesite avail- able. The rock is sufficiently high in magnesite to enable the shippers to meet a requirement of approximately 85% MgCOs. The production has grown rapidly as shown by the following table, supplied by the Statistics Division of the Mines Branch : — Production of Magnesite in Canada. Tons Value 1908 120 330 323 991 1,714 515 358 14,779 55,413* $ 840 00 1909 2 508 00 1910 2 160 00 1911 5 531 00 1912 9 , 645 . 00 1913 3,335.00 1914 2,240 00 1915 126,535.00 1916 563,829.00 *Includes 635 tons marketed from Atlin, B.C. Lining the bottoms of steel furnaces is the principal use to which the Gren- ville magnesite is applied. For thi^ purpose the magnesite is calcined, then broken into small fragments and mixed with from 15 to 40 per cent of crushed basic iron slag. It is said to give as good results as the magnesite hitherto imported from Austria. None of the Grenville magnesite appears to be used in the manufacture of refractory brick, on account of its high lime content. Experiments, designed by Mr. Howells Frechette, are now in progress in the Mines Branch laboratories, with the object of reducing the lime content by mechanical means. The process of separating the lime from the magnesite is based on the difference in character between these materials after slaking the calcined mass. If this separation can be carried out in practice, a supply of high grade Canadian magnesite can be placed on the market. A considerable quantity of high grade magnesite associated with serpen- tinized peridotite was found by Mr. C. W. Drysdale of the Geological Survey, in the Bridge River district of the Lillooet Mining Division, British Columbia; but these deposits are situated rather too far from railway transportation at present. The hydro-magnesite deposits at Atlin, in the northern part of British Columbia, vary from the above mentioned occurrences, as they are superficial deposits in a finely divided condition, and not rock masses. This material SUMMARY REPORT 117 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a although remotely situated, could be used to advantage on the Pacific coast in the chemical industry, and for the manufacture of special cements. Where refractory bricks containing a high percentage of alumina and a low silica content are required, bauxite is the material employed in their manufacture. No record of the occurrence of bauxite in Canada, has, so far, been obtained, IV TESTS OF CLAY AND SHALES FROM PEMBINA MOUNTAINS IN SOUTHERN MANITOBA. The following notes on tests of clays and shales were made for Mr. Alex. MacLean, of the Geological Survey, who collected the samples in the Pembina mountains, a short distance south of Morden, in southern Manitoba. The samples are mainly from the Millwood division of the Upper Cretaceous. No. 278-C. Black shale occurring low down in the Millwood. Collected on the property of Mr. Smith. This shale breaks down very easily when crushed, and slakes readily in water. It is very fine-grained, and carries selenite dis- seminated in small scales. It absorbs 35 per cent of water in tempering, and forms a very smooth highly plastic mass, which is somewhat stiff, but would work well in clay working machinery. It will not crack if dried slowly after being moulded, but it is doubtful if it would remain intact in fast drying. The shrinkage on drying was large, being about 9 per cent. This shale burns to a light red, steel hard, body at cone 08, with a fire shrinkage of 4 per cent. When burned to cone 03, the colour is darker, the body is vitrified, but the shrinkage becomes excessive, as the total shrinkage at this point is 14 per cent. This shale contains a large percentage of carjjon, so that it must be burned very slowly in order to avoid bloating. Owing to its high shrinkage and carbon content, it would be a difficult material to use in the manufacture of clay product. The addition of quartz sand or calcined shale would probably render it workable. No. 278. Soft, dark grey shale, containing disseminated selenite scales from beds in the Millwood lying higher than 278-C, collected on sec. 34, tp. 2, range 6. This shale is exceedingly plastic when ground and tempered with water, but makes a smooth soaplike mass which is hard to work. Small test pieces made from this shale would stand fast drying without checking, but full sized brick would be liable to crack on account of the dense character of the material. The shrinkage on drying is about 7 per cent. This shale burns to a light red, steel hard, body at cone 06, the absorption being 5 per cent and the fire shrinkage 7 per cent. When burned to cone 03, the colour is darker and the body almost non-absorbent. This shale also contains a considerable quantity of carbon, which causes it to bloat during the burning. The poor working qualities, high shrinkage, and difficulty in burning render this clay a doubtful material for use in the clay working industry. It resembles 278-C in character, and like it, could doubtless be improved by the addition of about 25 per cent of quartz sand. No. 278-A. Grey clay from bank of Souris river on sec. 2, range 7. This is a transported clay, which appears to be mostly derived from the ero- sion of the Upper Odanah or Pierre shale. It is highly plastic but has good working qualities, not being too stiff. If dried slowly after moulding it does not crack, the shrinkage on drying being 8 per cent. 118 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 It burns to a porous, light red body, at low temperatures, but becomes darker in colour and denser in body if burned to cone 1. This clay stands up at rather high heat, as it does not soften until the melting point of cone 9 is reached. If this clay occurred in sufficient quantity, it might be used with the hard gritty Pierre shale for the manufacture of fire proofing or hollow building block, or possibly, for sewer pipe. No. 278-B. Dark grey, calcareous shale, from beds in the upper part of the Millwood formation. This shale is highly plastic, works easily, and dries well; but it evidently contains too high a percentage of lime carbonate, as it burns to a weak, porous, buff coloured body of little or no value as a structural material. No. 278-B-C. This is a mixture of equal parts of 278-B and 278-C, which give better results than either material does when used alone. It works and dries well, but has a rather high drying shrinkage. It burn^ to a pink colour, with a light weight, porous, but fairly hard and strong body. The mixture might be used in the manufacture of fire proofing, if the shrink- ages were reduced by the addition of some non-plastic ingredient, such as sand, calcined clay, or saw dust. No. 279. Black shale, from black and white beds at base of Odanah for- mation. This material is very plastic when ground and tempered with water, but is stiff and hard to work. It does, not stand fast drying after moulding, but if dried slowly it will not crack. This clay contains so much carbonaceous matter that burning it out of the ware in practice would be a difficult process. It becomes light red in colour when burned, and has a rather punky and weak body. It is not recommended for use in the clay working industry. The white or yellowish clay interbanded with the black shales resembles "bentonite" or soap clay, which occurs in several localities in the upper Cre- taceous. Whatever uses this clay may have in the raw state, it has none in the manufacture of burned clay wares. The following chemical analyses by N. L. Turner, show the composition of the black and white beds : — White bands Black bands Silica 49-46 19-27 2-06 •25 •40 1-70 3-59 •50 M6 21-80 47-88 Alumina 16-10 Ferric iron 2-62 Ferrous iron 1-35 Titanium . . -59 Lime 1-38 Magnesia 1-84 Potash 2-77 Soda ... . . . 1-96 Loss on ignition . 22-72 100-19 99-21 SUMMARY REPORT 119 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a V CLAY INVESTIGATION IN SOUTHERN SASKATCHEWAN. N. B. Davis. The greater part of the summer was devoted to a completion of the field work on the clay resources of that part of Saskatchewan south of the 105th parallel. During 1915, the important refractory and semi-refractory clays of the south- western part of the Province were examined, from the Alberta boundary east as far as the Big Muddy and Lake-of-the-Rivers valleys; an account of which will be found in the Summary Report for 1915. This year particular attention was paid to the southeastern part of the Province to the Manitoba boundary. The eastern edge of the outcrop of the refractory clays was found in the Souris valley near Halbrite and the most northerly extension in the hills west of Ardkenneth post ofhce, north of the South Saskatchewan river. Estevan District. Southeast from Estevan, along the railway or Souris valley to Roche Percee, the main coal horizon is overlain by calcareous clays that appear to thicken towards Roche Percee and Pinto. At Estevan, the Estevan Brick and Coal Company, have about 15 feet of the yellow and grey clays (over the coal) which they work for common wirecut brick. Six miles southeast, the Shand Brick and Coal Company are working a slightly thicker series of yellow and yellowish-grey clays, four distinct beds in all, separated by thin lignite seams. (See Plate IX.) Six miles southeast, again, near Roche Percee, the yellow and grey calcareous clays with interbanded silts and sands attain a thickness of about 130 feet. The individual bands are lens like, and are seldom continuous for more than a quarter of a mile. The same might be said of the calcareous clays outcropping in the tributary coulee on the north of the Souris valley near Pinto. Tests on most of the^beds in this area show. them to be calcareous, and buff or cream burning. Most of the clays dry well, and the total shrinkage after burning sel- dom exceeds 6 per cent. At Bienfait, the yellow and grey calcareous clays are concealed by about 15 to 20 feet of boulder clay. A good red burning, silty clay was found in the valley bottom near the schoolhouse at Roche Percee, and at the bridge over the Souris, near Estevan. Samples from both these localities worked much the same: although the Roche Percee material gave a. stronger body, with a total shrinkage of 7 per cent at 1990 degrees F. (cone 03). The sections near Shand show more good plastic clay than at Estevan or Roche Percee, the mixed clays at Shand would make excellent hollow block (fireproofing), the drying qualities being particularly good, requiring only 10 to 12 hours to dry brick in a radiation drier. The examination of the clay resources of the Estevan district indicates that there is plenty of material suitable for making common wire-cut or soft mud brick, hollow ware, and dry-press face brick. No good refractory, or semi- refractory vitrifiable clays have been found. Experiments are now in progress with mixtures of refractory clays from Halbrite and Willows, and Estevan clays, in an attempt to develop a mixture suitable for making paving brick or sewer pipe. 120 .VINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Broadview District. From Wolseley to Broadview along the line of the Canadian Pacific Railway, there are numerous extinct glacial lake basins, in which are found calcareous clays and silty clays, fairly free of pebbles. These clays have been worked for soft mud brick at Wolseley and Broadview. A number of years ago, a small, soft mud, brick yard was in operation at Wolseley, but due to financial difficulties it ceased operation. The principal buildings of the town were constructed of the product, a cream coloured brick, and their excellent condition to-day attest the quality. At Broadview there is a complete, soft mud, brick plant, but owing to financial difficulties it has not been in operation since 1914. The product is a good bufif or cream coloured, soft mud brick, burnt with wood in scove kilns. (See Plate X.) One mile east of Summerberry there is a wide flat, underlain by more clay. A sample, taken at a depth of 3 feet, at a point along the track near the centre of the flat, worked well in the stiff mud process, but required the addition of 20-25 per cent sand in order to air dry it without checking. The clays, of this district are all buff or cream burning, and make excellent common brick. Regina District. A careful survey was made of the area immediately tributary to Regina, in the hope of finding clay suitable for making common brick. East of Regina, towards Pilot Butte, the Canadian Pacific railway line passes from the bottom of an old glacial lake into a sandy glacial outwash area, of which Pilot Butte appears to be the centre. Two brick plants are in operation at this station, one using the sand of the outwash for sand-lime brick, and the other, the silty clay found in small basins within the sand. These basins are very small and irregular, much trouble being caused by the presence of stift gumbo clay lenses in the otherwise silty material. There is not much hope of making any large quantit}^ of clay brick from the material of this locality, as the supply of material is insufficient. More promising material was found in the flood plain of Waskana creek, about one mile north of Condie. A section of about 6 feet is exposed west of the northsouth road. Laboratory tests show it to have good working and slow drying qualities, but it would require 20 per cent of sand to make it dry fast. The total shrinkage at 1740 degrees F. is 6-5 per cent, and 8 per cent at 2,100 degrees F. It burns to a good, strong body, light pink to buff in colour, in a range from 1,740 degrees F. to 2,100 degrees F. Deformation take splace at about 2,200 degrees F. A calcareous clay containing shells was found in the flood plain of Boggy creek along the north side of section 11, 18, 19, 2nd. In the laboratory it was necessary to add 50% of sand to o\-ercome the checking in air drying. However, even with this large amount of sand, the material worked well for soft mud brick, and burnt to a good, strong body, in a range from 1,900 to 2,050 degrees F. There appears to be no gumbo layers or lenses in this deposit, hence the trouble experi- enced at Pilot Butte would not have to be considered here. Plenty of sand is available in the large sand and gravel pits of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway, and Regina Works Department, one mile east of the claybeds. SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a SUMMARY REPORT 121 QiiAppelle Valley. Near Tantallon, where the Canadian Pacific Railway Bulyea branch, crosses the Qu'Appelle valley, there are extensive outcrops of a hard grey shale of Cretace- ous age in the Odanah horizon. It is particularly well exposed along the railroad grade up the south coulee. (See Plate XI.) The shale is thin bedded and hard. It does not weather down to clay very readily, but breaks up into thin flakes or splinters. Because of this prop- erty, and its availability it is used in Rocanville for surfacing the mud roads. Shale of this horizon occurs near Virden, Man,, but at that locality it is not in the least plastic, even when ground to pass 16 mesh, and wetted with water. A surprising difference was discovered in the behaviour of the shale from Tantallon. It develops excellent plasticity when ground to pass 12-16 mesh, and worked stiff mud. Its drying qualities are fair, but when ground finer than 12 mesh, it will not stand fast drying. The burnt colour is a pleasant light red, that takes a brilliant flash in a range from 1900 to 2,100 degrees F. Burnt to a higher temperature (2,250°F.), the colour is a very rich deep red. It is fairly refractory, not deforming until a temperature of 2,550 degrees F. is reached. The body is light and porous at the lower temperatures, showing an absorp- tion of 23 per cent at 2,100 degrees F. (cone 1). Beneath the hard Odanah shale there is a soft dark grey to dark brown clay shale. It works up very stiff and sticky, cracking badly in air drying. The burnt colour is red, but it is spoilt by a dirty scum. The defects of this material are so pronounced that it is practically unworkable for the manufacture of clay products. Laboratory tests, so far completed, indicate that the Odanah shale from Tantallon will make excellent red brick and hollow ware, being particularly valuable for the latter class of ware. It burns to a good strong body, light in weight, at a commercial temperature (2000°F.). It takes an excellent salt glaze and burns to a good dense body in a range from 2200° to 2320°F. Lancer District. Northwest of Swift Current, along the Empress branch of the Canadian Pacific railway, from Shackleton to Portreeve, there occur extensive deposits of a stoneless glacial lake clay. Numerous exposures are to be found in railroad cuts, particularly in the vicinity of the town of Lancer. (See Plate XII.) A typical section, illustrated in Plate XII consists of interbanded stiff brown clay, and yellow clay silt. The former averages one-quarter of an inch in thick- ness, and the latter, eight inches to each band. The stiff, brown clay bands are so thin that no difficulty is encountered in breaking it down to mix with the rest of the material. In places, the stiff clay increases in thickness, but in working a bank, such material could easily be thrown aside. Samples were collected from the following localities: Lemsford, Lancer, and Mileage 53. All three samples were worked stiff and soft mud, and found to have very similar qualities. The drying properties were found to be good, with an average air shrinkage of 7 per cent. Test pieces burnt in a range from 1,750 to 2,000 degrees F. showed similar physical properties. The colour was a good red, the total shrinkage 8 to 9 per cent., and the body of good strength. These clays will make good common red brick, and will be an important resource to this section of the province when the construction of the towns reaches a more permanent stage. 122 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 CLAY INDUSTRY IN GENERAL. The demand for structural clay products showed some improvement in the middle west during 1916, largely due to the construction of the extensive oil refinery plant of the Imperial Oil Company, at Regina. The Saskatchewan Clay Products Company has been re-organized under the title of the Dominion Fire Brick and Clay Products Company. The new company is going actively into the manufacture of firebrick and special fireclay shapes, as well as the established lines of face brick. The capitalization has been increased, and it is proposed to extend the plant at Claybank, and to install a producer gas firing system. It is to be regretted that no Saskatchewan firebrick were used in the retorts and boiler settings of the new oil refinery at Regina; the order having been given for American firebrick before the qualities of the Saskatchewan brick were properly made known. However, the Dominion Fire Brick and Clay Products Company supplied the fireclay for setting the American brick. Tests on the Canadian made firebrick have shown them to be in every way equal to the standard makes of refractory clay brick imported. Considerable amounts of fireclay from Willows and stoneware clay from Eastend were shipped to Medicine Hat for use in the sewerpipe plant of the Alberta Clay Products Company, and the stoneware pottery operated by the Medalta Stoneware, Limited. The common brick plants at Estevan, Shand, and Pilot Butte, operated most of the summer, shipping a large part of their output to the new oil refiner at Regina. The Estevan Coal and Brick Company produced both common wire-cut and dry-press face brick. Saskatchewan is particularly well supplied with materials for manufacturing structural clay products, and there is no necessity for the further importation of American brick. The plants established in southern Saskatchewan can, by the proper blending of the clays, supply all the ranges and combinations of colour that are required in face brick by architects. PAINT MATERIALS. An examination was made of the reported occurrence to red and yellow ochres near Lucky Lake post ofifice, west of Elbow, with a view of ascertaining their value as paint materials. Some ochre was found in a twisted mass of yellow, red, black, and white clay, included in the glacial drift exposed in a coulee on N.E. \ 24, 9, 3rd. Lig- nite fragments are present in the mass, associated with the black clay. Without a doubt, th's material was eroded from beds high up in the Tertiary of the hills to the immediate north of Lucky lake. Well boring, on and around these hills, has not revealed this material in place. Farmers of the vicinity have picked out sufficient of the red ochre to paint their barns. However, since the material is not in place, and the mass small in extent, the occurrence cannot be regarded as of commercial importance. QUARTZITE GRINDING PEBBLES. Considerable deposits of rounded quartzite pebbles, suitable for grinding purposes, were found in the southwestern part of the Province. The Cypress Hills are capped by a gravel bed varying in thickness up to fifty feet. South of Maple Creek, on the north side of the hills, the slopes are covered with these pebbles, and at the top of the escarpment they are to be found SUMMARY REPORT 123 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a in place. They are particularly well exposed in the road cuttings through the hills near Coulee post office, and in the escarpment south of Elkwater lake in Alberta. The Canadian Pacific Railway Weyburn-Sterling line is ballasted for a considerable distance east and west of Gouverneur with quartzite gravel taken from a glacial deposit on 29, 9, 12, 3rd., near that station. This is south of the Cypress Hills, and the gravel was probably, in large part, derived from the tops of the hills by glacial ice and streams. (See Plate XIII). This deposit is of par- ticular importance, because of its proximity to the railroad. The pebbles vary in size from one inch up to six inches diameter, the greater proportion being about three inches diameter. Small sample lots were shipped to two cement plants in Alberta for testing, but, to date, no information is available. However, there is no doubt of the quality of these pebbles for cement grinding, and for such work they are an important resource to the cement industries Of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta. 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1917 DIVISION OF CHEMISTRY. THE CHEMICAL LABORATORY— SUSSEX STREET. F. G. Wait. Chief of Division. The chemical staff has been more than usually busy during the year, a condition brought about partly by the increased activity in Canadian mining industries, and partly by the necessary examination of war materials. The staff remains the same as at this time last year. Mr. M. F. Connor, in addition to the analyses of several rocks, has been occupied in the analyses, complete, or partial, of "war materials", which it is not, perhaps, expedient to enumerate here. Mr. H. A. Leverin, has successfully carried out several score of furnace assays, and the analyses of a large number of limestones, dolomites and "mag- esites," as well as a wide variety of miscellaneous material. Mr. N. L. Turner, since midsummer, has been almost exclusively occupied in the analysis of ferro-silicon for the War Purchasing Commission. In the periods between this special work, he has found time to complete several shorter or partial analyses. In the earlier part of the year, he was occupied with the analysis of rock and mineral specimens collected by our own field officers, or, in a few instances, those left by outside parties. Mr. R. T. Elworthy, as has been the custom in previous reports, has devoted himself almost exclusively to water analysis. As the work upon samples now in hand is nearly completed, it is not likely that any fresh collections will be made in the immediate future, or at any rate until the demands being made upon this branch of the Department's activities by the abnormal war conditions are somewhat lessened. If this course be adopted, Mr. Elworthy's services will be applied to the lessening of the volume of accumulated work which it is im- possible to overtake at present. All the technical officers named above, have devoted themselves to the tasks given them with commendable zeal, and in a spirit which manifests deep interest in their work. The samples examined during the year are of the same widely varying character as in former years, and may for convenience sake be classified as follows: — GOLD AND SILVER ASSAYS. 208 specimens of rocks, minerals and ores; and 111 samples of concentrates and tailings from the Ore Concentration plant, taken in connexion with oil flotation experiments. The 208 specimens of rocks or ores above alluded to were from the following provinces : — Nova Scotia 1 sample. New Brunswick 2 samples, Quebec 20 „ Ontario 55 „ ■ Manitoba 9 „ Saskatchewan 6 „ Alberta 1 sample. British Columbia 11 samples. From unspecified localities 103 „ 126 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 ANTIMONY AND ANTIMONY ORES. 1 sample from Lake George, New Brunswick, 1 sample from West Gore, Nova Scotia, and 1 sample of metallic antimony, manufactured from the Lake George ore above mentioned. CHROxME IRON ORE. British Columbia. — 1 specimen taken from the Taylor Basin, Lillocet Mining Division. CLAY FOR BRICK OR POTTERY PURPOSES. 9 samples — none of the localities of occurrence of which were furnished me — have been subjected to partial analysis or to such physical exam- ination as best suited each individual case. CLAY SHALES. Western Ontario. — 6 samples from the undermentioned localities: — i. Haldimand county — Seneca township, lot 10 on the first concession west of the Hamilton and Port Dover plank road. Specimen taken from the basal beds of the Caledonia gypsum mine. Salina formation. ii. Lincoln county — Niagara township, lot 53, St. Davids, lower cement rock, about the middle of the bed. Lockport formation. iii. Wentworth county — Barton township, lot 2, concession VII, from the waterline beds at Redhill creek, west of Mount Albion, Lockport formation. iv. Wentworth county — Flamboro township, lot 16, concession I, at Dundas, from the basal layer of the Clinton formation, V. Wentworth county — At Hamilton, Rochester shale, from the old cor- poration quarry — 3 feet above the beds of the Clinton formation. vi. Wentworth county — At Hamilton — Rochester shale — upper 4 feet. COPPER ORES. 59 samples distributed as follows: — i. New Brunswick — 1. Albert county — From a pointi n close proximity to the oil shale de- posits, ii. Ontario — 7. Kenora — Near English Station. From unsurveyed territory. Five samples. Rainy River — Worthington township. Precise locality not stated. Timagami — Near White Bear lake, iii. Manitoba — 1. From the shores of Schist lake, iv. British Columbia — 2. F"rom section 26, Lake Hill District of Vancouver Island. From Rocher de Boule Mt. near Hazelton. V. Bathurst Inlet — Coronation Gulf — 45 samples of copper-bearing rocks collected by Mr. J.J. O'Neill of the Southern Arctic Expedition, vi. Unspecified localities — -account for the 3 remaining specimens. FERRO-SILICON. During the year the Mines Branch, at the request of the War Purchasing Commission, assumed the responsibility of sampling in Welland, and analysing SUMMARY REPORT 127 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a in Ottawa, the high grade ferro-silicon, which is being supplied for war purposes. As a result of this arrangement, 18 samples have been analysed during the latter half of the year 1916. This work will continue, it is expected, during the continuance of the war. IRON ORES. i. Nova Scotia: Hematite — an average sample of Piedmont iron ore; from a point 1 mile south of Piedmont Station, I. C. R. in Pictou CO., N.S. ii. Ontario: 23 samples. From the following alphabetically arranged counties, or districts: (a) Algoma — hematite — from a deposit occurring in Bruce limestone on Timber berth No. 155. (6) Haliburton-^magnetite — 4 samples from: Snowdon township, lot 20, con. I, Victoria mine. „ „ „ 25, con. IV, 2 samples. „ „ „ 26, con. IV, Rowland mine. (c) Hastings — magnetite — 4 samples from: Lake township., lot 17, con. XI. Tudor „ „ 57 west of Hastings road. „ „ „ 42 east of Hastings road. „ „ „ 8 con. XV. {d) Nipissing — hematite — Widdifield township, lot 8, con. II. {e) Parry Sound — magnetite — Lount township, Lot 125, con. A, 4 samples. „ 126, „ A, 2 „ „ 129, „ B, 1 sample, „ 144, „ B, 1 „ 17, „ III, 1 „ „ 22, „ VIII, 1 „ (/) Peterboro — magnetite, Belmont township, lot 24, con. HI, 1 sample. (g) Thunder Bay — magnetite — Conmee township, S.E. \ of N. |, lot 4, con. HI. Qi) Timiskaming — magnetite — Price township, 12 miles S. of Timmins. Seven other samples were analysed, but there is no data at hand concerning the locality from whence they were taken. LIMESTONES. Nova Scotia. — 1 mile west of Orangedale, Inverness county, 30 samples. New Brunswick. — Vicinity of St. John — precise locality not stated. Quebec: by counties. — Argenteuil county. — 221. Grenville township North American Magnesite Go's, property. No. 2 quarry, white rock. 222. „ township North American Magnesite Go's, property. No. 2 quarry, blue rock. 223. „ township Grenville Lumber Go's, property. 224 225. Ste. Angelique. Near wharf at Papineauville. 226. „ „ Property of Presquile Miller, near Papineauville. 128 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Bagol county. — 214. Cadoret's quarry — on the St. Rosalie road. 215. From a roadside quarry near St. Dominique. 216. Levis Loisel's quarry — three-quarters of a mile northwest of La Carriere. 217. E. Lapointe's quarry — one-half mile southeast of Loisel's, (above mentioned). Beaiice county. — 209. St. Joseph township — three-quarters of a mile south of St. Joseph. Berthier county. — 168. From the bed of Bayonne river, 5 miles north of Berthier. 172. Stock and Leger's quarry on the property of Wilfred Drainville, immediately south of the village of St. Barthelemi. 174. Clement's quarry on west shore of Chicot river, near St. Cuthbert. Brome county. — 125. Bolton township, lot 24, range IX, — (Magnesite). 126. „ „ „ 17, „ IX, „ Champlain county. — 175. Quarry of La Compagnie de Marbre du Canada, Ltee., — 3 mi. N.W. of St. Thecle. 178. „ of The Canada Iron Corporation at Radnor. 179. „ on Mr. Lacomsiere's property on east bank of St. Anne river, 4 miles from St. Anne de la Perade. Dnimmond county. — 212. Kjngsey township, lots 4 and 5, range I (red marble). Jacques Cartier county. — 127. One-half mile south of village of St. Genevieve. 130. Two miles south of village of St. Genevieve, at junction of St. Charles and Ste. Marie roads. 128. Isle Bizard — Theoret's quarry. 129. „ „ — Clement's quarry. 141. Joseph Lapointe's quarry near Cartierville. 142. The L. Deguire Go's, quarry, one-half mile northeast of St. Laurent Station, G. T. R. Laval county. — 145. St. Laurent Quarry Go's, workings, one-half mile west of St. Martin Junction, C.P.R. 146. Chartrand's quarry on W. Allaire's property immediately west of Belanger. 147. Godfrey Lecavalier's quarry on St. Elzear Road — 3 miles northeast of St. Martins. 148. Plouffe, Legace, et Cie quarry on A. Gauthier's property — upper 10 feet. 149. St. Francois de Sales — O. Lapierre's quarry- -3 or 4 miles from St. Vincent de Paul. 150. St. Frangois de Sales — The Felix Labelle Quarry Go's, property. 152. The St. Vincent de Paul Penitentiary quarry. SUMMARY REPORT 129 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The three next following are situated on Isle Jesus: — 218. Quinlan and Robertson's quarry on St. Michel Road, east of Mt. St, Michel. 219. Turcot's quarry — lower 10 feet of light grey limestone. 220. Petitjean's quarry, one m le west of Turcot's quarry above mentioned. Montreal City. — 134. From the Sovereign Lime Works Company's quarry — De Lorimer Avenue. 135. Immediately north of Mile End station, C.P.R., (Institution des Sourds-Muets.) 1st sample from lower beds, 2nd sample from upper beds. 136. Villeray group of quarries — Paysan's quarry. - 137. „ „ „ „ — Gagnon's „ 138. Joseph Gravel's quarry, Chambord St., north of C.P.R. from lower 14 feet. 139. Nicolet Street — from lower 12 feet. 140. Montrea prison quarry — upper 4§ feet. 143. R. C. Dickson's quarry, cor. Sherbrooke and Dickson Streets. 144. Joseph Rheaume's quarry — Rosemount Boulevard — lower 15 feet. Joliette county.— 156. Joseph Beaudry's quarry, on east side of L'Assomption river, south of the bridge at Joliette. 157. Geo. Desroches' quarry on east side of L'Assomption river south of the bridge at Joliette. 158. Arnaud and Beaudry's quarry, on east side of L'Assomption river, south of the bridge at Joliette. 160. Standard Lime Go's, quarry, 2 miles southwest of the town of Joliette, lower 7 feet. 161. Standard Lime Go's, quarry, 2 miles southwest of the town of Joliette next 17 feet in order ascending. 162. N. Goulet's quarry, 2 miles northeast of Joliette, upper 17 feet. 164. Kildare township, lot 6, range IV, (or lot 11, range I ( ?)). 169. Madame Guilbault's quarry, 3 miles south of St. Elizabeth near Grand Ghaloupe. 170. (a) Ovide Farland's quarry — 3 miles south of St. Elizabeth on the Berthier road — upper beds. 170. (c) Ovide Farland's quarry — 3 miles south of St. Elizabeth on the Berthier road — lower beds. Laval coimty. — 145. St. Laurent Quarry Go's, workings, one-half mile east of St. Martin Junction, G.P.R. 146. Ghartrand's Quarry on W. Allaire's property immediately west of Village Belanger. 147. Godfrey Lecavalier's quarry on St. Elzear road — 3 miles northeast of village of St. Martin. 148. Plouffe, Legace et Gie quarry, on A. Gauthier's property — Upper 10 feet. 149. St. Frangois de Sales— O. Lapierre's quarry situated 3 or 4 miles from St. Vincent de Paul. 130 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 150. St. Francois de Sales — The Felix Labelle Quarry Go's, property. 152. The St. Vincent de Paul Penitentiary quarry. Note, those on Isle Jesus, Laval co. 218. Quinlan and Robertson's Quarry on St. Michel Road, east of Mt. St. Michel. 219. Turcot's quarry — lower 10 feet of light grey limestone. 220. Petitjean's quarry one mile west of Turcot's quarry above mentioned. UAssomption co. — 155. Ubald Hogue's quarry, one mile west of St. Lin. La Prairie co. — ■ 133. Caughnawaga, James Curotte's property. Levis CO. — 198. Quarry north of Mount Marie cemetery operated by the Levis Tram- way Co. Maskinonge co. — 171. From an exposure in the bed of Petite Riviere-du-Loup, one mile and a half down stream "from Ste. Ursule, Megantic co. — • 210. An old quarry at West Broughton. Missisquoi co. — 116. St. Armand township, near Phillipsburg. From face of bluff over- looking Missisquoi bay, just south of the wharf. 117. St. Armand township. 118. „ „ „ 119 120. „ „ „ From the hill top northwest of St. Armand. 121. „ „ „ South of Phillipsburg, one-half mile beyond the cemetery. 122. St. Armand township, in an easterly direction from the location of No. 116. 123. Stanbridge township, lot 2, range IX, Morgan's farm. Montcalm co. — • 165. Rawdon township, lot 28, range IX, from old quarry, banks of Ouareau river near crossing pt. of St. Jacques- Joliette road: a. lower 15 feet; b. upper 20 feet. 166. From the beds of the Ouareau river at St. Ligouri. Montreal City. — See also Jacques Cartier county, above. Montmorency co. — 199. Chateau Richer — Roberge et Giroux' quarry. 200. „ „ east of Baker's workings of the Chateau Richer Quarry Co's. property. 201. Chateau Richer — Syndicate's quarries. 207. G. Bilodcau's property, from a small quarry near Berube. Ottawa CO. — 227. Hull City, Federal Stone and Supply Co's. quarry: lower of 2 9-ft. layers. 228. „ „ „ „ ^ „ „ „ „ lowest 5 feet. 229. „ „ N. Tremblay's quarry on west side of Chene Avenue. 230. „ „ Rochon and Filiatreault's quarry, on St. Louis Street. 3143. Templeton tp., lot 2, range VIII (dolomite). SUMMARY REPORT 131 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Portneuf co. — 180. St. Marc, 2| miles southeast of St. Albans bridge — over St. Anne river. From quarry of La Cie des Carrieres de St. Marc. 181. From quarry of Naud and Marquis. 182. „ „ „ Damase Naud — the northernmost quarry in the group. 183. „ „ „ E. Laforce. 184. From an old quarry between Portneuf and St. Marc — lying west of Portneuf near C.P.R. 185. Calcareous shale, from a deposit three quarters of a mile west of Portneuf station, G.T.P.R. 186. Ludger Leclerc's quarry at Pont Rouge. 187. Louis Dore's quarry at Pont Rouge. 188. Cap Sante — from the bluffs along the St. Lawrence along the highway cuttings. 189. From an old quarry, 2 miles east of Neuville. 190. Grondines, from Jackson Bros, quarry. Quebec co. — ■ 191. From the west end of the dam at Montmorency Falls — average of 20 feet. 197. Bourg Royal — F. Grenier's quarry. 208. Lorette, Savard's quarry. 192. Beauport, Elzear Verreault's quarry. 193. Beauport East, Pierre Robert's quarry. • Richmond co. — 213. Quarry of the Corporation of Richmond. Lake St. John co. — 115a. Grand Eigne, Otis' quarry. 202. Standard Cement Go's, quarry one mile and a half east of Chambord Junction. 203. Price Bros, quarry near the railway station. 204. Corporation quarry, midway between Chambord and Chambord Junction. 205. Roberval township, lot 4, range A.^H. Lavoie's quarry. 206. Ouiatchouan township, lot 11, range I, Belanger's quarry. (?) 231. St. Maurice co.— 176. From the bed of the Machiche river at the bridge directly N.E. of St. Barnabe. 177. St. Boniface — from the southeasterly band lying due east of the railway station. Soulanges co. — 131. Jos. Brisbois quarry a quarter of a mile east of the railway and half a mile north of Soulanges canal. 132. Quinlan and Robertson's quarry near Coteau du Lac. Stanstead co. — 211. An old quarry on Magoon's Point. Terrebonne co. — 151. Near St. Rose — from an old quarry. 154. An old quarry on Drouin's farm on the St. Margaret road. 132 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Ontario: Arranged Alphabetically by Counties. Bruce — Culross township, lot 15, con. VI, Salina limestone, used for lime — Teeswater, Ont. Grey — Collingwood township, lot 8, con. XI, Cataract limestone, 6 feet above base — Mitchell's mills. Haldimand — Seneca township, lot 10, of first concession west of the Hamilton and Port Dover plank road. Basal beds of Caledonia gypsum mine. Salina formation. Halton — Esquesing township, lot 22, con. VI, from a 6-foot bed of Red Cataract limestone — Limehouse, Ont. Halton — Nassagaweya township, lot 3, con. VI, from a 3-foot limestone bed above 6-foot bed of Wolcott dolomite, with Pentameius at base — Kelso, Ont. Lincoln — Niagara township, lot 53, Lockport formation, lower cement rock, about middle. — St. Davids, Ont. Lincoln — Same locality as preceding specimen. Niagara limestone, about 23 feet above cement bed. Manitoulin Island — Carnarvon township, lot 2, con. XII. Lockport dolomite from Government quarry at Piovidence Bay. Wentworth — Barton township, lot 2, con. VII, Lockport formation; waterlime beds at Redhill creek, west of Mount Albion. •Wentworth — Flamboio township, lot 16, con. I, Clinton foimation, basal layer. Wentworth — Hamilton, on the mountain. From the second quarry" east of the James st. incline — Wolcott limestone. Wentworth — Same locality as the preceding specimen. Irondequoit lime stone. Wentworth — Hamilton. — Old corporation quarry — Rochester shale, first three feet above Clinton formation. Wentworth — Hamilton, on the mountain at the head of Wentworth st., Rochester shale, upper 4 feet. Near Lewiston, N.Y. — Calcareous sandstone north of cement tunnel, N.Y.C. & H.R.R. British Columbia. — From Marshall ridge. Bridge River district, Lillooet. CALCAREOUS SINTER. From the hot springs at Ainsworth. DOLOMITE. From Liza lake, Bridge River district, Lillooet. MAGNESITES. From Liza lake, Bridge River district, Lillooet. Quebec. — Twenty-five samples — all from Argenteuil county: — Grenville township, \ot 18, range XI — 23 samples. Augmentation of Grenville, lot 9, range XI — 2 samples. These were submitted to partial analysis to determine the quantity of cal- careous carbonate present in each. This constituent was found to range from 1-55 to 36-60 per cent of the whole, the mineral being in some instances little other than dolomite, although designated "magnesite." SUMMARY REPORT . 133 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a MANGANESE ORES. One sample from vicinity of Arthabaskaville, Que., and one from Glen Moore, Nova Scotia. MOLYBDENUM ORES AND MOLYBDIC OXIDE. 2 samples of molybdenite-bearing ores from near English Station (C.P.R.) in Kenora, have been analysed in part. 1 sample of molybdic acid, or molybdenum trioxide, manufactured at 'Orillia from Canadian molybdenite, has been tested as to purity by a com- plete analysis. Three other samples of molybdenite-bearing ores from undefined localities have been examined. NICKEL ORES. These are all from Ontario and British Columbia. The localities of occur- rence are as follows : — Ontario. — 6 samples — Sudbury district, Craig township, lot ?, con. E. Kenora district, unsurveyed territory near English Station. British Columbia. — 3 samples: — I. South bank of the Skeena river, 3 miles west of Miniskinisht (near Hazelton) ; II. Rocher de Boule Mt., also near Hazelton; III. Sec. 26, Lake Hill district, Vancouver island. 5 samples from unspecified localities were examined. Rock Analysis. The complete, or, in a few instances, partial analysis of 20 rocks and minerals have been completed during the year. They are as follows: — Quebec. — Quartz syenite porphyry, from lot 3, range III of Portland West, Labelle county. Peridotite, from lot 18, "12" Buckingham, Labelle co. Granite, from lot 3, range IV of Bowman, Labelle co. Feldspar — 2 samples from lot 14a, range XIV of Hull, Ottawa co. Feldspar — 1 sample from lot 1, range VIII of Eardley, Ottawa co. Rocks, unnamed — 4 samples from Mount Royal tunnel. Granite, from Roberval. Ontario. — Quartz norite from the southern part of Frechette township Sudbury district. Feldspar — 2 samples — one from Bathurst and one from the Upper Rideau lakes. Manitoba. — Granite gneiss — 1 mile south of Kisseynew lake. Granite — from the north side of Athapapuskow lake. Mica gneiss— irom the east side of Wekusko lake, and 5 miles north of the 18th base line. British Columbia. — Surface specimen from a 50-foot dike in the Nelson Granite area at a point 5 miles east of Nelson. Aplite — East Sooke peninsula, Vancouver Island. Olivine- gabbro — East Sooke peninsula, Vancouver Island. Hornblendite ^ 134 MINES BRA NCII 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Kaolin — from a deposit 18 miles east of Ashcroft. Clay — diatomaceous earth and volcanic ash from Deadman's Creek. Andesitic pumice — from the Bridge river map area. Germany. — Siliceous earth — used in manufacture, from Neuberg, Germany; analysed with the view to searching for a Canadian material which might be substi- tuted for it. SULPHUR CONTENT OF PYRITOUS ORE. Six samples of pyrite bearing ores from unsurveyed territory near English Station in Kenora district, CTntario, and one from a deposit in close proximity to the oil shales of Albert county, N.B., have been subjected to partial analysis. MINERAL WATERS. The work commenced upon Canadian mineral waters has been continued during the year, and substantial progress made. In addition to the springs enumerated in last year's summary, samples have been taken from, and field assays conducted at the following springs at Banff :— Middle spring. Cave spring. Upper Hot spring. Basin spring. Kidney spring. Alpine Club spring. Spring on Automobile road These springs were visited in the latter part of the year by Mr. R. T. Elworthy, by whom the samples were collected and the field tests made. The analytical work is being done in the laboratory here, and it is expected will be completed early in the year MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS. There have been many single samples of materials not susceptible of classifi- cation under any of the foregoing headings, which have been sent up for analysis and report. An enumeration of a few will suffice to show their nature: — Siliceous earth from Neuberg, Germany — used in an unnamed manufactory in England — which was submitted by the authorities of the Imperial Institute with an inquiry as to the occurrence of a like material in Canada. Bronze caps for survey posts. Various articles of hardware, cutlery, and samples of steel, submitted by the purchasing agents of other Government departments. Sand and salts, used in glass making. IDENTIFICATIONS. 130 individual specimens, embracing a wide variety of materials, have been sent, or brought, for identification, and for an expression of opinion as to their commercial value. None of the items placed in this group are deserving of special mention here. SUMMARY REPORT 135 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a DIVISION OF MINERAL RESOURCES AND STATISTICS. I REPORT ON MINERAL RESOURCES AND STATISTICS, 1916. John McLeish, Chief of Division. During 1916, the staff of this Division was, as usual, occupied with the duties involved in the collection of statistics and information respecting the mining and metallurgical industries of Canada, and the preparation of Annual Reports en mineral production, etc. Changes in Staff. At the urgent request of the Chairman of the War Purchasing Commission, the services of Mr. L. L. Bolton, amongst others, were from March 14, 1916, loaned to the War Purchasing Commission. Subsequently on the first of Sep- tember, Mr. Bolton was transferred to the Office of the Deputy Minister of Mines, as Secretary, taking the place of Mr. G. J. McKay, resigned. Mrs. Jean Cornett was engaged as tempoiary clerk from November 9, to assist with the statistical and other w^ork of the Division. Collection of Statistics and preparation of Reports. Statistics of production are collected by correspondence from smelter, mine, and quarry operators throughout the Dominion, who now number about 3,500. The period covered by the statistical record being the calendar year, sched- ules requesting returns of production during the calendar year 1915 were, during December of 1915 and January of 1916, distributed to correspondents throughout Canada. As usual, sufficient information was available toward the middle of February to complete a preliminary repoit of 28 pages, which was sent to press during the last week of February and distributed during the first week of March. Invariably, a large number of correspondents require to be reminded several times before returns are fully completed, and in many instances forms have to be returned for data which has been omitted. In the completion of the final reports on mineral production during the calen- dar year 1915, Mr. A. Buisson, compiled the statistics with respect to metals and metallic ores, and has prepared the text of the chapters on production of gold, copper, lead, nickel, silver, zinc, and other miscellaneous metals. He also com- piled for printing, the "List of Metal Mines and Smelters." Mr. Casey, has, as usual, compiled all the statistics of production of non- metalliferous products and structural materials, as well as the record of imports of mineral products, and has prepared for publication the various "Lists of Mine and Quarry Operators," with the exception of the metal mines and smelter lists. The following Reports and Lists were completed during the year, and sent to press on the dates indicated : — Reports: — Preliminary Report on the Mineral Production of Canada, during the Calendar year 1915— Feb. 22. The Production of Iron and Steel in Canada, during the Calendar year 1915— July 13. 10 136 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The Production of Coal and Coke in Canada, during the Calendar year 1915— August 19. The Production of Cement, Lime, Clay Products, and other Structural Materials, during the Calendar year 1915 — August 29. A General Summary of the Mineral Production in Canada, during the Calendar year 1915 — Sept. 1. The Production of Copper, Gold, Lead, Nickel, Silver, Zinc, and Other Metals of Canada, during the Calendar year 1915 — Sept. 12. The Annual Report of the Mineral Production in Canada during the Calen- dar year 1915 — Sept. 21. List of Mine Operators. List of Metal Mine and Smelter Operators in Canada — July 12. List of Coal Mine Operators in Canada — July 17. List of Mines in Canada (other than Metal Mines, Coal Mines, Stone Quarries, Clay Plants, etc.) — August 29. In view of the improbability of any large number of new operations in the manufacture of brick and production from quarries, etc., the brick, quarry, lime, and sand and gravel lists were not re-printed during the year. Committee on Iron Industry. A considerable portion of the time of the writer was given to the preparation of a Report of the Committee on Iron Industry. Mr. Bolton devoted himself entirely to this work, during January and February. The Report includes two chapters descriptive, respectively, of Iron Ore Mines, and Iron Ore Occur- rences in Canada, which have been submitted for publication, and will be used as the basis of a Report to be issued by the Mines Branch on the Iron Ore Mines of Canada. Field Work. Mr. A. Buisson was from May 30, to July 10, engaged in field work in British Columbia, having been assigned as assistant to Dr. A. W. G. Wilson in a special investigation of the zinc industry in Canada. Subsequently, from October 27 to November 13, he visited the Eastern Townships and other sections in the Province of Quebec, in the interests of the Division, with a view to securing data regarding the current progress of the mining industry in those areas. Collection of Monthly Statistics. Hitherto, this Division has confined itself to the collection of annual records with the result that statistically, at least, the Department has not been adequately, informed in respect to current production. Requests at the end of December for estimates of production based upon a ten or eleven months' record, with esti- mates for the balance of the year, could not be complied with. The desirability of the collection more frequently than annually, of a record of production of the more important products, such as iron, steel, coal, and the metals, has long been recognized. Some of the larger operating companies publish their production monthly*. Certain railway shipments, or ore receipts at smelters, are published monthly, or weekly. The Ontario Bureau of Mines, has, for some years col- lected quarterly records of production of the more important metals. As a preliminary move to a more frequent collection of statistics of certain products covering the whole of Canada, this ofifice, toward the end of October, addressed an inquiry to all the producers of pig-iron and steel, the principal coal operators, all metal smelters, and the principal metal mines shipping ores to SUMMARY REPORT 137 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a smelters outside of Canada, requesting a return of monthly production to the end of October. The inquiry was made as simple as possible, a mere record of output, and not complicated in any way by questions concerning values, labour, or wages. The response was decidedly encouraging, and the original inquiry was followed by a request for a return for the month of November, with estimates for December. On the basis of these returns, an estimate was made of the iron, steel, and coal production during 1916, and the statements, as quoted below, were issued on December 22nd. What are believed to be very close estimates, have also been made of the copper, gold, silver, and lead production. The accuracy of these estimates will, of course, not be determined until complete detailed returns for the year have been received. Pig-iron and Steel in 1916, The Dominion Department of Mines has received from the producers a record of the production of pig-iron and of steel ingots and castings during the first eleven months of the year which, together with estimates for December, show a probable production of pig-iron in Canada during the twelve months ending December 31, 1916, of 1,171,727 short tons (1,046,185 gross tons) and a probable production of steel ingots and direct steel castings of 1,454,124 short tons (1,298,325 gross tons), of which 1,423,485 short tons were steel ingots and 30,639 short tons were direct castings. The production of pig-iron in 1915 was 913,775 short tons, and of steel ingots and castings 1,020,896 short tons, showing an increase in the production of pig-iron in 1916 of about 28 per cent and an increase in production of steel ingots and castings of over 42 per cent. The 1916 production was greater than that of any previous year, the second largest production of pig-iron having been 1,128,967 short tons in 1913, and of steel ingots and castings 1,168,993 short tons in 1913 also. The production in 1916, during the first six months, and monthly during the last six months, was as follows, in gross tons: — Pig- iron Steel Ingots Direct Castings Total Steel Six months ending June July ■:.... August September October November (partly estimated). . December (estimate) Six months ending December. . . . Twelve months ending December Gross Tons 501,872 82,154 78,450 91,736 101,436 95,237 95,300 Gross Tons 577,999 101,178 108,889 116,828 126,677 119,468 119,930 Gross Tons 11,715 2,284 ,299 ,524 ,924 ,745 ,865 544,313 1,046,185 692,970 1,270,969 15,641 27,356 Gross Tons 589,714 103,462 111,188 119,352 129,601 122,213 122,795 708,611 1,298,325 Of the total production of steel ingots and castings in 1916, about 19,639 short tons (14,777 gross tons) were made in electric furnaces. In 1915, 5,625 tons and in 1914 only 61 short tons were reported as having been made in elec- tric furnaces. 138 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Production of Coal in 1916. The Dominion Department of Mines has received from the principal coal operators in Canada, returns of their production for ten months, supplemented in most cases with estimates for November and December. On the basis of the record available, it is estimated that the total production of coal in Canada, during the calendar year 1916, will approximate 14,365,000 short tons (equivalent to 12,825,892 gross tons). The estimate is believed to be fairly close for Nova Scotia and British Columbia. In Alberta, however, there are so many small operators that final returns may show a wider variation from the estimates now made. By Provinces, the estimate is as follows, the figures for 1915 being included for comparison: — Estimated Coal Production in Canada, 1916. (IN SHORT TONS). Production of Coal Increase or 1915 1916 Decrease Nova Scotia 7,463,370 127,391 240,107 3,360,818 2,065,613 9,724 6,950.000 135.000 260,000 4,400,000 2,620,000 - 513,370 New Brunsw'ck + 7,609 Saskatchewan + 19,893 Alberta + 1,039,182 + 554,387 Yukon Total 13.267,023 14.365,000 + 1,097,977 The 1916 production exceeded that of the tw^o previous years: the increase over 1915 being about 8 per cent. Nova Scotia is, apparently, the only Province that has not made an increased production, the falling off in this Province being a little less than 8 per cent. The increase in Alberta is nearly 32 per cent, and in British Columbia nearly 27 per cent. The production in New Brunswick, Saskatchewan, and British Columbia is the highest on record. No estimates are available yet as to the Yukon output. The Mining Industry iji 1916. -A detailed review of the mining industry in Canada based upon returns now being received, will be included as an appendix to this report. It may be noted here, however, that the mining industry in Canada during 1916 has been marked by extraordinary^ activity in the mining of metalliferous ores and coal, as well as in the increased production of other products, such as asbestos, graphite, magnesite, chromite, fluorspar, coke oven by-products, etc., which are used either directly or indirectly for munitions purposes. _ The operations of quarries and clay works has not been stimulated by war conditions, but, on the contrary, has been limited to the supply of material for such structural acj:ivity only as has been deemed absolutely necessary. The net result, however, has been a very large and important increase in the total value of the Canadian mineral production, an increase due not only to the increased quantities recovered, but gieatly augmented by the higher prices obtained for nearly all metals and minerals required for war purposes. With one or tvvo exceptions, such as nickel, cobalt, molybdenite, and asbestos, the Canadian production is but a fraction of that which Great Britain and her SUMMARY REPORT 139 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Allies have been able to draw from the world's markets, particularly the United States. It is gratifying, however, to realize that we in Canada possess these resources, since, while it is regrettably necessary to employ them at present for purposes of destruction, or defence, it will be equally necessary in the future, as it has been in the past, to utilize them for natural development and construction. The war caught us unprepared, or inadequately equipped for the complete smelting and refining of our metalliferous ores; and one of the important develop- ments of the year has been the improvements that have taken place in ore con- centration and treatment, and the establishment of metallurgical works and re- fineries. Amongst the latter may be mentioned the electrolytic zinc refinery at Trail, B.C.; the electrolytic copper refinery, also at Trail (refined gold, silver, and lead had already been produced at Trail for some years) ; the nickel refinery under construction at Port Colborne, Ont.; electric furnaces for the production of ferro-molybdenum and other ferro-alloys at Orillia and Belleville, Ont.; electric furnaces for the production of steel, at Welland, Toronto, New Liskeard, Montreal, and Sherbrooke; the production of the new high speed tool metal, stellite, at Deloro, Ont. ; and the production of metallic magnesium at Shawinigan Falls, Que. The possession of enormous mineral resources, both proved and anticipated, assures a continued development in the mining industry, while, with more extended technical and industrial education, the immediate future should witness great developments in the application of our resources to industrial requirements. Hitherto, we have been satisfied to export large quantities of our mineral production in a raw condition. The future should see a great growth in the manufacturing and chemical industries based upon these raw materials. II STATISTICAL DIVISION FIELD WORK. Arthur Buisson. In pursuance with the instructions of the Chief Statistician, I visited, early in November 1916, some of the mining centres in the Province of Quebec, with the object of getting first-hand information of the operations carried on during 1916, and help in the preparation of the Annual Report. The principal fields visited were the zinc deposits of Notre-Dame-des-Anges, and the copper deposits of the Eastern Townships. On the way to Notre-Dame-des-Anges, a visit was made to the property of the Canada Paint Company, at Red Mill, near Three Rivers, and to the metal- lurgical plants at Shawinigan Falls. Three companies were operating at Notre-Dame-des-Anges: — (1) The Zinc Company, Limited, subsidiary to the Weedon Mining Com- pany, is operating under lease from Mr. P. Tetreault, 900 feet along the ledge, on lot 40, range I, Montauban township. This Company has completed a new 125-ton mill, also a roasting plant, and had under construction an elaborate plant for the production of zinc oxide. They are also reported to have built a zinc smelter at Shawinigan Falls. (2) The mill of Mr. P. Tetreault was being operated, but only experimental operations were earned on. (3) The Montauban Mining Company was laying foundations for a 100-tcn concentrator, which it was hoped would be in operation early in 1917. No mining operations were ca:ried on by this Company at the time. 140 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 At Shawinigan Falls, the Electro-Metals Company, which is producing magnesium ficm foreign oies, had just completed the erection of a plant foi the manufacture of magnesium chloiide, from Canadian magnesite. In Quebec city, the metallurgical plant of F. X. Drolet, Limited, was visited. Messrs. Drolet were operating a 1-ton Baillot converter and working full time. Useful information was obtained about operations on molybdenite properties around Amos, in the Timiskaming district; also about a new metallurgical plant being erected at Montmagny, and called "The General Car & Machinery Company". They are reported to be installing two Martin-Seimens oil furnaces. A couple of days were spent visiting the Asbestos field at Thetford, and the Chromite mme operators near Black Lake. The chrome ore depDsits being worked mostly by small operators and often the same pioperty by different operators durmg the same year, made it urgent that a personal visit be made to ascertain the exact production from this field. The copper mine of the Weedon Mining Company, near Weedon. as well as that operated at Eustis by the Eustis Mining Company, were both visited. These two companies are nearly the sole pioducers of copper ore in Quebec. The Eustis Mining Company had completed early in the summer their new concentrator and were experimenting with oil flotation, with a view to treating their tailings. These ores run usually very high in sulphur, and are shipped to chemical plants at Capelton, Que., and in the United States, for the production of sulphuric acid. The copper is derived from the residues of these operations, or from occasional shipments of ores high in copper, and treated as copper ores. In Sherbrooke, a few parties were interviewed, and a visit made to the Brakeshoe Company's electric steel furnaces. A visit was made to Ascot, near Sherbrooke, where an American Company, known as the "Arizona Canadian Copper Co.", was developing a copper de- posit. The commercial results were very unsatisfactory, and operations were abandoned shortly after the writer's visit. One day was spent visiting the copper properties near Eastman. The Ives mine had been operated under lease by P. Beaudoin, and later by the Eustis Mining Company, and a few cars of ore shipped. The Huntingdon mine also made a small shipment during the summer, and the owner, Mr. Tetreault, was having the mill completed so as to operate early in 1917. Both mines were idle at the time of the writer's visit. One day was spent in Montreal, to secure information from head offices of some of these operators. The results of this trip are a first-hand knowledge of these mining centres, and the possibility of estimating fairly accurately the probable production of metals in the Province. SUMMARY REPORT 141 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a DRAUGHTING DIVISION. H. E. Baine, Chief Draughtsman. The staff of this Division has been temporarily reduced by the enlistment for Active Service of Messrs. David Westwood and Alvarez Pereira, who are at present at Bramshott, England. The staff, at present, consists of a chief oflficer; two map compilers and draughtsman; and a mechanical draughtsman. The following is a list of maps prepared and published during the calendar year 1916, with name of officer for whom they were prepared: — Map No. 387. Geological map, Banff district. Alberta, showing location of phosphate beds, by Hugh S. de Schmid. 390. Christina river Bituminous Sand Deposits, by S. C. Ells. 391. Clearwater river " " " " " 392. Hangingstone-Horse rivers Bituminous Sand Deposits, by S. C. Ells. 393. Steepbank river Bituminous Sand Deposits, by S. C. Ells. 394. McKay liver « " " " " 395. Moose river " « " " " 398. Ontario Phosphate Area, by Hugh S. de Schmid. 399. Quebec " " " " 403. Ontario Feldspar " « " 404. Quebec " " « " 405. Magnetometric map, Orton mine, Hastings co., Ont., by A. H. A. Robinson. 409. Magnetometric map, Kaministilcwia, Thunder Bay district, Ont., by A. H. A. Robinson. 410. Geological map, Kaministilcwia, Thunder Bay district, Ont., by A. H. A. Robinson. 416. Magnetometric map, Matawin Iron Range, Thunder Bay district, Ont., by A. H. A. Robinson. 434. Coal Fields of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. 437. Map of Portions of Ontario and Quebec accompanying report on the Radioactivity of some Canadian Mineral Springs. 445. Map showing Iron Ore Occunences and Blast Furnaces in the Dominion of Canada and Newfoundland. 400 charts, diagrams, and page-size maps were prepared to accompany the various reports, and bulletins issued by the Mines Branch. 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1917 REPORT COVERING THE OPERATIONS OF THE DOMINION OF CANADA ASSAY OFFICE, VANCOUVER, B.C., DURING THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1916. REPORT OF THE MANAGER. Eugene Haanel, Ph.D., Director of Mines, Ottawa, Ont. Sir,— I have the honour to submit, herewith, Report covering the operations of the Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver, B.C., for the calendar year ending December 31, 1916, accompanied by Statements showing Assayers' and Melters' supplies on hand. Changes in Staff. R. D. McLellan, Assayers' Assistant, resigned January 22, 1916. H. E. Warburton, Clerk, appointed Assayers' Assistant January 24, 1916. Thos. Campbell, appointed Clerk, January 24, 1916. H. Freeman, Assayer, resigned October 18, 1916. R. D. McLellan appointed Assayer, October 19, 1916. W. O. Wright substituted as Assayer from September. 7 to 23, inclusive, during H. Freeman's absence on leave without pay. Summary of Work Done. There were 1,779 deposits of gold bullion received, melted, assayed, and purchased, and before disposing of same, the bars weighing under 500 ounces each, were assembled and melted into large bars, which were also assayed. A total of 2,001 meltings, and 2,001 assays, were required in connexion with the purchase and disposal of the bullion. All assays were run in quadruplicate. Two hundred and twenty-five (225) ounces of quartation silver was manu- factured and punched into discs ranging in weight from 25 to 750 mg. ; 12,000 cupels of different sizes were also manufactured, and 370 pounds of slag treated and values contained in the same recovered. Bullion. The aggregate weight of the gold bullion deposits before melting was 180,292.83 troy ounces, and after melting 175,393"08 troy ounces, showing a loss in melting of 2-7177 per cent. The loss in weight by assaying was 30-81 troy ounces, making the weight of bullion after melting and assaying 175,362-27 troy ounces, the average fineness of same being • 776f gold, and • 179 silver. The net value of the gold and silver contained in deposits was $2,828,239.65, and received from the undermentioned sources: — Number of deposits Weight Source Before melting (Troy ozs.) After melting (Troy ozs.) Net value British Columbia 1,199 573 5 2 85,043-13 95,005-82 33-43 210-45 81,806-65 93,348-20 30-93 207-30 $1,298,584.99 Yukon Territory 1,525,723.55 Alberta 554.14 Alaska 3,376.97 1,779 180,292-83 175,393-08 $2,828,239.65 144 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Credits and Disbursements for the Purchase of Gold Bullion. Unexpended balance — "Letters of Credit," January 1, 1916. . .$ 113,537.53 Credits established 3,150,000.00 Balance written off at close of fiscal year, March 31, 1916 S 60,649.29 Disbursements 2,828,239.65 Unexpended balance — "Letters of Credit," December 31, 1916 374,648.59 $3,2637537.53 $3,263,537.53 Disbursements and Receipts for the Purchase and Sale of Gold Bullion and Difference between Amounts Paid and Received for Same. Disbursements for the purchase of bullion on hand January 1, 1916, bars Nos. 1570 to 1612 inclusive $ 38,536.33 Disbursements for the purchase of bullion during year ending December 31, 1916, bars Nos. 1613 to 1880 inclusive and Nos. 1 to 1512 inclusive (less No. 420 cancelled) 2,828,239.65 Proceeds from sale of bullion $2,867,219.64 Value of bullion on hand December 31, 1916, bars Nos. 1509 to 1512 inclusive 3,082.87 Difference 3,526.53 $2,870,302.51 $2,870,302.51 Contingent Account. Unexpended balance, January 1, 1916 $ 89.35 Funds provided per official cheques Nos. 1789, 2017, 2220, 41,165,441,758,1116,1416, 1659, 1957, and 2263 4,845.00 Amount remitted Receiver-General, per draft No. 169, at close of fiscal year, March 31, 1916 $ 62. 13 Expenditure 4,871.46 Unexpended balance, December 31, 1916 .76 $4,934.35 $4,934.35 Contingent Expenditure. Fuel (Gas) $ 703 . 01 Power 250. 32 Express charges on bullion 2,359.38 Electric vault protection service 300. 00 Postage 70.00 Telephones 80 . 45 Duty, express, freight, etc., on supplies 56. 13 Assayers' and Melters' supplies (purchased locally) 869.41 Sundries 182 . 76 $4,871.76 Proceeds from Sale of Residues. Residue sold to United States Assay Office, Seattle, Wash U.S.A. (Bar No. A-10) $832 . 18 50 empty acid bottles sold to B. C. Assay and Chemical Supply Co., Ltd., Vancouver, B.C 6.00 $838.18 Residues on Hand, December 31st, 1916. Value of Residue recovered from slags, sweepings, old furnaces, old crucibles, etc $690. 28 36 empty acid bottles SUMMARY REPORT 14 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Miscellaneous Receipts. Draft No. 171, in favour of Deputy Minister of Mines (a payment for treating 92 ozs. quartz) $3 . 00 Draft No. 179, in favour of Deputy Minister of Mines (a payment for cleaning 115 ozs. platinum) 1 . 50 Draft No. 203, in favour of Deputy Minister of Mines (a payment for one special assay) 2.00 Draft No. 218, in favour of Deputy Minister of Mines (a payment for melting, etc., 6 • 42 ozs. silver bullion) 1 . 50 Draft No. 223, in favour of Deputy Minister of Mines (Refund by Dominion Express Company of Stamp Tax on 3 shipments bullion) 3 . 00 Draft No. 227, in favour of Deputy Minister of Mines (a payment for treating 18^ lbs. slag) 5.50 $16.50 The following shows the business done by the Assay Office during the past five years, viz.: — Calendar Year Number of deposits Weight (Troy ozs.) Net value 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 527 783 1,112 1,901 1,779 59,068-83 111,479-95 166,148-83 183,924-49 180,292-83 $ 974,077-14 1,448,625-37 2,029,251-31 2,736,302-31 2,828,239-65 I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, (Signed) G. Middle ton, Manager. II REPORT OF CHIEF ASSAYER. G. Middle ton, Esq., Manager, Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver, B.C. Sir, — I beg to report the following Assayers' supplies on hand at above date, viz. : — Silver Nitrate Crystals Lead foil, C.P Lead granulated, C.P Zinc, Mossy, C.P Litharge Copper Wire ; Acid, Nitric, C.P „ Hydrochloric, C.P „ Sulphuric, C.P Ammonia Acid, Oxalic, C.P Small Clay Crucibles Scorifiers, 2^ ins Cupels 16 , 700 Muffles, spare '. Muffle furnace lining, spare „ supports „ back stops » plugs „ doors Gold Cornets „ Proof Silver Your obedient servant, (Signed) J. B. Farquhar, Chief Assayer. 4 oz. 107 lbs. 1 lb. 2 ozs. i lb. 4 ozs. 6 Winchesters 2 3 Winchester. 3 1 3 4 lb. 80 45 700 65 1 set. 20 23 33 9 28- 28 ozs. 6- 91 „ 229- 39 „ 146 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 III REPORT OF CHIEF MELTER. December 31, 1916. G. Middleton, Esq., Manager, Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver, B.C. Sir,— I beg to inform you that we have the following supplies on hand in the Melting Department, viz. : — 4 sets of linings, supports and covers for No. 2 furnace. "? 4i '^ n n n n n n n n ^2 n 4 7 6 Graphite Crucibles, No. 6. 4 „ „ „ A. 14. 25 „ „ „ 16. 5 „ „ „ 30. 2 „ „ „ 40. o 20 ,, „ marked o o o 6 Crucible Covers, No. 6. 6 „ „ „ 14. 4 „ . ,, „ 30. 3 Graphite Stirrers. 90 lbs. Sodium Nitrate. 20 „ Carb. Soda. 95 „ Borax. Your obedient servant, (Signed) D. Robinson. Chief Melter. ACCOUNTANT'S STATEMENT, 1915-16. Assay Office. The following is a statement of the difference in value of assays between Seattle Assay Office and Dominion of Canada Assay Office, between 1st April, 1915, and 31st March, 1916. Paid for bullion at Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver $2,789,350. 71 Received for gold bars from United States Assay Office, Seattle 2,792,670.46 Dift'erence in favor of Dominion of Canada Assay Office 3,319.75 Statement of Deposits of Gold and Earnings. Deposits of gold $2,792,670.46 Earnings: — Melting 1-88 ozs. bullion for AI. F. Keeley 1 . 00 Special assay for A. J. Brennan 2 . 00 Treating 2-46 ozs. bullion for M. F. Keeley 2.00 Treating 163 • 15 ozs. silver residue for G. S. Eldridge 2 . 50 Treating 25 lbs. slag for John Hopp 9.00 Value of 50 empty acid bottles sold B. C. Assay and Chemical Supply Co., Ltd.. . 6. 00 Value of residue sold United States Assay Office 832 . 18 $ 854.68 Difference between amounts paid and received for bullion 3,319. 75 $4,174.43 SUMMARY REPORT 147 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The following is a statement of the Appropriation, Receipts and Expenditure of the Dominion of Canada Assay Office for the year ending 31st March, 1916, and shows the unexpended balance to be $3,023.37. Appropriation Expenditure Appropriation, 1915-16. $20,000.00 Receipts per the foregoing statement 854. 68 Difference between amounts paid and received for bullion 3,319. 75 Fuel 715.30 Power and Light 257 . 20 Postage and Telegrams 197 . 54 Telephone 80.00 Express charges 2,304.93 Assayer's supplies 880. 84 Printing and stationery 226. 18 Premium on bonds 630. 00 Contingencies 200. 86 Electric burglar alarm service 300. 00 Wages: — G. Middleton 2,650.00 J. B. Farquhar 1,900.00 A. Kaye 1,800.00 H. Freeman 1,239.71 D. Robinson 1,575.00 G. N. Ford 1,500.00 T. B. Younger 1 , 200. 00 R. Allison 1,080.00 E. A. Pritchett ' 900. 00 H. E. Warburton 793.33 R. D. McLellan 528 . 23 T. Campbell 191 . 94 Balance unexpended 3 , 023 . 37 $24,174.43 $24,174.43 Assay Office. The following is a statement of the difference in value of assays between Seattle Assay Office and Dominion of Canada Assay Office, between 1st. April, 1916, and 31st. March, 1917. Paid for bullion at Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver $3,138,250.21 Received for gold bars from United States Assay Office, Seattle 3, 141 ,670.43 Difference in favour of Dominion of Canada Assay Office $ 3 ,420. 22 Statement of Deposits of Gold and Earnings. Deposits of Gold $3,141,670.43 Earnings : — Treating 92 ozs. quartz for R. W. Dick $ 3 . 00 Cleaning 115 ozs. platinum for F. H. Arnold 1 . 50 Special assay for Canadian Bank of Commerce, Vancouver, B.C 2 . 00 Melting 6-42 ozs. silver bullion for G. S. Eldridge 1 . 50 Treating I85 lbs. slag for John Hopp 5 . 50 Value of 43 empty acid bottles sold B. C. Assay & Chemical Supply Co., L.td. 5. 16 Special assay for E. B. Craton 2 . 00 Value of residue sold United States Assay Office. 822 . 75 $ 843.41 Difference between amounts paid and received for bullion 3,420. 22 $4,263.63 148 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The following is a statement of the Appropriation, Receipts and Expenditure of the Dominion of Canada Assay Office for the year ending March 31, 1917. Appropriation Expenditure Appropriation, 1916-17 $25,000.00 Receipts per the foregoing statement 843.41 Difference between amounts paid and received for bullion 3,420.22 Fuel 722.46 Power and Light 248. 62 Postage and Telegrams 144. 30 Telephone account 80.45 Express charges 2,567.01 Assayer's supplies 2 , 847 . 63 Printing and Stationery 214.32 Premium on Bonds 630. 00 Contingencies 177.51 Electric Burglar Alarm Service 300. 00 Wages: — G. Middleton 2,800.00 J. B. Farquhar 1,900.00 A. Kaye 1 ,800. 00 H, Freeman ; 747.58 W. O. Wright . 75.00 D. Robinson 1,575.00 G. N. Ford 1,500.00 T. B. Younger 1 , 200. 00 R. Allison 1,080.00 E. A. Pritchett 900. 00 H. E. Warburton 1 ,020. 00 R. D. McLellan 677.42 T. Campbell 1,020.00 Balance unexpended and lapsed 5 ,036. 33 $29,263.63 $29,263.63 SUMMARY REPORT 149 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a LIST OF REPORTS, BULLETINS, ETC., PUBLISHED DURING THE YEAR 1916. Marc Sauvalle, Chief of Publishing and Translating Division. S. Groves, Editor Department of Mines. 89. Reprint of "Proceedings of Conference on Proposed Legislation to Regulate the Manu- facture, Importation, and Testing of Explosives." Published February 15, 1916. 92. Reprint of "Report on the Explosive Industry in the Dominion of Canada." By Captain A. Desborough. Published February 15, 1916. 338. The Coals of Canada, Vol. VII.: Weathering of Coal. Report on — by Dr. J. B. Porter. Published October 30, 1916. 346. Mines Branch Summary Report for 1914. Published January 22, 1916. 351. Investigation of the Peat Bogs and the Peat Industry of Canada, 1913-1914. Bulletin No. 11— by A. Anrep. Published June 28, 1916. 383. The Production of Cement, Lime, Clay Products, and other Structural Materials in Canada, during the calendar year 1914. Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A. Published February 29, 1916. 384. Mineral Production of Canada, 1914. Annual Report on — by John McLeish, B.A. Published June 6, 1916. 385. Investigation of a Reported Discovery of Phosphate at Banff, Alberta. Bulletin No. 12 —by H. S. deSchmid, M.E. Published February 29, 1916. 401. Feldspar in Canada. Report on — by H. S. deSchmid, M.E. Published November 20, 1916. 406 Description of the Laboratories of the Mines Branch. Bulletin No. 13. Published April 18, 1916. 408. Preliminary Report on the Mineral Production of Canada during the Calendar Year, 1915. By John McLeish, B.A. Published February 29, 1916. 413. The Magnetic Properties of Cobalt and of Fe2Co. Report on — by H. T. Kalmus, B.Sc, Ph.D. Published September 14, 1916. 419. The Production of Iron and Steel in Canada during the Calendar Year 1915. Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A. Published November 24, 1916. 428 The Production of Spelter in Canada, 1916. Report on— by A. W. G. Wilson, Ph.D. Published December 16, 1916. FRENCH TRANSLATIONS. 223. French translation: Lode mining in Yukon: An investigation of the quartz deposits of the Klondike division. Report on — by T. A. MacLean, B.Sc. Published March 27, 1916. 246. French translation: Gypsum in Canada: Its occurrence, exploitation and technology. Report on— by L. H. Cole, B.Sc. Published March 17,1916. 260. French translation: Preparation of metallic cobalt by reduction of the oxide. Report on —by H. T. Kalmus, B.Sc, Ph.D. Published March 22, 1916. 280. French translation: Building and ornamental stones of Canada, Vol. II.: Maritime Pro- vinces. Report on — by W. A. Parks, Ph.D. Published April 3, 1916. 282. French translation: The bituminous sands of Northern Alberta. Report on — by S. C. Ells, M.E. Published March 22, 1916. 308. French translation: Investigation of coals of Canada, Vol. IV. Report on — by J. B. Porter, E.M., D.Sc. R. J. Durley, Ma.E., and others. Published March 7, 1916. 310. French translation: The physical properties of the metal cobalt. Part II. Report on — by H. T. Kalmus, B.Sc, Ph.D. Published July 28, 1916. 321. French translation: Annual report on the mineral production of Canada, for 1913. Report on — by J. McLeish, B.A. Published January 7, 1916. 347. French translation: Summary report of the Mines Branch for 1914. Published August 11, 1916. 389. French translation: Building and ornamental stones of Canada, Vol. III.: Province of Quebec. Report on — by W. A. Parks, Ph.D. Published September 7, 1916. 415. French translation: Annual report on the mineral production of Canada for 1914. Report on— by J. McLeish, B.A. Published October 30, 1916. 150 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 ACCOUNTANT'S STATEMENT, MINES BRANCH. Statement of Appropriations and Expenditure by Mines Branch for March 31, 1916. Appropriations Amounts voted by Parliament: — General Appropriations $149,000.00 Civil List Salaries 96,900.00 Civil Government Contingencies 1 , 500. 00 V $247,400.00 Receipts for Assays and Analyses 373 . 00 Civil List Salaries Civil Government Contingencies Publication of Reports, $42,074.02, less unpaid Printing Bureau, $695.13 Translation of Reports Publication of Maps Fuel Testing Plant Concentrating Laboratory Ceramic Laboratory Chemical Laboratory Metallographic Laboratory Machinery, parts and supplies Wages, mechanics and labourers Printing, stationery, books, mapping material Investigation re Tar Sands, Alberta Tar Sands Paving, Edmonton, Alberta Investigation re Iron Ores Investigation re Non-metallic minerals Investigation re Building Stones Investigation re Moulding Sands Investigation re Clay Deposits > Investigation re Peat and Coal Forward .^ $247,773.00 Appropriation Forward $247 , 7 73 . 00 Special Investigations re Iron Ore Investigation re Limestones Investigation re Explosives Investigation re Mineral Waters Investigation re Ore Deposits Investigation re Oil Shales Investigation re Copper Deposits Instruments Miscellaneous Postage and Telegrams Subscriptions, Membership Fees, etc Advertising Coal Tests Brokerage Fees Balance unexpended $247,773.00 year ending Expenditure $ 86,760.42 717.81 41,378.89 3,029.40 3,462.34 14,355.86 12,098.62 1,388.91 - 1,215.66 204.75 8,724.21 7,504.70 6,558.65 4,787.29 3,214.12 3,534.83 2,801.42 2,798.99 1,598.82 1,534.13 1,515.01 $209,184.83 Expenditure $209,184.83 1,321.14 1,117.98 1,085.81 521.10 132.41 49.25 27.15 1,538.23 1,474.24 963.91 406.50 137.50 136.04 54.03 29,622.88 $247,773.00 CASUAL REVENUE. Sales of Publications $383 . 22 Hudson Bay Co., for canoe 65 . 00 S. C. Ells, provisions, camp materials 47 . 00 S. Younger, for canoe 12 . 00 Baker and Co., Newark, N.J., platinum scrap 18 T. Denis, one old arithmometer 10 . 00 $ 517.40 SUMMARY REPORT 151 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Summary Appropriation Civil Government Salaries. $ 96,900.00 Investigation of ore deposits, economic minerals, etc 62,000.00 Printing, books, stationery, apparatus, chemical laboratories expenses, mis- cellaneous 67,000.00 Investigation of manufacture and stor- age of explosives in Canada 5,000.00 Investigation of Iron Industry by Special Committee 10,000.00 Practical tests in road making of Tar Sands of Athabaska 5,000.00 Civil Government Contingencies 1,500.00 $247,400.00 Expenditure greater than Expenditure vote % 86,760.42 Expenditure less than vote $10,139.58 57,993.28 4,006.72 67,695.13 $695.13 1,085.81 3,914.19 1,005.68 8,994.32 3,214.12 717.81 1,785.88 782.19 $218,472.25 $695.13 $29,622.88 {Signed) Jno. Marshall, Accountant, Department of Mines. DEPARTMENT OF MINES. Statement of Appropriations and Expenditure by Mines Branch for Year Ending March 31, 1917. This financial statement covers nine months of the calendar year, 1916, which is also period of greatest activity. Therefore it has been advisable to include report more closely associated with the work described in this Summary Report. The statement of the previous financial year is also published herewith : — Appropriations Expenditure Amounts voted by Parliament: — General Appropriations $153,000.00 Civil List Salaries 98 , 775 . 00 Civil Government Contingencies 1 , 500. 00 $253 , 275 . 00 Receipts: — For Assays and Analyses 302 . 00 From Imperial Munitions Board 19, 167.07 For Concentration, etc., Molybdenum Ores 18,920. 11 Civil List Salaries 88,571.48 Civil Government Contingencies 662 . 96 Publication of Reports 36 , 793 . 97 Unpaid Department of Public Printing 1,417.96 35,376.01 Translation of Reports 3 , 046 . 59 Publication of Maps 5,246.96 Fuel-Testing Plant 16,718.05 Laboratories: — Fuel Testing 4 , 974 . 96 Concentrating 70 ,432 . 02 Ceramic 3,770.06 Chemical 2 , 170. 27 Structural Materials • 928 . 02 Metallographic 4.20 Wages, mechanics and labourers 9 ,035 . 53 Sundry printing, stationery, books, mapping materials 7 ,095. 71 Mellon Institute; Investigation re Bituminous Sands 5,000.00 Forward $291,664.18 $253,032.82 152 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Appropriations PIxpendilure Forward $291,664.18 $253,032.82 Investigations: — Non-metallic minerals 2,765.37 Building Stones 2 , 752 . 88 Peat and Coals 2,687.97 Antimony Deposits $2 , 789 . 90 Unpaid \V. F. Ferrier 750.00 2,039.90 Clay Deposits 1 , 547 . 86 Iron Ores 934. 25 Zinc 871.31 Chemical Industries 596. 78 Moulding Sands 561 . 30 Tar Sands 194.52 Limestones 141 .44 Molybdenite Resources 57 . 85 Explosives 53 . 43 Mineral Waters 1 . 08 Mineral Statistics 80. 16 Instruments 2,352.61 Postage and Telegrams 846. 69 Subscriptions, Membership Fees, etc 246. 20 Brokerage Fees 106 . 00 Advertising 37.49 Miscellaneous 3 ,047 . 24 Balance unexpended and lapsed 16,7( 9 .03 $291,664.18 $291,664.18 CASUAL REVENUE. From John McLeod, foe saddle, bridle and pad $ 40.00 From J. Ward, for 1 horse 76 . 00 Sales of Publications " 386. 59 $502 . 59 Expenditure Expenditure greater than less than Summary Appropriation Expenditure vote vote Civil Government Salaries $98,775.00 $88,571.48 $10,203.52 Investigation of ore deposits, economic triinerals, etc 76,000.00 75,278.10 721,90 Printing, books, stationery, apparatus, chemical laboratories expenses, mis- cejlaneous 67,000.00 68,417.96 1.417.96 Investigation of manufacture and stor- age of explosives in Canada 5,000.00 53.43 4,946.57 Practical Tests of Bituminous sands of Alberta 5.000.00 5,000.00 Civil Government Contingencies 1.500.00 662.96 837.04 $253,275.00 $237,983.93 $1,417.96 $16,709.03 DOMINION OF CANADA ASSAY OFFICE. Maintenance of Assay Office, \'ancouver, B.C $25,000.00 $19,963.67 $5,036.33 APPENDIX 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1917 Eugene Haanel, Ph.D., Director of Mines. Sir, — I beg to submit herewith, the annual preliminary report on the mineral production of Canada in 1916. The figures for production in 1916, while subject to revision, are based upon direct returns from mine and smelter operators and are fairly complete. Special acknowledgements are due to those operators who have promptly furnished reports of their operations during the year. When complete returns shall have been received the usual annual report will be prepared, containing in greater detail the final statistics as well as in- formation relating to exploration, development, prices, markets, imports and exports, &c. I have the honour to be. Sir, Your obedient servant, (Signed) John McLeish. Division of Mineral Resources and Statistics, February 28, 1917. SUMMARY REPORT 157 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE MINERAL PRODUCTION OF CANADA. DURING THE CALENDAR YEAR 1916. The total value' of the metal and mineral production in 1916 as shown in the preliminary leport presented herewith was $177,357,454 which compared with a production in 1915 valued at $137,109,171 shows an increase of v$40,248,283 or 29-3 per cent. The previous maximum production was $145,634,812 in 1913 The war has had a most pronounced effect not only in stimulating the production of those metals such as nickel, copper and zinc, iron and steel, molyb- denum, etc., which are used so extensively for war purposes, but also in increasing the production of other products such as chromite and magnesite which can only now be obtained with difficulty if at all from sources previously available. The general industrial activity in metallurgical operations and in the manufacture generally of munitions of all kinds, including the freight movements required, have in turn inci eased the demand for fuel which has been met in Western Canada at least by large increases in coal production. Inci eased production in quantity has in most instances been accompanied by large increases in prices, thus further enhancing the total value of the produc- tion. Considerable progress has been made during the year in establishing and increasing smelting and refining capacities of which the installation of electro- Ij'tic zinc and copper refineries at Tiail and the beginning of construction of a nickel refinery at Port Colborne, Ont., are conspicuous examples. In addition mention should be made of the production of metallic magnesium at Shawinigan Falls, of ferio-molybdenum at Orillia and Belleville, of metallic arsenic at Thorold, and of stellite, the cobalt alloy for high speed tool metal, at Deloro, and cf the increased capacity for the pioduction of steel particularly the installation of electiic furnaces. The mining output has been restricted and the efficiency of its operation considerably reduced by the withdrawal for war service of such a large proportion of the more highly experienced labour and engineering supervision. Higher costs have tended to offset the advantages to be derived from higher prices of output and in the case of gold mining have been a distinct burden. The mining and metallurgical industries include a great variety of products so that in dealing with the industry as a whole the total value presents the only means of comparison, nevertheless, quantities of pioduction and p. ices are at all times the items of essential importance. The accompanying statistical tables show: (1) the detailed production in 1916, (2) a comparison of the pioduction of the more important products in 1916 with the production in 1915, (3) a record of the pi ices of metals during six years and, (4) the production by provinces. It will be noted that there has been an increased production of nearly ail metals with the exception of lead and silver. The total value of the metallic production rn 1916 was $107,040,035 as compared with $75,814,841 in 1915, an increase of $31,225,194 or 41-2 per cent. 'In presenting a total valuation of the mineral production as is here given, it should be explained that the production of the metals copper, gold, lead, nickel, silver, and zin; is given as far as possible on the basis of the quantities oj metals recovered in smelters, and the total quantities in each case are valued at the average market price of the refined metal in a recognized market. There is thus included in some cases the values that have accrued in the smelting or refining of matals outside of Canada. ' 158 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The Mineral Production of Canada in 1916. SUBJECT TO REVISION. Product. Quantity Value Metallic. Antimony ore (exports) *Tons Cobalt metallic and contained in oxide, etc Lbs. Copper, value at 27 • 202 cents per pound „ Gold Ozs. Iron, pig from Canadian ore Tons Iron, ore frold for export „ Lead, value at 8-513 cents per pound Lbs. Molybdenite, M0S2 contents at $1.00 per pound „ Nickel, value at 35 cents per pound „ Platinum Ozs. Silver, value at 65 • 661 cents per oz „ Zinc, value at 12-804 cents per pound Lbs. Total. Non-Metallic. Actinolite Tons Arsenic, white „ Asbestos „ Asbestic „ Chromite, crude ore (a) „ Coal (b) „ Corundum „ Feldspar „ Fluorspar „ Graphite „ Grindstones „ Gypsum „ Magnesite „ Manganese „ Mica „ Mineral pigments- Barytes Oxides Mineral water. . . . Natural gas Peat .M. cu. ft . . . Tons Petroleum Brls. Phosphate Tons Pyrites. Quartz. . . Salt Talc... Tripolite. Total. Structural Materials and Clay Products. Cement, portland Brls. Clay products — Brick: common, pressed, paving Sewerpipe Tile, pottery, refractories Kaolin Tons Lime Bush. Sand and gravel (not complete) (c) Sand-lime brick No. Slate Sq. 794 841,859 119.770,814 926,963 115,691 140,608 41,593,680 159,000 82,958,564 15 25,669,172 23,515,030 5 48,158 926,045 32,580,057 19,162,025 1,328,595 393,689 3,540,870 159,000 29,035,497 600 16,8.54,635 3,010,864 $107,040,035 250 2,186 136,016 18,500 27,030 14,428,278 67 19,166 1,284 3,971 3,328 341,618 55,413 979 914 1,368 8,811 > 2,750 262,349 5,133,332 27,147 299,753 38,797,437 10,307 71,357 10,238 285,362 50,982 730,831 563,829 90,791 122,541 25,238,568 300 198,123 203 309,411 135,803 124,033 10,651 620 19 58 114 3,924 1 392 2 1,084 241 668 36 12 ,393 ,711 ,587 ,632 ,500 ,284 ,514 ,019 ,806 ,627 ,475 ,139 $ 53,015,693 5,359,050 1,750 5,482,876 13,825,307 1,262 $ 6,529,861 2,358,245 716,287 1,104,901 17,500 1,089,505 1,498,009 113,136 6,223 SUMMARY REPORT 159 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Product Quantity Value Stone — Granite 1,277,019 Limestone 2,326,519 Marble 118,810 Sandstone 145,711 Total structural materials and clay products 17,301,726 All other non-metallic Total value, metallic 53,015,693 107,040,035 Grand total, 1916 $177,357,454 *Toas of 2,000 pounds. (a) Ore and concentrates finally marketed estimated as 13,834 tons. (b) Additional returns increase production to 14,461,678 tons, $38,857,557. (c) , „ „ value to SI. 734, 183. Increase or Decrease in Principal Products, 1916. Principal Products Copper Lbs. Gold Ozs. Pig-iron from Canadian Ore (a) Tons Lead Lbs. Nickel „ Silver Ozs. Total Asbestos and Asbestic Tons Coal „ Gypsum „ Graphite „ Magnesite „ Natural gas M. ft. Petroleum Brls. Pyrites Tons Quartz „ Salt „ Cement Brls. Clay products Lime Bush, Sand and Gravel Stone Total non-metallic. Grand Total Increase (+) or Decrease (-) in Quantity 18,985,664 8,907 42,904 4,722,770 14,649,907 956,788 17,674 1,194,655 133,197 1,336 40,634 5,114,406 17,341 23,373 8,695 4,133 321,982 435,632 % 18-84 0-97 27-05 10-20 21-45 3-59 12-91 9-00 28-05 50-70 274-94 25-41 8-05 8-17 6-84 3-45 5-67 8-63 Increase (+) or Decrease (-) in Value % $15 ,169,422 87- 184,124 0- 387,279 22- 947,149 36- 8 ,542,900 41- 3 ,625,793 27- 31 ,225,194 41- 1 ,585,494 44- 6 ,746,375 21- 124.098 14- 161,139 129- 437,245 345 - 216,997 5- 91,712 30- 98,829 10- 36,653 17- 68,401 11- 447,163 6- 282,445 7- 73,803 7- 126,758 7- 376,938 8- 9 ,023,089 14- 40 ,248,283 29- (a) The total production of pig-iron shows an increase, see page 167. 160 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Metal Prices. (In cents per pound or ounce.) 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 Antimony (ordinaries) Per lb. Copper, New York Lead „ „ London ,, Montreal* Nickel, New York Silver, „ Per oz. Spelter, „ Per lb. Tin, „ „ 7-540 12-376 4-420 3-035 3-480 40 000 53-304 5-758 42-281 7-760 16-341 4-471 3-895 4-467 40-000 60-835 6-943 46-096 7-520 15-269 4-370 4-072 4-659 40-000 59-791 5-648 44-252 8-763 13-602 3-862 4-146 4-479 40-000 54-811 5-213 34-301 30-280 17-275 4-673 4-979 5-600 45-000 49-684 13-230 38 ■ 500 ■370 •202 -858 •715 •513 • 000 •661 •804 -480 ♦Quotations furnished by Messrs. Thomas Robertson & Company, Montreal, Que. Mmeral Production by Provinces, 1915 and 1916. 1915 Value of Production Per cent of total 1916 Value of Icent of Production total Increase (+) or Decrease (-) Nova Scot ia New Brunswick. . Quebec Ontario .'. . . Manitoba Saskatchewan. . . Alberta British Columbia Yukon Dominion. . . $18,088,342 903,467 11,619,275 61,071,287 1.318,387 451,933 9,909,347 28,689,425 5,057,708 -19 -66 •48 •54 •96 ■33 ■13 •92 •69 $19,963,985 878,446 14,397,909 80,379,352 1,819,921 583,708 13,336,702 40,191,744 5,805,687 -26 •49 •12 •32 •03 ■33 -52 -66 -27 $137,109,171 100-00i$177,357,454 100 00 $ 1,875,643 25,021 2,778.634 19,308,065 501,534 131,775 3,427,355 11,502,319 747,979 +$ 40,248,283 •37 •77 •91 •62 •04 •16 -59 •09 •79 29-35 The total value of the non-metallic production including clav and quairy products in 1916, was 870,317,419, as compared with $61,294,330 in'l915 showing an increase of 89,023,089, or 14-7 per cent. The aggregate production of struc- tural mateiials showed a slight decrease, the value in 1916 being $17,301,726 as against $17,920,759 in 1915. The tctal of all other non-metallics increased from $43,373,571 to $53,015,693 in 1916. GOLD. The total production of gold in placer and mill bullion and in smelter pro- duction in 1916 is estimated at 926,963 fine ounces valued at $19,162,025 as compared with 918,056 fine ounces valued at $18,977,901 in 1915, an increase of $184,124, or about 1 per cent. It is the largest production since 1902. The highest production recorded was $27,908,153 in 1900, and the lowest since then was $8,382,780 in 1907. Of the total production in 1916 $4,957,663 or 26 per cent were derived from placer and alluvial mining; $10,472,723, or 54 per cent in bullion and refined gold, and $3,731,639, or 20 per cent contained in matte, blister copper residues and ores exported. SUMMARY REPORT 161 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a The production in Nova Scotia was about $103,359 a decrease of 24-4 per cent from that of 1915 and was due to the water shortage which interfered seriously with the operations of the hydro-electric plants. The production in Quebec is derived from the pyrites ores of the Eastern Townships. The gold content of these ores is very low and is not paid for to the mine operators. Ontario is, since 1914, the largest gold producing province in Canada. The production for 1916 was 489,679 fine ounces valued at $10,122,563, being 52-8 per cent of the total production for Canada and an increase of 20-4 per cent over that of 1915, and 82 per cent over the production of 1914. The Hollinger Consolidated mines contributed about 48 per cent of the output, and the Dome about 21 per cent. Apart from a very small recovery of alluvial gold in Alberta no production is recorded from this Province nor from Manitoba, or Saskatchewan. The production in British Columbia was $4,520,868 as against $5,651,184 in 1915, a decrease of 20 per cent; this total includes $575,000 estimated by the provincial mineralogist as being the output of placer mining, and $3,945,000 recovered from milling and smelting operations. The production from the Yukon Territory amounted to $4,391,669 as against $4,750,450 in 1915, a decrease of 7-5 per cent and was derived from the alluvial deposits with the exception of about $9,000 which was produced from the gold and copper ores of Whitehorse and the silver-lead ores of the Silver King mine near Mayo. The exports of gold-bearing dust, nuggets, gold in ore, etc., in 1916 are reported by the Customs Department as $18,382,903. SILVER. The production of silver in 1916 was 25,669,172 fine ounces valued at $16,854,635 as against 26,625,960 fine ounces valued at $13,228,842 in 1915, a decrease of 3-6 per cent in quantity, but an inciease of 27 per cent in value. The production in Ontario amounted to 21,975,942 ounces valued at $14,429,623 or 85 • 6 per cent of the total production for Canada. The production from the ores of Cobalt and adjoining silver camps was 21,885,057 ounces in- cluding 18,418,392 ounces in bullion recovered in smelters and reduction plants in Canada and 3,466,665 ounces estimated as recovered from ores exported to the United States smelters, thus 84 per cent being recovered as bullion in Canada; of this bullion 9,665,516 ounces were recovered in southern Ontario smelters and 8,752,876 ounces in the mills of Cobalt. The balance of the Ontario pro- duction— 90,886 ounces — was the output of the gold and copper mines. The production in Quebec was about 97,000 ounces valued at $63,691 as against 63,450 ounces valued at $31,524 in 1915 and is derived from the pyritic ores of the Eastern Townships and the zinc-lead ores of Notre Dame des Anges. In British Columbia the production was 3,235,764 ounces valued at $2,124,635 as against 3,565,852 ounces valued at $1,771,658 in 1915, showing a decrease in quantity of about 9 per cent and an increase in value of about 20 per cent. This production includes refined silver, silver contained in smelter products and estimated recoveries from ores exported. The Yukon production was 360,466 ounces valued at $236,686 as against 248,049 ounces valued at $123,241 in 1915, an increase in quantity of about 45 per cent and in value of about 92 per cent. The 1916 production includes 47,703 ounces derived fiom the placer operations, the balance being the product of the gold and copper mines of the Whitehorse district and the high grade gold-silver-lead mines of Mayo. 162 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The exports of siK'er bullion and silver in ore, etc., as reported by the Customs Department were : 25,279,359 ounces valued at $15,637,885, as against 27.672,481 ounces valued at $13,812,038 in 1915. The price of silver in New York which started in January with a minimum of 56.r cents, increased quite regularly throughout the year, reaching a maximum of 76;} cents in December. The average for the year was 65-661 cents, as against 49-684 cents in 1915. COPPER. The production of copper has shown large increases during the past three years. In 1916 the total copper contents of smeltei products credited to Canadian ores and estimated recoveries from ores exported amounted to 119,770,814 pounds which would be woith $32,580,057 at the average monthly price of refined copper in New York 27-202 cents per pound. The production in 1915 was 100,785,150 pounds, and at 17-275 cents per pound the average price for the year would be worth $17,410,635. There was thus an increase in 1916 of 18,985,664 pounds, or 18-8 per cent in quantity and $15,169,422 or 87-1 per cent in total value. An electrolytic copper refineiy which has been installed at Trail began active operations about November 1 and has a capacity of 10 tons of refined copper per day. Of the total 1916 production 92,763,603 pounds were contained in blister copper and in matte, and 27,007,211 pounds estimated as recovered from ores exported. In addition to the recoveries from domestic ores there was also recovered in British Columbia smelters 5,551,166 pounds of copper from imported ores. The production in Quebec from pyrite ores was 5,707,200 pounds as against 4,197,482 pounds in 1915. These are the quantities reported as being paid for; the actual ore contents were much higher. The Ontario production is derived chiefly from the nickel-copper ores of the Sudbury district and of the Alexo mine in Timiskaming supplemented by a small recovery from the Cobalt district silver ores and by shipments made from six copper piopeities under development. The total production in 1916 was 44,997,035 pounds as against 39,361,464 pounds in 1915, an increase of 12-5 per cent. The British Columbia production was somewhat less than early estimates seemed to indicate. The quantity reported being 65,086,119 pounds as compared with 56,692,988 pounds in 1915, an increase of 8,393,131 pounds, or 14-8 per cent. The 1916 production in this province included 47,904,282 pounds recovered in blistei and matte and 17,181,837 pounds recovered from ores shipped to United States smelters. The Coast mines including the Britannia, Texada Island and Anyox mines together with the shipments from Hazelton are credited with 43,048,065 pounds and the Trail Creek and Boundary mines with 22,038,054 pounds. The increase in 1916 has been entirely from the Coast properties. The high price of copper has stimulated production from the Whitehorse district of the Yukon. Complete returns have not yet been received but the ore shipments were approximately 49,000 tons with a recoverable copper content estimated at 3,980,640 pounds. In 1915 the production from this souicc was 533,216 pounds. The New York price of electrolytic copper increased from a minimum of 22| cents during the first week of the year to 29j cents in May, falling to 22| cents again about the middle of July. From that the price increased steadily to 33| cents during the first half of December closing the year at about 30 cents. The average monthly price was 27-202 cents as compared with an average of SUMMARY REPORT 163 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a 17-275 cents in 1915, an increase of 9-927 cents or 57-5 per cent. Higher prices for copper have not been recorded since 1873 when the aveiage for the year was 28 cents. Exports of copper according to Customs records were: copper fine in ore, matte, regulus, etc., 124,942,400 pounds valued at $20,776,536; copper in pigs, bars, sheets, etc., 2,430,400 pounds valued at $581,268. There were also exports of old and scrap copper amounting to 5,846,600 pounds valued at $1,284,895. The total value of the imports of copper in 1916 are recorded as $7,566,080 as against $3,957,770 in 1915. The imports in 1916 included 25,594,029 pounds of copper rn pigs, ingots and manufactures valued at $7,133,117; other manu- factures of copper valued at $234,421 and copper sulphate 1,803,655 pounds valued at $198,542. There was also a considerable import of copper contained in brass. NICKEL. The production of nickel in 1916 has as usual, been der'ved from the ores of the Sudbury district supplemented by the recovery of a small quantity of metallic nickel, nickel oxide and ether nickel salts as by-products in the treatment of ores from the silver-cobalt-nickel ores of thb Cobalt district. The total production was 82,958,564 pounds which at 35 cents per pound would have a total value of $29,035,497. The total production in 1915 was 68,308,657 pounds showing an increase in 1916 of 14,649,907 pounds, or 21-5 per cent. The nickel-copper ore, derived from 9 separate mines in the Sudbury district supplemented by a small tonnage of similar ores from the Alexo mine in Trmis- kaming, is reduced in smelters and converters at Copper Cliff and Coniston to a Bessemer matte containing from 77 to 82 per cent of the combined metals and shipped in that form to Great Britain and the United States for refining, the product of the Canadian Copper Company going to New Jersey and that of the Mond Nickel Company to Wales. A refinery is now under coristruction at Port Colborne, Ont., by the International Nickel Company, in which a portion of the matte produced by the Canadian Copper Company will be refined. Although not shipping during the year, the British America Nickel Cor- poration, Ltd., has been actively engaged in the development of its nickel prop- erties in the Sudbury district and in the erection of a smelter. The total production of matte in 1916 was 80,010 tons, containing 44,859,321 pounds of copper and 82,596,862 pounds of nickel. The tonnage of ore smelted (part being previously rcasted) was 1,521,689 tons. The production in 1915 was 67,703 tons of matte containing 39,216,165 pounds of copper and 68,077,023 pounds of nickel. Nickel was recovered as a by-product in smelters at Deloro Thorold and Welland, from the silver-cobalt-nickel ores of the Cobalt district, the total nickel contents of nickel oxide, nickel sulphate and metallic nickel produced being 361,701' pounds. The products recovered included 79,360 pounds of metallic nickel; 323,418 pounds of nickel oxide and 232,450 pounds of nickel sulphate havrng a total reported value of $132,896. The recovery from these ores in 1915 was 231,634 pounds of nickel. The exports of nickel in ore matte or other form are reported by the Customs Department as 80,441,700 pounds valued at $8,622,179 or an average of 10-77 cents per pound of which about 83 per cent were exported to the United States. The imports of nickel into the United States during 1916 which included small quantities from other sources as well as from Canada are recorded as 72,611,492 pounds contained in ore, matte, or other form valued at $9,889,122 or an average of 13-62 cents per pound. The exports of nickel and nickel oxide 164 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 etc., were 33,404,011 pounds valued at $12,952,493 or an average of 38- 775 cents per pound of which about 50 per cent were consigned to Great Britain and 40 per cent to France, Italy, and Russia in Europe. The United Kingdom, it will be observed, has continued to receive through United States refineries a much larger quantity of nickel than is exported directly from Canada to Great Britain. The published records do not show the details "To other countries" for 1916, but a large portion of the 2,906,665 pounds thus exported went to Russia in Asia with smaller quantities to ^Corway, Sweden, and Spain, etc. The value of the exports in 1916 ranged from 37- 128 cents to 45-211 cents per pound. The average values of the exports in 1915 to different countries ranged from 35-925 cents to 43-188 cents per pound, the total average being 38-338 cents per pound. The total average value in 1914 was 34-265 cents with a range of from 32-6 to 38-8 cents per pound. The price of refined nickel in New York according to quotations published by the Engineering & Mining Journal remained throughout the year at from 45 to 50 cents per pound for ordinary forms with 5 cents more per pound asked for electrolytic nickel. The following table shows the production of nickel by smelters in the Sudbury districts, the exports from Canada and United States records of imports and exports ; — Production of Nickel in Canada 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 Ore mined Ore smelted Bessemer matte produced. Copper content of matte. . Nickel „ „ .... Spot value of matte. Tons* 737,584 725.065 41,925 11.116 22,421 $6,303,102 Tons* 784,697 823,403 47.150 12,938 24 , 838 Tons* 1,000,364: 947,053 46,396 14,448i 22.759i Tons* 1,364,048 1,272,283 67 , 703 19,608 34,039 S7,076,945S7, 189.031 §10,352,344 Tons* 1,566,333 1,521,689 80,010 22,450 41,298 Experts of Nickel from Canada. Nickel contained in matte, etc.— Exported to Great Britain Exported to United States Exported to Other Countries. . . . 1912 Lbs. 5,072,867 39,148.993 1913 Lbs. 5.164,512 44,224,119 70,386 1914 Lbs. 10,291,979 36,015,642 220,706 1915 Lbs. 13,748,000 52,662,400 1916 Lbs. 11,136,900 69,304,800 Imports of Nickel into L'nited States Gross tons of ore and matte Nickel contents Lbs. Exports of Nickel from L'nited State: To France Lbs. To Italy „ To Netherlands „ To Russia in Europe „ To United Kingdom „ To other Countries „ Total „ 44,221,860 1912 49,459,017 1913 46,538,327 66, 410, 40C|80, 441. 700 1914 1915 33.101 42,168,769 37,623 47,194,101 29,564; 45,798 35,006,700!56,352,582 1916 59,741 72,611,492 5,083,947 7^387^447 8,191,364 5,152,258 25,815,016 3,631,858 6^6221811 8.221,640 3,457, 157| 3,018,354 ' '855!l68| 129^557 10,836.369 14,801,565 10,096,779 12,446,458 8,469,074 2,823,132 2,715,521 516,331 7,767,875 16,674,487 2,906,665 29,173,088 27, 595, 152, 26, 418, 550j33, 404, Oil *In tons of 2.000 lbs. SUMMARY REPORT 165 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a LEAD. Notwithstanding the demand and high prices, the actual recovery of lead as bullion and refined was less than during the previous year. The total pro- duction in 1916 of lead in bullion credited to Canadian mines and estimated as recoverable from ores exported was 41,593,680 pounds which at the average price of lead in Montreal 8-513 cents per pound, was valued at $3,540,870. In 1915 the production was 46,316,450 pounds valued at $2,593,721 (5-600 cents per pound). There was a decrease of over 10 per cent in quantity, but an in- crease of over 32 per cent in total value. The 1916 production included 38,838,372 pounds of lead in bullion of which a large portion was electrolytically refined, and 2,755,308 pounds recoverable from ores exported. The lead bullion was produced chiefly at Trail with small contiibutions from smelters at Kingston and Galetta, Ontario. The lead ores exported were derived from Notre Dame des Anges, Quebec, Hollandia mine, Bannockburn, Ont., Surprise mine, Slocan, B.C., and the Silver King mine. Mayo, Yukon district. Although the recoveries of lead were small in 1916, shipments of lead ores from mines appear to have been greater than in the previous year. Lead ore shipments in 1916 were approximately 82,000 tons, containing 51,083,000 pound of lead, while zinc-lead ores shipped to Trail contained considerable quantities of lead which would be recoverable in large part after the extraction of the zinc. In 1915, the ore shipments were 73,752 tons containing 48,708,005 pounds of lead. The exports of lead in 1916 included: lead in ore, etc., 9,048,400 pounds valued at $558,180 and pig-lead 112,100 pounds valued at $7,710. Exports in 1915 were: pig-lead, 2,066,929 pounds valued at $79,067, and lead in ore, etc., 1,845,100 pounds valued at $40,273. The total value of the imports, as shown by the Customs records of lead and lead products in 1916 was $2,077,986, as against a value of $2,482,916 in 1915. The 1916 imports included old and scrap lead 19,865,800 pounds valued at $1,258,284; bars, sheets, pipe, etc., 3,427,233 pounds valued at $1,312,067; other manufactures valued at $155,368, litherage 2,767,200 pounds valued at $211,359 and lead pigments containing approximately 1,474,979 pounds of metallic lead valued at $140,908. The total imports would thus exceed 13,629 tons by the quantity contained in "Other manufactures" which would probably not be greater than 500 or 600 tons. The imports in 1915 were aT)out 25,000 tons. The average monthly price of lead in Montreal varied between a minimum of 7-29 per pound in January and a maximum of 9-42 in December, averaging for the year 8-513 cents. This is the producer's price for lead in car lots as per quotations furnished by Messrs. Thomas Robertson and Company. The average monthly price of lead in New York was 6-858 cents per pound and in London £30-19s-6d per gross ton equivalent to 6-715 cents per pound. ZINC. With the exception of a small production in experimental work, there was no recovery of zinc spelter, or refined zinc in Canada previous to 1916. Hitherto the production of zinc has been recorded in terms of the tonnage of ore shipped and ni'^tal contents thereof. The establishment of an electrolytic zinc refinery at Trail, and of zinc recovery plant at Shawinigan Falls, has placed the metallurgy of this metal in Canada on a similar basis to that of lead and copper and it will be in order to record the production accordingly. In 1915 the shipments of zinc ores to United States smelters for reduction were 14,895 tons valued at $554,938 and containing 12,231,439 pounds of zinc. 166 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Assuming a probable recovery of 80% of the metal, the production of zinc may be recorded as 9,785,151 pounds which at the average price of zinc for the year 13 • 23 cents per pound in New York, would be worth $1,294,575. In 1916 the total zinc ore shipments from mines including the zinc-lead ores from the Sullivan mine, and ores exported were about 80,965 tons containing 47,243,575 pounds of zinc (partially estimated in the absence of complete returns). A portion of the ores shipped to Trail were not treated during the year and the percentage of zinc recovered at the Trail refinery in the early stages of operation was probably not as large as will be secuied when primary difficulties have been eliminated. Adding to the actual recovery of refined zinc at Trail 80 per cent of the zinc contents of ores sent to the United States smelters, we have a zinc production of 23,515,030 pounds, which, at the average price of zinc for the year, 12-804 cents, would be worth $3,010,864. Of the total production thus recorded 1,774,080 pounds is credited to the Notre Dame des Anges ores in Quebec, and 21,740,950 pounds to British Columbia. The exports of zinc are not separately recorded by the Customs Department. The imports of zinc not including zinc contained in brass, were valued at 83,690,577 in 1916, as against $2,797,042 in 1915. The 1916 imports included: zinc in blocks or pigs 14,839,400 pounds valued at $2,141,355; zinc white 14,171,673 pounds valued at $1,314,629; zinc dust 691,704 pounds valued at 8162,186; sulphate and chloride of zinc 297,061 pounds valued at $24,306; and manufactures of zinc valued at 848,101. The total imports were equivalent to 13,465 tons of metallic zinc, as against 12,817 tons in 1915 and 11,022 tons in 1914. From 1,000 to 2,000 tons of zinc are probably imported in the form of brass. The price of spelter in New York on the first of January was about 15^ cents and at the end of December about 9 cents. The highest and lowest prices quoted were respectively 20§ cents, about middle of February and 7f cents early in August. The average for the year bemg 12 • 804 cents per pound. COBALT. Cobalt is being recovered at the smelters at Deloro, Thorold, and Welland, Ontaiio, in the foim of metallic cobalt, cobalt oxide, cobalt sulphate and other salts and also stellite, the cobalt alloy used for high speed tool metal, from silver- cobalt-nickel ores of the Cobalt district. Some cobalt residues from the Nipissing mill have also been shipped to Great Britain. The total production of cobalt contained in smelter products recovered and in cobalt residues exported during 1916 is estimated at 841,859 pounds valued at $926,045. In 1915, the produc^on was equivalent to 504,212 pounds of cobalt valued at 8536,268. The 1916 production included 215,215 pounds of metallic cobalt; 670,760 pounds of cobalt oxide together with smaller quantities of cobalt sulphate, cobalt carbonate, cobalt hydroxide, unseparated oxides, stellite and cobalt residues. The 1915 production included 211,610 pounds of metallic cobalt and 423,717 pounds of cobalt oxidf and cobalt sulphate. The price of cobalt was quoted at various times during the year by the Engineering & Mining Journa.1 of New York at from 81.25 to 81.50 per pound. MOLYBDENUM, The demand for molybdenite has resulted in considerable exploration of known occurrences and the development of several properties of considerable promise. Shipments were made during 1916 from at least 17 different localities SUMMARY REPORT , 167 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a in Quebec, Ontario, and British Columbia of which that at Quyon operated by the Canadian Wood Molybdenite Company is probably the most important. Most of the ores produced were shipped for concentration to the International Molybdenum Company's mill at Renfrew, or the concentrating plant operated by the Mines Department at Ottawa. Some ores were also shipped by the Canadian Wood Molybdenite Company for concentration in Denver, this com- pany has also built a mill near the mine at Quyon and a second mill at Hull, Que. A concentrating mill has also been built by the Renfrew Molybdenum Mines Company at Mt. St. Patrick. The total M0S2 contents of concentrates pioduced and shipped during the year was about 159,000 pounds for which approximately $1.00 per pound has been paid, the ofhcial price being 105 shillings per unit of M0S2 at Liverpool. A portion of the concentrates have been used in the manufacture of molybdic acid, and ferro-molybdenum at Orillia, Ont. Ferro-molybdenum is also now being made at Belleville, Ont. The Imperial Munitions Board, Ottawa, is an agent for the purchase in Canada of molybdenum for the British Government. IRON ORE. Mining operations have been confined to the Helen and Magpie mines of the Algoma Steel Corporation in the Michipicoten district of Ontario, together with a small production of ilmenite at Ivry-on-the-Lake, Quebec, by the Manitou Iron Mining Company. There was also a shipment of concentrates from the concentrator at Trenton, Ont., produced in pievious years from ores derived from the Bessemer and Childs mines in Hastings county. The total shipments in 1916 were 275,176 short tons valued at $715,107 as compared with 398,112 tons valued at $774,427 shipped in 1915. The 1916 shipment included 109,965 tens of Helen ore part of which was sent to Magpie for roasting, 210,522 tons of roasted siderite and blended ore from Magpie, 15,904 tons of magnetite concentrates and 3,209 tons of ilmenite. The ship- ments in 1915 included 205,989 tons of hematite, 132,906 tons of roasted siderite and 59,217 tons of magnetite (including some ores with an admixture of hema- tite.) In the Gieat Lakes area the ore prices for 1916 weie Old Range Bessemer $4.45 per gioss ton; Messabi Bessemer $4.20; Old Range Non-Bessemer $3.70, and Messabi Non-Bessemer $3.55, an increase of 70 cents over 1915 prices. The 1917 quotations aheady fixed are $1.50 in advance of those of 1916. Mine operators reported 140,608 tons of ore exported to the United States, and 198,992 tons shipped to Canadian furnaces. According to the records of the Customs Department exports of iron 01 e amounted to 161,260 tons valued at $541,779, and imports of iron ore to 2,339,667 tons valued at $4,419,013. Shipments of iron ore from Wabana mines, Newfoundland in 1916 by the two Canadian companies operating there were 1,012,060 short tons all of which was shipped to Cape Breton. In 1915 the total shipments were 868,451 short tons of which 802,128 tons were shipped to Cape Breton and 66,323 tons to England. PIG-IRON. The total production of pig-iron in 1916, not including the output of ferro- alloys was, according to complete returns now received, 1,169,257 short tons (1,043,979 long tons), valued at $16,750,903 as compared with 913,775 short tons (815,870 long tons), valued at $11,374,199 in 1915, showing an increase of 255,482 tons, or 27-9 per cent. 168 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The 1916 production was greater than that of any previous year, the second largest production of pig-iron having been 1,128,967 short tons in 1913. The production in Nova Scotia in 1916 was 470,055 tons as against 420,275 tons in 1915, an increase of 49,780 tons or 11-8 per cent while the production in Ontario was 699,202 tons in 1916 compared with 493,500 tons in 1915, an in- crease of 205,702 tons, or 41-7 per cent. Of the total output in 1916, 17,304 tons were made with charcoal as fuel as against 13,692 tons made with charcoal in 1915. By grades the 1916 production included: Basic 953,627 tons; Bessemer 31,388 tons; Foundry and Malleable, etc., 184,242 tons. The 1915 production included: Basic 739.613 tons: Bessemer 29,052; Foundry and Malleable, etc., 145,110 tons. The blast furnace plants operated were the same as in the previous year, viz.: the Dominion Iron & Steel Company at Sydney, N.S., the Nova Scotia Steel & Coal Company, at North Sydney; The Standard Iron Company at Deseronto, Ont., The Steel Company of Canada, at Hamilton, Ont., The Cana- dian Furnace Company, at Port Colborne, Ont., and the Algoma Steel Coipora- tion at Sault Ste. Marie, Ont. The production of ferro-alloys in Canada in 1916, chiefly ferro-silicon, but including also ferro-phosphorus and ferro-molybdenum, all made in electric furnaces was 28,628 tons valued at $1,777,615, as compared with a production in 1915 of 10,794 tons valued at $753,404. The exports during 1916 of pig-iron were 23,304 tons, valued at $374,383 or an average per ton of $16.07 and of ferro-silicon and ferro-compounds 22,802 tons valued at $1,352,013, or an aveiage of $59.29 pei ton. The imports during 1916 included 57,337 tons of pig-iron valued at $1,128,557, or an average of $19.68 per ton; 793 tons of charcoal pig \alued at $16,593, or an average of $20.92, and 14,777 tons of ferro-products valued at $1,879,538, or an average of $127.19 per ton, making a total import of pig-iron and feuo- alloys of 72,907 tons valued at $3,024,688. STEEL INGOTS AND CASTINGS. The estimated production of steel ingots and castings in 1916 as published at the end of December (complete returns have not yet been received) was 1,454,124 short tons (l-,298,325 gross tons) of which 1,423,485 short tons were ingots and 30,639 tons direct steel castings. The total production in 1915 was 1,020,896 short tons, showing an increase in 1916 of 433,228 tons, or over 42 per cent. The 1916 production was greater than that of any previous year the second largest production having been 1,168,993 short tons in 1913. Of the total production of steel ingots and castings in 1916, about 19,639 short tons (17,535 gross tons) were made in electric furnaces. In 1915, 5,625 tons, and in 1914 only 61 short tens were reported as having been made in electric furnaces. ASBESTOS. The asbestos industry has been particularly active during 1916, the value of the production having been the highest on record though the quantitv^ was slightly exceeded in 1913. Stocks on hand at the end of the year were reduced to a minimum. Production, as usual, has been confined to the asbestos district of Black Lake, Thetford, Robertsonville, Danville, and East Broughton, in the Eastern Townships, Province of Quebec. The total output in 1916, was 118,246 tons which, compared with 106,559 tons in 1915, shows an increase of 11.687 tons or 11 per cent. The sales during 1916 were 136,016 tons valued at $5,133,332 or an average of $37.74 per ton. SUMMARY REPORT 169 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a as against sales in 1915 of 111,142 tons valued a $3,553,366 or an average of $31.97 per ton, showing an increase of 24,874 tons or 22-4 per cent in quantity, and $1,579,966 or 44-4 per cent in value. The 1916 sales included 5,893 tons of crude asbestos valued at $1,867,064 or an average of $316.82 per ton, and 130,123 tons of milled fibre valued at $3,266,268 or an average of $25.10 per ton. The 1915 sales included 5,370 tons of crude asbestos valued at $1,076,297 or an average of $200.43 per ten, and 105,772 tons of milled fibre valued at $2,476,869 or an average of $23.42 per ton. Stocks on hand at December 31st, 1916 v/ere reported as only 6,081 tons, as compared with 24,345 tons on hand December 31st, 1915, a^id 31,171 tons on hand December 31st, 1914. Sales of asbestic in 1916 were 18,500 tons valued at $27,147 an average of $1.46 per ton, as compared with sales in 1915 of 21,031 tons valued at $17,540 or an average of $0.83 per ton. The total quantity of asbestos rock sent to mills during the year was 1,822,461 tons from which was obtained 112,832 tons of fibre or an average recovery of 6-20%. Output, Sales and Stocks of Asbestos 1915 and 1916. 1915 1916 Crude Milled Total Crude Milled Total Output Tons Sold „ Value sales 3,987-2 5,370-0 $1,076,297 $200.43 ns 906-6 102,572 105,772 $2,476,869 $23.42 23,439 106,559-2 111,142 $3,553,166 $31.97 24,345-6 5,414-34 5,893-13 $1,867,064 $316.82 1,079 112,832 130,123 $3,266,268 $25.10 5,002 118,246-34 136,016-13 $5,133,332 $37.74 6,081 Average per ton Stocks, Dec. 31, 1916. To Exports of asbestos during the calendar year 1916 were 96,775 tons valued at $3,872,463, or an average of $40.01 per ton, as compared with exports in 1915 of 84,584 tons valued at $2,734,695, or an average of $32.45 per ton. There was also an export of asbestos sand and waste amounting to 33,564 tons, valued at $241,272, or an average of $7.18 per ton, and of manufactures of asbestos valued at $4,741. The exports of sand and waste in 1915 were 25,103 tons, valued at $157,410, or an average of $6.27 per ton, and of manufactures of asbestos valued at $125,003. Imports of asbestos manufactures for the year were valued at $136,670 as against a value of $168,894 in 1915. CHROMITE. The total shipments of crude chromite ores in 1916 were 27,030 tons, valued at $299,753. These ores contained a total of approximately 6,574 tons of Cr203 or an average of about 24 per cent. A considerable portion of the low grade ore and sand, however, amounting to 14,242 tons, was sent to concentrating mills for concentration before being marketed. The quantity thus concentrated was 10,992 tons from which were recovered 1,046 tons of concentrates, averaging from 42 per cent to over 50 per cent of Cr203. The final shipments of ore and concentrates would approximate 13,834 tons. The exports of chromite are reported by the Customs Department as 12,633 tons, valued at $152,534. Production in 1915 was reported as 12,341 tons, valued at $179,540, with exports of 7,290 tons, valued at $81,838. 170 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Practically the entire production has been obtained in the district tributary to Thetford, and Black Lake, in the Eastern Townships, Quebec. COAL AND COKE. Coal. The total production of marketable coal during 1916, (comprising sales and shipments, colliery consumption, and coal used in making coke, or used otherwise by colliery operators), was 14,461,678 short tons, valued at $38,857,557, as against 13,267,023 short tons, valued at $32,111,182 in 1915, showing an in- crease of 1,194,655 tons or 9 per cent in quantity, and of $6,746,375 or 21 per cent in total value. Arbitrary values are assumed for Nova Scotia and British Columbia, viz.: $3.00 per long ton for the former, and $3.50 per long ton for the latter. In the other Provinces values are as furnished by the operators. Each of the coal producing provinces of the West show^s not only an increase, but also its maximum production. New Brunswick shows a slight increase, while Nova Scotia and the Yukon report decreases. The Nova Scotia production was 6,894,728 short tons, a decrease of 568,642 tons or 7-6 per cent as compared with 1915; the Alberta production, 4,563,020 tons, shows an increase of 1,202,202 tons or 35 -8 per cent over the previous year; the British Columbia production, 2,582,737 short tons, an excess of 517,124 tons or 25 •! per cent; the Saskatchewan production, 280,835 tons, shows an increase of 40,728 tons or about 17 per cent; the New Brunswick production, 137,058 tons, shows an increase of 9,667 net tons or 7 • 6 per cent. The Yukon production is reported as 3,300 tons. Production of CoaL Province 1914 1915 1916 Tons Value Tons Value Tons Value Nova Scotia 7,370,924 3,683,015 2,239,799 232,299 98,049 13,443 $ 16,452,955 9,350,392 6,999,374 374,245 241,075 53,760 7,463,370 3,360,818 2,065,613 240,107 127,391 9,724 $ 16,659,308 8,283,079 6,455,041 365,246 309,612 38,896 6,894,728 4,563,020 2,582,737 280,835 137,058 3,300 $ 18,468,021 Alberta 11,496,106 British Columbia Saskatchewan 8,071,053 442,136 New Brunswick 367,041 Yukon Territory 13,200 13,637,529 33,471,801 13,267,023 32,111,182 14,461,678 38,857,557 The exports of coal in 1916 were 2,135,359 tons, valued at $7,099,387, as compared with exports of 1,766,543 tons in 1915, valued at $5,406,058, showing an increase of 368,816 tons or 20-9 per cent. The total imports of coal in 1916 were 17,580,603 tons, valued at $38,289,666, made up as follows: bituminous, round and run of mine, 9,504,552 tons, valued at $12,368,679 or an average of $1.30 per ton; bituminous slack, 3,505,236 tons valued at $3,704,624, or an average of $1.06 per ton; and anthracite, 4,570,815 tons, valued at $22,216,363, or an average of $4.86 per ton. There were thus increases in all three classes of coal, bituminous, round and run of mine increasing by 3,397,758 tons, or 55-6 per cent; bituminous slack by 1,218,320 tons or 53*3 per cent; anthracite by 498,623 tons or 12-2 per cent, or a total increase of SUMMARY REPORT 171 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a 5,114,701 tons or over 41 per cent in quantity, while the total value shows an increase of $9,944,061 or 35-1 per cent. Details of imports follow: — Imports of Coal. 1915 1916 Tons Value Aver. Tons Value Aver. Bituminous, round and run of mine Bituminous, slack Anthracite, coal and dust 6,106,794 2,228,916 4,071,192 $ 7,564,369 2,027,256 18,753,980 1-24 0-89 4-61 9,504,552 3,505,236 4,570,815 $ 12,368,679 3,704,624 22,216,363 1-30 1-06 4-86 Total ; 12,465,902 28,345,605 2-27 17,580,603 38,289,666 2,18 The apparent consumption of coal during 1916 was therefore 29,884,139 tons as against 23,906,692 tons in 1915. Canadian mines contributed 41 per cent of the domestic consumption and the balance was imported. The total Canadian production was equivalent to about 48-4 per cent of the consumption. Coke. The total output of oven coke during 1916 was 1,448,782 short tons made from 2,134,911 tons of coal of which 1,501,835 tons were of domestic origin and 633,076 were imported. The total coke used or sold by the producers during the year was 1,469,741 tons, valued at $6,045,412, or an average of $4.19 per ton. In 1915 the output was 1,200,766 tons, and the quantity sold or used by the producers was 1,170,473 tons, valued at $4,258,580, or an average of $3.64 per ton. Returns in 1916 show a recovery of 67 -9 per cent of the total coal charged, as compared with 64-7 per cent in 1915. By provinces the output was: Nova Scotia, 653,836 tons, an increase of 68,843 tons; Ontario, 452,502 tons (all from imported coal), an increase of 136,291 tons; Alberta, 42,548 tons, an increase of 18,361 tons; and British Columbia, 299,896 tons, an increase of 24,521 tons. By-products from coke ovens included: 11,040 short tons of sulphate of ammonia; 9,012,202 gallons tar; 5,058,636 thousand cubic feet of gas; and were in excess of the previous year's production. Benzol, toluol, naphtha, and naphthalene were also pro- duced in 1916. The ovens operated during the year were those at Sydney, and Sydney Mines, N.S., Sault Ste. Marie, Ont., Coleman, Alta., and Fernie, Michel, and Union Bay, B.C.: all others were idle throughout the year. At the close of the year, 1,907 ovens were in operation. The imports of coke in 1916, the highest recorded, were 757,116 tons, valued at $3,229,078, while the exports were 48,539 tons, valued at $221,334. FELDSPAR. Feldspar was derived from the same district as in previous years, viz.: Frontenac county, Ontario, and Hull and Villeneuve townships, Quebec. Ship- ments in 1916, which were the highest recorded amounted, to a total of 19,166 tons, valued at $71,357, or an average of $3.72 per ton, and included 14,878 tons, valued at $53,332 from Ontario and 4,288 tons, valued at $18,025 from Quebec. FLUORSPAR. Shipments of fluorspar were made from Madoc, Ontario, during 1916 amounting to 1,284 tons, valued at $10,238. This was practically the first commercial operation of these deposits. 172 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Imports of fluorspar are not shown separately in the Customs records, but there is an annual consumption in steel furnaces of from 10,000 to 15,000 tons. GRAPHITE.i The total shipments of milled and refined graphite were 3,955 tons, valued at $325,362, or an average of $82.28 per ton, and included 479 tons, valued at $75,776 from Quebec, and 3,476 tons, valued at $249,586 from Ontario. The production includes material varying in value from $54 to $270 per ton. The production in 1915 was 2,635 tons, valued at $124,223. Exports of plumbago, crude and concentrates, were reported as 311 tons, valued at $13,114, and of manufactures of plumbago to the value of $304,919. GYPSUM. The total quantity of gypsum rock quarried in 1916, was 422,741 tons, of which 92,864 tons were calcined. The shipments of gypsum of all grades totalled 341,618 tons, valued at $730,831, and included lump, 249,759 tons, crushed 15,680 tons, fine ground 6,057 tons, and calcined 70,122 tons. In 1915, the quantity quarried was 505,989 tons, of which 84,763 tons were calcined. The shipments included: lump 346,947 tons, crushed 48,735 tons, fine ground 6,453 tons, and calcined 72,678 tons, or a total of 474,815 tons, valued at $854,929. Exports of crude gypsum were 221,234 tons, valued at $252,476, while exports classed as gypsum or plastei, ground, rose to a value of $154,630. The corresponding exports in 1915 were crude gypsum 292,234 tons, valued at $336,380, and gypsum or plaster, ground, valued at $80,933. ^ MAGNESITE. Magnesite was quarried and shipped chiefly from Grenville township, Argenteuil county, Quebec, supplemented by several hundred tons from Atlin district in British Columbia. The total shipments in 1916 were 55,413 tons, valued at $563,829, or an average of $10.17 per ton. In 1915 the shipments were 14,779 tons, valued at $126,584, or an average of $8.56 per ton, and in 1914, 358 tons, valued at $2,240. NATURAL GAS. The total production of natural gas according to returns received, was 25,238,568 thousand cubic feet, valued at $3,924,632, as compared with a pro- duction in 1915 of 20,124,162 thousand cubic feet, valued at $3,706,035. The production by provinces was as follows: Ontario 17,838,318 thousand cubic feet, valued at $2,730,653; New Brunswick 610,118 thousand cubic feet, valued at $79,628, and Alberta 6,818,131 thousand cubic feet, valued at $1,114,351. PETROLEUM. There has' been comparatively little change in the production of petroleum during the past three years although since 1907 there has been a distinct falling off. A bounty of 1| cents per gallon is paid on the marketed production of crude oil from Canadian oil fields through the Department of Trade and Commerce. From the bounty statistics it appears that the 1916 production in Ontario and New Brunswick was 198,123 barrels on which bounties amounting to $104,014.13 > Statistics revised. SUMMARY REPORT 173 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a were paid. The market value of the crude oil at $1.97-11/12 per barrel amounted to $392,284. In Alberta there was a small production of crude oil, but no bounty was paid on this as the specific gravity was below the standard set by the Petroleum Bounty Act and complete records have not as yet been received from the producers. The total production of crude oil (exclusive of Alberta), in 1916 was therefore 198,123 barrels, valued at $392,284 as compared with a production in 1915 of 215,464 barrels, valued at $300,572, showing a decrease of about 8 per cent in quantity, but on account of the higher price an increase of over 30 per cent in total value. Th? price of crude increased from $1.73 at the beginning of the year to $2.13 on March 16, declining to $1.83 on August 14 and increasing again to $1.98 at the end of the year, the average for the year being $1,979. The Ontario production in 1916 was according to the records of the Depart- ment of Trade and Commerce at Ottawa, 196,778 barrels. The production in barrels of the various fields as furnished by the Supervisor of Petroleum Bounties at Petrolia was as follows: Lambt£)n 142,208 barrels, Bothwell 33,856 barrels, Button 2,851 barrels. Tilbury 16,296 barrels, Onondaga and Belle River 1,663 bairels, or a total of 196,894 barrels. The production in New Brunswick was 1,345 barrels as against 1,020 barrels in 1915 and 1,725 barrels in 1914. Exports of petroleum entered as crude mineral oil in 1916 were 137,647 gallons, valued at $11,439, and of refined oil, 446,595 gallons, valued at $48,137. There was also an export of naptha and gasoline of 54,806 gallons, valued at $14,195. The total value of the imports of petroleum and petroleum products in 1916 was $14,701,521, as against a value of $8,047,781 in 1915. The total imports of petroleum oils, crude and refined in 1916 were 292,340,271 gallons, valued at $14,600,674. These oil impoits included: crude fuel and gas oils 253,007,420 gallons, valued at $8,456,020; coal and kerosene and illuminating oils 8,080,107 gallons, valued at $542,893; lubricating oils 5,466,076 gallons, valued at s$973,253; gasoline 18,321,891 gallons, valued at $3,624,931 and other oils, products of petroleum 7,464,777 gallons, valued at $1,003,577. The imports of petroleum products included 1,061,112 pounds of paraffin wax, valued at $70,308 and paraffin wax candles 220,264 pounds, valued at $30,539, or a total of $100,847. PYRITES. The production of pyrites in 1916 was 309,411 tons, valued at $1,084,019 and included 130,799 tons, valued at $523,196 from Quebec, 177,552 tons, valued at $555,523 from Ontario, and 1,060 tons, valued at $5,300 from British Columbia. In 1915 the total production was 286,038 tons, valued at $985,190, which included 142,735 tons, valued at $570,940 from Quebec, and 143,303 tons, valued at $414,250 from Ontario. Exports of pyrites in 1916 were 156,722 tons, valued at $557,024, or an average of $3.55 per ton. Exports of sulphuric acid were 3,151,700 pounds valued at $74,527. SALT. The Canadian salt production is obtained from southern Ontario. The total sales in 1916 were 124,033 tons, valued at $668,627 (exclusive of the cost of packages). _ The 1915 sales were 119,900 tons, valued at $600,226. In addition to the production of salt, brine is pumped for use in chemical works at Sandwich, Ontario, where caustic soda and bleaching powder are manufactured by the Canadian Salt Co. 174 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 The experts of salt in 1916 were 305,900 pounds, valued at $2,223. The total imports of salt were 151,208 tons, valued at $694,835, and included 34,035 tons of fine salt in bulk, valued at $111,130; 7,679 tons of salt in packages, valued at $59,980, and 109,493 tons of salt imported from Great Britain for the use of fisheries, valued at $523,725. The t)tal imports in 1915 were 137,486 tons, valued at $517,526. CEMENT. The production of structural materials and clay products which showed a large falling off in both 1914 and 1915, shows a further decrease in 1916. The total value of the production in 1916 was $17,301,726. as against $17,920,759 in 1915, and $26,009,227 in 1914. The total quantity of portland cement including natural portland, made in 1916 was 4,753,034 barrels of 350 pounds each, as compared with 5,153,767 barrels in 1915, a decrease of 400,733 barrels, or about 7-8 per cent. The total quantity of Canadian portland cement sold, or used durmg 1916 was 5,359,050 barrels, valued at $6,529,861 or an average of $1,218 per barrel, as compared with 5,681,032 barrels sold or used in 1915, valued at $6,977,024, or an average of $1,228, showing a decrease of 321,982 barrels, or about 5-7 per cent. The total imports of cement in 1916 were 72,087 cwt., equivalent to 20,595 barrels of 350 pounds each, valued at $31,621 or an average of $1.54 per barrel, as compared with imports of 28,190 barrels, valued at $40,426, or an average of $1.43 per barrel in 1915., The total consumption of cement, therefore, neglecting a small export was 5,379,645 barrels, as compared with a consumption of 5,709,222 barrels in 1915, showing a decrease of 329,577 baiiels, or about 5-8 per cent. The average price per barrel at the works in 1916 was $1,218 as compared with $1,228 in 1915, $1.28 in 1914, $1.27 in 1913, $1.28 in 1912, and $1.34 during 1911 and 1910. The imports of cement in 1916 included 72,083 cwt., valued at $31,616 from the United States, and 4 cwt., valued at $5 from Great Britain. Production and Sales of Portland Cement. 1913. 1914. 1915. 1916. Portland cement sold or used „ „ manufactured Stock on hand Jan. 1-t Brls. 8,658,805 8,886,333 862,067 1,089,595 Brls. 7,172,480 8,727,269 1,073,328 2,628,117 Brls. 5,681,032 5,153,763 2,620,022 2,062,961 Brls. 5,359,050 4,753,034 2,061,756 „ „ Dec. 31st 1,444,876 Value of cement sold or used $11,019,418 $3,466,451 4,276 $9,187,924 $2,271,096 2,977 $6,977,024 $1,184,459 1,686 $6,529,861 Wages paid $1,307,222 Men employed 1,696 Consumption of Portland Cement. Calendar Year. Canadian. Imported. Total. Barrels. Per cent. Barrels. Per cent. Barrels. 1911 5,692,915 7,132,732 8,658,805 7,172,480 5,681,032 5,359,050 90-0 83-3 97-1 98-7 99-5 99-6 661,916 1,434,413 254.093 98,022 28,190 20,595 10-0 16-7 2-9 1-3 0-5 0-4 6,354,831 1912 8,567,145 1913 8,912,988 1914 7,270,502 1915 5,709,222 1916 5,379,645 SUMMARY REPORT 175 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Exports of Products of the Mine and Manufacture of Mine Products, Calendar Year, 1916. Products. Quantity. Value. Arsenic Cwt. Asbestos Tons. Asbestos sand and waste „ Coal „ Cobalt (nine months only) Chromite (Chromic Ore) Tons. Corundum „ Feldspar, Magnesite, Talc, etc Gold-bearing quartz, dust, nuggets, etc Gypsum or plaster, crude Tons Metals, viz: — Copper, fine, contained in ore, matte, regulus, etc Cwt. Lead, metallic, contained in ore, etc „ Nickel, fine, contained in ore, matte, or speiss „ Platinum, contained in concentrates or other forms Ozs. Silver, metallic, contained in ore concentrates, etc „ Mica Lbs. Mineral pigments, iron oxides, ochres Cwt. Mineral Water, natural, not in bottles Gals. Mineral wax Cwt. Oil:— Mineral, coal and kerosene, crude Gals. Mineral, coal and kerosene, refined „ Gasoline and naphtha „ Ores: — Antimony Tons. Iron „ Manganese „ Other „ Phosphates „ Plumbago, crude ore and concentrates Cwt. Pyrites Tons. Salt Cwt. Sand and Gravel Tons Stone, ornamental, granite, marble, etc., unwrought „ Stone, building, freestone, limestone, etc., unwrought „ Stone, crushed ^ Stone, for manufacture of grindstones, rough „ Other articles of the mine 39,505 96,775 33,564 2,135,359 12,633 56 Total mine products. Manufactures. Agricultural implements and machines, viz.: — Mowing machines No. Cultivators Reapers Drills '..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. I Harvesters and binders Ploughs Harrows Hay rakes Seeders Threshing machines All others .' [ Parts Asbestos, manufactures of Bricks \f_ Cement Clay, manufactures of. 221,156 1,249,424 90,484 804,417 532 25,279,359 1,308,793 33,917 229 80,987 137,647 446,595 54,806 794 161,260 957 69,331 103 6,223 156,722 3,059 1,114,913 15,967 128,453 26,754 356 6,672 4,219 1,115 4,713 7.495 17,700 6,691 2,011 2 1,522 1,746 ; 197,458 3,872,463 241,272 7,099,387 712,880 152,534 8,583 329,215 18,382,903 252,476 20,776,536 558,180 8,662,179 41,945 15,637,885 379,720 25,312 22 201,653 11,439 48,137 14,194 48,158 541,779 89,544 1,348,540 1,543 13,114 557,024 2,223 388,309 7,989 103,796 27,611 1,764 17,694 1,755,461 233,024 142.028 65,011 317,831 814.517 483,650 97,214 43,746 128 465,209 292,603 750,966 4,741 13,942 2,424 58,550 13 176 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Exports of Products of the Mine and Manufactures of Mine Products, Calendar Year 1916 — Continued. Product. Quantity. Value . Tons. M ANUF ACTURES — Concluded. Coke Cream separators Drugs, chemicals and medicines, viz.: — Acetate of lime Cwt. Acid sulphuric „ Calcium carbide „ Phosphorus Lbs. Earthenware, and manufactures of Fertili 48,539 73,589 31,517 1,469,663 834,950 Gasoline engines No. Grindstones, manufactured Gypsum or plaster, ground Iron and steel and manufactures of, viz: — Stoves of all kinds Gas buoys and parts of Castings, n.o.p Ferro-silicon and ferro-compounds Tons. Pig-iron » Linotype machines, and parts of Machiner>^ n.o.p Sewing machines, and parts of Washing machines, domestic, and wringers ^ . . Typewriters No. Scrap iron or steel • Cwt Hardware, viz. : — Tools, hand or machine Wire, and wire nails Cwt Hardware, n.o.p All other n.o.p Lead in pigs, etc Cwt. 529 22,802 23,304 3,597 2,285 991 Lime. Metals: — Aluminium in bars, blocks, etc Cwt. Aluminium, manufactures of Brass, old and scrap Cwt. Copper, in pigs, bars, sheets, etc » Copper, old and scrap « Metallic shingles and laths and corrugated roofing Plated ware, n.o.p .o.p. Mineral and aerated waters in bottles. Oil, n.o.p. . Plumbago, manufactures of Stone of all kinds, dressed Tar . Gals. Tin, manufactures of Vehicles : — Automobiles No- „ parts of Bicycles No- „ parts of Total Manufactures. Grand Total 2,450,517 1^21 184,253 375,037 24,304 58,466 3,391,857 12,579 "580 221,334 34,567 216,397 74,527 4,369.085 122,323 7,620 3,338,413 86,310 43,178 154,630 29,956 2,484 167.881 1,352,013 374,383 35,465 1,206,863 82,032 5,763 246,761 1,357,018 376,549 8,597,320 515,613 38.974,154 7,710 66,406 5,201,066 26.780 6,064,779 581,268 1,284,895 30,563 15,050 3,143,135 1,576 1,038,025 304,919 4,592 50,352 16,284 6,078,668 672,060 50,894 5,877 S90,423,122 $171,178,583 SUMMARY REPORT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Mineral Production in Canada, 1915. (Revised). 177 Product. Metallic. Antimony ore Tons Antimony refined Lbs. Cobalt metallic and contained in oxide, etc „ Copper, value at 17-275 c per lb „ Gold Ozs. Iron, pig, from Canadian ore (c) Tons Iron ore sold for export „ Lead, value at 5 • 600 c per lb LIds. Molybdenite „ Nickel, value at 30 c per lb „ Platinum Ozs. Silver, value at 49-684 c per lb „ Zinc ore Tons Total. Non-Metallics. Actinolite Tons Arsenious oxide „ Asbestos „ Asbestic „ Chromite „ Coal „ Corundum „ Feldspar „ Graphite „ Graphite (artificial) „ Grindstones „ Gypsum „ Magnesite „ Manganese „ Mica „ Mineral pigments: — Barytes Tons Oxides „ Mineral water Natural gas M. cu. ft Peat Tons, Petroleum (d) Bis. Phosphate Tons Pyrites „ Quartz „ Salt „ Talc „ Tripolite „ Total. Cement portland Bis. Clay products: — Brick, common No. Brick, pressed „ Brick, paving „ Brick, moulded and ornamental „ Fireclay, and fireclay products Fireproofing architectural terra-cotta Quantity. (a) 100 46 68 26 1,341 59,440 504,212 ,785,150 918,056 158,595 89,730 ,316,450 29,210 ,308,657 23 ,625,960 14,895 220 2,396 111,142 25,700 12,341 13,267,023 262 14,559 2,635 249 2,580 474,815 14,779 201 Value. 81,283 11,888 536,268 17,410,635 18,977,901 1,715,874 181,381 2,593,721 28,450 20,492,597 1,063 13,228,842 554,938 550 6,248 20,124,162 300 215,464 217 286,038 127,108 119,900 11,885 317 5,681,032$ 234,732,882 49,817,160 1,227,647 1,008,567 75,814,841 l; 2,420 147,830 3,553,166 21,819 179,543 32,111,182 33,138 57,801 124,223 35,768 854,929 126,584 9,360 91,905 6,875 48,353 115,274 3,706,035 1,050 300,572 2,502 985,190 205,153 600,226 40,554 12,119 $43,373,571 6,977,024 1,755,187 492,774 20,694 49,097 110,693 253,401 178 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Mineral Production in Canada, 1915. — Concluded. Product. Quantity, (a) Value. ib) Clay Products: — Kaolin Tons 1,300 S 13 000 Pottery 64 900 Sewerpipe 799 446 Tile, drain No. Bus. 355,296 Lime 5,047,244 17,960,802 6,445,717 397 1 015 702 Sand-lime brick Sand and gravel No. 141,742 1 624 767 Slate Sn 2 039 Stone : — Granite 1 525 553 Limestone 2 312 081 Marble 158,027 Sandstone - 249 , 336 Total $17 920 759 Grand Total $137,109,171 (a) Quantity of product sold or shipped. Tons of 2,000 pounds. (ft1 The metals copper, lead, and silver are for the purpose of these statistics valued at the prices of the metals as quoted in recognized markets. Nickel is valued at less than market price because a considerable portion of the output is marketed as monel metal and sold at a price less than that of nickel. Si»^ ! (f) The total production of pig-iron in Canada in 1914 was 913,775 tons of which it is estimated 158,595 tons should be credited to Canadian ore and 755,180 tons to imported ore. {d) Production based on claims made for bounty. Annual Mineral Production in Canada Since 1886. Year. Value of production. Value per capita. Year. Value of production. Value per capital. 1886 $10,221,255 10,321,331 12,518,894 14,013,113 16,763,353 18,976,616 16,623,415 20,035,082 19,931,158 20,505,917 22,474,256 28,485,023 38,412,431 49,234,005 64,420,877 65,797,911 $ 2.23 2.23 2.67 2.96 3.50 3.92 3.39 4.04 3.98 4.05 4.38 5.49 7.32 9.27 12.04 12.16 1902 $ 63,231,836 61,740,513 60,082,771 69,078,999 79,286,697 86,865,202 85,557,101 91,831,441 106,823,623 103,220,994 135,048,296 145,634,812 128,863,075 137,109,171 177,357,454 $11 36 1887 1903 . . . 10 83 1888 1904 . . 10 27 1889 1905 11.49 1890 1906 12.81 1891 1907 13.75 1892 1908 13.16 1893 1909 13.70 1894 1910 14.93 1895 1911 . . .. 14.42 1896 1912 . . 18.27 1897 1913 . . 18.77 1898 1914 15.96 1899 1915 1900 1916 1901 Plate I. Metallographic cut of calcined magnesite rock. 14 ^.. i? *^' u cr 0) ^ > -M X o ,j a ct OJ '^ -C I—, +- CO c/, o — a. ^ 3 o o -^ o -o rt > 43 - a ' 0) ^ X H - ^ CQ -J •^ — ■" V H) P N * ci3 . ' 3 ■*-> ~ '>?^ C c r g: S o ^ -i_> O M C X 3^ O nj t=S-S * «*■ •aV." ^ 1%V ^ J>>^ ■ ft'' "■■' ^. U (U 3x; -.a -= CO •5 ^ bH b/D'O o '35 Plate V. Vein of amorphous graphite, near Marysville, B.C. A sample of selected material from this vein showed almost 25 per cent carbon. Explanation of Plate VI. Microphotographs No. 3 Albany Sand (Oblique reflected light) (Magnification — 20 diams.) 1. Fresh sand, 2. After 1st. Burn, 3. „ 2nd. „ 4. „ 3rd. „ 5. „ 4th. „ 6. „ 5 th. „ .IV aXAjl ^O KOITAVlAJIXa 8rfq£i§o3oilqoToiM bnfiS ynfidlA t .oVl (jrigil b3339fl9T supHdO) (.eoiBlb OS — nohB33in§£M) ,bnB8 desil .1 .mua .381 i9jlA .S „ .bnS „ .1 ^ .bi£ „ .i' Plate VI. G Explanation of Plate VII. Microphotographs Brockville Sand (Fleck's Foundry) (Oblique reflected light) (Magnification — 20 diams.) 7. Fresh sand, 8. After 1st. Burn, 9. „ 2nd. „ 10. „ 3rd. „ 11. „ 4th. „ 12. „ 5th. „ •IIV aTAJ*i ^o vioiTAMAjraxa edq£'i;go:todqoT>tM bneS allivalooia (id-^il baJDsfisi supildO) (.smjslb 0£ — noi:>£3i)i£is£M} ,bn&8 risai'? .V .niiia .ist laliA .8 « -fans , .C « .bif; ^ .01 « .rf}^ „ .II „ Ail . .SI Plate VII. II Explanation of Plate VIII. Microphotographs Brockville Sand, (Lawson's Foundry) (Oblique reflected light) (Magnification— 20 diams.) 13. After 1st. Burn, 14. „ 3rd. „ 15. „ 4th. „ 16. „ 5th. „ 17. „ 7th. „ 18. No. 0 Albany Fresh Sand. -ill / aiAJ*l ^O KOITAHAJIXa e rfq j&isoJoriqoToi M (irigil bsitoaBai supildO) {.amfiib OS — nobfioBingBM) ,mua .Jel MjlA .El .basB ii89il xnsdlA 0 .oH .81 Plate \'in. 16 17 IS u -Mm ' -s fl X X H < Ql, '' * .-' '•• V '' J) ■* *^ ' I*/ 4 o •^j'^; .1 i' w^ 03 3 16 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1917 INDEX A Page Accountant'^ statement, Mines Branch 150 „ „ Vancouver assay office 146 Acid refractories 1 14 Alberta Clay Products Co 122 Analysis: apatite 110 „ bituminous tar sand, Alberta 58 „ bone ash 109 „ iron ore, Rowland mine 20 „ „ Lount township 18 „ „ Radenhurst and Caldwell mines 16 „ „ Victoria mine 20 „ magnesite 22 „ phosphate, Montana and Banff 30 „ shales, Pembina mountains 118 - „ yellow clay, St. Remi 106 Anderson, A. K. — work of 62, 104 Anrep, A. — examination of peat bogs 7 ^ „ report 79 Antimony: samples assayed 126 „ ore: test of '. 94 Apatite: substitute for bone ash 108 Appendix: preliminary report on mineral production, 1916 157 Assay office, Vancouver: report 143 „ „ „ work of 6 Assays in chemical laboratory 125 B Baine, H. E. — report draughting division 141 Ball mill: notes on errors due to erosion in 68. Bauxite: none found in Canada 117 Beattie, Mrs. G. C. — owner graphite property 34 Bituminous sands, N. Alberta: extraction of bitumen from 63 „ „ „ investigation of 7 „ „ „ report S. C. Ells 56 Blizard, John: investigation of peat fuel for steam generation 61 Bolton, L. L. — transfer 1, 135 „ „ work of 136 Bone ash 114 „ „ sample analysed 109 „ china: manufacture of 108 Buisson, A. — report on field work 139 „ „ work of 135, 136 Burnt Hill tungsten mines: test of ore 91, 92, 93, 94 Calcareous sinter : sample analysed 132 Campbell, Thos. — appointment 143 Canadian China Clay Co 105, 106 Canadian Wood Molybdenite Co 82, 84, 85 Canrobert peat bog 79 Cantelo, R. C. — appointment 1, 61 „ „ errors due to erosion in iron ball mill 68 „ „ work of " 62 Carter, F. E. — resignation 1 „ work of 62 Casey, J. — work of 135 Ceramic division : additions to equipment 9 „ „ work of 105 17 180 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Page Chemical laboratories : report 62, 103 „ „ work of 5, 125 Chisholm (molybdenum) mine 85 Chrome iron ore : sample analysed 126, 127 Chromite 114 Clark, K. A. — work in road materials laboratory 9 Clay : investigation of 105 „ samples analysed 126 Clays and shales : distribution of 112 „ „ tests of 117 Cole, L. H. — report on sands and sandstones 35 „ work of 6 Connor, M. F. — "war materials" analysed 125 „ work on rock analysis 125 Copper : samples analysed 126 „ ore : test of 101 Cornett, Mrs. J. — temporary clerk 135 D Davis, N. B. — clay investigation 119 „ work of 105 de Schmid, H. S. — report on graphite 34 „ report on phosphate 22 „ work of '. 6 Dion property : molybdenum ore tested 103 Dolomite : sample analysed 132 Dominion Fire Brick and Clay Products Co 122 Draughting division : report of H. E. Baine 141 E Ells, S. C. — report, bituminous sands 56 „ work of 7 Elworthy, R. T. — analysis of mineral waters 125 „ work of 62 Estevan Coal and Brick Co 122 F Farnham peat bog 79 Farquhar, J. B. — chief assayer Vancouver Assay Ofifice, report 145 Ferro-silicon : samples analysed 126 Fluorite 28, 31 Fossils: numerous in Rocky Mountain phosphate 28 Foundry sands : See Sands. Frechette, Howells : report, separation of lime, etc 21 „ „ work of "6 Freeman, H. — resignation of 1, 143 Fuels and fuel testing division : reports 61 „ „ work of 5 G Gold ore from Sudbury : test of 98 „ samples assayed 125 Graphite, near Cranbrook, B.C. — report H. S. de Schmid 34 Greenland, C. W. — work as field assistant 23 Groves, S. — list of reports, etc., published 149 H Haanel, B. F. — report, fuels and fuel testing 61 „ Dr. Eugene : introductory to summary of Mines Branch work 4 Haddan, A. W. — report on bituminous tar sand pavement 56 Harvey Station : test of antimony ore 94 Hoffman potash test 65 Howland mine • 19 SUMMARY REPORT 181 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a I Page International Molybdenum Company. ; . .-..■. 85 Introductory by Director 4 Iron industry : committee on . . . ■ 136 ore : Lavant township 15 „ Lount „ 16 „ Snowdon „ 19, 20 „ deposits : work on, by A. H. A. Robinson 6 „ samples analysed 127 K Kaolin products 105-108 Kaye, F. C. — copper ore submitted for test 101 Keele, Joseph : report ceramic division 105 Leverin, H. A. — furnace assays, etc 125 Library 11 Lime : investigations by H. Frechette 6, 21 Limestone : samples analysed 127 M McLeish, John : preliminary report mineral production 1916 157 „ report on mineral statistics 135 „ work of 8 McLellan, R. D. — ^appointment 1, 143 „ resignation 143 McPhee, Dugald : gold ore sent for test ' 98 Mackenzie, G. C. — report on work of ore dressing and metallurgical division 81 Mabee, H. C. — report on chemical laboratory 103 „ work of 62 Magnesite investigation : H. Frechette 21 „ production of 116 „ sample analysed 132 Major, W. A. — molybdenum ore submitted for test 103 Malloch, E. S. — investigation peat fuel for steam generation 61 Manganese ore : sample analysed 133 Mantle, A. W. — mechanical work done 79 Marshall, John : accountant's statement 150 Mechanical work done : fuel testing station 79 Medalta Stoneware, Limited 122 Metalliferous division : report 15 „ „ work of 7 Middleton, G. — manager Vancouver Assay Office, report of 143 Mine air analysis 63 Mineral resources and statistics : report 135 „ waters : samples analysed 134 Miscellaneous materials : samples analysed 134 Molly (molybdenum) mine 85 Molybdenum Mining and Reduction Co 85 „ ore : samples analysed 133 „ „ test of 88, 102, 103 „ „ treatment of ' 81 „ producers in Canada 85 Molybdenite ore : test of 100 Moran, J. — work of 62 Moss (molybdenite) mine 82, 84 Moulding sand : see Sands. Murray, V. P. — appointment 1 „ on oil burette for fractional distillation and specific gravity determination . . 71 „ specifications for purchase of oil 64 „ work of 62 182 MINES BRANCH 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 N Page Napierville peat bog • 79 Nickel ore : samples analysed 133 NicoUs, J. H. H.— Hoffman potash test 65 „ work of 62 Nitrogen distillation apparatus 75 Non-metallic minerals : investigation 6 Non-metalliferous division : reports 21 O Ochre as paint material ,••••. ^^^ Oil burette for fractional distillation and specific gravity determination 71 Oil : specifications for purchase of 64 Oils : tests of 63 Ore dressing and metallurgical division : report of G. C. Mackenzie 81 „■ „ „ work of 5 Ores tested: list of 87, 104 P Padwell, Geo. — molybdenite ore submitted for test 100 Paint materials 122 Parks, Dr. W. A. — investigation of building and ornamental stones 7 „ „ report 59 Peat bogs : investigation of 7 „ report on, by A. Anrep 79 Pereira, Alvarez : enlistment of 141 Pew, Benjamin ; graphite occurrence prospected by 34 Phosphate in Rocky mountains : report on, by H. S. de Schmid 22 Pyrites ore from S. Porcupine : test of 99 „ samples analysed 134 0 Quartz and quartzite 114, 115 Quartzite grinding pebbles 122 R Radenhurst and Caldwell mines 15 Refractory materials in Canada HI Renfrew molybdenum mines 85 Road materials laboratory : establishment of 9 Robertson, J. B. — work of 62 Robinson, A. H. A. — report on investigation of iron ores 15 „ „ work of 6 „ D. — chief melter Vancouver Assay Office, report of 146 Rock : samples analysed l^'^ S St. Remi kaolin deposit l^^ „ „ „ character and uses 1^^ „ n » only workable deposit known in Canada 106 Sands and sandstones : investigation of ^ „ „ report on, by L. H. Cole 35 „ various uses of 36 Saskatchewan Clay Products Co 122 „ South : investigation of clay 11^ Sauvalle, M. — French translations 1^^ Silver : samples assayed 125 Simpson, Gordon H. — resignation 1 Slipp, A. R. — antimony ore sent for test ^j Spain (molybdenum) mines °5 SUMMARY REPORT 183 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a Page Staff : changes in 1 „ classified list 1 Stansfield, Edgar : automatic regulator for water-still designed by 75 „ „ nitrogen distillation apparatus designed by 75 „ „ report on chemical laboratories 62 „ „ specifications for purchase of oil 64 Stevenson, Chas. F. — molybdenum ore submitted for test , 102 Stones, building and ornamental : investigation 7 ,, „ „ report Dr. W. A. Parks 59 Sullivan mine zinc ore : test 89 T Traill, R. J. — appointment of : 1, 104 „ work of 62 Tungsten ore : test of . 91, 92, 93, 94 Turner, N. L. — ferro-silicon analysis 125 V Victoria mine 20 Vincent, Gordon G. — work in iron ores investigation 15 W Wait, F. G. — report on chemistry division 125 Warburton, H. E. — appointment 143 Water-still : automatic regulator for 73 West, F. L. — assistant in peat investigations 79 Westwood, David : enlistment of 141 Wightman, Lyell : work of, in sand testing 35 Wilson, Dr. A. W. G.— work of 7 Wright, I. J. — pyrites ore submitted for test 99 „ W. O. — change in duties 143 Y Younkin, F. — molybdenum ore for test 88 Z Zinc ore : test of 89 /